oo > he =e —_ ——- x os ~ — a) ie 5, ee a ~s — oo » en, ee s — - a. _ a oo he me

Ls zs Se ' ie er; ee oe ; CS he ss i 1 aiary t . oye: ty ~ ARES ee. roe Menon ties “ee ten ates . hie rie eS. -, beg = — D ms eh ae | “4 me ae

E 4 = 2 ae pega 3 fm see: PE ane Ben , sr E : Roe aE Sty si Si mo Lah pels te area aT 37 oe irc read ngs 5

2 ey Sok “pspeiogs 52 rats 7 C 3 dae + Seg + 2 3 raed: ( 5 Sapp et ore as er

3 = ee Sit ee Pee 450 : : ey 5 te aro see 3 3 = te Sa Seats > Pg) sae F ” : hare SE as pene, iraq eode bor, o

: rn ge oe ree. ee acer eat ; figne Feed a Ee Epes AE AS, a See aah a ticast eet ors yd Leth teie "

; , OE iieg gait Pte ~ 2 Fayre pa Pree ee nr net pe 3 ; 3 = abe eT ale Pualoag Saree pes See ee ee See ae .

iy ee

Paes et

Capuepty:: My, We: 4 Se ao ee set per Steen DTA Pye

eho

ee a. Fe Oa gi Stine asthe an ee Te nes OA tL ee Ore Te ba ait oe tote Doug et Mn Sons ae Sister sso oi hen estat c

EME oT cee st hn Gh Pas ES Tf eee a aS Poet AS ei a

Fate, Gp Fs mabey Sok Fin eat tar org ak , As: Ss ae Afi a: Abst we eases Te ete

ue es Bite incon BUEN Satoh

‘: a regia Maton 35;

ete Ee ren hg FHS Sentra Tee pie! ie

ea ale Oe as Q : Earle =

ig Sie Eee eee

Pe, GstS Fs P men bo cat TN,

Pat 2 = oe ee eets

es aoe SE Re A ACR eee Opis

eee arent PIER etree gs Brat:

: eat, Sb sn ow Biagine at O Pvegint fas ST ifn eee dec

ots dest Sierra lian te ieingerioae Ea gd ey On ips ee

Se ye pee ae Tg hy ee ep ed

oes ae $ : ER Pee, ess Ae hn ae PE Beets

eA rats area Ce or eae aay gra a eS PS gf OTT LEE ce

et Se LS dover Pr cate alee Stef Mita pe Pee

BS Se a ea PS hea age ee te SE

wo ts Ree nial Gets Peet tict ed een lee rains

RPK oe eee

a . ss ee mys ee Pea ee Smee eee D wse

Sar pe a 7 Ein aa Se Pe a Te eres

. < G parte at Pe Pram i eh, ws

we taste tee ee tS ee hor

Te nee Na ot ae yen Se ee fees ans

Fares Sg OGPe peg Pe So gl gh IN ae Ral Pe

PP ea gy Wo rel gap ac coe epee

ihe ane aes Frese

Ft eR a aa as a

s ie fad ire a) cmrmemel ly cee

are ee et Ne a a eA ret na eis, ee At Teter

4, ° . be : ag eae ae tn Gl he ta yp ee as Oe ng

: . ty Eo ae Os ale tte hehe os ae a a ads

a we 2 im ae J Lob POPP re Se ree nee Pies eth Me nee

a yn ey Te ae + ; ig += Pn a a 2

pr cath ot Sate; a rela

Le CP PREIS SE SE

a esa "Se uae oe

4 be Re 2 Range

ae wy

ye ee lat a e402 tun 2 ee ge SP sw sem é

% os RT Mp Belt oS gee SP a ear e I :

Piers ate Pon rare = ee ne Dreier I Al ae

9 ei 7 itF Fate a ya Fe Paar Pte I i

—s 3 age oe ke ee a own atin ned” P

pt a ee Ce Sig ee uitad

Fa PP rests

PRA ne he

a> Ft gy ce ee a ed. , 50%. 1

™e Ste a tag SOG cin Ae Pal Pater Ae

ss Gnarae emer ae Cea Sieh

~s =

1 —

Ge re eS oe

; = ach acha deaterteses pees ta?

Se SO pene ees yak Sigh legs Gita reer et Ae

eC bogee 7 See wy “32 gy at stra OE Sele en!

qe Neale s c tipke WORE yet ;

OD. wet ok

A 26

Sea get x Japp beer A BNE ani ~ 2 Sree oe xe *: < mrsomez _ =

va eS a ey PI ee aS * BAS yt 5 oS. we 5 * a 3 =

Wid toe é - . SS : - = om

: 1)

eps ee ae ee eae _— same ee 5

< —_ = anne eae — —--— _ — =

- 3 ~~ - = “

= - = -

Natural History Museum Library

Py & . rt

: - 2 ey

SY Ze {clvVs . J" / [.

, eee Lit AT

, wr i ay

<< § %

< 4 a

at if 4 Oo

>, ~ eft ae

+ MUs..

Soo Mt SiNaHAM, it

Qaicar pet

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

LONDON.

THE

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

LONDON

FOR THE YEAR

1895.

LONDON :

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY BY SIMMONS AND BOTTEN, LIMITED,

44, SHOE LANE, LONDON, E.C.

SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S ROOMS, 11, CHANDOS STREET,

| CAVENDISH SQUARE, W.,

AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN, AND CO,,

PATERNOSTER ROW, E.C.; AND NEW YORK.

1895.

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

FOUNDED, 1833.

INCORPORATED BY ROYAL CHARTER, 1885.

OFFICERS and COUNCIL for the Session 1895-96,

President.

Proressor RAPHAEL MELDOLA, F.R.S., F.C.S.

Vice- Presidents,

THe Rt. Hon. Lorp WALSINGHAM, LL.D., F.R.S.

HENRY JOHN ELWES, J.P., F.LS., F.Z.S.

Proressor EDWARD B. POULTON, M.A., F.RB.S.

O@reasurer.

ROBERT McLACHLAN, F.R.S., F.L.S.

Secretaries.

HERBERT GOSS, F.L:S.

THe Rey. Canon FOWLER, M.A., F.LS.

Wibrariat.

GEORGE C. CHAMPION, F.Z.S.

Gouri.

GEORGE T. BETHUNE-BAKER, F.LS.

WALTER F. H. BLANDFORD, M.A., F.Z.S.

GEORGE CHARLES CHAMPION, F.Z.S.

Dr. FREDERICK A. DIXEY, M.A., M.D.

HENRY JOHN ELWES, F.LS., F.Z.S.

THE Rev. Canon FOWLER, M.A., F.L.S.

CHARLES JOSEPH GAHAN, M.A., F.E.S.

HERBERT GOSS, F.LS., F.G.S.

ROBERT McLACHLAN, F.R.S., F.L.S.

Pror. RAPHAEL MELDOLA, FE.R.S., F.C.S.

Pror. EDWARD 3B. POULTON, M.A., F.R.S.

Dr. DAVID SHARP, M.A., M.B., F.R.S.

Lorp WALSINGHAM, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S.

Resident Inbrarian.

W. R. HALL.

cme)

| THE

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

| 18383—1895. |

The Transactions can now be obtained by Fellows

at the following reduced prices :—

PUBLIC. FELLOWS.

First Series, 4 volumes (1834—1849) ...........- Price £413 0 xo .10: 0

Second Series, 5 volumes (1850—1861)........ ; 0 0 5.15 0

Third Series, 5 volumes (1862—1869).........-+6 I 0:6 410 0

‘Lhe Transactions for the year 1868 ........ dose 1 tip Bi,

3 = het ae Set 4 1ij2 2 ;

a: 18700 5 stare Ps 1 SO Par 255 0

es m DB74 be akbscake 4 1 6-2 |

ae as ISD + decssteten . 1.2 38

e - 13/S ueecewsirvad 116 0

is ‘5 1g7as ene 1 12 0 |

5 ss LOTS Sacacie'on vey ee i, 3 0 0

“6 ¥ 1S76N tee 112 0 |

a % MOTT setae aeee 1-4 0

. . Pye eee a 100 015 0

i a 1G/9 tee ncsrete 1 2-8 016 6

‘ ARON Eh ea 019 0 014 3

is rs 181° 280, 28) 116 0 17 0

os - i he 3 Aaa Me 110 0 i ee

3 % a bos eee ee eee i 7-2 ‘0 6

ie 3 SSS desk cute : 1 8 OU a. i--@

Fy “a 18S * LB cess Le 019 6

S a TSG onsguade rn ; 1 ee 019 6

- op NEB: “eodcosth: 4 1 4 6 019 0

5s ‘bees TBOS Decry eetzes 115 0 L 635

7 ae LBRO) Scare atlae , 116 6 BO ge!

‘a - 1980 ee, 119 0 110 0

3 i WON ib se tos ae : 1-16, 7

re A TOU rane scone : 9 8 ey ge

i os Ut Re ees je pe 019 3

ae ali Wid hii, ioe, 110 6 1 911

“s te ee aay i 1.0: 7

Any single volume from 1862 ‘to 1877 half-price to Fellows.

First Series, vol..v., is out of print. First Series, vols. ii—iv., and

Second Series, vol. iv., cannot be sold separately.

The other volumes may be obtained separately, also the following :—

Pascoe’s ‘ Longicornia Malayand? ........0ce.000 £212 0 £1.19-'6

Baly’s ‘ Phytophaga Malayana, Pt.1., Aposta-

SECOYO” osonsiinktey eee ae ui Wig « 012 0

Saunders’ ‘ British Heterogyna and Fossorial

Hymenoptera’: \ictivesdcosasscoseveteusaepeateye ay 0 4 6 03 4

Saunders’ ‘ Synopsis of British Hymenoptera,’

At Ti. icc cemicrbaescee eke ene een eee 0 6 0 0 4 6

Newport's ‘ Athalia centifolie ' (Prize Essay) Ochs ae its:

The JoURNAL OF PROCEEDINGS is bound up with the TRANSACTIONS.

Fellows who have paid their Subscription for the current year, are

entitled to receive the Transactions for the year without further payment,

and they wili be forwarded free, by post, to any address,

SO SS a a ra al

Logica 9F

C2OuN-T EEN T'S.

5 PAGE

Explanation of the Plates... eae ose sae 1a a we WLLL

Errata a Ne ae fe ee a aa oe noo erie

List of Fellows ... : So ak eee sit awe wie ais ibe

Additions to the lab aes ec om a soe seo ry. eat

MEMOIRS.

I. A list of the Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. Part III. By

Colonel CHARLES SwinuHok, M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.S. oes 1

II. Notes on the Fungus growing and eating habit of Sera ee -

mex opacus, Mayr. By FrEepERic W. UrRicu, F.E.S. a

III.

VI.

Er,

VALE:

On the Longicorn Coleoptera of the iia India Islands. By

CuarrEs J. GAHAN, M.A., F.E.S. Pim yic)

The Life-history of Pont icoma canescens lipepehodiiey: By

Professor Louis C. Mra, F.R.S., and NoRMAN WALKER.

With a _ Bibliographical and Critical eoueree By Baron

Osten SacKkENn, Ph.D., Hon. F.E.S. ... 141

Questions bearing on Specific mores By te Tae

GALTON, D.C. i IDiScihahes-n- 155

Contributions to ine imowledge of Agron Phiytophagous

Coleoptera. PartI. By Martin Jacosy, F.E.S. 159

On some new species of Butterflies from opel aa Bxtha

Tropical South Africa. By Rotanp TrimEN, F.R.S.,

KeLcS., etc. ..- 181

Notes on andian Ante By Ghoeen et Noe OnENEe Fe. E. S, 195

IX. On the Heteromerous Coleoptera collected in Australia and

EE,

xT.

Tasmania by James J. WALKER, R.N., F.L.S., during the

voyage of H.M.S. “Penguin,” with descriptions of new

genera and species. Part IT. By GEORGE C. CHAMPION,

EIS on takin voit or i 213

Descriptions of new Hemoeera ‘har sian Ee een

Francis Hampson, B.A., F.E.S. ae 277

Contributions to the iowledee of African _Phytophagons

Coleoptera. Part II. By Martin Jacosy, F.E.S..

An attempt to correlate the results arrived at in recon Papers

on the Classification of aie c? JAMES WILLIAM

Tutt, F.H.S. 3 243

XIII. A Monograph of British nee eoniae: Pave VI. By the ee

Tuomas A. MarsHatt, M.A., F.E.S. 363

( viii )

PAGR

XIV. Further Notes on the Secretion of Potassium Hydroxide by

Dicranura vinula (imago), and similar Phenomena in other

Lepidoptera. By Oswatp H. Larrer, M.A., F.E.S. . 399

XV. Notes on Seasonal Dimorphism of Rhowslodehal in Natal. By

Crecin W. BARKER. Communicated by GEORGE FRANCIS

Hampson, B.A., F.E.S. .. 418

XVI. On a Probable Explanation of an Unease Obasebatsane sigla

tive to the Saag du haga Py Witiiam Lucas Distant, a

F.E.S.

XVII. A Preliminary List ae #6 Huttoiiiies of Hole: Roar dbaved

on Observations and Captures made during the Winter and

Spring Months of 1892 and 1893. ge JAMES J. WALKER,

R.N., F.L.8. 433

XVIII. Contribution owas the isatory of a new fest of avr of

pees eee from Brazil. By Dr. Fritz MULuerR,

, Hon. F.E.S.. 479

XIX, Hemanee on the Lomaleeten ed diftoronsae belies ‘tea frst

stages of Pericoma, Hal., and those of the new ag

species. By Baron C. R. Osten SackEN, Ph.D.,

F.E.S..,. on 483

XX. Supplementary Notes ‘0 on Bri Fritz Miller’ 8 paper on a new

form of larve of Psychodide (Diptera), from Brazil. ey

the Rev. ALFRED E. Haron, M.A., F.E. ie ad a0 489

XXI. New Species of North American Tortr icide. By the Right

Hon, Lorp Watsineuam, M.A., LL.D., F.BS., etc. wee 495

XXII. Notes on Seasonal Dimorphism in detctabet Adtionn, Buttenfies,

By Dr. ArtHur G. ButuerR, F.L.S., etc. se bg os dew SLO

Proceedings for 1895... sie ie shin ne os wits ae i

President’s Address... 4 ant aif ae iH ‘ie eas’ XIVili

Index ie i. Ag ae eee rm dh “5 ‘a oo AT

EXPLANATION OF THE PLATES.

Plate I. See pages 1—75 Plate VII. See pages 363—398

o) ete if 79—140 js oe lle ee ee 399—412

i) eae LY # 141—153 sip’ Ns eee as 479—482

b> ae 44 181—194, ir elle mn 495—518

orm 'f ue 213—276

ERRATA.

TRANSACTIONS.

Page 92, line 17, for Perrond, read Perroud.

Page 246, line 20, for anthina, read ianthina.

PROCEEDINGS.

Page xxiv., line 1, for Prof. Riley, read Mr. Trimen.

a a |

Hist of Fellotus

O] WEE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Date of HONORARY FELLOWS.

Election.

1894 Foret, Professor Auguste, M.D., The University, Zitrich.

1884 Mier, Dr. Fritz, Blumenau, Santa Catarina, Brazil.

1884 OsTEN SACKEN, Baron C. R., Wredeplatz, Heidelberg.

1884 PacKkarD, Dr. Alpheus S., Providence, Rhode Island, U.S.A.

1872 Saussure, Henri I’. de, Tertasse, 2, Geneva.

1895 ScuppER, Samuel Hubbard, Cambridge, Mass., U.S.A.

1871 Sertys-Lonecuampes, Baron M. E. de, Liége.

1885 SNELLEN, Pieter Carl T., Rotterdam.

- 1895 Tuomson, Dr. C. G., The University, Lund, Sweden.

1893 WartenwyL, Hofrath Dr. Carl Brunner Von, Trautsohngusse, 6

Vienna.

FELLOWS.

Marked * is an Original Member...

Marked + have compounded for their Annual Subscriptions.

Date of

Election.

1877 Apams, Frederick Charlstrom, 68, St. Ermin’s Mansions, Caxton-

street, Westminster, S.W.

1877 Apams, Herbert J., Roseneath, London-road, Enfield, N.

1885 ApkKIN, Robert, Welifield, Lingards-road, Lewisham, 8.E.

1856 ARMITAGE, Edward, R.A., 3, Hall-road, St. John’s Wood, N.W.

1886 Atmore, E. A., 48, High-street, King’s Lynn, Norfolk.

1892 Batty, William Edward, Lynwood House, Paul Churchtown, near

_ Penzance, Cornwall.

1894 Baxer, Walter F., Trent House, Gainsborough.

1886

1890

1886

1895

1887

1884

1865

LIST OF FELLOWS.

BankEs, Eustace R., M.A., The Rectory, Corfe Castle, Wareham,

Dorset.

BaRcLay, Francis H., F.G.S8., Knott's. Green, Leyton, Essex.

BarGaGLi, Nobile ee 3 Piero, Piazza S. Maria, Palarzo

Tempi No. 1, Florence, Italy.

BarkER, Cosil W. Rownham, Malvern, Natal, South Africa.

BarkER, H. W., 147, Biedon: road, Peckham, 8.E.

Buneper, G@harles Goldie, Inland Renbaae, Department, Somerset

House, W.C. ; and 39, Linden-grove, Nunhead, S.E.

BARTON, Stephen, 114, St. Michael's Hill, Bristol.

1894 + Bareson, William, M.A., F.R.S., Fellow of St. John’s College,

St. John’s College, Cambridge.

1851 + Beaumont, Alfred, The Red Cottage, Pond-road, Blackheath,

1893

1882

1885

1895

1892

1886

1880

1879

1895

1891

S.E.

Bepparp, Frank E., M.A., F.R.S., Peleg Gardens, Regent's

Park, N.W.

Bere, Prof. Dr. Carlos, Director del Museo Nacional, Buenos

Asis (Rep. Argent.), South America.

BETHUNE-BaAkER, George T., F.L.S., 19, Clarendon-road, Edgbaston,

Birmingham.

Bevan, Lieutenant H. G. R., R.N., ‘ Admiralty for Address.”

BrppELu, Walter Cuthbert, 32, The Grove, Bolton Gardens, 8.W.

Bippie, F. W., M.A., Lanherne, Albemarle-road, Beckenham,

Kent.

BIGNELL, George Carter, 69, Union-street, Stonehouse, Plymouth.

Bituiurs, T. R., 20, Swiss Villas, Coplestone-road, Peckham,

S.E.

Bincuam, Lt.-Col., Bombay Staff Corps, 4, Waverley-place, St.

John’s Wood, N.W.

Buaber, W. H., F.L.8., 34, Cromwell-road, West Brighton.

1894 + BLACKBURNE-MAzeE, W. P., Shaw House, Newbury, Berkshire.

1889

1890

1885

1886

1876

1875

1876

1891

1892

1888

BiLaNnpD¥ForD, Walter F. H., M.A., F.Z.S., 48, Wimpole-street, W.

BuatcH, W. G., Knowle, near Birmingham.

BiatHuwayt, Lieut.-Col. Linley, F.L.S., Hagle House, Batheaston,

Bath.

BLOOMFIELD, The Rev. Edwin Newson, M.A., Guestling Rectory,

Hastings.

Borre, Alfred Preudhomme de, Villa la Fauvette, Petit Saconnex,

Borrer, Wm., junr., F.G.8., Pakyns Manor House, Hurstpierpoint,

Sussex.

BoscuEr, Edward, Bellevue House, Twickenham.

Bootu, George A., Fern Hill, Grange-over-Sands, Carnforth,

Lancashire.

BovuskELt, Frank, 11, Sandown-road, Stoney Gate, Leicester.

Bower, B. A., Langley, Eltham-road, Lee, 5.E.

LIST OF FELLOWS. Xl

1894 + Bowzes, KE. Augustus, M.A., Myddelton House, Waltham Cross,

Hertfordshire.

1852 + Born, Thos., Woodvale Lodye, South Norwood Hill, S.E.

1893

1894

1877

1870

1894

1890

1893

1879

1878

1887

1886

1892

1890

1883

1889

BrapBant, Edouard, Chateau de Morenchies, par Cambrai (Nord),

France.

BREYER, Professor H. G., M.D., Gymnasium, Pretoria, Transvaal,

Africa.

Briaas, Charles Adolphus, 55, Lincoln’s Inn Fields, W.C. ; and

Surrey House, Leatherhead, Surrey.

Briaes, Thomas Henry, M.A., Surrey House, Leatherhead, Surrey.

Briacut, Percy M., Roccabruna, Bournemouth.

BRIsTOwE, B. A., Durlstone, Champion Hill, 8.E.

BromiLow, Frank, Selborne, Poole-road, Bournemouth.

BRONGNIART, Le Chevalier Charles, Assistant d’Entomologie au

Musée @histoire naturelle de Paris, Memb. Ent. Soc. France,

and Memb. Geol. Soc. France, Foreign Corr. Geol. Soc. Lond.,

&e., 9, ue Linné, Paris.

Brown, Capt. Thomas, Drury, Auckland, New Zealand.

Brown, Henry Rowland, M.A., 3, Pump-court, Temple, H.C.

Brown, John, 5, King’s Parade, Cambridge.

Browne, Capt. Clement Alfred Righy, R.E., c/o Grindlay & Co.,

Calcutta.

BryYANT, George, Somerset Lodge, Old Shirley, near Southampton.

Buckton, George Bowdler, F.R.S., F.L.8., Weycombe, Haslemere,

Surrey. |

Burns, Henry, The Free Public Library, Fulham, 8.W.

1868 | ButLerR, Arthur Gardiner, Ph.D., F.L.8., F.Z.S., British Museum,

1883

1886

1885

1860

1880

1889

1890

1886

1894

South Kensington, 8.W.; and The Lilies, Penge-road, Beckenham,

Kent.

Bot eR, Edward Albert, B.A., B.Sc.,39, A shley-road, Crouch Hill,N,

CaLvERT, Wm. Bartlett, Liceo de Quillota, Quillota, Chili, South

America.

CAMERON, Peter, Union Road, New Mills, Derbyshire.

CAMPBELL, Francis Maule, F.L.S., F.Z.S., &c., Hose Hill, Hoddes-

don, Herts.

CaNDEZE, Dr. E., Glain, Liége.

CaNnsDALE, W. D., Sunny Bank, South Norwood, S.E.

Cant, A., c/o Fredk. Du Cane Godman, Esq., F.R.S., 10, Chandos-

street, Cavendish-square, W.

Capper, Samuel James, F.L.S. (President of the Lancashire and

Cheshire Entomological Society), Huyton Park, near Liverpool.

Capron, Edward, M.D., Shere, Guildford, Surrey.

Caracciono, H., H.M. Customs, Port of Spain, Trinidad, British

West Indies.

1886

1892

1895

1868

1890

1895

LIST OF FELLOWS.

CARMICHAEL, Sir Thomas David Gibson, Bart., M.A., M.P., F.L.S.,

Castlecraig, Dolphinton, N.B.

CARPENTER, The Honble. Mrs. Beatrice, Kiplin, Northallerton,

Yorkshire,

CARPENTER, G. H., B.Sc., Musewm of Science and Art, Dublin.

CARRINGTON, Charles, Carylls, Fay Gate, Horsham,

Carter, George Wm., M.A., F.1.8., Cliff End House, Scarboro’.

CaRTER, Sir Gilbert, K.C.M.G., Government House, Lagos, West

Africa.

1889 + Cave, Charles, 13, Lowndes-square, S.W.

1871

1891

1890

Cuampion, George C., F.Z.S., Lisrarian, Heatherside, Horsell,

Woking, Surrey ; and 10, Chandos-street, Cavendish-square, W.

CHAPMAN, Thomas Algernon, M.D., Fir Bank, Hereford.

CHATTERTON, Frederick J.8., 78, Clissold-road, Stoke Newington, N.

1891 + Cuirry, Arthur J., M.A., 27, Hereford-square, 8.W.

1889

Curisty, W. M., M.A., Watergate, Emsworth, Sussex.

1886 + CLARK, John Adolphus, The Broadway, London Fields, N.E.

1867

1886

1891

1874

1873

1892

1886

1867

1895

1888

1890

1880

1888

1895

1883

1873

1887

1886

CLARKE, Alex. Henry, 109, Warwick-road, Earl's Court, 8.W.

CLARKE, Charles Baron, M.A., F.R.S., President L.S., F.GS.,

13, Kew Gardens-road, Kew, 8.W.

CLARKE, Henry Shortridge, 2, Osborne-terrace, Douglas, Isleof Man.

CocKERELL, Theodore D. A., F.Z.8., Lus Cruces, New Mexico,

O.S.A.

CockLe, Major George, M.A., B.Mus., Oxon., 9, Bolton-gardens,

S.W.

Coe, William, 7, Knighton Villas, Buckhurst Hill, Essen.

Cowan, Thomas William, F.L.S., F.G.8., F.R.M.S., 31, Belsize

Park Gardens, Hampstead, N.W., and Penleaze, Fowey, Cornwall.

CowELL, Peter (Librarian of the Liverpool Free Public Library),

William Brown-street, Liverpool.

Cox, Herbert Ed., c/o F. S. Eve, Esq., 125, Harley-street, W.

CRABTREE, Benjamin Hill, The Oaklands, Levenshulme, Manchester.

CrEGOE, J. P., P.O. Box 1420, Johannesburg, South Africa.

CreWE, Sir Vauncey Harpur, Bart., Calke Abbey, Derbyshire.

+Crisp, Frank, LL.B., B.A., Treasurer L.S., F.G.S., Treasurer

R.M.S., 5, Lansdowne-road, Notting Hill, W.

Croker, A. J.,°90, Albert-road, Walthamstow.

Crompton, Sidney, Salamanca, Santa Cruz, Teneriffe, Canary

Islands.

Crow Ley, Philip, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Waddon House, Croydon.

DALE, C. W., Glanville’s Wootton, Sherborne, Dorset.

Dattry, The Rev. Thomas W., M.A., F.L.S., Madeley Vicarage,

Newcastle, Staffordshire.

Dannatt, Walter, F.Z.S., Ivy Dene, Westcombe Park, Blackheath,

S.E.

}

—

LIST OF FELLOWS. xi

1892 +Dennis, George Christopher, 39, Blossom-street, York.

1885

1886

1875

1887

1895

1891

1885

1873

1886

1845

1874

1884

1867

1894

Dent, Hastings Charles, C.E., F.L.S., 20, Thurloe-sguare, S.W.

Dickson, The Rev. Prof. William Purdie, D.D., LL.D., Professor

of Divinity in the University of Glasgow, Glasgow.

Distant, Wm. Lucas, Box 352, Pretoria, Transvaal, South Africa.

Dixry, Frederick Augustus, M.A., M.D., Fellow and Bursar of

Wadham College, Wadham College, Oxford.

Dorson, H. T., Ivy House, Acacia Grove, New Malden, Surrey.

DoNISTHORPE, Horace St. John K., 73, West Cromwell-road, S.W.

Donovan, Surg.-Captain Charles, M.D., 1st Burma Rifles, Fort

Dufferin, Mandalay, Burma.

Dorta, Marquis Giacomo, Strada Nuova, Genoa.

mo? The Right Honourable Lord, Cox’s Hotel, Jermyn-strect,

S.W.

Doueias, John Wm., Dartmouth Lodge, 153, Lewisham -road,.

Lewisham, 8.E.

DowsettT, Arthur, Castle Hill House, Reading.

Druce, Hamilton H. C. J., F.Z.S., 43, Circus-road, St. John’s

Wood, N.W.

eee Herbert, F.L.S., F.Z.S., 43, Circus-road, St. John’s Wood,

DupGeEoN, G. C., Fagoo Tea Estate, Sailihat P.O., vid Julpigurs,

India.

1849 DUNNING, Joseph Wm., M.A., F.L.S., F.Z.8., 4, Talbot-square,

1885

1890

1865

1886

1884

1886

1878

1886

1890

1892

1801

1886

1881

Paddington, W.

DuRRANT, John Hartley, The Cottage, Merton Hall, Thetford,

Norfolk.

Eastwoop, John Edmund, Exton Lodge, Witley, Godalming.

Eaton, The Rev. Aifred Edwin, M.A., care of R.S. Eaton, Esq.,

4, Belfield-terrace, Weymouth, Dorset.

Epwarpbs, James, Colesborne, Andoversford, R.S.O., Gloucestershire.

EDWARDS, Stanley, F.L.8., F.Z.S., Kidbrook-lodge, Blackheath,

S.E.

ELISHA, George, 122, Shepherdess-walk, City-road, N.

ELuis, John W., M.B., L.R.C.P., 18, Rodney-street, Liverpool.

Ewes, Henry John, J.P., F.LS., F.Z.S., Vice-PResipEnt,

Colesborne, Andoversford, R.S.O., Gloucestershire.

Hook, Frederick, F.L.S., 21, Manor-gardens, Holloway, N.

Farn, Albert Brydges, Mount Nod, G'reenhithe, Kent; and

Medical Department, Local Government Board, Whitehall, S.W.

Farren, Wilham, Fern House, Union-road, Cambridge.

Fenn, Charles, Eversden House, Burnt Ash Hill, Lee, S.E.

FENWICK, Nicholas Percival, Holmwood, South Bank, Surbiton

Hill, Kingston-on-Thames.

FEREDAY, R. W., Christchurch, Canterbury, New Zealand.

xiv

1889

1878

1874

1886

1865

LIST OF FELLOWS.

FERNALD, Prof. C. H., Amherst, Mass., U.S.A.

Finzi, John A., Hanover Lodge, 77, St. Helen’s-gardens, N.

Kensington, W.

Fitcu, Edward A., F.L.8., Brick House, Maldon, Essex.

Fitcu, Frederick, Hadligh House, Hi ‘ohbal y New Park, N.

FLETCHER, J. E., 2, Bedwardine-road, St. Johns, Worcester.

1883 + FLETCHER, William Holland B., M.A., Fairlawn, Worthing,

1892

1885

1880

1883

1888

1891

1855

1889

1884

1887

1892

1890

1893

1865

1890

1886

1855

1874

1886

Sussew.

FLEUTIAUX, Edmond, 1, Rue Malus, Place Monge, Paris.

Fokker, A. J. F., Ziertkezce, Zeeland, Netherlands.

Fow.er, The Rev. Canon, M.A., F.L.S., Secrerary, The School

House, Lincoln.

FREEMAN, Francis Ford, A bbotsfield, Tavistock, South Devon.

FREMLIN, H. Stuart, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., Mereworth, Maidstone,

Kent.

FrRoHAWK, F. W., 39, Dornton-road, Balham, 8.W.

Fry, Alexander, F.L.8., Thornhill House, Dulwich Wood Park,

Norwood, S.E.

FRYER, Charles John, 410, Wandsworth-road, S.W.

FuLuER, The Rev. Alfred, M.A., The Lodge, 7, Sydenham-hill,

Sydenham, S.E.

GAHAN, Charles Joseph, M.A., British Museum (Natural History),

South Kensington, S.W.; and 16, Ashchurch-grove, Shepherd's

Bush, W.

GALTON, Francis, M.A., D.C.L., Sc.D., F.R.S., F.G.S., 42, Rutland

Gate, S.W.

GarpDE, Philip de la, R.N., H.M.S. “Goldfinch,” Australian

Station. |

GARDNER, John, 6, Friars-gate, Hartlepool.

Gipps, Arthur Ernest, F.L.8., Avenue House, St. Albans, Hert-

fordshire.

+GopMAN, Frederick Du Cane, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.8., South Lodge,

Lower Beeding, Horsham, Sussex; 7, Carlos-place, Grosvenor-

square ; and 10, Chandos-street, Cavendish-square, W.

GOLDTHWAITE, Oliver, 38, Duke of Edinburgh-road, Carshalton,

Surrey.

+GoopricH, Captain Arthur Mainwaring, Audrey, Lymington,

Hants.

GorHaM, Rev. Henry Stephen, F.ZS., The Chestnuts, Shirley

Warren; Southampton.

Goss, Herbert, F.LS. F.G.8S., Szcretary, The Avenue,

Surbiton-hill, Kingston-on-Thames; and 11, Chandos-street,

Cavendish-square, W.

GREEN, A. P., Colombo, Ceylon. °

Ee ee

Sie ‘ 2 —

. < ey

ee ee ey ee a a

LIST OF FELLOWS. XV.

1891 GREEN, E. Ernest, c/o Mrs. Blunt, Mote Hall, Bearsted, Maidstone,

Kent.

1894 GREEN, Joseph F., West Lodge, Blackheath, 8.E.

1865 GREENE, The Rev Joseph, M.A., Rostrevor, Clifton, Bristol.

1893+ GREENWOOD, Henry Powis, F.L.8., Hornham Cliff, near

Salisbury.

1888 Gruirritus, G. C., 43, Caledoniun-place, Clifton, Bristol.

1894 GrimsHaw, Percy H., Natural History Department, Edinburgh

Museum of Science and Art, Hdinburgh.

1893 Hatrorp, Frederick Michael, 6, Pembridge-place, W.

1890 + Haut, A. E., Norbury, Pitsmoor, Sheffield.

1885 Hau, Thomas William, “ Stanhope,” The Crescent, Croydon.

1891 Hampson, G. F., B.A., 36, Tedworth-square, Chelsea, S.W.

1891 Hanpury, Frederick J., F.L.S., 69, Clapton Common, Clapton, N.E

1877 Harvine, George, The Grove, Fishponds, Bristol.

1889 Harrison, John, 7, Gawber-road, Barnsley, Yorkshire.

1892 Herapty, Charles Burnard, Stoneygate-road, Leicester.

1892 Heatu, Edward Alfred, M.D., F.L.S., 114, Ebury-street, Pimlico,

S.W.

1889 HeENN, Arnold Umfreville, Box 1282, Post Office, Sydney, N.S. W.

1881 Henry, George, 38, Wellington-square, Hastings.

1888 Hiaas, Martin Stanger, F.C.8., Clarence House, Russell-street,

Gloucester.

1891 Huu, Henry A., 4, Rosslyn-gardens, Hampstead, N.W.

1876 + HituMAN, Thomas Stanton, Hastgate-street, Lewes, Sussex.

1890 HopaKinson, J. B., Roseberry House, Powys-road, Ashton-on-

Ribble.

1888 Hopson, The Rev. J. H., B.A., 32, dlilton-place, Halifaz.

1887 Ho.uanp, The Rev. W. J., D.D., Ph.D., 5th Avenue, Pittsburg,

denn. U.S.A.

1876+ Horniman, Fredk. John, M.P., F.LS., F.Z.8., &¢., Surrey

Mount, Forest Hill, S.E.

1892 Hoye, Samuel, Audley House, Sale, Cheshire.

1865 t Hupp, A. E., “ Clinton,” Pembroke-road, Clifton, Bristol.

1888 Hupson, George Vernon, Zhe Post Office, Wellington, New

Zealand.

1880+ IncuBaLp, Peter, F.L.S., F.Z.S., Grosvenor-terrace, Hornsea, —

Holderness.

1893 Irpy, Lieutenant-Colonel Leonard Howard Loyd, F.L.S., F.Z.8.,

14, Cornwall-terrace, Regent’s Park, N.W.

1891 IsaBEeLL, The Rev. John, 65, Waddon Old-road, Croydon.

1886 Jacosy, Martin, 7, Hemstall-road, West Hampstead, N.W.

XV1 LIST OF FELLOWS.

1892 Jarrrey, Francis, M.R.C.S., L.R.C.P., 8, Queen's Ride, Barnes,

S.W.

1869 Janson, Oliver E., Perth-road, Stroud Green, N.; and 44, Great

Russell-street, Bloomsbury, W.C.

1886 JENNER, James Herbert Augustus, 4, Hast-street, Lewes.

1886 JouHN, Evan, Llantrissant, Pontypridd, Glamorganshire.

1889 Jounson, The Rev. W.F., M.A., Winder-terrace, Armagh, Ireland.

1888 Jones, Albert H., Shrublands, Eltham, Kent.

1894 Jones, Frederic Whitworth, Cleef, Vryburg, British Bechuana-

land, Africa.

1894 + JorDAN, Dr. K., The Museum, Tring, Hertfordshire.

1884 Kane, W. F. de Vismes, M.A., M.R.1.A., Sloperton Lodge, Kings-

town, Ireland.

1884 Kapret, A. W., F.LS., 5, Burlington-gardens, Chiswick, W.

1876+ Kay, John Dunning, Leeds.

1884 Keays, F. Lovell, F.L.S., 26, Charles-street, St. James’s, 8.W.

1894 KeErEBLE, Henry, 10, Coleman-street, E.C.

1890 KeEnrick, G. H., Whetstone, Somerset-road, Edgbaston, Bir-

mingham.

1890 KimpBer, Miss M., Cope Hall, Enborne, Newbury, Berks.

1889 Kine, J. J. F. X., 207, Sauchiehall-street, Glasgow.

1861 Kuirey, William F., F.L.S., 5, Burlington-gardens, Chiswick, W.

1893 KirRKALDY, George Willis, St. Abbs, Worple-road, Wimbledon,

S.W.

1889 KLAPALEK, Professor Franz, Trebon, Wittingau, Bohemia.

1887 + KLEIN, Sydney T., F.L.S., F.R.A.S. (Hon. Treasurer, Middlesex

Natural History and Science Society), The Red House, Stanmore,

Middlesex.

1876 Kraatz, Dr. G., 28, Link-strasse, Berlin.

1895 Krantz, Paul, Bow 413, Pretoriu, Transvaal, South Africa.

1868 Lana, Colonel A. M., R.E., 31, Shooter's Hill-road, Blackheath, S.E. .

1895 Larrer, Oswald H., M.A., Charterhouse, Godalming, Surrey.

1887 + LeEcu, John Henry, B.A., F.L.S., F.Z.8., F.R.G.S., &c., Southover -

Grange, Lewes, Sussex.

1883 Lemann, Fredk. Charles, Blackfriars House, Plymouth.

1892 Leswir, J. H., 58, Foxbourne-road, Upper Tooting, 8.W.

1876 Lewis, George, F.L.S., Sé. Regulus, Archer’s-road, Southampton.

1892 Liaurroot, R. M., Bree-st., Cape Town, Cape of Good Hope.

1886 Liverr, H. W., M.D., Wells, Somerset.

1865 + LLEWELYN, Sir J. Talbot Dillwyn, Bart., M.A., M.P., F.LS.,

Penllergare, Swansea. .

1881 +t Luoyp, Alfred, F.C.S., The Dome, Bognor, Sussea.

1885 + Luoyp, Robert Wylie, St. Cuthberts, Thurleigh-road, Nightingale-

lane, Clapham Common, 8.W.

LIST OF FELLOWS. aval

1894 Lowe, The Rev. Frank E., M.A., St. Stephen’s Vicarage,

Guernsey.

1850 Lowe, W. H., M.D., Woodcote Lodge, Inner Park-road, Wimbledon

Park, S.W.

1893 Lower, Oswald B., Bleak House, Park Side, Adelaide, South

Australia.

1850 + Lusgocx, The Right Honble. Sir John, Bart., M.P., D.C.L.,

F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S., ete., High Elms, Farnborough, Kent.

1880 Lupron, Henry, Lyndhurst, North Grange-road, Headingley,

Leeds.

1887 M‘DouGALuL, James Thomas, Dunolly, Morden-road, Blackheath,

S.E.

1895 McGrecor, Thomas M., 30, North Methven Street, Perth, N.B.

1851 + M‘Inrosu, J.

1888 Mackinnon, P. W., Lynndale, Mussoorie, N.W.P., India.

1892 Macxonocuirz, The Rev. J. A., B.A. (Chaplain to the Earl

of Home), Douglas Castle, Lanarkshire; and The Lirsel,

Coldstream.

1858 McLacuuian, Robert, F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.8., TREASURER, West-

view, 23, Clarendon-road, Lewisham, S.E.

1887 Mawnvers, Surgeon-Captain Neville, L.R.C.P., M.R.C.S., Colombo,

Ceylon.

1891 Mancer, William T., 100, Manor-road, Brockley, 8.E.

1892 MANSBRIDGE, William, 21, Rosenau-crescent, Battersea Park, S.W.

1894 + MarsuHa.., Alick, Auchinraith, Bexley, Kent.

1895 Marsuatu, G. A. K., The Master’s Office, Salisbury, Mashonaland,

South Africa.

1865 Marsnauut, The Rev. Thos. Ansell, M.A., Botusfleming Rectory,

Hatt, Cornwall.

1856 + MarsHat., William, Auchinraith, Bexley, Kent.

1874+ Mason, Philip Brookes, M.R.C.8., F.L.8., Trent House, Burton-

on- Trent.

1895 Massry, Herbert, Fairfield, Fog Lane, Didsbury, Manchester.

1865 Maruew, Gervase F., R.N., F.LS., F.Z.S., F.R.G.8., Lee House,

Dovercourt, Harwich.

1887 Matruews, Coryndon, Plympton St. Mary, South Devon.

1860 May, John William, K.N.L., Blenheim House, Parson’s Green-

lane, Fulham, S.W.

1872 + Me.tpoua, Professor Raphael, F.R.S., F.C.S., PRESIDENT, 6, Bruns-

wick-square, W.C.

1885 Mertvitt, James Cosmo, M.A., F.L.S., Brook House, Prestwich,

Lancashire.

1887 MERRIFIELD, Frederic, 24, Vernon-terrace, Brighton.

1888 Meryer-Darcis, G., clo Sogin & Meyer, Wohlen, Switzerland.

1880 Meyrick, Edward, B.A., F.Z.S., Elmswood, Marlborough, Wilt-

shire.

XVill LIST OF FELLOWS.

1894 Mratu, Professor Louis Compton, F.R.S.,Crag Foot, Ben Bhydding,

Leeds.

1883 Mies, W. H., The New Club, Calcutta.

1879 Monrerro, Senhor Antonio Augusto de Carvalho, 72, Rua de

Alecreon, Lisbon. :

1853 Moors, Frederic, D.Sc., A.L.S., F.Z.8., Claremont House, Avenue-

road, Croydor-road, Penge, 8.E.

1886 Morean, A.C. F., F.L.S., 24, Leinster-square, W.

1889 + Morice, The Rev. F. D., M.A., Fellow of Queen’s College, Oxford,

Brunswick, Mount Hermon, Woking.

1895 + Mor.ey, Claude, 66, London-road, Ipswich.

1893 Morton, Kenneth a: Glenview Citas, Carluke, N. B.

1889 Mostey, S. L., Beane Park, Huddersfield.

1869 + MULLER, Albert, F.R.G.S.

1872 + Murray, Lieut.-Colonel H., 43, Cromwell Houses, Cromwell-

road, S.W.

1886 Murtcu, J. P., 359, Hornsey-road, N.

1889 Nevinson, Basil George, M.A., F.Z.S., 3, Tedworth-square,

Chelsea, S.W.

1887 Newman, The Rev. W. J. H., M.A., The Vicarage, Steeple

Barton, Ozon.

1890 NEwsTEAD, R., The Museum, Chester.

1882 NIcEVILLE, Lionel de, F.L.S., C.M.ZS., Indian Museum ; and 13,

Kyd-street, Calcutta.

1895 NicHouson, Charles, 202, Evering-road, Clapton, N.E.

1886 NicHouson, William E., School Hill, Lewes, Sussex.

1893 NONFRIED, A. F., Rakonitz, Bohemia.

1886 Norris, Herbert E., 15, Warket-place, Cirencester.

1878 NortripGe, Thomas, Ashford, Kent.

1895 Noursz, Captain C.G., F.R.G.S., Indian Staff Corps, 5, St. Mary’s-

square, Bury St. Edmunds.

1869 OxserTHtr, Charles, Rennes, France.

1877 OsBerRTHUR, René, Rennes, France.

1893 + OGLE, Bertram 8., Steeple Aston, Oxfordshire. q

1883 OLDFIELD, George W., M.A, F.LS. F.Z.S., Hawthornden, —

London-road, Bromley, Kent.

1893 OLtver, John Baxter, 12, Avenue-road, St. John’s Wood,

N.W.

1873 OLtiviEeR, Ernest, Ramillons, prés Moulins (Allier), France.

1886 Oxiirr, Arthur Sidney, Government Entomologist, Department of

Agriculture, Macquarie-street, Sydney, N. S. Wales.

LIST OF FELLOWS. X1X

1878 OrMEROD, Miss Eleanor A., F.R.Met.S., Torrington House, Holy-

well Hill, St. Albans, Herts.

1880 OrmEROD, Miss Georgiana, Torrington House, Holywell Hill,

St. Albans, Herts.

1895 Pace, Herbert E., 14, Nettleton-road, New Cross, S.E.

1893 PauucKeE, Wilhelm, 33, Langstrasse, Baden-Baden, Germany.

1883 PrrRiInNGUEY, Louis, South African Museum, Cape Town, South

Africa.

1879 PERKINS, Vincent Robt., Wotton-under-Hdge, Gloucestershire.

1887 Puruiies, Charles Edmund Stanley, Castle House, Shooter's

Hili, Kent.

1891 Prerce, Frank Nelson, 7, The Elms, Dingle, Liverpool.

1885 Pox, J. R. H. Neerwort van de, Heerengracht 476, Amsterdam.

1870 + Porritr, Geo. T., F.L.8., Crosland Hall, Huddersfield.

1884 + Poutton, Professor Edward B., M.A., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.G.S.,

F.Z.S., VICE-PRESIDENT, Hope Professor of Zoology in

the University of Oxford, Wykeham House, Banbury-road,

Oxford.

1894 Pratt, John, The Cedars, New Barnet, Hertfordshire.

1851 Preston, The Rev. Thomas Arthur, M.A., F.L.S., Thurcaston

Rectory, Leicester.

1878 Price, David, 48, West-street, Horsham, Sussex.

1893 Prout, Louis Beethoven, 12, Greenwood-road, Dalston, N.E.

1882 + RamspDEN, Hildebrand, M.A., F.L.S., 26, Upper Bedford-place,

Russell-square, W.C.

1874 Reep, Edwyn C., C.M.Z.S., Banos de Cauquenes, Chili.

1893 Rep, Captain Savile G., late R.HE., The Hims, Yalding,

Maidstone, Kent.

1891 Rerp, William, Pitcaple, Aberdeenshire.

1890 ReNDLEsHAM, The Right Honble. Lord, Rendlesham Hall, Wood-

bridge, Suffolk.

1886 RuHopEs, John, 360, Blackburn-road, Accrington, Lancashire.

1891 RicnHarpson, Nelson M., B.A., Monte Video, near Weymouth,

Dorset.

1894 Ruipine, William Steer, B.A., M.D., Buckerell Lodge, Buckerell,

near Honiton, Devon.

1853 Riron, The Most Honourable the Marquis of, K.G., D.C.L.,

F.R.S., F.L.S., etc., 9, Chelsea Embankment, 8.W.

1889 Rosinson, Arthur, B.A., 1, Mitre Court Buildings, Temple, H.C.

1892 Roprnson, Sydney C., Goldsmith's Hall, H.C.

1869 + RoBINSON-DoUGLAS, Wi lliam Douglas, M.A., F.L.S., F.R.G.S.,

Orchardton, Castle Douglas, N.B.

xx LIST OF FELLOWS.

1890 Rosson, John Emmerson, Hartlepool.

1886 Rosr, Arthur J., Brunnen Lodge, Upper Walthamstow-road,

Walthamstow.

1868 Rorunery, George Alexander James, 8, Versailles-road, Anerley,

S.E.

1894 Rotuscuiup, The Honble. Nathaniel Charles, F.Z.8., 148, Pieca-

dilly, W.; and Tring Park, Tring, Herts.

1888 Rortuscuitp, The Honble. Walter, F.Z.8., 148, Piccadilly, W.;

and Tring Park, Tring, Herts.

1890 RovurLenDGs, G. B., 50, Russell-squure, W.C.

1892 RussE.Lt, 8. G. C., 19, Lombard-street, E.C.

1894 Rye, Bertram George, 212, Upper Richmond-road, Putney,

S.W.

1894 Ryxtanps, Thos. Glazebrook, F.LS., F.G.S., Highfields, Thelwall,

Warrington.

1885 SaseEt, Ernest, F.Z.S., F.R.G.S., Lynton House, South Side, Clap-

ham Common, S.W.

1891 Sr. Joun, The Rev. John Seymour, B.A., 42, Castlewood-road,

Stamford Hill, N.

1875 Sanit, Auguste, 13, Rue Guy de la Brosse, Paris.

1866 +Satvin, Osbert, M.A, F.RS. F.LS., 10, Chandos-street,

Cavendish-square, W. ; and Hawksfold, Fernhurst, Sussex.

1886 Satwey, Reginald E., Sungate, Hook-road, Kingston-on-Thames.

1865 t SaunpERS, Edward, F.L.S., St. Ann’s, Mount Hermon, Woking,

Surrey.

1861 +t SaunpeRs, G. S., 20, Dents-road, Wandsworth Common, 8.W.

1886 SaunpDERS, Prof. Wm., Central Experimental Farm, Otiawa,

Canada (President of the Entomological Society of Ontario).

1881 Scouuicx, A. J., Boldrewood, Ditton Hill, Surbiton, Kingston-on-

Thames.

1864 Semper, George, care of Bernhard Beer, Esq., 10, Newgate-

street, H.C.

1862 Suarp, David, M.A., M.B., C.M., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S., Zaw- —

_thorndene, Hills-road, Cambridge; and University Museum of

Zoology and Comparative Anatomy, Cambridge.

1883 SHaw, A. Eland, M.R.C.8., Fakenham, Norfolk.

1883 + SHELLEY, Capt. George Ernest, F.G.S., F.Z.8., 10, Thurloe-

square, S.W.

1887 Sicu, Alfred, Burlington-lane, Chiswick, W.

1887 Sipewicx, Arthur, M.A., Fellow of Corpus Christi College, Oxford, E

64, Woodstock-road, Oxford.

1869

1895

1885

LIST OF FELLOWS. XXi

SmitH, Henley Grose, F.Z.S., 5, Bryanston-square, Hyde Park, W.

SmitTu, W. W., Ashburton, Canterbury, New Zealand.

SourH, Richard, 100, Ritherdon-road, Upper Tooting, S.W.

* +Spence, William Blundell, Florence, Italy.

1889

1890

1862

1837

1889

1895

1882

1884

1894

1876

1893

1892

1886

1892

1893

STaNDEN, Richard S., F.L.S., Thorpe Hall, near Colchester.

STEARNS, A. E., 99, Gloucester-terrace, Hyde Park, W.

STEVENS, John §., 4, Pope’s-grove, Twickenham.

STEvENS, Samuel, F.L.S., Loanda, Beulah Hill, Upper Norwood,

S.E.

STRATON, C. R., F.R.C.S., West Lodge, Wilton, Salisbury.

STUDD, EH. F., M.A., B.C.L., Oxton, Exeter.

Swanzy, Francis, Stanley House, Granville-road, Sevenoaks.

SWINHOE, Colonel Charles, M.A., F.L.8., F.Z.S., Avenue House,

Cowley-road, Oxford.

SwINHOE, Ernest, Avenue House, Cowley-road, Oxford.

Swinton, A. H., c/o General Callender, Clovernooke, Redbridge,

Southampton.

TAayLor, Charles B., Rae-street, Rae Town, Kingston, Jamaica.

Taytor, The Rev. George W., F.R.S. (Canada), St. Alban’s Rectory,

Nanaimo, British Columbia.

THEOBALD, F. V., M.A., Lecturer in Economic Entomology and

Zoology to the South Eastern Agricultural College, Wye Court,

near Ashford, Kent.

THORNLEY, The Rev. A., M.A., South Leverton Vicarage, Lincoln.

TOWNSEND, Professor C. H. Tyler, Las Cruces, New Mexico,

U.S.A.

1859 + TRIMEN, Roland, F.R.S., F.L.S.,9, Osborne Mansions, Northumber-

1891

1895

1893

1894

1886.

1893

1866

1889

land-street, Marylebone-road, W.

TUFFNELL, Carleton, Langley, Kenley, Surrey.

TUNALEY, Henry, 30, Fairmont-road, Brixton Hill, 8.W.

TURNER, Henry Jerome, 13, Drakefell-road, St. Catherine's Park,

Hatcham, 8.E.

TURNER, Thomas, Cullompton, Devon.

Tutt, J. W., Rayleigh Villa, Westcombe Park, Blackheath, S.E.

Uricu, Frederick William, Ratlway Extension Office, Arima,

Trinidad, British West Indies.

VERRALL, George Henry, Sussex Lodge, Newmarket.

Vivian, H. W., Glenafon, Taibach, South Wales; and Trinity

College, Cambridge.

XX11 LIST OF FELLOWS.

1895 ~WacHER, Sidney, F.R.C.S., Dane John, Canterbury.

1876 WAKEFIELD, Charles Marcus, F.L.S., Belmont, Uxbridge.

1886 Waker, Alfred O., F.L.8., Nant Glyn, Colwyn Bay, Denbigh-

shire.

1870 Waker, The Rev. Francis Augustus, D.D., F.L.8., Dun Mallard,

* Cricklewood, N.W.

1878 WaLkER, James J., R.N., F.L.S., 23, Ranelagh-road, Marine

Town, Sheerness.

1863 ¢Wa.uace, Alfred Russel, D.C.L., Oxon., F.R.S., F.L.S., F.Z.S.,

Corfe View, Parkstone, Dorset. °

1866 + WaLsinauaM, The Right Hon. ord, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., F.L.S.,

F.Z.S., VICE-PRESIDENT, High Steward of the University of

Cambridge, Merton Hall, Thetford, Norfolk ; and 66a, Eaton-

square, S.W. |

1886 WarREN, Wm., M.A., 80, Frithville Gardens, Shepherd’s Bush, W.

1869 WatTERHOUSE, Charles O., Ingleside, Avenue Gardens, Acton, W. ;

and British Museum, Cromwell-road, 8.W.

1891 } Watson, Capt. E. Y., F.Z.S., Indian Staff Corps, care of Messrs,

King & Co., 45, Pall Mall, 8.W.

1893 Wess, John Cooper, 32, Henslowe-road, Dulwich, S.E.

1876+ WesTERN, E. Young, 36, Lancaster Gate, Hyde Park, W.

1886 WHEELER, Francis D., M.A., LL.D., Paragon House School,

Norwich,

1865 Wuitz, The Rev. W. Farren, M.A., Stonehouse Vicarage,

Gloucestershire.

1884 Wuitz, William, The Ruskin Museum, Meersbrook Park,

Sheffield. ;

1882 Wiuiams, W. J., Zoological Society, 3, Hanover-square, W.

1894 Wutson, Edwin, Cherry Hinton-road, Cambridge.

1894 Wo.ury-Dop, F. H., Box 225, Calgary, Alberta, N.W.T. Canada.

1881 Woop, The Rev. Theodore, 23, Broderich-road, Upper Tooting,

S.W.

1894 Wootr, Michael Yeatman, 1, Marlborough-place, St. John’s Wood,

N.W.

1891 WrovueutTon, R. C., Conservator of Forests, Indian Forest Service,

Bombay, India.

1888 YERBURY, Colonel John W., late R.A.. Army and Navy: Club, —

Pall Mall, 8.W.

1892 YonpaLe, William Henry, F.R.M.S., 52, Main-street, Cockermouth,

Cumberland.

1886 Youna, Morris, Free Museum, Paisley, N.B.

See eS ae

@- xxi)

ADDITIONS TO THE LIBRARY

During THE YEAR 1895.

AiTKEN (EK. H.). The Larva and Pupa of Spalgis epius, Westwood.

{[Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc., 1894. The Author.

BarcaGui(P.) Notizie sopra aleuni Entomolecidi e sui loro abitatori.

[Bull. Soc. Botan. Ital., 1895. ]

Noterelle di Viaggio.

[Bull. Soc. Ent. Ital., 1895. ] The Author.

BEAUREGARD (H.). Les Insectes Vésicants. 8vo, Paris, 1890.

Purchased.

BuanprorpD (W. F. H.). Supplementary notes on nite pcalytide of Japan,

__ with a list of species.

[Trans. Ent Soc. Lond., 1894. ]

A list of the Scolytidz collected in Ceylon by Mr. George Lewis,

with descriptions of new species.

[Ann. & Mag. N. H. (6) xv., 1895. ]

See also Gopman (F. D.) and Sanvin (0.). Biologia Centrali-

Americana.

Borteca (V.). Explorazione del Giuba e dei suor affluenti compiuta dal

Cap. V. Bottega, 1892—93.

Risultati Zoologici. V. Ortotteri pel Dott. H. pz SAUSSURE.

[Aun. Mus. Civ. St. Nat. Genova, 1895. ] The Author.

Broneniart (C.). Recherches pour servir a l’histoire des Insectes Fossiles

des temps primaires précédées d’une étude sur la nervation des

ailes des insectes. 2 vols., texte et atlas. 4to, St. Htienne,

1893. The Author.

Buckier (W.). Larve of British Butterflies and Moths. Vol. VLI.,

Noctue, pt. 3, ed. by G. T. Porritt. 8vo, London (Ray Society),

1895. Mr. Dunning.

Bucktown (G. B.). Notes on a new Psyllid. _

[Indian Mus. Notes. Vol. III., 1895. |

Natural History of Hristalis tenaz, or the Drone Fly. 8vo, London,

1895. The Author.

( xxiv )

OampBrinar (O. P.). See Gopman (F. D.) and Satvin (0.). Biologia

Centrali-Americana.

CamBriper NaturaL History. Vol. V. 8vo, London, 1895.

Peripatus an .. Adam Sedgwick.

Myriapods ... seat aH Gh, SUCLaat,

Insects an .. David Sharp. Dr. D. Sharp.

CamErRON (P.). [See Gopman (F. D.) and Savin (0.). Biologia Contrali-

Americana. |

Canpize (E.). Les Hlatérides de Madagascar.

[Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., 1895. | The Author.

Cuampion (G. C.). [See Gopman (F. D.) and Satvin (0.). Biologia

Centrali-Americana. |

CHAPMAN (T. A.). Notes on Butterfly Pups, with some remarks on the

Phylogenesis of the Rhopalocera.

[Ent. Record, 1895. |] The Author.

CocKERELL i - A.). Notes on the Geographical Distribution of Scale

nsects.

[Proc. U.S. Nat. Mus., Vol. XVII., 1894. ] The Author.

Drucw (Herbert). [See Gopman (F. D.) and Satvin (0.). Biologia

Centrali-Americana.

Durrant (J. H.). A contribution to the history of the species known

as Lita ocellatella, Stainton.

Description of the hitherto unknown Imago of Fumea? limulus,

Rghfr., the type of a new genus of Depressariade.

Notes on the occurrence of Steganoptycha pygmxana, Hb., at

Merton (Norfolk) in 1894.

[Ent. Monthly Mag., 1895. ] The Author.

Ericuson (W.F.). Naturgeschichte der Insecten Deutschlands. Abthei-

lung I. Coleoptera. Band V., Lief. 4. By G. Seidlitz. 1895.

Purchased.

Fisner (W. R.). Forest Protection. 8vo, London, 1895.

[Schlich’s Manual of Forestry, Vol. LV. |

Mr. W. F. H. Blandford.

ForEeL (A.). Nouvelles Fourmis de l’Imerina Oriental (Moramanga, etc.).

[Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., 1895. |

Siidpalearctische Ameisen.

[Mittheil. Schweiz. Ent. Gesell., 1894. ]

Les Formicides de l’Hmpire des Indes et de Ceylan.

[Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc., 1895.]

Une nouvelle Fourmi Melligére.

{|Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg., 1895. | ' The Author. —

Fowitrr(W.W.). [See Gopman (F. D.) and Satvin (0.). Biologia Centrali-

Americana. |

C exxw _)

Gatton (Francis). Memoirs on Regression and Stability. 8vo, London,

1877—1894. |

Natural Inheritance. 8vo, London, 1889. The Author.

GANGLBAUER (L.). Die Kafer von Mitteleuropa. Bd. II. 8vo, Wien, 1895.

Purchased.

GERMAIN (P.). Apuntes sobre los Insectos de Chile. Los Carabus Chilenos.

[Anales Univ. Chile, 1895. ] The Author.

GopMAN (F. D.) and Satvin (0.). Biologia Centrali-Americana.

Araneidea by O. P. Cambridge. Chilopoda by R. I. Pocock.

Insecta by W. F. H. Blandford, P. Cameron, G. C. Champion,

H. Druce, W. W. Fowler, F. D. Godman, H. 8. Gorham, O.

Salvin, D. Sharp, and F. M. vander Wulp. Parts CXX.—

CXS I. | 1895: The Editors.

GorHAM (H.8.). [See Gopman (F. D.) and Satvin (0.). Biologia Centrali-

Americana. |

GrimsHAw (P. H.). On the occurrence in Ross-shire of Cephenomyia

rufibarbis, anew British Bot-Fly parasitic on the Red Deer.

A List of Perthshire Diptera collected in 1894.

[Ann. Scott. N. H., 1895. | The Author.

Hampson (G. F.). The Fauna of British India, including Ceylon and

Burma.

Moths, Vol. III. S8vo, London, 1895.

The Butterflies of the Nilgiri District, South India.

[Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc., 1888. | The Author.

Hansoury (F. J.). The London Catalogue of British Plants. Pt. I.

9th ed. 8vo, London, 1895. The Author.

Horn (G. H.). Coleoptera of Baja California.

———————-———_——— _ suppl. I.

[Proc. Cal. Acad. Sci., Ser. 2, Vols. IV. and V., 1894—5. ]

The Author.

Howarp (L. O.). On the Bothriothoracine Insects of the United States.

[Proc. U. 8. Nat. Mus., Vol. XVII., 1894. |

Revision of the Aphelinine of North America, a subfamily of

Hymenopterous Parasites of the family Chalcidide.

{U. S. Dep. Agric., Div. Ent., Technical Ser. I., 1895. ]

The Author.

TzguiERDO(V.). Notas sobre los Lepidopteros de Chile.

[Anal. Univ. Santiago, 1895. | The Author.

JACOBY (M.). Descriptions of new species of Coleoptera of the Genera

; Gidionychis and Asphera.

[P. Z. S., Lond., 1894. | The Author.

JAKOWLEW (A.). Tenthredinide [Itinere Przewalskii in Asia Centrali].

[Hore Ent. Ross., XXI., 1887. ]

Quelques nouvelles espéces des mouches a scie de l’empire Russe.

[Hore Ent. Ross., XXII., 1888. ]

Diagnoses Tenthredinidarum novarum ex Rossia Europa, Sibiria,

Asia Media et Confinium.

(Hore Ent. Ross., XXVI., 1892. ] The Author.

(xan 9

JanzrT (C.). Etudes sur les Fourmis, 7* Note.

[Mém. Soc. Z. France, 1894. ]

——- 8¢ —.,

[—__- ae ——=_ 1895, ]

SALES SST

[eoeeecltteeti —— 1895. |

ee 10e

[Mém. Soc. Acad. de l’Oise, 1895.]

angele MM a ee TG

8vo, Limoges, 1895.

Sur les nids de la Vespa crabro, L.: ordre d’apparition des alvéoles.

Sur la Vespa crabo, L., Ponte ; conservation de la chaleur dans le nid.

Observations sur les Frelons.

[C.R. Acad. Sci. Paris, 1895. | The Author.

JurmMyYN (Laetitia). The Butterfly Collector’s Vade Mecum: with a synop-

tical table of British Butterflies. 12mo, Ipswich, 1827.

Mr, Dunning.

Kirsy (W. F.). Synonymic Catalogue of Neuroptera Odonata, or Dragon-

flies. S8vo, London, 1890. Purchased.

Lepiddpteros Chilenos.

{[An. Univ. Chile, 1895. ] W. B. Calvert.

LETHIERRY (L.), et SEVERIN (G.). Catalogue Général des Hemiptéres.

Tome I]. Hetéroptéres. 8Svo, Bruxelles, 1894. The Authors.

LowneE (R. T.). Anatomy, Physiology, etc., of Blow Fly. Part VI.

8vo, London, 1895. Purchased.

Meyrick (H.). Handbook of British Lepidoptera. 8vo, London, 1895.

The Author.

MvuyrsrivceE (¥.). Descriptive Zoopraxography; or, The Science of Animal

Locomotion made popular. 8vo, Chicago, 1893. The Author.

Nic&viLueE (L. de). On new and little-known Butterflies from North-East

Sumatra.

[Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc., 1898. }

A List of the Butterflies of Sikhim.

[Gaz. Sikhim, 1894. |

On new and little-known Butterflies from the Indo-Malayan Region.

[Journ. Asiatic Soc. Bengal, 1894. | The Author.

Ormerrop (Eleanor A.). Report of Observations of Injurious Insects and

Common Farm Pests during the year 1894 (18th Report).

8vo, London, 1895. The Authoress.

Osten SackENn (Baron C. R.). Fristalis tenaw in Chinese and Japanese

literature.

Contributions to the study of the Liponewride, Loew.

Correction to my paper: ‘‘Three Trochobole,’”’ &e. (Berl. Ent.

Zeitschr. , 1894, p. 264.)

_ (Berl. Ent. Zeitschr., 1895. |

Additional notes in explanation of the Bugonia-Lore of the Ancients.

8vo, Heidelberg, 1895. The Author.

@ xxvit~-)

_ Packarp (A. §S.). On a rational nomenclature of the Veins of Insects,

especially those of Lepidoptera.

[ Psyche, 1895. |

Life-history of Heterocampa obliqua, Pack. A clew to the origin of

the Geometrid Moths.

es N. Y. Ent. Soc., 1895.]

Ona new Classification of the Lepidoptera.

| American Naturalist, 1895. | The Author.

PrecKHAM (Geo. W.) and (Elizth.). Spiders of the Marptusa Group of the

Family Attide.

Spiders of the Homalattus Group of the Family Attide.

[Oce. Papers N. H. Soc. Wisconsin, 1894—5. | The Authors.

RoBERTSON (C.). Flowers and Insects—Rosacezx and Composite.

[Trans. Acad. Sci. St. Louis, 1894. } The Author.

Savin (O.). [See GopMAN (F. D.). Biologia Centrali-Americana. |

SaussurRE (H. de). Revision de la tribu des Panesthiens et de celle des

Epilampriens, insectes Orthoptéres de la famille des Blattides.

[Rey. Suisse Zool., 1895. | The Author.

—. See BottrGa(V.). Explorazione del Giuba. V. Orthoptera.

—— et ZEHNTNER (Léo). Revision de Ja tribu des Perisphaeriens, insectes

Orthoptéres de la famille des Blattides.

|Rev. Suisse Zool., 1895. | The Authors.

Scupper (S. H.). The Fossil Cockroaches of North America.

(Trans. Roy. Soc. Canada, 1894. ]

Frail Children of the Air. Excursions into the world of Butterflies.

8vo, Boston and New York, 1895. The Author.

Srepewick (Adam). [See CAMBRIDGE NATURAL HisToRY. }

Seipuitz (G.). {See Ericuson (W. F.).]

SEVERIN (G.). [See LeTH1ERRY (L.).]

SHarp(D.). [See CAMBRIDGE NaTURAL HisTory. |

[See also GopMan (F. D.) and Sanvin (0.). Biologia Centrali-

ericana. | ;

Srycuarr (F. G.). [See CaMBripce Naturat History.)

Smith (John B.). Contribution towards a monograph of the insects of the

Lepidopterous Family Noctuide of Boreal North America.

A revision of the Deltoid Moths.

(Bull. U.S. N. Mus., No. 48, 1898. ] The Author.

TEPPER (J. G. O.). The Blattarix of Australia and Polynesia. Supple-

mentary and additional descriptions and notes.

Descriptions of rew or little-known species of Blattariz, Grylla-

cride, and Stenopelmatidz, collected at Lake Callabonna,

S. Australia.

[Trans. Roy. Soc. South Austral., 1895.] The Author.

( exyi 5)

THEOBALD (F. V.). The Hessian Fly in South Devon; and notes on some

Early Fruit Pests.

[ Brit. Maaialigt, 1894 |

Notes upon Insect Pests in 1894, with special reference to Insects

attacking the Walnut. 8vo, Warrington, 1896.

Mollusca injurious to Farmers and Gardeners.

[ Zoologist, . 895. |

Notes on the Needle-nosed Hop Bugs.

[Journ. 8. E. Agric. Coll., 1895. | The Author.

Tomson (C. G.). Opuscula Entomologica, Fasc. 19,20. Purchased.

THORELL (T.). Descriptive Catalogue of the Spiders of Burma, based upon

the collection made by Eugene W. Oates and preserved in the

British Museum. 8vo, London, 1895. The Author.

TouRNEY (J. W.). Notes on Scale Insects in Arizona.

[Arizona Agric. Exp. Station, Bull. No. 14, 1895. ]

The Author.

Unitxep STATES DEPARTMENT OF AGRICULTURE (DIVISION OF ENTOMOLOGY)

BULLETINS, 1894.

32. Reports of Observations ‘aida Experiments in the Practical Work

of the Division. U.S. Dept. of Agric.

[See also Howarp (L. O.).]

WaRREN (W.). New Genera and Species of Geometride.

New Genera and Species of Indian Geometride.

[Nov. Zool., i., 1894,

New Genera afd Species of Geometridz in the Tring Museum.

[Nov. Zool., ii., 1895. | The Author.

WaASMANN (H.). Kritisches Verzeichniss der Myrmekophilen und Termito-

philen Arthropoden. 8vo, Berlin, 1894. Purchased.

WaterHouse (C. O.). The Labium and Submentum in certain Mandi-

bulate Insects. 8vo, London, 1895. The Author.

Watson (HK. Y.). Notes on the Synonymy of some species of Indian

Pierina.

(Journ. Bombay N. H. Soc., 1893. ] The Author.

Wutpr (F. M. van der). [See Gopman (F. D.) and Satvin (0O.). Biologia

Centrali-Americana. |

ZEHNTNER (Léo).* [See Saussure (H. de).]

Periodicals and Publications of Societies.

AMERICA (NORTH).

CANADA.

Lonpon, Ontario. The Canadian Entomologist. Vol. XXVIT., 1895.

By Exchange.

MontTREAL. Royal Society of Canada. Proceedings and Transactions.

Vol. XII., 1895. The Society.

Toronto. Entomological Society of Ontario. Report XXV., 1895.

The Society.

Fruit Growers’ Association of Ontario. Report for 1894.

The Association,

UNITED STATKS.

Boston. Boston Society of Natural History. Proceedings. Vol. XXVI.,

pts. 2 & 3, 1894. By Exchange.

CAMBRIDGE, Mass. Museum of Comparative Zoology at Harvard College,

Annual Report, 1893—94. The Curator.

Davenport, Iowa. Academy of Natural Sciences. Proceedings, 1895.

The Academy.

PHILADELPHIA. Academy of Natural Sciences of Philadelphia. Proceed-

ings, 1895. By Exchange.

Entomological News and Proceedings of the Entomological Section.

Vol. VI. By Hauchange.

American Entomological Society. Transactions, 1895.

By Exchange.

WASHINGTON. Insect Life, 1895. U.S. Dept. of Agric.

Entomological Society. Proceedings, 1886—94. Purchased.

AMERICA (SOUTH).

ARGENTINE REPUBLIC.

Buenos Aires. Academia Nacional de Ciencias, Cordova. Boletin,

Tomo XIII. By Exchange.

CHILI.

Santiago. Société Scientifique du Chili. Actes, 1894. The Soctety.

Co eee

WEST INDIES.

Jamaica. Institute of Jamaica. Journal. Vol. III. The Institute.

TRINIDAD. Trinidad Field Naturalist’s Club. Journal. Vol. TII.

The Club.

ASIA.

INDIA.

BomBAY. Natural History Society. Journal. Vol. IX., Parts 2—4.

By Exchange.

AUSTRALASIA,

ADELAIDE. Royal Society of South Australia. Transactions, Proceedings

and Reports. Vol. XVIII. By Exchange.

Sypnzy. The Agricultural Gazette of New South Wales, 1895.

Agric. Dept.

Linnean Society of New South Wales. Proceedings, 2nd Series,

Vol. IX. By Exchange.

EUROPE.

AUSTRIA-HUNGARY.

Brunn. Naturforschender Verein in Briinn. Verhandlurigen. Band

XXXII. By Exchange.

Vienna. K. k. zoologisch-botanische Verein (Gesellschaft) in Wien.

Verhandlungen. Band XLV. By Exchange.

Wiener entomologische Verein. Jahresbericht, 1893—94.

By Purchase.

Wiener entomologische Zeitung, 1895. By Purchase.

BELGIUM.

Brussgers. Société Entomologique de Belgique. Annales. XXXIX,

Mémoires II. By Exchange.

Académie Roy. des Sciences de Belgique. Bulletins. 3 Ser.

Tomes 26—29.

Annuaires. 1894—5.

Mémoires des Membres. Tomes 50—52.

— Cour. 4to. _ Tome 53.

— —. 8vo. Tomes 47, 50—52.

DENMARK.

CoPENHAGEN. Entomologiske Meddelelser udgivne af Entomologisk

Forening ved F. Meinert. Band VIII. 1895. Purchased.

{

pe ene

(eC)

FRANCE.

Carn. Société Linnéenne de Normandie. Bulletin, 1894. By Exchange.

Société Francaise d’Entomologie. Revue. Tome XIV. 1895.

Purchased.

Paris. Société Entomologique de France. Annales, 18938. By Exchange.

L’Abeille, 1895. By Purchase.

TouLousE. Société d’Histoire Naturelle. Bulletin, 1894.

By Exchange.

GERMANY.

Bergin. Entomologische Verein in Berlin. Berliner . entomologische

Zeitschrift. 1895. By Exchange.

Deutsche entomologische Gesellschaft. Deutsche entomologische

Zeitschrift. 1895. By Exchange.

Bericht tiber die wissenschaftlichen Leistungen des Jahres 1893.

Purchased.

Drespen. ‘“‘Tris.” Deutsche entomologische Zeitschrift. Band VII.,

VIIl. By Exchange.

FRANKForT. Senckenbergischen naturforschenden Gesellschaft. Bericht.

890. By Hxchange.

Hampura. Verein fiir naturwissenschaftliche Unterhaltung. Verhand-

lungen, Band YIII. 1894. The Society.

Stettin. Entomologische Verein. Entomologische Zeitung. Jahrg. LVI.

By Exchange.

WIESBADEN. Nassauischer Verein fiir Naturkunde Jahrbucher. Jahrg.

XLVII. By Exchange.

GREAT BRITAIN AND IRELAND.

Guascow. Natural History Society. Transactions, Vol. IV., pt. 1.

Lonpon. Annals and Magazine of Natural History. 1895. By Purchase.

City of London Entomological and Natural History Society.

Transactions for 1894. The Society.

Entomologist (The). 1895. R. South.

Entomologist’s Monthly Magazine, 1899. The Editors.

Entomologist’s Record and Journal of Variation. 1895.

The Hditor.

Linnean Society of London. ‘Transactions, Vol. VI., pt. 3.

Journal, Nos. 159, 160, 161. By Exchange.

Nature. 1895. The Publishers.

Nature Notes. 1895. The Publishers.

Quekett Microscopical Club. Journal. 1899. The Club.

Royal Agricultural Society. Journal. 8rd Ser., Vol. VI.

The Society.

Royal Microscopical Society. _ Journal. 1895. The Society.

Royal Society. Proceedings. Nos. 3839—352. The Society.

—— —. Philosophical Transactions B. Vol. 185, pt. 1.

The Society.

South London Entomological and N. H. Society. Proceedings,

1894, The Society.

Year Book of Scientific Societies. 1895. By Purchase.

Zoological Record for 1894. By Purchase.

Zoological Society. Proceedings, 1895. Transactions, Vol. XIII.,

pt. 10. By Exchange.

Zoologist (The). 1895. The Publisher.

a EE error

(* xem

HOLLAND.

Tue Hacus. Tijdschrift voor Entomologie., Jahr. 1894—5.

By Exchange.

Nederlandsche Entomologische Vereeniging. Geschiedkundig

Overzicht 1845—1895 door F. M. Vander Wulp. The Society.

ITALY.

FLoRENCE. Societa Entomologica Italiana. Bullettino. 1895.

By Exchange.

GENOA. Museo Civico di Storia Naturale di Genova. Annali. Ser. 2,

Vols. XIV., XV. By Exchange.

RUSSIA. e

Moscow. Société Impériale des Naturalistes de Moscou. Bulletin. 1894.

By Exchange.

St. PeTeRsBuRG. Societas Entomologice Rossicw. Hore. Tome XXVIII.

By EHachange.

SWEDEN.

StockHoLtm. Hntomologiska Férenigen i Stockholm. _Entomologisk

Tidskrift. 1895. By Eachange.

SWITZERLAND.

Geneva. Société de Physique et d’Histoire Naturelle. Mémoires. Tome

XXXIT., pt. 1. The Society.

SCHAFFHAUSEN. Schweizerische entomologische Gesellschaft. Mitthei-

lungen. 1895. By Hachange.

THE

TRANSACTIONS

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCTETY

LON DON

For tHe Year 1895.

I. A list of the Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills.

Part III. By Colonel CHartes Swingog, M.A.,

Eis., Y:Zi8:

[Continued from p. 223, Hnt. Trans., 1894. |

[Read Dec. 5th, 1894. |

Prats I,

HETEROCERA (continued).

Group II.

Subgroup I.

Family CALLIDULID AI,

Genus Cizosrris, Boisd.

577. C. catamita, Geyer, Hiibn., Zutr., pl. iv., fig. 17

(1832).

Common.

: : Genus CaLtipuLa, Hiibn.

578. C. erycinoides, Walker, Char. Undeser. Lep. Het.,

p. 3 (1869).

Common.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—-PaRTI. (APRIL.) 1

a Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

579. C. attenuata (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., 1, —

p. 21 (1879).

Common. any

o P

Genus Heeiea, Moore. acssjelaied

580. H. atkinsont, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., i., p. 21,

pl 2, fig. 3 (1879).

Cherra Punji; one example.

Family DREPANULIDZ. -

Genus KucnEra, Hiibn.

581. H. substigmaria, Hiibn., Zutr., 3, 29, 260, figs.

519, 520 (1882).

Common.

582. H. rectificata (Walker), xxiv., 1142 (1862).

Shillong; two old examples in my collection so

marked, but not received from Mr. Hamilton or from

any of my native collectors. ae.

Genus Macrocitrx, Butler.

583. M. orbiferata (Walker), xxiv., 1126 (1862).

Recorded from the Khasia Hills by Hampson. Not

received by me; I have it from the Shan States.

Genus Dirricona, Moore.

584. D. triangularia (Moore), P. Z. S., 1867, p. 612.

Cherra Punji; three examples.

Genus Emoprsa, Moore.

985. H. sunuosa, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., ii,

p- 256, pl. 8, fig. 18 (1887).

‘Cherra Punji; three exampies.

Genus Treipenta, Moore.

586. 7. vestigiata (Butler), Ann. Nat. Hist. (5) vi.,

p. 222 (1880).

Shillong and Cherra Punji; numerous examples.

Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. 3

Genus Drepana, Schrank. as

587. D. pallida, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., i.

p. 84 (1879). :

Shillong; several examples.

588. D. quinaria (Moore), P. Z. 8., 1867, p. 618.

Cherra Punji; two examples.

589. D. mecasa, Swinh., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv.,

p-. 434 (1894).

Cherra Punji; three examples.

090. D. leucosticta, Hampson, MS. ined.

6. Slate colour, forewings with the apices broadly smeared with

white, a thick transverse white line outwardly edged with brown

from the centre of the abdominal margin of hindwings to apex of

forewings, cilia brown, underside whitish, both wings crossed by a

broad slate-coloured discal band. Expanse of wings, 1 inch.

Type in B. M.

Cherra Punji; one example.

Genus Anpara, Walker.

591. A. muscularia (Walker), xxxv., 1554 (1866).

Cherra Punji; many examples.

592. A. erpina, Swinh., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv.,

p. 433 (1894).

Cherra Punji; several examples.

593. A. lilacina (Moore), P. Z.S., 1888, p. 401.

Shillong ; several examples.

Genus CALLIpREPANA, Felder.

094, C. argenteola (Moore), Cat. Lep. EH. I. C., ii,

p. 369 (1859).

Common.

095. C. flava (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., 1, p. 84,

vl. 2, fig. 7 (1879).

Cherra Punji; four examples.

Genus Triprepana, Nov.

Corresponds with Hampson’s Section III.: forewings with vein

11 emitted from the middle of the ariole, 10 from end of it, mid-

tibia with no spurs, hind tibia with a terminal pair, antennge

of male bipectinate, of the female ciliate.

4 Colonel Charles Swinhce on the

596. 7. albonotata (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., i.,

p-. 83 (1879). oem

Shillong ; two examples.

597. I’. sadana (Moore), P. Z. 8., 1865, p. 817.

Shillong ; several examples. Paler and smaller than

Sikkim examples, with the apex of forewings more

falcate.

598. 7’. eanthoptera (Hampson), Faun. Brit. Ind. Moths,

i., p. 841 (1892).

Shillong and Cherra Punji; two pairs.

599. T. vira (Moore), P. Z. 8., 1865, p. 817.

Cherra Punji; four examples.

Genus Puanacra, Walker.

600. P. nudohia, Swinh. (Pl. I., fig. 17), Ann. Mag. Nat.

_ Hist. (6) xiv., p. 484 (1894).

Cherra Punji ; one pair.

Genus Drapetopes, Guen.

601. D. mitarva, Guen., Phal., 1., p. 424, pl. 18, fig. 6

(1857).

Common.

602. D. fratercula, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, iii., p. o41,

pl. 200, figs. 1, 1a (1887).

Cherra Punji; several examples. Hampson has put

these two together, but I can see nothing in common

between them, except that they belong to the same

genus. I have a fine series of both. The size is.

different, the coloration and markings are different, and

the shape of the forewings is different, the former having

the apex of forewings acute, and the latter rounded. ;

Genus Orzra, Walker.

608. O. extensa, Walker, v., 1166 (1855).

Shillong ; three examples.

604. O. vatama, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1865, p. 816.

Cherra Punji; several examples.

Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hulls. 4)

605. O. one Swinh. (Pl. I, fig. 14), Ann. Mag. Nat.

Hist. (6) xiv., D. 434 (1894).

Cherra Punji; one pair.

Genus CamprocHitus, Hampson.

606. C. reteculatum (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., in

p. 233, pl. 8, fie. 3 (1887).

Common.

Genus PHatacropsis, Nov.

?. Antenne slightly thickened and flattened, palpi straight,

forewings long, costal margin curved at the base, inner margin

outwardly curved, and as long as the costa, outer margin straight

and crenulate, veins 4 and 5 from joint above lower end of cell,

6 from upper end, 7 and 8 joined together half way before outer

margin, and thus forming the ariole; hindwing short, costa com-

paratively long and outwardly curved, apex produced, outer margin

short and nearly straight.

607. P.carnosa, sp.n. (FI. L., figs. 5, 5a.)

2. Ochreous flesh-colour, suffused with grey on the wings,

palpi dark brown above, both wings crossed by many sinuous, very

fine and indistinct brown lines, with black points here and there,

- and the outermost line, which is some little space before the outer

margiv, most distinct and black marked, a black cell spot on hind-

wings ; underside pale flesh-coloured, forewings slightly suffused

with greyish-brown, hindwings with a black cell spot, and another

below it, both wings crossed by a prominent discal line of black

points. Expanse of wings, 1; inch.

‘Cherra Punji; one example.

Family LIMACODIDA.

Genus ScoreLopss, Westw.

608. iS. venosa, Walker, v., 1105 (1855).

Cherra Punji ; several examples of both sexes.

609. S. testacea, gee, Ent. Mo. Mag., xxi, p-. 156

(1884).

Shillong and Cherra Punji; many examples of both

sexes. Is of an almost uniform yellowish-testaceous

colour, and seems to be perfectly distinct from venosa,

which has the forewings and outer half of hindwings

very dark blackish-brown.

6 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

Genus OxypLax, Hampson.

610. O. ochracea (Moore), Lep. Ceylon, i., p. 129,

pl. 129, figs. 3, 3a (1882).

One example in my collection marked Khasia Hills,

received from Mr. Elwes, but not received from my own

collectors. I have it also from the Shan States.

Genus THosra, Walker.

oll. T. cana (Walker), xxxu., 484 (1865).

Shillong ; two examples.

612. T. uncfascia, Walker, v., 1068 (1855).

Cherra Punji; two examples.

Genus Natapa, Walker.

618. N. ocellata (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., i.,

p- 74 (1879).

Common.

614. N. velutina (Kollar), Kasch von Higel, iv.,

p- 473 (1848).

Shillong and Cherra Punji; several examples.

Genus Mirxsa, Walker.

615. M. mornata, Walker, v., 1125 (1855),

Cherra Punji; two examples.

616. M. bracteata, Butler, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) vi.,

p. 64 (1880).

Shillong ; two examples.

Genus Parasa, Moore.

617. P. argentilinea, Hampson, Faun. Brit. Ind. Moths,

1, p. 889 (1892).

Cherra Punji; one example.

Genus AttHa, Walker.

618. A. rufotessellata (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., i.,

p. 73, pl. 3, fig. 24 (1879).

Cherra Punji; one example. I have this also from

Koni in the Shan States. ; .

i _ ae

“I

Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hells.

Genus Nagosa, Walker.

619. N. wniformis, sp. n.

Q. Of a uniform pale fawn-colour, without any markings

whatever, either above or below, both wings with the long cilia

rather darker than the general coloration of the wings. Hxpanse

of wings, 1,3, inch.

Cherra Punji; one example.

Genus Bznippa, Walker.

620. B. laleana (Moore), Cat. Lep. H. I. C., i, p. 417,

pl. 21, fig. 12 (1859).

Shillong; two examples.

Family LYMANTRITDAi.

Genus Oreyia, Ochs.

621. O. wucula, Swinh. (PI. 1., fig. 15), Ann. Mag. Nat.

Hist. (6) xiv., p. 435 (1894).

Cherra Punji;. three males.

Genus Arosa, Walker.

622. A. plana (Walker), iv., 786 (1855).

Cherra Punji; three males.

623. A. socrus (Geyr.), Gutr., iv., 12, figs. 387, 388.

A. pyrrhochroma, Walker, xxxii., 329 (1865).

Common. These two cannot be separated. I have

received several hundreds from the Khasias, and have

intermediates of all forms in my collection; what Hamp-

son. calls the Bombay form, clara (his, p. 439), is an

entirely different species. I have both sexes from

Khandalla, Matheram, Poona, and Bombay. Some of the

males are nearly black, and it is only about half the size

of A. socrus.

624. A. atrella, Hampson, Faun. Brit. Ind. Moths, i.,

p. 439 (1892).

Cherra Punji; two males. I have also received in the

same consignment, taken at the same time and place, an

insect which I believe to be the female of this species ;

is is of a uniform brown colour, with white cilia, the

forewings having brown patches in the cilia.

8 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

Genus Lau, Steph.

625. LZ. prolata, Swinh., Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon, i.,

p. 195 (1892).

Shillong ; several examples of both sexes.

626. L. uniforms, Hampson, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. B. M.,

vil., p. 56, pl. 140, fig. 20, 9 (1891).

Cherra Punji; one male.

In the Illustrations, p. 56, Hampson gives reference

to the plate 140, figs.4 and 20. 6 and 2: In Faun.

Brit. Ind., p.442, he makes this species a synonym of

I. testacea, Walker, and refers to his figure 2 (a mis-

print, I presume). I have in my collection four females

from the Nilgiris, kindly given me by Mr. Hampson,

which I have compared with his type in the B. M. His

male, fig. 4, he has renamed Hwproctis renonwnata (see

his Moths, ab p- 471); his female, therefore, is the type

of this species. JI cannot understand why -he should

sink it under testacea, the females of which are quite

different. Uniformis is a perfectly good and’ distinct

species, and differs in shape, coloration, and markings

in both sexes from L. testacea.

627. L. atestacea, Hampson, Fann. Brit. Ind. Moths, 1,

p. 443 (1892).

Shillong; several males, and one female.

Genus Panrana, Walker.

628. P. albifascia (Walker), xxxii., 325 (1865).

Shillong and Cherra Punji.

629. P. interjecta (Swinh.), Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1891, p. 478, pl. 19, fig. 2.

Cherra Punji; six examples.

630. P. bicolor (Walker), iv., 787 (1855).

Common in all its forms; the females seem to be rare.

I have only received about a dozen examples.

Genus Ciruna, Walker.

631. C. locuples, Walker, v., 1173 (1855).

Common,

Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. 9

632. O. cervina (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., 1., p. 45,

pl. 3, fig. 1 (1879).

Cherra Punji; one male.

Genus DasycHira, Steph.

633. D. lineata (Walker), iv., 875 (1855).

Cherra Punji; two males, one female.

634. D. horsfields (Saunders) , Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1851, p. 162.

Shillong ; several examples of both sexes.

635. D. strigata, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., 1., p. 98

(1879).

Cherra Punji ; one male.

636. D. bhana, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1865, p.. 804.

Cherra Punji; several examples of both sexes.

637. D. posifusca, sp.n. (PI.L., fig. 12.)

3. Sides of the palpi black, tips grey, shaft of the antenne

grey with brown bands, pectinations pale brown, thorax and fore-

wings grey, the latter with sinuous and recurved brown transverse

lines dentated in different parts, 1st, from centre of hinder margin

- to costal third, where it expands into a ring; 2nd, from hinder

margin one-fourth from the angle, which runs up a little, then curves

outwards and suddenly inwards before reaching the costa at one-

third before apex ; 3rd, sub-marginal: abdomen and hindwings

greyish-brown, without markings, marginal line brown, cilia white.

Hxpanse of wings, 1,4 inch.

Cherra Punji; one example.

Genus OLene, Hiibn.

638. O. inelusa (Walker), vii, 1737 (1856).

Shillong ; one female.

639. O. orvmba, Swinh., Ann. Mage. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv.,

p. 435 (1894).

Cherra Punji; one pair.

Genus Psatis, Hiibn.

640. P. securis, Htibn., Zutr., u., p. 19, figs. 291, 292

(1823).

Cherra Punji; several examples of both sexes.

10 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the —

Genus Numenes, Walker.

641. N. siletti, Walker, i1., 663 (1855).

Common, but all females. Pseudomesa quadriplagqiata,

Walker, which is said to be the male of N. silettt, has

not been received from my collectors.

642. N. yatrana, Moore, Cat. Lep. H. I. C., ii., p. 367

sate | (1859).

Shillong and Cherra Punji; many examples of both

SEXES.

Genus Pipa, Walker.

643. P. apicalis, Walker, xxxu., 400 (1865).

Common.

644. P. decolorata (Walker), Char. Undescr. Lep. Het.,

p. 96 (1869).

Cherra Punji; one example. ‘The type specimen came

from Benares, and was described by Walker as a

Geometrid, see Cotes’ and Swinhoe’s Catalogue, No. 3121.

Genus Dapiasa, Moore.

645. D. irrorata, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., 1, p. 52,

pl. 2, fig. 17 (1879),

Cherra Punji; five males.

| Pare Liymanrria, Hiibn.

646. L. rhodina, Walker, xxxu., 366 (1865).

Recorded from the Khasias by Hampson ; not received

by me.

647. D. concolor, Walker, iv., 876 (1855).

Common.

648. L. marginata, Walker, iv., 877 (1855).

Shillong; two examples. Hampson has sunk this

species under Jeatria, Stoll. (bis vol. 1., p. 463) ; but the

latter belongs to a different section of the genus. The

female does somewhat resemble the female of marginata,

and there are no males in the B. M. Coll.; hence the

mistake. Beatriz comes from Java, and the males are

very different from that sex of marginata, and more

nearly resemble L. monacha, Linn., of Kurope.

Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. 11

649. L. mathura, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1865, p. 805.

Cherra Punji; several females.

Go0. L. lepcha (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., i.,

p-. 54 (1879).

Cherra Punji; two males and one female.

Genus Dura, Moore.

601. D. alba, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., i., p. 56

(1879).

Shillong ; two examples.

Genus Huproctis, Hiibn.

602. H. divisa, Walker, iv., 836 (1855).

Cherra Punji; four males.

6038. H. bigutta, Walker, iv., 837 (1835).

Shillong ; three females.

654. H. immaculata, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1884, p. 358.

Cherra Punji; one female.

655. H. subfasciata (Walker), xxxii., 332 (1865).

Common.

656. H. lunata, Walker, iv., 837 (1855).

Common.

657. H. inconcisa (Walker), xxxii., 332 (1865).

Cherra Punji; several examples.

658. H. pusilla (Moore), Lep. Ceylon, u., p. 86, pl. 112,

| fig. 4 (1882).

Shillong; two examples. I have never seen a female

of this species, I have taken many males; in Karachi the

males were very plentiful, but, although I often looked

for them, I never found a female.

659. EH. unimacula (Moore), P. Z. 8., 1879, p. 3899.

Common. I have received a great number of both

sexes from Shillong as well as from Cherra Punji, but of

H. digramma, with which Hampson couples this species,

Ihave not received a single example from the Khasia

Hills.

;

(

12 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

660. H. flavinata (Walker), xxxu., 331 (1865).

Common.

661. E. guttata (Walker), iv., 795 (1855).

Common.

662. H. rensfera, sp. n.

¢. Pale ochreous-brown, of the same shade of colouras £.

guitistriga, Walker, but rather paler ; palpi and head tinged with

ochreous, abdomen with an ochreous tuft of hairs at the tip.

Wings with the outer margins tinged with ochreous and with

ochreous cilia ; forewings with black lunule at the end of the cell

and two black spots close together on the outer margin a little

above the middle; kindwings paler than forewings without |

markings. Expanse of wings, 1,2, inch.

Cherra Punji; one example.

663. E. nigripennis, Hampson, Faun. Brit. Ind. Moths, i.,

p. 481 (1892).

Cherra Punji; one male.

664. H. plana, Walker, vii., 1731 (1856).

Common.

665. H. plagiata, Walker, iv., 858 (1855).

Cherra Punji; two examples.

666. H. semivitta, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., 1,

p. 48, pl. 2, fig. 25 (1879). 3

Recorded from the Khasias, not received by me.

667. E. madana, Moore, Cat. Lep. E. I. C., ii, p. 348

(1859). 3

Shillong ; one pair.

668. H. wniformis (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., i.,

p. 49 (1879).

Shillong ; several examples, all females.

669. H. magna (Swinh.), Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1891,

p. 479.

Shillong ; two females.

670. EH. oreosaura (Swinh.), Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6)

xiv., p. 435 (1894).

Cherra Punji; one female.

Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. 13

671. H. scintillans (Walker), vu., 1734 (1896).

Cherra Panji; five examples.

672. H. bipunctapex (Hampson), Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. B. M.,

viil., p. 57, pl. 140, fig. 13 (1891).

Shillong; one female.

Genus Leucoma, Steph.

673. LD. cygna (Moore), P. Z. 8., 1879, p. 401.

Shillong and Cherra Punji. Differs from L. comma,

Hutton, which is a thickly clothed insect with a large

and prominent black lunule at the end of the cell of fore-

wings. Cygna is semi-hyaline with only a small black cell

mark.

Genus Repoa, Walker.

674. R. submarginata, Walker, iv., 826 (1855).

Cherra Punji; several examples.

675. RK. nigricilia, Swinh., Trans. Hint. Soc. Lond., 1891,

p-. 478.

Shillong and Cherra Punji; three males and two

females.

676. R. diaphana, Moore, Deser. Ind. Lep. Atk., i., p. 46

(1879).

Common.

Genus Caviria, Walker.

677. C. cygna, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1877, p. 601.

Cherra Punji; one female.

678. C. sericea (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk.,i., p. 45

(1879).

Cherra Punji; six males.

679. C. dica (Swinh.), ‘rans. Ent. Soc Lond., 1891,

p. 478.

Shillong and Cherra Punji; two females. Hampson

has wrongly put this with the Javan species C. rinaria,

Moore, to which it is no doubt allied, but from which it

will be found quite distinct on comparison.

14 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

Genus Denpropuieps, Hampson.

680. D. semihyalina, Hampson, Faun. Brit. Ind. Moths, i. ag

p- AQ1 (1892).

Shillong; one male and two females. The latter are

pure white with more rounded wings and fairly well

clothed, antennz pectinated, colour ochreous-grey,

abdomen white without bands, venation similar to that

of the male except that vein la of the hindwings has no

veinlets.

Genus Cispta, Walker.

681. C. venosa, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1862,

p- 264.

Common.

Family HYPSIDAL. |

Genus PERripRoME, Walker.

682. P. orbicularis, Walker, u., 445 (1854).

Common.

Genus NrocusEra, Hiibn.

683. N. marmorea, Walker, vu., 1674 (1856).

Cherra Punji; several examples of both sexes.

684. N. butlert, Swinh., Lep. Het. Mus. Oxon, i., p. 84

(1892).

Common. Hampson puts the localities for this species

Movlmein and Penang, but it 1s common in many parts

of the Indian Region. I have received great numbers

from Shillong and Cherra Punji, and have received it also

from other parts of Assam, from Sibsaghar, the Karen

Hills, Sylhet and the Andaman Islands, taken near Port

Blair by the late Mr. Wimberley, It stands in most

Indian collections as N. marmorea, the latter is, however,

a rare insect and very different in coloration, being,

when fresh, of a, dark bright bluish-slate colour with thin

white vein marks, the hindwings with the abdominal

portion white. Hampson omits N. bhawana, Moore,

from his list, but this species also belongs to the Indian

Region, being fairly common near: Rangoon, from whence

Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hulis. 15

I have received several examples; this differs from N.

marmoread, in having no white area on the hindwings,

the sexes alike, as is the case in all the three species.

Genus Puinona, Walker.

685. P. inops, Walker, ii., 457 (1854).

Common.

Genus Hypsa, Hibn.

686. H. monycha (Cram.), Pap. Exot., 1, pl. 131, ine C

(1779).

Common.

687. H. clavata, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1875,

p. 317.

- Common.

688. H. persecta, Butler, Lc.

Common.

689. H. heliconva (Linn.), Syst. Nat., i., 2, 839 (1758).

Shillong ; several examples.

690. H. egens, Walker, u., 453 (1854).

Common.

691. H. alciphron (Cram.), Pap. Exot., ii., pl. 133, fig. g

(1777).

Shillong ; several examples.

692. H. plaginota, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1875,

p. 220.

Common.

Genus Lacipes, Walker.

693. L. ficus (Fabr.), Ent. Syst., mi., 2, 27, 62 (1794).

Shillong ; thirteen examples.

Family ARCTIIDAS.

Subfamily ARCTIINZ.

Genus SpiLosoma, Steph.

694. S. multiguttata (Walker), i., 657 (1855).

Common.

16 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

695. S. dalbergizw (Moore), P. Z. §., 1888, p. 394.

Recorded from the Khasias by Hampson, not received

by me.

696. S. gopara, Moore, Cat. Lep. EH. I. C., i, p. 256,

pl. 9a, fig. 11 (1859).

Common.

697. S. rubilinea, Moore, P. Z.S., 1865, p. 810.

- Recorded from Shillong, not received from my

collectors. I have it from Kurseyong and Darjiling.

698. S. casigneta (Kollar), Kasch von Hiigel, iv., p. 469

(1848),

Common. I have received great numbers of both

sexes of all the different forms mentioned by Hampson,

vol. i, p. 9, No. 1179. I agree with him that it is

difficult to separate them, except, perhaps, the following,

which has a yellow instead of crimson abdomen.

699. S. howra (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., i, p. 40

raat (1879).

Common. Many examples of both sexes received.

Genus Tuyrcorina, Walker.

700. I. spilosomata, Walker, xxxi., 8318 (1864).

Cherra Punji; two pairs. Wings pure white without

any markings, a larger insect than the following, wings

much longer and differently shaped.

701; T. subjecta (Walker), xxxii., 387 (1863).

Cherra Punji; several examples of both sexes.

702. T. multivittata (Moore), P. Z. 8., 1865, p. 808.

Cherra Punji; one pair.

703. T. flavens (Moore), Deser. Ind. Lep. Atk.,1., p. 39

(1879).

Cherra Punji; several examples.

704. T. stkkimensis (Moore), l.c., pl. 2, fig. 12.

Cherra Punji; one male.

705. T. melanosoma, Hampson, Faun. Brit. Ind. Moths,

iL, p. 15 (1894). *

Recorded from the hake ; not received by me.

Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. V7

Genus Arcria, Schrank.

706. A. ricine (Fabr.), Syst. Ent., p. 583 (1775).

Cherra Punji; one male.

Genus AtpHw#a, Walker.

707. A. florescens (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., 1,

3 p. 43, pl. 2, fig. 13 (1879). .

Cherra Punji; one female.

708. A. quadriramosa (Kollar), Kasch von Hiigel, iv.,

p. 468 (1848).

Cherra Punji; two examples.

109. A. umpleta (Walker), xxxi., 286 (1864).

Cherra Punji; one example.

Genus Aruas, Walker.

710. A. galactinea (Van der Hoev), Tijd. Nat. Gesch.,

1840, p. 280.

Shillong and Cherra Punji; several examples.

Genus Ruopogastria, Hiibn.

“it. fi. lachnea (Cram.), Pap. Exot., n., pl. 183, fig. p

: (dev ad).

Shillong ; eleven examples.

712. A. negrita, Swinh., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv.,

p. 436 (1894).

Shillong and Cherra Panji; several examples of both

Sexes.

ae Genus Puissama, Moore.

713. P. transiens (Walker), i1., 675 (1855),

Shillong ; several examples.

Genus Nrxma, Moore.

714, N. longipennis (Walker), iii., 655 (1855).

Cherra Punji; three examples. -

Genus Lrvcoparpus, Hampson.

715. L. tigrinus, Hampson, Faun. Brit. Ind. Moths, uF

., p. 31 (1894).

Recorded from the Khasias, not received from my

collectors there; I have it from the Shan States.

TRANS, ENT. SOC, LOND. 1895.—pPaRT I. (APRIL.) 2

18 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

Genus Camprotoma, Felder.

716. C. binotatum, Butler, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) vii.,

p. 85 (1881).

Common.

Genus Moorza, Hampson.

717. M. argus, Walker, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1862,

p. 73.

Cherra Punji; several examples of both sexes.

Genus CaLpentA, Moore.

718. C. khasiana, Moore, P. Z. S., 1878, p. 5.

Cherra Punji; several examples of both sexes.

Genus Catumorpna, Latr.

719. C. plagiata (Walker), iti., 655 (1855).

Common.

720. C. equitalis (Kollar), Kasch von Hiigel, p. 465,

pl. 20, fig. 3 (1848).

iotnen .

Subfamily NYCTEMERIN.

Genus Ditemera, Hubn.

721. D. arctata (Walker), vu., 1664 (1856).

Shillong; several examples of both sexes.

722. D. carissima, Swinh., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1891,

p. 477, pl. 19, aoe

Shillong ; one male and two females.

Genus NYcTEMERA.

7203 NS een (Cram.), sad Exot., u., pl. 128, fig. x

(1777).

Shillong ; ; nine examples.

724. N. latistriga, Walker, ii., 397 (1854).

Cherra Punji; five examples.

725. NV. plagifera, Walker, ii., 400 (1854).

Common.

Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. 18)

726. N. cenis (Cram.), Pap. Exot., ii., pl. 147, fig. x

(liane

Common.

727. N. varians, Walker, ii., 400 (1854).

Common.

Subfamily LITHOSIIN&. '

Genus CastapaLa, Walker.

728. C. roseata, Walker, xxxi., 271 (1864).

Shillong ; one example.

Genus Arcina, Hiibn.

729. A. argus (Kollar), Kasch von Hiigel, iv., p. 467,

pl. 21, fig. 3 (1848).

Common.

730. A. syringa (Cram.), Pap. Exot.,i., pl. 5, fig. ¢ (1775).

Common.

Genus Dzropnia, Steph.

731. D. pulchella (Linn.), Syst. Nat., i., 2, 884, 349

(1767).

Common.

Genus Cyana, Walker.

Bizone, Walker.

732. C. peregrina (Walker), 11., 551 (1854).

Shillong ; three examples.

733. C. amabilis (Moore), P. Z.8., 1877, p. 597, pl. 59,

fig. 2.

Shillong and Cherra Punji; several examples.

734. C. perornata (Walker), 11., 548 (1854).

Shillong ; several examples.

735. C. candida (Felder), Reise Nov. Lep., pl. 106, fig. 17

(1868).

Cherra Punji; three examples.

736. C. signa (Walker), i1., 550 (1854).

Common. 2

20 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

737. C. puer (Elwes), P. Z. S., 1890, p. 392, pl. 32,

fig. 8.

Common. |

738. C. guttifera (Walker), vul., 1779 (1856)... 6. 3

Common. ayiitt.

739. C. mollert (Elwes), P. Z. 8., 1890, p. 395.

Recorded from the Khasias; not received from my

collectors.

740. C. gelida. (Walker), 11., 529 (1854).

Common.

741. C. arama (Moore), Cat. Lep. H. I. C., a p. 306,

pl. 7a, fig. 10 (1859).

Cherra Punji; several examples.

Genus Macrosprocuis, Herr. Schiff.

742. M. gigas (Walker), ii., 496 (1854).

M. leucospilota, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1878, p. 8

M. albicans, Butler, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. B. M. A ae 3S

pl. 87, tig. 5 (1881).

Common.

743. M. nigrescens, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1878, p. 8.

M. atrata, Butler, Jc. , fig. 3.

Cherra. Punji; many examples. I think that this may

be fairly separated from M. gigas.

Genus T'ripura, Moore.

744, Tt. prasena, Moore, Cat. Lep. BE. I. C 28.5 p. 299,

‘opl. 7a, fig. 6 (1859): ada:

Shillong ; two examples.

Genus Vamona, Moore.

745. V. remelana (Moore), P. Z. 8., 1865, p. 798.

‘Common. .

Genus Cxurnaa, Moore.

746. C. divisa (Moore), P. Z..8., 1878, p. 12, Ph is ae 4.

Cherra Punji; one example.

Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hulls. 21

Genus CurysaitA, Butler.

¢47, C. magnifica (Walker), Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., vi.,

p. 103 (1862).

Shillong; five examples.

Genus CarysoraspiA, Butler.

748. C. bivitta (Walker), vii., 1682 (1856).

Cherra Punji; three males and two females.

749. C. disjuncta (Moore), P. Z. 8., 1865, p. 797.

Cherra Punji; three males. In Faun. Brit. Ind.

Moths, u., p. 74, these two species are put together,

disjuncta being described as the male and bivitia as

female; no doubt Walker in his vol. vu., p. 1682,

described a species of disjuncta in Coll. Saunders as

bivitta var., and this was pointed out in Cat. Het. Mus.

Oxon,1i., p. 115, but there can be no question as to the

perfectly distinctive characters of the two species, the

males of bivitta being of the same shape and markings as

the female and are quite unlike disjuncta.

Genus T'sysanopryx, Hampson.

750. T. tetragona (Walker), ii., 510 (1854).

Common.

Genus Prapuasa, Moore.

ole joucosta, Moore, P. Z.'S., 1873; p. 26, pl. 2,

mee, 1L7,

Cherra Punji; several examples.

752. P. plumbeomicans, Hampson, Faun. Brit. Ind. Moths,

Men foe UC ee).

Cherra Punji; two males.

Genus ZapapRA, Moore.

753. TZ, Ei toxta (Moore), P. Z. S., 1872, p. 57.

Cherra Punji; several examples.

Genus Lirgsosia, Fabr.

754. I. conformis, Walker, 11., 509 (1854).

Shillong; one male.

we eng eg rr ger eg ne

22 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

755. DL. basigera (Walker), xxxi., 235 (1864).

Cherra Punji; two examples...

756. DL. intermixta, Walker, xxxi., 229 (1864).

Cherra Punji; four examples.

757. L. antica, Walker, 11., 505 (1854).

Recorded from the Khasias, not received from my

collectors.

Genus Macorasa, Moore.

758. M. tortricoides (Walker), Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond.,

vi., p. 107 (1862).

Cherra Punji; one male.

Genus Carissa, Moore.

759. C. vagesa (Moore), Cat. Lep. H. I. C., i1., p. 304

(1859). :

Shillong; two females.

Genus Tuusisna, Walker.

760. I. protuberans, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1878, p. 23, pl. 2,

fig. 6.

Cherra Punji; one male.

Genus AidmEenzr, Walker.

761. Al. taprobams, Walker, u1., 542 (1854).

Cherra Punji; one female.

762. 4. amnea, Swinh. (Pl. L, fig. 13), Ann. Mag. Nat.

Hist. (6) xiv., p. 437 (1894).

Shillong; one example.

~ Genus Inoprerum, Hampson.

763. I. anomalum (Elwes), P. Z. 8., 1890, p. 388, pl. ee

fig. 14.

Cherra Punji ; one pair.

Genus Scapresytz, Walker.

764. S. tricolor, Walker, ii., 378 (1854).

Common.

Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. 23

765. S. integra, Swinh., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv.,

p- 437 (1894).

Common. If have received this in great numbers botn

from Shillong and from Cherra Panji. It is quite

distinct from the Ceylon species S. bicolor, Walker, the

band on the forewing is about half the width and its

inner margin is scalloped, the band on the hindwing is

about one-fourth at the apex and narrows hindwards,

being not much more than a thick marginal line on the

lower third ; in bicolor the band on both wings is even

and occupies more than half the forewing and nearly

half the hindwing; S. integra is very uniformily marked

in all the numerous examples of both sexes I have

received.

Genus Caparva, Walker.

766. C. frigida (Walker), 11., 530 (1854).

Cherra Punji; one female.

Genus Barsine, Walker.

767. B. undulosa (Walker), ii., 545 (1854).

Common.

768. B. prominens (Moore), P. Z. 8., 1878, p- 3l, pl. 3,

fig.

Shillong ; four examples.

769. B. cbsoleta (Moore), l.c., p. 32, fig. 7.

Shillong ; one example.

770. B. epizantha (Meyrick), Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1894, p. 2.

Cherra Punji; two examples. The type specimen

which is in my collection came from the Shan States, it

is identical with my Cherra Punji examples.

771. B. semifascia (Walker), 11., 521 (1854).

Shillong ; three examples.

772. B. linga, Moore, Cat. Lep. H. I. C., ii, p. 301 (1859).

Shillong ; one pair.

773. B. terminata (Moore), P. Z. 8., 1878, p. 33.

Cherra Punji; six examples.

DA. Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

774. B. arcwata (Moore), Lep. Ceylon, iii., p. 62, pl. 103,

fig. 5 (1882).

Cherra Punji; one example.

775. B. dasara (Moore), Cat. Lep. H. I. C., i, p. 303

(1859).

Shillong and Cherra Punji; several examples.

776. B. interserta (Moore), P. Z.8., 1878, p. 32, pl. 3,

fig. 6.

Common.

777. B. eschara, Swinh., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv.,

p. 488 (1894).

Cherra Punji; two males and two females.

778. B. delicia, Swink., Trans. Hnt. Soc. Lond., 1891,

p. 477, pl. 19, fig. 12.

Shillong ; two examples.

779. B. fuscofusa, Swinh., B. fuscifera, Swinh., Ann.

Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv., p. 438 (1894).

B. fuscifusa, Swinh. MS., Hampson, F. B. I. |

Moths, 1., p. 118 (1894).

Cherra Punji; four examples. The colour varies

somewhat, the brown suffusion on the wings being

hardly visible in two specimens. Through oversight this

was wrongly entered as fuscifera in my original descrip-

tion in the Annals.

780. B. punicea, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1878, p. 29.

Cherra Punji; two examples.

781. B. gratiosa, Guérin, Deless. Voy. Ind., u., p. 90,

pl. 26, fig. 1 (1832).

Common.

782. B. inflexa, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1878, p. 29, pl. 3, fig. 17.

Common. |

783. B. aurantiaca (Moore), l.c., p. 35, pl. 3, fig. 12.

Recorded from the Khasias; not received from my

collectors.

784. B. gloriosa, Moore, l.c., p. 29, pl. 3, fig. 16.

Recorded: from the Khasias; not received from my

collectors.

Na Se

Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. 25

Genus Baroa, Moore.

785. B. vatala, Swinh. (PI. 1., fig. 18), Ann. Mag. Nat.

Hist. (6) xiv., p. 436 (1894).

Cherra Punji; five males and three females.

Subfamily NYCTEOLIN &.

| Genus Arrorica, Walker.

786, A. triangulifera (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., i1.,

p. 285 (1888).

Recorded from Cherra Punji; not received from my

collectors.

787. A. pulchella (Elwes), P. Z. 8., 1890, p. 387, pl. 32,

fig. 15.

Cherra Punji; ten examples.

Genus Tyana, Walker.

788. T. jflatoides, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., m1,

p. 285 (1888).

Cherra Punji; several examples, all males.

789. T. speculatriz, Butler, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5)

v1., p. 64 (1880).

Cherra Punji; four males.

Genus Hatias, Treit.

790. H. orientalis, Hampson, Faun. Brit. Ind. Moths, u.,

p. 132 (1894).

Cherra Punji; two males.

Subfamily NOLIN Zt.

Genus RayncHopaLrus, Hampson.

791. RK. grisealis, sp. n.

d-. Palpi brown, antennze with the branches greyish-brown,

body and wings greyish-white, forewings covered with very minute

dark grey irrorations, costa with minute brown marks, two discal

transverse rows of brown points or short streaks on the veins, a

double row of brownish spots on the outer margin, cilia grey,

twice interlined with white, hindwings white, with grey outer

marginal line, cilia as in forewings. HExpanse of wings, ;°; inch.

Cherra Punji ; common.

26 Colonel Charlies Swinhoe ow the

792. R. argentalis (Moore), P. Z. 8., 1867, p. 89.

In my collection from the Khasia Hills, received from

Mr. Elwes; not received from my collectors.

Family AGARISTIDZ.

Genus Husemia, Dalm,

793. H. ane: Westw., Cab. Or. Ent., P. 68, pl. 33,

fig, 4 (1848).

Cherra Punji; tees examples.

794. H. victriz, Westw., l.c., fio. 3.

Common; the primrose spots in the upper disc of

forewings are very variable in size, and often absent.

795. H. dentatriz, Westw., l.c., fig. 5

Shillong; several ex dante

796. E. bellairix, Westw., l.c., fe 7p

Common ; all perfectly typical.

797. H. maculatria, Westw., Nat. Libr., p. 88, pl. 2,

fig. 3 (1841).

Common ; the hindwings are often orange-red.

798. EH. irenea, Boisd., Rev. et Mag. de Zool., 1874, p. 84.

Recorded from the Khasias; not received from my

collectors.

799. EH. Piseirie: Westw., Cab. Or. Ent., p. 67 (1848).

Shillong, one example ; Cherra Punji, one example.

Genus CHELoNomMoRPHA, Motsch.

800. C. austent (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., 1., p. 1

(1879).

Recorded from the Se as not received from my

collectors.

Genus Zatissa, Walker.

801. Z. transiens (Walker), vii., 1588 (1856).

Common.

802. Z. longipennis (Walker), xxxiti., 934 (1865).

Common.

Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. D7)

Subgroup II.

Family LASIOCAMPIDA8.

Genus Bara, Moore.

803. B. wndulosa (Walker), vi., 147¢ (1855).

Cherra Punji; several examples of both sexes.

Genus Suana, Walker.

804. S. concolor (Walker), vi., 1463 (1855).

Shillong and Cherra Punji; one male and several

females.

Genus Lupepa, Walker.

805. L. nobilis, Walker, vi., 1456 (1855).

Cherra Punji; several examples of both sexes.

Genus Meranasrria, Hiibn.

806. M. aconyta (Cram.), Pap. Hxot., u., pl. 13l, fig. a

(1777).

Cherra Punji; many examples.

807. M. latipennis (Walker), vi., 1457 (1855).

Cherra Punji; three males and one female.

808. M. ampla (Walker), l.c., 1412.

Common.

809. M. undans (Walker), l.c., 1458.

Common ; received in great numbers of both sexes.

810. M. repanda (Walker), J.c., 1460.

Common.

811. M. obliquifascia, Swinh., Cat. Het. Mus. Oxon, 1.,

ea. 203. LOo2 ).

Shillong; one male.

812. M. fuscomarginata, sp. n. (Pl. I., fig. 7.)

d. Pale reddish-brown, antennz pale black, palpi dark black

at the sides and tip, forewings crossed by many indistinct sinuous

thin brown lines close together on the basal third, then a median

clear space, and crossed again by four or five indistinct similar

discal lines more widely apart, a row of blackish submarginal spots

some distance from the margin, the space between them and the

margin of a dull greyish glazed character, hindwings paler, without

28 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

markings. Underside uniformly dull pale ochreous brown, fore-

wings with two nearly straight brown discal lines, followed by a

submarginal line of brown spots, hindwings with a postmedial

brown line. Expanse of wings, 2; inches.

>] Io

Cherra Punji; one example.

Genus Arcupa, Moore.

813. A. decurtata, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., 1.,

DP: (3 (1O7e3,

Cherra Punji; one male.

Genus Kosata, Moore.

814. K. sanguinea, Moore, P. Z. S., 1879, p. 408, pl. 33,

fig. 8.

Cherra Punji; one male.

Genus Tricuiura, Steph.

815. T. khasiana, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk.,1., p. 82,

pl. 3, fig. 21 (1879).

Cherra Punji; four examples. —

Genus Crinocraspepa, Hampson.

816. C. torrida (Moore), l.c., p. 76, pl. 3, fig. 19.

Shillong, one male ; Cherra Punji, two males.

Genus OpontocrasPis, Swinh.

817. O. hasora, Swinh. (PI.L., figs. 11, lla), Ann. Mag.

Nat. Hist. (6) xiv., p. 439 (1894).

Cherra Punji; many examples, all males.

Genus TrapaLa, Walker.

818. T. vishnu (Lefebvre), Zool. Journ., ii1., p. 207 (1827).

~ Common.

Genus Oponsstis, Germar.

819. O. plagifera (Walker), vi., 1459 (1855).

Cherra Punji; several examples.

Family PTEROTHYSANIDAL.

Genus Prerotaysanus, Walker.

820. P. laticilia, Walker, 11., 401 (1854).

Cherra Punji; several examples.

a ee a a ee

Sn A a

eee err er

— = 1. e

Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. 29

Subgroup III.

Family PSYCHID AL.

Genus Manwasena, Moore.

821. M. hockingi, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1888, p. 397.

Cherra Punji; one example.

Family COSSIDAs. |

Genus Duomitts, Butler.

822. D. leuconotus (Walker), vii., 1537 (1856).

Cherra Punji; three examples.

823. D. striz (Cram.), Pap. Exot.,11., pl. 145, fig. a (1777)

Cherra Punji; one example.

-— cn

Genus AzyGcoruLeps, Hampson.

824, A. nurella, Swinh. (PL I, fig. 16), Ann. Mag. Nat.

Hist. (6) sav. p: 440 (1894).

Cherra Punji; one example.

Genus Zeuzera, Latr.

825. Z. multistrigaria, Moorewe. Za.) 183i 327.

Cherra Punji; three examples.

826. Z. wmdica, Herr. Schaff., Samml. auss. Schmett.,

No. 166 (1854).

Cherra Punji; one example. |

| Subgroup IV.

Family ARBELIDA.

Genus Arseta, Moore.

827. A phaga, Swinh. (Pl. I., fig. 2), Ann. Mag. Nat.

Hist. (6) xiv., p. AAO (1894).

Cherra Punji; one exuraple: |

a ne

Family HEPIALIDA.

Genus PHassus, Walker.

828. P. aboé, Moore, Cat. Lep. H.1.C., ii, p.487 (1859).

Cherra Punji; several males, and one female.

829. P. signifer, Walker, vu., 1568 (1856).

Cherra Punji; several males, and one female.

30 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

Genus Paterrer, Hampson.

830. P. ceerulescens, Swinh., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) .

XAV. 5's 4A0 (1894).

Cherra Punji; one example.

Subgroup YV.

Family SYNTOMIDAi.

Genus SyntomoipEs, Hampson.

831. S. sar ‘gama (Butler), Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1879, p. 4.

Shillong ; three examples. |

832. 8. fusiformis (Walker), vii., 1595 (1856).

Syntomis approximata, Walker, xxi., 79 (1864).

Shillong; two examples.

833. S. cupreipennis (Butler), Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond.,

1876, p. 347.

Cherra Punji; several examples:

834. iS. quisqualis, Swinh., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv.,

p. AAI (1894). |

Shillong ; five examples.

senus Syntomis, Ochs.

835. S. bicincta, Kollar, Kasch von Hiigel, iv., p. a

pl. 1): age (1848).

Recorded from the Khasias; not received from my

collectors.

836. S. cyssea (Crain Pap. HExot., iv, pl. 355, fig. B

(1782).

Shillong; several examples. Ihave a black variety

without any hyaline spots, taken at Karachi by myself

flying amongst a perfect swarm of this species.

837. S. khasiana, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., 1876,

p. 345.

Silipne: ; three examples.

838. S. flavifrons, Hampson, Faun. Brit. Ind. Moths, i.,

p. 215 (1892).

Shillong; two examples.

839. S. divisa, Walker, 1., 131 (1854).

Common ; received in ati numbers.

Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. 31

840. S. diaphana, Kollar, Kasch von Hiigel, iv., p. 460,

pl. 19, fig. 7 (1848).

Shillong and Cherra Punji; several examples.

841. S. melena, Walker, 1., 185 (1854).

Shillong, several examples; very doubtfully distinct

from S. diaphana.

842. S. discinota, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., i., p. 18

: (1879).

One example from the Khasia Hills received from

Mr. Moore; not received from my collectors.

843. S. grotet, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1871, p. 245, pi. 18,

fig. 4.

Hydrusa serrata, Hampson, Faun. Brit. Ind. Moths, 1.,

p- 22.

Common ; received in great numbers. Ihave not seen

the type, Mr. Moore does not state where it is, but it 1s

probably in the Indian Museum, Calcutta, my examples

correspond exactly with the description and with the plate;

Mr. Hampson, at p. 218, of his vol.1., appears to have mis-

identified this species, he says that on the forewing the —

spot between veins 2 and 3 does not approach the outer

margin and that there is no streak between veins 5 and 6,

but this is not in accordance with Mr. Moore’s descrip-

tion and figure; the bar across the middle of the interno-

median interspace is absent in many specimens and in

some it is very thin. I have not seen Hampson’s type of

Hydrusa serrata, which is like so many of his types in

Mr. Elwes’ collection in the Cotswold Hilis and not

easily got at; he does not say what sex he is describing.

I cannot but think it must be a female, ‘‘antennz with

distal part white above ” is in exact accordance with the

description of the female of S. grotei, and the examples

in my collection he very kindly identified for me as

Hi. serrata ¢ are undoubtedly females of what 1 feel sure

is S. grotei, of which I have a magnificent series of both

sexes, the males being true Syntomis with simple

antenne.

844. S.submarginalis, Walker, Char. Undescr. Lep. Het.,

p. 89 (1869).

Common; received in great numbers.

ou Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

845. S, cherra, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., 1., p. 12

(S79

Recorded from Cherra Punji; not received from my

collectors.

: Genus Erzessa, Walker.

846. H. confinis (Walker), 1., 149 (1854).

Cherra Punji; two examples.

847. H. ginorea, Swinh. (PI. 1., fig. 8), Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.

? (6) xiv., p. 441 (1894). |

Cherra Punji; one male.

848. H.actea (Swinh.), Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1891,

p. 474, pil. 19, fis 7:

Shillong; one male.

849. BE. baizea (Swinh.), l.c., p. 478, fig. 10.

Shillong and Cherra Punji; many examples of bothsexes.

Hampson, in his vol.i, p. 222, has put these two very

distinct species together, they do not even belong to the _

same section of the genus, actea having antenne with

well developed pectinations in the male, whereas the

male of bavxea has the pectinations very short and thick,

and the shape and character of the two species have no

resemblance to each other.

850. H. era, Swinh., l.c., fig. 15.

Shillong ; four examples.

Family ZYGAiNID As.

Subfamily ZYGENIN &.

’ Genus CHRYSARTONA, Swinh.

851. C. stipata (Walker), 1., 114 (1854).

Shillong and Cherra Punji; many examples.

Genus Artona, Walker.

852. A. zebraica, Butler, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond., 1876,

P. 358.

Common.

Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hulls. 33

Genus LopHosoma, Swinh.

893. DL. cuprewm (Walker), vii., 1596 (1856).

Shillong; three examples.

Genus Cirtea, Walker.

854. C. sapphirina, Walker, 11., 465 (1854).

Shillong ; one example.

855. C. diseriminis, Swinh., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1891, p. 475.

Shillong and Cherra Punji; many examples.

Genus Paacusa, Walker.

896. P. sizala, Swinh. (Pl. L., fig. 3), Ann. Mag. Nat.

Hist. (6) xiv., p. 441 (1894).

Shillong ; one pair.

857. P. khasiana (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., 1.,

p. 12 (1879).

Recorded from the Khasias ; not received from my

collectors.

Genus AracHoTiA, Moore.

858. A flaviplaga, Moore, l.c., p. 14.

Cherra Punji; one pair.

Subfamily CHALCOSIN A.

Genus TrrpanopHora, Kollar.

859. 7. semehyalina, Kollar, Kasch von Hiigel, iv.,

p. 407, pl. 19, figs. 1-4 (1848).

Shillong ; several examples.

Genus PutzzoHecta, Hampson.

860. P. fuscescens (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., i.,

p. 16 (1879).

‘Shillong; two examples.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—-PaRT I. (APRIL.) 3

34. Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

Genus Soritra, Walker.

861. S. rubrivitta (Walker), ii., 439 (1854),

Cherra Punji; one example.

862, 9. leptalina (Kollar), Kasch von Hiigel, iv., p. 461

(1848).

Common.

863. S. PE Hampson, Faun. Brit. Ind. Moths, j hs

p. 253 (1892).

Cherra Punji; several examples, all females.

864. S. nigribasalis, Hampson, J.c.

Cherra Punji; three males.

865. S. circinata (Herr. Schiff.), Samml. auss. Schmett.,

p. 57, figs. 156, 157 (1853).

Shillong; several examples.

Genus Piporus, Walker.

866. P. circumdatus (Walker), xxxi., 121 (1864).

_ Shillong and Cherra Punji; several examples.

867. P. geminus (Walker), ii., 427 (1854).

Common.

868. P. circe (Boisd.), Herr. Schiff, Samml. amuss.

. Schmett., fig. 2 (1853).

Common. :

869. P. albifascia (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., i.,

| p-. 19 (1879).

Common.

870. P. glaucopis (Drury), lll. Exot. Ins, ii, p. 11, pl.6, 7

fig. 4 (1778). q

Common.

Genus Hurrropan, Walker.

871. H. leis, Swinhoe, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. 2: xiv.,

p. 442 (1894),

Shillong and Cherra Punji; many examples of poth

sexes. ‘

Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. 39

Genus Arpupas, Moore.

872. A. bicolor, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., 1, p. 20,

jolie Ha, doer TU) (USS)

Shillong; several examples.

Genus Hirra, Walker.

873. H. venosa, Walker, ii., 442 (1854).

Common.

Genus Pinrta, Walker.

874. P. ferrea (Walker), i1., 431 (1854).

Cherra Punji; two examples.

Genus Hrmrvsia, Hope.

875. H. lativitta, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., i., p. 15

(1879).

Shillong ; four examples.

876. H. tricolor, Hope, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., 1841,

p. 445, pl. 31, fig. 4.

_ Common.

877. H, edocla (Doubleday), Zoologist, u., p. 468.

Shillong; several examples.

878. H. magnifica, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1879,

p. o.

Common.

Genus Mitzi, Herr. Schiff.

879. M. virginalis, Herr. Schaff., Samml. auss. Schmett.,

fig. 4 (1853).

Shillong ; two examples.

880. M. hamiltont (Swinh.), Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

! 1891, p. 475.

Blaine ; ; one example.

Genus Cuatcosia, Hiibn.

| 881. C. idxoides, Herr. Schiff., Samml. auss. Schmett.,

| peps./oypl. tf, fie. 6 ee

Common.

36 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

882. C. argentata, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., i, p. 17

(1879).

Recorded from the Khasias by Hampson; not received

from my collectors.

883. C. adalifa (Double), Ann. Nat. Hist., ma, pe

(1847),

Recorded from the Khasias by Hampson ; not received

from my collectors.

884. C. corusca (Boisd.), Herr. Schaff., Samml. auss.

Schmett., pl. 1, fig. 1 (1853).

Cherra Punji; two examples.

Genus Cornma, Walker.

885. C. zenotea (Walker), u1., 425 (1854).

Recorded from the Khasias; not received from my

collectors.

886. C. maculata, Hampson, Faun. Brit. Ind. Moths, i.,

| p. 268 (1892).

Shillong ; several examples of both sexes. I suspect

this is the insect recorded from the Khasias as C. zenotea.

Genus Crctosia, Hibn.

887. C. papilionaris (Drury), Il]. Exot. Ins., ii, p. 4,

pl. 2, fig. 4 (1778).

Common.

888. C. panthona (Cram.), Pap. Exot., iv., pl. 322, fig. c

(1780).

Shillong ; several examples.

Genus Amesia, Duncan. 3

889. A. sanguiflua (Drury), Ill. Pxot. Ins., ii, p. 35,

| pl. 20, figs. 1, 2 (1778). 3 4

Common.

Genus Hampsonra, Swinh.

890. H. pulcherrima, Swinh. (PI. 1., figs.9, 9a), Ann. Mag.

Nat. Hist. (6) xiv., p. 443 (1894).

Oherra Punji; one example.

Lepidoptera of the Khasva Hills. 37

Genus Hrasmra, Hope.

891. E. pulchella, Hope, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., 1841,

p. 446, pl. 31, fig. 5.

Common.

Genus Campynores, Westw.

892. C. histrionicus, Westw., Royle’s Ill. Himalayas,

p. 03, pl. 10, fig. 1 (1837).

Common.

Genus Cappatses, Moore.

893. C. mooret, Butler, P. Z. S., 1875, p. 392.

Common. ‘This is the insect recorded as 0. maculata

from the Khasias in the Indian Museum in Cotes’ and

Swinhoe’s Cat., No. 361.

Genus Isparta, Walker.

894. I. imitans (Butler), Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. B. M., v.,

p. 24, pl. 34, fie. 1 (1381).

Shillong and Cherra Punji; many examples.

895. I. cuprea, Swinh., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1891,

p. 470.

Shiliong ; two examples.

Genus CaLnamesia, Butler.

896. CO. midama (Herr. Schiff.), Samml. auss. Schmett.,

ple2; nee 7 (1853).

Common.

Genus Gynavurocera, Guérin.

897. G. papilionaria, Guerin, Mag. Zool., 1831, p. 12.

Common.

898. G. rara, Swinh., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1891,

p. 476.

Shillong; one male. Hampson (p. 279) has put this

as a synonym to G. papilionaria, but as its head is black

instead of crimson, and there is a blue streak on hind-

wings in place of the usual large white patch, 1t must be

either a very curious sport or a very distinct species.

38 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

Genus Hisria, Hiibn.

899. H. flabellicornis (Fabr.), Sp: Ins., ii., 163, 32 (1781).

Common.

900. H. albimacula, Hampson, Faun. Brit. Ind. Moths, i.,

p. 280 (1892).

Cherra Punji; two examples. I have this also from

the Shan States.

Genus CHatcosiopsis, Swinh.

901. °C. variata, Swinh., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xiv.,

p. 442 (1894).

Shillong; eight examples.

Genus Pnitoprator, Moore.

902. P. basimaculata, Moore, P. Z. S., 1865, p. 800,

pl. 42, fig. 6.

Cherra Punji; several examples.

Genus Cuztura, Hope.

903. C. bifasciata, Hope, Trans. Linn. Soc. Lond., 1841,

p. 444.

Shillong ; several examples.

904. O. erontoides, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., i. »P- 15 @

(1879). 4

Shillong and Cherra Punji; several examples.

Subfamily PHAUDIN Zi.

Genus PHaupa, Walker.

905. P. flammans, Walker, i., 257 (1854).

Cherra Punji; two examples.

Genus HimanrortEerus, Westmael.

906. H. dohertyi, Elwes, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1890, 4

p. 382, pl. 10, figs. 1-7. -

Cherra Punji; three examples.

907. H. zaida (Doubleday), Zoologist, i., p. 198.

Shillong ; two examples.

Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hillis. 39

Subgroup VI.

Tribe NOCTUINA.

Family TRIFIDA.

Genus XanrHia, Ochs. -

908. X. intermieta (Swinh.), Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

HSV: 480, pl. 19) fie: 1h

Shillong; one example.

Genus Apisura, Moore.

909. A. leucanioides, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1881, p. 368,

loi ites sO:

Cherra Punji; several examples.

Genus Cuariciza, Curt.

910. C. decorata (Moore), P. Z. 8., 1881, p. 365.

Cherra Punji; several examples.

911. C. sanguinolenta (Moore), l.c., p. 363.

Shillong; several examples.

912. C. calamaria (Moore), l.c., p. 367.

Cherra Punji; two examples.

Genus Acrotis, Ochs.

913. A. segetis (Schiff.), Wien. Verz., p. 252.

Common.

914. A. correcta, Walker, x., 345 (1856).

Cherra Punji; several examples.

915. A. conspurcata, Walker, xxxii., 696 (1865).

Common. The above two may be forms of segetis, but

they are very constant forms.

916. A. suffusa (Fabr.), Mant. Ins., ii., 157, 155 (1787).

Common. |

Genus Curra, Hibn.

917. C. canescens (Butler), Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., i.,

p. 165 (1878).

_ Cherra Punji; several examples.

4,0 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

918. C. cerastoides (Moore), P. Z. S., 1867, p. 54.

Shillong ; two examples.

919. OC. albypennis (Butler), Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. B. M.,

p. 58, pl. 127, fig. 13 (1889).

Shillong; three examples.

920. C. C.-ngrum (Linn.), Faun. Suec., 1193 (1746).

Cherra Punji; several examples.

Genus AMPHIPYRA, Ochs.

921, A. livida (Schiff), Wien. Verz., p. 85.

Moore, in Lep. Atk., 11., p. 155, records this species,

under the name of A. corvus, as from the Khasia Hills in

Coll. Staudinger. It has not been received from my own

collectors from that region, and I am of opinion that a

wrong locality label must have got on the insect referred

to, as A. lida is not an Indian species, and certainly

not at all likely to be found so far south as the Khasia

Hills.

Genus Haprwa, Schrank.

922. H. consangwis, Guen., Noct., i., 97, 810 (1852).

Shillong; several examples.

923. H. incisa (Moore), P. Z. 8., 1881, p. 344.

Cherra Punji; several examples.

924. H. indica (Moore), P. Z. 8., 1867, p. 47.

Cherra Punji; seven examples.

925. H. costigera (Moore), P. Z. 8., 1881, p. 350.

Recorded from Cherra Punji; not received from my |

collectors.

Genus Huriexts, Steph.

926. H. indistans (Guen.), Noct., u., 87, 786 (1852).

Shillong ; five examples.

927. H. dolorosa (Walker), xxxii., 667 (1865),

Common.

928. H. leucospila (Walker), xii. 1114 che? aie

Cherra Punji; three examples.

2 a

Lepidoptera of the Khasva Hulls. 4d

929. H. albomaculata (Moore), P. Z. 8., 1867, p. 52.

Shillong; several examples.

930. H. stellata (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., u.,

p. 111 (1882).

Common.

931. H. cuprea, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1874, p. 578.

_ Shillong; four examples.

952. H. awriplena (Walker), xi., 557 (1857).

Common.

933. H. olivacea (Moore), P. Z.8., 1881, p. 357.

Cherra Punji; four examples.

934. H. albidisca (Moore), P. Z. 8., 1867, p. 59, pl. 6,

lahore Ns

Shillong ; two examples.

935. H. atrovirens (Moore), l.c., p. 58.

A purchased specimen in the Indian Museum, Calcutta,

with a Khasia Hilllabel ; not received from my collectors.

936. H. costalis (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., i.,

p. 131 (1882).

Cherra Punji; one example.

937. HE. chlorerythra, sp.n. (PI. I., fig. 6.)

@. Palpi black with white tips, head and thorax white,

abdomen grey with brown bands and with some white hairs above

near the base, forewings with an ante-medial sinuous white line

rather near the base and a similar discal line, both inwardly edged

with black, the wing space between these lines is pale green with a

large reniform mark with a black line on each side, a small

purplish patch on the costa touching the outer line of the reni-

form and a similarly coloured suffusion on the lower portion of the

wing, with several black marks and points in the green space, the

basal and outer portions of the wing limited by the transverse lines

are purplish with black marks, the outer marginal space is pale and

contains two sub-marginal black lines, the first highly sinuous, the

second composed of points, the costais marked with black and

white, and the cilia is black with pale rosy spots at the tips, hind-

wings smoky-brown paling towards the base which is rosy tinged,

cilia blackish-brown with a rosy basal line, a discal transverse line

faintly visible ; underside pale rosy, forewings smeared with black

except in the marginal space, hindwings smeared with black on the

—_,

a Poe =

see

4? Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

upper and outer portions, but leaving the marginal space distinct,

hindwings with a black spot at end of cell, both wings with a black

discal slightly sinuous transverse line, legs rosy, tarsi with black

bands. Expanse of wings, 1-45 inch.

Cherra Punji; one example.

A very pretty insect, with the coloration and markings

resembling some of the species of the genus Canna.

Genus Ancara, Walker.

938. A. calopistrioides (Moore), P. Z. S., 1881, p. 344.

Shillong and Cherra Punji; several examples.

Genus Sasunaca, Moore.

939. S. tenebrosa (Moore), P. Zw S8., 1O6T ee.

Common.

Genus Euros, Hiibn.

940. H. lutetfrons (Walker), xi., 751 (1857).

Cherra Punji; many examples.

941. H. chalybeata (Walker), xxxii., 665 (1865).

Cherra Punji; common. I have pointed out to Mr. |

Hampson, and he agrees with me, that he has, by over-

sight and for want of a sufficient series, made a mistake

in the figure of this species in his vol. ii, ., p. 230, the

insect there figured is not H. chalybeata, Walker, the

antenn in the male are not bipectinate ; he has figured a

species which he admits is quite distinct from H. chaly-

beata, and which does not occur in the Khasias. I have

it as a new species from Sikkim and propose describing

it shortly as H. hampsoni,* in some small acknowledg-

ment for the thanks I owe him for the trouble he has

taken in working this out with me and for much other —

assistance. I have a good series of both sexes of H.chaly-

beata = LH. suffusa, Moore. a

Genus Ponta, Ochs. ne

942. P. herchatra, Swinh., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xii.,

p. 260 (1893).

Recorded from the Khasias; not received from my

collectors, I have it from Sikkim from whence the type

specimen came.

* Mr. Hampson now informs me that this insect is Hurois

cuprina, Moore, the type of which is in Coll. Staudinger, and

which he has recently had the opportunity of examining. _

Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. AS

943. P. ewdroma (Swinh.), f.c., p. 259.

The foregoing remarks apply also to this species.

944, P. khasiana (Moore), P. Z. S., 1881, p. 342, pl. 37,

fig. 0.

Cherra Punji; several examples.

Genus Dyrteryaia, Steph.

945. D. noctwrna, Hampson, Faun. Brit. Ind. Moths, i.,

p. 235 (1894).

Common.

Genus Cocuiia, Schrank.

946. C. albescens, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1881, p. 357.

Shillong ; four examples.

Genus Acronycta, Ochs.

947. A, maxima (Moore), P. Z. §., 1881, p. 333.

Common.

Genus Propgenia, Guen.

948. P. littoralis (Boisd.), Faun. Ent. Madag. Lep., p. 91,

pl. 18, fie. 8 (1884).

Common.

Genus SpoporrerRA, Guen.

949. S. mauritia (Boisd.), Lc., p. 92.

Common.

Genus Amyna, Guen.

950. A. selenampha, Guen., Noct., 1., 406, 878 (1852).

Common. |

Genus Inarria, Walker.

951. J. cephusalis, Walker, xvi., 209 (1858).

Cherra Punji; several examples.

952. I. leucospila (Walker), xiii., 1114 (1857).

Common ; the above two and the remaining seventeen

species that, Hampson has put together in p. 291, vol. i1.,

of his book on the Moths of the Indian Region, under

44, Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

the name of Amyna octo, Guen., may have had one

common ancestor, but many of them are undoubtedly

very good forms or species now. I have a long series of

several of them, cephusalis, leucospila, cwpreipennis,

supplex, and renalis, and they all appear to me to be

very constant in their own specific characters.

_ Genus DissoLoPuus, Butler.

953. D.repleta (Walker), xu., 865 (1857).

Shillong and Cherra Punji; several examples.

Genus Mrruorasa, Moore.

954. M. variegata, sp. n.

¢. Palpi with brown and white hairs, thorax and forewings

dark brown, the latter variegated with ochreous marks in the

centre and along the principal veins, two pure white spots one

above the other outside the lower end of cell, three white dots on

the costa towards the apex, a white dentated short line from the

costa immediately before apex, and dark brown lunules on the

outer margin, cilia brown witha pale basal line, abdomen grey,

hindwings pale brown, whitish towards the base. Expanse of

wings, 1,4 inch.

Cherra Punji; two examples.

Genus Hemipacuycera, Butler.

955. H. riwularis (Walker), xii., 867 (1857).

Commor.

956. H. yerburii (Butler), P. Z. S., 1884, p. 496.

Common.

Genus AcApra, Walker.

957. A. placodoides (Guen.), Noet., 11., 296 (1852).

Cherra Punji; several examples.

Genus Ruoprroteicuts, Butler.

958. R. recurvata (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., ii.,

p. 144 (1882). '

Shillong and Cherra Punji; several examples.

Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. 45

Genus Caraprina, Ochs.

959. C. picta, Swinh., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xv., p. 6

(1895).

Common; received in great numbers from Shillong

and Cherra Punji.

960. C. fasciata (Moore), P. Z. 8., 1867, p. 54.

Cherra Punji; three examples.

Genus Levucocosmia, Butler.

961. DL. reclusa (Walker), Journ. Linn. Soc., vi., p. 185

(1862).

Cherra Punji; two examples.

Genus Raprinacra, Butler.

962. R. stellata (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., 11.,p. 119

| | (1882).

Cherra Punji; several examples.

Genus Vapara, Moore.

9638. V. indistincta, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., ii.,

p. 163 (1882).

Cherra Punji; three examples.

Genus Leucanta, Ochs.

964. DL. decissima, Walker, xxxu., 624 (1865).

Common.

965. L. rufescens, Moore, Deser. Ind. Lep. Atk., i1.,

p. 102 (1882).

Cherra Punji; one example : Shillong; two examples.

966. L. sinuosa, Moore, l.c.

Cherra Punji; two examples.

967. L. percisa, Moore, P. Z. S., 1888, p. 410.

Cherra Punji; three examples.

968. L. consimilis, Moore, P. Z. S., 1881, p. 336, pl. 37,

fig: 19.

Cherra Punji; one example.

46 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

969. L. extranea, Guen., Noct., 1., 77, 104 (1852).

Common.

970. L. modesta, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1881, p. 335, pl. 37,

fio, 11.

Cherra Punji; two examples.

971. L. fasciata (Moore), l.c., p. 334, pl. 37, fig. 12.

Cherra Punji ; two examples.

972. L. obscwra, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., ii., p. 97

(1882).

Cherra Punji; three examples.

973. L. rudis (Moore), P. Z. 8., 1888, p. 411.

Shillong; several examples. |

974, L. bifasciata, Moore, P. Z. §., 1881, p. 410.

-Common.

975. L. lineatipes, Moore, l.c., p. 335.

Common.

976: Uy, rufula, Hampson, Faun. Brit. Ind. Moths, ii,

Descrent Logg

Shillong ; one example.

Genus Froccirera, Hampson.

977. £. erigida (Swinh.), Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1890,

p. 221.

Cherra Punji; several examples.

Genus ArcitasisA, Walker.

978, A. sobria, Walker, xxxii., 470 (1865).

Cherra Punji; one example.

Genus Leocyma, Guen.

979. L. diane, Guen., Noct., u1., p. 213 (1852).

Common. Hampson has left this species out of the

Fauna of Brit. Ind. by mistake, the Ceylon examples so

named by Moore in his Lep. Ceylon, are Clinophlebia

sericea, Hampson, but the Indian examples are true

Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. — 47

Leocyma diane, Guen., it is common in the Khasias and

also in Sikkim, it is easily distinguishable, the forewing

being of normal shape with the costal neuration not

distorted.

Genus Apsarasa, Moore.

980. A. radians (Westw.), Cab. Or. Ent., p. 58, pl. 28,

fio. 4 (1848).

Shillong and Cherra Punji; several examples.

Family ACONTIIDAI.

Genus Canna, Walker.

931. C. pulchripicta, Walker, xxxiii., 790 (1865).

Cherra Punji; three examples.

982. C. splendens, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1888, p. 412.

Cherra Punji; two examples.

Genus Bryopuita, T'reit.

983. B. khasiana, Hampson, Faun. Brit. Ind. Moths, u.,

p. 299 (1894).

Recorded from the Khasias; not received from my

collectors.

Genus Hrastria, Ochs.

984. H. auwrata (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., u.,

p. 110, pl. 4, fig. 10 (1882).

Cherra Punji; one example.

985. H. melanostigma, Hampson, Faun. Brit. Ind. Moths,

i., p. 802 (1894).

Common.

Genus Perciana, Walker.

986. P. viridinotata, Hampson, l.c., p. 296.

Cherra Punji; two examples.

Genus Hyntopsis, Hampson.

987. H. vialis (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., ii., p. 185

(1882).

Cherra Punji; several examples.

48 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

988. H. lativitta (Moore), P. Z. 8., 1881, p. 378.

Common.

989. H. picata (Butler), Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. B. M., vii.,

p- 62, pl. 129, fig. 2 (1889).

Common.

990. H. plumbata (Butler), lc., p. 61, fig. 4.

Cherra Punji; four examples.

991. H. uwmbrina Sareea l.c., vill., p. 74, pl. 145,

fig. 15 (1 891),

Cherra Punji; several examples.

Genus XANTHOPTERA, Guen.

992. X. magna, Swinh., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xv.,

p. 6 (1895).

Cherra Punji; one male and three females.

993. X. mgridia, Swinh., l.c., p. 7.

Cherra Punji; one pair.

Genus Acontia, Ochs.

994. A. transversa (Guen.), Noct., u., p. 211, pl. 10,

fig. 5 (1852).

Common.

Genus Marmataa, Walker.

995. M. wanthoptera, Hampson, Faun. Brit. Ind. Moths,

i, p. 324 (1894). |

Recorded from the Khasias; not received from my

collectors.

Genus Swinnoza, Hampson.

996. S. vegeta (Swinh.), P. Z. 8., 1885, p. 475, pl. 28, —

| : fig. 14. =

Cherra Punji; two examples.

Genus Meracurostis, Heb

997. M. acervalis (Swinh.), P. Z. S., 1886, p. 451.

Cherra Punji; two examples.

Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. 49

998. M. destituta (Moore), Lep. Ceylon, i., p. 48,

pl. 150, fig. 6 (1884).

Common.

999. Mf. incondita (Butler), Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. B. M.,

vi., p. 69, pl. 130, fig. 13 (1889).

Cherra Punji; several examples.

Genus Rivcza, Guen.

HOGO, fi. striatura, sp. n. (PI.1., fig. 10.)

6 92. Frons white, head, thorax, and forewings pale fawn-

colour, slightly tinged with pinkish, costa with some white points

towards the apex, some brown striations on parts of the wing, a

brown orbicular mark with white centre, a brown straight band

from hinder margin one-third from base ielnine towards the apex,

from which another band runs down and below the first band for

a short way, a suffused marginal narrow brown band, marginal

black points edged with pale points, and variegated brown and

pinkish oe, hindwings brown with similar cilia. Expanse of

wings, 5% ok?

» 5

Cherra Punji; one male and two females.

1001. R. bioculalis, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1877, p. 614.

Cherra Punji; three examples.

1002. B. auwripalpis (Butler), Il. Typ. Lep. Het. B. M.,

wile, O4, pl. £29), fie S°(1839).

Common. :

003. FH. lewcostecta, sp. n. (PI. 1, fig. 1.)

¢@. Palpi, head, thorax, and forewings reddish-brown, fore-

Wings with a small round white spot at the base, a sub-basal

Square white mark on the costa, a band of five white spots

joined together, from the costa, one-third from base, inclining out-

wards across two-thirds of the wing, two conjoined white spots on

the costa beyond the middle, followed by three. costal white points,

a white apical spot with three white points below it, a discal band

of grey spots with indistinct white centres, accompanied by two

or three white points below the costa, abdomen and ee

smoky-brown, cilia of latter ochreous. Expanse of wings, ;°; inch.

Cherra Punji ; one example.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—pPART I. (APRIL.) 4

>’

‘

ae oI

are

50 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

Genus Troctortera, Hampson.

1004. 7. erubescens, Hampson, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. B. M.,

ix, p. 99, pl. 157, fig, 16 (1898).

Cherra Punji; two examples.

Genus Zacira, Walker.

1005. Z. wrrecta (Walker), xxxiii., 1066 (1865).

Cherra Punji; several examples.

1006. Z. longipalpis (Walker), I.c., 1068.

Cherra Punji; one example.

Genus Oruza, Walker.

1007. O. lycaugesaria (Swinh.), Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1890, p. 232.

Cherra Punji; one example.

Family PALINDIDA.

Genus Dinumma, Walker

1008. D. placens, Walker, xv., 1806 (1858).

Common.

1009. D. deponens, Walker, J.c.

Common.

Genus CaLtyna, Guen.

1010. C. jugaria, Walker, l.c., 1809.

Common. | .

1011. C. semivitta, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., ii, —

p. 161 (1882). 4

Cherra Punji; two examples.

Genus Doranaca, Moore.

1012. D. soliera, Swinh., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xv., :

Dp 7, (1895), =

Shillong; several examples. This is the insect Hamp- —

son records as D. leucospila, Walker, from the Khasias, —

with the white patch almost obsolete (vol. 11., p. 362). —

Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. 51

All my examples are constant in their coloration and

markings. It is altogether a paler insect than leucospila,

with narrower wings, the prominent apical white patch

is replaced by a faint whitish streak, and the discal

transverse straight brown line on forewings is replaced

by a dark outwardly-curved brownish fascia. I have

leucospila = apicalts, Moore, from the Nilgiri Hills, and

from Gilolo, and am convinced that the two species are

quite distinct from each other.

Genus Homopzs, Guen.

1013. A. vivida, Guen., Noct., ii., 280, 1084 (1852).

Cherra Punji; three examples.

Family SAROTHRIPIDAS.

Genus GaprrtHa, Walker.

1014. G. impingens, Walker, xiii., 1102 (1857).

Cherra Punji; one example.

Genus Hypuma, Fabr.

F015, BH. puera (Cram.), Pap. Uxot., u., pl. 103,

esa Den lagd a).

Cherra Punji; two examples.

1016. H. constellata, Guen., Noct., ii., 391, 1251 (1852).

Common.

1017. A. firmamentum, Guen., l.c., 392, 1258.

Common.

1018. H. hypocyana, Swinh., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6)

0%, 10, ©) (Use5)),

Cherra Punji; many examples.

Genus Barasa, Walker.

1019. B. acronyctoides, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond.,

WAS Mpa hSO2).

Cherra Punji; two examples.

SB Ve Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

Genus Bienina, Walker.

1020. B. qunaria, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., i1.,

p. 158, pl. 5, fig. 5 (1882).

Shillong; eight examples.

Genus Nuoruripa, Hampson.

1021. N. glaucescens, Hampson, Faun. Brit. Ind. Moths,

ii., p. 382 (1894),

Recorded from the Khasias; not received from my

collectors.

Genus Crerraarra, Walker.

1022. C. punctata (Swinh.), Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1890, p. 236, pl. 7, fig. 15.

Cherra Punji; six examples.

Family HUTELIIDA.

Genus Incura, Guen.

1023. I. subapicalis (Walker), xii., 883 (1857).

Common.

Genus Eurnria, Hiibn.

1024. H. inextricata, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., ii. “

p. 147 (1882).

Cherra Punji; several examples.

1025. H. favillatriz, Walker, xv., 1778 (1858).

Shillong and Cherra Punji; several examples.

1026. H. viridinota, sp. n.

¢. Antenne, palpi, head, body, and forewings dull pinkish-

brown, wings with the orbicular represented by a white dot,

reniform large, ear-shaped, whitish, with jagged edges, with a

whitish spot on the costa above it, some whitish costal points

towards apex, and two short streaks, veins of the wing whitish,

and two or three irregular black transverse discal lines composed

of waved disjointed lines, indistinct, and very incomplete, with

indications of a similar line immediately before the middle of

hinder margin running up to the reniform ; hindwings dull brown,

whitish towards the base, and without markings. Expanse of

wings, 1,2; inch. |

Cherra Punji; one example.

Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. O83

Family STICTOPTERIDA.

Genus Risosa, Moore.

1027. R. prominens, Moore, P. Z.'8., 1881, p. 329.

Cherra Punji; two examples.

i26.h, cialis, Moore, Deser. Ind. Lep. Atk., u., p. 91,

pl 4; tet (1382).

Cherra Punji; four examples.

O29. ti. basalis, Moore, l.c., p. 91.

Common. Hampson (p. 399) put this with the

Malayan species, diversipennis, Walker, to which it is

closely allied—but from which, in my opinion, it 1s quite

distinct—and he sinks the two very distinctly and

beautifully marked species, vialis and promimens under

R. obstructa, Walker, a small-sized species of which I

have a fine series, and which I cannot understand how

they can be said to resemble.

Genus Opontopes, Guen.

1030. O. aleuca, Guen., Noct., iii., 51, 1882 (1852).

Common.

Genus STIcTopTERA, Guen.

1031. 8S. gllucida, Walker, xxxiii., 918 (1865).

Common.

1032. S. albodentata (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., u.,

p. 165 (1882).

Common.

1033. S. anthyalus, Swinh., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xv.,

p. 8 (1895).

Be tics.

1034. 8. costata (Moore), Lep. Ceylon, iii., p. 123,

pl. 159, fig. 8 (1885).

Common. sean

Genus Gyrtrona, Walker.

1035. G. hylusalis, Walker, xxvii., 93 (1868).

Cherra Punji; three examples.

54 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

Family GONOPTERIDA,

Genus LingopaLpa, Guen.

1036. L. mesogona (Walker), xiii., 1002 (1857).

Shillong ; several examples.

1037. L. fulvida (Guen.), Noct., ii., 897, 1259 (1852).

Common.

1038. L. metawantha (Walker), xiii., 1005 (1857).

Common.

1039. L. albitibia (Walker), /.c., 1001.

Rusicada nigritarsis, Walker, l.c., 1006.

Shillong, two examples ; much smaller than fulvida or

metaxantha with the brown coloration of lineosa.

1040. L. lineosa (Walker), xxxiii, 862 (1868).

Cherra Punji; five examples.

Genus Cosmopuita, Boisd.

1041. C. canthindyma, Boisd., Faun. Ent. Mad. Lep., 94,

pl. 13, fig. 7 (1834).

Common.

Genus THatatTta, Walker.

1042. T. precedens, Walker, xiii, 996 (1857).

Cherra Punji; two examples. :

1043. 7’. fasciosa, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., ii, —

p. 154, pl. 5, fig. 2 (1882). 4

Recorded from the Khasias; not received from my —

collectors.

Genus Orsonopa, Walker.

1044. O. torpida, Walker, xxxv., 1966 (1866). ©

Common.

Genus Fatana, Moore.

1045, F. sordida, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., ia :

p. 154 (1882).

Cherra Punji; five examples.

Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. o5

Genus Cuuria, Moore.

1046. C. cervina (Walker), xxxv., 1968 (1866).

Common.

1047. C. maculata, Moore, P. Z.8., 1881, p. 360.

Cherra Punji; three examples.

Genus Caporrena, Walker.

— 1048. C. truncata (Walker), xv., 1666 (1858).

Shillong; two examples.

Genus Cara, Walker.

1049. C. varipes, Walker, x., 475 (1856).

Shillong ; one female.

1050. C. fasciata (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., ii.,

p. 121, pl. 4, fig. 18 (18382).

Cherra Punji; two examples.

1051. C. albopurpurea, Swinh., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.

(©) seve, pane (1S9o).

Shillong ; five examples.

Family QUADRIFIDA.

Subfamily CATOCALIN A.

Genus Tampana, Moore.

(1052. 7. infausta (Walker), ix., 237 (1856).

Common.

Genus T'r1suLoipEs, Butler.

1053. 7. sericea, Butler, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5) vii.,

p. 36 (1881).

Recorded from the Khasias; not received from my

collectors.

1054. T. luteifascia, Swinh., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6)

| EVs» DP. 9 (1899).

Cherra Punji; one example.

56 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

Genus Catocata, Schrank.

1055. C. rama, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, iii., p. 128, pl. 160,

fig. 6 (1885).

Cherra Punji; one example.

Genus Sypna, Guen.

1056. 8. omicronigera, Guen., Noct., iii, 145, 1530

(1852).

Cherra Punji; several examples.

1057. S. tenebrosa, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881,

p. 203.

Shillong ; many examples.

1058. S. punctosa (Walker), xxxiii., 939 (1868).

Common. |

(1059. S. submarginata (Walker), l.c., 941.

Common.

1060. S. biocularis (Moore), P. Z. 8., 1867, p. 71.

Common ; the above three may be ona of one species

but can be easily separated.

1061. S. rectilinea, Moore, P. Z. S., 1867, p. 70.

Shillong ; two examples.

1062. S. mooret, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1881,

p. 209

Shillong ; three examples.

1063. S. kirbyz, Butler, l.c.

Common.

1064. S. pulchra, Butler, l.c., p. 208.

Shillong ; several examples.

1065. S. obscurata, Butler, l.c., p. 207.

Shillong and Cherra Punji; several examples.

1066. S. pannosa, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., i

p. 168, pl. 5, fig. 12 (1882).

Common.

1067. S. plana, Moore, l.c., p. 167, fig. 24.

Cherra Punji; one example. Isa very distinct species.

Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. 57

Genus Ercuera, Walker.

1068. #. cyllaria (Cram.), Pap. Exot., i., pl]. 251, figs. c, D

(iano):

Common in the several forms of cyllota, Guen.,

pannosa, Moore, and wniformis, Moore, all being casual

varieties of one species.

1069. H. fusifera (Walker), xiv., 1898 (1858).

Shillong and Cherra Punji; several examples. This I

believe to bea perfectly distinct species, the markings

being constant and so widely distinct from any of the

forms of cyllaria.

Genus HyrocaLa, Guen.

1070. H. aspersa, pee P: Z.8., 1883, p. 164.

Common.

1071. H. mooret, Pee. Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) x.,

p. 21 (1892).

Shillong and Cherra Punji; several examples.

1072. H. violacea, Butler, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1879

D:.0:

Common.

1073. H. lativitta, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1877, p. 606, pl. 60,

fio. 4.

Common.

Subfamily SPETIREDONIIN A.

we. Genus ANISONEURA, Guen.

1074. A. hypocyana, Guen., Noct., ili., 162, 1553 (1852),

Common.

1075. A. salebrosa, Guen., l.c., p. 161.

Common.

Genus SPEIREDONIA, Hiibn.

1076. S. substruens (Walker), xiv., 1267 (1858).

Common. :

1077. S.zamis (Stoll.), Cram., Pap. Exot., v., p. 162,

spl, 66) ne HT (1790).

Common.

08 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

Genus Patuna, Guen. 7

1078. P. macrops (Linn.), Syst. Nat. (xii) iii, p. 225 —

(1768). |

Common. 3

Genus Arciva, Hiibn.

1079. A. hieroglyphica (Drury), Ill. Exot. Ins., ii., p. 3,

pl. 2, fig. 1 (1778).

Common. 3

1080. A. caprimulgus (Fabr.), Sp. Ins., iii, 210, 6 ©

CELT OEY. |

~ Common.

Genus Nyotipso, Hiibn.

1081. N. strigipennis (Moore), P. Z. S., 1883, p. 25.

Cherra Punji; several examples. :

1082. N. crepuscularis (Linn.), Syst. Nat., i., 2, p. 811 —

(1767). |

Common.

1083. N. gemmans, Guen., Noct., iii., 182, 1572 (1852).

Shillong and Cherra Punji; several examples.

1084. N. albicincta (Kollar), Kasch von eae iv., 7

p. 474, pl. 22 (1848).

Common.

1085. N. glaucopis, Walker, xiv., 1306 (1858).

Cherra Punji; one example.

Genus Hutopzs, Guen.

1086. H. caranea (Cram.), Pap. Exot., iii, pl. 269,

figs. B, F (1780). 3

Caritas

1087. H. drylla, Guony Novt. ik, 208 ame ie 10

(1852).

Common.

Genus Aconista, Rogenhoff.

1088. A. hypoleuca (Guen.), l.c., 125, 1500.

Common.

Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. 59

1089. A. cilrata (Moore), P. Z. S., 1867, p. 69.

Shillong; one example. A smaller insect than A.

reducens, Walker, apex of forewings less pointed, under-

side of hindwings brown not white as in reducens.

Subfamily POLY DESMIN A.

Genus Panpesma, Guen.

1090. P. acronyctoides (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., i1.,

p..160 (1882).

1091. P. albicola (Walker), xiv., 1515 (1858).

Cherra Punji; five examples.

1092. P. sublimis, Felder, Reise Nov. Lep., pl. i,

fir. 23 (1872).

Common,

1093. P. costumacula (Guen.), Noct., ii., 429, 1302 (1852).

Common.

1094. P. glenura, Swinh. (PI. I., fig. 4), Ann. Mag. Nat.

Hist. (6) xv., p. 10 (1895).

Cherra Punji; one example.

Genus PotypEsma, Boisd.

1095. P. wmbricola, Boisd., Faun. Ent. Mad. Lep., p. 108,

pl. 13, fig. 5 (1834).

Common.

Genus Hriceia, Walker.

1096. H. inangulata (Guen.), Noct., iii., 210, 1612 (1852).

Cherra Punji; several examples.

1097. H. eriophora (Guen.), J.c., No. 1611.

Common. A larger insect than the above and quite

differently coloured and marked, I have a splendid series

of both from many localities. |

60 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

Genus Bextcrana, Walker.

1098. B. capacior (Walker), xv., 1634 (1858).

Shillong ; three examples,

1099. B. biformis (Walker), J.c., 1671.

Cherra Punji; one example.

1100. B. striatovirens (Moore), P.Z.8., 1883, p. 23, pl. 6,

fig. 2.

Recorded from Cherra Punji; not received from my

collectors,

Genus Aramis, Guen.

1101. A. wmbrina, Guen., Noct., iii., 4, 1821 (1852).

Cherra Punji; one example.

Subfamily CATEPHIIN &,

Genus CatEpuiA, Ochs.

1102. C. olwescens (Guen.), Noct., iii, p. 48, pl. 14,

fig. 11 (1852).

Common.

1108. C. mosara (Swinh.), P. Z. 8., 1889, p. 418.

Cherra Punji; two examples. Hampson (p. 484) has

put this in his Section ii., antennze of male bipectinate,

and has sunk it under C. iquieta, which Walker

described from South Africa as an Agrotis. I have not

seen the South African species, but C. mosara has the

antenne in the male almost simple, exactly as in C.

olivescens, and not bipectinate. I have the species also —

from Sind, Bombay and Calcutta, it is very nearly allied —

to O. olivescens.

Genus Mosara, Walker.

1104. M. apicalis, Walker, v., 1032 (1855).

Cherra Punji; three examples.

Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. 61

Genus Arcts, Kollar.

1105. A. cerulea (Guen.), Noct., iii., p. 41, pl. 13, fig. 10

(1852).

Common.

1106. A. nigrescens, Butler, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. B. M.,

Mis. oO, pl. 110, fig. 8 (1886).

Common.

n07, A. granulata (Guen.), Noct., ii., 42, 1372 (1852).

Common.

Genus Cycio DES, Guen.

1108. C. omma (Van der Hoev. ); Tid. Nat. Gesch., vii.,

poco, pl. ¢, fos. 7, A, B (1840).

Common.

Genus Miruizna, Moore.

1109. M. lichenosa, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., 11.,

p- 157 (1882).

- Cherra Punji; three examples.

Subfamily OPHIUSIN Z.

Genus SPHINGOMORPHA.

1110. S. chlorea (Cram.), Pap. Exot., i, pl. 104, fig. c

(1777).

Common.

Genus Lacnra, Guen.

‘1111. ZL. alope (Cram.), Pap. Exot., iii., pl. 286, figs. z, F

(1789).

Common.

Genus Curysopera, Hampson.

(1112. C. combinans (Walker), xiv., 1399 (1858).

Shillong; four examples.

62 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

Genus Oputusa, Ochs. - )

1113. O. gravata (Guen.), Noct., iii., 287, 1648 (1852).

Common.

1114. 0. melicerte (Drury), Ill. Exot. Ins.,i., p. 46, pl. 23, :

fight (i 770}: 7

Shillong; several examples.

1115. O. serva (Fabr.), Syst. HEnt., 593, 13 (1775).

Shillong and Cherra Punji; several examples.

1116. O. illibata (Fabr.), Le., 592, 8.

Common. This insect appears to be put into the ~

wrong section by Hampson (p. 495) because it has very

large tufts on the legs in the male. :

1117. O. palumba (Guen.), Noct., iii., 211, 1613 (1852).

Common.

1118. O. rigidistria (Guen.), L.c., 240, 1655.

Shillong; three examples.

1119. O. dotata (Fabr.), Ent. Syst., iii., 55, 158 (1794).

Common.

1120. O. swhmira (Walker), xiv., 1889 (1858). —

Shillong ; seven examples.

1121. O. cwprea (Moore), P. Z. 8.; 1867, p. 74.

Cherra Punji; four examples. 4

1122. O. falcata, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., u., 4

p. 171, pl; 6, fig. 14.,(1882). 7

Common. a

1123. O. acuta, Moore, P. Z. S., 1883, p. 27, pl. 6, fig. 5. 4

Recorded from the Khasias ; not received from my —

collectors. I believe it is only a varietal form of the ~

common Khasia Hill form falcata, which I have received —

in great numbers, the inner line on forewings is some- —

times nearly erect, and the curving of the outer line ~

varies more or less, both types came from the Khasias. —

It is very uniform in size and is much the largest species

of the maturescens group. *

Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. 63

1124, O. maturescens (Walker), xiv., 1382 (1858).

Common. <A smaller insect than falcata, with no

inner margin to the black discal band as in that species,

the band being diffused inwards, the black coloration

gradually blending with the ground colour of the rest of

the wing.

1125. O. renalis, Hampson, Faun. Brit. Ind. Moths, u.,

p. 499 (1894).

Cherra Punji; one example.

1126. O. arcuata, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1877, p. 609.

Common.

1127. O. joviana (Cram.), Pap. Exot., iv., pl. 399, fic. 2

(1782).

Pein:

1128. O. albivitia, Guen., Noct., i1., 271, 1707 (1852).

Common. The only form of the algira group

received.

mae. O, arccolenia, Guen., l.c., 272, 1711.

Shillong ; several examples.

1130. O. conficiens, Walker, xiv., 1432 (1858).

Shillong ; several examples.

1131. O. analis, Guen., Noct., i., 271, 1708 (1852).

Shillong ; several examples.

1132. O. crameri, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, ii., p. 177,

ph Wit tie 2) (13885).

Common.

1133. O. amygdalis, Moore, /.c., p. 551, pl. 214, fig. 3.

Common.

1134, O. fulvotenia, Guen., Noct., iii., 272, 1710 (1852).

Shillong ; several examples.

1135. O. onelia (Guen.), I.c., 258, 1679.

Common.

<tc

64, Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

1136. O. honesta, Hiibn., Samm]. Ex. Schmett., ii., Index,

p. 4, pl. 208, figs. 1, 2 (1826).

Common.

1137. O. coronata (Fabr.), Syst. Hnt., 596, 24 (1775),

Common.

1138. O. discriminans (Walker), xiv., 1358 (1858).

Shillong ; three examples.

1139. O. triphenoides (Walker), l.c.

Cherra Punji; several examples.

1140. O. separans (Walker), l.c., 1357.

Common.

1141. O. trapeziwm (Guen.), Noct., i1., 251, 1638 (1852).

Ophiodes adusta, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk, 11., p. 169,

pl, 6, fig. 12 (1382).

Minucia prunicolor, Moore, Lep. Ceylon, ii., p. 160,

pl. 167, fig. 3 (1885). ,

Shillong and Cherra Punji; many examples. Un-

doubtedly all one species, I have it in all shades of

colour from Shillong, Cherra Punji, Sibsaghar, Nil- —

giris and Singapore, the males have a large tuft of —

hairs on fore femora, the wing markings are absolutely

identical.

Genus LAGOprera, Guen.

1142. Z. juno (Dalm.), Anal. Entom., p. 52 (1823).

Common.

Genus Hyeatra, Guen.

1148. H. bubo, Hibn., Zutr., iv., p. 13, figs. 633, 634.

One example in my collection, received from the

Indian Museum, Calcutta, marked Shillong, not received —

from my collectors, I have it also from Ceylon and —

Singapore. J

1144. H. apicalis (Mcore), P. Z. 8., 1879, p. 405, pl. 33,

fio. 7.

Cherra Punji; one example.

Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. 65

Genus Serropes, Guen.

1145. S. inara (Cram.), Pap. Exot., i., pl. 239, fig. &

(1779).

Common.

Genus Dorpura, Moore.

1146. D. aliena (Walker), xxxi., 964 (1860.

Recorded from the Khasias by Hampson ; not received

from my collectors.

Genus Dretgamma, Moore.

1147. D. calorifica (Walker), xiv., 1406 (1858).

Cherra Punji; three examples.

Genus Sympis, Guen.

1148. S. rufibasis, Guen., Noct., i., p. 344, pl. 24, fig. J

me (S52):

Shillong and Cherra Punji; several examples.

Genus Banrana, Walker.

1149. B. semilugens (Walker), xu., 814 (1857).

Shillong ; four examples.

1150. B. polyspila (Walker), xxxii., 966 (1865).

Common.

1151. B. dwulsa (Walker), l.c.

Common.

Genus Aramuna, Moore.

1152. A. punctilineata, Hampson, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het.

B. M., viii., p. 83, pl. 146, fig. 14 (1891).

Cherra Punji; several examples. Hampson has sunk

this species (p. 517) with many others, but I cannot

agree with him.

Genus Piecoprera, Guen.

1153. P. refleca, Guen., Noct., i1., 431, 1303 (1852).

Common.

TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—PART I. (APRIL) 5

66 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

1154. P. juncea (Swinh.), P. Z. S., 1885, p. 448, pl. 27, _

fig. 4.

Common. |

1155. P. quesita (Swinh.), l.c., p. 468, fig. 8.

Common. The type of juncea was a female, of quxesita

a male, both in B. M. Hampson has, consequently, put

them together (vol. ii., p. 519), and has described them —

as sexes of one species. He has sunk them both under —

P. resistens, Walker, which is represented in the B. M. |

by the remains of an insect from the Congo, and, in so

far as I can make it out, may be anything. I think the

identity of species from localities so widely separated,

and from such very different parts of the world, requires

more than an old worn specimen for verification. Any-

how, whatever the Congo insect may be, juncea and

quesita have no connection with each other, except

similarity in venation, which is necessarily common to

all the species of a genus. I have a magnificent series

of both sexes of both species. The males and females

are identical, as is the case with all the species of this

genus ; but the two species are widely different in shape,

colour, and markings, as may be seen by the coloured

drawings which represent them very distinctly in plate

27, figs. 4 and 8, of P. Z. S., 1885.

1156, P. quadrilineata (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., :

li., p. 172, pl. 5, fig. 22 (1882). 2

Common.

1157. P. erica (Swinh.), Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1891,

p- 149, pl. 8, fig. 15.

Common.

1158. P. ferrilineata. sp. n.

¢. Antenne, palpi, head, and collar ochreous, bedy and wings

of an uniform olive-brown, orbicular and reniform distinct, red-

brown, irrorated with black atoms, costa with dark brown marks

and pale ochreous dots, transverse bands red-brown and indistinct ;

1st thin, and waved somewhat near the base, 2nd commencing in

the middle of hinder margin, waved and curved outwardly round

the orbicular, broader than the 1st ; 3rd discal, straight and broad,

with its inner edge close to the 2nd, and outwardly limited by a

black waved and broken line, marginal points black ; hindwings

unmarked, cilia of both wings ochreous-grey, irrorated with black

—————

Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. 67

atoms, and on the forewings similar irrorations cover both the

outer bands ; underside ochreous-grey, forewings suffused with

brown, except on the margins, a brown mark at the end of cell, and

indications of a broad brown discal band; hindwings densely

irrorated with black atoms, and a central curved broken brown

line ; marginal line of both wings blackish-brown, cilia as above:

‘Expanse of wings, 1,2; inch.

Shillong; one example.

1159. P. holostoma, Swinh., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) xv.,

p: 10 (1895).

Cherra Punji; two pairs.

Genus AcANTHOLIPES, Led.

1160. A. similis (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., u.,

p. 174, pl. 6, fig. 5-(1882).

Common.

1161. A. lewcopos (Hampson), Iil. Typ. Lep. Het. B. M.,

viil., p. 83, pl. 146, fig. 10 (1891).

Common. This also has been sunk by Hampson

(p. 521) under the above-named species, but, I think,

without sufficient reason. I have a great number of

each, and they seem to me to be perfectly distinct.

1162. A. dissimilis (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., i1.,

p. 174 (1882).

Cherra Punji; many examples.

ioe. A. trifasciatus (Moore), P. Z.S., 1877; p. 612.

Cherra Punji; three examples.

Genus Gesonia, Walker.

1164. G. obeditalis, Walker, xvi., 75 (1858).

Common. Represented by the varietal forms, cram-

bisata, rubicundula, and festina; the last-named received

in great numbers. They are undoubtedly all forms of

one common species.

1165. G. gemma, Swinh., P. Z. S., 1885, p. 469.

Common.

68 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

Genus Dragana, Walker.

1166. D. pansalis, Walker, xvi., 200 (1858).

Common.

Genus Remiaia, Guen.

1167. R. pavona, Felder, Reise Nov. Lep., pl. 117, fig. 9

(1875). :

Common.

1168. R. frugalis ake ), Syst. Ent., vi., p. 601 (1794).

Common.

Genus CauninpA, Moore.

1169. C. archesia (Cram.), Pap. Exot., iii., pl. 273, —

figs. F, G (1780). |

Common.

Genus TriconopEs, Guen.

1170. T. hyppasia (Cram.), l.c., pl. 250, fig. &.

Shillong; several examples.

Genus Fovina, Guen.

1171. F. oriolus, Guen., Noct., i1., 274, 1713 (1852).

Common.

1172. F. pallula, Guen., l.c., 275, 1714.

Common.

1173. ¥. stola, Guen:, i.c., No, 1715.

Shillong; three examples.

Genus GramMopgs, Guen.

1174. Gt. mygdon (Cram.), Pap. Exot., ii., pl. 156, fig. G

(1777).

Shillong and Cherra Punji; several examples.

1175. G. geometrica (Fabr.), Syst. Ent., p. 599 (1775).

Shillong ; several examples.

Genus EntomocramMa, Guen.

1176. EH. fautria, Guen., Noct., i., 204, 1604 (1852).

Common.

Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. 69

Genus Taramina, Moore.

1177. T. torsa (Guen.), l.c., No. 1605.

Shillong ; many examples.

Genus Azazia, Walker.

1178. A. rubricans (Boisd.), Faun. Ent. Mad. Lep.,

p. 106, pl. 16, fig. 1 (1834).

Common.

1179. A. oblita (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., ii.,

p. 176 (1882).

Shillong and Cherra Punji; several examples.

1180. A. obliqua (Moore), P. Z. S., 1867, p. 80.

Shillong and Cherra Punji; several examples.

Genus Tocuara, Moore.

| 1181. 7. creberrima (Walker), xv., 1574 (1858).

ss —

nh i ERR

Cherra Punji; several examples. I have this also from

Gilolo.

1182. T. sthenoptera (Swinh.), Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.

3 (6) xv., p. 12 (1895).

Cherra Punji; one example.

Genus Hypospina, Guen.

1183. H. bolinoides, Guen., Noct., iii., 358, 1832 (1852).

Common.

Genus Iscuysa, Hiibn.

1184. I. manlia (Cram.), Pap. Exot.,i., pl. 92, fig. a (1776).

Common.

1185. I. ferrifracta (Walker), Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond.,

vi., p. 177 (1862).

I. schlegelii, Snellen, Tid. voor Ent., 1885, p. 4,

pl. 1, fig. 2.

I. glaucopteron, Hampson, Ill. Typ. Lep. Het. B. M.,

vil., p. 88, pl. 147, fig. 19 (1891).

Shillong ; two examples. I have it also from Rangoon

and from the Nilgiris. The type from Sarawak is in

O. M., and the Museum also contains a specimen from

Formosa.

70- Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

Genus Pratyja, Hiibn.

1186. P. wumminia (Cram.), Pap. Exot., iii., pl. 267, fig. F

(1780).

Shillong; seven examples.

Genus Crituote, Walker.

1187. C. horridipes, Walker, Journ. Linn. Soc. Lond.,

vil., p. 183 (1862).

Shillong; six examples.

Genus Harmaretia, Moore.

1188. H. basalis, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., i,

p. 183, pl. 6, fig. 13 (1882).

Common.

Genus Eprsparis, Walker.

1189; H.: tortuosalis, Moore, P. 2:8, 1667, “p> Gleam

Pls /5 teed. 4

Cherra Punji; several examples.

1190. EH. exprimens, Walker, Trans. Ent. — (3), 1,

p. 106 (1862).

~ Cherra Punji; two examples.

Genus AMPHIGONIA, Guen.

1191. A. hepatizans, Guen., Noct., iii, p. 338, pl. 24, |

fig. 12 (1852),

Shillong ; two examples.

1192. A. comprimens, Walker, xv., 154 (1858).

Cherra Punji; one example.

| Genus Oxyopzs, Guen.

1193, O. scrobiculata (Fabr.), Sp. Ins., ii, p. 212 (1781). _

Common. | 4

Genus Hamopes, Guen.

1194. H. awrantiaca, Guen., Noct., iii., 203, 1603 mene

Common. q

Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. 71

Genus Katina, Swinh.

1195. K. ochracea, Swinh., Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1891,

p. 481, pl. 19, fig. 3.

Common.

Genus PLevrona, Walker.

1196. P. falcata, Walker, xxxv., 1564 (1866).

Common.

Genus CHILKASA, Swinh.

1197. C. falcata, Swinh., P. Z. 8., 1885, p. 804.

Pleurona perhamata, Hampson, Faun. Brit. Ind.

Moths, u1., p. 549 (1894).

Cherra Punji; three examples. Hampson has sunk

this genus under Plewrona, being guided by venation

only, and has, consequently, renamed the species. If

other characters are not to be recognized in genera,

hundreds of proper genera recognized by lepidopterists

could be sunk. And, indeed, in this rule he is himself

not consistent, having erected several genera on charac-

ters other than those of venation: his genus Floccifera,

for instance (p. 281), is identical in venation with Lew-

cama, and is erected by him (and very properly, so I

think) because of the peculiar formation of the antenne,

legs, and tufts on the abdomen. In the genus Chilkasa

the differences are far greater: the insect is differently

shaped to Plewrona, antennee of male are fasciculated,

and with very long setz; in the other they are ciliated,

and without the sete. In Chilkasa the fore and hind

tibize are frmged with very long thick hair, the mid tibiz

with immense tufts of hair; in Plewrona the legs are

without either. J feel sure, under these circumstances,

that the two genera will be pronounced by all lepidop-

terists as abundantly distinct from each other.

Genus OmMatoPHora, Guen.

1198. O. lwminosa (Cram.), Pap. Exot., ii., pl. 274,

fig. p (1780).

Common.

Genus Sprirama, Guen.

mebtou. S. retorta (Cram.), Pap./Exot., 1:, pl. 116, fig. 8

(1777

Common.

72, Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

1200. S. modesta, Moore, Descr. Ind, Lep. Atk., iL,

p. 168 (1882).

Common. :

Genus Hypopyra, Guen. J

1201. H. vespertilio (Fabr.), Mant. Ins., ii., 186, 16, —

(1787). a

Common.

1202. H. ossigera, Guen., Noct., ii., 201, 1600 (1852).

Common; a large and very distinct species.

Genus Maxouna, Walker.

1203. M. wnstrigata ee l.c., No. 1601.

Common.

Subfamily OPHIDERIN &.

Genus Mintopzs, Guen.

1204. M. ornata (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., ii,

p. 166 (1882).

Cherra Punji; several examples.

Genus Paytiopss, Boisd.

1205. P. ustulata, Westw., Cab. Or. Ent., p. 57, pl. 28,

fig. 1/ (1848),

Cherra Punji; several examples.

1206. P. fasciata, Moore, P. Z. S., 1867, p. 69.

Shillong and Cherra Punji; several examples.

1207. P. consobrina, Westw., Cab. Or. Ent., p. 57,

pl. 28, fig. 2 (1848).

Common,

Genus OpHiperss, Boisd.

1208. O. salaminia (Fabr.), Ent. Syst., iii, 2, p. 17

(1794). . }

Common.

1209. O. fullonica (Linn.), Syst. Nat., i., 2, 812, 16 (1767).

Common.

Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. 73

1210. O. cajeta (Cram.), Pap. Exot., i., pl. 30, figs. a, B, ©

(1775).

Cherra Punji; several examples.

1211. O. hypermnestra (Cram.), Pap. Exot., iv., pl. 328,

figs. A, B (1780).

Common. It is strange that no examples of the

common species, materna or ancilla, have been received

from the Khasia Hills.

Subfamily CALPINA.

Genus Catpz, Treit.

1212. C. fasciata, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., ii.,

p. 151 (1882).

Cherra Punji; several examples.

Genus Orasia, Guen.

1213. O. emarginata (Fabr.), Ent. Syst., iii., 2, 82, 240

(1794).

Common.

1214. O. rectistria, Guen., Noct., ii., 363, 1204 (1852).

- Cherra Punji; many examples.

Genus Cunasta, Moore.

1215. C. argyrosigna (Moore), Lep. Ceylon, ii., p. 77,

pl. 153, fig. 4 (1884).

Shillong ; three examples.

1216. C. minuticornis(Guen.), Noct.,ii., 374, 1230 (1852).

Common. 3

Genus Arsacia, Walker.

1217. A. froniirufa, Swinh., P. Z. 8., 1885, p. 30],

pl. 20, fig. 12.

Cherra Punji; two examples.

Subfamily PLUSIINA.

Genus Piusta, Ochs.

218... P. confusa, Moore, Descr. Ind. ‘Lep. Atk., ii,

p. 149 (1882).

Common.

74 Colonel Charles Swinhoe on the

1219. P. furcifera, Walker, xii., 927 (1857).

Shillong ; several examples.

1220. P. signata (Fabr.), Ent. Syst., iii., 2, p. 81 (1794).

Common. |

1221. P. nigriluna, Walker, xii., 931 (1857).

Common.

1222. P. verticillata, Guen., piCrs, ., 1., 844, 1168 (1852).

Common.

1228. P. nigrisigna, Walker, xii., 928 (1857).

Shillong; many examples. 4

1224. P. pannosa, Moore, Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., ii,

p. 149 (1882).

Cherra Punji; one example.

1225. P. chrysitina (Martyn), Psyche, pl. 21 (1797).

Common. rt

1226. P. agramma, Guen., Noct., 11., 327, 1186 (1852).

Cherra Punji; many examples.

1227. P. transfiza (Walker), xii., 884 (1857).

Cherra Punji; several examples.

1228. P. spoliata, Walker, l.c., 923.

Common.

1229. P. eneofusa, Swinh., Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (6) XV.5

p. 11 (1895). a

Cherra Punji; five examples.

Genus Potycurista, Hiibn.

1230. 2. crassipalpus, Swinh., l.c.

Cherra Punji; two examples. —

Genus Deva, Moore. 7

1281. D. chalsytoides (Guen.), Noct., ii., 860, 1201 (1852).

Common.

1232. D. awripicta (Moore), Descr. Ind. Lep. Atk., u.,

p. 150 (1882).

Common. Quite distinct from the preceding species.

Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. 75

Subfamily TINOLIINA.

Genus Tinotius, Walker.

1233. T. quadrimaculatus, Walker, xxxi., 281 (1864).

Common.

1234, 7. hypsana, Swinh., P. Z. 8., 1889, p. 405.

Common.

Genus Catzsta, Guen.

1235. C. dasyptera (Kollar), Kasch von Hiigel, iv.,

| p. 476 (1848).

Shillong and Cherra Punji; several examples.

Genus Pasipepa, Walker.

1236. P. hemorrhoa (Guen.), Noct., ui, 258, 1683

(1852).

Shillong ; five examples.

EXPLANATION oF Prats I.

Fic.

1. Rivula leucosticta, Swinh., p. 49.

2. Arbela phaga, Swinh., p. 29.

3. Phacusa sizala, Swinh., p. 33.

4, Pandesma glenura, Swinh., p. 59.

5. Phalacropsis carnosa, Swinh., p. 5.

6. Euplexia chlorerythra, Swinh., p. 41.

7. Metanastria fuscomarginata, Swinh., p. 27.

8. Hressa ginorea, Swinh., p. 32.

9. Hampsonia pulcherrima, Swinh., p. 36.

10. Rivula striatura, Swinh., p. 49.

11. Odontocraspis hasora, Swinh., p. 28.

12. Dasychira postfusca, Swinh., p. 9.

13. dimene amnea, Swin., p. 22.

14, Oreta olga, Swinh., p. 5.

15. Orgyia nucula, Swinh., p. 7.

16. Azygophleps nurella, Swinh., p. 29.

17. Phalacra nudobia, Swinh., p. 4.

18. Baroa vatala, Swinh., p. 25.

Be eer

I1.—Notes on the Fungus growing and eating habit of Seri-

comyrmex opacus, Mayr. By Freperic W.Uricn, F.ES.

[Read Dec. 5th, 1894. ]

In Bull. de Ja Soc. Vaud. des Sc. nat., Vol. xx., No. 91,

1884, p. 49, Dr. A. Forel called attention to the near

relationship of the genera Atta, Glyptomyrmex, Cypho-

myrmex, Sericomyrmex apterostigma, etc., and in Mitth.

der Schweiz. entom. Ges., Bd. 8, Heft 9, 1892, he unites

these genera in a special group, “the Attini,” under the

subfamily Myrmicide. This was done on morphological

grounds, and Dr. Mdller, in his fascinating work,* fully

confirms biologically Dr. Forel’s hypothesis in proving that

the genera Apterostigma, Glyptomyrmex, and Cyphomyr-

mex, are, like the genus Atta, mushroom growers and

eaters. Species characterized by this habit are well re-

presented in Trinidad, viz.—

Atta cephalotes, L.

+ A. (Acromyrmex) octospinosa, Reich.

+ A. (Trachymyrmex) wrichi, Forel.

+ Apterostiqma urichi, Forel.

+ A. mayri, Forel.

To this list and in support of Dr. Forel I have to add

Sericomyrmex opacus, Mayr, whose mushroom growing

and eating habits do not seem to have been previously

recorded. The nests of these ants are found commonly

about Port of Spain, in gardens, in the grass as a rule,

but sometimes in the flower beds, and from their peculiar

raised entrance can readily be recognized. They are

always excavated in clayey soil, and the raised entrances,

which are more or less cylindrical, are constructed with

the particles of earth resulting from their mining opera-

tions and are about an inch in height. In young colonies

this entrance leads into a small chamber, about six inches

below the surface of the ground, situated, not at the end

of the gallery but either to the left or right of it. As

the colony increases the ants do not enlarge this original

chamber, but, piercing its side, form another chamber

near it with a small entrance hole. In large colonies,

which never consist of more than about 200 individuals,

* Die Pilzgarten elniger siudamerikanischer Ameisen von Dr. A. Moller,

Jena, 1893.

+ For descriptions see An. de la Soc. Ent. de Belg., t. xxxvii., 1898, p. 586.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895,—PparRT I. (APRIL. )

prveaty

a, ae ie -

—_,

2 o-oo

= aR ow — ow mn

78 Mr. F. W. Urich on Sericomyrmex opacus.

a nest consists of two or three chambers which open on

the original excavation. This is no longer used for grow-

ing the fungus in, but forms a sort of antechamber

which generally contains material brought in by the ants

to grow their mushrooms on, which is deposited here and

gradually made use of. The chambers adjoining are

more or less round, with a diameter of about 2-3 inches, —

and any small roots of plants growing through them are —

not cut away but used by the ants to hang their mush-

room gardens on. ‘These fill the interior of the chamber

and consist of a grey spongy mass consisting of a great

number of little irregular cells and resembling a coarse

sponge, amongst which are scattered larvae, pupe, and

ants. The walls of the cells consist of small round

pellets resembling dust shot and are penetrated by and

enveloped in white fungus hyphe, which hold the mass

together. Strewn thickly upon the surface of the garden

are to be seen round white bodies about a quarter of a

millimetre in diameter. These are what Moller terms

“ Kohlrabbi’”’ clumps, and consist of an aggregation of

hyphee with spherical swellings on their ends. It is on

this that the ants feed. The fungus found by Moller

in the nests of the Brazilian fungus growers (Acromyrmezx)

is the Rozites gongylophora, Moller, and if it is not the

same species cultivated by S. apacus itis, at any rate, very

nearly related toit. As material to grow their mushrooms

on the ants make use of particles of fruit, flowers, and

leaves, but prefer the fruit. They do well in artificial

nests, constructed on Sir John Lubbock’s plan, and are

easy to watch. I have tried them with all kinds of

vegetable products; they have taken orange, banana,

rose petals and leaves, and once they even made use of

the dried glue from the back of an old book lying near

their nest, but that day they had nothing else; if the

choice be left to them they invariably take fruit and seem

to prefer the orange amongst these. Very small particles

of the white skin of the oranges are torn off, and, after . |

undergoing a slight kneading process in the ants’ man- _

dibles, are planted in the nest. The neuters are all of —

the same size, varying but slightly and never exceed ~

4mm.in length. They are more diurnal in their habits

than other species of fungus growers, but also work a

little at night. I have found winged forms in the nests

in the month of July.

[ 79

III. On the Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India

Islands. By Caaruzs J. Gavan, M.A., F.E.S.

[Read Dec. 5th, 1894.]

Prate Ii,

Tue following paper, primarily intended to serve as an

account of the Longicornia collected for the West India

Exploration Committee of the Royal Society and British

Association, has been extended so as to give a complete

list of the species of this family of Coleoptera which are

known to occur in the West India Islands. The new

und some of the less well-known forms are described.

The synonymy generally has been revised; and notes

are in many cases added, which, it is hoped, may be of

use to the student in determining the species of some

of the more difficult groups.

The collections made on behalf of the Exploration

Committee—by Mr. H. H. Smith in Grenada, St.

‘Vincent, and a few of the neighbouring isles, and by Dr.

Nicholls and Mr. Ramage in Dominica—include about

forty species of Longicornia, of which twelve are now

described for the first time. Considering the limited

area explored, this seems a very good proportion of the

total number of species from the West India Islands,

viz., 217, which are recorded in the present paper.

Chevrolat published, in the year 1862, a list with the

names and descriptions of eighty species of Longicorma

which were then known to occur in the island of Cuba.

Messieurs Fleutiaux and Sallé have recently (Ann. Soc.

Ent. Fr., 1889) given a list of the Coleoptera of

Guadeloupe which includes thirty-nine species of the

same family. Much, of course, has yet to be done before

our knowledge of the Longicorn fauna of the West

Indies is anything like so complete as that of Central

and North America. An attempt to draw any general

conclusions from the nature of this fauna must, under

the circumstances, be somewhat premature.

Of the seventy-eight genera in which the West Indian

Longicorns have been grouped, about twenty are not

known to have representatives elsewhere. The species

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—PART I. (APRIL.)

80 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the

of some of the remaining genera, such as the African —

Phryneta and Philematiwm, have obviously been intro- ©

duced within the most recent times; while it is difficult

to say what importance is to be attached to the pretty —

large number of species which are common to the West |

Indies and the neighbouring American continent. Man

of the species, however, appear to be restricted to the

West Indian area. Amongst the most peculiar of these —

are, perhaps, the forms included in the Prionid group— —

the Solenopterine. Twenty-six species and five genera

of this group occur in the West Indies; while of the ©

remaining seven species, one, constituting the genus

Sphenostethus, is found in the middle states of North —

America, the others are spread from Mexico to Colombia.

The Curit of Leconte and Horn is another char- —

acteristically modified group, belonging to the Ceram- —

bycidze. 'l'wo species are known from the Scuthern —

States, one from British Honduras, and the remaining

two from the West Indies. The genus Hlaphidion, ©

represented by numerous endemic forms in the Antilles, —

is almost restricted in its range in America to the area

lying between Colombia and the Southern States. A ©

comparison of other genera and groups seems to point —

on the whole to a pretty close relation between the West —

Indian fauna and tkat of North-tropical America. |

PRIONIDA.

Paranpra, Latreille.

A. Pronotum with distinct postero-lateral angles.

1. Parandra levis, Latr., Gen. Crust. et. Ins., vol. iii.,

p. 28 (1802).

Hab. Haiti.

2. Parandra cubscola, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.,. 1862, q

p. 275.

Hab. Cuba and Porto Rico.

3. Parandra cribrata, Thoms., Musée Scientifique,

p- 87 (1860). |

Hab. Cuba—Havana.

Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 81

The preceding three species are somewhat closely

allied to one another. All have a slightly convex or

nearly flattened pronctum, which is distinctly narrowed —

from before backwards. In P. levis the head, prothorax

and elytra are rather feebly punctured, the punctures not

being very evident to the naked eye. P. cubxcola is

more thickly and more distinctly punctured, and in this

species also the sides of the pronotum are straighter

and less strongly convergent from before backwards.

P. cribrata, which in the shape of the pronotum re-

sembles P. /evis, is distinguishable from this as well as

from P. cubexcola, by its very strong and rather closely

placed punctures. ‘he front of its head also carries in

its upper part a distinct, but not very deep fossa.

B. Lateral margins of pronotum rounded off behind.

4. Parandra lineolata, Gory, Icon. Régne Anim., p. 207,

pl. 42, fig. 7.

Hab. St. Vincent (H. H. Smith), and Guadeloupe.

OrtTHoMEGAS, Serville.

5. Orthomegas connamomeus, Linn.

Cerambyx cinnamomeus, Linn., Syst. Nat., Hd. x.,

p. 889; Drury, Illustrations, vol.1., p. 89, pl. 40,

incre 2 |

Hab. Grenada (H. H. Smith); also Trinidad (Lady

Broome, Capt. Clark), Cayenne, and Amazons.

6. Orthomegas sericeus, Oliv.

Prionus sericeus, Oliv., Entomologie, iv., No. 66, p. 16,

pume, ae. 26 (1795); Beauvois, Ins. “Air. et.

Amer., p. 226, pl. 35, figs. 2 and 3.

Orthomegas sericews, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr. 1862,

p. 274.

Hab. Haiti (Beauvois), Cuba, and Porto Rico.

The male of this species differs so much in the form

and sculpturing of the pronotum from the males of other

Species of Orthomegas that I should be inclined to’form a

new genus for the species, were I not in doubt as to

whether it might not be rightly included in Chevrolat’s

genus Dendroblaptus. ,

_ TRANS. ENT. Soc. LOND. 1895.—parT I. (APRIL) 6

82 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the

STRONGYLASPIS, Thomson.

7. Strongylaspis scobinata, Thoms., Hssai Class. Ceramb.,

p. 313 (1860); Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862,

7 p- 2/2

Hab. Jamaica (Cockerell) ; Cuba (Poéy) ; and Mexico.

Denprosiaptus, Chevrolat.

8. Dendroblaptus barbiflavus, Chevr., Rev. et Mag. de

Zoologie, 1864, p. 179.

ab. Cuba.

I have not yet seen this species.

SrENODONTES, Serville.

9. Stenodontes damicornis, Linn.

Cerambyx damicornis, Linn., Mant. Plant. vi., p. 532 —

(1771) ; Drury, Illustrations i. 5 Pr Oo, - 38, fig. 1,

ii. Index (1778) ; Fab., Ent. Syst. try 2, pe 248.

(?) Cerambyx crenulatus, Diy, Biba )P. 86, pl. 38,

fig. 2, ii. Index (¢?).

Hab. Jamaica. |

10. Stenodontes chevrolati, Gahan, Ann. xed Mag. Nat.

Hist., ser. 6, vol. vi., p. 23 (1890).

Stenodontes damicornis, Chevr., Ann. Soe. Ent. Fr, §

1862, p. 278.

Hab. Cuba. ©

11. Stenodontes ewsertus, Oliv. :

Prionus exsertus, Oliv., Ent. iv., No. 66, p. 17, pl. 8:4

fig. 31; Beauvois, Ins. Afr, et Amer., p. 242, pl. 36,

fig. p. 7

Prionus mandibularis, Fabr., Syst. Eleuth. ii., p. 261.

Hab. Haiti, Porto B04 a4 North America.

Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 83

Matiopon, Serville.

12. Mallodon mazillosum, Drury.

Cerambyx maaillosus, Drury, Lllust. 1., p. 86, pl. 38,

ne. 3, 1. Index (1773).

_ Hab. Guadeloupe (Lherminier, Delauney, Vitrac),

Barbuda (see. Drury), and St. Christophers (Dyer).

In the Catalogue of Gemminger and Harold, Cuba is

given aS the locality of this species, apparently on the

authority of ‘l’homson (Physis 1., 2, p. 103), whose cita-

tions of localities are not to be always relied upon.

_ 18. Maullodon carptor, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862,

| p. 273.

_ Hab. Cuba (Poéy), Jamaica (J.J. Bowrey), and St.

_ Thomas (Chevr. collection).

_ The large male example from St. Thomas to which

_Chevrolat gave the manuscript name, M. hornbech,

_ exhibits no characters by which I can distinguish it from

other male examples of M. carptor, Chevr.

| 14. Mallodon spvnbarbe, Linn.

Cerambyx spimbarbis, Linn., Mus. Lud. Ulr., p. 67.

Hab. St. Vincent, ‘‘forest, in rotten wood” (H. H.

| Smith) ; and widely distributed in Tropical America.

OrtHosomas, Serville.

15. Orthosoma brunneum, Forster.

Cerambyx brunnews, Forst., Nov. Species Insect, p. 37

leg? 1h\:

Cerambya wnicolor, Drury, Illust. i., pl. 37, fig. 1, i.

Index (1773).

Prionus sulcatus, Oliv., Ent. iv., No. 66, p. 39, pl. 8,

fig. 27; Beauvois, Ins. Afr. et Amer., p. 226,

| pl. 35, fig. 4.

- Hab. Haiti (Beauvois) ; and North America.

This is a well-known species, some of the true

synonyms of which I have omitted, while I have intro-

duced one, viz., sulcatus, Oliv., which does not seem to

| me to be correctly given in other lists. I have not seen

any West Indian specimen of the species, and have given

Haiti as a locality on the authority of Beauvois.

sae

84, Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the

Hepurattes, Thomson.

16. Hephialtes tricostatus, Thoms.

Systema Cerambycidarum, p. 285 (1864).

Hab. Guadeloupe (Vitrac) and Cayenne.

I give this species on the authority of Messrs. Fleu-

tiaux and Sallé, who, however, quote it as a synonym of

Prionus sulcatus, Olivier and Beauvois. An examination —

of the figures given by the latter two authors will show —

that they cannot refer to H. tricostatus. I believe that I

am right in placing sulcatus, Oliv., above as a synonym —

of Orthosoma brunneum. I have been told by M. Sallé—

that the species received by him from Guadeloupe is

Hephialtes tricostatus. |

Monopesmus, Serville. )

17. Monodesmus callidioides, Serv., Ann. Soc. “Ent.” Fr, a

1832, p. 161; Chevr., ‘Aun, Fr., 1862, p. 268.

Hab. Cuba—Havana.

18. Monodesmus nothus, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., ©

1862, p. 269.

Hab. Jamaica (?).

Prostrernopes, Thomson.

19. Prosternodes cinnamipennis, Chevr.

Solenoptera cinnamipennis, Chevr., Rev. Zoologique —

1838, p. 281; Duval, Sagra’s Hist. Cuba Insect. | A

p: 258, pl. 10, fig. 11857). .

Prosternodes cinnamipennis, Thoms., Essai Class. deal

Ceramb., p. 307 (1860); Chevr., Ann. Soc. i=

Fr., 1862, Pii2i di 7

Hab. Cuba.

20. Prosternodes scutellatus, Gahan, Ann. and Mag. Nat.

Hist., ser. 6, vol. vi., p. 25 (1890). ;

Hab. Haiti.

21. Prosternodes dominicensis, Gahan, l.c., p. 26. |

Hab. Haiti. | 4

Longicorn Coleopiera of the West India Islands, 8»

22. Prosternodes oberthiri, sp. n. (PI. IL., fig. 1.)

Thickly and strongly punctured, pitchy-black, with a marginal

and a broader medio-dorsal longitudinal band on each elytron,

yellowish-testaceous. Prothorax with two strong dorsal ridges

between which lies a deep median furrow; with the lateral margins

in both sexes somewhat parallel, only slightly convergent an-

teriorly, and furnished with a series of very short blunt teeth ;

with the upperside grossly and closely, but somewhat irregularly,

punctured over the whole surface in the female, and over the

dorsal ridges and groove in the male, with each side of the pronotum

in the latter sex finely rugulose-punctate and opaque, but crossed

by a polished line which runs obliquely from the middle of the

dorsal ridge to the postero-lateral angle. The underside of the

body is nitid, and is furnished with a few scattered punctures; the

coxe, a spot at each side of the mesothorax, a band at the side of

the metathorax and also one on each side of the abdomen, are

silky white. The tarsi above are of a reddish-brown colour.

Antenne dark-brown or reddish-brown in colour. Long. 31-34,

lat. 93-11 mm.

Hab. Haiti (2). The locality from which the male

type came is unknown.

In the male type the dorsal band of oat elytron

widens out behind and joins the marginal band, so that

the whole apex is yellowish-testaceous in colour. In two

females seen the bands do not unite at the apex, and the

dorsal band does not quite reach the base in front. This

difference, however, is probably individual and not

sexual.

I have named this interesting species after M. René

Oberthiir, who has kindly lent me thetypesforexamination.

It offers characters which seem to be somewhat inter-

mediate between those of Prosternodes and Solenoptera.

- But 1 have referred it to the former genus because the

prosternal process is somewhat rounded and _ not

emarginate behind; and the sides of the pronotum are

less convergent anteriorly than is the case with the

species of Solenoptera.

DERANCISTRUS, Serville.

23. Derancistrus elegans, Beauvois.

Prionus elegans, Beauv., Ins. Afr. et Amer., p. 217,

pl. 34, fig. 5, 2 (1805).

en —

= aca SSR NONNAE TESTO

aa ana EEGEEa Tasman

ania

86 2 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the

(?) Prionus vittatus, Oliv., Entomologie iv., No. 65, ,

p. 30,pl 6, fis, 20, 3 (1795). |

Hab. Haiti.

SoLENopPTERA, Serville.

24. Solenoptera canaliculata, Fabr.

Prionus canaliculatus, Fabr., Mant. Ins. i., P- 130

(1787); 4

Solenoptera subeanaliculata, White, Cat. Longicornia —

B, M., p. 538 (1850). q

Var. S. aie (Bug. MS.), Gahan, Ann. and Mag. Nat.

Hist. (6) vi., p. 27.

(?) Prionus he aed Oliv., Ent. iv., No. 66, p. 25,

pi.:9; figs. 32,

Hab. Mustique it in the Grenadines, St. Vincent—

Windward side, Young I., and Becquia J. (H. H. Smith); —

also Trinidad. ;

Var. asteria. Martinique (Dej. D. Buquet) and Guade- —

loupe (Lherminier).

-Pronotum with a distinct furrow along the middle, with a —

single band of dense white pubescence in the furrow. Elytra —

black or dark-brown, rugosely punctured. Antenne dull black or —

brown. =

Var. asteria. Elytra reddish-brown. Antenne reddish-brown, —

and subnitid. 4

25. Solenoptera metallescens, Thoms., Hssai Class. des 4

Cerambycides, p. 306 (1860) ¥

Hab. Cuba (according to Thomson),

Pronotum with a distinct furrow along the middle. Furrow —

with a single band of dense white pubescence. Prothorax and —

elytra with a bronzy-brown tint, veiled by a sparse ashy-grey

pubescence. The species seems to come nearest to S. canaliculata,

from which it may be. easily distinguished by its colons and

pubescence.

26. Solenoptera sulcicollis, Thoms., Essai Class. des j

Cerambycides, p. 306 (1860); Fleut. and Sallé,

Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1889, pl. 8, fig. 15.

Hab. Guadeloupe (Lherminier, Delauney, and Vitrac). _

Pronotum with a distinct furrow along the middle. Furrow —

Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 87

with a single band of white pubescence. Elytra each with three

lines of white pubescence.

27. Solenoptera bilineata, Fabr.

Prionus bilineatus, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 163 (1775).

Hab. Guadeloupe and Santa Cruz.

Pronotum furrowed along the middle. Furrow with two narrow

bands or lines of white pubescence. Margins of: elytra yellow.

- 28. Solenoptera thome, Linn.

Cerambyx thome, Linn., Syst. Nat., Hd. xi., p. 623

(1766).

Prionus thome, Fabr., Syst. Hnt., p. 162; Oliv.,

Ent. iv., No. 66, p. 25, pl. 13, fig. 50.

Hab. St. Thomas and (?) Guadeloupe. One example

of the Dejeanian collection is ticketed Guadeloupe

(Latreille). :

In this species the pronotum is without a distinct

furrow along the middle; there is instead a shallow

triangular depression on the anterior half. ‘The margins

of the elytra are yellow.

29. Solenoptera quadrilineata, Oliv.

Prionus quadrilineatus, Oliv., Entomologie iv., No. 66,

p. 40, pl. 3, fig. 11 (1795).

Hab. Martinique (Géhin), and Guadeloupe (Latreille).

The pronotum is without a depression in the middle. On each

elytron are two lines of white pubescence.

30. *Solenoptera lateralis, Chevr., Bull. Soc. Ent.

France, 1877, p. xxxi.

Hab. Porto Rico.

31. Solenoptera parandroides, Lameere, C.R. Hnt. Soc.

Belge, 1885, p. x11.

Hab. Cuba.

Harmosternus, Gahan.

32. Harmosternus anthracmmus, Gahan, Ann. and Mag.

: Wat. Hist. (6) vi., p. 31 (1890).

Hab. Cuba.

* This species, which I have not seen, is placed by Gundlach in

the genus Prosternodes.

== SSS Se SS =

ae = SS =

= E — nae —-— = ’

— ===

2 SSS

—

———

2 So ere =

6S a aE © 7 rae ==

ee ert E ; ————

7 ee. fe ie ee ne

— = .- & Sea = ss os 4 —. —

ne Pe

Ne me

88 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the

Exateropsis, Chevrolat.

33. Hlateropsis lineata, Linn.

? Cerambysx lineatus, Linn., Syst. Nat., Ed. x., p. 389

(1758).

? Solenoptera lineata, Duval, Sagra’s Hist. Cuba,

p. 260, pl. 10, fig. 2.

? Hlateropsis lineata, Chevr. (partim), Ann. Soc. Ent.

Fr., 1862, p. 269; Gahan, Ann. and Mag. Nat,

Hist. (6) vi., p. 28.

é Prionus fuliginosus, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 160 (1775),

¢ Elateropsis subpunctatus, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent.

Pr, 1862, p. 271;

Hab. Jamaica and Cuba.

When writing on this group of beetles a few years ago

(op. supra cit.), 1 put forward the suggestion that the

forms, devoid of bands of white pubescence, and described —

as a distinct species by Fabricius, were really males of the

white-banded lineatus of Linneus. Mr. Cockerell, in —

looking up the literature bearing upon the natural history

of Jamaica, found that Gosse had previously made the same —

suggestion, of the truth of which I have since been ~

sufficiently convinced. For not only have the two forms ~

been taken in copula by a correspondent in Jamaica, ©

Mr. Wickham also has examples of H. rugosa taken in ©

copula, which exhibit the same sexual difference in re-—

spect of the white bands ; and some French collectors had

informed M, Sallé of a similar fact.

This example of a marked difference in the coloration

of the two sexes is of interest, because it is one of those

instances, very rare in the Coleoptera, as in other orders, -

in which the male is more simply, and apparently less ;

conspicuously coloured than the female.

The dissimilarity of coloration in the sexes of this genus .

occurs only, as far as I know, in three species, viz., H.

lineata, Hi. punctata, and H. rugosa. In EH. scabrosa, whiolt

is evidently very closely allied to EL. punctata, the females —

resemble the males in being without pubescent white

bands, whereas the males of the two species are so much

a that it becomes a matter of difficulty to distinguish

them.

Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 89

34. Hlateropsis punctata, Gahan, Ann. and Mag. Nat.

Hist. (6) vi., p. 27 (1890).

Hab. Cuba.

Hasily distinguished from H. lineata, Linn., which it

much resembles in general appearance, and in the

character of the sexes, by having the elytra thickly and

distinctly punctured, the punctures being at once evident

to the naked eye. ‘he males are very like those of

H. scabrosa, but are not so dark in coloration, and the

elytra are somewhat less strongly punctured ; the females

differ from those of scabrosa in being also somewhat less

strongly and thickly punctured, and more especially, in

Eaving a very distinct band of white pubescence along

the middle of each elytron.

30. Hlateropsis scabrosa, Gahan, Ann. and Mag. Nat.

Hist. (6) vi. p. 29 (1890).

Eilateropsis fuliqinosus, Chevr. (nec Fab.), Ann. Soc.

Ent. Fr., 1862, p. 271.

Solenoptera scabrosa (Chevr. MS8S.), White, Cat.

Longicornia B, M., p. 53.

Hab. Cuba.

36. Hlateropsis rugosa, Gahan, l.c., p. 28.

Hab. Bahamas—Eleuthera I. (Wickham).

Resembling in form the preceding species. Males without,

females with bands of white pubescence. Elytra coarsely punc-

tured, the punctures closely placed and forming a sort of rugosity ;

antenne varyingin colour from dark testaceous to dark brown.

The locality of this species was unknown to me when

I first described it; but I have since seen an example

from Mr. Wickham’s collection which was taken in the

Island of Eleuthera.

37. Hlateropsis ebeninus, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr,

1862, p. 271.

Hab. Jamaica.

38. Hlateropsis femoratus, Sallé.

Solenoptera femorata, Sallé, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1855,

p. 270, pl. 14, fig. 5.

Hab. Haiti—near the town of Santo-Domingo (Sallé).

Dull black ; closely and strongly punctured. Femora ferrugi-

_hous-red, with the apices black. Prothorax cribled with strong

_ the third to the seventh a little more dilated, and the last four

90 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the

punctures, with a groove along the middle and a smooth space

towards the apex ; lateral margins feebly denticulate. Scutellum

triangular, punctured. LElytra strongly punctured throughout.

Underside black, nitid, sparsely and finely punctured, with the

punctures bearing short fulvous hairs. The female differs from

the male in having the antenne more punctured, the joints from

smaller ; the tibia are reddish at their extremity. Long, 22-24, —

lat. 8-9 mm.

This species, which I have not seen, is probably most

nearly allied to H. ebeninus, Chevr., from which it is cal i

distinguished by its red femora. }

39. Elateropsis quinquenotata, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. 7

go 1862, p. 271. 3

Hab. Cuba. |

40, Hlateropsis reticulata, Gahan, Ann. and Mag. Nat.

Hist. (6) vi., p. 30 (1890), 4

Hab. Cuba.

Al. Hlateropsis sericeiventris, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. ria

| 1862, p. 270.

Hab. Cuba (Poéy).

42. Hlateropsis fulvipes, Chevr., l.c., p. 270.

Hab. Cuba (Poéy).

43, Hlateropsis fimbriata, Chevr., Ann. Fr., 1862, p. orm

Hab. Cuba—Havana (Poéy). 7

44, Hlateropsis venusta, Chevr., l.c., p. 270.

Hab. Cuba.

CERAMBYCIDA.

Smopicum, Haldeman. fon

45. Smodicum impressicolle, Lacord., Genera ix., p. 146 _

(2), (1869) ; Thoms., Rev. et Mag. Zool., 1878, p. 9.

Hab. Haiti (Tweedie) and Cuba. | s

Lacordaire gives both islands. JI have only seen

examples from Haiti.

46. Smodicwm brunneum, Thoms., Rev. et Mag. de Zool.,

£373, 'p. 7.

Smodicwm similare, Thoms., l.c., p. 8.

Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 91

Hab. Haiti (type of similare, according to Thomson)

and Colombia.

Through the kindness of M. René Oberthiir I have

seen the type of S. similare, Thoms., but can discover no

characters of importance by which to distinguish it from

Colombian examples of S. brunnewm (Chevr.), Thoms.

47. Smodicum miserum, Thoms., l.c., p. 8.

Hab. Haiti.

Enosmzus, Thomson.

48. Hnosmeus cubanus, Thoms., Rev. et Mag. de Zool.,

ios, os HOS

Hab. Cuba.

Ferruginous brown, with the thickened part of the femora and

| the elytra of a paler, somewhat yellowish tint. Prothorax strongly

rounded at the sides, somewhat flattened, or very feebly convex

_ above, with a very short constricted part at the base distinctly

_ marked off from the rest by a transverse groove ; surface opaque,

owing to its fine granulation, except along a linear mid-dorsal

space, which is smooth and nitid. Elytra very slightly nitid,

closely punctured. Femora each in the form of a stout fusiform

club with a short stalk at the base, increasing in length from the

anterior to the posterior pair. First joint of hind tarsi as long as

_ the three succeeding joints together. Antenne ciliated ; 4th joint

a little shorter than 3rd or 5th, 6th about equal to 5th, 7th to 9th

_ gradually increasing in length.

This species somewhat closely resembles Oylindera

_pilicornis, Fab., but appears to me to be rightly placed in

a distinct genus. The prosternum is, in front of the

coxe, somewhat concave from before backwards; the

intercoxal piece is narrow, triangular in form, and ends

behind in a mere point; the coxal cavities, open behind,

_have a rounded outline on the outside. The intercoxal

_piece of the mesosternum is not much wider than that of

| the prosternum, and is also triangular in form.

Thomson’s type, kindly lent me by M. Oberthiir, is

_ the only example of the species which I have seen.

48a. Arxspor longicollis, Thoms., /.c., p. 15.

= Ceresium angustulwm, Fairm., Ann. Fr., 1881, p. 474.

Hab. Cuba (apud Thomson) ; and Fiji Islands.

This is a doubtful West Indian species.

92 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the

AcHRYSON, Serville.

49. Achryson surinamum, Linn.

Cerambyx surinamus, Linn., Syst. Nat., Hd. xii., p. 632

(1766). zq

Cerambyz longicollis, Degeer, Mém. v., p. 117, pl. iv .

fig. D1:

Stenocorus circwmflexus, Fabr., Mant. Insect. 1., p. 144;

Oliv., Ent. iv., No. 67, p. ‘13 7, pl. 23, fig. 182. =

Stenocorus pallens, Fabr., Ent. Syst. 1., 2, p. 297,

Cerambyx surinamensis, fol .y Nb. Ve, No. 67, p. 42,

pl. 13, fig. 93.

Hab. Grenada and St. Vincent (Hd. H. Smith),

Dominica (Dr. Nicholls), Guadeloupe (Delauney and

Vitrac), Antigua, Haiti, Cuba, and Jamaica; also Guiana,

Colombia, Central America, and Southern States of

North America.

50. Achryson ornatipenne, Perrond, Ann. Soe. Linn.

Lyon, ser. 2, vol. i1., p. 383 Beka

Hab. Guadeloupe.

This species is evidently very distinct ia A. surina-

mum, Linn., although given aS a synonym by Messieurs

Fleutiaux and Sallé in their list of the Coleoptera of —

Guadeloupe. It is a dark-brown insect, with some tes-

taceous markings on the elytra. The prothorax is

entirely covered with greyish-tawny hairs, except over

three narrow denuded bands along the upper side. The

elytra are briefly truncate at the apex, and do not ter-

minate in a spine. The species is nearly allied to Achryson

meticulosum (Dej. MS.), and to A. hirsutulum, Bates.

Indeed, I am not certain that the three are not referable

to one and-the same species. But I have not yet seen a

typical form of ornatypenne from Guadeloupe. :

CutoripA, Serville.

51. Chlorida festiva, Linn,

Cerambya festivus, Linn., Syst. Nat., Ed. x., p. 359.

Drury, Illustrations 1., p. 84, pl. 37, fig. 5.

Cer pee pis Degeer, Mém. Way Wa 00, pl. 18 f

fig. |

Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 98

Cerambyx sulcatus, Oliv., Ent. iv., No. 67, p. 28,

pl. 16, fig. 113.

Hab. Grenada and St. Vincent (H. H. Smith), Bar-

badoes (R: E. Frampton), Dominica (Dr. Nicholls),

Guadeloupe (Delauney and Vitrac), Antigua (sec.

Lameere), Porto Rico, Cuba and Jamaica; also occurs in

Trinidad, and in South and Central America

PanToMALLus, Lacordaire.

52. Pantomallus inermis, Fleut. and Sallé, Ann. Soe.

| Hat. Fr., 1889, p. 461.

Hab. Guadeloupe (Moufilet).

This species is quoted by Messieurs Fleutiaux and

Sallé as being the Hburia inermis of Dejean, and the

_ binodosa of Chevrolat; but 1 can find no species in the

Dejean-Chevrolat collection to which their description

_ will apply ; whereas there are two distinct species ticketed

respectively Hburia inermis, Dej., and Hburia binodosa,

Chevr., neither of which possesses the distinctive charac-

ters of the genus Pantomallus. These two species are

described in the following pages as Hburia dejeani and

Hbwria binodosa.

Esorta, Serville.

53. Hburia tetrastalacta, White, Cat. Longicornia Brit.

Mus., p. 89.

)

Cerainbyx quadrimaculatus, Drury (nec Linn.), Illus-

trations 1. p. 84, pl. 37, fig. 3, 11. Index.

Hab. Jamaica.

54, Hburia quedrigeminata, Say.

Stenocorus quadrigeminata, Say, Journ. Acad. Philad.

We 2, p. 270 (1827).

Hburia quadrigeminata, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.,

1862, p. 265.

Hab. Cuba; and North America.

do. Hburva msulana, sp. n.

With the testaceous ground-colour veiled by a rather dense

fawn-coloured pubescence which covers almost the entire surface

of the insect. Prothorax thickly punctured, but with the punc-

94, Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the

tures almost concealed by the pubescence ; furnished on the disk

with two small reddish or blackish tubercles, and on each side with

a short median spine and a small anterior reddish callosity. Elytra

closely punctured, but with the punctures distinctly visible only

where the pubescence is rubbed off ; each with two pairs of ivory

spots, with the spots of the basal pair slightly elongated, almost in

contact in front, but slightly diverging behind, with the inner spot

of the mid-elytral pair very small, or even entirely wanting, the

outer spot about equal in size to one of the anterior pair. Apex

of elytron truncate, with a very short tooth at each of the angles.

Femora of middle and posterior pairs bidentate at apex, with the

teeth rather short and of nearly equal length. Long. bea mm,

Hab. St. Vincent (H. H. Smith).

This species has a close general resemblance, but does

not seem to be closely allied, to H. patruelis, Bates.

The thorax is very differently punctured.

56. Hburia postica, White, Cat. Longicornia Brit. Mus.,

p. 89.

Hab. Jamaica.

Upper side of head and prothorax with a fine golden pubescence.

The two dorsal tubercles and the lateral spines of the prothorax

black, Elytra scarcely pubescent, strongly punctured, each with

two ill-defined ivory spots posteriorly in addition to the anterior

and middle pairs; with a blackish patch at the hind end of the

anterior pair, and at each end of the middle pair of spots; spines

at the apex of middle and hind femora strong, with the posterior

spines of each pair longer than the anterior.

07. Hburia decemmaculata, Fab.

Cerambyx 10-maculatus, Fab., Syst. Ent., p. 181

(1775) ; Oliv., Ent. iv., No. 67, p. 44, pl. 12, fig. 86

(1795).

Cerambyx 5-maculatus, Fab., Hunt. Syst. 1., 2, P- 296

(1792).

Hab. Guadeloupe (Delauney, Vitrac) and St. Bar-

tholomew.

58. Hburia dejeam, sp. n.

E. wnermis (De}j. Cat.).

Testaceous. Prothorax unarmed at the sides in both sexes, with

two pearl-grey pubescent patches on each side above, the middle

nearly naked, punctured, with a smooth central area. Elytra

strongly and closely punctured, scarcely pubescent, each with two

Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 95

pairs of ivory-yellow spots, with the inner spot of basal pair a

little longer than the outer, with the inner spot of median pair

harely shorter than the outer; apex of each elytron feebly

bidentate, with the teeth subequal in length. Underside in both

sexes with a silvery-grey pubescence across the pro- and meso-

sterna and along the sides of the breast and abdomen. Coxal

cavities closed in externally. Femora of the middle and hind pairs

bidentate at the apex, with the anterior tooth of each very short.

Third joint of the antenne slightly longer than the fourth.

Mate. Prothorax slightly bulged out at the sides, with the

swollen area thickly and rather strongly punctured, and continuous

with a similarly strongly punctured and slightly convex area

crossing the underside.

Hab. Guadeloupe and Martinique.

‘This species is nearly allied to Hburia thoracica, White.

Though the male resembles Pantomallus inermis, FI.

and Sallé, in having the sides of prothorax unarmed and

somewhat swollen, the species may be distinguished by

the presence of two clearly distinct, though closely

approximated, spots at the base of each elytron, of two

short teeth, instead of a single spine, at the apex, and,

further (it is to be presumed), by the well-marked

characters which distinguish the genus Hburia from

Pantomallus.

59. Hburia binodosa (Chevr. MS.).

(?) Cerambyx quadromaculatus, Linn., Syst. Nat. xii.,

p. 626.

(?) C. ramphygeus, Linn., l.c., p. 633.

Testaceous. Prothorax alveolate-punctate, with the shallow

punctures slightly veiled by a short greyish pubescence ; the disk

with two small slightly-raised black tubercles. Hlytra very closely

and distinctly punctured from the base to beyond the middle,

scarcely pubescent over this punctured area, but covered with a

silky fulvous-grey pubescence on the posterior third or fourth ;

each with two pairs of rather large and elongated ivory spots, with

the spots of each pair in close contact along their whole length,

with the outer spot of the basal pair a little shorter than the inner,

the inner spot of the mid-elytral pair (which are longer than the

basal pair) a little shorter than the outer ; apex of each elytron

bispinose, with the sutural much shorter than the outer spine.

Breast and abdomen covered with a silky grey pubescence, which

exhibits a silvery sheen in certain lights. Legs yellowish-

testaceous; femora of middle and hind pairs bispinose at the apex,

96 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the

with the posterior (or inner) spine of each about twice as long as

the anterior spine.

Mae. Prothorax with a small spine just behind the middle of

each side ; with a strongly punctured transverse area underneath,

which extends outwards and expands as a slightly convex area on

each side.

Fem. Prothorax with an almost obsolete tubercle or callosity

behind the middle of each side, and with a similar black-coloured

tubercle between this and the anterior margin.

Hab. Porto Rico (6 and ¢), Guadeloupe (Lher-

minier), and St. ‘l’homas (? ¢ only).

This species seems to answer better than any I have

yet seen to Linné’s description of Cerambyx quadri-

maculatus. Fabricius’s description of Stenocorus quadrt-

maculatus does not appear to have been based upon any

actual specimens, and is evidently a mere repetition of

that given by Linné.

60. Hburia octomaculata, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.,

1862, p. 260.

Hab. Dominica (Ramage and Dr. Nicholls), Guade-

loupe (Delauney and Vitrac) and Cuba (Chevr. collection).

The prothorax is distinctly spined at the sides in both sexes of

this species; it is somewhat naked and transversely rugose in the

middle above ; on each side there is a greyish silky patch of

pubescence emarginate on its upper border. On the underside of

the prothorax in the male there is a strongly-punctured transverse

and convex area clothed with a rather thick silky pubescence, and

extending on each side as far as the lateral spine.

61. Hburia stigma, Oliv.

Cerambyx stigma, Oliv., Entomologie iv., No. 67,

p.. 126, pl. 23, fig. 18v.

Eburia dwalu, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862, p. 266.

Hab. Haiti and Cuba; also Nicaragua and N. America.

Usually of a brownish-testaceous colour, veiled by a rather

dense greyish pubescence. Prothorax spined on the middle of each

side, and with a very small obtuse tubercle between this and the

anterior margin ; the disk with two small and acute black tubercles

a little in front of the middle. Elytra closely'and rather strongly

punctured from the base to beyond the middle, with the punctures

thence quickly diminishing in number and size, so that the pos-

terior third is almost entirely impunctate ; each with two pairs of

se 0 semaipmdh bctithantid

oe} 7

a rm a Ie ile ant

Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 97

ivory spots-; with the outer spot of the basal pair very small, and

sometimes (as in the type) reduced to the merest trace, the outer

spot of the mid-elytral pair longer than the inner spot ; with an

obtuse costa passing backwards from the last-mentioned spot as far

as the top of the rather steep posterior slope of the elytron, and

with a slight depression or channel lying between this costa and

the sutural edge, with a somewhat similar, but longer, costa on the

side of the elytron in its posterior two-thirds, and with a third,

very feebly raised, and scarcely evident costa passing back from

the outer spot of the median pair ; this costa bare of pubescence,

and appearing as a dark line, which is also the appearance of the

inner costa when rubbed bare of pubescence. A small patch in

front of the middle spots is always bare of pubescence, and

appears as a darker-coloured and strongly punctured area. Apex

of each elytron bispinose, the sutural spine less than half as long

as the external spine. Apices of the middle and hind femora

bispinose, with the posterior spine of each nearly twice as long as

the anterior.

Chevrolat’s Hbwra duvalic was based on small un-

rubbed specimens from Cuba, in which the outer elytral

spot of the basal pair is distinct, and in which the inner

posterior costa, being covered with pubescence, seems to

have escaped his observation.

A specimen in the British Museum collection, originally

received by Dejean from Beauvois, and ticketed Carolina,

was considered by Chevrolat to be the type of Olivier’s

Cerambyz stigina.

62. Hburia consobrina, Duval, Sagra’s Hist. Cuba, Ins.,

p. 265, pl.d0) fig. 6 (1857).

EHburia pedestris, White (partim), Cat. Longicornia

B. M., p. 88 (1853).

Hleutho consobrina, Thoms., Syst. Ceramb., p. 242.

Hab. Cuba and Jamaica.

The specimen from Jamaica (Gosse coll.) which White

described as the male of pedestris really belongs to con-

sobrina, Duy., which may be distinguished by the struc-

ture of its antennz. These are dark in coloration.

The first three or four joints are (at least, in the male)

scabrous, the first has a broad channel or depression in

front, the third and fourth have each a feeble groove

anteriorly, the third is scarcely as long as the fourth, the

joits from the third to the ninth or tenth have each an

acute angle or tooth at their lower distal end, and the

eleventh joint is very long.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—PART I. (APRIL.) 7

98 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the

63. EHburia cinnamomea, Fleut. and Sallé, Ann. Soc. Ent.

Fr., 1889, p. 463.

Hab. Guadeloupe.

I have not seen this species, and cannot say to which

it is most nearly allied.

It is described as being entirely of a yellowish colour, without

ivory spots, covered above and below with a lighter-coloured

pubescence. The prothorax is irregularly rounded upon the sides,

furnished with small tubercles at the base, with the lateral spines

long and slender. Elytra with three feeble coste, between which

they are closely punctured ; apex of each bispinose. Femora of

two hinder pairs bispinose at their extremity. The antennae,

reddish at base, yellowish towards apex, have the basal joint

thickened at the extremity, the third joint long and slender, the

following joints subequal to another, and each shorter than the

third. Long. 27 mm.

64. Hburia sericea, Sallé, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1855,

p. 271, pl. 14, fig. 6.

Hab. Haiti—Bany (Sallé).

Entirely covered with a shining silky pubescence of an ashy-grey

colour. Antenne a third longer than the body, pitch-coloured,

covered with a dense pubescence, and furnished below with long

sparse hairs, joints 3rd to 11th subequal in length. Prothorax as

long as broad, with the anterior margin rounded, posterior bi-

sinuate, four tubercles on the disk, and one on each side. Elytra

sparsely punctured with large asperate, setigerous punctures ; apex

of each bispinose, sutural spine very short. Underside of body

reddish, with a grey pubescence, Femora of two hinder pairs each

ending in two black spines. Tarsi and inner side of tibize covered

with fulvous hairs. Long. 20, lat. 5 mm.

This well-marked species, which I have not yet seen,

ought, perhaps, to be taken as the representative of a

new genus.

65. Eburia pulverea, Chevr.

Celeburia pulverea, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862,

p- 266.

Drymo pulverea, Thoms., Syst. Ceramb., p. 242;

Lacord., Genera viil., p. 292.

Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 99

(?) Cerambyx didymus, Oliv., Ent. iv., No. 67, p. 125,

plie23, fies 179.

Hab. Cuba—Havana {Poéy).

This species was taken by Thomson as the type of his

genus Drymo, which can scarcely be considered distinct

from Hburia.

The head is somewhat more strongly concave between the antennal

tubers ; the antenne longer, with first and third joints scabrous

the eleventh joint very long. Prothorax somewhat transverse,

rounded and unarmed at the sides in the male, armed with a short

Spine in the female.

I suspect that it was a male of this species which

served Olivier as the type of his Cerambyx didymus.

The peculiar form of thorax shown in his figure exists

in no other species known to me; and in other

respects his figure and description apply fairly well to

Chevrolat’s male type.

Esuropacrys, Thomson.

66. Hburodacrys havanensis, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.,

3 1862, p. 267.

Hab. Cuba; also Venezuela, Costa Rica, and Ni-

caragua.

ELAPHIDION, Serville.

Section I. Prosternum truncate behind. Third and

fourth joints of the antennze spined at their postero-

distal angle only.

67. Elaphidion irroratum, Linn.

Cerambyzx irroratus, Linn., Syst. Nat., Ed. xi1., p. 633

(1766) ; Drury, Ilust.i., p. 92, pl. 4], fig. 3.

Cerambyx bidens, Oliv., Ent. iv., No. 67, pl. 17, fig. 125.

Hlaphidion ordinatum, Newm.

Hilaphidion tessellatum, Newm.

Hab. St. Bartholomew, Haiti (Tweedie), Jamaica,

Cuba; Honduras, Nicaragua, Mexico, and North America.

The figured type of Olivier’s bidens is only a light-

coloured and rubbed specimen of this species. ‘The

bidens of Fabricius may, however, be distinct.

100 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the

68. Hlaphidion quadrituberculatum, Chevr., Ann. Soe.

Ent. Fr., 1862, p. 259.

Hab. Cuba—Havana.

Smaller and darker than irroratum, Linn., and ques-

tionably distinct.

69. Hlaphidion tomentosum, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.,

1862, p. 260 (¢d); Gahan, Ann. Mag. Nat.

Hist. (6) vi., p. 32.

Hab. Haiti, and Cuba.

Clothed above with a rather thick greyish pubescence, which is

not very regularly distributed over the elytra. Prothorax with

three naked callosities on the disk, one median; and one on each

side of the middle anteriorly. Two other callosities are, in some

examples, seen at the base, and are more widely distant from one

another than the two anterior ones. Each side of the prothorax

bears two very small and scarcely perceptible tubercles, one

median, the other situated anteriorly. Elytra each bispinose at

the apex, with the sutural spine shorter than the outer one.

This species is closely allied to H. mucronatum, Say,

and is to be distinguished only by the more strongly

punctured sides of the prothorax, and the shorter spines

at the apices of the posterior femora.

70. EHlaphidion glabratum, Fabr.

Stenocorus glabratus, Fabr., Ent. Syst. 1., 2, p. 295

(1792).

Hlaphidion mite, Newm., The Entomologist, i, p. 27

(1840).

Elaphidion cvonfusus (Dej. Cat.).

Hab. Guadeloupe (Dej., D. Latreille), St. Bartholo-

mew, St. Thomas; and Brazil (i. Walker), according to

indication of locality on Newman’s types.

Newman described as H. glabratwm some examples

which are referable to the North American species, L.

mucronatum, Say. ‘These examples bear no indication of

locality beyond “‘ West Indies,” in Newman’s own hand-

writing, and are more than likely to have come from

North America,

71, Llaphidion insulare, Newm., The Entomologist, i.,

p. 27 (1840).

Hab. Nevis I.

Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 101

Very closely allied to H. mite, Newm., and possibly

not a distinct species. It was founded on a single

specimen which appears to be somewhat rubbed. The

‘prothorax seems to be more strongly punctured at the

sides than in mite; and the pubescence of the elytra is

much broken up and reduced to scattered elongated

spots or patches of an ashy-grey colour. In mite the

pubescence is pretty evenly spread over the elytra, being

broken only by a few linear glabrous tracts, and is of a

luteous-grey colour.

Section II. Prosternum truncate behind. Third and

fourth joints of the antennze spined at both the distal

angles.

72, Hlaphidion spinicorne, Drury.

Cerambyx spinicorne, Drury, Ill. Hixot. Ins. 1., p. 92,

ple iene A i Index (1773).

Hab. Porto Rico, Haiti and Jamaica.

73. Hlaphidion conspersum, Newm., The Entomologist,

1, p. 110 (1841).

Hab. Tortola, Haiti, and (?) Jamaica.

This species may be easily recognized by the numerous

tawny pubescent spots scattered over the elytra, with

the intervening spaces almost naked, glossy, and of a

reddish-brown colour.

One example of Pascoe’s collection is ticketed Jamaica,

but this indication of locality may be wrong.

74, Hlaphidion lanatwm, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. I'r.,

1862, p. 260.

Hab. Cuba (Poéy).

Covered above with a dense light-grey pubescence ;

that of the prothorax interrupted by three glabrous

dark-brown spots on the disk.

75. Hlaphidion excelsum, sp. n.

EH. cinctipenne (Chev. MS.).

Dark brown and nitid where bare of pubescence. Head and

prothorax with a tawny pubescence ; the prothorax with a mid-

dorsal, elongated and slightly raised space, and a callosity on each

102 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the

side of the disk anteriorly naked. Elytra dark-brown, nitid and

distinctly but not very closely punctured; with a tawny pubescence

confined to a narrow basal area, a sutural and a marginal band, and

a few spots isolated from the sutural band a little in front of the i"

middle. Legs and abdomen sparsely, the sides of the breast more |

densely pubescent.

MALE, with the prothorax more regularly rounded at the sides ;

with a narrower glabrous and somewhat linear space along the

middle of the disk.

FEMALE, with the sides of the prothorax less regular in outline ; 3

and the callous space on middle of disk broader and more distinctly

raised. Long. 33, lat. 8} mm.

Hab. Guadeloupe—Pointe-a-Pitre (Lherminier) Chev- 4

rolat collection. |

76, Hlaphidion albosignatum, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.,

: 1862, p. 259.

Hab. Cuba.

A strongly marked species, with the elytra and prothorax jet

black, glossy and very sparsely punctured. A line on each side of

the pronotum, and seven or eight spots, some elongated, on each

elytron, of a greyish-white colour; a line low down on each side of

the prothorax, a line on each side of the hind-breast, and a series of

spots on each side of the abdomen also white.

Section III. Prosternum simply arched behind. An-

tennee with a posterior series of spines only. (Genus

Thersalus, Pascoe = Hypermallus, Lacordaire.)

77. Sepa transversum, White, Cat. Longe. Brit.

Masi. 2101,

Hab. Jamaica.

78. Hlaphidion mutatum, Gahan, Ann. and Mag. Nat.

Hist. (6) vi., p. 32 (1890).

H. tomentosum, 2, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862,

p-. 260.

Hab. Cuba—Havana (Poéy); and Florida.

79, Hlaphidion guttiwentre, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.,

1862, p. 261.

Hab. Cuba.

Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 103

80. Hlaphidion subfascoatwm (Chevr. MS.), sp. n.

Reddish-brown, with the legs and the posterior fourth or fifth

of the elytra of a paler yellowish tint. Head sparsely pubescent ;

closely punctured. Prothorax covered with a short, close greyish

pubescence, which in the male has a more silky lustre. Elytra

rather closely and not very strongly punctured ; with an ashy-grey

pubescence scattered in small patches, which are more closely

aggregated and form a somewhat ill-defined transverse band just in

front of the middle. Apex of each elytron truncate in a slightly

eblique direction, and unarmed, in the male type; slightly

emarginate and somewhat bluntly toothed at each angle in the

female type. Underside of body rather thinly pubescent on the

abdomen and middle of the breast, more densely on the sides of

the latter. The abdomen of a more distinctly reddish colour than

the rest of the underside. Antennz sparsely pubescent, fourth

joint distinctly shorter than third or fifth ; joints from the third

to seventh or eighth with a spine at the postero-distal angle.

Mare. Antenne a little longer than the body. Prothorax

larger, and slightly longer in proportion, more densely pubescent,

more regularly rounded at the sides; the disk with a narrow,

median and slightly raised blackish line.

FEMALE, Antenne scarcely longer than the body. Disk of

prothorax with three feeble tubercles. Long. 8—10 mm.

Hab. Guadeloupe—Pointe-a-Pitre (Lherminier).

This species somewhat resembles H. mutatwm, Gahan,

but is much narrower; the thorax is relatively longer,

and the apices of the elytra are unarmed, or only very

shortly mucronate.

81, Hlaphidion nanum, Fabr.

Stenocorus nanus, Fabr., Ent. Syst. i., 2, p. 300 (1792).

Callidium cinereum, Oliv., Ent. iv., No. 70, p.69, pl. 8,

fie. 102 (1795).

Hlaphidion cinerewm, Chevr., Ann. Fr., 1862, p. 261.

Hab. Haiti, and Cuba—Havana (Poéy).

A rather small species, with the prothorax entirely grey when

not rubbed bare of pubescence. A median dorsal line is, however,

often laid bare, and is seen to be closely punctured. Elytra

testaceous, with a greyish pubescence which is not quite uniformly

distributed ; each has a blackish line extending from the base to

about the beginning of the posterior third or fourth, and, in some

104, Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the

specimens, a second dark line internal to it and extending only a

very short distance from the base. A dark area is seen also in

many specimens just in front of the middle of the elytron. The

apex of each elytron varies in form, in some specimens being

somewhat rounded off from the outside towards the suture, in

others truncate. The antenne are a little longer than the body in

the male ; the fourth joint is scarcely shorter than the third, and a

little shorter than the fifth.

In giving this description I have had before me a

number of specimens from Haiti and Cuba, including one

considered by Chevrolat to be the actual type of Call-

dium cinereum, Olivier.

82. Hlaphidion thome, sp. n.

Elaphidion nanum, Chevr. (and Hornebeck), Ann. Soc.

Ent. Fr., 1862, p. 261.

' Very like the preceding species ; but with the antennz longer

and somewhat slenderer, with the third joint distinctly longer than

the fourth. Prothorax similar in form, but with a smooth naked

line or callosity on the middle of the disk. Elytra with a similar

greyish pubescence, but without exhibiting any blackish lines.

Hab. St. Thomas (Dr. Hornebeck).

According to Chevrolat this species was determined by

Dr. Hornebeck from Fabricius’s type. ‘“ Hlytra grisea,

lineis duabus longitudinalibus, abbreviatis, nigris,” is,

however, not true of the present species, but admirably

fits the preceding one. .

83. Hlaphidion lucidum, Oliv.

Callidium lucidum, Oliv., Ent. iv., No. 70, p. 59, pl. 7,

fio. 86.

C. elevatum, Schonh., Syn. Insect, i., 3, p. 409.

Hab. Haiti.

84, Hlaphidion fullonium, Newm., The Entomologist, i.,

p. 110 (1841).

Hab. Haiti.

_Ihave not yet seen any examples that I could refer to

either of the two preceding species. —

Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 108

85. Hlaphidion villosum, Fabr.

Stenocorus villosus, Fabr., Ent. Syst.i., 2, p. 302 (1792).

Hlaphidion pruinosum, Guérin, Icon. Régne An. i,

p. 220; Chevr., Ann. Fr., 1862, p. 260.

Hab. Cuba; and North America.

86. Hlaphidion pulverulentum, Oliv.

Callidiwm pulverulentum, Oliv., Ent. iv., No. 70, p. 69,

pl. $;fig. 101 (1795).

Hlaphidion parallelum, Newm., The Entomologist, 1.,

p: 29.

Hab. Cuba; and North America.

This species is scarcely distinct from the preceding.

Both are narrow, elongate species, with cylindrical

prothorax. The types of Newman and Olivier are,

however, smaller and narrower; the pale pubescent

patches on the pronotum are linear in form; the

prothorax in Newman’s type seems to be relatively a

trifle longer than in Olivier’s. Leconte gives the greater

length of the prothorax as one of the chief differences

between parallelum and villoswm, but this seems to me a

rather doubtful distinction.

87. Hlaphidion signaticolle, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent, Fr.,

1862, p. 261.

Hab. Cuba.

This is a somewhat aberrant and easily recognized

species. The antenne are rather long. The prothorax

is spotted above with a number of pubescent white

patches. The elytra are reddish-brown with a faint

greyish pubescence. The femora are all thickened

beyond the middle into a fusiform club, narrowed again

towards the apex.

PrErinaum, Thomson.

88. Peribeewm poeyi, Guér.

Hlaphidion poeyi, Guér., Rev. Zoologique, 1838, p. 284 ;

Duval, Sagra’s Hist. Cuba, Ins., p. 267, pl. 11, fig. 1.

Nephalius poeyi, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862,

p. 268.

Hab. Cuba.

106 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the

89, Periboeum insulanum, sp. n.

Reddish-testaceous and nitid; elytra pale yellowish-testaceous

and also nitid. Prothorax minutely and very sparsely punctured,

each of the punctures carrying a rather long erect hair; with a

slight tuberosity on the middle of each side; with three very

slightly raised tubercles on the disk, immediately in front of the

basal transverse groove, of which the middle one is larger and

somewhat oblong in shape. Hlytra distinctly but somewhat

sparingly punctured ; each terminated at the apex in two spines—a,

very short one at the suture, and a somewhat longer one on the

outside. Posterior femora bidentate at the apex, femora of the

two anterior pairs unarmed. Anteunez sparsely ciliate, with the

first joint reddish and nitid, the succeeding joints faintly pubescent,

those from the third to the eighth armed at the postero-distal angle

with a sharp spine. Long. 11, lat. 2} mm.

Hab. Jamaica (Cockerell).

This species resembles Periboeeum fragile, Bates, but

the form of the prothorax is different, the elytra are not

tipped with black, and their external apical spines are

shorter, as are also those of the posterior femora.

90. Peribewm insulare, White.

Spherion insulare, White, Cat. Col. B. M. Longic.,

p. 109 (1851).

Hab. Jamaica (Gosse).

Entirely testaceous, with ,the elytra and legs slightly paler in

tint than the other parts. Prothorax somewhat rounded at. the

sides, closely alveolate-punctate. Elytra strongly and very closely

punctured, except on the posterior fourth or fifth ; each bispinose

at the apex. Antennz neither carinate nor grooved, but slightly

flattened above ; joints 3rd to 7th or 8th each armed with a spine

at postero-distal end. Femora unarmed at the apex, tibiz without

carine,

From the above characters it will be seen that this

species occupies a somewhat doubtful position in the

genus Periboewm. I should be inclined to place it in

Llaphidion (section Hypermallus), were it not for its

colour and general facies, which are very suggestive of

the present group.

Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 107

Harusprx, Thomson.

91. Haruspex inscriptus, sp.n. (PI. IL, fig. 2.)

Head, prothorax, and antenne dull reddish-testaceous. Pro-

thorax with a large dark-brown patch above extending from the

base to beyond the middle of the disk, with a similar patch some-

times present on the posterior half of each side, and united at the

base with the discoidal patch. Elytra dull yellowish-testaceous,

with dark-brown markings, viz., an oblong sutural spot just behind

the scutellum ; a band on each side running obliquely backwards

from the shoulder towards the suture, and, together with its fellow

and the sutural spot, forming a somewhat W-shaped figure; a

second band on each side behind the middle, which runs obliquely

forwards from the discal margin towards the suture, where it joins

its fellow, to form with it an acute angle ; and, in one of three

examples, a third oblique band placed a little way in front of the

apex ; and, in the same example, a longitudinal submarginal vitta

connecting the three oblique bands. Underside dark brown in

places. Legs testaceous. Prothorax rounded at the sides, bi-

sinuately sulcate at the base, closely and finely rugose-punctate.

Elytra very thickly covered with large rounded punctures, with a

raised line on each side of the disk extending from the base to

about the beginning of the posterior third ; sides nearly parallel

for about four-fifths of their length, thence quickly curved in

towards the apex, where each elytron is somewhat truncate and

unarmed, Antenne filiform, sparsely furnished with short sete,

and with the joints from the third to the tenth longitudinally

suleate and carinate. Long. 7—9 mm.

Hab. Grenada—Mount Gay Hst., on the Leeward

side (H. H. Smith).

This species is allied to Haruspex bivittis, White

(Piezocera). Haruspex maculicornis, Bates, also appears

to be an allied form, and is possibly only a variety of

White’s species. Both are from Para on the Amazon.

Compsa, Perty.

92. Compsa quadrimaculata, Fabr.

Callidium quadrimaculatum, Fabr., Ent. Syst. 1., 2,

p. 328 (1792).

Heterachthes submaculatus, Lameere, Ann. Soc. Ent.

Belge, xxviti., p. 100 (1884).

Hab. Grenada, Mustique I.. (Grenadines) and St.

Vincent (H. H. Smith), Dominica (Ramage and Dr,

Nicholls), Guadeloupe and Antigua.

108 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the

Neocorvs, Thomson.

93. Neocorus romanowskii, Fleat. and Sallé., Ann. Soc.

Ent. Fr., 1889, p. 464, pl. 8, fig. 16.

Hab. Guadeloupe (Delauney).

Hormatucs, Gahan.

94, Hormathus cinctellus, Gahan, Aun. and Mag. Nat.

Hist. (6) vi., p. 33 (1890).

Hab. Haiti.

CyLinDERA, Newman.

95. Cylindera pilicornis, Fabr.

Callidium pilicornis, Fabr., Ent. Syst. 1, 2, p. 327

(1792).

Cylindera pallida, Newm., Entom. Mag.i., p. 510 (1833).

Callidium lutewm, Steph., Illus. Brit. Ent., Mandib. iv.,

p. 249 (1831).

Curtomerus luteus, Steph., Man. Brit. Coleopt., p. 275

(1839); Shuckard, Brit. Ccleopt. Suppl., p. 76,

pl. 8, fig. 2.

Lampromerus pilicornis, Thoms., Class. des Ceramb.,

p- 203 (1860). |

Sotenus setiger, Sharp, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1878,

p- 205.

Hab. Grenada and St. Vincent (H. H. Smith), Santa

Cruz, Cuba, Jamaica ; Honduras, Mexico, and Sandwich

Islands.

96. Cylindera (?) puberula, Fleut. and Sallé.

Cyrtomerus puberulus, Fleut. and Sallé, Ann. Soc. Ent.

Fr., 1889, p. 464, pl. 8., fig. 17.

Hab. Guadeloupe (Delauney, Vitrac, and Lherminier) ;

Grenada and St. Vincent (H. H. Smith). —

The three examples taken by Mr. Smith differ from

the described type from Guadeloupe in having the elytra

unarmed at the apex. |

In a Guadeloupe specimen, agreeing in all other

respects with the description, I find that each of three

or four joints of the antennez, after the second, is fur-

nished with an excecdingly small spine at the postero-

distal angle. ‘[here is no trace of these spines in the

examples taken in Grenada and St. Vincent. I doubt

Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 109

whether the species is rightly referred to the present

genus. It seems to me to show affinities with some of

the species of Hlaphidion.

Merostenus, White.

97. Merostenus productus, White, Cat. Longicornia Brit.

Mus. i, p. 244, pl. 8, fig. 3 (1855).

Hab. Jamaica.

98. Merostenus attenuatus, Chevr.

Lampromerus attenuatus, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.,

1862, p. 263.

Hab. Grenada (H. H. Smith), Cuba, and Porto Rico.

Prentomacrus, White.

99. Pentomacrus femoratus, Fabr.

Saperda femorata, Fabr., Ent. Syst. 1, 2, p. 316

Gigo2); Oliv, Hint. iv, No! 63, p. 40;

Pentomacrus femoratus, White, Cat. Longicornia Brit.

Mus. u1., p. 297, pl. 6, fig. 5 (1855).

Hab. Jamaica.

The Fabrician description of this species seems to

have been overlooked by White and other authors. I

have little doubt that one of White’s type specimens

was the original type described by Fabricius (who states

that it was in the British Museum). The species is one

that may be easily identified.

100. Pentomacrus fasciatus, sp.n. (Pl. IL, fig. 3.)

Fulvous-testaceous ; elytra subnitid, each with three ferruginous

brown bands, the first a little behind the base, and crossing in a

slightly oblique direction, the second behind the middle and trans-

verse, the third near the apex. Prothorax distinctly longer than

broad, somewhat rounded at the middle of each side, punctured

above, and having a not very distinct oblong brownish spot on each

side of the disk. Elytra strongly and rather thickly punctured,

each almost rounded at the apex. Femora each armed underneath

with a sharp and distinct tooth. Antenne about half as long

again as the body, with the third joint twice as long as the fourth,

and distinctly shorter than the fifth. Long. 6—9 mm.

110 ‘Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the

Hab. Grenada—Balthazar, on the Windward side

and St. Vincent—Leeward side (H. H. Smith).

Var. Bands of elytra obsolete. One of the St.

Vincent specimens.

This species is much smaller than P. femoratus, Fab.,

and has somewhat glossy elytra, the brown bands of

which are less dark and distinct, and the first placed at a

little distance behind the base. The head and anterior

part of the prothorax of femoratus are dark brown, and

the first of the three dark brown bands on the elytra

reaches quite up to the base, but leaves a round spot at

the shoulder testaceous.

The genus Pentomacrus will enter the group Curi,

established by Leconte and Horn for the genera Curiwus,

Newm., and Plectromerus, Leconte.

Opuistomis, Thomson.

101. Ophistomis thoracica, Fleut. and Sallé, Ann. Soc.

Ent. Fr., 1889, p. 465.

Hab. Guadeloupe—Camp Jacob (Delauney).

102. Molorchus ruficollis (Dej.), n. n.

Molorchus sanguinicollis, Chevr. (nec Oliv.), Ann. Soc.

Ent. Fr., 1862, p. 257.

Prothorax red; the rest of the body, the legs, and the antenne,

black.

Hab. Cuba and North America.

In general form this species resembles M. bimaculatus,

Say, and M. longicollis, Lec., but it is easily distinguished

by its colour.

The female example in the British Museum collection

is the M. ruficollis of Dejean, and is ticketed Cuba, D.

Escher; the d¢ type is ticketed Amer. bor., and was

received by Dejean from Leconte. }

How Chevrolat, if he had looked at Olivier’s figure,

or read his description, could have taken this species to

be the Necydalis sanguinicollis of Olivier, passes my

comprehension; yet he has deliberately displaced the

latter from its true place in Stenopterus, where it was

placed by Leconte and other authors, who correctly gave

Stenopterus sanguinicollis, Say, as a synonym.

Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 111

Bromrapes, Thomson.

103. Bromiades brachyptera, Chevr.

Odontocera brachyptera, Chevr., Rev. Zoologique, 1838,

p. 285; Duval, Sagra’s Hist. Cuba, Ins., p. 269,

Ol; WO saKesn Se

Bromiades brachyptera, Thoms., Syst. Ceramb., p. 165.

Hab. Cuba; and Colombia (apud Bates).

103a. Acyphoderes abdominalis, Oliv. (= olivier’, Bates).

Necydalis abdominalis, Oliv., Ent.iv., 74, p. 8, pl. 1, fig.5.

Hab. Porto Rico (apud Gundlach); Cayenne, Amazons,

Peru, and Nicaragua.

''TETHLIMMENA, Bates.

104. Tethlimmena basalis, sp.n. (Pl. IL, fig. 4.)

Head, prothorax, and elytra testaceous, covered above with a

very short tawny-yellow pubescence ; with a large spot covering

the posterior fourth of each elytron, and a large oblong ovate spot,

common to both elytra, and reaching from the base to near the

middle, black and opaque. That part of the head lying between,

and immediately surrounding, the eyes is also black. Huind-breast

and abdomen glossy black ; the second segment of the latter with

a transverse depression, occupied by a brush of tawny hairs. Legs

black, glossy, and sparsely ciliate, with the stalks of the clavate

femora yellowish-testaceous. Antenne dull black, longer than the

body in the male, and with the joints only very slightly dilated,

scarcely as long as the body in the female, with the joints after

the second dilated to a moderate extent, with the fifth and

following joints gradually diminishing in width, so that the last

three or four do not seem to be appreciably dilated. The pro-

thorax, impunctate, is obtusely tubercled on each side. On each

side of the disk, just above the lateral tubercle, is an obtuse,

slightly-raised area, circumscribed by a narrow groove. The elytra

are thickly and rather strongly punctured. The antenne have a

short posterior fringe of sete extending from the second to the

fourth or fifth joint; it is less dense in the male than in the

female. Long. 6—7 mm.

Hab. St. Vincent (H. H. Smith),

This species is very distinct from Tethlummena aliena,

Bates (Trans. Ent. Soc., 1872, p. 185; Biologia C. A.

Col. v., pl. 5, fig. 1), the only known representative of

™

AD Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the

the genus. The elytra are relatively shorter, and the

antennas much less dilated (very feebly so in comparison

with those of aliena) ; but in other structural characters

it agrees very well.

CatticHroma, Latreille.

105. Callichroma columbinum, Guér., Revue Zoologique,

1838, p. 282; Duval, Sagra’s Hist. Cuba vit,

p. 262, pl. 10, fig. 3.

Cerambyx virens, Drury (nec Linn.).

Hab. Haiti, Jamaica, and Cuba.

106. Callichroma vittatum, Fabr.

Cerambyz vittatus, Fabr., Syst. Entom., p. 166 (1775) ;

Oliv:, Entom. iv., No. 67, p. 32,-pl. 2a 20,

(?) Cerambywx ochropus, Voet, Cat. 11, p. 12, pl. 10, fig. 41.

(?) Leptura viridiaurea, Degeer, Mém.v., p. 145, pl. 15,

fiers Lelie:

Callichroma rugicolle, Guérin, Icon. Régne An. ii.,

p- 220; Bates, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1870, p. 334.

Callichroma assinilatum, White, Cat. Col. B. M.,

Longis. 1, p. 108,

Callichroma scitulum, Pasc., Tr. Ent. Soc. (3) v., p. 292.

. Hab. Haiti (Tweedie) ; Brazil, Guiana, Colombia, and

Central America as far as Mexico.

Antenne, tibiz, and tarsi black ; femora fulvous; head, pro-

thorax, and elytra metallic-green ; prothorax with a soft black,

velvet-like, band along each side of the middle of the disk, with

the narrow median space between the bands and the lateral parts

of the pronotum, external to them, naked, nitid and transversely

strigose. Elytra each with a dorsal and a marginal velvety band of

a violet-black colour ; witha sutural band of a green colour, over-

laid by a thin silky grey pubescence, the short hairs of which have

a transverse direction ; with the bright green band lying between

the dorsal and lateral bands, covered with a fine, close and some-

what rugulose punctuation. The’ prothorax has a rather feeble

conical tubercle on the middle of each side, and the antero-lateral

tubercle or callosity isnot strongly marked.

Bates (Biologia C. A, Col. v.) has correctly given the

synonymy of this species so far as the last three names °

are concerned. But his reference to the Fabrician type

(vide 'I'rans. Knt. Soc., 1870, p. 3384, note), which he

evidently did not closely examine, is certainly misleading.

What he took to bethe vittatus of Fabricius is, no doubt,

Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 113

a distinct species which in colour very closely resembles

the true vittatus. The latter appears to be a common

species throughout Tropical America. From the West

Indies I have, so far, seen only a single example.

107. Callichroma elegans, Oliv.

Cerambyx elegans, Oliv., Encycl. Méth., Ins. v., p. 298

(1790) ; Entom: iv., No. 67, p. 26, pl. 5, fig. 35.

Hab. Grenada—Balthazar (H. H. Smith), Dominica

(Ramage and Nicholis).

Head, prothorax, elytra, and underside of a brownish-red colour

suffused with metallic-green. Legs and antenne brownish-red, and

somewhat opaque. Prothorax with the medio-lateral tubercles

rather feebly developed, and the antero-lateral callosities not

strongly marked ; the pronotum transversely striated, with an

indistinct reddish-brown pilose band along each side of the middle.

Elytra each with a dorsal and a marginal band covered with a

similar light brown pile. A rather faint silvery pubescence covers

the underside of the body.

These characters are taken from a specimen of Dejean’s

collection ticketed— C. élegans, Oliv., “ex Mus. Olivier,”

Hab. America merid.—and therefore authentically named,

if not one of Olivier’s actual types. The single specimen

taken by Mr. Smith in Grenada agrees in all respects

with this typical example. ‘The five received from

Dominica, though presenting precisely the same col-

oration, and agreeing in other respects, yet differ

slightly in the sculpturing of the prothorax; the median

dorsal band is not transversely striated, but is rather

closely punctured in the greater part of its extent. ‘This

difference may possibly be a mark of specific or varietal

distinction. But until an opportunity is afforded of

examining a larger series of both forms it will be safer to

retain them under the same specific name.

108. Callichroma rufescens, n. n.

Callichroma aureotinctum, ab., Bates, Biologia C. A.

Col. v., p. 292.

Callichroma elegans (Dej. Cat.), nec Oliv.

Callichroma rufescens (De}. Cat.).

Hab. St. Lucia (Chevrolat collection), Guadeloupe

(Dej. collection, D. Latreille) ; and Mexico—-Vera Cruz

(Salle).

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND, 1895,.—PART I. (APRIL) 8

114 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the

Three examples of the Dejean-Chevrolat collection, as

cited above, resemble in every respect as regards

sculpture, pubescence and the very peculiar coloration,

the example from Mexico described by Bates and re-

garded by him as a curious colour-aberration of his C.

aureotinctwm, a species which he had previously recorded

only from the Upper Amazons.

Paitematium, Thomson.

109. Philematium femorale, Oliv.

Cerambyx femoralis, Oliv., Encycl. Méth. v., p. 297

(1790) ; Ent. iv., No. 67, p. 29, pls/) fg. 40.

Callichroma leucodactyla, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.,

1862, p. 257.

Hab. Cuba; also Mauritius.

110. Philematium festivum, Fabr.

Cerambyx festivus, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 166 (1775).

Hab. Guadeloupe (Delauney, Vitrac); and West

Africa. j

Cytuene, Newman.

111. Cyllene difficilis, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862,

pp. 265 and 529,

Hab. Cuba—Havana (Poéy).

Ca.octytus, Fairm.

112. Caloclytus insularis,* Lap. and Gory.

Clytus insularis, Lap. and Gory, Mon. Clytus, p. 74,

pl. 14, fig. 86. |

Anthoboscus insularis, Chevr., Ann. Fr., 1862, p. 531.

Hab. Haiti.

EKurysce.is, Chevrolat..

113. Huryscelis suturalis, Oliv.

Callidium suturale, Oliv., Entom. iv., No. 70, p. 62,

pL. 7, ne.*OT (1795),

Euryscelis suturalis, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862,

. 529.

cee Haiti ; New York and Texas (apud Leng).

“This species appears to be identical with the European

a comptus, Mannerh., and was probably introduced into

alti.

Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 115

114. *Huryscelis dejeanit, Chevr., l.c., p. 580.

mao. > iayti.

The two species of this genus are distinguished from

the other Clytides by having twelve joints to the antenne.

‘Neoctytus, Thomson.

e 115. Neoclytus longipes, Drury.

3d Cerambyx longipes, Drury, Illust. Exot. Ins. i., p. 84,

pl. 37, fig. 4; i. Index (1773).

¢ Clytus angulatus, Fabr., Ent. Syst. i., 2, p. 385 (1792).

Callidvwm rhombifer, Oliv., Ent. iv., No. 70, -p. 46,

Getic ol (dé and ©),

Clytus hopei, Lap. and Gory, Mon. Clytus, p. 18, pl. 5,

fig, 20.

Hab. Jamaica; and Georgia (apud Oliv. and Leconte).

116. Neoclytus cordifer, Klug.

Clytus cordtfer, Klug, Preis-Verzeichniss Insecten

doubletten, 1529, p. 13.

Clytus rufescens, Lap. and Gory, Mon. Clytus, p. 17,

pl. 4, fie. 18 (1841).

Clytus devastator, Lap. and Gory, Mon. Clytus, p. 17,

pl. 4, fig. 18, bis.

~ Neoclytus devastator, Chevr., Ann. Fr., 1862, pp. 263,531.

Hab. Cuba—Havana; and Florida (apud Leng).

117. Neoclytus chevrolatw, Lap.and Gory.

Clytus chevrolatii, Lap. and Gory, Mon. Clytus, p. 26,

pl. 6, fig. 51 (1841),

Neoclytus chevrolatri, Chevr., Aun. Fr., 1862, pp. 264

and 531,

Hab. Cuba—Havana.

118. Neoclytus araneiformis, Oliv.

Callidium aranetforme, Oliv., Ent. iv., No. 70, p. 61,

le 7, te. 90) (1795),

_ Hab. Guadeloupe (Delauney and Vitrac), Haiti, and

Porto Rico. | |

* As all the examples of this species that I have seen are

females, while those of suturalis are males, I think it not

improbable that they will prove to be sexes of the same species,

notwithstanding the marked differences between them.

116 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the

119. Neoclytus podagricus, White.

Clytus podagricus, White, Cat. Longic. B. M., p. 204

(1855).

Hab. Haiti.

TILLOMORPHA, Blanchard.

120. Tillomorpha nivicincta, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.,

1862, p. 264.

Cyrtophorus nivicinetus, Chevr., l.c., p. 532.

Hab. Cuba.

Matiosoma, Serville.

121. Mallosoma bicolor, Sallé, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1856,

p- 687, pl. 20, fig. 1.

Hab. Haiti—Santiago (Sallé).

TricHrovs, Chevrolat.

122. Trichrous dimidiatipennis, Chevr.

Eburia dimidiatypennis, Chevr., Rev. Zool., 1838, p. 282.

Hriphus dimidiatypennis, Duval, Sagra’s Hist. Cuba,

Ins., p. 264, pl. 10, fig. 5.

Trichrous dimidiatypennis, Chevr., l.c., 1858, p. 210;

Ann. Fr., 1862, p. 262.

Hab. Cuba—Havana (Poéy).

123. Trichrous dwisus, Chevr., Rev. Zool., 1858, p. 210;

Ann. Fr., 1862, p. 262.

Hab. Cuba (Lasnier and Poéy).

124. Trichrous pilipennis, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.,

1862, p. 262.

Hab. Cuba—Havana (Poéy).

125. Trichrous jamaicensis, Chevr., Rev. Zool., 1858,

p. 211.

Hab. Jamaica.

126. Trichrous basalis, White.

Peciloderma basale, White, Cat. Longic. B, M.i., p, 122

(1853),

Hab. Jamaica.

Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 117

127. Trichrows jaegeri, Chevr., Rev. Zool., 1858, p. 211.

Hag, (Haiti.

128. Trichrous irroratus, Oliv.

Callidium irroratum, Oliv., Entomologie iv., No. 70,

pl. 8, fig. 104.

Hab. Haiti.

129. Trichrous lineolatus, White.

Peciloderma lineolatum, White, Cat. Col. B. M.

Longie. i., p. 122 (1853).

Hriphus leucogrammus, White, Id. u., p. 294.

Hab. Jamaica.

130. Trichrous terminals, White.

Peciloderma terminale, White, Cat. Col. B. M. Longie.

1, p. 123.

Hab. Jamaica.

131. Trichrows major, sp. nu.

Head, prothorax, and underside of body rufous ; antenna, tibie,

tarsi, and the extreme tips of the femora black. Elytra livid-

testaceous, faintly suffused with a violet tint, with the whole of

the upperside rather strongly and very closely punctured. Pro-

thorax broader than long, rounded at the sides. Elytra each with

a broad and oblique, but not deep, emargination on the inner

portion of the apical border, with a short spine at the outer side

of this emargination, and with a short obtuse prolongation of the

elytron on the sutural side. Disk of elytron with two feebly-

raised lines, one along the middle, the other, shorter, nearer the

suture. Legs and underside with sparse setigerous punctures, the

fulvous sete of which point backwards. Antenne of the female

a little shorter than the body, with the fourth joint distinctly

shorter than the third or fifth ; with each of the joints from the

third to the seventh or eighth armed at the postero-distal angle

with a sharp spine. Long. 20, lat. 6 mm.

Hab. Jamaica.

This species is larger than any species of Trichrous

hitherto described. It seems to come nearest to the

preceding species, from which, however, it is very distinct.

Lae hap: Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the

Hereroes, Blanchard.

132. Heterops loreyt, Duponchel.

Purpuricenus loreyt, Duponchel, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.,

1837, p. 309, pl. 12, fig. 4.

: Heterops loreyt, "Blanchard, Ann. Fr., 1842, p. 49;

Lacord., Genera 1x., p. 128 ahs

Hab. cette

133. Heterops bipartita, Lacord., Genera ix., p. 128 Ses

Hab. Cuba...

134, Heterops lasniert, Chevr.

Hburia lanieri, Chevr., Rev. Zool., 1838, p. 283.

Hriphus lanieri, Duval, Sagra’s Hist. Cuba, Ins., p. 263,

pl. 10, fig. 4.

Heterops lasmeri, Chevr., Ann. Fr., 1862, p. 264.

. Hab. .Cuba (Lasnier, Poéy).

135, Heterops dimidiatus, Chevr.

Hburia dimidiata, Chevr., Rev. Zool., 1838, p. 283,

Heterops dimidiata, Ohsvr., Ann. Fr., 1862, p. 264.

_ Hab. Cuba (Lasnier, Poéy).

Esugioua, Thomson.

136. Hburiola maculosa, Oliv.

Cerambyx maculosus, Oliv., Encycl. Méth. v., p. 305

(1790) ;- Ent. iv., No. 67, p. 46, pl. 21, fic. 165.

Hburiola erythrocephala, Thoms. 5 Syst. Ceramb.,

p. 203 (1864). |

Hab. Jamaica.

PacrLopERMA, Thomson.

137. Peciloderma lepturoides, Duval, Sagra’s Hist. Cuba

vii.,. p. 267;pl. 10, figs &; Chevrs “Anmear,

1862, p. 256; Lac., Gen. Atlas, pl. 93, fig. 4.

Hab. Haiti and Cuba.

Oxsius, Thomson.

138. Olbius sexfasciatus, Oliv.

Callidium sexfasciatum, Oliv., Encycl. Méth. v., p. 265

(1790); Ent. iv., No. 70, p. 39, pl. 4, fig. 47.

Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 119

Olbius sexfasciatus, Thoms., Syst. Ceramb., p. 204.

Hab. Jamaica.

Lacordaire was scarcely justified in sinking this genus.

In addition to the points which he has mentioned, it

differs also from Peciloderma in the form of the pro-

sternum, the intercoxal part of which is a flattened plate,

slightly dilated behind, where it rests directly on the

anterior part of the mesosternum. The corresponding part

of the prosternum in Peciloderma has a broad wedge-

like ending behind, being provided with a narrower and

somewhat concave, or backwardly-inclined, posterior

face, which makes an acute angle with the lower hori-

zontal face. ‘The proportions of the joints of the

antennee are also somewhat different.

PLEctRocERUM, Lacordaire.

139. Plectrocerwm spiunicorne, Oliv.

Callidium spinicorne, Oliv., Hint. iv., No. 70, p. 68,

piece pies 100) GI795):

Hab. Haiti.

140. Plectrocerwm cribratum, Sallé, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.,

i306, ps 089; pl. 20; tie. 3.

Hab. Haiti.

TRACHYDERES, Dalman.

141. Trachyderes succinctus, Linn.

Cerambyx succinctus, Linn., Syst. Nat., Hd. x., p. 391.

Hab. Grenada (H. H. Smith), Guadeloupe (Delauney,

Vitrac) ; Trinidad, Cayenne, Colombia.

OxymeErus, Serville.

142. Oxymerus luteus, Voet.

Cerambyax luteus, Voet, Cat. Coleopt. i., p. 17, pl. 16,

fie. 68.

Trachyderes rivulosus, Germar, Ins. Sp. Nov., p. 512.

Oxymerus lebasii, Dup., Mon. in Mag. de Zool., Classe

ix., Insectes, 1838, p. 35, pl. 224, fig. 13.

Hab. Grenada, Mustique I. (Grenadines), and St.

Vincent (H. H. Smith); also Venezuela, Colombia,

and Brazil.

120 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the

The first of the above names seems to have been over-

looked. Though Voet gives the locality of his species

as Guinea, there can be no doubt that this is his species.

His figure is a very fair representation of it. The

examples in a pretty large series taken by Mr. Smith

differ in no important respect from Colombian and

Brazilian specimens. There is a small amount of in-

dividual variation in colour. The intermediate parts of

the elytra lying between the yellow lines may be more or

less dark brown; the base and apex are almost invariably

yellowish-testaceous. ‘I'wo of the seven black spots (the

two postero-lateral ones) on the pronotum are sometimes

wanting. Oaymerus limeatus, Dupont, may be only a

colour variety of this species. The prothorax has a

darker red colour; and the elytra, with the exception of

the longitudinal yellow lines, are almost entirely of a dark

mahogany-brown colour.

1424. Callidium (?) biguttatum, Sallé, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.,

1856, p. 688, pl. 20, fig. 2.

Hab. Haiti (Sallé).

This species, evidently not a true Callidiwm, has not

been seen by me, and I am unable to assign it to any

known genus.

LAMIIDA.

NANILLA, Bas and Sailé, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1889,

p. 467.

143, Nanilla delawneyi, Fleut. and Sallé, l.c., p. 467,

pl. 8, fig. 20.

Hab. Guadeloupe (Delauney).

PrycHopss, Serville.

144, Ptychodes trilineatus, Linn.

Cerambya trilineatus, Linn., Mant. Plant. vi., p. 532

(1771); Drury, Illust. iD. 91, pl. 41, fig. 1,2.

Saperda vittata, Fabr., Species Insect 1, p. 230.

Ptychodes insularis, Fairm., Rev. et Mag. de Zool.,

1850, p. 61.

Hab. Jamaica, Cuba; also ‘Trinidad, Venezuela,

Nicaragua, Mexico, Louisiana, and (var. insularis, sal?

‘l'aiti.

Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 121

T2NIOTES, Serville.

145. Teeniotes insularis, Thoms., Archiv. Hnt.i., p. 171.

Hab. Guadeloupe (Delauney and Vitrac), according

to Messieurs Fleutiaux and Sallé, Dominica (Dr.

Nicholls).

The specimen from Dominica has a pubescent white

band along the external margin of each elytron as well

as along the suture, and thus differs from the typical

form in which there is a number of small spots along the

external margin.

146. Teeniotes leucogrammus, Thoms., Syst. Ceramb.,

p. 554 (1865).

Hab. Martinique.

147. Teniotes pulverulentus, Oliv.

Cerambyx farinosus (Linn.), var. Degeer, Mém. v.,

p. 109) pl. 14, fie. 1.

Cerambyx pulverulentus, Oliv., Hntom. iv., No. 67,

p. 50, pl. 7, fig. 46 B.

Hab. Martinique (Dej. collection); Guiana, Amazons,

etc.

148. Teeniotes scalaris, Fabr.

Cerambyza scalaris, Fabr., Species Ins. 1., p. 2138.

Hab. Grenada (H. H. Smith); Brazil, Colombia, and

Central America.

PuryNneta, Castelnau.

149. Phryneta verrucosa, Drury.

Cerambyx verrucosus, Drury, Illust. i., p. 90. pl. 40,

fig. 3; 1. Index (1773).

Lamia sternutator, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 172 (1775);

Syst. Hleuth. 11., p. 298.

Phryneta melanoptera, Thoms., Rev. et Mag. Zool.,

1878, p. 65.

Hab. Barbadoes, Grenada; and also Trinidad.

I have already called attention to the omission of this

species from the catalogue of Gemminger and Harold.

It is probably an introduced form, as the genus and

group to which it belongs are characteristically African,

P27. Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the

a fact which accounts for Thomson’s error in ignoring

the locality—Grenada—on his type, and giving instead

“ Africa mer.” The species is not known from Africa.

Merara, Newman.

150. Methia necydalea, Fabr.

Saperda necydalea, Fabr., Ent. Syst. Suppl., p. 148

(1798). |

Methia pusilla, Chev., Ann. Soc. Hat. Fr., 1862, p. 256,

(?) Methia punctata, Lec.

Hab. Grenada—Balthazar, on the Windward side —

(H. H. Smith), Guadeloupe, St. Thomas, Porto Rico,

Haiti, Jamaica (Cockerell), and Cuba.

Fabricius’s description of this species has been entirely

overlooked, or else has been taken to apply to some other

insect. He gives the locality as “Insula St. Thomas

Americe,’’ and his description fits the present species

fairly well.

_ The genus Methia, though belonging to the family

Lamudex, seems to have strong affinities with the Ceram-

bycid genus Gime; and a specimen of the above species,

sent to me by Mr. Cockerell, was at first mistaken for a a

species of the latter genus.

Avetvus, Leconte.

151, Adetus lherminiert, Fleut. and Sallé, Ann. Soc. Ent.

Pr,, 1889,'p,.. 408; pl, fe. tae |

Hab. Grenada and St. Vincent; many examples (H.

H. Smith). Guadeloupe (Delauney and Vitrac).

PracHa, Thomson.

152. Precha spinipennis, Chevr.

Ataxia spinipennis, O Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862,

p. 252.

Precha spinipennis, Thoms., Syst. Ceramb., p. 107.

Hab. Cuba—Havana (Poéy).

DesMIPHORA, Serville.

153. Desmiphora hirticollis, Oliv.

Saperda hirticollis, Oliv., Ent. iv., No. 68, p. 11, pi. 4,

fig. 37 (1795).

Longicorn Coleoptera of the West fadia Islands. 123

Desmiphora mexicana, Thoras., Hssai Class. Ceramb.,

pi Jo.

Desmiphora lanata, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862,

p. 203.

Hab. Grenada and St. Vincent (H. H. Smith), Cuba

—Havana (Poéy); Brazil, Cayenne, Colombia, and

Central America.

154, Desmiphora pallida, Bates, Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1874, p. 226.

Hab. Jamaica.

Purpona, Thoms.

155. Phidola lanuginosa, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.,

1862, p. 255.

Hab. Cuba—Havana (Poéy).

156. Phidola maculicornis, Chevr., l.c., p. 254.

Hab. Cuba.

EKuroconivs, Leconte.

157. Hupogonius pilosulus, Chevr.

Hstola pilosula, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862, p. 254.

Gibaceres exiguus, Thoms. (nec Lec.), Physisii., p. 160.

Hab. Cuba; and (?) Gecrgia.

158. Hupogonius rubiginosus, Chevr.

Hstola rubiginosa, Chevr., l.c., p. 204.

Hab. Cuba—Havana (Poéy).

Lypsimena, Leconte

(= Alleoscelis, Bates).

159. Lypsimena fuscata, Leconte, Journ. Acad. Philad.

(2) u., p. 155 (1852); Chevr., Ann. Ent.

Fr., 1862, p. 253.

Allzoscelis leptis, Bates, Biologia C. A. Col. v., p. 358.

Hab. Cuba; Venezuela, Panama, and North America.

_ I give Cuba as a locality of this species on Chevrolat’s

authority, for I have not seen any Cuban examples.

After a careful comparison of Bates’s types of Allzos-

124 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the

celis leptis from Panama with North American examples

of L. fuscata, I am unable to satisfy myself that the

species are distinct. A specimen in the British Museum

collection is ticketed Venezuela; and Chevrolat has

mentioned an example from Bahia which he considered

distinct, but which appears to me to belong to the same

species.

Zartous, Leconte.

160. Zaplous annulatus, Chevr.

Heyrus annulatus, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862,

p. 200.

Hab. Cuba.

A small dark brown insect, about 4 mm. long, with a very short

pubescence partly brownish, partly grey. Elytra with two some-

what ill-defined greyish bands, one basal, the other, broader, post-

median. Prothorax transverse, slightly rounded and unarmed at

the sides, finely punctured, but with the punctures almost hidden

by the pubescence. Elytra more strongly and distinctly punctured.

Tibiz pale greyish-testaceous, with a dark ring in the middle.

Antenne shorter than the body, very sparsely setose, with the

third joint longer than the fourth, with these two joints together

as long as all the succeeding joints, which are subequal to one

another, and slightly thicker than the third ; with the bases of the

second and third, all but the apex of the fourth, and the whole of

the eighth joint pale testaceous with an ashy-white pubescence ;

the rest of the antennz blackish-brown.

This species is closely allied to Zaplous hubbardi, Lec.

As belonging to the latter species I have determined the

two examples which stood in Dejean’s collection under

the names of Hzocentrus exiguus and H. nanus. It has

been pointed out elsewhere that Heyrus exiguus, Lec.,

was founded upon the male of Heyrus dasycerus, Say ;

and an examination of the type of Hbaceres—(. exiquus,

Thoms.—shows that this is nothing but the female of a

species of Hupogonius—H. pilosulus, Chevr. It follows

that G/baceres cannot be maintained as a genus, and that

the synonymy of the single species placed under this

generic name in the Munich Catalogue really involves

three quite distinct species, each belonging to a different

genus,

Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 125

Iscuiocentra, Thoms.

161. Ischiocentra signifera, Buquet.

Trestoma signifera, Bug., in Thomson’s Arcana Nat.,

1859, p. 49.

Hab. Guadeloupe.

Hyrsioma, Serville.

162. Hypsioma picticornis, Bates, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.

G)esvitep. M1865): |

Hypsioma signaticorns, Thoms., Physis u., Part 5, p. 48.

Hab. Grenada (H. H. Smith); Amazons, Cayenne,

Colombia, and Central America as far as Mexico.

163. Hypsioma grisea, Fleut. and Sallé.

Hypomia grisea, Fleut. and Sallé, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.,

1889, p. 469.

Hab. Guadeloupe (Delauney and Vitrac).

I have no doubt that it was a slip on the part of the

authors to place this species in Hypomia, Thomson,

imstead of Hypsioma, Serville, to which it evidently must

belong. ‘They state that the species is allied to H. sim-

plex, Bates, and I suspect that it will prove to be

identical with the preceding species.

Trestonia, Buquet.

164. Trestonia fulgurata, Bug., Thomson’s Arcana Nat.,

p. 48 (1859).

Hab. Guadeloupe.

Cacostona, Fairmaire.

165. Cacostola ornata, Fleut. and Sallé, Ann. Soc. Ent.

irs, USSoisp, 470, pL. 8, fig. 19:

Hab. Grenada, Mustique and Becquia Is. (H. H.

Smith), Guadeloupe (Delauney and Vitrac).

ONcIDERES, Serville.

166. Oncideres amputator, Fabr.

Lamia amputator, Fabr., Ent. Syst. 1., 2, p. 276 (1792),

Hab. St. Vincent (H. H. Smith), Guadeloupe (Lher-

minier, Delauney, and Vitrac).

126 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the

Epectasis, Bates.

167. Hpectasis similis, sp.-n.

Head, prothorax, abdomen, legs, and the first three joints of the

antennx closely covered with a brownish-tawny pubescence. Pro-

thorax with a dark brown band along the upper part of each side ;

the thoracic puncture visible on this band,-but elsewhere concealed

by the thick pubescence. Elytra elongate, scarcely narrowed

towards the apex, where each is broadly and somewhat obliquely

truncate ; rather thickly, distinctly, and somewhat seriately punc-

tured, with a faint pubescence partly tawny-brown, partly greyish

in colour, each tipped with a denser patch of greyish pubescence

on the apical border; dorsal costa distinct, slightly oblique,

separating a broad sutural channel from a narrower channel placed

on the obliquely declivous lateral part of the disk. Antenne with

the scape cicatrized at the apex, the cicatrice pale pubescent ; with

the joints from the fourth to the ninth or tenth dusky-brown, with

their bases pale testaceous ; with the eleventh, and sometimes also

the tenth, pale testaceous. Long. 9—13, lat. 2—3 mm.

Hab. Grenada (H. H. Smith).

This species is not quite so narrow as H. attenuatus,

Bates, and is not so thickly nor so strongly punctured

on the elytra.

TretHystoLta, Thomson.

168. Tethystola mutica, sp.n. (PI. II., fig. 5.)

Head and prothorax thickly punctured, sooty-brown, sparsely

furnished with short erect sete. Prothorax cylindrical, a little

longer than broad, with two very faint swellings on each side, one

just behind the middle, the other close to the anterior margin ;

with a feeble transverse impression a little before the base ; with a

feebly-raised and obtuse carina, marked by a whitish line along the

middle of the disk, with this carina depressed anteriorly where, on

each side of it, stands a small obtuse tubercle. Elytra with the

shoulders slightly tuberculiform, the sides subparallel for three-

fourths of their length, and then slightly and gradually contracted

towards the broadly truncate and slightly sinuous apex. The

elytra, thickly and distinctly punctured, and sparsely setose, are

blackish at the base, where each bears in the middle a small oblong

tubercle ; behind this they have a faint buff-brown covering, dotted

irregularly with small dark brown points, and each is crossed

obliquely near the middle by a linear and slightly sinuous white

band which almost meets its fellow, to form an acute angle directed

forwards at the suture, and by a second white band similar to, and

almost parallel with, the first,and placed rather more than half-

Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 127

way back between it and the apex, each of these bands being

accompanied behind by a blackish zone of variable width. Under-

side thickly punctured, sooty-brown in colour. Legs infuscate,

setose. The antenne, sparsely fringed with setz above and below,

are dusky-brown in colour, with the bases of all the joints but the

first pale testaceous ; they are more than half as long again as the

body in the male, and in the female they reach some distance

beyond the apex of the elytra. Long. 54—10, lat. 1f—24 mm.

Hab. Grenada and St. Vincent (H. H. Smith).

The elytra of this species are less elongated than in

T. obliqua, Thoms., and they are unarmed at the apex.

Lhe antennee also are shorter, and have a shorter fringe

of setze; but in other points of general structure the

two species agree very well, and in the form and position

of the very peculiar chevron-like bands of the elytra

they are almost exactly alike, the chief difference in this

respect being that the elytra in 7. obliqua are more

elongated behind the posterior band. |

Spatacopsis, Newman.

169. Spalacopsis filum, Klug.

Hippopsis filum, Klug, Preis-Verzeichniss Insecten

doubletten, 1829, p. 13. |

Hutheia filum, Guér., Icon. Régne Anim., p. 247,

Huthuorus filum, Duval, in Sagra’s Hist. Cuba, Ins.,

p. 2/7, pl. 10, fig. 18; Chevr., Ann. Fr., 1862, p. 256.

Hab. Porto Rico, Haiti, Cuba; and Florida.

170. Spalacopsis grandis, Chevr.

Huthuorus grandis, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862,

p. 205.

Hab. Cuba—Havana (Poéy).

-Dorcasta, Pascoe.

171. Dorcasta obtusa, Bates, Biologia C. A. Col. v., p. 372,

pl. 23, fie. 1 (1885).

Hab. St. Vincent (H. H. Smith); Guatemala and

Mexico.

Kcyrus, Leconte.

172. Heyrus hirtipes, sp. n. (PI. IL, fig. 6.)

Closely covered with a pubescence, mostly of a bluish-grey

colour above, but mixed in places with pale tawny and dark brown.

128 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the

A rather distinct zone of these mixed colours lies a little way

behind the base of the elytra. Prothorax furnished with two

tawny-pubescent tubercles and with some minute scattered black

granules above. Elytra punctured in rows, with the rows rather

widely separated, and a raised line along each interval; the outer-

most line is just below the margin of the disk, and is continued

back almost to the outer angle of the slightly oblique apical trun-

cation; from the outer to the inner the lines are gradually

abbreviated posteriorly. Each elytron has, near the base, and just

within the darker zone, a tuft of hairs, pale fulvous in colour

anteriorly, dark brown posteriorly. The legs and underside are

rather densely hirsute, with longish, erect, greyish-white hairs.

The first joint of the antenne has a mixed pubescence of grey and

brown, the rest are greyish-testaceous, tipped with brown at their

distal extremity. Long. 13, lat. 5 mm.

Hab. Grenada—Balthazar, on the Windward side

(H. H. Smith).

This is a large species for the genus, and is easily to

be recognized by the long grey hairs on the legs and

underside.

OREODERA, Serville.

173. Oreodera glauca, Linn.

Cerambyx glaucus, Linn., Syst. Nat., Hd. x., p. 390;

Oliv., Ent. iv., No. 67, p. 76, pl. 17, fig. 123.

Cerambyx punctatus, Voet, Cat. ii., p. 16, pl. 15, fig. 62.

Hab. Dominica (Dr. Nicholls), Guadeloupe (Vitrac),

Haiti, Jamaica; Cayenne, Colombia, and Central

America.

173a. Oreodera lateralis, Oliv.

Cerambyz lateralis, Oliv., Ent. iv., 67, p. 129, pl. 5,

fig. 36.

Hab. Porto Rico, and Cuba (apud Gundlach).

STEIRASTOMA, Serville.

174. Steirastoma depressum, Linn.

Cerambyzx depressus, Linn., Syst. Nat., Hd. x., p. 390;

Fabr., Sp. Ins. i., p. 214,

Hab. Grerisda ail aelmeal side (H. H. Smith) ; Trini-

dad, Guiana, Venezuela, and Colombia.

Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 129

175. Steirastoma histrionicum, White, Cat. Col. B. M.

Longie. 11., p. 304 (1855).

Var. Steirastoma larva, Chevr., Journ. Entom. i.,

p. 186 (1861).

Hab. Jamaica—Hope (Cockburn) ; and Colombia to

~ Mexico.

Four examples, collected by Mr. Cockburn at Hope,

Jamaica, differ only by their larger size from the type

of S. larva, Chevr., from Colombia. The species is

closely allied to S. depresswm, Linn., and may be only a

local modification of it.

176. Stewrastoma pustulatum, Drury.

Cerambyx pustulatus, Drury, Illust. Exot. Ins. u1., p. 64,

pl. 35, fiz. 1 (1773).

Cerambyx cancriformis, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 165 (1775).

Lamia cancriformis, Fabr., Hnt. Syst. 1., 2, p. 272.

Hab. Jamaica (according to Drury).

Drury’s description and figure indicate a species very

closely allied to, if not identical with, S. acuwtipenne,

Salle. His species seems to be omitted from the

catalogue of Gemminger and Harold.

177. Steirastoma acutipenne, Sallé, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.,

1856, p. 691, pl. 20, fig. 4.

Hab. Haiti—on the high mountains in the interior

(Sallé).

I have seen one example only of this rare species.

178. Stetrastoma poeyt, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862,

p. 246. )

Hab. Cuba—Havana.

The type of this species is a mutilated specimen, with

distorted elytra, which ought never to have been de-

scribed. It is doubtfully distinct from the preceding ;

but, before venturing to put these last three species as

synonyms, I must wait to see additional examples from

each of the three islands.

TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—PART I. (APRIL) 9

130 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the

ACANTHODERES, Serville.

179. Acanthoderes circumfleca, Duval, Sagra’s Hist.

Cuba, Ins., p. 270 (1857).

Hab. Cuba; also Central America, from Mexico to

Colombia.

This species seems to me to be scarcely distinct from

the North American A. quadrigibba, Say, Boston Journ.

1, p. 195 (1835).

Lacocuirus, Erichson.

180. Lagochirus araneiformis, Linn.

Cerambyx araneiformis, Linn., Syst. Nat., Ed. xu.,

p. 625 (1766) ; Drury, Illust. ii, p. 66, pl. 35, fig. 4.

Hab. Grenada and St. Vincent (H. H. Smith),

Guadeloupe, Antigua, St. Thomas, St. Bartholomew,

Haiti, Cuba, Jamaica; and commonly distributed through-

out Tropical America.

This well-known species has been recorded also from

the Sandwich Islands.

181. Lagochirus obsoletus, Thoms., Essai Class. des

Ceramb., p. 10 (1860).

Lagochirus longipennis, Bates, Biologia C. A. Col. v.,

p. 145. ’

Hlab. Cuba(Poéy); Nicaragua, Honduras, Guatemala,

and Mexico:

A single example from Cuba, of Chevrolat’s collection,

is referable to this species. There are examples also in

the British Museum collection which have come from the

Sandwich and Loo Choo Islands.

The differences which Bates mentions as distinguishing

longipennis from obsoletus must have sprung from the

author’s own imagination. At least, I must confess that,

with examples named by Bates before me, I am quite

unable to appreciate the distinction he has drawn

between them.

182. Lagochirus tuberculatus, Fabr.

Cerambyx tuberculatus, Fabr., Mant. Ins. i, p. 131

(1787) ; Oliv., Ent. iv., No. 67, p. 109, pl. 16, fig. 114.

Lamia tuberculata, Fahr., Ent. Syst. 1, 2, p. 273.

Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 131

Lagochirus binumeratus, Thoms., Hssai Class. Ceramb.,

p. 9 (1860) ; Bates, Biologia Col. v., pl. 11, fig. 11.

Lagochirus V-albwm, Bates, Trans. Ent. Soc., 1869,

p- 386.

Hab. Jamaica (?); Central America, from Panama to

Mexico.

Fabricius and Olivier give Jamaica as the locality. I

have only seen Central American examples, but I have

no doubt about the accuracy of my determination of

their species, which seems to have been entirely over-

looked. The Fabrician name does not appear in the

catalogue of Gemminger and Harold.

Aucipion, Thoms.

183. Alcidion sociwm, sp. n.

Closely covered with a yellowish-grey pubescence, which, on the

posterior half of the elytra, is varied with some small spots and

short streaks of a brownish colour. Prothorax with an obtuse

tuberosity on the middle of each side, the disk with three tubercles,

two before, the third, very small and scarcely distinct, just behind

the middle; on each side, just at the base, is a small dark

brown spot continuous with a narrow band of the same colour

running for a short distance along the elytral epipleure. Scutellum

with a dark brown spot on each side. Elytra somewhat elongated,

each with a short centro-basal crest furnished at the top with tufts

of short dark hairs; from this crest a feebly-raised line or costa

passes back, and unites, a short distance before the apex, with two

or three similar lines which lie externally to it; apex of each

elytron obliquely truncate. Femora with the thickened part dark

brown, the narrow basal part pale testaceous, and the whole clothed

with greyish pubescence similar to that covering the underside of

the body. Apex of tibie, a spot at their base, and the two inter-

mediate joints of the tarsi dark brown. Antenne with the basal

joint grey, the succeeding joints greyish-testaceous, tipped with

fuscous at their distal ends. Long. 10—11 mm.

Hab. Grenada and St. Vincent (H. H. Smith); and

Venezuela—Caraccas (Chevr. collection).

The Venezuelan example agrees almost entirely in

coloration with the others, but has the dorsal tubercles

of the prothorax a little more distinct ; while, at the apex

of each elytron, the sutural angle slightly projects, and

132 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the

gives to the apex a somewhat emarginate and less oblique

appearance.

The species is allied to Alcsdion privatum, Pasc., and

to a few undescribed forms from Venezuela and Colombia.

In Pascoe’s species the discal tubercles of the prothorax

are very feeble and scarcely evident, and the basal part

of the elytra is of a brownish colour.

Leptostytus, Leconte.

184. Leptostylus argentatus, Duval.

Amniscus argentatus, Duval, Sagra’s Hist. Cuba vii.,

p. 273.

Leptoestylus argentatus, Chevr., Ann. Fr., 1862, p. 247.

Hab. Cuba—Havana.

185. Leptostylus calcarwus, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.,

1862, p. 248.

Hab. Cuba—Havana.

186. Leptostylus inerassatus, Klug.

Acanthocinus incrassatus, Klug, Preis-Verzeichniss

Insecten doubletten, 1829, p. 13.

Amniscus transversatus, Duval, Sagra’s Hist. Cuba

Vi., p.. 278.

Leptostylus transversatus, Chevr., l.c., p. 248.

Hab. Cuba—Havana.

187. Tontaai tie sagittatus, Duval, l.c., p. 272; Chevr.,

L.c., p. 248. :

Hab. Cuba, and Porto Rico.

188. Leptostylus dealbatus, Duval (Ammniscus), Sagra’s

Hist. ‘Cuba, Ins., p. 374, pl. 10, fie. 11;

Chevr., Ann. Fr., 1862, p. 248.

Hab. Cuba.

189. Leptostylus smithi, sp.n. (PI. IL, fig. 7.)

Covered with brownish-grey pubescence. Prothorax obtusely

tubercled behind the middle of each side ; with five small tubercles

above, three in a line near the base, two placed before the middle.

Elytra rather short and broad, each with a slight hump, bearing a | iz |

few small brown-tufted granules placed just behind the base, and

Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 133

laterally and posteriorly bordered by an oblique impression ; with

an oblique pale band, black-bordered posteriorly, placed behind the

middle, and forming with its fellow a rather wide angle pointing

forwards at the suture ; with a shorter dark band placed behind

this, and a small dark-coloured tubercle still nearer to the apex.

The apices are each shortly and obliquely truncate. Some small

granules are sparsely scattered over the elytra. The legs and

antenne are grey, minutely speckled with brown. Long. 9—10,

lat. 4—5 mm.

Hab. Grenada, Mustique I. (Grenadines), and Bec-

quia I. (H. H. Smith).

190. Leptostylus jamaicensis, sp. n.

With a dense pubescence, for the most part of alight fulvous-

brown colour, but more distinctly fulvous on each side of the

pronotum. Disk of the latter with three small tubercles. Elytra

with some scattered granules, and each with three or four slightly

raised lines, which are most evident between the middle and the

posterior third ; with the apex obliquely and narrowly truncate.

A narrow fuscous band crosses the disk of each elytron obliquely

at about the beginning of the posterior slope, and forms with its

fellow a rather wide angle, pointing forwards at the suture. A

short brownish streak is also to be seen on the posterior part of

each elytron. The elytra are rather strongly punctured, and on

each there is an oblique impression a little behind the base. The

underside and legs are grey, speckled with minute fuscous spots,

corresponding in position to the punctures, as in many of the

allied species. Long. 9—11, lat. 4—5 mm.

Hab. Jamaica (Gosse, Bowrey).

191. Leptostylus posticalis, sp.n. (PI. IL, fig. 8.)

With a brown pubescence above; with a peculiarly formed

yellowish-white median plaga on the posterior declivous part of

the elytra. This plaga is broadest anteriorly, where a small hook-

like arm is given off from it on each side, its lateral borders con-

verge for some distance posteriorly, then slightly diverge, and

again converge towards the apex. Prothorax obtusely tubercled

on each side, and with four very small tubercles above, two at

the base, widely separated from one another, and two, less widely

separated, in front of the middle. The prothorax and elytra are

thickly punctured, and over the latter are scattered some minute

dark brown tufts. The curved depression behind the base of the

134 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the

elytra is faint. The apices are rounded. The femora are grey,

speckled with pale brown. The tibie and tarsi exhibit alternating

patches of grey and dark brown. The antenne are speckled with

brown. Long. 6—73, lat. 2—24 mm.

Hab. Grenada and St. Vincent (H. H. Smith).

This species is allied to, and somewhat resembles,

L. pygialis, Bates.

192. Leptostylus inermis, Fabry.

Lamia inermis, Fabr., Syst. Hleuth. ii., p. 293 (1801).

Hab. Guadeloupe (Delauney and Vitrac).

193. Leptostylus parvulus, sp.n. (PI. IL, fig. 9.)

With a light brown pubescence. EHlytra each with a narrow

and obliquely sinuous pale band placed behind the middle. The

inner part of this band runs obliquely forwards towards the suture,

and, with the corresponding part of the opposite band, forms an

acute angle, resembling an inverted V, on each side of which is an

elongated black spot. The prothorax is without tubercles above,

and is not visibly punctured, but is crossed by a transverse im-

pression near the base ; the lateral tubercle is placed very close to

the base. The elytra, minutely punctured, are rounded at the

apex. The legs are light brown, with the tarsi and distal part of

the tibize blackish-brown. The antennz are pale greyish-testaceous,

with the joints tipped with brown at their apex. Long. 33—5 mm.

Hab. Grenada and Mustique I. (Grenadines) (H. H.

Smith),

194. Leptostylus biustus, Lec., Journ. Acad. Philad. (2)

ii, (py £69;

Hxocentrus byustus, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862,

p. 249.

Hab. Uaiti (Sallé), Cuba ; and North America.

The only difference I find between the West Indian

examples and others from North America is in the shape

of the postero-lateral tubercle or tooth of the prothorax.

In the former the anterior face of the tubercle is merely

a continuation of the side of the prothorax, its posterior

face is almost transverse, and at right angles to the side

of the very short constricted basal part of the prothorax.

In the latter the posterior face of the somewhat conical

Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 135

tubercle slopes back more gradually. In the shape and

width of the sternal processes there seems to be complete

agreement, aS well as in the length of the first joint of

the posterior tarsi.

195. Leptostylus scwrrus, Chevr.

Alcidion scurra, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862,

p- 249.

Hab. Cuba.

In outline this species resembles the last, but it is

much less convex above, being somewhat compressed

dorso-ventrally. It 1s covered with a fulvous-brown

pubescence, with some scattered raised black points on

the elytra. The apices are obliquely truncate.

On account of its abbreviated form, and the absence

of centro-basal crests from the elytra, this species will

be better placed in Leptostylus than in the genus in

which Chevrolat placed it.

Leptostylus premorsus, Kabr.

Tama premorsa, Fabr., Ent. Syst. 1. 2, p. 275 (1792).

There are three or four very closely allied forms from

the Antilles, one of which is no doubt the true premorsa

of Fabricius ; but which one I am at present unable to

decide. Under the circumstances I must content myself

with pointing out their slight differences, retaining for

them the names they bore in Dejean’s collection.

196. L. premorsus (Dej. Cat.).

Pubescence light brown. Prothorax with three small tubercles

above, and one larger on each side. Elytra each with a narrow

pale band, black-bordered behind, crossing obliquely at about the

beginning of the posterior declivity, and forming with its fellow a

rather wide angle, pointing forwards, at the suture; with the

apex obliquely and somewhat emarginately truncate. The oblique

impression, a little behind the base of each elytron, is distinct, and

is usually marked by a short dusky band, which gives off a shorter

anterior branch from its inner end, so that it comes to resemble

the letter V. Some small granules are scattered over the elytra.

Hab. St. Bartholomew (Dej. collection).

136 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the

197. L. bidentatus (Dej. Cat.).

(?) Cerambyx bidentatus, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 165.

Apex of each elytron obliquely truncate-emarginate, less pro-

longed, and briefly mucronate at the suture, armed with a short

spine at the outer angle. Post-median band of the elytra in the

form of a broad W, with the middle angle much shorter than the

side strokes. In other respects resembles the preceding form.

Hab. Guadeloupe (Dej. collection), Nevis I. (H. T.

Taylor).

198. L. similis (Dej. Cat.).

Very like the preceding, but differing somewhat in the

shape of the post-median band of the elytra. The

middle angle of this band extends much farther forwards

than the two lateral arms.

Hab. Grenada and St. Vincent (H. H. Smith),

Dominica (Dr. Nicholls).

199. L. assimilis (Dej. Cat.).

With the spine at the outer angle of the apex of each elytron

stronger than in the last two forms ; with the middle angle of the

post-median band about as long as the lateral arms, or sometimes

almost obliterated.

Hab. Dominica (Ramage) and Guadeloupe (Dej.

collection).

It is an example of this form which has been recorded

from Mexico by Bates, who was probably right in con-

sidering it the true premorsus of Fabricius.

Leprurcss, Bates.

200. Lepturges guadelowpensis, Fleut. and Sallé, Ann.

Soc. Ent. Fr., 1889, p. 472.

Hab. Guadeloupe (Vitrac); and a variety in Grenada

and Mustique I. (H. H. Smith).

The examples taken by Mr. Smith do not quite agree

with the description of the species. With the exception

of a small oblong spot placed on the suture just behind

the scutellum, they have nothing in the nature of a

brown band on the suture, nor have they a brown band

on the sides. But, in other respects, they conform fairly

well to the description.

Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 137

201. Lepturges sp.

Hab. St. Vincent (H. H. Smith) ; one example.

Prospatius, Thomson.

202. Probatius wmbraticus, Duval, Sagra’s Hist. Cuba, Ins.,

p. 272, pl. 10, fig. 10 (1857); Chevr., Ann.

Fr, 1362, p: 249.

Hab. Cuba—Havana (Poéy), and Porto Rico.

CARNEADES, Bates.

203. Carneades bicincta, Gahan, Ann. and Mag. Nat.

Hist. (6) i., p. 393 (1889).

Hab. Guadeloupe—Pointe-d-Pitre (Lherminier),

DecartTuRia, Hope.

Head with the front slightly reflexed ; eyes divided, with, the

small upper lobes placed well forwards on the inner side of the

antennal tubercles, the lower lobes somewhat rounded. Antenne

10-jointed, sparsely setose, a little longer than the body in the

male, shorter in the female ; Ist joint, the longest, slightly curved,

and gradually thickened towards the apex; 2nd almost half as

long as the 3rd, which is barely shorter than the 4th, the following

joints gradually decreasing in length. Prothorax constricted and

depressed at the base, arched and slightly widened anteriorly, with

the front margin of the pronotum farther advanced than the front

of the prosternum. EHlytra sparsely setose, somewhat depressed

behind the base, slightly widened towards the middle of their

length, and conjointly rounded behind ; each bearing a very feeble

and almost obsolete centro-basal tubercle. Legs moderately long,

with the distal half of each of the femora thickened into a stout

oval club. Middle tibiz sinuately emarginate on their outer distal

border. Claws of tarsi divergent.

This genus, which includes two of the smallest species

of Longicorns known, is allied to Cyrtinus, Leconte, and

Myrmolamia, Bates; in both of which genera the an-

tennee are 11-joimted, and each elytron bears a distinct

centro-basal tubercle.

204. Decarthria albofasciata, sp.n. (Pl. II., fig. 10.)

Pitchy-black and glossy, and furnished with some scattered sub-

erect setz. Peduncles of femora, and antennal joints, 3rd to 10th,

138 Mr. Charles J. Gahan on the

yellowish-white. Elytra each with a narrow transverse white band

placed a little in front of the middle, and made up of short,

closely-placed decumbent white sete. A minute transverse spot of

similar white sete may be seen on each side of the prothorax

lying alongside a very feeble oblique elevation or tubercle. Long.

13—2 mm. :

Hab. Grenada—Balthazar, Telescope Hst., and Lake

Antoine Hst., all on the Windward side (H. H. Smith).

This species closely resembles Myrmolama pemcillata,

Bates, but it is smaller even than that small species, and

is easily distinguished from it by its 10-jomted antennz

and the absence of a distinct centro-basal tubercle from

the elytra.

205. Decarthria stephensi, Hope, Trans. Ent. Soce., vol. 1,

pil’, pl: 2, dig,

Colour slightly variable. Head and prothorax in some examples

almost entirely dark brown, in others testaceous, largely suffused

with dark brown. Elytra punctured at base, sparsely pubescent,

yellowish-testaceous, with four glossy dark brown patches on each,

one oblong, just below and behind the shoulder ; the second trans-

verse, placed at the middle and, at the side of the elytron, joined

to the third, also transverse, which lies a little behind it; the

fourth, somewhat rounded, situated near the apex. A small in-

fuscate area is present also, in some examples, around the nearly

obsolete centro-basal tubercle of each elytron. Legs pale testaceous,

with the clubs of the femora and the apices of the tibiz more or

less distinctly infuscate. Abdomen dark brown and glossy.

Antenne testaceous, with the apices of joints 1st and 3rd to i0th

narrowly tipped with brown. Long. 2—2+ mm.

Hab. St. Vincent—Leeward side (H. H. Smith).

AmpuHionycHa, Leseleuc.

206. Amphionycha nigriventris, Fleut. and Sallé, Ann.

Soc. Ent. Fr., 1889, p. 472, pl. 8, fig. 21.

Hab. Guadeloupe (Delauney).

Catocosmus, Chevrolat.

207. Calocosmus nuptus, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1862,

p. 251

Hab. Cuba (Poéy).

Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. 139

208. Calocosmus venustus, Chevr.

Amphionycha venusta, Chevr., Rev. Zoologique, 1838,

p. 284; (Calocosmus) Ann. Fr., 1862, p. 251.

Hab. Cuba—Havana (Poéy).

209. Calocosmus speciosus, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.,

S62. 09 2a:

Hab. Cuba—Havana (Poéy).

210. Calocosmus dimidiatus, Chevr.

Amphionycha dimudiata, Chevr., Rev. Zoologique, 1838,

p. 284 ;- (Calocosmus) Ann. Fr., 1862, p. 252.

Hab. Cuba (Lasnier, Poéy).

211. Calocosmus mgrvpennis, Chevr., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr.,

1862, p. 252.

Hab. Cuba—Havana (Poéy).

212. Calocosmus janus, Bates, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. (5)

val sps Lol ssit):

Hab. Cuba.

213. Calocosmus semimarginatus, Bates, Ann. Mag. Nat.

Hist. (6) viu., p. lol (1881).

Hab. Cuba—Santiago.

214. Calocosmus holosericeus, Gahan, Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist.

(6) i., p. 895 (1889).

Hab. Haiti.

215. Calocosmus melanurus, Gahan, l.c., p. 390.

Hab. Haiti.

216. Calocosmus marginipennis, Gahan, Ann. Mag. Nat.

Hist. (6) 12., p. 396 (1889).

Hab. Jamaica.

DrycotHea, Thomson.

217. Drycothea guadeloupensis, Fleut. and Sallé, Ann.

Soc. Ent. Fr., 1889, p. 473.

| Hab. Guadeloupe. |

140 Mr. C. J. Gahan on the Longicorn Coleoptera.

_Eixpnanation oF Puare II.

Fic. 1. Prosternodes oberthiri, sp. n. (g)

. Haruspex inscriptus, sp. 0.

. Pentomacrus fasciatus, sp. n.

. Tethlimmena basalis, sp. nu.

on wm Oo 9

. Tethystola mutica, sp. n.

. Ecyrus hirtipes, sp. n. ,

. Leptostylus smithi, sp. n. Ve oa

. Leptostylus posticalis, sp. n.

mo ont ao

. Leptostylus parvulus, sp. n.

10. Decarthria albofasciata, sp. nu.

Galt)

IV. The Infe-history of Pericoma canescens (Psycho-

didz). By Professor Lovis C. Miatt, F.R.S.,

and Norman Watker. Wath a Bibliographical and

ee Appendia, by Baron Osten Sacxen, Hon.

[Read Feb. 6th, 1895.]

Prates II]. and IV.

LittLe appears to be known of the life-history of any

members of this family. Short and dry accounts of the

larva and pupa of Psychoda phalenoides (nervosa),

which is found on decaying vegetation, are given by

Bouché,* Perris,t and Curtis.t Fritz Miller has

described the peculiar respiratory organs of several

larvee of this family, which occur on wet rock-surfaces

at Blumenau (Brazil). He notices in particular that

open spiracles and tracheal gills co-exist in them. At

the end of the abdomen are two large spiracles sur-

rounded by a circle of hairs, and leading to the tracheal

trunks. Hach trunk sends off branches to two or three

pairs of ventrally placed anal papille, which are finger-

shaped and retractile, being retracted in air and pro-

truded in water. In one species the larva, on entering

the water, sometimes takes down with it an air-bubble,

which clings to the hairs around the spiracle.¢

The larve and pupz of one species of this family have

turned up in considerable numbers in a paved channel

receiving over-flow water from the stream at Meanwood,

near Leeds. It is found also on the banks of a muddy

pond at Adel, near Leeds. The larva feeds upon green

algze, and is found entangled in the filaments. It is

wetted with water, and must often be immersed for a

long time together. It is not, however, altogether

* Naturg. d. Insekten, pp. 28, 29, pl. ii., figs. 20-22 (1834).

+ Ann. Sci. Nat. Zool., 2¢ sér., tom. ili, pp. 346-348, pl. 6B

(1840).

a Roy. Agr. Soc., vol. x., p. 403, pl. v., figs. 47-50

§ Entom. Nachrichten, Sept., 1888.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—ParT I. (APRIL)

142 Prof. Miall and Mr. N. Walker on the

aquatic. It breathes air, and often creeps out of the

water altogether. This is rather troublesome to anyone

who keeps the larve in captivity, for they stray from

their saucers, if precautions are not taken. [Flies

reared in the laboratory of the Yorkshire College were

sent to Mr. R. H. Meade, of Bradford, who has kindly

examined and named them.

DESCRIPTION OF THE LARVA.

The body is 8 mm. long, and consists of a head,

followed by eleven segments. Transverse constrictions

subdivide the segments. Hach thoracic segment con-

sists of two annuli, while most of the abdominal seg-

ments consist of three. Traces of a third annulus can

be seen in the thoracic segments, but the constriction

is not complete. The first abdominal segment has

only two annuli, and the eighth is apparently undi-

vided. It is possible that this eighth and last

abdominal segment consists of an eighth and ninth

fused together, but there is no proof that this is the

case.

The body is densely covered with chitinous tubercles,

for the most part very minute. These appear under the

microscope like nails imbedded in the flexible skin.

They take various shapes according to their position,

some being long and slender, others stumpy. A pro-

minent rim unites them more firmly to the skin, ‘This

external armour is a great obstacle to anatomical exami-

nation, and no doubt protects the living animal either

from the attacks of its enemies or from abrasion.

Inhabiting stony channels and subject to a rush of

water bearing silt and gravel with it, the larva may

well stand in need of a defensive armour.

The more exposed parts of each annulus are protected

by chitinous shields in addition to the tubercles, which

here become less numerous. There is a narrow, trans-

versely set dorsal shield to each annulus. Along the

middle line of each shield is a narrow patch of tubercles,

while its lateral extremities bear processes like para-

podia, ending in one, two, or three long and stout sete.

The dorsal shields of the first three annuli are divided

along the middle line. The use of this provision appears

at the time of pupation, when the integument splits

along the very same annuli to allow of the escape of the

life-history of Pericoma canescens (Psychodidx). 143

pupa from the larval skin. The ventral surface is more

uniformly covered with tubercles and sete. A pair of

small and distinct plates, which appear to be more solid

than the neighbouring integument, defend the middle

annulus of most of the abdominal segments on the

ventral side, tying within the shield. The sides of the

body bear a flexible armour of regular and close-set

setee, with here and there a larger plate. There is a

lateral fringe of much longer sete, the first annulus of

the segment having, as a rule, a pair of single sete, the

second annulus none, and the third a pair of large double

ones. It seems probable that these long and stiff hairs,

all pointing backwards, like those which project from the

dorsal shields, save the larva from being swept away by

a sudden rush of water. Buried, as it commonly is, in

in rooted, filamentous alge, the larva has only to keep

its head up stream to offer a most effective resistance to

the current, while it will not be seriously hindered in

travelling head-first through the weeds.

The eighth abdominal segment is defended above and

on the sides by a single large shield, which bears a

median pair of long sete, and three pairs of lateral ones.

The ventral side is more flexible, but is protected by a

centrally placed scutcheon and two small lateral plates.

Two pairs of long setze are borne upon the hinder edge

of the scutcheon. Close behind this is the anus, which

is shut in on the sides and in front by a pair of plates.

The extremity of the abdomen is truncated. It bears

four large anal processes, two dorsal and two ventral.

Between the bases of these processes, but nearer to the

dorsal pair, are the posterior spiracles. The anterior

spiracles are borne on the sides of the second annulus

of the prothoracic segment. ‘They project as cylindrical

tubes with circular, terminal openings, and wrinkled

bases. Anterior spiracles are unusual in aquatic Dip-

terous larve, but Hristalis furnishes us with another

example. In Hristalis the anterior spiracle is probably

not functional; in Pericoma it apparently is.

The two pairs of anal processes are similar in con-

struction, but the ventral ones are rather longer than

the dorsal. Hach process consists of a stout chitinous

rod bearing a fringe of fine filaments, which project

from the sides and tip. The terminal filaments are the

longest, and those on the inner side towards the base of

the rod the shortest. ‘The anal processes stand out from

144 Prof. Miall and Mr. N. Walker on the

a dorsal projection of the eighth segment, which over-

hangs the anus. Lach filament is set with very fine hairs,

so that it somewhat resembles a plume.*

The larva may often be seen to run the anal filaments

through its mouth, thus cleansmg them from diatoms,

desmids, etc., which are probably devoured.

The head is rather small, and completely exserted. On

its upper surface the triangular clypeus, pointed behind,

occupies a central position; it is flanked by the two

epicranial plates; all are ornamented with a symmetrical

pattern of numerous tubercles. The minute antenna

ends in several short rods of equal size and similar shape.

On the sides of the head behind the antennze are the

eye-spots, which are oval, convex, and pigmented. The

labrum is prominent, setose, and very movable, being

continually flexed and extended by the living larva. On

either side of the labrum, and closely applied to it, is a

jointed setose appendage. ‘The mandibles are strong,

bent at an elbow, and palmate, each with five pointed

teeth ; there is a bunch of setze on the elbow, and also a

row of sete on the inner side. When closed, the mandi-

bles do not interlock, but are rotated so far backwards

that their bases are in front and the teeth behind, the

elbow then appearing upon or near the margin of the

head. ‘Two lobes, each bearing two bunches of setze and

stiffened by several chitinous plates, appear to represent

the maxille. The submentum is a transverse comb-like

plate with about twenty denticles, which increase in size

outwards, the most external being three times the size of

the next. In front of this comb are the openings of the

salivary ducts and a hairy patch, which is the free end of

the labium. All the mouth parts are enclosed in a sunk

and roughly hexagonai space, which occupies the fore

part of the ventral surface of the head. The margin of

this space is stiffened by a special rim.

The larvee seem most at home in water just deep

enough to cover the body. They then bury themselves

in mud, sand, or alge, bringing the tip of the abdomen

to the surface of the water. The outspread fringes of ©

the four processes then form a cup, filled with air, and

from this air can be taken into the spiracle. A larva

“ The larvee of Pecilostola (Brauer, Zweifl, d. Kais Museums,

iiil., fig. 11) has two pairs of similarly placed processes, shortly

fringed at the extremities only.

life-history of Pericoma canescens (Psychodidee). 145

which has comfortably established itself in this position

will remain feeding beneath the surface for many hours

together, its body being concealed, and its respiration

unimpeded. It can travel slowly along the bottom with-

out closing the cup, but there is little need for locomotion.

Under natural conditions this tranquil mode of life is

hable to beinterrupted by heavy rain, which may cause a

sudden deepening of the water, and a great increase in

the force of the current, if the larva should inhabit

running water. ‘he larva has several alternatives under

difficult circumstances. It can cling to the weeds and

remain submerged for hours. It can leave the water

altogether and creep upon the wet herbage. Or it can

float at the surface, if the water is still. In each case it

‘can keep up either a free, or at all events a limited,

respiration, and prevent its spiracles from being wetted

with water. When the water is made to rise above a

larva entangled at the bottom of a saucer, the spiracular

cup closes in, and a large roundish bubble forms, which

1s securely held by the plumose filaments. The bubble

is large, as compared with the air contained in the

trachees, and no doubt suffices to maintain respiration for

along time. If the larva is quite free, as, for instance,

if it is placed in a saucer filled with water only, the

bubble brings it to the surface, and then breaks, when

_ the floating cup is at once reformed. Ifa larva, floating

by means of its spiracular cup, is forcibly submerged, it

takes a large bubble down with it.

The floating cup, formed by radiating filaments lying

in the surface-film, which buoys up the tail-end of the

larva of Pericoma, finds a tolerably close parallel in some

other aquatic larvee. ‘The larva of Stratiomys * exhibits

an anal coronet, which answers the same purpose. ‘The

Stratiomys larva possesses one advantage, viz., the power

of quitting the surface at pleasure, which is not shared

by Pericoma. The larve of Dixa + and Anopheles t come

still closer to Pericoma, though the details of the mechan-

ism are different. All the above larve are Dipterous,

but among the Coleoptera we find the same contrivance.

The carnivorous larva of Hydrobius fuscipes has a float-

ing basin filled with air at the tail-end, which supplies

the tracheze, while the head is swept to and fro in search

* Swammerdam, Biblia Nature, pl. xxxix.

+ Miall, Nat. Hist. of Aquatic Insects, p. 157 (1895).

+ Meinert, De eucephale Myggelarver, p. 24 (1886).

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—PaRT I. (APRIL.) 10

146 Prof. Miall and Mr. N. Walker on the

of food. Helophorus and some other aquatic Coleopterous

larvee might also be quoted.

A rather amusing application of capillary forces is

witnessed if we bring a clean needle, half-immersed in

water, near to the spiracular cup of a floating Pericoma

larva. The cup is so strongly attracted that the body of

the insect can be dragged about as if glued to the needle.

This is the handiest way of submerging a larva. If two

floating larvee are brought near one another, the bubbles

cohere and run into one; then the larve are glued

together, tail to tail, and cannot, so long as they float,

disengage themselves. These are mere curiosities, and

have nothing to do with the behaviour of the larva under

natural conditions. What is practically important is that

the larva, when it clings to the bottom, as it almost in-

variably does, should be able to breathe uninterruptedly

so long as the water is shallow; and if the depth is much

increased, should be able to retain a bubble of sufficient

size to support respiration until it can adapt itself to the

change of level.

Three types of larvz, probably belonging to as many

distinct species, occur at Meanwood and Adel. That of

P. canescens has relatively large anal processes. A second

(undetermined) species has a larva of about the same size,

with relatively small processes. In a third (undetermined)

species the larvais only about half as long, while the anal

processes are relatively intermediate in length.

When the time of pupation is at hand, the larva quits

the water. It either burrows into the bank or climbs

upon a stone which rises well above the water, and there

pupates. One favourite habitat of the larva, that is, the

thick felted mass of algze covering earth or stones in very

wet, but not submerged places, serves equally well for

the pupa, and it often remains there until the fly emerges.

The pupa of Pericoma is 34 mm. long, and much

resembles those of many other 'lipulide. It is provided

with a pair of prothoracic respiratory trumpets, which are

club-shaped, with a short stalk and a cylindrical terminal

part, which is much longer and wider than the stalk.

The stalk is transversely wrinkled. The surface of the

rest of the trumpet is roughened by many small promin-

ences. A large trachea traverses the organ, and opens

by a double row of circular foramina, which extends along

the rounded extremity of the trumpet and a little way

down its inner side.*

"© Of, Dicranota, Trans, Ent. Soc., 1893, pl. xiii., fig. 34.

ry a

life-history of Pericoma canescens (Psychodidx). 147

The legs of the fly, enclosed in their pupal sheaths, are

short, and, though extended at full length, do not reach

beyond the second abdominal segment.

As in many other pupz of this and other orders, the

abdominal segments are roughened by spines. Bach

segment bears a prominent circle of large spines and

dense patches of smaller ones.

The circles of hooks upon the abdominal segments of

the pupa, serve, as in many like cases, as means of loco-

motion. The pupa can thus place itself favourably, and

preserve the most convenient attitude, viz., with the

head and respiratory trumpets uppermost. Pupz kept

in dishes are able to creep up the steep and polished

sides, and make their escape. When placed in water,

they float at the surface, the respiratory trumpets break-

ing the surface-film. The body is then inclined at an

angle of less than 45° with the surface of the water, and

the orifices of the respiratory trumpets being obliquely

truncated, lie in the surface-plane. ‘The abdomen is

flexed and extended at intervals, and can also be bent a

little to either side.

We have found it so laborious and yet so necessary,

when dealing with the life-history of any insect, to refer

to the writings of earlier naturalists who have described

the same or nearly allied species, that we gladly present

as an Appendix, the following Bibliography of Psycho-

didz (early stages), with critical remarks, which we owe

to the great kindness of Baron Osten Sacken :—

APPENDIX.

J.—LITERATURE OF THE HarLy STAGES oF PsycHODIDA.

(In chronological order.)

1. Scuranx, Ff. P., Beitr. z. Naturgesch., 1776. In

my manuscript notes I find this article connected with

Pericoma ocellaris, Meig., the pupa of which is said to

be figured in it. I do not remember where I found this

reference, and cannot verify it now. It may be the same

as Schrank, No. 2, in Hagen’s Bibliotheca; Beschreibung

einer Miicke. (Tipula, with fig.)

2. Boucut, Naturg., etc. (1834), p. 28, Tab. in,

figs. 20-23. Psychoda phalenoides, Meig., i., p. 104.

Bouché adds the reference: Tip. phalenoides, Linn.

But according to the present nomenclature by Haliday

148 Prof. Miall and Mr. N. Walker on the

and Schiner, P. phalenoides, Meig., is now called P. sex-

punctata, Curtis, and P. phalenoides, Linné, is considered

as a separate species, of which P. nervosa, Meig., Perris

and Curtis (in 1850), are synonyms. (Compare the

criticism of Bouché’s statements given in the condensed

account, below.)

3. V. Roszr, Corresp. Blatt. d. k. Wirtt. Landw. Ver.

(1884), i., p. 261, footnote referring to P. palustris, Mg.

lt contains nothing but the words: “1 have found the

larva under a decayed mushroom.” As P. palustris is a

Pericoma, and the larve of this genus, as far as known,

are aquatic, the determination of the species seems to be

doubtful.

4.’ Purris, Ann...d.,! Sc.: Nat., 2° eno namo.. ee

pp. 346-348 (1840); Tab. vi., fig. Bp. Psychoda nervosa,

M. (now called P. phalenoides, Linné). ‘The pupa repre-

sented is that of Psychoda; the larva belongs to some

other family. (Compare the condensed account, below.)

5. Ericuson, Bericht, etc. (1840), p. 86. He calls

attention to Perris’s figure of the larva, and. points out

its discrepancy from that of Bouché. (Compare the con-

densed account, below.)

6. Westwoop, Introd., etc., 11., p. 521 (1840). Detailed

description of a pupa of a Psychoda, sent by Mr. Thwaites,

and found in a dead snail’s shell.

7. GimmertHaL, Arb. d. Naturf. Ver. za Riga, vol. 1.,

p. 326 (1848). Psychoda humeralis, M., bred from a

larva feeding on rotten potatoes. (Compare the criticism

in the condensed account, below.)

8. Scsouz, Schl. Ent. Zeitschr. (1849), p. 20. Con-

tains nothing but a reference to v. Roser. (Compare

ING

9, Curtis, J., Journ. Roy. Agric. Soc., vol. x., p. 403,

Tab. v., figs. 47-50 (1850). Psychoda nervosa, M.

(phalenoides, Linné). A few words about the larva bred

from rotten potatoes; the appended figures represent

the pupa in three positions.

10. Hatipay, A. H., in F. Walker’s Ins. Brit., Dipt.

ll, pp. 203-263 (1856). (Compare the condensed

account, below.) .

i: ——., Nat. Hist. Review, July, 1857, ‘On some

remaining blanks, etc.”? Contains, on p. 182, a list of

references to publications on the metamorphosis of

Psychoda. P. humeralis, Gimmerthal, is wrongly re-

ferred to the genus Pericoma.

12. Braver, F., Denkschr., etc., vol. xlvii. (1888).

life-history of Pericoma canescens (Psychodide). 149

Systematische Studien auf Grundlage der Dipteren-

Larven, nebst einer Zusammenstellung von Beispielen

aus der Literatur derselben and Beschreibung neuer

Formen. On p. 20 the larve of the Psychodidx are

characterized as follows :—“ Larve walzig, amphipneus-

tisch, das hintere Ende in eine kurze meist fest chitini-

sirte Athemrodhre verlingert. Ober- and Unterkiefer

am Grunde verwachsen, theilweise zugleich beweglich.

Augenflecke am Kopfe vorhanden. Am Ringe hinter

dem Kopfe kein Fuss. Nymphe ruhend, vorne mit zwei

langen athemrohrartig verlingerten Vorderstigmen,

Athemhornern. lLarve in Bachen und einige Arten in

jauchigem Wasser von Cloaken und Aborten.” This is

all that Brauer gives on this subject.

This statement is incomplete, and contains a contradic-

tion. The description of the larva with the chitinized

tail merely refers to the larvae of Psychoda, in the

narrower sense of Haliday. The alleged habitat ‘‘run-

ning and putrid waters,’ is applicable to the aquatic

larvee of Pericoma only, which, as Haliday has shown, are

provided with various forms of branchial and other

appendages, adapted for aquatic hfe. Larvee of Psychodx

are found in rotten mushrooms and potatoes. In another

part of this work (p. 52), the necessary references are

given, and among them, that to Walker’s Ins. Brit. But

no use is made of these references, except that the

passage about Ulomyia (Walker, p. 261) is incorrectly

translated. ‘The erroneous statements of Bouché, Perris,

and Gimmerthal, are neither noticed nor criticized. The

statement about P. hwmeralis, “nach Haliday eine Peri-

coma,’ 1s, as I have shown above (No. 11), based upon

a lapsus calami on the part of Haliday.

13. Lucas, H., Bull. Soc. Ent. de France, 1885, p. xlin,

communicates some observations on LP. phalenordes,

which, in January of that year, appeared in large

numbers in a privy. ‘The larve, before changing into

pup, crawled up the pipe, emerging through its upper

opening, where many exuvize of the pupa were found.

14. Mutter, Dr. Fritz, Entomol. Nachr., vol. xiv.,

pp. 273-277 (1888). Larven von Micken und Haarflug-

lern mit zweierlei abwechselnd thatigen Athemwerk-

zeugen, 3 woodcuts. Describes and figures the tail-ends

of the larvee of two species of Psychodidxe, showing the

combination of the ordinary pair of anal spiracles with

branchial and other respiratory appendages.

150 Prof. Miall and Mr. N. Walker on the

II.—Conpensep Account or oUR PresENT KNOWLEDGE

oF tHe Harty Staces or PsycHopipDa&, WITH ORITICAL

REMARKS ON SOME OF THE PUBLICATIONS.

(The numbers quoted in brackets refer to the preceding

List of the Literature.)

Our present knowledge of the larvee of Psychodx we

principally owe to Haliday. His results are incorporated

in the chapter on Phlebotomide, as he called the family,

in Walker’s Insecta Brit., Dipt. 11., pp. 253-263 (1856).

On p. 208, Walker says:-—‘‘I am indebted to Mr. Hali-

day for all the following characters of the genera and

species of this family.”

‘The different groups of the larve are characterized as

follows :—

Larva pale, terrestrial, the last segment slender,

much elongated . . Psychoda (Latr.), Hal.

Larva blackish, last segment little elongated, jagged

at the end and ciliated with radiating hairs.

Larva with two double rows of lanceolate

(gill-lke) plates down the back.

Ulomyia, Hal.

Larva with two bands of curved hairs down

the back... .. 4,0. a GP erapoma, bred

Further details on the larve of the first group, Psy-

choda, are given on the following pages :—

(P. 255.) ‘The larva of P. phalznordes, and that of P.

seepunctata * inhabit dry cowdung; they are long, sub-

fusiform, depressed, with a slender, straight, cylindrical

tail, which is longer than the preceding segment. ‘The

pupa has two short appendages, thickened at the tips

behind the head; the abdomen is tapering.”

(P. 256, under the heading of P. sexpunctata, Curtis.)

“ Respiratory auricles of the pupa filiform, curved, com-

municating with the main trachea by a dilated cylindrical

portion of the latter. In the larva ready for transfor-

mation they may be seen, through the skin, forming an

interrupted ring round the first part of the prothorax,

beginning close to the spiracle and bent down till they

nearly meet below, the thickened part of the trachea ©

ee also visible. According to my observations the

* The synonymy of the two above-mentioned species is, accord-

ing to Haliday (p. 255) :—Psychodu phalenoides, Linn. (syn. P.

nervosa, Meig., Perris). P. sexpunctata, Curtis (syn. P. dies apeedik

Meig.).

~»

- ee

life-history of Pervcoma canescens (Psychodidx). 151

main tracheze rise from the prothoracic spiracles to the

anal points without any intermediate lateral spiracles, as

Perris has already stated, differing from Bouché. I found

in the larva a pair of glands (ending in a filament at each

end), lying loose among some elongate, cylindric, white,

fatty masses in the neighbourhood of the small intestines,

nearly as in Tipula. These are rudiments of repro-

ductive organs.”’ (Hal.)

In regard to the position of the spiracles, Haliday, in

the above quoted passages, agrees with Perris (No. 4),

and notices the errors of Bouché (No. 2), who describes

aud figures them as peripneustic. But, in the same

passages, Haliday does not take notice of the structure of

the posterior end of the larva figured by Perris; it is

truncate, and has no tail-lke prolongation, and therefore

cannot be a larva of Psychoda, in the sense of Haliday.

It is only one year later (“On some remaining blanks,

etc.,”” 1857, No. 11), that Haliday, now better informed,

says in a footnote (p. 182), “ Perris has figured a larva

which undoubtedly belongs to some other family of

Diptera.” The same doubt had already arisen in

Hrichson’s mind (No. 5), in 1840, the very year of

Perris’s publication, and in his “Bericht”? he called

attention to the discrepancy between Bouché and Perris;

he said, ‘‘ We can only assume that one of the observers

had the wrong larva. Besides other not unimportant

differences, the position of the spiracles in Perris is the

same as in the larve of the Muscide (Flegenlarven),

that is, there is one pair in front, and one behind.

Bouché’s larva, on the contrary, has a pair of spiracles

on each segment, just as the other Diptera in the division

to which Psychoda belongs.” In this case Krichson was

mistaken ; he was thinking of the Mycetophilide and

Cecidomyidx, which are peripneustic, and forgot that

among the Nemocera there are several families the larvee

of which are not peripneustic. It is not easy to guess

where Perris’s larva belongs. It might be taken for that

of a small Tipulid, but the larvee of this family are meta-

pneustic, and do not show such a distinct anterior pair of

spiracles as is represented in Perris’s figure. (1 cannot

compare the figure now, but I possess a tracing which I

made many years ago.) *

* My statement in the Berl. Ent. Zeits., 1892, p. 462, that the

larva may belong to some Muscid, was a lapsus memorie

produced by an indistinct recollection of Erichson’s allusion to

“ Fliegenlarve.”

L52 Prof. Miall and Mr. N. Walker on the

The larva of Psychoda humeralis, Meig., found by

Gimmerthal (No. 7) in rotten potatoes, answers the

description of the terrestrial-tailed larvae, as given above.

The species to which it belongs is a Psychoda in the

narrower sense. (It was a lapsus calami on the part of

Haliday, as I have already shown above, sub Nos. 11

and 12, when he placed it among the Pericomz.)

When Gimmerthal says, ‘‘the spiracles are plainly

visible along the sides, as in a caterpillar,” he must have

been misled by Bouché. I have had occasion to observe

a larva of the same group in North America, and found

it to be amphipneustic. In a MS. note among my

papers I find stated, ‘‘the anterior spiracles of the first

thoracic segment are very apparent in the shape of short

tubes. Large tracheal trunks can be seen distinctly

running into the tail. The body is dirty whitish,

with extremely short, erect bristles; there were no

lateral bristles like those figured by Bouché. The seg-

ments are marked by distinct incisures and transverse

wrinkles.” )

The larvee I have been hitherto discussing belong to

the group of the terrestrial-tailed larvee of Psychoda in

the narrower sense of Haliday. It remains for me now

to reproduce the passages of Walker’s Ins. Brit. con-

cerning the larve of Pericoma, Haliday, and Ulomyia,

Haliday. They are :—

(P. 256.) Perwcoma. “Larva with rows of hairs;

inhabits water; bent into a ring; the tufts of curved

hair detaining a covering of mud.”

(P. 260.) P. nubila, Meig. ‘* Reared from larvee found

on fallen leaves, immersed in the water of pools or slow

streams.”

(P. 261.) Ulomyia. ‘<The larva lives in clear, running

water, and has, like a dorsibranchial Annelid or Phyllo-

doce, down the back two rows of acute, lanceolate,

foliaceous, branchia-like appendages; each row consists

of three pairs on each segment, viz., a pair on each of

the three folds or subdivisions of the segment. Other-

wise most like the larva of Pericoma. Ulomyia hirta

was reared from larvz found on fallen leaves lying in a

waterfall of a clear rivulet.”

Dr. F. Miller (No. 14) in 1888 described and figured

two Brazilian aquatic larvee, belonging perhaps to as yet

undescribed genera of the same family.

life-history of Pericoma canescens (Psychodide). 193

Hig. 1.

Fia. 4.

EXPLANATION OF Prats III. and IV.

Pericoma canescens.

PLATE ITI.

Larva, dorsal view, as., anterior spiracle, x 20.

. Larva, ventral view, xX 20.

. Pupa, ventral view, X 20.

PLATE IV.

Anterior annulus of abdominal segment of larva, dorsal

view, X 75.

. Last abdominal segment, with one pair of fringed anal

processes, dorsal view, < 50.

. Last abdominal segment, end view, showing two pairs of

anal processes, X 50.

. Last abdominal segment, end view, showing posterior

spiracles, X 100.

. Head, underside, showing /dbr., labrum ; aé., antenna ; mn.,

mandible; mx., maxilla; oc., eye-spot; sd., salivary

duct ; sm., submentum, x 150.

. Extremity of mandible, x 300.

@ 155

V. Questions bearing on Specific Stability. By Francis

Gatton, D.C.L., F.R.S.

{Read April 3rd, 1895. ]

Ar the suggestion of your President, 1 beg to submit

three questions to the notice of this Society. They

bear on a theoretical question of much importance;

namely, the part played in Evolution by “ organic

stability.” :

The questions are more especially addressed to those

who have had experience in breeding, but by no means

to breeders only; nor are they addressed only to

Entomologists, being equally appropriate to the followers

of every other branch of Natural History.

I should be grateful for replies relating to any species

of animal or plant, whether based on personal observa-

tion or referring to such observations by others as are

still scattered through the wide range of periodical

literature, not having yet found a place in standard

works.

The questions are for information in the following

subjects :—

(1) Instances of such strongly-marked peculiarities,

whether in form, in colour, or in habit, as have

occasionally appeared in a single or in a few

individuals among a brood; but no record is

wanted of monstrosities, or of such other cha-

racteristics as are clearly inconsistent with health

and vigour.

(2) Instances in which any one of the above pecu-

harities has appeared in the broods of different

parents. [In replying to this question, it will be

hardly worth while to record the sudden appear-

ance of either albinism or melanism, as both are

well known to be of frequent occurrence. |

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—PART I. (APRIL.)

156 Mr. Francis Galton on

Norge :—The question is not asked now whether such

peculiarities, or ‘‘ sports,” may be accounted for

by atavism or other hypothetical causes.

(3) Instances in which any of these peculiarly charac-

terized individuals have transmitted their pecu-

liarities, hereditarily, to one or more generations.

Especial mention should be made whether the

peculiarity was in any case transmitted in all its

original intensity, and numerical data would be

particularly acceptable that showed the frequency

of its transmission (a) in an undiluted form, (b)

in one that was more or less diluted, and (c) of

its non-transmission in any perceptible degree.*

It is impossible to explain to a general meeting the

precise way in which the desired facts would be utilized.

An explanation that would be sufficiently brief for the

purpose could not be rendered intelligible except to those

few who are already familiar with the evidence, and the

technical treatment of it, by which the law of Regression

is established and with the consequences and require-

ments of that law. Regressiveness and Stability are

contrasted conditions, and neither of them can be fully -

understood apart from the other.

I may as well take this opportunity of appending a

list of my various memoirs on these subjects. They

appeared from time to time in various forms as the

inquiry progressed, and as suitable openings occurred for

writing or speaking. The more important of these are

Nos. 1, 3, part of 6, 7, and 8, in the followimg list.

Nos. 1 to 5 refer to Regression only. The whole are on

the table in two volumes, the loose memoirs being bound

together to form one of them, and ‘‘ Natural Inheritance”

being the other. I hope that the Society will do me the

honour of accepting these, and keeping them in their

library.

* Communications should be addressed to F. Galton, 42, Rutland

Gate, London, 8.W.

LIST

(1)

(2)

(3)

(4)

()

(6)

(7)

(8)

questions bearing on Specific Stability. 157

OF MEMOIRS BY THE AUTHOR ON REGRESSION

AND STABILITY.

Typical Laws of Heredity. Journ. R. Institution, 1877.

This was the first statement of the law of Regression,

as founded on a series of experiments with sweet peas.

Pres. Address Anthropol. Section Brit. Assoc., 1885. Here

the law of Regression was confirmed by anthropological

observations.

Regression towards Mediocrity in Family Stature. Journ.

Anthrop. Inst., 1885. A revised and illustrated reprint

of No. 2.

Family Likeness in Stature. Proc. Royal Soc., 1886.

Family Likeness in Eye-colour. Proc. Royal Soc., 1886.

Natural Inheritance (Macmillan & Co.), 1889. This volume

summarises the results of previous work.

Patterns in Thumb and Finger Marks... . and the re-

semblance of their classes to ordinary genera. Phil. Trans.

Royal Soc., 1891.

Discontinuity in Evolution. Mind., 1894. This is an

article on Mr. Bateson’s volume.

(1159)

VI. Contributions to the knowledge of African Phy-

tophagous Coleoptera. Part I. By Marrin

JacoBy, F.H.S.

[Read Feb. 6th, 1895. ]

THE majority of the species the description of which forms

the greater portion of this paper were kindly transmitted

to me for examination by Mr. Péringuey, of the Cape Town

Museum, and as many of them were obtained in Mashuna-

land, a comparatively new locality, it was but natural that

-a good deal of the material should be new and interesting.

There yet exist, however, in collections many African

species of Phytophaga undescribed, and I have added

from my own cabinet several of the more conspicuous

species, which seem to me to be new or little known.

- We may thus gradually acquire a better knowledge of

the fauna of the vast continent which is opened up to us

more and more year by year. At the same time, it is

not improbable that this quick march of civilization will

also be the cause of the gradual disappearance of many

of its present insect treasures.

I may, perhaps, be allowed to remark here that I do

not wonder if descriptions of species are overlooked,

and the latter redescribed, when one finds in a book, the

title of which is “The Insects of Germany,” species

described from the interior of Africa and other parts of

the world.

Of the species described in this paper, most of the

types are contained in my collection; a few of the unique

specimens, however, are in the collection of the Cape

Town Museum.

CRIOCERIN Ad.

Lema klugi, sp. n.

Black, pubescent; head and thorax deeply and closely punc-

tured; elytra violaceous, pubescent, deeply and closely punctate-

striate, the interstices costate at the apex. Length, 3 lines.

Closely allied to L. celestina, Klug; of the same.

shape and colour, as well as pubescent; but at once to

be distinguished by the deeply-punctured, not trans-

versely plicate, thorax ; the head strongly punctured at

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—parT u. (JuNE.) II]

160 Mr. M. Jacoby’s contributions to the knowledge of

the vertex, and somewhat rugose, the frontal elevations a

moderately raised, bounded behind by a narrow fulvous

_ streak; antenne short, black, with strongly-widened

and transversely-shaped apical joints; thorax slightly

longer than broad, not deeply constricted at the sides,

without tubercles at the angles, the basal sulcation

obsolete, with a deeper fovea at the middle, the surface

slightly bronze-coloured, closely pubescent, deeply and

closely punctured, the punctures irregularly distributed,

and equally strong behind the sulcus; elytra pubescent

like the thorax, metallic-violaceous, with closely ap-

proached rows of deep punctures, which diminish in size

posteriorly ; the interstices also very finely punctured

or rugose.

Hab. Mashunaland (Salisbury); a single specimen,

Cape Town Museum.

Lema mgropicta, sp. n.

Broad, flavous; the antenne (the basal joint excepted), the

knees, tibie, and tarsi, black; thorax with two black spots

anteriorly ; elytra deeply and closely punctate-striate, the inter-

stices minutely punctured, a spot on the shoulder, and another

near the middle of each, black; femora flavous, the base black.

Length, 3 lines.

Head deeply constricted behind, with two rounded, rather

obsolete tubercles between the eyes, impunctate ; the latter tri-

angularly notched, very prominent, surrounded by a deeply-

punctured space bounded by deep grooves ; clypeus impunctate ;

antenne slender, but scarcely extending to the middle of the

elytra, black, the first joint flavous, almost subquadrately thickened ; _

thorax broader than long, subquadrate, moderately constricted at

the sides ; the basal sulcus placed immediately below the middle ;

the space below it also narrowly sulcate or plicate; the surface

with several rows of distinct punctures at the middle of the disc ;

the rest also very finely punctured and slightly wrinkled, with a

black spot placed on the anterior angles ; scutellum rather concave,

short ; elytra deeply and closely foveolate punctate-striate ; the

interstices costate at the apex, also sparingly and finely punctured ;

a spot on the humeral callus and a small round spot near the —

suture before the middle, black; femora and underside flavous,

the extreme base of the former, the knees, tibiz, and tarsi, black.

Cape Town Museum ; a single specimen.

Easily distinguished by its coloration.

€

s : i 1 ‘ |

* aN eer a) ‘ . -

i i 4 4 ‘ a be 4 “i

‘i io " Tee Ae pane “es bed ae... ay od

. = i f- an = ——— al A -

3 é = RS ae Sa Se) ll a

African Phytophagous Coleoptera. 161

Lema foverpennis, sp. n.

Broad and robust, black ; thorax bifoveolate, punctured at sides

and middle ; elytra purplish-violaceous, deeply and closely foveo-

late punctate-striate, the interstices convex at the apex. Length,

4 lines.

Head black, sparingly clothed with very short white pubescence,

the vertex with a deep longitudinal short fovea, bituberculate at

the sides, eyes very deeply angularly notched, clypeus bluish,

punctured ; antenne short, black, third and fourth joints equal,

the following transversely subquadrate ; thorax slightly broader

than long, the anterior angles tuberculate ; the sides moderately

constricted at the middle ; the basal sulcus deep, plicate at the

sides ; the surface with a triangular fovea at each side anteriorly,

strongly punctured at the same place ; the middle of the disc with

a broad band of fine punctures forming about six or eight rows,

black ; scutellum black, its apex rounded ; elytra much broader

than the thorax, without basal depression, metallic-violaceous or

purplish, closely and deeply impressed with elongate foveolate

punctures, forming ten rows, the punctures towards the apex more

closely approached and almost confluent, the interstices at the same

place costate ; underside and legs black.

Hab. Mashunaland (Salisbury).

Of this very large and fine species only a single

specimen is contained in the Cape ‘Town Museum.

Lema abyssinica, sp. n.

Black, the upper part of the head and the thorax fulvous,

strongly punctured and transversely plicate; elytra deeply punctate-

striate, the interstices costate at the apex, fulvous, the apical

portion black. Length, 33 lines.

Head fulvous, the lower portion black, clothed with short

pubescence, the space between the eyes raised into two large finely-

punctured tubercles ; thorax subquadrate, not longer than broad,

the anterior angles slightly tuberculate, the sides very moderately

and gradually constricted, the basal sulcus well marked, the surface

fulvous, with about five rows of deep punctures at the middle of

the disc, extending as far as the sulcus, their end being marked by

a fovea, the sides anteriorly strongly transversely plicate, scutellum

truncate at the apex; elytra with very deep punctures arranged in

closely approached regular rows, the interstices very sparingly and

finely punctured about as wide as the punctures, strongly costate

162 Mr. M. Jacoby’s contributions to the knowledge of

near the apex, the latter with an oval black patch not extending to

the margins, its upper edge rounded, underside and legs black.

Hab. Abyssinia; my collection.

The plicate sides of the thorax, in connection with the

system of coloration, will help to distinguish this species.

Lema natalensis, sp. u.

Head, the apical joints of the antenne, the breast and the tarsi,

black, thorax rufous, bifoveolate ; elytra metallic-blue, deeply

punctate-striate; abdomen and legs fulvous. Length, 2 lines.

Head black, pubescent, rugose-punctate, the neck fulvous, the

space between the eyes with a deep longitudinal groove, eyes very

large, deeply triangularly notched ; antennz black, the lower four

joints fulvous, the others gradually thickened; thorax slightly

broader than long, the anterior portion strongly widened, the

angles rather bluntly tuberculate, the basal sulcus deep, the surface

with two small elongate fovez near the middle, and some rows of

deep punctures at the same place as well as near the anterior

margin, the latter with a small black spot at the middle; scutellum

black; elytra metallic-blue, with a slight depression near the suture,

deeply and closely impressed with elongate punctures which

diminish gradually in size posteriorly, the interstices near the apex

convex, with some minute punctures here and there ; abdomen and

legs fulvous ; breast and tarsi black, the first joint of the latter

fulvous at the base.

Hab. Natal, Cape Town Museum; a single specimen.

Allied to L. rubricollis, Klug, and others, but differing

in the colour of the abdomen and legs, and in the sculp-

ture of the thorax. |

Criocerts (?) angulicollis, sp. n.

Pale greenish-yellow, the lower part of the head, the antenne,

the breast, the femora at base, and the tarsi, black; thorax angulate

before the middle, strongly punctured; elytra strongly punctate-

striate, the suture black ; abdomen spotted with black. Length,

2 lines.

Of narrow and nearly parallel shape; the head strongly con-

stricted behind the eyes, yellow, the base with a narrow black

transverse band, finely punctured, frontal elevations large, tri-

angular, divided at the middle and bounded posteriorly by a deep

black groove, their surface deeply punctured, the space surrounding

the eyes black, deeply rugose; antennez short, black, terminal

joints transversely widened, the second and third joints shorter,

African Phytophagous Coleoptera. 163

equal ; thorax transverse, the sides obliquely and angularly widened

before the middle, the anterior angles rounded and obsolete, the

base with a narrow transverse sulcus, the flanks and underside

black, the surface yellow with a small fovea at each side

anteriorly, a row of deep punctures parallel with the anterior

margin and some other punctures arranged in an almost circular

shape at the sides; elytra closely and deeply punctate-striate,

greenish-yellow, with a sutural posteriorly slightly narrowed black

stripe extending to the apex ; interstices very minutely punctured ;

the breast, the base of the femora, and the tarsi black ; abdomen

yellow, with a black spot at each side.

Hab. Natal, Cape Town Museum, and my collection.

The claws of the two specimens before me are

unfortunately all broken off, but I have little doubt that

it is a Crwoceris, somewhat allied to C. balyr, Har.; the

shape of the thorax is, however, totally different from

that of any other species with which I am acquainted

and will at once distinguish the present insect.

MEGALOPIN Ai.

Pecilomorpha divisa, sp. n.

Fulvous, the antennz and legs black ; head and thorax piceous,

_pubescent, scarcely punctured; elytra finely and remotely

punctured, piceous ; the posterior portion reddish-fulvous. Length,

4} lines.

Head fulvous, the central portion blackish, with a narrow

transverse ridge between the eyes, sparingly clothed with black

pubescence and impressed with a few fine punctures here and there,

clypeus and mandibles stained with black ; antenne not extending

beyond the base of the thorax, black, the lower four joints shining,

the others opaque, transversely widened ; thorax strongly trans-

verse, the sides rather rounded, the anterior angles obsolete, the

posterior ones scarcely distinct, rather oblique, the surface not

perceptibly punctured, piceous, sparingly clothed with black

hairs ; the disc with the usual anterior and posterior narrow sulci,

the latter one of fulvous colour ; elytra rather broad and flattened,

finely and remotely punctured, each puncture furnished with a black

hair, the anterior portion to beyond the middle, piceous, the rest

fulvous ; underside of the samecolour ; the sides of the breast and

the legs black.

Hab. Delagoa, Cape Town Museum.

Of this distinctly marked species, only a single female

specimen is before me.

164 Mr. M. Jacoby’s contributions to the knowledge of

Pecilomorpha mashuana, sp. n.

Fem. Black, pubescent, the abdomen flavous; thorax very

sparingly punctured ; elytra closely and strongly punctured, black,

a triangular spot at the apex flavous. - Length, 5 lines.

Head with a fovea between the eyes, black, the vertex shining,

impunctate, the space in front of the eyes closely and finely

punctured, labrum fulvous; antenns extending to the middle of

the elytra, black, the second and the fourth joints short, equal, the

following ones strongly serrated or triangularly widened ; thorax

twice as broad as long, narrowed in front, the sides straight, the

posterior angles strongly produced into tubercles, the surface very

sparingly punctured and with some white pubescence, narrowly

transversely grooved near the anterior margin and’ more obsoletely

so near the base; elytra depressed below the base, the shoulders

obliquely rounded, the surface closely and strongly punctured,

black, clothed with white pubescence; the apex in shape of a

triangular spot, flavous; breast and legs black; abdomen flavous.

Hab. Mashunaland (Salisbury).

The above description is drawn from two female speci-

mens, but Mr. Péringuey informs me that the male has

entirely flavous elytra ; as, however, I have not seen that

sex, I cannot give any more detailed description of it;

the\ species is remarkable for its comparatively long

antenne.

CLYTHRINA.

Clythra maaima, sp. 0.

Black, thorax extremely minutely punctured; elytra fulvous,

finely and irregularly punctured, the apex toa greater or smaller

degree, black.

Mas. The anterior angles of the thorax narrowly fulvous, the

base of the elytra paler, the extreme apex only black. Length,

44 lines, ! 3

Fem. Thorax entirely black, the fourth apical portion of the

elytra black. Length, 6 lines.

Mas. Head very finely punctured, the vertex with a deep

central groove, the eyes very large, the intervening space longi-

tudinally strigose, clypeus with several depressions, finely ¥

punctured; antennz extending to the base of the thorax; black, the

third joint very small, fulvous, the following joints strongly trans- — 4

verse ; thorax at least three times broader than long, the sides with __

a narrow reflexed margin, gradually narrowed in front, posterior

angles rounded, medial lobe scarcely produced, the disc shining,

black, extremely minutely and closely punctured ; scutellum black,

“A

«|

;

African Phytophagous Coleoptera. 165

triangular, finely punctured; elytra fulvous, the basal portion near

the suture flavous to a small extent, the punctuation rather fine

and close, slightly arranged in rows near the suture, irregularly at

the sides, the extreme apical angle black; underside-clothed with

rather thick and long yellowish pubescence, the last abdominal

segment with a deep triangular fovea.

Sierra Leone and Old Calabar.

This Clythra may be known from any of its African

congeners by the colour of the elytra, which are devoid

of the usual spots or bands at their anterior portion.

I have preserved the name given to it by the late

M. Lefévre shortly before his death but I am not

aware that the species was described by him.

Diapromorpha procera, sp. n.

Black, the sides of the thorax and its anterior margin flavous,

the surface irregularly punctured; elytra closely and strongly

punctured ; fulvous, a spot on the shoulder and a transverse band

below the middle, black.

Var. The thorax with the sides flavous only, the elytra entirely

fulvous.

Length, 6 lines.

Head black, the vertex finely punctured, with a central longi-

tudinal groove, the space between the eyes finely rugose, the clypeus

broad, finely punctured, its anterior margin concave-emarginate; the

antennz extending to the middle of the thorax, black, the second

and third joints very small, more or less fulvous ; thorax about

two and a half times broader than long, the sides straight, narrowed

anteriorly, concavely depressed near the posterior angles, the

surface irregularly impressed with larger and smaller punctures,

the median lobe truncately produced, the disc black, the sides

narrowly flavous ; scutellum pointed, rather convex, impunctate ;

elytra slightly narrowed posteriorly, strongly and closely punctured,

fulvous, the shoulders prominent, with a narrow black elongate

spot ; a transverse band of the same colour not extending to either

margin is placed below the middle and the sutural margin posteriorly

as well as the extreme apical margin is likewise black ; underside

closely covered with silky pubescence.

Hab. W. Africa, Old Calabar.

This is a large-sized species which differs in coloration

from any other African species with which I am

acquainted; the sculpture of the elytra is finer in the

unspotted variety than in the banded form, and the

166 Mr. M. Jacoby’s contributions to the knowledge of

thorax has not only the sides but also the anterior

margin (the extreme edge excepted) flavous, otherwise

there is no difference. The species was named by

M. Lefévre, whose untimely death prevented its publica-

tion by that author.

Titubea rugosa, sp. u.

Black ; thorax fulvous, the base piceous or black, rugosely

punctured ; elytra flavous, closely and strongly rugose-punctate,

with ten small blackish spots (4, 4, 2).

Mas. The anterior legs very elongate. Length, 3 lines.

Fem. Legs normal, more or less fulvous. Length, 4 lines.

Mas. Head flat, closely covered with long pubescence, the space

at the middle slightly raised and smooth, the anterior margin of

the clypeus nearly straight, mandibles slender, bent at right angles ;

antenne scarcely extending to the base of the thorax, the lower

three joints obscurely fulvous, the fourth and following joints very

strongly transversely serrate, black ; thorax two and a half times

broader than long, the sides slightly rounded, the anterior angles

distinct, posterior ones rather obtuse, the posterior margin with a

short truncate median lobe, the surface irregularly and strongly

rugose and punctured with smaller punctures intermixed, fulvous,

the anterior portion paler, the base with a narrow transverse black

band which anteriorly is split up in four or five places in the shape of

elongate spots; scutellum black ; elytra flavous, strongly and rather

closely punctured in semi-regular rows, the interstices slightly

rugose and longitudinally costate near the apex and suture, each

elytron with a spot on the shoulder, another below the scutellum

close to the suture, and two spots below the middle, slightly oblique,

the outer at the lateral, the inner one at the sutural margin, and

another spot at the apical angle, black ;. underside and legs black,

finely pubescent, the anterior legs very elongate, the tibie partly

fulvous below, the first joint of the anterior tarsi of half the

length of the tibiz, the following joints also elongate, the meta-

tarsus of the posterior legs as long as the following two joints

together.

South Africa.

Of this species, well distinguished by the rugose upper

surface of the thorax and the coloration, I possess two

specimens of either sex; in the female the thorax has no

black band, but the basal portion is dark fulvous with

just a trace of the darker markings of the male, the elytra

African Phytophagous Coleoptera. 167

are more closely and strongly punctured than in the

other sex and the spots are fainter, the tibize and tarsi

are entirely fulvous, and the femora are stained with that

colour. Another specimen is also contained in the British

Museum.

Titubcea thoracica, sp. n.

Bluish-black, finely pubescent ; thorax irregularly punctured, the

anterior margin fulvous; elytra flavous, opaque, coarsely punc-

tured, an oblique transverse band before and another below the

middle, black, tibize flavous. Length, 44 lines.

Mas. Of rather broad and depressed shape, the head elongate,

the vertex smooth, shining, the lower portion longitudinally strigate

and finely pubescent, black, the left mandible enlarged, angularly

curved inwards ; antennz not extending to the base of the thorax,

the lower three joints fulvous, the others black, strongly trans-

versely serrate ; thorax three times broader than long, the sides

slightly rounded as well as the angles, the surface irregularly

impressed with larger and smaller punctures, the sides with a

rather deep transverse depression at the middle, the base with

another more shallow one in front of the scutellum, the anterior

margin and part of the sides, fulvous, the rest of the surface black,

_ Inedian lobe broadly produced ; scutellum broad, with a few punc-

tures ; elytra flavous, opaque, strongly, rather closely but irregularly

punctured, with two ill-defined longitudinal costz, and two trans-

verse black bands, the anterior one of which extends upwards to

the shoulders (but is sometimes interrupted at the latter place) and

the posterior one is situated below the middle ; neither of these

bands extend quite to the lateral margin; the suture at the apex

is likewise narrowly edged with black; underside bluish-black,

closely pubescent, the tibiz flavous, the anterior tarsi very elongate.

Hab. South Africa.

Of this species I have two male and one female

before me. I can find no published description

agreeing with the insect, which, although allied to T.

ruficollis, Oliv., and several others, differs from all in the

two-banded elytra and the colour and sculpture of the

thorax ; the female has as usual less developed mandibles,

and the thorax and elytra are much more closely and

almost rugosely punctured; the black bands are also

broader.

—————————————————

168 Mr. M. Jacoby’s contributions to the knowledge of

CRY PTOCEPHALINA,

Cryptocephalus gigas, sp. 0.

Large and robust, entirely flavous, the apical joints of the

antennz and the basal margin of the elytra only black; thorax

impunctate ; elytra rather strongly punctate-striate, the interstices

smooth and impunctate. Length, 4lines.

One of the largest of African Cryptocephali, and in its uniform

coloration somewhat resembling C. flavidus, Suff., but of quite

different shape and more’ cylindrical, the head very flat, shining,

with a few punctures near the eyes, the latter widely separated not

deeply notched, mandibles black ; the antennz only extending to

the base of the elytra, the lower five joints fulvous, the others

black, rather shorter ; thorax strongly widened at the middle, the

sides straight, the posterior margin dentate, narrowly edged with

black, the surface entirely impunctate, flavous; scutellum black, the

disc fulvous, its apex truncate ; elytra regularly subcylindrical and

broad, moderately strongly and regularly punctate-striate, the sixth

and seventh rows more closely approached than the others,; the

humeral callus with an indistinct piceous spot, the extreme lateral

margin from the middle downwards, piceous, as well as the sutural

one; underside and legs obscurely fulvous, clothed with very

short silvery hairs, the last abdominal segment with the usual

deep fovea,

Hab. Delagoa Bay (Mrs. Monteiro). My collection.

Cryptocephalus africanus, sp. 0.

Black, the base of the antennse and that of the tibia fulvous;

thorax fulvous, with two anteriorly-connected black broad patches;

elytra regularly punctate-striate, pale fulvous, the extreme margins

and a short lateral stripe below the shoulders black. Length, 2 y :

lines, 3

Head black, closely furnished with long silvery hairs, punctured

near the eyes; antennz not extending to the middle of the elytra,

black, the lower five joints fulvous, the first joint black above, the

third joint shorter than the fourth, the thorax strongly narrowed

in front, the sides strongly rounded and deflexed, the surface |

impunctate, pale flavous, the entire sides occupied by a broad black __

patch leaving the anterior margin narrowly, a subquadrate :

anteriorly-pointed patch in front of the scutellum, and the sides, of |

the ground-colour ; the colour at sides forms a deeply angular band

caused by the encroachment of the black spot towards the lateral mar-

gin, and a very small flavous spot is also visible near the base at the |

African Phytophagous Coleoptera. 169

sides ; scutellum black, its apex truncate, elytra rather deeply

punctate-striate, the punctures of transverse shape, the interstices

also sparingly and minutely punctured, convex at the sides, pale

fulvous, the extreme sutural, apical, and lateral margins posteriorly,

and a longitudinal short band at the shoulder extending below the

middle but not to the lateral margins, black; underside and

pygidium black, closely covered with silvery pubescence, base of

the tibiz fulvous.

Hab. Natal, Cape Town Museum; a single specimen.

The entirely black and pubescent head and the narrow

abbreviated lateral elytral stripes well distinguish this

species.

Cryptocephalus angusto-fasciatus, sp. n.

Obscurely fulvous; thorax with two basal black spots, the anterior

and lateral margins flavous; elytra strongly punctate-striate, flavous,

a transverse band at the base and another near the apex, black.

Length, 2 lines.

Head with central groove, the vertex black, the rest fulvous}

distinctly punctured near the eyes, clypeus and labrum flavous; the

antennee rather short, the lower six joints flavous, the others black ;

thorax much widened at the middle, the sides rounded, the surface

extremely minutely and sparingly punctured, reddish-fulvous, this

colour in the shape of a broad medially-widened transverse band

which occupies nearly the entire disc, leaving the anterior margin.

narrowly, and the sides more widely, flavous, the posterior margin

very narrowly black, with a small black spot at each side near the

scutellum, the latter black, its apex broadly truncate ; the elytra

regularly punctate-striate, the interstices impunctate, slightly

convex at the sides, bright yellow, the base with a narrow trans-

verse black band, slightly widened at the outer ends, the lower

margin of which is irregularly notched ; a similar band, curving

round near the suture, is placed near the apex, which remains

flavous in shape of a rounded patch; underside and legs dark

fulvous, tibie and tarsi rather paler, prosternum flavous, deeply

bi-lobed, pygidium fulvous, clothed with greyish hairs like the rest

of the undersurface.

Hab. Natal, Cape Town Museum ; a single specimen.

Distinguished from other transversely-banded species

by the colour and pattern of the thorax and the narrow

shape of the elytral bands, the posterior one of which is

placed close to the apex, and extends entirely to the

lateral margin, the anterior one not reaching quite to the

rte ee

170 Mr. M. Jacoby’s contributions to the knowledge of

latter. The species resembles somewhat C. callias, Suff.,

but is much larger and more elongate. UC. trigeminus,

Chap., also differs in several particulars, and has spots

instead of bands.

Cryptocephalus quinqueplagiatus, sp. n.

Broad and robust, black, above testaceous, the head with one,

the thorax with two, black spots, finely punctured; elytra irregularly

punctate-striate, the interstices finely punctured, with five black

spots (3, 2). Length, 3 lines.

Head opaque, finely and sparingly punctured, flavous, with a

transverse black band at the vertex, widened at the middle and

having a trilobe spot attached to its lower margin ; a small black

spot is also placed at the root of the antenne, these not extending

beyond the base of the thorax, black, the lower five joints fulvous ;

thorax nearly three times broader than long, the sides slightly

rounded, the posterior angles moderately produced, the surface

very finely and rather closely punctured, flavous, with a broad but

short elongate stripe at each side not extending to the anterior

margin; scutellum black, not longer than broad, the base with a

fovea, the apex truncate; elytra pale flavous, with irregular rows

of strong punctures which become still more irregular at the sides,

the interstices likewise irregularly but finely punctured, the suture —

narrowly black ; of the round small spots one is placed on the

shoulders, two transversely before and two others below the

middie, the outer two being more closely approached to each other;

the legs, the last abdominal segment, and the pygidium flavous,

the rest of the underside black, closely pubescent, the posterior

margin of the prosternum bidentate.

Mashunaland.

In its system of coloration this species is allied to C.

pardalis, Suff., and others, but differs quite from these

and other African species of large size by the irregular

rows of the elytral punctures and their finely-punctured

interstices, which make the rows appear still more confused.

It is very closely allied to C. batest (p. 174), and I am —

not certain whether it may not be merely a form of that

species ; the spots of the thorax are, however, differently

shaped and wider apart, the elytral spots are discon-

nected, and the posterior ones are placed higher than in

C’, batesi, and the inner one does not extend across the

suture as in that species ; lastly, the elytra are not opaque,

but shining.

as 7)

Aes Pu =

aaael 5

De homes

on 2

a Se

2 1, ahr

ts EEE

African Phytophagous Coleoptera. 171

Cryptocephalus araticollis, Chap.

A specimen from Delagoa Bay in the Cape Town

Museum agrees almost entirely with Chapuis’ description,

but the raised interstices of the elytra are flavous, of

which Chapuis says nothing ; the punctures are more or

less arranged in two rows, and are very deep, of a dark

brown colour; the antennz are black, with the lower five

joints flavous. This species is much distinguished by the

longitudinal strigze of the thorax, which mark its entire

surface. The anterior and lateral margins of the thorax

in the specimen before me are likewise flavous. Chapuis’

specimen was probably a variety, but may possibly be

distinct.

Cryptocephalus sinuato-vittatus, sp. n.

Pale fulvous, varied with flavous, the terminal joints of the

antenne and the breast black; thorax longitudinally strigose; elytra

flavous, strongly punctate-striate, the hasal and sutural margins, a

spot near the scutellum and a strongly angulate and sinuate lateral

stripe, black. Length, 14 line.

Head flavous, impunctate, the base of the antenne and the

lower parts of the face darker ; antennz very slender, the lower

five joints fulvous, the others black, the third joint slightly shorter

than the fourth ; thorax about twice as broad as long, the entire

surface covered with longitudinal regular strize from the base to

the apex, fulvous, the anterior and lateral margins and two trans-

verse spots in front of the scutellum at the base, flavous ; scutellum

strongly raised, black, its apex truncate ; elytra slightly narrowed

posteriorly, flavous, very deeply and regularly punctate-striate, the

punctures round and large at the base, diminishing posteriorly and

scarcely perceptible at the apex within the stris, the interstices

convex, flavous, the extreme basal and sutural margins black; a

rounded spot near the scutellum, another near the apex, and a

longitudinal narrow stripe from the shoulder, curving inwards near

the suture, and joined to the apical spot, dark piceous ; prosternum

bi-lobed, flavous as well as the abdomen and the legs, breast black.

Hab. Delagoa Bay, Cape Town Museum; a single

specimen.

In the peculiar sculpture of the thorax, this species

entirely agrees with C. araticollis, Chap. It differs

totally from that species in the colour and pattern of the

elytra.

eee

172 Mr. M. Jacoby’s contributions to the knowledge of

Cryptocephalus gabonensis, sp. n.

Dark fulvous; the antennz and legs flavous ; thorax impunctate,

shining; elytra finely punctate-striate, flavous, the disc occupied by

a large transverse fulvous band. Length, 2 lines.

Head sparingly punctured at the vertex, very flat, fulvous, eyes

very large, closely approached at the vertex, deeply angularly

notched, clypeus with a few fine punctures; the antenne extending

to the middle of the elytra, entirely flavous, all the joints from the

third slender, the third and fourth equal ; thorax very convex and

greatly widened at the middle, the posterior margin finely dentate

throughout, lateral margins rounded, narrowly margined, the sur-

face very shining, entirely impunctate, dark brown, with traces of

darker spots; scutellum broad, pale fulvous, the base and apex

- margined with black; elytra very finely punctate-striate, the punc-

tures distinct to the apex, the interstices slightly convex at the

sides, flavous ; a large dark fulvous transverse band occupies almost

the entire disc, but does not extend to the base or apex, but to the

sides, where it is narrowed ; it leaves less than a third of the length

of the elytra at the base and apex of the ground-colour ; underside

fulvous, legs flavous, prosternum broader than long, the posterior

angles pointed. |

Hab. Gaboon; my collection.

Cryptocephalus périnqueyt, sp. n.

Head at the vertex and the breast black; thorax obscurely fulvous,

spotted with flavous, finely punctured; elytra finely punctate-striate,

the interstices punctured, flavous, a sutural and sublateral bandand

the lateral margin posteriorly black; legs flavous. Length,

13 lines. e

Head rather coarsely punctured, the vertex, in shape of a semi- — Bg

circular band, black, lower part flavous; antennz flavous, the upper

joints more cr less fuscous, distinctly widened, not extending much

beyond the base of the thorax, the latter scarcely more than twice

as broad as long, the lateral margins distinctly rounded in front,

the surface closely and distinctly punctured anteriorly and at the -

sides, these as well as the anterior margin very narrowly and two —

transverse spots at the base flavous, the rest of the surface obscurely —

fulvous, both colours ill-defined; scutellum broad, its apex pointed, _

black; elytra subcylindrical, finely and regularly punctate-striate, a a

the interstices with a single row of fine punctures, flayous, the _

, = an A

ae =

African Phytophagous Coleoptera. 173

basal margin, a posterior gradually-widened sutural narrow band, a

broader lateral stripe not extending to the apex, the extreme

margin of the latter and the posterior half of the lateral margin,

black ; abdomen and legs flavous ; the breast black.

Hab. Natal, Cape Town Museum ; a single specimen.

Somewhat resembles C. W-nigrum, Suff., from W.

Africa, but with differently-coloured and sculptured

thorax, etc.

Cryptocephalus latupennis, sp. n.

Blackish-blue, the head with one, the thorax with three yellow

spots, impunctate ; elytra broad and short, punctate-striate on the

dise, irregularly punctured at the sides, the lateral margin an-

teriorly and a spot at the apex, bright flavous. Length, 14

lines.

Of short and robust shape, of a bluish-black colour, the head

with a short central groove, very finely and sparingly punctured,

the space between the eyes with a transverse bright flavous spot,

clypeus more closely and deeply punctured; antenne only extending .

to the base of the thorax, the lower four joints more or less flavous

below, the others black, the third joint one-half longer than the

second, but shorter than the fourth joint ; thorax much widened

- at the middle, very convex, the sides rounded, the surface not

perceptibly punctured, shining bluish-black, a somewhat pear-

shaped spot at the sides, and a narrow posteriorly-pointed trans-

verse band at the middle of the anterior margin, flavous; scutellum

broad, its apex truncate, impunctate ; elytra not more than twice

as long as broad, not depressed at the base, the punctuation

arranged in two or three rows near the suture, but distinct only at

the posterior portion, the rest of the surface irregularly and

strongly punctured, the interstices at. the sides more or less trans-

versely wrinkled and aciculate ; below the shoulder at the lateral

margin is an elongate posteriorly narrow short bright yellow

Spot, and a transverse spot is placed at the apex of each elytron ;

the epipleurze anteriorly are likewise flavous.

Africa, Rondeburg (?), Cape Town Museum, Coll.

Jacoby.

In coloration this species is allied to C. metallescens,

Suff. It differs in the short and broad general shape,

and in the sculpture of the elytra, from that and a few

other nearly similarly-coloured African species.

= RE

174 Mr. M. Jacoby’s contributions to the knowledge of

Cryptocephalus batest, sp. n.

Flavous; the apical joints of the antennx, the breast and

abdomen, black, head with one, thorax with two large transverse

black spots, finely and closely punctured ; elytra opaque, strongly

punctate-striate, the interstices finely punctured, flavous, three spots

at the base placed triangularly and two near the apex (one sutural)

black. Length, 23 lines.

Head distinctly and rather closely punctured, flavous, the vertex

with a large transverse black band, narrowed in front, its anterior

margin slightly bi-lobed ; antennz slender, black, the lower five

joints flavous, third and fourth joints equal; thorax more than twice

as broad as long, strongly narrowed in front, the sides strongly

deflexed and rounded, the posterior angles acutely produced, the sur-

face closely and finely punctured, flavous, the sides with a large

round black spot to which a short narrow lateral stripe is attached,

posterior margin narrowly black; scutellum black, sparingly

punctured, its apex truncate ; elytra opaque, distinctly but not very

deeply punctate-striate, the interstices also closely but finely

punctured, flavous, the base with two elongate black spots to which

is joined another transverse spot at their ends, leaving however the

inner of the two basal spots free ; below the middle two other

spots are placed, one of which is placed on the suture, the other at

the sides; underside with close yellow pubescence, black, the

prosternum, a spot between the posterior legs, the sides and apex

of the abdomen and the legs, flavous.

Hab. Niams-Niams.

This species differs in the pattern of the elytra and

their opaque surface from any African species with which

I am acquainted. A single specimen is contained in my

collection.

; Cryptocephalus abyssiniacus, sp. 0.

Obscurely fulvous ; the head and the breast black; thorax impunc- a

tate, with two longitudinal black spots; elytra deeply punctate-

striate, the interstices smooth, a sutural narrow band, a broad

lateral stripe from base to apex and the lateral margin posteriorly, 3 d

black. Length, 2 lines.

Head flat, finely punctured, black, the eyes margined with

yellow, the clypeus with two yellow spots ; antennz slender, black,

the lower four joints flavous, the basal joint marked with a black

streak above ; thorax rather strongly narrowed in front, the sides _

nearly straight with a narrow margin, the posterior angleswith two

or three teeth, the surface shining, impunctate, obscurely fulvous, —

the sides paler, the base with two elongate spots or short black __

African Phytophagous Coleoptera. 175

bands, one at each side, not extending to the anterior margin ;

scutellum broad, black, its apex truncate; elytra with deep and

regular punctured strive, the shoulders moderately prominent, the

interstices impunctate, slightly convex at the sides, flavous, with a

narrow sutural band, forming a slight angle before the middle and

a widened spot at the apex, which does not extend to the end of the

elytra ; a broader longitudinal band is placed between the fourth

and the eighth rows of punctures which extends downwards as far

asthe sutural band and has its inner margin rather irregularly

notched ; the extreme lateral margin is likewise black from the

middle to the apex ; the epipleurz are flavous and the breast black,

finely sericeous ; abdomen and legs dark fulvous, prosternum broad,

yellow, its basal margin with a blunt tooth at each side.

Hab. Abyssinia; my collection.

Hvidently closely allied in coloration to C. wittger,

Suff., and C. contrariws, Chap., but differing from the

first in its larger size, the black, not blue, colour of the

elytral bands, and other particulars, and from C. con-

trarvus, likewise from Abyssinia, in the smooth, not

aciculate-punctate elytral interstices, the broader lateral

stripe, the colour of the head, etc. I possess a single

female specimen.

Cryptocephalus clythroides, sp. nu.

Short and robust, reddish-fulvous, the terminal joints of the

antennee black, the mandibles of the ¢ strongly developed ; thorax

very closely punctured ; elytra distinctly punctate-striate with

closely and finely punctured interstices. Length, | line.

6. Head closely and strongly punctured, broad, the mandibles

large and robust, the left one strongly thickened and angular, the

clypeus projecting at each side into a long point at the base of the

mandibles ; the antenne short, the lower five joints fulvous, the

rest fuscous, widened, broader than long; the thorax with slightly

rounded sides, not much narrowed in front, the surface closely and

strongly punctured, fulvous, with two ill-defined darker coloured

transverse patches, the edge of the posterior margin black ;

scutellum broader than long, pale fulvous; elytra short, scarcely

narrowed posteriorly, rather strongly and regularly punctate-striate,

the punctures piceous, the interstices everywhere finely punctured ;

underside and legs coloured as the upper surface, prosternum

subquadrate, its posterior margin straight.

Hab. Congo River; my collection.

TRANS. ENT. SoC. LOND. 1895.—part u. (suNE.) 12

—

176 Mr. M. Jacoby’s contributions to the knowledge of

This species belongs to Suffrian’s 13th group which

contains two other African species with strongly

developed mandibles; the present insect differs in the

absence of any spots whatever and in the uniformly

coloured underside.

Cryptocephalus thoreyi, sp. n.

Black, upperside and the legs flavous ; thorax impunctate, with a

transverse c>-shaped black mark ; elytra extremely finely punctate-

striate, flavous,a narrow transverse band at the base, the suture

and another narrow band below the middle, black. Length, 1 line,

Of narrow and parallel shape, the head black, shining, impunc-

tate, the labrum flavous; antennz scarcely extending beyond the

base of the thorax, flavous ; thorax scarcely widened at the middle,

about three times broader than long, the sides nearly straight,

the surface impunctate, bright yellow with a transverse ->-shaped

black mark, leaving the anterior margin narrowly, the sides more

broadly and a transverse band at the base, of the ground-colour ;

this latter band is divided by a very narrow black streak at the

middle; scutellum black; elytra extremely finely punctate-striate,

the punctures only visible under a strong lens, bright flayous, with

a narrow transverse black band at the base not extending to the

lateral margins and joined by the black suture to another transverse

band below the middle which is distinctly narrowed at the sides to

a thin streak extending to the margin; underside black, legs

flavous.

Hab. Rondeburg, Africa.

Collection, Cape Town Museum, and my own.

Cryptocephalus atromaculatus, sp. n.

Black, the basal joints of the antenne, and the tibize and tarsi

fulvous ; thorax fulvous with two large black patches at the sides,

impunctate ; elytra finely punctate-striate, fulvous ; a large spot on

the shoulder, a sutural one at the base and two others below the

middle, black. Length, 14 line.

Of short stature, the head black, rather closely and strongly

punctured, the clypeus fulvous ; the antennz extending to the base __

of the elytra only, the lower five joints fulvous, the rest black

distinctly thickened, the third and fourth joints equal ; thorax with _

rather strongly rounded sides, the posterior margin finely dentate,

the surface with a few very fine punctures only when seen undera

strong lens, the disc almost entirely occupied by two large black _

patches which are joined near the apex, leaving the anterior margin —

narrowly, the sides more broadly and a central ovate spot near the

eer es

African Phytophagous Coleoptera. 177

base, of the fulvous ground-colour ; scutellum broad, black ; elytra

short and broad, distinctly punctate-striate to the apex, the inter-

stices impunctate and flat ; the basal lobe is scarcely prominent at

the sides, and a somewhat oblique large and irregular spot is placed |

on the shoulder, nearly connected with a lozenge-shaped sutural

spot below the scutellum ; two other large spots are placed trans- |

versely near_the apex, the outer one being attached to the lateral, |

the inner one to the sutural margin ; both margins are likewise

narrowly black ; the underside is black, the legs fulvous, and the |

femora are more or less marked with black ; prosternum as broad |

as long, the posterior angles scarcely produced.

Hab. Sierra Leone; my collection.

Hvidently belonging to the seventh group of Suffrian,

but differing from any species contained in it and from

others, in the shape and position of the spots, taken in con-

nection with its comparatively small and short shape.

Cryptocephalus atroceruleus, sp. n.

Bluish-black, opaque, the basal joints of the antenne fulvous ;

thorax extremely finely and closely punctured ; elytra finely cori- |

aceous, distinctly punctate-striate ; a spot below the shoulders at |

the sides and another at the apex, flavous. Length, 1 line.

A small species of entirely opaque and somewhat silky appear- |

ance, probably belonging to Suffrian’s 19th group, containing |

equally small and nearly similarly coloured species, which have |

however a shining, mostly metallic appearance ; the head of the

present insect is sculptured like the thorax, bluish-black without

any depressions with the eyes widely separated ; the antenne only

extend to the base of the thorax with comparatively short and

thickened joints, the lower five joints, with the exception of the |

first being fulvous, the others black ; the thorax is moderately

widened at the middle, the lateral margins areslightly rounded, and |

the entire surface is opaque, finely coriaceous and closely punctured ; -

the scutellum has the apex truncate; elytra distinctly and

regularly punctate-striate, the interstices finely coriaceous through-

out, the punctures near the suture nearly absent ; a somewhat

triangular flavous spot is placed at the sides below the shoulders

and a more rounded one at the apex of each elytron; underside and

legs a little more shining, the latter rather robust and short, the

sides of the breast deeply punctured.

Hab. Hex River. Cape Town Museum, and my

collection.

178 Mr. M. Jacoby’s contributions to the knowledge of

HUMOLPIN A.

Huryope prictypennis, sp. 0.

Fulvous or black, the head with one, the thorax with four

(sometimes connected) black spots ; elytra closely punctured, ful-

vous, with a broad transverse black band extending to the middle,

and another subtriangular patch at the posterior half. Length,

2 lines.

Whether this species, which is only half the size of

the following ones, represents the male of either of

them, or is specifically distinct, is somewhat doubtful.

In the absence of more specimens, I must at present

consider the species distinct ; the shape and punctuation

is similar to the others, but the head has only a small

black spot on the vertex, the thorax has four small spots

placed exactly as in H. semupartita (these are, in one speci-

men, joined, and form a [7-shaped mark) and the elytra

have a small black spot immediately below the shoulder

on the lateral margin, which latter is narrowly fulvous, ~

and is joined to a similar coloured transverse band at

the middle which divides the black patches of the elytra.

In one specimen the anterior black band encloses a

fulvous spot which surrounds the scutellum ; the anterior

margin of the posterior black patch is deeply indented

at the middle in both the specimens before me, and the

patch itself does not extend to the apex of the elytra,

which remains fulvous; of the antennz only the first

joints are present, the basal one is black, the second one

fulvous, and the remaining black again. One specimen

has the underside and legs entirely black ; in the other, —

the sides of the breast and of the abdomen are of that

colour only, the rest, as well as the middle of the femora, — |

being fulvous. |

Hab. South Africa.

It is evident that this small species is very variable —

in regard to colour, but it differs in the pattern of the _

elytra from any described species, as well asin. size. In y

the latter respect it agrees with HL. minuta, Jac.

EHuryope semipartita, sp. n.

Black, the head fulvous with a transverse black band ; thorax ~

closely punctured, fulvous, with four black spots; elytra closely — 4

African Phytophagous Coleoptera. 179

punctured, black, with a narrow transverse stripe at the middle,

the lateral margins and the suture posteriorly, fulvous; legs black.

Length, 4 lines.

Head closely punctured, fulvous, with a broad transverse black

band at the vertex ; antennz black, the basal joint fulvous at the

apex, extending slightly beyond the base of the thorax, the

latter nearly three times broader than long, the sides straight, the

anterior angles obliquely truncate, the surface extremely closely

and finely punctured, rather convex, fulvous, the anterior margin

with two black spots at the middle of transverse shape, and

followed by two others placed lower down of transversely oblique

shape ; scutellum black, impunctate ; elytra punctured like the

thorax, with a slight semicircular depression below the base, black,

the lateral margin narrowly, a transverse yet narrower band

at the middle, and the suture at the posterior half, fulvous ;

underside and legs entirely black.

Hab. South Africa.

The central elytral fulvous band in this species is

extremely narrow, and interrupted at the middle.

Huryope discicollis, sp. nu.

Black, the head fulvous with a black transverse band ; thorax

closely punctured, black, the lateral margins fulvous; elytra closely

_ punctured, black; the shoulders and the lateral margins to the apex,

fulvous; femora with a red band at the middle. Length, 3-3} lines.

Head closely punctured, a broad medially-widened band at the

vertex which at the middle sends off a short narrow or broad

stripe downwards, black ; antenne black, the lower two joints

fulvous, stained with black above, the five terminal joints strongly

transversely dilated ; thorax three times broader than long, the

sides straight, the anterior angles obliquely truncate, the surface

closely and finely punctured, with an oblique groove at each side,

black, the lateral margins fulvous, this colour greatly widened

towards the base; scutellum black; elytra punctured like the thorax

with a transverse depression below the base, the shoulders

prominent, fulvous as well as the lateral margins from before the

middle to the apex, where the colour is slightly widened, and with

irregularly-notched anterior edge, the rest of the surface black;

underside and legs black, the femora at the middle with a red broad

angular band.

Hab. South Africa.

€ 180)

VII. On some new species of Butterflies from Tropical and

Hatra Tropical South Africa. By Rotanp Tren,

E.R.S., F.L.8., Curator of the South-African

Museum, Cape Town.

[Read March 6th, 1895.]

Puate V.

THREE of the species here described and figured, viz.,

Ypthima mashuna, Mycalesis selousi, and Acrea induna,

have been received from Mashunaland only; another,

Capys disjunctus, from Mashunaland, Transvaal, and

Natal; and the remaining two, Lycena nubifer and

Lolaus emulus, solely from Natal.

Capys disjunctus is of special interest, both as a new

member of a hitherto monotypic genus, and as an

instance of remarkable and unexpected disparity between

the sexes; and Lycxena nubifer finds no nearer ally than.

fi. cordata (Hi. M. Sharpe), a native of the very remote

_ territory of Kavirondo, to the east of Lake Nyanza.

Family NYMPHALIDAL.

Subfamily SATYRIN/A.

Ypthima mashuna, sp.n. (Plate V., fig. 1.)

Hap. al. (4) 1 in., 24-44 lin.; (2) 1 in., 2-38 lin.

dg. Obscure fuscous-grey; forewing with a small subapical

ocellus ; hindwing without marking. Forewing: ocellus small, ver-

tically oblong, indistinct, bipupillate with sub-metallic whitish,

very obscurely ringed with yellowish-grey. UNDERSIDE: Pale

grey or hoary-grey, more or less closely striolated with fuscous-

brownish along costal and apical border of forewing and throughout

hindwing. Forewing : Field somewhat paler and more brownish

than on upperside ; subapical ocellus better defined, and in a

more distinct ring. Hindwing: On disk a post-median series of

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—?ParRtT Ul. (JUNE.)

182 Mr. Roland Trimen on some

three minute unipupillate ocelli (in some examples obsolete),

coloured like the ocellus in forewing, the Ist and 2nd situated

respectively above and below radial nervule, and the 3rd below 2nd

median nervule ; all these ocelli, but especially the 1st and 2nd,

are remote from hindmargin.

@. Paler; ocellus of forewing larger, not so narrow, its

yellowish ring much more distinct and, in one example, sharply

defined.

This small and extremely dusky Ypthima is, perhaps,

nearer to Y. asterope (Klug) than to any other congener,

but differs notably in its smaller size, darker colour,

reduced ocellus in forewing, total want of paler space

and dark encircling line round that ocellus ; and, on the

underside, in the absence of striolation in the forewing

except on the costal and apical margin, and the totally

diverse positions of the minute ocelli in its hindwing, as

well as the absence of any trace of transverse strie.

The seven 66 (one a dwarf not exceeding 1 in. in

expanse) and three ?? before me are in poor condition,

and the antenne are present in two of the 2? only;

but these organs are ewtremely short—about 2 lin. only

in length—and with a short, rather thick, very blunt

club, while in Y. asterope, ¢, they are fully 3 lin., and

with a narrow, elongate, gradually-formed club. The

terminal joint of the palpi is also much shorter in both

sexes than it 1s in asterope.

I was not acquainted with this butterfly until April,

1894, when I received three specimens of the ¢ from

Mr. J. M. Hutchinson, on behalf of Mr. G. A. K. Mar-

shall, with the note that the latter gentleman had taken

them at Fort Charter and the Hanyani River, in Mashuna-

land. The other examples followed in June and July;

and among them is the largest d, specially recorded by

Mr. Marshall as captured at Salisbury on 23rd April.

Some specimens since received were taken at Salisbury

in July, August, and September; and Mr. Marshall

notes the species as very local, frequenting only swampy

open ground, and in flight like Y. asterope. On the

road from Fort Charter to Salisbury it seemed rather — :

abundant, but round Salisbury itself a few examples

only were met with.

Hab. Mashunaland; Fort Charter, Salisbury, and

Hanyani River (G. A. K. Marshall).

new species of Butterflies from South Africa. 183

Mycalesis selousi, sp.n. (Plate V., figs. 2, 2a.) |

Eigp. al. (g) 1 in., 9-103 lin.; (9 ) 1 in., 10-113 lin.

3. Brownish-grey, with a tinge of yellow-ochreous ; hindmargins

narrowly pale grey, with two parallel dark grey subterminal hair

lines ; no ocelli, but in three (out of four) examples a small indistinct

fuscous spot marking the usual position of an ocellus between 1st and

2nd median nervules of forewing ; ground-colour of same wing

slightly paler subapically. Cilia pale grey. UNDERSIDE: Soft

pale grey, with a pale violaceous tinge, finely (and beyond middle

more sparsely) hatched and wrorated with brownish-grey ; common

premedian and postmedian streaks thin, irregularly dentate-

sinuate, brown, the former (indistinct in forewing) faintly

inwardly, the latter more strongly outwardly, edged narrowly with

whitish-yellow. Forewing: subapical ocellus, between radial

nervules, indicated by a very small or minute white spot ; lower

ocellus, between 1st and 2nd median nervules, very small but

complete, the white pupil conspicuous but the yellowish ring

indistinct. indwing: postmedian line more irregular than in

forewing ; ocelli of discal series very small or minute, their rings

not perceptible, the 3rd of the normal 7 wanting, and the 2nd

represented by a white dot only.

@. like g¢ ; but in forewing the fuscous spots representing

the two ocelli are (in two out of three specimens) better ex-

_ pressed, and there is between them some ill-defined paler clouding.

This species appears to belong to the Safitza group;

the d has the same sexual badges; viz., in the forewing,

the sac about the middle of the submedian nervure, and

(on the underside) the wide, glossy, inner-marginal

space; and, in the hindwing, the glossy costal border

and tuft of hair on subcostal nervure. The subcostal,

median, and submedian nervures of the forewing are all

swollen at the base.

This Mycalesis, on the whole, comes nearest to M.

leptoglena, Karsch,* but differs (judging from the descrip-

tion and figure of that species) on the underside in (1)

the general hatching and irroration, (2) the sinuate-

dentate irregularity of the postmedian streak (especially

in the hindwing), (3) only two ocelli (instead of five) in

the forewing, and total absence of the pale outer circles

of all ocelli in both wings so conspicuous in M. leptoglena,

~ Berl. Ent. Zeits. xxxviii., p. 208, No. 95, pl. v., fig. 7 (2).

Hab. Bismarckburg, Togoland.

184, Mr. Roland Trimen on some

(4) want of the well-marked common submarginal streak

not far beyond ocelli, and (5) much paler and more

violaceous-grey tint.

The four 6 d and three ¢ ¢ here described were taken

by Mr. F. C. Selous, in Mashunaland, in 1882. The

dates of capture were not recorded, but the very sup-

pressed condition of the ocelli makes it not improbable

that these specimens belong to a winter or dry-season

brood. It is with great pleasure that I dedicate this

species to my friend, Mr. F. C. Selous, who has done so

much to make known the butterflies of Tropical South

Africa.

On writing to Mr. G. A. K. Marshall at Salisbury

about this Mycalesis, he was not long in finding it out,

and soon sent me a series, taken in June, 1894, chiefly on

the Hanyani River, but also at Hartley, Enterprise Camp

(about twenty miles east of Salisbury), and the Umfuli

River. In two 2? from Hanyani River, taken on 15th

June, the ocelli on the underside are decidedly larger,

and with less indistinct rings.

Mr. Marshall notes that this Mycalesis frequents the

thick ‘‘ mahobohobo” (or ‘wild loquat”) bush, where

there is good shade; it keeps in its shadiest spots —

during the day, but towards sundown becomes more

lively, and may be seen flitting about in the long grass.

On two occasions, however, he observed it at mid-day

flying round the tops of the trees, and settling now and

then.

Hab. Mashunaland (IF. C. Selous), Hanyani River,

Hartley, Enterprise Camp, and Umfuli River (G. A. K.

Marshall).

Subfamily ACR IN &.

Acrea induna, sp.n. (Plate V., figs. 3, 3a.)

Exp. al. (g) 2 in., 1-2 lin. ; (2) 2 in., 2-34 lin.

Allied to A. caldarena, Hewits., and A. cheribula,

Oberth.* |

¢. Ochreous-yellow, strongly suffused with brick-red over all : =|

basal area to beyond middle in both wings, and spotted with black ;

forewing with broad black patch at apex; hindwing with a moderately

Tanganyika.

* Yitudes @Ent. xvii, p. 19, pl. ii, fig. 16 (1893). Hab. Lake

A TL

pe ET

new species of Butterflies from South Africa. 185

wide, yellow-spotied, black border along hindmargin. Forewing :

brick-red suffusion fading into the ochreous-yellow at about, or

rather beyond, middle ; a spot in discoidal cell, just above origin

of 1st median nervule, and another at extremity of cell ; between

the latter and posterior angle two smaller spots obliquely placed,

of which the lower is obsolescent in one of three examples, and

wanting in another ; in one example, a spot below median nervure,

a little before origin of 1st median nervule; base narrowly black ;

apical black 5 lines broad on costa, and extending downward as

far as 2nd median nervule (just above which it encloses, in two

examples, a spot of the ground-colour) ; thence runs a linear hind-

marginal black edging to posterior angle, emitting inwardly short

nervular and internervular rays; costa with a linear black edging.

Hindwing : a sub-basal curved series of five spots (of which the

2nd in discoidal cell is furthest from base and remote from the

subcostal first spot) ; space between this series and base, except the

subcostal and median nervures, dusky-blackish, set with yellowish-

white hairs ; an unbroken discal series of nine spots, angulated at

3rd median nervule, and thence bisinuated to inner margin rather

before middle ; of these spots (which are irregularly subcordate or

sublunulate in form), the 1st, 6th, and 9th are nearer to base than

the rest, the two former being also, with the 7th, the largest; hind-

marginal border of even width throughout, except where it narrows

to anal angle, emitting inwardly short black nervular rays, and

enclosing seven rather small ochreous-yellow spots, of which the

upper three are more or less obsolescent ; brick-red suffusion from

basal area outward, variable in extent, in one example not strong

beyond discal spots, in another strong, and, in the third, reaching

to hindmarginal border ; in this last example only there is some

fuscous clouding outwardly, bounding spots 6 to 8 of discal series.

Cilia fuscous, mixed with whitish towards anal angle of hindwing.

UNDERSIDE ; Hindwing, and narrow costal border and wide apical

area of forewing, very pale creamy-yellowish, with fine black neura-

tion and wide ochraceous inter-nervular stripes towards the borders ;

spots as on upperside ; hindwing with a basal blotch and median

fascia of rose-pink. Forewing: field as on upperside, but paler ; a

black spot on costa at base. Hindwing: a black spot on costa

close to base ; rose-pink basal blotch partly on costal curve, and

partly between median and submedian nervures ; sub-basal and

discal series of spots as on upperside, but the space between them

occupied by a fascia of rose-pink, interrupted by pale yellowish

Imes along the nervules; spots in hindmarginal border greatly

enlarged, broadly lunate, white, tinged with yellowish, the black of

the border reduced to a linear edging encircling each spot.

186 Mr. Roland Trimen on some

In this species both sexes are distinguishable from

A. caldarena by (1) broader and more rounded wings,

(2) absence in the forewing of the subcostal series of

small black spots beyond the discoidal cell, (3) position

of spot below first median nervule of forewing further

from the base than the spot above it, (4) position of 4th

spot in discal series of hindwing furthest from base of

all the spots, instead of being near the extremity of the

discoidal cell, (5) total absence, on both surfaces, of sub-

basal disco-cellular spot in hindwing, and (6) rosy-red

median colouring forming a fascia between the more

regular premedian and discal series of spots on the

underside of hindwing.

The ¢ is, further, very distinct from the ¢ caldarena

in colouring, being ochreous-yellow, strongly and widely

- suffused with brick-red, instead of very pale creamy-

ochreous, tinged and shot with pink; (2) the hind-

marginal border of the hindwings is much broader ; and

(3) there is strong and well-defined black basal clouding,

im place of a faint fuscous suffusion, in the hindwings.

The ¢ is very similar to the larger and darker

examples of the ? caldarena, but (1), in the forewing,

the basal fuscous is barely traceable, and (2) the discal.

field is very much paler; while (3), in the hindwing, the

black basal suffusion, instead of being generally distri-

buted, is as restricted as in the 6.

Judging from M. Oberthiir’s figure, the ¢ is nearer to

A. cheribula than to A. caldarena, but differs in (1) the —

position and regularity of the two transverse series of

spots in the hindwing, and, on the underside (2), in ~

wanting altogether the three Jarge basal spots and the

superior subterminal disco-cellular spot. The warm

colouring of the wings, the blackish basal clouding on —

their upperside, and the arrangement of the two trans- 4 f

verse series of spots on the underside of the hindwings, all

resemble the corresponding features in A. anacreon, Trim.;

and, singularly enough, the abdomen is not coloured as

in the ¢ caldarena, but as in the 3d anacreon, being

black above, with six creamy-yellow spots on each side, Ss

and with the extremity ochre-yellow.

Mr. G. A. K. Marshall discovered this butterfly in 3 é

Mashunaland, and I received from him the three dd and

two ? § above described in June, 1894. He wrote that he

noticed the insect only about a clump of isolated granite

““kopjes”’? some three miles from Salisbury, and that, —

new species of Butterflies from South Africa. 187

like A. caldarena, it seemed particularly partial to spots

where the lone “Tambookie grass” grew. Its flight

was a great deal slower than that of caldarena, and,

indeed, the slowest of any member of the genus observed

by Mr. Marshall. As far as the captor remembered,

A. induna first appeared towards the end of January, and

disappeared about the middle of March. A pair was

subsequently captured by Mr. Marshall in the Mazoe

Valley, near Salisbury, on the L5th October.

Hab. Mashunaland, Salisbury (G. A. K. Marshall).

Family LYCAINIDAK.

Lycena nubifer, sp.n. (Plate V., figs. 4, 4a.)

Hap. al. (f) 1 in., 2-3 lin. ; (2) 1 in., 2-3 lin.

Allied to L. cordata (HK. M. Sharpe).*

dg. Cupreous-brown, with a general violaceous gloss; a fuscous

line on hindmarginal edge; cilia fuscous, indistinctly and unequally

marked with white between nervules, Forewing: a very large,

roughly heart-shaped, velvety-black patch, thinly edged with bluish-

violaceous scales, on upper discal area, placed obliquely between

2nd subcostal and 2nd median nervules, and with'its narrower

end nearest apex, while the upper lobe of its broader end is just

at extremity of discoidal cell. Hindwing : tail at extremity of 1st

median nervule rather long, twisted spirally, rather wide, fuscous,

edged and tipped with white ; on hindmargin, above Ist median

nervule, an indistinct fuscous spot, and below it a faint trace of

another similar spot. UNnprerstpE: Hindwing and broad apical

area of forewing brownish-grey, crossed transversely by darker sub-

macular markings edged (in hindwing very conspicuously) with white

on both sides ; inner marginal, lower discal, and disco-cellular area of

Jorewing pale dull brownish-ochre-yellow. Forewing : base tinged

with fuscous ; a very short white edging on costa close to base ; in

discoidal cell, two or three white dots obliquely placed close to

base, a subreniform median slightly browner, thinly fuscous- and

white-edged spot, and a larger, less complete terminal marking

(open superiorly and inferiorly) ; above these cellular markings two

or three small white spots on costa, continuous of their white

edgings ; beyond middle, a confluent series of five or six dark grey

fuscous- and white-edged spots, of which the 5th and 6th are

narrower and much fainter than the rest, the 6th, below 1st median

* Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1891, p. 636, pl. xlviii., fig. 4.

188 Mr. Roland Trimen on some

nervule, being obsolete in one specimen ; external white edge of

this submacular series diffuse ; hindmarginal border rather widely

brownish-grey, with an external series of darker, inwardly white-

edged internervular spots very faintly indicated. Hindwing : base

clouded with fuscous, and bearing three imperfect small round

white-edged spots ; a larger and very distinct similar round spot on

costa before middle; median and terminal disco-cellular spots as

in forewing, but darker, and the latter spot partly confluent with

the 4th and 6th of the eight spots forming the very irregular

confluent discal series from costa to inner margin; between median

cellular spot and inner margin, traces of two similar smaller spots ;

immediately bounding the discal series externally is a conspicuous

whitish band, unevenly dentate along its outer edge; on hind-

“margin, a conspicuous round black spot, outwardly edged with

iridescent scales, above 1st median nervure, and another below it ;

above these, traces of a series of fuscous, internally whitish-edged

spots.

9. Ground-colour paler, dull ochre-yellow, but, in the forewing,

shot with a strong pinkish-violaceous gloss from base to beyond

middle, and marked with fuscous spots corresponding in position to

those on the underside of that wing. Forewing: costa and hind- —

margin bordered with dull fuscous, the latter rather broadly; first

disco-cellular spot very small in one specimen, and scarcely visible.

in the second; base dusky. Hindwing: basal and costal area

widely dusky ; faint traces of two cellular spots, but none of

discal series ; two hindmarginal spots much more distinct than in

g¢, and with a few iridescent scales, Cilia regularly white-marked

in forewing and in upper half of hindwing. UNDERSIDE: As in

&; but, in one example, with the white markings of the hind-

wing much reduced and a good deal replaced by brownish-grey ;

while, in the other, not only are those markings very distinct

(though not quite so wide asin ¢), but the hindmarginal series of

spots is in both wings distinct, as well as both the inner and outer

white edgings of these spots, the inner edgings being acutely

sagittiform. x

Pectus and femora, and inner margin of hindwings densely

clothed with rather long hair; more soin g than in 9.

Judging from the Jaana and figure (loc. cit.) of =

L. cordata, the 36 of that species and L. nubifer differ

but very slightly on the upperside, the former having the

two hindmarginal spots of the hindwing indistinct and

without green centre; but on the underside the difference _

is very great, L. cordata having the entire ground-colour __

white, with attenuated white-centred brown markings,

new species of Butterflies from South Africa. 189

agreeing pretty nearly with those presented by L. an-

tinoru, Oberth., and L. pogger, Dewitz. The underside

markings of L. nubifer are, in the forewings, very like

those of L. lingews (Cram.), but those in the hindwings

are nearest to the corresponding ones in L. pogget,

although in development, partial confluence, and dis-

position of colouring, they bear a strong general

resemblance to those of L. lingews. The dull ochrey-

yellow field of the underside of the forewings is a very

peculiar feature of L. nubifer, but a very faint basal

indication of it seems to be shown by L. cordata.

The 2? of antinoru, pogger, and cordata are not

described ; that of nubifer is quite unlike the ? lingeus,

and, on the upperside, is in pattern very like the ¢

Lycenesthes liodes, Hewits., though so very dissimilar in

ground-colour. ‘The violaceous gloss over the dull

ochrey-yellow tint of the forewings has a remarkable

effect, recalling the appearance of the dd of the

Huropean Chrysophanus helle, and the New Zealand

C. boldenarwm.

This very distinct Lycena—whose nearest ally, L.

cordata, inhabits Sotik in Kavirondo, near the eastern

shore of Lake Nyanza—was sent to me by Mr. A. EH.

Hunt, who wrote that he captured a pair near Newcastle

(alt. circ. 3,800 ft.), in the northern extremity of Natal,

on the 29th October, 1893, and a few others before the

12th December. Eleven more examples were taken

about thirty-five miles to the southward, in the Biggars-

berg—one at Waschbank, at the foot of the range, on

the 14th January, and the others on the mountains

themselves, between the 23th January and middle of

February. Only one of the eighteen examples met with

was in good condition, owing to the exceptionally wet

season. Mr. Hunt notes the butterfly as flitting slowly

from flower to flower of a species of acacia, and settling

very frequently. He roused most of the specimens by

rapping the branches with a stick. On sending an

example to Mr. C. W. Morrison, of Estcourt, Natal, that

gentleman wrote to Mr. Hunt that his collection con-

tained a very worn specimen, captured by himself at

Van Reenen’s Pass in the Drahensberg, in March, 1886.

He noticed a good many tattered examples frequentin

the flowers of a weed, since identified by Mr. J. Medley

Wood as Bidens pilosa, L.

190 Mr. Roland Trimen on some

Hab. Natal, Newcastle and Biggarsberg (A. E.

Hunt); “Van Reenen’s Pass, Drakensberg,’ C. W.

Morrison.

Capys disjunctus, sp.n. (Plate V., figs. 5, 5a.)

Exp. al. (8) 1 in., 7-8 lin. ; (9) 1 im., 7-11 lin.

3. Sub-metallic orange-red ; forewing with a narrow costal and

moderately wide hindmarginal fuscous border ; hindwing with a linear

Suscous hindmarginal edging, and a greyish-fuscous costal and apical

border, of moderate width, as far as extremity of 2nd subcostal

nervule. Forewing: inner margin rather broadly fuscous on its

basal two-fifths ; costal border of pretty even width, bounded

inferiorly by subcostal nervure; hindmarginal border, in one

example, of even width throughout, and irregularly dentate on its

inner edge, but, in the other, narrowing considerably to posterior

angle, and with its inner edge regular. Hindwing: base rather

broadly fuscous; sexual patch at origin of subcostal nervules

small, ovate, pale grey, glistening ; inner marginal border broadly

pale grey, densely hairy towards anal angle; a red spot on anal

angular lobe. Cilia basally red, outwardly white, with fuscous

nervular interruptions. UNDERSIDE: Pale ashy-grey, inclining to

hoary ; in forewing a broad basi-innermarginal space of pale ochre-

yellow ; in both wings a rather indistinct dull ferruginous terminal

disco-cellular annulet, and a discal series of similar annulets. Fore-

wing : yellow space much paler near inner margin—the whole of

which it occupies—and extending a little above median nervure ;

indistinct discal annulets 5 or 6, imperfect, partly confluent,

forming a regular slightly-curved series from costa to 2nd or 1st

median nervule; asubmarginal series of very indistinct darker grey

marks. Hindwing : discal series of nine annulets strongly sinuated,

the second and largest annulet united to terminal disco-cellular one,

the fourth, fifth, and sixth smaller than the rest, more separate,

and furthest from base ; a very indistinct submarginal darker

srey clouding. ;

2. Strikingly different from g. Dull pale brownish-qrey, paler

discally (in one example with a very faint orange tinge superiorly),

und suffused broadly from bases with pale greyish-blue ; hindwing

with four hindmarginal orange lunules. Forewing: base tinged ~

with dusky-violaceous ; a very faint thin terminal disco-cellular s

dark grey lunule. Hindwing: space above cell free from blue — 4s

suffusion ; cell near base tinged with dusky-violaceous ; orange

lunules distinct, forming a continuous series between radial

nervule and submedian nervure, and bounded outwardly by a

fuscous line. UNDERSIDE: Hoary-grey, much paler than in 6,

new species of Butterflies from South Africa. 191

with the markings much more distinct ; only the faintest tinge of

yellow over basi-innermarginal space in forewing. Forewing: an

additional annulet (indistinct in one example) below 1st median

nervule. Hindwing: hindmarginal lunules of upperside rather

faintly represented in ferruginous-red. Palpt much shorter—

especially the terminal joint—than in the 9 C. alpheus.

The ¢ is readily distinguished from that of C. alpheus

by the much extended orange-red of the upperside, and

consequent reduction of the hindmarginal fuscous border,

especially in the hindwings. The 9 is so extraordinarily

unlike that of alphzxus on the upperside that it might,

at the first glance, be mistaken fora large ¢ Deudorix

antalus (Hopff.). On the underside, however, there is

no mistaking the characteristic pattern and coloration,

which, in both sexes, although so very much duller and

fainter, are entirely like those shown by the type of the

genus Capys.

A faded example of the d, taken at Barberton, Trans-

vaal, by Mr. C. F. Palmer, was lent to me in 1892 by

Mr. A. D. Millar, and I then regarded it asa probable

aberration of C. alphxus; not associating it with a

damaged ? received during 1891 from Mr. F. C. Selous

who had captured it in Mashunaland. When Mr. Millar,

however, sent me a ? taken by him at Botha’s Hill,

Natal, on 6th January, 1894, and also again gave me the

opportunity of examining Mr. Palmer’s Barberton ¢, I

came to the conclusion that these could only be regarded

as sexes of the same species. This view received most wel-

come confirmation in June, 1894, when a pair reached me

from Mr. G. A. K. Marshall, of Salisbury, Mashunaland,

with the notification that he had taken corresponding

specimens wm copuld.

Mr. Millar informs me that his ? of this species was

taken on Botha’s Hill, Inchanga, at an elevation of about

2,430 feet. This was the only specimen seen; it flew

rapidly past him and settled with closed wings on a low

flowering plant. Mr. Marshall writes that the ¢* is

considerably scarcer than the ¢—I have been struck with

this m the case of C. alpheus—and that the ¢ has the

habit of resting on the dead calices (burnt by grass-fires)

* On the 9th December, 1894, Mr. Marshall writes, however,

that he had just lately noticed several specimens of the ¢ but none

of the g¢. Adwarf ¢ captured by him in the Mazoe District, on

16th October, 1894, expands only 1 in. 44 lin.

TRANS. ENT. SOc. LoND, 1895.—parTu. (JuNE.) 13

192 Mr. Roland Trimen on some

of a dwarf sugar-bush, near Salisbury, and in that

position is well concealed by the similar colouring of the

underside of his wings.

The extreme dissimilarity in the females of two such

similar males as those of C. alphzus and C. disjunctus is

a most noteworthy phenomenon, and I do not recall

another instance in the family Lycendx; although the

converse case—that of very similar females of nearly-

allied species having strikingly dissimilar males—is not

rare. One is inclined to suspect that mimicry has come

into play in the case of the 2 C. disjunctus.

Hab. Natal, Inchanga (A. D. Millar) ; Tienevadl

Barberton (C. F. Palmer); Mashunaland, ? locality

(F. C. Selous), Salisbury and Mazoo District (GALS

Marshall).

Iolaus emulus, sp.u. (Plate V., fig. 6.)

Exp. al. (4) 1 in., 3 lin.

Closely allied to I. aphnzoides, Trim.

¢. Pale blue ; apical half of forewing black ; cilia of forewing -

fuscous except at posterior angle where they are white, of hind-

wing wholly white. Forewing: costa evenly and rather widely —

bordered with black to extremity of discoidal cell; apical black

area extending from extremity of cell to apex and obliquely to a ©

point at posterior angle, its inner edge irregular; sexual tuft of ~

bristles on inner margin near base, black. Hindwing: a narrow

black edging from costa beyond middle, becoming linear and more ©

sharply defined, and inwardly bordered by a white line, on hind- ©

margin from 3rd median nervule to anal angie ; two well-marked ~

rounded hindmarginal black spots, one above, the other below, 1st

median nervule, the lower spot internally edged by an indistinct

yellowish lunule ; a third black spot on anal angular lobe, ringed —

with a few greenish-silvery scales ; basi-costal sexual patch better Ee

defined than in aphneoides, alata: -grey in a darker ring.

UNDERSIDE.-- White, with narrow red transverse streaks; a submarginal

row of small black spots as in aphneoides. Forewing : an orange-red —

edging from base to posterior angle, linear on costa, but somewhat _

wider on hindmargin ; a very short red streak in discoidal cell near _

base, and a longer one marking extremity of cell; beyond middle —

a rather oblique streak from costa to between Ist and 2nd median __

nervules ; 7 spots in submarginal series, all very small except the 4

two last, which are about twice the size of the rest‘ and situate

between 1st median nervule and submedian nervure ; a large basi-

new species of Butterflies from South Africa. 198

innermarginal semicircular glistening sexual patch, extending to

median nervure. Hindwing : a short oblique sub-basal streak from

costal to median nervure ; a small sub-basal red spot close to inner

margin ; completely across wing, a streak from middle of costa to

1st median nervule considerably beyond middle, where it is slightly

angulated and attenuated—thence to a point between that nervule

and submedian nervure where it becomes black instead of red—and

thence, widening and red again, at an acute angle as far as internal

neryure about middle; six submarginal black spots (the 2nd larger

than rest) from costa to 3rd median nervule—the series continued

to inner margin by two disconnected short black lines, of which the

superior is close to the sharp black angulation of the long discal red

streak ; inferior hindmarginal black spot wanting, but superior one

and spot on anal angular lobe, well developed, and widely bordered

with greenish-silvery ; hindmargin edged with orange-red from

2nd subcostal to 3rd median nervule, bui thence to anal angle with

a fine black line. Forehead orange-red ; abdomen beneath white,

with a median longitudinal red streak.

I have not seen the 2, but, from a description accom-

panied by a careful coloured drawing of both upper and

under sides made by Mr. A. HE. Hunt, it ig clear that in

that sex on the upperside the blue is duller and basally

clouded with fuscous, while the hindmarginal black is

considerably broader at the posterior angle of the fore-

wing, as is also the costal, apical, and upper hindmarginal

black of the hindwing. The hindwing presents a small

black hindmarginal spot between 2nd and 38rd median

nervules (of which there is only the minutest trace in

the 6) and also three small blackish lunulate marks

situate a little before the three hindmarginal spots.

Above the latter, between 3rd median and 2nd subcostal

nervules, are two whitish spots. The underside markings

agree with those of the ¢, except that in the hindwing

there is some dusky-grey clouding along the hindmargin

below the 38rd median nervule, and the upperside spot

between 2nd and Srd median nervules is indistinctly

represented.

The 3 on the upperside closely resembles the ¢ Lf.

aphnxoides, but the apical black area in the forewing is

even broader, and the sexual patch in the hindwing

rounder and better defined. ‘lhe ¢ evidently wants

almost entirely the wide discal white shown on the

upperside of both wings in the 2 aphnzoides, and has

the black of the forewings much broader superiorly, and

194 Mr. R. Trimen on Butterflies from South Africa.

the submarginal series of blackish spots in the hindwings

incomplete. On the underside both sexes of I. emulus

are well distinguished by the not only very much nar-

rower but also quite differently coloured—red, instead of

orange-ochreous and black-edged—transverse streaks,

and by those of these markings that are sub-basal and

disco-cellular being reduced to short widely-disconnected

portions, instead of constituting continuous bands (from

costal edge of the forewings) common to both fore and

hindwings. The conspicuous feature common and

peculiar to aphnxoides and xmulus on the underside is

the submarginal series of small black spots in both

wings.

Mr. A. E. Hunt sent me his description and drawing

of the ¢ in March, 18938, and noted that the only

specimen he had seen was found by a child on the —

Blackburn estate near D’Urban, Natal. 1 was disposed

to think that the specimen depicted might be an

aberration of I. aphnzotdes,* until the arrival, in March,

1894, of the fine ¢ above described, which was captured

on the Berea, D’Urban, by Mr. A. D. Millar, on the 17th

November, 1889. Mr. Millar writes that this example

was settling on the leaves of a creeper covering the bush

at the side of a road; it took a short flight before it

re-settled and was captured, and examination showed

that it was not I. sedus, which on the underside it much

resembled. No second specimen has been seen by either —

observer. s

Hab. Natal, D’Urban (A. HE. Hunt and A. D. am

Millar). >

*" See Proc. Zool. Soc. Lond., 1894, p. 54, foot-note.

EXPLANATION OF Priate V.

Fie. 1. YVpthima mashuna, sp. n., 9.

2,2a. Mycalesis selousi, sp.n., 3, 9.

3, 3a. Acrea induna, sp. n., g, 9.

4,4a. Lycena nubifer, sp.n. o, 9.

5, 5a. Capys disjunctus, sp. n., ¢, 9.

6. Lolaus emulus, sp. n., 4.

( 195 )

VIII. Notes on Indian Ants. By Grorce ALEXANDER

JamES Rotuney, F.E.S.

[Read March 6th, 1895.]

Tue following notes refer to species collected during a

three months’ tour in India, from October 27th, 1893, to

January 27th, 1894, and include an account of short

visits to Bombay, Poona, Madras, Bangalore, Mysore,

Calicut, Cochin, Travancore, Madura, Calcutta, Barrack-

pore, Delhi, Lahore, Bhavnagar, and Baroda.

Tam deeply indebted to Dr. Forel for his wonderful

patience in examining a vast number of specimens, the

majority being small, uninteresting species, very difficult

to determine, and the amount of valuable time spent in

naming the collection, leaves me quite overwhelmed by

his great courtesy and kindness. ‘The tour was a rapid

one, and the season of the year, for Bengal and Upper

India, unfavourable for collecting; still, considering the

extent of the ground covered and that many of the

localities were probably new to the ant collector, the

result in novelties (some five species and varieties) was

disappointing, and speaks highly for the thorough and

exhaustive manner in which Mr. R. C. Wroughton, the

author of ‘‘ Our Ants,” has worked the Indian fauna,

and also confirms, as Dr. Forel remarked on returning

_ the collection, ‘‘ The marked uniformity of the species of

the continent of India.” To make the most of the

limited time available, I concentrated my attention to

the following points :—

1. To finda 9 Dorylus, or Lobopelta.

2. To sound produced by ants, or stridulating ants.

%. To the length of residence or attachment of a

species to a particular spot, as illustrated by the existence,

in 1893-94, of certain nests or colonies which had been

well known to me between the years 1872-1886.

In No. 1, I failed altogether; in No. 2, though par-

ticularly favoured by many opportunities of observation,

TRANS. ENT. Soc. LOND. 1895.—parr 11. (JUNE.)

196 Mr. G. A. James Rothney’s

the evidence was, unfortunately, of a negative character ;

in No. 3, in two instances at ee I met with success.

Camponotus compressus, Fab.,

was found at every locality visited, and is more generally

distributed and in evidence than any other ant, only

taking a second place in those localities frequented by

Myrmecocystus viaticus, or where S. armata and M.

salomoms are specially abundant.

Polyrhachis levissima, Smith.

My favourite nest of this ant in Barrackpore Park,

which flourished between 1872-1886 (Trans. Ent. Soc. —

i., 1889), had disappeared, and the hollow in the tree —

which it had occupied had filled up, and grown out to

such an extent that it was difficult to recognize the spot.

Cicophylla smaragdina, Fab.,

was found almost everywhere, and generally very com-

mon.

In the little island of Bolghetty, Cochin, it was very

abundant, and I am inclined to think the workers

averaged a larger size, and were deeper in colour (more

of an orange tint) than the ordinary type from other

parts of India.

Unfortunately much of this orange tinge is lost in the

spirit bottle, and it may be only that the rich tropical

scenery of that exquisitely beautiful spot lends acharm |

and depth of colouring even to the ants themselves ; but

it would possibly be worth while for some future visitor

to the Residency Bolghetty, with more time at his dis- |

posal, to make a thorough study of the merits in colour

and size of its island Cicophyllas.

Ihave met with a very similar case with the yellow

wasp (Polistes hebreus) in the Botanical Gardens, Cal-

cutta, where a group of nests, for several seasons,

certainly yielded finer and more deeply-coloured speci- =

mens than I have found elsewhere in India.

Acropyga acutiwentris, Roger.

This is a poor little species, much like a small termite, 3 ?

or half-starved, immature Lasius flavus. I found a nest

at Calicut in the roots of a partly-decayed tree, and at

Notes on Indian Anis. 197

Cochin (Bolghetty), established at the very bottom of

my two best nests of Odontomachus hematodes, were

little communities of this ant, 2, d,and %; hexmmatodes

seemed to leave these tiny yellow visitors severely alone,

and neither molested nor attended them.

In the evening swarms of the winged sexes came into

the bath-room and put out the light (tel-butti); but

these swarms must have come from some other establish-

ments, as the colonies in my two nests of hematodes

would not have furnished one per cent. of the foolish

little ants who drowned themselves in the oil for three

or four consecutive nights. This is the only instance in

India where I have found one species living, not by, or

near, or allied to, but bona-fide in the nest of another

species.

Plagrolepis longipes, Jerdon.

This widely distributed species is very common in

Southern India and along the Malabar Coast; but

nowhere have I found it so abundant as in Calicut,

where it strongly garrisons all the casuarina trees

which grow near the big tank and public gardens, and

itruns a fairly good second to Solenopsis geminata as

par excellence the Calicut ant.

Odontomachus hematodes, L.

This species was very common in the Island of

Bolghetty, Cochin; the nests were situated between the

roots of trees, and several at the time of my visit,

November 29th to December 4th, contained the winged

sexes and were very populous ; on opening up one of these,

there would take place what can best be described as

a display of ant-fireworks, the workers letting them-

Selves off in showers with a distinct click, click, click,

that could be heard without stooping down. But one

or two nests that did not contain the sexes did not

exhibit the same excitement and activity, and though

there would be some little jumping going on there

were no ant-fireworks,

Individual workers when taken from the nest, or still

more so, stray workers when taken in hand, proved as

a rule but indifferent jumpers, and often would not

jump at all, but when they did, the action was exactly

198 Mr. G. A. James Rothney’s

as described by Mr. H. 8. Ferguson, in “Our Ants,”

or as Mr. Wroughton concisely puts it in the same

work when speaking of Anochetus sedilotu, “ the

action is distinctly that of a -‘skip-jack’ beetle, and

not that of a grasshopper;” but the best pas seul

is but a sorry performance, and to see and appreciate

the really wonderful springing powers possessed by this

ant, you must stir up a nest crowded with the winged

sexes and ready to swarm.

I also found this species in Travancore, but the nests

contained only workers, December 6th to 10th, and

consequently there were no fireworks.

The click-click of hematodes is the only self-

produced sound that, beyond the possibility of a doubt,

I have met with amongst Indian ants.

Anochetus sedilotir, Emery, race indicus, Forel.

Bhavnagar, also a nest in the compound of the New

Guest House, Baroda, where I found the workers

hunting after sunset. I did not succeed in making them

jump.

Diacamma vagans, Smith.

Mr. Wroughton does not mention this species as

occurring in Bombay, but if anyone wishes to study

this most interesting ant they can find her in the =

Victoria Gardens, hunting about the roots of some

bamboo clumps which grow on the side of the gardens

by the ornamental water.

Diacamma geometricum, Smith.

Common in Bolghetty, Cochin, several nests being .

established.in the wall which surrounds the Residency

kitchen garden; in ways and manners she is exactly a

hke vagans.

Ponera jerdonn, Forel,

found in some numbers amongst the débris of stacks

of firewood in Barrackpore, and also under the same

conditions in the Botanical Gardens, Calcutta.

Notes on Indian Ants. 199

Lobopelta chinensis, Mayr.

This species is extremely common in Bangalore ;

armies march about the parade grounds and the polo

ground, squadrons scour the drains which line the well-

kept Cantonment roads, an immense army corps 0c-

cupied a strong position in the big fernery of the Lall

Bagh Gardens, the Station was literally garrisoned with

Lobopelta, and I have no hesitation in saying that, in

my very first afternoon in Bangalore, 1 saw ten times

as many of these ants as I had in my previous fifteen

years’ residence in India.

With such splendid and unlooked-for opportunities, I

was naturally very keen on the question of Sound or

Stridulation, so every marching regiment, great or

small, was subjected to the closest examination.

I poked and tickled them with a straw, with a stick ;

I interrupted their lie of march with a brick and with

my hand held edgeways; I stooped down and listened

with my hand to my ear, till the ants swarmed all over

me and down my neck; but not a sound, not a suspicion

of a sound, could I get out of them. I tried similar

experiments with an army in Mysore, and with one that

frequented the compound of the Club, Trevandrum, but

equally without success.

But now I come to my one possible exception ; in

the Museum Garden, T'revandrum, I met with, one

Sunday evening (December 10th), a very fine army,

which circled round and round the group of enclosures

that contain wild pig and various species of deer. I

repeated my regulation tactics of straws, sticks, and

bricks, but with no better success. At last the army

left the confines of the enclosure walls and headed into

_ a dry drain or culvert, choked up with dry leaves; when

well into this sunk way I interrupted the line of march,

and then there was a wave of sound right along the line, a

“roar’’ it might be called, perhaps, but a few de

joe by a long line of infantry better describes the

impression left on my mind. This lasted only while

the ants were travassing the leaf-choked way, for

directly they struck the open path again no more

sound could be obtained. Now the question is, did

the ants produce this sound by any process of stridulat-

ing, or was it merely the warning of the interruption

200 Mr. G. A. James Rothney’s

flashed along the line in some way, causing an accelera-

tion of pace and consequent hurried pattering of

thousands of tiny feet on the dry leaves? It is quite

certain the wave of sound went from the interruption

to the head of the column and did not come from the

rear, where the ants had not altered their pace, and it

is equally certain that a break im the line invariably

causes the ants to start off at the double-quick from ~

that break to the head of the column, whilst the files —

in the rear surge up to the point of interruption, and

are for the time thrown into more or less confusion.

The result, even in this one instance, was disappointing,

for the balance of evidence was certainly in favour of

dry leaves and hurrying feet, rather than sound pro-

duced by stridulation.

Lobopelta chinensis, Mayr; var. minchini, Forel,

in litt., 3 6.

I found a nest of this new variety under bricks in a

culvert by the Tittaghur Bridge, Barrackpore Park;

the males fiew off when exposed, and the workers —

scampered away in all directions. I could not find a ©

female, and no sound of any kind could be detected. I

also took the same variety in Calicut.

Dorylus oberthiru, Emery.

I found a very populous nest under bricks in the cul- —

vert by the Tittaghur Bridge, Barrackpore Park; it was

close to (indeed the bricks were touching) the nest of —

LI. minchinii var. above referred to. Amongst the ants

were several small fresh-water crabs; some dead and half

eaten, some dead and limp, but not eaten, and some alive ~

and well. I could not find a female. y

Cataulacus latus, Forel.

Bhavnagar, crawling about in the rough bark of a

tree, keeping to the cracks and furrows, and looking

much like the bark itself. I also found them im an

exactly similar situation on a tree half-way up to Matheran,

Bombay. | ;

Notes on Indian Ants. 201

Meranoplus rothneyi, Forel, in litt.

This new species frequented the Residency compound,

Bolghetty, Cochin, and could be found in some numbers

running about the little patches of silver-sand which are

dotted amongst the grass. A small species of Mutilia

(WM. pusilla, Smith) also frequents the same spots and

mingles with the ants.

Myrmicaria fodiens, Jerdon,

is very common in Madras, Bangalore, and Cochin, and

is everywhere a great constructor of earthworks; but in

a grand old park-like compound in Madras, I came across

a number of nests where the normal type thrown up

round trees, posts, or against fences, was departed from,

and seemingly in an exuberance of architectural skill and

ambition.

Myrmicaria had developed three new and distinct

forms of nest.

1. The Volcanic-cone shape.

2. The Dice-box shape.

3. The Tall-bat shape.

The dimensions in each case varied somewhat, but

roughly ranged from a base of 12 to 14 inches diameter,

and a height of 8 to 10 inches. All were situated quite

clear of tree trunks, and some altogether in the open.

The cone and dice-box shaped nests were very well built

and nicely finished ; the third form was somewhat irre-

gular, but had a strong resemblance to the John Bull

tall-hat, as we know it in the pages of ‘‘ Punch,” and it

may be this shape was the outcome of the dice-box

exageerated and badly built; but it was curious how

the fine granules of earth could be made to hold to-

gether in the curl-over which formed the brim.

The colony of M. fodiens, established under the big

banyan-tree in Barrackpore Park, which is described in

the Proc. Ent. Soc. (Feb. 24th, 1892), and also mentioned

in “Our Ants,” as being constantly under my notice

from 1872 to 1886, I found still flourishing in January,

1894 (or presuming that no break had occurred between

my last visit in March, 1886, and my next visit in

January, 1894), showing a continuous residence in one

spot of twenty-two years. I mustsay I fuily expected to

be disappointed in this instance, for as I approached my

202 Mr. G. A. James Rothney’s

favourite old haunt I found abundant evidence of a

special cleaning and furbishing up for the benefit of the

new Viceroy; the whole place had been freshly and

heavily gravelled (soorkied) and rolled; the seats under

the shade of the wide-spreading branches were radiant

with new paint; everything had been done to make it

attractive for Government House, but unpleasant for

ants; but after a glance round—though for the time

driven from the main-trunk—there were my old friends ©

strongly established, and in force, round several of the

smaller trunks and stems; under all these difficulties

they had clung to their home, and the evidence of the

attachment to this particular spot is the stronger from

the fact that during my residence in India I had

never found another nest of this ant in Barrackpore

or its immediate neighbourhood. In all probability

fodiens will hold her own in the same position for another

score of years, and successfully brave the terrors of

many a Vice-regal spring cleaning; or, indeed, there

seems to be no reason why the colony should not last

as long as the tree itself.

Monomorium salomonis, Lin., r. indicwm, Forel, in litt.

This ant is one of the commonest and most widely-

distributed in India, and she is generally a busy little

harvester. A day spent in Poona enabled me to appre- —

ciate the force of Mr. Wroughton’s remark, that “It

would be quite safe to affirm that a specimen could be

found within fifty yards of any spot in any grass land in

the Poona districts.”’ 3

It is fairly common in Madras; it is to be found all

along the bullock-road from Nagarcoil to Tinnevelly, and

on all the railway stations from ‘linnevelly to Madras, and

again from Lahore down to Delhi, Agra, Gwalior, Jhansi, —

Bhopal, as far as Itarsi, where I lost sight of her for the

time. I did not find a specimen in Bombay or Calicut, —

in Cochin or Travancore, and in Calcutta and Barrack- _

pore itis certainly rare; but in all these places Solen-

opsis geminata (v. armata) is either very common or

swarms, and from this I am inclined to think that one

species takes up the duties, whatever they may be, per-

formed by the other, each in her own particular range,

salomonis preferring a dry heat and a fiery soil, and

geminata a moist, damp heat, with a rich earthy soil;

EE ————————— le

Notes on Indian Ants. 203

and though the ranges may overlap, and both species be

found in force in one spot, as in Madras, yet on the

whole they are fairly distinct, one species becoming less

in evidence as the other comes to the front. I do not

consider Bombay as exactly a typical locality for Solen-

opsis, and agree with Mr. Wroughton’s suggestion that

she has possibly been imported.

It was in Madras that I found M. salomonis turned to

a practical use, and it is the first instance in my experi-

ence of ants being employed for commercial purposes.

In the godowns of a large paper merchant—one

V. Perumall Chetty—I was struck by the way the bales

were stowed close to the ground, and enquired if they

were not lable to constant danger from white ants. I

spoke feelingly, for I have had painful experience of what

can be done in this way in a Calcutta godown, and have

seen, from the carelessness of a godown sircar, a line of

thirty bales riddled in a couple of days. Thereply to my

enquiry was, ‘‘No, | never have any damage done, the

ttle red ants come and keep them away, and sugar

is Scattered every morning or evening to ensure their

regular attendance.” I asked Mr. Chetty to collect me

a bottle after a sugar-scattering, which he kindly did,

sending me an immense number, the species being M.

‘salomoms, 90 per cent., and S. geminata (armata), 10 per

cent. (In Madras, salomoms is, I fancy, overpowering

gemmmata.) I do not think I should feel disposed to

discard my godown-horses, tar, and lime, in favour of

friendly ants ; but were I resident again in Calcutta, I

should be tempted to see what S. geminata could do for

me as an auxiliary precaution, and perhaps the hint may

be worth the attention of others who have reams of

paper to safeguard.

Solenopsis geminata, Fabr., v. avmata, Forel.

Mr. Wroughton speaks of this species as the commonest

ant in Bombay, and I can strongly endorse the fact ; it

is still more common in Calcutta and Barrackpore, and

fairly common in Madras, but if you want to find it in

overwhelming abundance go to Calicut, where it literally

Swarms. I do not think I have ever found any ant in

such strong evidence anywhere else.

In the University Gardens, Bombay, I came across

204 Mr. G. A. James Rothney’s

two rather interesting nests formed round the trunks

of palm trees, the roots of which were infested with a

small Coccid. The ants heaped up their mounds to

cover the parts so affected, and in places where these

little Coccids were present well up on the trunk the

ants had pushed their covered ways (which looked very

like termite galleries) so as to reach and enclose them ;

some of these galleries were carried quite two feet up

the trunk of the tree.

As described by Mr. Wroughton, Solenopsis is a

strong harvester on the Western side, but I have not

met with this trait m her in Bengal, the North-west

Provinces or Madras (City).

Pheidole rhombinoda, Mayr.

I found some nests in Barrackpore Park, covered over

in a perfect circle (taking the centre from the entrance,

the circumference would equal about 10 to 12 inches),

with the leaflets of some species of mimosa, but no

leaflets were found in the nest itself on digging it up,

and the even and umbrella-like appearance of the

arrangement seems to suggest a protection against heat

or rain, as the object the ants have in view.

In Madura, I came across a number of nests of a

very curious and, to me, novel form.

The entrances were surrounded by little mounds ar-

ranged in a circle, composed of the dead bodies, or parts

of bodies, of Camponotus compressus and C. rufoglaucus, —

but chiefly the big soldiers of compressus. There were —

heads alone, heads with the thorax attached, thorax

without the head, bodies without thorax, with a scatter- —

ing of legs and antenne, attached and unattached, in

every possible form, but I could not find any of these

portions in the nests. Now the question arises, What are

these mounds for, and how does Phevdole collect and —

form them? Are they simply carcases stacked, to be ©

cut up at leisure and carried into the nest in suitable |

sizes for future provision, or are these bodies arranged

as a grim warning to prowling enemies, after the fashion __

of the skulls set up at the entrance to the villages of ©

some wild and primitive tribe? and, then, how does |

Pheidole collect them? It is hardly possible that they |

are killed and brought in, for Pheidole would have to |

be in overwhelming force to master a single giana |

Notes on Indian Ants. 205

headed soldier of compressus. Perhaps they act as

undertakers, and collect the dead thrown out by Cam-

ponotus for some special purpose of their own; and, then,

why should this trait break out in Madura, for certainly

Thave not met with it in other parts, although com-

pressus and rhombinoda are practically common every-

where.

These are the only two interesting forms of nest of

Pheidole I have come across, but I have never had the

good fortune to find P. sykesiw and P. wroughtonia,

the clever embankment builders which Mr. Wroughton

so affectionately describes, nor have I found Pherdole:

in my travels a really strong harvester as Holcomyrmex

everywhere is, as M. salomonis is in a lesser degree,

and as Solenopsis undoubtedly is on the Western side

of India, and but for the exhaustive observations Mr.

Wroughton has made on this, his favourite genus, I

should certainly have held Pheidole’s harvesting powers

in but poor repute instead of respecting her as the

harvester par excellence of at least many parts of India.

Cremastogaster rogenhofert, Mayr.

I found a very fine nest in the compound of a

bungalow at Bandora, near Bombay, and spent a long

Sunday afternoon in trying to coax, worry and force

the ants to stridulate, or make a sound of some kind or

other. On disturbing the big brown-paper nest by

tapping it with a stick the ants would swarm out in

thousands, and a sound of some sort followed, but it did

not suggest to me quite the hissing of a red-hot cinder

plunged into water, as described by Mr. Wroughton in

“ Our Ants,” but rather the pattering sound of many feet

on the hollow nest, exactly as is met with when a nest

of Gicophylla smaragdina is treated in the same way.

With more violent tapping and shaking, the ants

began to fall in showers on to a fence and some shrubs

beneath which produced the sound-effect of falling rain.

A large piece of the centre of the nest was then broken

out, and the ants fell in numbers from the upper to the

lower half, and this produced very excellent rain, more

like the pattering of the early drops of a thunder shower

(English, not Tropical), and this went on long after I

had ceased to worry the nest. On the ground and on

the fence beneath the nest the ants collected in

206 Mr. G. A. James Rothney’s

thousands, but as soon as the ant-rain from above —

ceased, no amount of persuasion or bullying could get —

a sound out of the crowds which were huddled together.

As a check to any possible deafness on my part, I called

in the assistance of a friend, not an entomologist, but a —

very keen observer (Mr. C. J. Barnes of Bombay), bub ~

he could not hear anything more than I did, and neither

of us could detect anything beyond the pattering of —

ants on leaves, nest, or fence, and not a suspicion ofa ~

sound which could in any wavy be taken as independent

and self-evolved.

Cremastogaster of several species I met with in

numbers during my tour, and never missed an oppor- —

tunity of experimenting, but without success; and the —

same with Gcophylla, disturb a nest ot di. smaragdina and —

you will get the pattering, “ red-hot cinder,” or water- —

boiled-over sound, but take a crowded mass of smarag- —

dina on tree-trunk or ground, irritate them with a stick,

they will immediately show fight and literally sit-up at you,

but without the nest, which acts as a drum, no sound ©

do they produce.

Cremastogaster possesses stridulating apparatus, but —

Cicophylla, as Dr. Sharp points out, does not, yet the —

result is the same; disturb a nest and you get sound; ©

disturb the ants without the nest, which acts as a drum, ~

and you cannot.

Sima ngra, Jerdon.

The nest referred to in ‘Notes on Indian Ants” —

(Trans. Ent. Soc. i1., 1889), situated in the drive ~

between Government House and the Outram Statue, —

Calcutta, I found in a most flourishing condition, and

the number of ants apparently imcreased with the size —

of the tree, which was very considerable; this is the

second instance of a particular nest, well known to me —

from 1872 to 1886, found still strong and vigorous in ~

1894, or a continuous residence of twenty-two years. a

There was a nest of this species in the Victoria

Gardens, Bombay, and present with the ants the

mimicking Salticus, exactly as on the Bengal side. ;

Sima rufo-mgra, J erdon.

My two well-known nests (1872-1886) in Barrackporel

Park were, in 1894, extinct. One tree had disappeared

Notes on Indian Ants. 207

altogether, and the other had grown to such an extent

as to be hardly recognizable, and the hole im which the

nest was situated had filled up and bulged out; but had

these nests been in existence they would not have afforded

the same test of continued residence as the much rarer

and more highly localized species S. nigra and M. fodiens.

I donot think rufo-nigra is a common ant in Bombay ;

but should anyone wish to find her, there are one or two

nests in the Victoria Gardens.

SOUND.

I started on my tour with the full determination of

making ants stridulate if I possibly could; but in spite

of this bias and exceptional opportunities of observation

afforded by at least Lobopelta, I must confess myself

altogether disappointed, for, with the exception of the

click, click, of the jumping hematodes, I failed to detect

any sound which could be considered self-evolved ; but

because I failed I do not for one moment suggest that

ants cannot and do not stridulate so as to be audible by

human ears. Dr. Sharp in his very interesting paper

(Trans. Ent. Soc. ii., 1893) has amply proved that they

possess the means. Mr. Aitken is perfectly certain as to

Lobopelta, and Mr. Wroughton, though not quite so

strong in his faith, is still a believer in Cremastogasters’

powers (“Our Ants,” pp. 15, 16), and such accurate

observers are not likely to be mistaken.

The moral I should like to advance is, that you can-

not make ants do what you wish, and when you wish,

they won’t play if they do not want to; and I feel con-

vinced this spirit enters largely into ant life, and will

account for many apparent discrepancies in observations

of their habits. Ants, or at least Indian ants, are so

clever that they will not be bound by hard and fast lines

but require a certain latitude for variation of polity. I

ventured to suggest this theory in my former notes

(Irans. Ent. Soc. iii, 1889, p. 347), and I now feel

more strongly than ever, that in laying down rules for

ant conduct, some allowance should always be made for

the different little traits of character, the whims and

fancies, as it were, which are to be found, not only in a

given species but in individual ants.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—parT tt. (JUNE.) 14

Cvcrseucey! "qh, “sngnna ") l

eee eee eee - re) eee see eee eee oe 4 eee eee FNS TS ETT eye "

car ont a cae ah and wee aee eee ss eee eee ee eeeeeeereeeeeeeee [910,77 2.40) 0}

PER R é § | sR] R g R & RS | G&R} KR JFK [eeeeeeeeeeeees quar ‘snssasdeuoo .

re) eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eerneeene [910.7 ‘snpue,op "T ‘

eee eee eee eee re} eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eeevee “IARI *2.L0YIDQUAZ PAL A a3

Git eeeeeeeeeeee Arowy ‘nena in & ce

: é ears RoR eR R ras pares 6 spite

eee eee eee eee 2 eee eee eee eee sae eee 4 rel oekaes “TODIOL ‘sqqj0osnbup i

eee eee eee eee eee eee eee eae eee eee wae tere ait COR SNYDLPVal .

eee eee é é eee re) re} eee eee Aen) eee vee ee eeeeeey IAC ‘seuguaaeando ‘A (a3

eee eee eee eee re) re} eee é é é eee tae eee eecceeereeers® "quy ‘9naorlas snpouodwung

‘WAILONOANVO

“4 e) iz s | Qa

Se | sty eo ow: |S fa. foe fe [23 se

Be | Ge | wy | ef | gE | 82 | be | Se | Se | Se | 3B | BE | BE

we ey ; =e Ts Qo & os | DG ro B bo ied * Ls *smi0gdg

ea | te | Be | oe | eh | £8 | oe | fe | 2s | pe | Te | oe | So

ao NSE ; Bg ea cS) ro iS: No tS" o ee

H ee a? : i : ; ; : & ae

‘SHLVG AGNV ‘SHLLITVOOT ‘SHIONdS AO ATAVIL

—: Bpllopoyorog oy} Jo uoyatdwmoo oy oyep

quosoid oy} ye Sutavou st ‘oully [[e Oy SJUW UvIPUT UO Yaoa pavpuRys oY} oq ysNM YoIyM pur ‘AyoI00g

K104stF] pRangeny Avquog oy} Jo suormoesuery, oy} ur Surreodde st yorqa ,,“uvpfoy op yo sopuy sop oaurduigy,|

ep soplorms0,, sory,, “YOM yeord sTy sv f'QP UI [IS ome somvu sjolog aq jo Auvyy ‘an0j oY Jo

porsed poyiwty oy} Sump oouopras UI ysom szUR OSOy} JO paoooI v SV ynq “puNoy oq 0} soIdeds oy Jo

ast, @ se Ava Luv ut you “UoryooT[oo oY} Jo oanjzdvo Jo soyep pu ‘sorppRoo] ‘somvU oY SuUTATS oTqvy ve puodde |

eco

20+ Xt Dt

eee

eeveecocercecce ‘WS “Ww10.72.1g9uw0ab 66

eeoecesccevsseeeecacce “wg founbna DULUDIDICT

“qgry ur-4s “U ‘forO.y ‘a200j020 “A

‘qary Ur ‘jorO,T ‘eeuogy noun vashyyhw) gq

stanioleraleielericvetelo akey ‘ngnopns 6

“rseeees TOTO HT ‘a2ya0yUamngay

vreastesess a Kery “Dpourlassay D.19Uu0do.1yi0 7

jet ek [210.7 ‘snozpur 1 66

ceeeeeeer-coesesee TTT ‘72107298

ssescesceses TABI ‘sauguaanound

“74I] UI ‘JOO ‘s2swa2unuDy “1

onocaccauboIson BiH oj eh ar ‘$27109U92L0 snpoyoouy

srraesseseceses ory SsQNOIDUDY SNYIDUOJUOPO

‘Wdaldanod

6¢

rereserserscosoerttcy oupgosdny Sn.1apoyonog

rreeserrerrt Sunppydaoounjaw vumourdn],

PaoESESGRAGIBOORAGH Tg Kal ‘sadiq)D LAWL UWOUY IAT,

‘W dINaACOHOIIOG

6¢

G@eeveeooer te [2404 “0902408 °A

(74

ele clevele e ole "10 "alee ene appafuandf

TOKCIp Rhee ike ‘sesuadno sedajoyquno py

[er0,q ‘22ewopual -

seedsesreseece S 2 JOLONT ‘ahauyzos

seeeeseversererees enn ig a ‘sadabuo) sedaj02bn) qT

seerrreeeeoersse ToS 0a7 ‘s2uguaagnon vbiido.10 py

ssreee razor ‘seswapnbuag “I s

eeovecevenreeres OOOO O 0I1U0G LNn0g as

@eceosceet*eerserce [S104, ‘hanguwah af

Cosccccosnoorrerrs sss [210.7 ‘paepur

TREE ea "+ -a9erqy ‘seusoo2buo) srdajouar gq

eco ccccereesstesrevseseees ‘UIT ‘nosnf DI2U.L0,7

faisciaie [210,.q ‘sadvjas "A (t

veuseaceswee sop a SenOeUee snpshoosaw.th ar

"LINqog “IJ *9

“OLLOOssn

eee

“16—8T “UB

“IVSLUACY

"UB (—FPG “90M

‘aL0dyovlreg

ec | a | | en | ES | | | SS | | NY | pee | ee |

*PANU2U0I™-—SY TVG aUNV

weet ecesene , ike

“TI—9 “00d

“OLOOUBARL I,

"p99 —6Z “AON

“UNO;

"8%—GEG “AON

“qnorTBD

"So ‘TS “AON

*aL0SATIT

“FE—06 “AON

“10 Vsueg

‘61I—ST “AON

“SVIPCIL

“ST AON—L3°PO

“£19 Lvquiog

‘SALLITVOO'T

rare

eerereteeseooe (74

{ aa EE “UL la i “A

Paiescenessr tse yee ‘snsaqo ({iy

SRP Sess y "10, “2yspom mat soy dinieT

‘gary ur “ds ‘a ‘Jar0,q ‘phauyios

‘itteeeeerrrrrree nition ‘4070029 snpdouniayy

ease er ernoarecsccere 2410, ‘snjD) snovjnDnjny

‘qu UL ‘foro ‘e2sa2ey2hwus-osohbns vovuLhpy

‘W CIOINYA

@eaerttteeoeveoeeeescegeeeee “Uany ‘sda010a)

“c

eee ret cecccccosece IAL ‘sesuagpbuaq

eieiebiniebitisemieisexeeies IAC *$2UL0I2Q9LQ $N92U5T)

styiwawztatta Sioa silseket” rope “2.02Y99Q0 snjphuog

‘W aITALOGd

rtesersrececeseeeT err ‘snsunpebuo) pLauodory

eecccet st eaccce ‘ug ‘sda02.20a) "A cc

see ees seeds sss sONp *n.0a,f271990 “cc

“qyIT Ul“ A‘ ‘foro, ‘22uryouew ‘aA

eeeeereccccecce IAV TW ‘sesuauryo ce

i reesaraca Ace eatanns StSlatatA IAL ‘soswaueya 0) 9d0qQ0'T

aie a.0\014,0)0 6 alesis iwiaicieeiciee Sau IACI ‘sadzajgn) “6

seoreseoeeeoseecnarr ur Taq ‘22woplal viaUog

“panu2uod —¥ d1IuaNog

"salads

‘SUIOUdS JO WIAVL

ooo

eon

ret

a TS

PER PSR

TR | RR ISTE

° 0+ = HOF

2 K++

eee

TUR

D+ I0+

veers roprep ‘snsouds-7 vaushuoydluT

BOOOOOOUCOOOUOO IdSOY ‘nssatdauoo oe

FOSE9905 oF (2)/0 ‘pub 6

a ey eee ‘pubuu- as DUlIG

POO000 aN (om ‘[O10,7 *40.L08

cesar herr hauypos :

poceccocvced IAT 71UL9}U09 My

soo HET wt ‘{a10, 7 ‘DpngDb MY

sete cevevcve TACT “ppnugns st

ewie von CAB TNT pao foyuobor lanpR BOTS)

seeeeeee a0 OT ‘10 ‘nnuosnbsaf

TRH 94 Ur Toro ‘wuafiyynds

srsteeeseerennty UI ‘Todo ‘sesuound “*

(ee Ul ‘JolO. “MovuDIap a

0 8)e)0\010]010 e\eleleleleielvleleisieie Ike Snawnd Ot

Sie Sete serene em ONT ‘ppouyn)

sresssseseceres Ther ‘souguaanniis

sssssreesssseseoseroee Ther Snganun —

creseerecoonsceses tke, “DpourqUMoy.t Nia

Peeeeererees uopsa Ee ‘snsuaaep

se ecceeeeceanes opie ‘seuifio worebo opi

e “441] Ul ‘oro ‘opvU.LD “1

rrsteerteeossan Tr ‘nanuruabh sosdouajog

an TON ‘2uoqyBno.ta a

Nee veeseereoreeet Ker Syne Ms MsenoneHiag

rereessoeese “TITS SaUn2s0U0GL09

@eecosceeseeoeeeeeo ILC ‘9p0uljn) 66

eoorss eer, eoceccee ‘mus *107098D2 a

“ear Ur “Toro “thin “a ey

Cae ‘unusey)o.ib

"44I[ UL “TOTO “eunozpur -a

rrresersroessee “rT Ce2OUOIDS ULNIMOULOUO TT

‘aarp ut ds -u ‘foro ‘2hawyo.t ve

ace Page veseesees TKBTAT ‘20y7eUs els

RONDO GD URND Cie oaaya Cay aa e ye ihe en ee re

IX. On the Heteromerous Coleoptera collected in

Australia and Tasmania by Mr. James J. Walker,

B.N., F.LS., during the voyage of H.M.S.

“ Penguin,’ with descriptions of new genera and

species. Part II. By Guorcz C. CHampion, F.Z.S.

[Read March 6th, 1895. ]

Prats VI.

Tuis paper deals with the remainder of the Hetero-

merous Coleoptera collected by Mr. Walker in Australia

and Tasmania during the voyage of the *‘ Penguin.” It

includes the families Cistelide, Lagriide, Melandryide,

Pythide, Cidemeridz, Xylophilide, Anthicidz, Mor-

dellidee, Rhipidophoridz, and Meloide. The Tene-

brionidz were published in our “ Transactions ”’ for last

year, pp. 301-408. LHighty-eight species are enumer-

ated in the present paper, of which no less than sixty-

six are described as new, with eight new genera. The

widely-distributed genera Scraptia and Mordellistena are

additions to the Australian list; also Ctenoplectron and

Techmessa, hitherto known from New Zealand only, and

Lagrioida, which has a single representative in New

Zealand and another in Chili. The Cistelidez, numerous

in species in Australia, is a much neglected family, and

it is not surprising that fourteen out of the fifteen

Species appear to be new, with four new genera. The

Lagriide are represented by three species ; one of these

was described long ago by Gyllenhal, the other two are

described as new. The Melandryide have hitherto

contained but a single described Australian species:

eleven are now recorded, belonging to eight genera,

three of which are characterized as new. The Pythide

are represented by two known species. The Cidemeridee

contain numerous known representatives in Australia,

nevertheless seven out of the ten species appear to be

new. ‘The Xylophilidze, with one previously known

Australian representative, include six species, four of

which are described, the others being in imperfect con-

dition. The Anthicide are numerous in Australia, and a

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—PaRT II. (JUNE.)

214 Mr. G. C. Champion on the Heteromerous Coleoptera

considerable number of species have been described,

chiefly from New South Wales, South Australia, and

Queensland; but as many of-Mr. Walker’s insects are

from very different localities, from Western or

North Western Australia,.or ‘l'asmania, itis not to be

wondered at that most of them are new; twenty-four

species (eighteen new), belonging to five genera (one —

new), are enumerated. ‘The Mordellide, also, are

numerous in Australia, but except for some few species —

described by Mr. C. O. Waterhouse in our “ Trans-

actions” for 1878, very few are named as yet; thirteen

species of Mordella (six new), and three of Mordelli-

stena are now recorded, the last-mentioned genus being,

as noted above, an addition to the Australian list. The —

Rhipidophoridz are represented by two species, both of —

which appear to belong to known forms. The Meloide

furnish one species, belonging to the remarkable genus

Sitarida, White (figured in Stoke’s Discoveries in

Australia); it is described as new. As in the Tene-

brionidz, a large proportion of the novelties are from

Tasmania. The decaying Hucalypti in that island

appear to be especially productive in Melandryidz, and

it seems an extraordinary fact that there should be

only one known Australian member of the family, and &

that from Queensland. The out-of-the-way arid islands |

on the West Coast visited by the “Penguin” furnished

several interesting novelties in the Anthicidz, and this

was also the case with the Tenebrionide. As an |

interesting fact in geographical distribution, it may —

be noted that the Australian Lagrioida is more ©

nearly allied to the Chilian species than to the one |

inhabiting New Zealand. One of the species of |

Scraptia, a genus containing exceedingly delicate |

and fragile insects, is extremely like a Mediterranean |

form. a

As before, I am indebted to the Rev. T. Blackburn i: ;

for his assistance in the preparation of this paper. i

CISTELID A,

APELLATUS.

Apellatus, Pascoe, Journ. Ent., ii., p. 45 (1868).

The following species from Tasmania agrees very =

well with Pascoe’s definition of this genus, except that

collected in Australia and Tasmania. OHS)

the antenne are more elongate and the apical joint of

the maxillary palpi is still more strongly securiform. It

has the antennz subfiliform in both sexes.

Apellatus tasmanicus, n. sp.

Hlongate, narrow, depressed, subopaque, testaceous or flavo-

testaceous, the eyes and a broad marginal vitta on each elytron,

extending from the shoulder to close to the apex and widening

behind, black or piceous ; above and beneath glabrous. Head

sparsely, minutely punctate; the eyes large and narrowly

separated in the male, a little smaller and more distant in the

female; the apical joint of the maxillary palpi sharply securiform,

its apical side nearly one-half longer than the outer side; the

antennz very elongate in the male, shorter in the female, in both

sexes slender and subfiliform, joints 3 and 4 equal in length, 11

Shorter than 10, ovate. Prothorax broader than long; the sides

parallel behind, moderately rounded in front ; the surface thickly,

minutely punctate, shallowly grooved down the middle, and with

small deep basal foveze. Elytra four and one-half times the length

of, and very much wider than, the prothorax, elongate-oval, sub-

parallel towards the base, flattened on the disc ; finely punctate-

striate, the interstices flat, becoming convex at the apex, almost

smooth. Beneath very sparsely, minutely punctate. Legs

elongate, the penultimate joint of the tarsi strongly lamellate

beneath.

6. Anterior tibiz slightly sinuous on the inner side, the inter-

mediate tibiz curved.

Length 6-8, breadth 13-23 mm. (¢ @).

Hab. Tasmania—Hobart.

Sent in plenty by Mr. Walker. This insect is allied to

A. ameenus, Pasc. (= lateralis, Pasc., nec Bohem.). In some

of the other species of the genus the males exhibit much

more pronounced characters. Chiefly under Hucalyptus

bark (Walker).

CHROMOMMA.

Chromomxa, Pascoe, Journ. Ent., u., p. 490 (1866).

Mr. Walker’s collection contains two species of this

genus: one of them is represented by a badly mutilated

example only, the other is here described.

Chromomea nigriceps, 1. sp.

Moderately elongate, narrow, almost glabrous, subopaque, the

elytra shining; varying in colour from testaceous to piceo-

testaceous, the head, and sometimes the prothorax also, black or

216 Mr. G. C. Champion on the Heteromerous Coleoptera

piceous, the suture very narrowly infuscate or piceous ; beneath in

great part piceous; the antennze brown or pitchy-brown, the legs

testaceous or brownish. Head densely, finely punctate, the epi-

stoma short and limited behind by a deep groove; the eyes

moderately large, separated by a space about equalling half the

width of one of the eyes as seen from above ; the apical joint of

the maxillary palpi elongate-triangular; the antenne extending

nearly to the middle of the elytra, rather slender, joints 3 and 4

equal in length, 11 shorter than 10. Prothorax a little broader

than long, feebly convex, slightly flattened on the disc; the

sides parallel behind, moderately rounded in front; the surface

densely and rugulosely punctured, with very shallow basal fovez

placed just within the margin. Elytra three and one-half times —

the length of, and much wider than, the prothorax, oblong-oval,

parallel towards the base; finely punctate-striate, the interstices

feebly convex, sparsely, shallowly, minutely punctate. Legs

moderately long, the femora stout ; the intermediate and hind

tibie feebly bowed inwards and subsinuate. Length 63, breadth

2mm.().

Hab. ‘Vasmania—Hobart.

Three specimens, all males. This species is not very |

closely allied to any of those described by Pascoe, or F. —

Bates, whose types I have examined. The head is less

prolonged in front than in C. rufipenms, Blackb., the

labrum being much shorter; the eyes are larger and

more prominent than in that insect.

ALLECULA. -

Allecula, Fabricius, Syst. Hleuth., u., p. 21 (1801) ;

Lacordaire, Gen. Col., v., p. 502.

Allecula luctuosa, n. sp.

Elongate, very broad, subparallel, flattened above, subopaque, _

glabrous, brownish-black, the prothorax piceous, the oral organs, ©

antenne, coxe, tibize, and tarsi ferruginous. Head rather small, —

closely, finely, very irregularly punctate, the epistoma large and —

broad; the eyes transverse, feebly emarginate, comparatively

small, separated by a space rather greater than the width of one

of the eyes as seen from above ; the apical joint of the maxillary —

palpi stout, subcultriform ; the antenne rather slender, about half —

the length of the body, joints 3 and 4 equal. Prothorax convex, ©

strongly transverse, at the base nearly twice the width of the —

head; the sides parallel behind, strongly rounded in front; the

ee ae

jee

= >

collected in Australia and Tasmania. LY

surface minutely, rather sparsely punctate, deeply canaliculate in

the middle at the base, and with very small foveze just within the

basal margin. Elytra four and one-half times the length, and

twice the width of the prothorax, gradually widening for two-

thirds of their length, and then abruptly rounded and converging

to the apex ; finely and sharply punctate-striate, the punctures

deep and very closely placed ; the interstices feebly convex, almost

smooth (exceedingly minutely and very sparsely punctate when

viewed under a strong lens). Beneath very sparsely, minutely

punctate, the sides of the metasternum coarsely punctured. Legs

moderately elongate, the tibiz widening outwards. Length 143,

breadth 64 mm. (@).

Hab. ‘Tasmania—Mount Wellington, near Hobart, at

an elevation of 1,000 feet.

One specimen. ‘The deep median groove at the base

of the thorax is perhaps accidental.

Howmorrysis.

Homotrysis, Pascoe, Journ. Hnt., u., p. 487 (1866) ;

Blackburn, Trans. R. Soc. 8. Austr., xiv., p. 319.

The differences between this genus and Allecula have

not yet been properly defined. The two _ species

described below belong to Homotrysis as adopted by

Blackburn.

Homotrysis breolor, n. sp.

Hlongate, rather broad, subparallel, flattened above, shining, ru-

fous ; the elytra, except at the extreme base, pitchy-black ; the under

surface, the prothorax excepted, piceo-ferruginous ; above sparsely

clothed with long, suberect, fulvo-cinereous hairs. Head sparsely

and rather coarsely punctate, behind the epistoma deeply trans-

versely depressed ; the eyes moderately large, rather deeply emar-

ginate, separated by a space equalling the width of one of the

eyes as seen from above ; the apical joint of the maxillary palpi

stout, subsecuriform ; the antenne extending to the basal third

of the elytra, moderately stout, joints 3 and 4 equal in length.

Prothorax convex, strongly transverse, much wider than the head ;

the sides parallel from the middle to the base, rounded in front ;

the hind angles rectangular ; the surface coarsely, thickly punctate,

depressed in the middle before the base, and with rather deep

basal fovez. Hlytra four and one-third times the length of, and

one-half broader than, the prothorax, subparallel for about two-

218 Mr. G. C. Champion on the Heteromerous Coleoptera

thirds of their length, and thence rounded and converging to the

apex ; coarsely punctate-striate, the punctures very closely placed,

the striz shallow ; the interstices almost flat, each with one or two

very irregular rows of coarse scattered punctures, which, like

those of the striae, become finer towards the apex. Legs elongate,

rather stout. Length 94, breadth 3 mm. (9? ).

Hab. Tasmania—Franklin and Hobart.

T'wo specimens. Also sent by Mr. Walker to the

British Museum.

Homotrysis scabrosa, 0. sp.

Moderately elongate, rather convex ; the head and prothorax

obscure rufous, opaque; the elytra reddish-brown, slightly shining ; _

the eyes black, the legs and antennz ferruginous ; the upper sur-

face clothed with fine decumbent fulvous hairs. Head scabrous ;

the eyes large, very deeply emarginate (the inner portion appear-

ing oblique), coarsely granulated, separated by a space about

equalling half the width of one of the eyes as seen from above ;

the apical joint of the maxillary palpi moderately stout, triangular ;

antenne rather stout, extending to about two-thirds of the length

of the elytra, the joints from the third feebly serrate and gradu-

ally increasing in length, 3 as wide as, but shorter than, 4, 9-11

very elongate, subequal. Prothorax strongly transverse, feebly

convex, widest a little before the middle, subtruncate at the base ;

the sides rounded anteriorly, straight and slightly converging from

the middle to the base ; the hind angles rectangular; the surface -

scabrous, the basal foveze well-defined. Elytra about four times

the length of, and much wider than, the prothorax, parallel to the

middle and narrowing thence to the apex ; finely and rather deeply

striate, the striz towards the base only with distinct punctures;

the interstices convex, flat on the disc at the base, thickly and

roughly punctured, the interspaces subgranulate towards the base.

Legs elongate. Length 53, breadth 2 mm. (¢).

Hab. W. Australia—Roebuck Bay.

One male specimen, sent by Mr. Walker to the

British Museum. Allied to H. rufa, Blackb., from

Adelaide, but differing from it in its less elongate shape, |

the scabrous head and thorax, and the roughly-punctured |

elytra; the elytral strize almostimpunctate. Under bark

of “ white-gum,” Hucalyptus sp. (Walker).

—o—

collected in Australia and Tasmania. 219

Nypsius, n. gen.

Apical joint of the maxillary palpi moderately stout, triangular,

its apical and outer sides about equal in length, each very much

longer than the inner side; mandibles bifid at the tip ; antenne

moderately long, the joints thickening a little towards their apex

(5-10 subcylindrical in NV. foveatus, ¢), 3 and 5 subequal in length,

A slightly longer ; head rather small, short, a little exserted, obliquely

narrowed behind the eyes, the latter moderately large, coarsely

granulated, somewhat widely separated, transverse as viewed from

above ; prothorax strongly transverse, convex, feebly bisinuate at

the base, with deep basal fovere and a median groove terminating

in a depression or fovea behind ; elytra from four and one-half

to five times the length of the prothorax, and in the widest part

twice its breadth, elongate-oboval, or subparallel ; legs elongate, the

tibize and tarsi slender, the penultimate joint of the tarsi very

feebly lamellate beneath, the posterior femora shallowly sulcate

beneath towards the apex, the claws pectinate ; body more or less

elongate, sparsely pubescent, metallic or with metallic lustre,

winged.

The two Tasmanian species referred to this genus can-

not satisfactorily be included in any of the genera of

Cistelidze as at present defined; I am, therefore, com-

pelled to use a new generic name for them. Both species

have an oblique groove on each elytron below the base.

The Australian representatives of this family are, as

noted by Blackburn, very difficult to deal with, many of

them apparently requiring new genera for their reception.

Nypsius sneopiceus, n. sp.

Elongate, rather broad, subparallel, depressed, very shining,

seneo-piceous, indeterminately reddish-brown towards the suture ;

the oral organs and antenne fusco-ferruginous ; the legs ferru-

ginous, the femora darker; above very sparsely clothed with

fine, long, erect fuscous hairs. Head sparsely, finely punctate,

behind the epistoma deeply transversely depressed; the eyes

moderately large, transverse, feebly emarginate, separated’ by a

Space equalling the width of one of the eyes as seen from above ;

the antennee rather slender, not half the length of the body,

joints 4-11 slightly decreasing in length, widening a little towards

their apex, 9-11 equal in length. Prothorax convex, strongly trans-

verse ; the sides rounded in front, straight and slightly converging

from the middle to the base ; the hind angles rectangular ; the

Surface very sparsely, finely punctate, with a median channel, which

220 Mr. G. C. Champion on the Heteromerous Coleoptera

becomes wider and deeper before and behind the middle, and large

and deep basal fovese. Elytra five times the length, and in their

widest part fully twice the width, of the prothorax, gradually

widening for two-thirds of their length and then somewhat

abruptly narrowing to the apex; finely and shallowly punctate-

striate, the punctures closely placed; the interstices almost flat

throughout, each with a single very irregular row of widely

separated fine punctures ; each elytron deeply obliquely depressed

on the disc below the base. Length 94, breadth 34 mm. { 9 ).

Hab. Tasmania—Franklin, Huon River.

One specimen. ‘This insect has more the facies of some 7

of the winged species of Helopide than of a Cistelid.

Nypsius foveatus, n. sp. (Plate VL., fig. 1, 3.)

Elongate-obovate, rather narrow, somewhat flattened above,

shining; the head, prothorax, and scutellum, greenish-eneous;

the elytra sneous or eneo-cupreous; the antenne, femora, and —

under surface in great part piceous, the tibia and tarsi pitchy-red ;

above sparsely clothed with rather long, decumbent fuscous hairs.

Head somewhat closely, finely punctate, behind the epistoma

deeply transversely depressed ; the eyes moderately large, rather —

deeply emarginate, separated by a space about equalling the width

of one of the eyes as seen from above; the antenne rather stout,

extending to about the basal third of the elytra, joints 5-10 long

and subcylindrical, shorter than 4, 11 shorter than 10, ovate.

Prothorax transverse, moderately convex; the sides subparallel

from about the middle to the base, rounded in front, the hind

angles rectangular ; the. surface thickly, somewhat coarsely punc- — ”

tate, sulcate down the middle, the groove terminating in a deep + |

triangular excavation behind and also becoming deeper in front,

and with a deep fovea on either side of the disc about the middle _

and very deep basal fovee. Elytra about four and one-half times |

the length, and in the widest part nearly twice the width, of the

prothorax, obvate, widest at one-third from the apex ; finely and

shallowly punctate-striate, the punctures closely placed ; the inter- — a |

stices almost flat, somewhat thickly punctured ; each elytron

deeply obliquely Feta on the disc below the base. Legs - i.’

simple. Length 7, breadth 24 mm.(¢).

Hab. ‘Vasmania—Launceston.

‘T'wo male examples. ‘This species somewhat resembles

a Chromomea, but it differs from that genus in the short

bifid mandibles, short thorax, etc. The thorax has five

deep fovez, a character not possessed by any other | ry

Cistelid known to me.

collected in Australia and Tasmania. all

Mautistete.

Metistete, Pascoe, Journ. Ent., ii, p. 489 (1866).

Metistete costatipennis, n. sp.

Moderately elongate, convex, opaque, glabrous, pitchy-black,

the tibize and tarsi brownish. Head densely, rugosely punctured,

the epistoma limited behind by a fine shallow groove; the eyes

large, not prominent, feebly emarginate, separated by a space not

equalling the width of one of the eyes as seen from above ; the

mandibles feebly cleft at the apex ; the apical joint of the maxil-

lary palpi broadly securiform ; the antenne extending to about the

basal third of the elytra, stout, thickening a little outwardly, joint

2 very elongate, nearly twice as long as 4, 4 and 5 subequal, 6-9

slishtly longer (10 and 11 broken off). Prothorax as long as

broad, truncate at the base, flattened on the disc, slightly wider at

the base than at the apex, the sides moderately rounded anteriorly,

parallel behind ; the entire surface densely, rugosely punctured,

without trace of basal fovez or median channel. Elytra nearly

twice the width, and almost four times the length of the prothorax,

convex, parallel to the middle, and thence rapidly narrowed to the

apex, the humeri rounded; with rows of coarse, deep, round punc-

tures, which are separated one from another by transverse raised

lines, the interstices strongly costate throughout and obsoletely

granulate. Beneath coarsely punctured. Legs moderately stout.

Body apterous. Length 81, breadth 22 mm. (@ ).

Hab. N. W. Australia—Adelaide River.

One mutilated specimen only, apparently dead when

found. ‘This insect will probably prove to be generically

distinct from Metistete, but it can be placed in it for the

present. :

Ortys, n. gen.

Apical joint of the maxillary palpi narrow, elongate-triangular,

its outer side a little longer than the apical side, the latter about

twice the leneth of the inner side; mandibles bifid at the tip ;

antenne rather short and slender, joints 3 and 4 elongate, equal,

4-11 more or less obconic, 5-11 almost equal in length ; head

short, sunk up to the eyes in the prothorax ; eyes very coarsely

granulated, large, deeply emarginate (oblique as viewed from

above), rather narrowly separated ; prothorax strongly transverse,

very feebly bisinuate at the base, and with smali basal fover ;

222 Mr. G. C0. Champion on the Heteromerous Coleoptera

elytra wider than, and three or four times the length of, the pro- —

thorax, oval or oblong-oval ; legs rather short, the femora stout ;

anterior and intermediate tarsi with joints 3 and 4, and the pos-

terior tarsi with joint 3, lamellate beneath; posterior femora

sulcate beneath (towards the apex only in O. pallens) ; claws pecti-

nate ; body oblong-oval, narrow, glabrous or pubescent, winged.

Three small species from North or West Australia —

are referred to this genus; two are glabrous and one

pubescent, the latter possessing extraordinary male-

characters. ‘The narrow apical joint of the maxillary

palpi, the comparatively short legs, etc., separate

Otys from Allecula, F. (including Homotrysis, Hybrema,

etc.), Hymenorus, Muls., and Scaletomerus, Blackb. Ido

not attach any importance to the greater or less —

sulcature of the hind femora beneath, a character used by _

Blackburn to distinguish some of the Australian genera. —

Otys is perhaps nearest allied to Scaletomerus, which

possesses two species of Harpalid facies.

Otys harpalivus, n. sp.

Oblong-oval, moderately convex, shining, glabrous; the head ~ :

and prothorax rufous or obscure rufous, the elytra pitchy-black or

piceous, the suture sometimes obscure rufous towards the base ;

the antenne ferruginous, the legs testaceous ; beneath ferruginous, q |

the abdomen piceous. Head thickly. very finely punctate ; the 2

eyes large, separated in both sexes by a space about equalling

one-half the width of one of the eyes as seen from above ; antennze _

not quite half the length of the body in the male, shorter in the

female. Prothorax strongly transverse, convex, widest a little

behind the middle, the sides rounded in front and slightly con- ~

verging behind, the hind angles subrectangular; the surface © P

closely, very finely punctate and with a few coarser punctures

intermixed, canaliculate behind, and with small but distinct a |

basal foves. Elytra about three or three and one-half times 7 |

the length of, and considerably wider than, the prothorax, oblong-

oval ; finely punctate-striate ; the interstices almost flat on the |

disc, slightly convex towards the sides and apex, very sparsely,

exceedingly minutely punctate, and with a coarser puncture here _

and there intermixed. Posterior femora sulcate beneath from

near the base to the apex. : a

g@. Anterior and intermediate tibize sinuous within ; posterior

femora sparsely ciliate along their lower edge. 5

Length 4-43, breadth 12 mm.(¢ @).

Hab. N. W. Australia—Roebuck Bay.

collected in Australia and Tasmania. Dies

Three specimens, two of which have been forwarded

to the British Museum. ‘This species has much the

facies of a small Harpalid. It cannot be referred to

Scaletomerus, Blackb., which has a securiform apical joint

to the maxillary palpi.

Otys pallens, n. sp.

Oblong-oval, convex, glabrous, subopaque, the elytra rather

shining ; pale testaceous, the eyes black. Head thickly, very

finely punctate ; the eyes large, somewhat narrowly separated ;

antenne rather more than half the length of the body, joints 5-11

moderately elongate, Prothorax convex, strongly transverse, the

sides parallel from the middle to the base, rounded in front, the

hind angles rectangular ; the surface closely, very finely punctate,

and with a few scattered coarser punctures on the basal part of

the disc, obsoletely canaliculate behind, and with small but

distinct basal foveze. Elytra convex, much wider than the pro-

thorax, oblong-oval; finely and deeply punctate-striate, the punc-

tures very closely placed ; the interstices feebly convex, sparsely,

very finely punctate, and with a few scattered coarser punctures

intermixed. Posterior femora shallowly suleate beneath in their

outer third. Legs simple in the male. Length 44, breadth about

24 mm.(~¢).

Hab. W. Australia—Cassini Island.

One male specimen, in mutilated condition, sent by

Mr. Walker to the British Museum. ‘This insect re-

sembles a small pallid Phaleria. It differs from 0.

harpalinus in the more deeply punctate-striate elytra,

the interstices much more distinctly punctured. The

antennz are more elongate in the male, the legs being

quite simple in this sex. The posterior femora are sulcate

beneath at the apex only.

Otys armatus, n. sp. (Plate VI., fig. 2, 6.)

Oblong-oval, convex, shining, entirely testaceous, the eyes

excepted, somewhat thickly clothed with moderately long, semi-

erect fulvous hairs. Head sparsely, finely punctate; the eyes

large, separated by a space not equalling the width of one of the

eyes as seen from above; antenne almost half the length of the

body. Prothorax strongly transverse, very convex, the sides

rounded anteriorly and parallel behind, the hind angles rectan-

gular ; the surface thickly, finely punctate, and with small but

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—PART II. (JUNE.) L5

224 Mr. G. C. Champion on the Heteromerous Coleoptera

distinct basal foves. Elytra rather more than three times the —

length of, and a little wider than, the prothorax, oblong-oval,

widest about the middle ; with regular rows of fine punctures placed

in almost obsolete striz ; the interstices flat .and each with a row

of precisely similar punctures, the first (or sutural) interstice more

thickly punctured towards the base. Posterior femora sulcate —

beneath.

¢. Anterior tibize armed on the inner side about the middle —

with a small triangular tooth; posterior tibize broadly and un- —

equally dilated, bisinuate on their upper and lower edges, with a

broad and deep oblique groove extending across their inner face, the

concavity smooth within ; posterior femora sparsely ciliate along ©

their lower edge.

Length 4, breadth 12 mm, (2).

Hab. N. W. Australia—Parry Harbour.

One specimen of this extraordinary little Cistelid has

been sent by Mr. Walker to the British Museum. The ©

broadly dilated hind tibize have the appearance of being

twisted, and are deeply obliquely excavated on their

inner face. The third jomt of the four front tarsi is

more feebly lamellate beneath than in the two other

species here referred to the same genus. Notwith-—

standing its hairy clothing and somewhat different —

facies, I hesitate to treat it as generically distinct

therefrom. Under bark (Walker). .

IoPHON, n. gen.

Maxillary palpi stout, the apical joint rather small, sub

triangular ; mandibles feebly cleft at the tip; antenne long”

and stout in both sexes, the joints obconic, 3 and 4 equal in-

length, the others gradually becoming more elongate, 8-11 sub-

equal ; head short, convex ; the eyes rather small, coarsely granu-

lated, deeply emarginate, widely separated in both sexes ; pro-

thorax subcordate, truncate at the base and apex, with shallow

basal fovez, the lateral carina almost obsolete and placed far

beneath the margin as seen from above; scutellum subtrian-

gular, small ; elytra much wider than the prothorax, parallel to.

beyond the middle, moderately elongate, convex; legs stout,

rather short, abnormal in the male; tarsi with the penultimate

joint feebly lamellate beneath; claws pectinate ; body narrow,

parallel, convex, pubescent, winged.

The above characters are taken from a single species

from N. Australia. It has a very different facies from

collected in Australia and Tasmania. J25

any Cistelid known to me. The elytra are almost con-

nate, though the wings are visible beneath them. The

insect appears to live in ant’s nests.

Iophon myrmecophilus, n. sp. (Plate VI., fig. 4, 3.)

Moderately elongate, narrow, convex, shining, brownish-ferru-

ginous, somewhat thickly clothed with long, decumbent, fulvous

hairs. Head densely, finely punctate; antenne extending to the

middle of the elytra. Prothorax convex, subcordate, much wider

than the head, a little broader than long ; the hind angles rectan-

gular; the surface finely and rather closely punctate, distinctly

eanaliculate for a short distance before the middle and also feebly

at the base. Elytra about three and one-fourth times the length

of, and nearly one-half wider than, the prothorax ; rather coarsely

punctate-striate, the punctures very closely placed, but becoming

more scattered on the apical declivity ; the interstices almost flat,

irregularly uniseriate-punctate, the punctures similar to those of

the striz and towards the base becoming more crowded. Beneath

thickly punctured.

&. Antenne a little longer than in the female; apical joint of

- the maxillary palpi stouter and more triangular ; legs much stouter,

the femora especially, the tibiz strongly bowed inwards, the inter-

mediate and hind tarsi with their basal joints greatly thickened and

‘compressed.

Length 4-41, breadth 14-14 mm. ( ¢ 9).

Hab. N. W. Australia—Port Darwin.

One pair has been sent me by Mr. Walker; and others .

have been forwarded by him to the British Museum.

Found under stones, in the nests of Hctatomma reticula-

tum, Forel; also taken on the wing (Walker).

Nocar.

Nocar, Blackburn, Trans. R. Soc. 8. Austr., xiv., p. 328

(1891).

Nocar latus.

Nocar iatus, Blackb., loc. cit., p. 329.

Hab. Tasmania—New Norfolk and Hobart.

Several specimens, agreeing with one from South

Australia received from the describer of the species ;

the localities given by him are South Australia and

Victoria.

226 Mr. G. C. Champion on the Heteromerous Coleoptera

TaxEs, n. gen.

Apical joint of the maxillary palpi stout, triangular, its apical

and outer sides about equal in length ; mandibles bifid at the tip;

antenne slender, short, joint 3 twice as long as 2 and shorter than

A, the following joints gradually decreasing in length and increasing

in width, 11 bluntly rounded at the tip; head short and broad ;

eyes very widely separated, coarsely granulated ; prothorax strongly

transverse, bisinuate at the base, with distinct basal foves ; scu-

tellum strongly transverse, triangular; elytra three times the

length of, and at the sides forming almost a continuous outline

with, the prothorax ; metasternum short; legs short and slender ;

the penultimate joint of the tarsi feebly or obsoletely lamellate

beneath ; claws pectinate ; body oblong-oval, clothed with very fine

sericeous pubescence, winged.

To) —— . 2

This genus is not very closely allied to any other

Cistelid known to me. It approaches Hymenorus, Muls.,

and Nocar, Blackb. ‘The legs and antennz are very

short, and the penultimate joint of the tarsi is obsoletely

or feebly lamellate beneath. ‘The two species referred

to it have somewhat the facies of a small Alphitobius.

I am unable to detect any external sexual characters.

er ee on? Oe ee ee ee oe

Taxes depressus, n. sp. (Plate VI., fig. 3.)

Oblong-oval, depressed, shining, pitchy-black, partly ferruginous

beneath ; the legs and antenne piceous or pitchy-brown, the basal

joints of the latter sometimes ferruginous, the knees and the tarsi

testaceous ; above and beneath rather sparsely clothed with a short —

fine griseous pubescence ; the entire upper surface very closely,

finely punctate, the punctures more crowded upon the head than

elsewhere, the lower surface more sparsely punctured, the propleurz

rugosely punctured. Antenne about reaching the humeri, the

apical three joints as broad as long. Prothorax convex, at the base

more than twice as broad as long, very much wider at the base than

at the apex ; the sides strongly rounded from the middle forwards,

almost parallel behind ; the hind angles rectangular. Elytraabout

three and one-fourth times the length of the prothorax, depressed;

the sides subparallel to the middle, and thence arcuately converging y

to the apex; finely punctate-striate, the punctures closely placed

and distinctly coarser than those of the interstices, the latter

flat on the disc and convex at the sides and apex. Penultimate

joint of the tarsi very narrowly and obsoletely lamellate beneala i

Length 44-4}, breadth 13-2 mm. J

collected in Australia and Tasmania. 2

Hab. W. Australia—Roebuck Bay.

Four specimens, found under bark of “ white-gum,”

Kucalyptus sp.

Tauxes alphitobiordes, n. sp.

Oblong-oval, rather convex, shining, pitchy-black ; the legs and

antenne pitchy-brown, the three basal joints of the latter, the

knees and tarsi testaceous; above and beneath rather sparsely

clothed with a short fine griseous pubescence; the head and pro-

thorax densely and finely, the elytra more sparsely and more

coarsely, punctate. Antenne extending to a little beyond the

humeri ; the apical three joints slightly longer than broad. Pro-

thorax convex at the base, about twice as broad as long ; the sides

strongly rounded from the middle forwards, almost parallel behind;

the hind angles rectangular. Elytra rather more than three times

the length of the prothorax, flattened on the disc ; the sides sub-

parallel to the middle, and thence arcuately converging to the apex;

finely punctate-striate, the punctures not coarser than those of

the interstices, the latter flat on the disc and convex at the sides

and apex. Penultimate joint of the tarsi narrowly lamellate

beneath. Length 43, breadth nearly 21 mm.

Hab. N. W. Australia—Adelaide River.

One specimen. Closely allied to 7. depressus, but

more convex and more elongate, the antenne a little

longer, the thorax less transverse and more densely

punctured, the elytral interstices more sparsely and more

coarsely punctured, the punctures not finer than those of

the striz, the penultimate joint of the tarsi more dis-

tinctly lamellate beneath. A second specimen, from

Port Darwin, has been sent by Mr. Walker to the British —

Museum.

LAGRITD AL.

LAGRIA.

Lagria, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., p. 124 (1775).

Hight species of this genus have been described from

Australia: representatives of three were obtained by Mr.

Walker, two of which I am unable to identify and have

therefore ventured to name them.

228 Mr. G. C. Champion on the Heteromerous Coleoptera

Lagria grandis.

Lagria grandis, Gyll. in Schénh., Syst. Ins., i., 3, App.,

p. 9; Blanch., in Dumont d’ Urville’s Voyage au Pole

Sud, iv. Ins. p. 183, t. 12, fig. 9; Er., nm Wiegm.

Archiv, 1842, 1., p. 370.

Lagria rufescens, Boisd., Voyage de l’ Astrolabe, Ent.,

i., p. 286.

Hab. Tasmania—Hobart.

Sent in plenty from Tasmania, whence it has already

been recorded. The male of this species possesses very

remarkable sexual characters. Found on flowers and by

beating herbage, also on the wing (Walker).

Lagria xneoviolacea, un. sp.

Lagria xneoviolacea, Deyr., in litt.

Broadly obovate, shining ; the head, prothorax, and scutellum

zneous ; the elytra metallic-green, shading into zneous, with a

broad transverse evanescent fascia about the middle, and the inner —

part of the epipleurz, cupreo-violaceous ; beneath, the coxz, and

the basal half of the femora rufous or rufo-testaceous ; the antennze

black, with joints 3 and 4 obscurely rufous at the base ; the upper —

surface somewhat thickly clothed with long erect whitish hairs.

Head rather broad, coarsely, closely punctate, the interspaces

irregularly raised; the eyes transverse, large, not prominent, ©

separated by a space about equalling the width of one of the eyes —

as seen from above, exceedingly deeply emarginate ; the antennz ~

not half the length of the body, gradually thickening outwardly, ~

joint 3 longer than 4, 4-10 decreasing in length, 10 nearly as broad ~

as long, 11 as long as 9 and 10 united. Prothorax convex, a little

broader than long, slightly wider than the head, feebly rounded at —

the sides, the base sharply margined laterally and with the margin

projecting outwards ; the surface very coarsely and closely punc- —

tured, the interspaces towards the sides transversely raised, the disc —

with a smoother space down the middle. Elytra three and one-half —

times the length, and in the widest part nearly two and one-half —

times the width, of the prothorax, widest at one-third from the ~~

apex, very obtuse behind, closely, coarsely punctate, the inter- —

spaces smooth and transversely or obliquely plicate. Beneath very ~

sparsely punctured. ,

g-. Antenne with joint 1 more elongate, and 8-10 shorter, inaal

in the female, 9 and 10 sharply produced at their inner apical

angle, 11 roa as long as 8-10 united ; the tibize bowed inwards

and denticulate on their inner edge. ;

Length 10-12, breadth 43-53 mm.(¢ 9).

collected in Australia and Tasmania. 229

Hab. WW. Australia—Fremantle.

This is a rather common species in Western Australia,

and specimens of it from King George’s Sound, Albany,

Champion Bay, Swan River, Fremantle, etc., are con-

tained in the collections of F. Bates and Pascoe, and in

that of the British Museum, where it stands under the

name of I. tomentosa, Fabr., or L. tomentosa, Boisd.

It differs, however, from the Fabrician type of L. tomen-

tosa, which is preserved in the Banksian collection, not

only im colour, but in having the elytra more finely

punctured, with the interstices much more irregularly

and more strongly plicate (they are very little raised in

L. tomentosa). The male characters are very similar to

those of L. grandis, and the eyes are formed as in that

species. The description of the male is taken from

specimens in Mr. F. Bates’s collection, Mr. Walker

having found female examples only. ‘The violaceous

fascia on the elytra is evanescent and variable in position

—at the middle, base, or apex—and is sometimes entirely

obsolete.

Lagria australis, n. sp.

Obovate, shining, greenish-zeneous; the body beneath, the

epipleure in part, and the femora, except at the apex, rufous,

the rest of the legs, and the antenne, black ; the upper surface

somewhat thickly clothed with long erect whitish hairs. Head

narrow, with the sides behind the eyes obliquely converging in the

male ; coarsely and rugosely punctured behind, more sparsely so

in front, the punctures very coarse between the eyes; the upper

portion of the eyes moderately large and rounded in the female,

transverse in the female, rather feebly emarginate, separated by a

Space about equalling the width of one of the eyes as seen from

above; the antennz very short in both sexes, much thickened

outwardly in the male, moderately so in the female—( J) joint 10

strongly transverse and 11 nearly three times the length of 10,

(¢) joint 10 slightly broader than long and 11 twice as long as 10.

Prothorax not wider than the head, convex, almost as long as

broad, slightly narrower at the apex than at the base, the base

without distinct margin, the surface coarsely, closely punctate, the

punctures on the anterior part of the disc more scattered and

coarser than on the other parts. HElytra about four and one-half

times the length, and at the base twice the width, of the pro-

thorax, widest at one-third from the apex, obliquely converging

230 Mr. G. C. Champion on the Heteromerous Coleoptera

behind ; coarsely, closely punctate, the interspaces smooth and

irregularly raised. Beneath very sparsely punctured. Tibiz un-

armed in the male. Length 8-10, breadth 33-44 mm. ( ¢ 9 ).

Hab. N.W. Australia—Adelaide River.

Two examples. Smaller and narrower than L. zxneo-

violacea, the head and thorax much narrower, the

antennz very short and more thickened outwardly, the

eyes much less deeply emarginate and with the upper

portion more rounded, the head more rugosely punctured

behind, the thorax not margined at the base and simply

punctured. The male is immature and has the basal

joints of the antenne rufous and the epipleure entirely

testaceous. JL. australis differs from L. cyanea, Macl.,

specimens of which from Queensland are contained in

Mr. IF. Bates’s collection, in having the thorax and the

interocular space of the head less densely punctured, the

eyes larger and more rounded, the antennz darker at the

base, and the elytral interspaces more strongly plicate.

MELANDRYIDAi.

DircHa.

Dircza, Fabricius, Ent. Syst., Suppl., pp. 6, 121

(1798). :

Phlowitrya, Stephens, Ill. Brit. Ent., v., p. 35 (1832).

Dircxa velutina, u. sp.

Elongate, flattened-cylindrical, opaque, pitchy-brown or brown,

the front of the head and the apex of the prothorax ferruginous, ~

the antennz, legs, and under surface ferruginous or fusco-

ferruginous ; above and beneath thickly clothed with a very fine a

sericeous brown pubescence, the entire upper surface very densely,

minutely punctate. Antenne short, extending very little beyond

the humeri, joint 3 much shorter than 4, 4-10 obconic, 11 oblong- ©

ovate. Prothorax convex, flattened along the middle of the disc, —

a little broader than long, much wider at the base than at the —

apex ; the sides, as viewed from above, obliquely converging from ~

a little before the base to the apex, and rounded behind, the ~ :

marginal carina not extending beyond the middle forwards; the ~

apex rounded, the base feebly bisinuate, the hind angles obtuse; —

the surface sometimes with indications of a smooth median line —

on the disc, without trace of basal foverw. Elytra elongate, sub- —

parallel to beyond the middle, flattened towards the suture, with —

collected in Australia and Tasmania. 231

indications of two or three faint costz on the disc. Beneath very

densely punctured, the metasternum smoother in the middle ;

propleurze separated from the prosternum by a very sharp

carina extending obliquely from the anterior margin of the

prothorax to the anterior coxal cavity. Length 83-11, breadth

3-32 mm. ( ¢).

Hab. Tasmania—Franklin, Launceston, and Hobart.

I have received five specimens of this species, appar-

ently all females. D. velutina is allied to D. vaudouert,

Muls., and D. mexicana, Champ., but differs from both

of these in having the thorax more narrowed in front.

The sides of the thorax are incompletely margined, as in

D. mexicana. Under bark of Hucalyptus obliquus (stringy

bark), usually at a considerable elevation (Walker).

Dircxa venusta, n. sp. (Plate VI., fig. 5, g.)

Elongate, subcylindrical, subopaque ; the head black ; the pro-

thorax ferruginous or rufo-testaceous, with a large trapezoidal black

patch on the disc; the elytra black or piceous, with an oblique

patch on the outer part of the disc before the middle, and a trans-

verse fascia at one-third from the apex—extending to near the

suture and constricted at the middle,—pale yellow, the sutural, basal,

and lateral margins, the shoulders, and an oblong spot near the

margin about the middle, ferruginous ; the antennez black, with the

base rufo-testaceous, the oral organs and legs ferruginous, the

middle of the femora, the anterior tibize (except at the base), and

the anterior tarsi more or less infuscate ; beneath black or piceous,

the ventral segments ferruginous at the apex ; the surface very

densely, minutely punctured and clothed with a fine sericeous

pubescence, which partakes largely of the ground-colour. Antennz

slender, filiform, about half the length of the body, joint 3 a little

Shorter than 4, 4-11 subequal. Prothorax convex, transverse,

_Barrowed in front, the sides rounded anteriorly and slightly con-

_ verging behind, the hind angles rectangular, the base very feebly

_ bisinuate, the marginal carina extending forwards to near the apex

the surface rather deeply canaliculate in the middle at the base and

! with an elongate groove on either side of this. Elytra about four

| times the length of the prothorax, parallel to beyond the middle,

|the humeral callus finely transversely strigose, the sutural stria

distinct, the disc with indications of two or three faint coste.

Beneath very densely punctured ; propleure not separated from the

| prosternum by a distinct suture. Anterior tarsi broadly dilated in

‘the male. Length 5-73, breadth 14-2 mm. (¢ ?).

232 Mr. G. C. Champion on the Heteromerous Coleoptera

Hab. Tasmania— Mount Wellington, Hobart, and

Mount Arthur, near Launceston.

Four specimens. This insect, to judge from the

description, has the elytra marked somewhat as in the

Chilian Dentipalpus pictus, Philippi. It differs from all

the known species of Dircza in its peculiar coloration.

In the form of the maxillary palpi, tibial spurs, elytral

suture, sterna, etc., it agrees with Durcea. Under bark

of Hucalyptus cocafera on Mount Wellington, at an

elevation of 4,000 feet ; and under bark of “ sassafras 7

(Atherosperma moschatum) on Mount Arthur, at about

2,000 feet (Walker).

TALAYRA, D. gen.

Head vertical, scarcely visible from above, convex, without

frontal suture ; eyes large, emarginate in front; maxillary palpi

strongly serrate—joint 3 acutely triangular, 4 lunate, 5 very large

and cultriform, its apical side very much longer than the outer

side ; antenne elongate, filiform, joint 2 very short, 3-11 elongate,

7-11 subequal, slightly shorter than those preceding. Prothorax

convex, declivous at the sides; the marginal carina extending to

the middle forwards, obliterated in front ; the base feebly bisinu-

ate, the hind angles subrectangular. Elytra elongate, the width

of the prothorax, parallel to the middle and narrowing thence to

the apex. Anterior cox contiguous behind, separated in front

by the broadly triangular prosternum; the cavities closed ex-

ternally, open behind ; the prosternum not separated from the

propleura by a distinct suture. Intermediate coxe divided by a

very narrow process of the mesosternum ; the cavities open ex-

ternally, the trochantin visible. Metasternum elongate, sulcate

down the middle from a little below the base to the apex, triangu-

larly produced behind, Legs elongate. Intermediate and hind

tibiz elongate, deeply transversely notched along their outer edge ;

the spurs of the intermediate pair long and unequal in length,

those of the hind pair very elongate (as in Orchesia), half the

length of the first joint of the hind tarsi, and almost equal in

length, all of them pectinate beneath. Anterior and intermediate

tarsi with the fourth joint feebly bi-lobed, the anterior pair widened

in the male ; the first joint of the hind tarsi very elongate, nearly _

as long as the following joints united, Body elongate, convex,

attenuate behind. ;

In the subequal and very elongate hind tibial spurs

this genus resembles Orchesia, but differs from it m

having the anterior coxe contiguous behind, the hind

collected in Australia and Tasmania. 933

tibiz elongate, etc.; the first-mentioned character

separates it from Ctenoplectron, Cuphosis, Serropalpus,

Dircza, etc. It is possible that Orchesia elongata,

Macl., from Queensland, and some of the New Zealand

species referred to Ctenoplectron, may belong to this

genus.

Talayra orchesioides, n. sp. (Plate VI., fig. 6, ¢.)

Pitehy- or reddish-brown, opaque, the head, oral organs,

antennz, and legs obscure ferruginous or ferruginous ; the entire

upper surface very densely, minutely punctate, and clothed with

a line sericeous brown pubescence. Antenne about half the length

of the body, slender. Prothorax transverse, strongly rounded

at the sides anteriorly, subparallel behind, without trace of basal

fovez or median line. EHlytra about four and one-half times the

length of the prothorax, with indications of faintly impressed

lines on the disc, the sutural stria well defined. Length 43-9,

breadth 13-23 mm.(¢ @).

Hab. ‘'Tasmania—Franklin, New Norfolk, and

Launceston.

Numerous specimens, varying greatly in_ size.

Chiefly under bark of Hucalyptus (Walker).

CTENOPLECTRON.

Ctenoplectron, Redtenbacher, Reise der Novara, ii.,

p. 136 (1868).

The described species of this genus are all from New

Zealand.

Cienoplectron agile, n. sp. (Plate VI., fig. 8.)

Very elongate, narrow, cuneiform, opaque, varying in colour

from piceous to fuscous, the head (the eyes excepted), the pro-

thorax, and the body beneath usually entirely or in part ferruginous

or flavo-ferruginous ; the antenne pitchy-brown, with the first and

Second joints, and sometimes the eleventh also, rufo-testaceous ;

the legs testaceous or rufo-testaceous, the tibize and tarsi sometimes

infuscate ; above and beneath very minutely and very densely

punctate, clothed with a short fine sericeous pubescence, which is

of a yellowish-cinereous colour above and fulvous beneath.

Antenne about half the length of the body, very slender, fili-

form, joint 3 twice as long as 2, 3-11 subequal. Prothorax fully

as long as broad, very convex, narrowed in front, widest a little

234 Mr. G. C. Champion on the Heteromerous Coleoptera

behind the middle, the sides rounded anteriorly and slightly con-

verging behind, the base strongly bisinuate, the hind angles rect-

angular ; the disc deeply sulcate down the middle, the groove not

extending to the apex; the basal fovee long and deep. Elytra

about four times the length of, and slightly narrower than, the

prothorax, gradually narrowing from the base to the middle and

thence rapidly narrowed to the apex, the apices attenuate and

slightly dehiscent ; the disc flattened along the suture and with

indications of three faint coste, the sutural stria deep ; the humeri

transversely strigose ; the apical third of the suture and the outer

limb at the apex finely denticulate and setose. Legs slender and very

elongate ; the intermediate and hind tibize with numerous trans-

verse ridges on their outer edge, their spurs very unequal in length.

Anterior tarsi slightly dilated in the male. Length 53-8

breadth 1-13 mm. (¢ @).

Hab. Tasmania—Franklin, and New N orfolk.

Four specimens, varying greatly in size and colour.

It agrees perfectly in its structural characters with the

type of the genus, C. fasciatwm, Redt. ‘‘ This insect was

found only among chips and on freshly-cut surfaces of

wood, where some large Hucalyptus trees had been

‘ringed’; it does not appear to possess the power of

leaping like an Orchesia, but runs with greater speed

than any beetle I have ever met with, and, being very

fragile, is most difficult to secure in good condition

(Walker).”

ORCHESIA.

Orchesia, Latreille, Gen. Crust. et Ins., u., p. 159

(1807).

Clinocara, Thomson, Skand. Col., vi., p. 306 (1864).

Orchesia austrina, n. sp.

Moderately elongate, convex, pitchy-brown or fuscous, clothed

with fine sericeous fulvous pubescence ; the antenne rufo-testa-

ceous, the six outer joints darker, the legs ferruginous ; the entire

surface densely, very minutely punctate. Maxillary palpi sub-

serrate, the apical joint moderately large and securiform. Antennz

slender, moderately long, the apical five joints: thickened, 8—10

about as broad as long, 11 ovate. Eyes widely separated. Pro-

thorax semicircular, strongly transverse, the basal fovez shallow.

Elytra forming a continuous outline with the prothorax, moderately

long, rapidly narrowing from about the basal third. Prosternal

process triangular. Length 32, breadth 14 mm. (¢ @).

collected in Australia and Tasmania. 238

Hab. ‘Tasmania—Hobart, Launceston, and Franklin.

Apparently not uncommon in Tasmania. ‘This species

belongs to the section Clinocara, Thoms. ; it is closely

allied to the Huropean O. sepicola, Rosenh. (= minor,

Walk.), but is broader and less parallel, the elytra are

narrowed from about the basal third, the antenne and

legs are shorter, and the basal foveze of the thorax are

shallow. Orchesia elongata, Macl., from Queensland,

appears to be a very much larger and more elongate

insect than O. austrina; the description is wholly

inadequate. Under bark on rails, and also under

Hucalyptus bark (Walker).

Mystss, n. gen.

Head scarcely deflexed, very short, sunk into the prothorax up

to the eyes, with rather deep frontal suture ; eyes transverse, en-

tire, very widely separated, coarsely granulated ; apical joint of

the maxillary palpi small, very little wider than the third, feebly

securiform ; antennz short, scarcely extending beyond the

humeri, joint 3 elongate-triangular, twice the length of 2, 4-10

subtriangular, 4 wider than 3, 5-10 gradually decreasing in width,

9 and 10 about as broad as long, 11 ovate. Prothorax much wider

than the head, transversely quadrate as viewed from above, with

the greater part of the disc flattened, the lateral portions vertical,

and the angles obtuse. Scutellum about as long as broad, emar-

ginate on either side. Elytra almost flat, abruptly declivous at

the sides, elongate, not wider than the prothorax, parallel, rounded

at the apex, confusedly punctured. Anterior coxee feebly exserted,

contiguous; the cavities closed externally, open behind; the

antecoxal part of the prosternum twice the length of the coxe.

Mesosternum largely developed before the middle coxe, the latter

subcontiguous. Metasternum elongate, broadly depressed along

the middle. Legs moderately long ; intermediate and hind tibieze

transversely notched along their outer edge ; tibial spurs moderately

long, subequal, the upper spur of the hind pair slightly longer

than the lower one ; penultimate joint of the tarsi simple, the

basal joint of the hind pair longer than the following joints

united. Body elongate, parallel, very depressed.

The single species from which the above characters

are taken differs from all the other Melandryide known

to me in its very depressed form. The scarcely deflexed

head, transversely subquadrate thorax, and _ parallel,

: elongate elytra give it a peculiar facies.

236 Mr. G. C. Champion on the Heteromerous Coleoptera

Mystes planatus, n. sp. (Plate VI., fig. 7.)

Elongate, parallel, above and beneath (the eyes excepted), the

antenne, and legs ferrugineo-testaceous, the body clothed with a

very fine sericeous pubescence ; the head and prothorax slightly

shining, densely, finely punctate ; the elytra opaque, very densely;

exceedingly minutely punctate, the punctures much finer than those

on the head and prothorax. Prothorax as wide at the apex asat the

base ; the sides as viewed from above parallel, rounded in front

and obliquely converging at the base ; the vertical lateral portion

rapidly narrowing posteriorly ; the disc broadly and shallowly

depressed along the middle behind and with shallow basal fovez.

Elytra about four times the length of the prothorax, parallel for

three-fourths of their length and then arcuately narrowed to the

apex, very depressed, and with indications of several faintly-raised

lines on the disc, the humeri rounded. Beneath densely, very

minutely punctate, the meso- and metasternum smoother, the pro-

sternum almost impunctate, the propleurz punctured like the upper

part of the prothorax. Length 6%, breadth 13 mm.(?).

Hab. Tasmania—Launceston.

One specimen; a second in the British Museum-set.

Under bark of Hucalyptus obliquus (Walker).

TELLIAS, D. gen.

Head short, rather broad, scareely deflexed, with well-defined

frontal suture ; eyes moderately large, rounded, prominent, lateral,

coarsely granulated ; apical joint of the maxillary palpi narrow,

ovate, obliquely truncate at the apex ; mandibles bifid at the tip ;

antenne short, extending very little beyond the humeri, slender,

joints 2 and 3 subequal in length, 4-10 obconic, 8-10 scarcely longer

than broad, 11 much longer than 10, ovate. Prothorax transversely

subquadrate, truncate at the base and apex, not wider than the head

including the eyes, with deep oblique basal foveze. Scutellum small,

strongly transverse. Elytra much wider than the prothorax,

widening to beyond the middle, moderately elongate. Anterior |

cox subcontiguous, separated by a very thin lamina; the cavi- ©

ties closely externally, but widely open behind. Middle coxe -

very narrowly separated. Posterior cox widely separated; the

intercoxal process broad, triangular. Legs short, slender ; tibial

spurs very small ; ; penultimate joint of the tarsi lamellate beneath,

the basal joint of ce hind pair as long as the following joints united.

Body oboval, narrow, depressed.

collected in Australia and Tasmania. 237

The single small species from Tasmania from which the

above characters are taken is closely allied to the

American genera Thisias,* Physcius, Cleodxus, and

Conomorphus, Champ., and Hurypus, Kirby. It ap-

proaches nearest to Thisias ; but differs from that genus

in its short head, more rounded eyes, narrow transversely

subquadrate thorax, small and strongly transverse scu-

tellum, etc. From Lagrioida, Fairm., which is also an

allied form, it may be known by its depressed form,

shorter limbs, etc.

Tellias fumatus, nu. sp. (Plate VI., fig. 9.)

Ferruginous or fusco-testaceous, slightly shining, the eyes black,

_ the sides of the prothorax usually broadly infuscate ; the elytra

pitchy-brown or piceous, with the disc before the middle broadly

suffused with testaceous, this colour sometimes extending to the

base ; the antennz and legs testaceous ; the entire upper surface

densely, finely punctate and finely pubescent. Head somewhat

convex, the punctures between the eyes here and there longitudi-

nally confluent. Prothorax rather convex, transversely subquadrate ,

the sides slightly converging behind and a little rounded in front,

the base distinctly margined at the middle, the basal fovese deep and

in some specimens extending obliquely forwards to near the middle

of the disc. Hlytra four and one-half times the length of, and at

the base one-half wider than, the prothorax, widening to about two-

thirds of their length, and thence rapidly and arcuately converging

to the apex, the humeri rounded, the disc flattened, the surface con-

fusedly punctured, without trace of striz. Beneath closely and

finely, the pro- and mesosternum coarsely, punctured. Length

32-47, breadth 13-14 mm.

Hab. Tasmania—Hobart and New Norfolk.

Found in some numbers, under the bark of Huca-

lyptus trees. Iam unable to detect any external sexual

characters.

LAGRIOIDA.

Lagrwida, Fairmaire and Germain, Col. Chil., p. 3

(1860); Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1863, p. 234.

As I have elsewhere noted,+ this genus has the anterior

* Biol. Centr.-Am., Col., iv., 2, p. 102, t. 5, figs. 7, 7a, b (1889).

* Ent. Monthly Mag., xxvi., p. 121 (1890).

238 Mr. G. C. Champion on the Heteromerous Coleoptera

acetabula open behind, and it cannot be retained in the

Lagriidz, the position assigned to it by its authors. Its

species live at the roots of plants on sandy coasts.

Lagrinda australis, n. sp.

Oblong-ovate, narrow, convex, shining, varying in colour from,

testaceous or rufo-testaceous to pitchy-brown, thickly clothed with a

fine decumbent cinereous or yellowish-cinereous pubescence; the legs

and antenne testaceous ; the entire upper surface densely, finely

punctate, the punctures on the elytra here and there transversely

confluent. Antenne not half the length of the hody, the apical

three joints wider than those preceding—9 triangular, about as

broad as long, 10 subtransverse, 11 ovate. Prothorax convex, about

as long as broad; the sides rounded before the middle and slightly

converging behind. Elytra about three and one-half times the

length of the prothorax, oval. Beneath densely, finely punctate ;

the metasternum deeply longitudinally sulcate in the middle.

Length 33-51, breadth 1-17 mm.

Hab. Tasmania—Sandy Bay, near Hobart, and

Launceston.

Numerous examples, varying greatly in size and also

in colour; some of the specimens are very small, and

these I take to be the males. I have also received a

specimen of it from the Rev. T. A. Blackburn, from

S. Australia. Compared with the two described species

of the genus, L. obscurella, Fairm. and Germ. (= rufula,

Fairm. and Germ.), from Chili, and ZL. brount, Pasc., from

New Zealand, the present insect is much more closely

allied to the Chilian than to the New Zealand form. It

differs from the first-mentioned in its less elongate shape,

shorter antennee, more convex thorax, the sides of which

are more rounded before the middle, and more deeply

sulcate metasternum ; the punctuation of the upper sur-

face is precisely similar. UL. browns has the punctuation

much coarser and not so close, and the antennze more

elongate. . At roots of grass and herbage on the sand-

hills, in company with IJdylius canescens, Champ.

(Walker).

SCRAPTIA.

Scraptia, Latreille, Gen. Crust. et Ins., u., p. 199

(1807); Lacordaire, Gen. Col., v., p. 585.

This genus has not hitherto been recorded from Aus-

collected in Australia and Tasmania. 239

tralia. There are three species represented amongst Mr.

Walker’s Tasmanian captures.

Scraptia laticollis, n. sp.

Moderately elongate, rather broad, depressed, shining, testaceous

(the eyes excepted), the head slightly infuscate, finely pubescent ;

the entire upper surface thickly, finely punctate, the punctuation

of the elytra a little coarser and more diffuse than that of the pro-

thorax. Head short, broad; the eyes large, occupying the whole of

the side of the head, widely separated, and coarsely granulated ;

antennee rather long, joints 2 and 3 short, 3 slightly shorter than 2,

4 twice as long as 3, 5 a little longer than 4, 5-10 subequal in

length. Prothorax feebly convex, very broad, nearly two and one-

half times as broad as long, much wider than the head ; the sides

parallel at the base and broadly rounded in front; the base sub-

truncate ; with distinct basal foveze and a short median channel at

the base. Elytra about five times the length of the prothorax, and

scarcely wider than it at the base, parallel in front. .Length 2,

breadth 3 mm.(¢).

Hab. Tasmania—New Norfolk.

One male specimen. An insect sent me by the Rev. T.

Blackburn from South Australia perhaps belongs to the

same species; but as it is immature, the identification is

doubtful.

Scraptia australis, nu. sp.

Moderately elongate, rather depressed, shining, testaceous (the

eyes excepted), finely pubescent, the entire upper surface thickly,

finely punctate, the punctuation of the elytra a little more diffuse

than that of the prothorax. Head strongly transverse, moderately

broad, the eyes smaller than in S. datécollis, not extending to the

base of the head ; antenneze moderately long, joints 2 and 3 short,

equal in length, 4 nearly twice as long as 3, 5 slightly longer than

4, 5-10 subequal in length. Prothorax more than twice as broad

as long, convex, much wider than the head, greatly narrowed in

front, the sides rounded and converging almost from the base, the

base bisinuate, the basal fovese faint. Elytra as in 8. laticollis.

Length 2-23, breadth 2-7 mm.

Hab. Tasmania—Hobart and Franklin.

Three specimens, including, I believe, both sexes.

This insect is extremely like S. ophthalmica, Muls., of

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—parT 11. (sJUNE.) 16

240 Mr. G. C. Champion on the Heteromerous Coleoptera

the Mediterranean region; but differs from it in the

closer punctuation of the head and thorax, and the finer

punctuation of the elytra. The smaller eyes and the less

transverse, more convex thorax, the latter with the sides

rounded almost from the base, distinguish S. australis

from 8. laticollis.

Scraptia punctatissuma, u. sp.

Elongate, feebly convex, moderately shining, ferrugineo-testa-

ceous (the eyes excepted), finely pubescent; the antennz fusco-

testaceous, with the three basal joints testaceous, the legs testa-

ceous ; the entire upper surface densely, very minutely punctate,

the punctuation of the elytra a little more diffuse than that of the

prothorax. Head rather small; the eyes moderately large,

occupying the whole of the side of the head, not prominent,

widely separated, and somewhat finely granulated ; antenne rather

short, joints 2 and 3 short, equal in length, 4 about twice as long

as 3,4-7 (8-11 broken off) equal in length. Prothorax convex,

about twice as broad as long, fully one-half wider than the head,

greatly narrowed in front, the sides rounded and converging from

the base, the latter bisinuate. Elytra moderately elongate,

flattened on the disc, a little rounded at the sides. Intermediate

tibial spurs elongate and rather stout (hind pair broken off).

Length 21, breadth ? mm. |

Hab. Tasmania—Hobart.

One imperfect specimen. Differs from the other

species here described in the denser and finer punctua-

tion of the upper surface ; the eyes, too, are more finely

granulated, the head less transverse, and the interme-

diate tibize spurs longer and stouter. It is possible that

the insect may prove to be generically distinct from

Scraptia. :

PYTHIDA.

TANYLYPA.

Tanylypa, Pascoe, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (4) iii.,

p. 152 (1869).

Tanylypa morio.

Tanylypa morio, Pasc., loc. cit., p..153, t. 11, f. 4.

Hab. Tasmania—Hobart.

collected in Austraha and Tasmania. 24]

LISSODEMA.

Inssodema, Curtis, Ent. Mag., i., p. 187 (1832).

Inssodema hybridum.

Salpingus hybridus, Er., in Wiegm. Archiv, 1842, L.,

p. 182.

Hab. Tasmania—Mount Wellington, near Hobart, and

Launceston.

Sent in numbers by Mr. Walker. Under bark of

Hucalyptus coccifera on Mount Wellington, at an eleva-

_ tion of from 2,000-3,500 feet (Walker).

GDEMERID AL.

CopipITA.

? Sessinia, Pascoe, Journ. Hnt., i., p. 45, nota

(Jan., 1863).

? Ananca, Fairmaire and Germain, Ann. Soc. Ent.

Fr., 1863, p. 267 (August).

Copidita, Leconte, New Sp. Col., p. 164 (1866) ;

Leconte and Horn, Class. Col. N. Am., p. 405.

In this genus the mandibles are bifid at the tip.

Copidita agrees with Owacis (which has the mandibles

pointed or entire at the tip) im having the eyes large,

more or less cblong or oblique, and coarsely granulated ;

the thorax cordate or oblong cordate ; the apical joint of

the maxillary palpi elongate, cultriform or elongate-

triangular; and the apical jomt of the antenne con-

stricted about the middle. Sessinia* and Ananca were

not characterized by their authors; numerous species

belonging to different genera have been assigned to

them by various writers.

* Sesstnia has recently been characterized by Semenow [Hore

Ent. Ross., xxvill., pp. 454, 455, nota (1894)], who gives Nacerdes

livida, F., as the type, and states that it has the mandibles acute

and entire at the tip; N. lzvida is certainly not separable from

Oxacis, Lec.

242 Mr. G. C. Champion on the Heteromerous Coleoptera

Copidita nigronotata.

Nacerdes mgronotata, Boh., Res. Hugen., Ins., p. 110

(1858).

Ananca nigronotata, Mast., Cat. Col. Austral. in Proc.

Linn. Soc. N. 8. W. (2) 1, p. 403.

Hab. Tasmania—Franklin on the Huon River.

One specimen, found flying after sunset.

Copidita punctum.

Cidemera punctun, Macl. in King’s Survey, u., p. 443

(1827).

Ananca puncta, Mast., Cat. Col. Austral.in Proc. Linn.

Soc. N.S. W. (2) 1., p. 403.

? Pseudolycus marginatus, Lacord., Gen. Col., Atlas,

t. 60, f. 1 (nec Guér.).

Hab. Tasmania—Hobart.

Apparently a common insect in Tasmania. In the

male of this species the fifth ventral seoment is very

deeply bisinuate at the apex, leaving the genital organs

exposed, the outer lobes of which are broad, stout, and

subparallel. Under bark of Hucalyptus globulus and LH.

obliquus (Walker).

Copidita macleayt, n. sp.

Moderately elongate, the head and prothorax shining, the elytra

opaque ; the head flavo-testaceous, with the eyes, a broad median

vitta, narrowed in front and behind, and a transverse mark in

front, black ; the prothorax flavo-testaceous, with 2 broad median

vitta and the sides black; the scutellum flavo-testaceous; the

elytra pitchy-brown or fuscous, with the suture and epipleure

flavo-testaceous; the antennze fuscous or fusco-testaceous ; the —

palpi, mandibles, and legs black or piceous, the basal two-thirds of

the femora testaceous; the abdomen and the sides of the meta-

sternum piceous, the rest of the under surface testaceous or flavo-

testaceous ; above and beneath thickly clothed with a very fine,

short, greyish sericeous pubescence. Head closely, finely punctate,

with a narrow smooth space down the middle; the eyes moderately

large, rather prominent, coarsely granulated ; the mandibles bifid

at the tip ; the apical joint of the maxillary palpi elongate and

cultriform in the male, elongate-triangular in the female; the —

antenne in both sexes elongate, slender, and filiform, the apical

————

collected in Australia and Tasmania. . 248

joint constricted at the middle. Prothorax cordate, as long as

broad, the sides parallel behind, the base with a reflexed margin

which projects laterally ; the disc broadly transversely depressed

before the middle, the depression deepening into a large fovea

towards the sides, and also transversely depressed in the centre at

the base; the surface densely, finely punctate, with a smooth

impressed median line at the base. EHlytra twice the width of the

prothorax, moderately elongate ; very densely, minutely punctate,

with three faint costz on the disc and a more distinct one near the

margin. Beneath very densely, minutely punctate.

dg. Fifth ventral segment truncate and fimbriate at the apex; the

genital organs exposed, the outer lobes of which are long, curved,

and rather slender.

Length 91-11, breadth 25-33 mm. (¢ @).

Hab. Tasmania—Hobart.

This species, as well as the preceding, does duty for

C. punctuwm, Macl., in collections ; it also occurs on the

mainland of Australia. C. macleayi may be known from

C. punctum by its less elongate shape, the more opaque

and much more finely and densely punctured. surface, the

trivittate thorax, the denser and finer sericeous pube-

scence, and the very different structure of the genitalia

im the male. Found under similar conditions to the pre-

ceding, C. punctwm (Walker).

Copidita torrida, n. sp. |

Moderately. elongate, depressed, opaque, fusco-testaceous, the

prothorax and elytra indeterminately darker at the sides, the legs and

under surface testaceous ; above and beneath thickly clothed with

a fine fulvo-cinereous pubescence. Head closely, finely punctate;

the eyes in both sexes very large, coarsely granulated ; the man-

dibles bifid at the tip; the apical joint of the maxillary palpi

elongate and cultriform in both sexes; the antenne elongate,

filiform, the apical joint slightly constricted at the middle. Pro-

thorax oblong-cordate, a little longer than broad, parallel at the

sides behind, the base with a reflexed margin which projects

laterally ; the disc broadly transversely depressed before the

middle, the’ depression deepening into a large shallow fovea on

either side of the’ median line, and flattened in the centre at the

base; the entire surface densely, finely punctate. Ellytra moder-

ately elongate, twice the width of the prothorax ; very densely,

finely punctate, with two faint coste on the dise and a more distinct

one near the margin. Beneath densely, very finely punctate.

6. Fifth ventral segment broadly and shallowly arcuate-

244 Mr. G. C. Champion on the Heteromerous Coleoptera

emarginate at the apex ; the genital organs exposed, the outer lobes

of which are broad, curved, and spoon-shaped

Length 103-123, breadth 24-33 mm.(¢ 9).

Hab. N. W. Australia, Port Darwin.

Two specimens. Allied to C. (Nacerdes) nigripennis,

Montr., but differmg from it in having the head and

thorax more densely punctured, the thorax flatter and

more shallowly foveate. On flowers (Walker).

Copidita bypartita, n. sp.

Moderately elongate, subopaque, testaceous, the eyes black, the

elytra with the outer half fusco-plumbeous, this colour extending

inwards for some little distance from the base downwards and con-

tinued along the first costa to the middle ; the antennez, the tips of

the mandibles, the palpi, and legs fuscous, the basal half of the

femora testaceous; the under surface testaceous, the ventral

segments 2-5 fuscous; above and beneath finely pubescent. Head

closely, finely punctate, the eyes very large and coarsely granu-

lated; the mandibles bifid at the tip; antenne extending to

beyond the middle of the elytra, slender, filiform, the apical joint

slightly constricted beyond the middle. Prothorax oblong-cordate,

a little longer than broad, slightly sinuate at the sides in front as

viewed from above ; the disc deeply obliquely grooved on either

side before the middle, slightly flattened in front and behind; the

base with a reflexed margin ; the surface closely, finely punctate.

Elytra moderately long, twice as wide as the prothorax ; densely,

finely punctate, the interspaces granulate, and with two rather

sharp cost on the disc and one near the margin. Beneath closely

punctured. Length 94, breadth 23 mm. ( ¢).

Hab. W. Australia—Roebuck Bay.

One female specimen.

ASCLERA.

Asclera, Schmidt, Linn. Ent., 1., p. 38 (1846).

7 Asclera atkinsom, n. sp.

Sessuma atkinsom, C. O. Waterh., in litt.

Moderately elongate, black ; the prothorax rufous or flavo-rufous, q

shining ; the elytra green or bluish-green, with a more or less distinct -

narrow transverse yellowish fascia a little before the apex ; the

antenne black, with the two basal joints in the male, and the basal

joint only in the female, testaceous beneath ; the maxillary palpi

{

Seiad,

collected in Australia and Tasmania. 240

black, testaceous beneath in the male ; the body beneath black,

the ventral segments 1-4 yellow in the female; the legs black,

the base of the four hinder tibize sometimes obscure testa-

ceous ; above and beneath, the prothorax excepted, clothed with

fine cinereous pubescence. Head closely, finely punctate; the

eyes finely granulated, moderately large, transverse, reniform,

feebly emarginate ; apical joint of the maxillary palpi long and

cultriform in the male, shorter and stouter in the female ; mandi-

bles bifid at the tip ; antenne filiform, extending nearly to the

middle of the elytra, shorter in the female, joints 8-11 shorter

than those preceding, 11 constricted at the middle. Prothorax

cordate, transverse in the female, about as long as broad in the

male, margined at the base and apex; the disc deeply foveate on

either side before the middle ; the surface with a few widely

scattered fine punctures, almost impunctate in one specimen.

Elytra moderately long, nearly twice as wide as the prothorax,

densely, finely punctate, and with two faint costz on the disc and

one near the margin. Beneath thickly punctured. Claws simple.

@. Fifth ventral segment shallowly triangularly emarginate at

the apex; the genital organs exposed, the outer lobes of which are

long, curved, rather slender, and concave, and fringed with long

hairs within.

_ Length 63-83, breadth 12-2 mm.(¢ @).

Hab. Tasmania—Hobart.

Specimens of this species, and of A. sublineata, were

sent to the British Museum by Mr. Atkinson in 1877.

Both were obtained in some numbers by Mr. Walker,

from flowers of Olearia, etc.

Asclera sublineata, n. sp.

Sessinia subloneata, C. O. Waterh., in litt.

Moderately elongate, obscure green or bluish-green, slightly

shining, the antenne, palpi, and legs black ; each elytron with one

or two cinereo-pubescent vittz on the disc, the pubescence on the

rest of the surface fuscous, that on the head, prothorax, and

under surface cinereous. Head densely, moderately finely punc-

tate ; the eyes rather small, transverse, reniform, finely granu-

lated; the apical joint of the maxillary palpi elongate-triangular ;

the mandibles bifid at the tip ; the antennz filiform, about reach-

ing the middle of the elytra, joints 6-11 subequal in length, shorter

than those preceding, 11 not constricted at the middle. Pro-

thorax as long as broad, subcordate, abruptly narrowed in front,

densely, rather coarsely punctate, the disc very deeply, obliquely

impressed on either side before the middle, the base and apex

246 Mr. G. C. Champion on the Heteromerous Coleoptera

feebly margined. Elytra moderately long, nearly twice as wide as

the prothorax, densely, finely punctate; each elytron with two

faint costz on the disc and another near the margin. Beneath

rather sparsely punctured.

4. Fifth ventral segment subtruncate at the apex ; the modified

sixth segment divided into two broad, strongly curved, spoon-

shaped processes.

Length 43-63, breadth 14-12 mm. (¢ 9).

Hab. ‘Tasmania—Hobart.

Apparently a common insect in Tasmania. It varies

greatly in size, some of the males being very small.

Smaller than A. atkinsoni, the antennee less elongate and

with the apical joint not constricted at the middle.

Do#RNIA.

Dohrnia, Newman, Zoologist, 1851, App., p. exxxill.

Ge)

Ithaca, Olliff, Proc. Linn. Soc. N. 8. W. (2) i, p. 152

(1888). (¢.)

The type of this genus, D. miranda, Newm. (= Ithaca

anthina, Olliff), from Tasmania, has the antenne very

peculiarly formed in the male sex (joints 5-7 being

- distorted and dilated), these organs being of normal form

in the female. In the species now added the antennze

are simple in both sexes. The head is more produced in

front, and the eyes are more oblong than in Asclera ;

the eyes are more finely granulated than in Copidita and

Owacts.

Dohrnia simplex, n. sp.

Moderately elongate, the head and prothorax shining, the elytra

opaque ; the head atro-ceruleous, the prothorax rufo-testaceous, the

elytra bluish-black ; the palpi, antenne, and legs black, the antennze

with the three basal joints testaceous beneath in the male, the

knees rufo-testaceous ; the under surface, the prothorax excepted,

ceruleous ; above and beneath clothed with fine cinereous pubes-

cence. Head finely and closely, in one specimen sparsely, punctate;

the eyes oval, finely granulated ; the mandibles bifid at the tip; the

apical joint of the maxillary palpi elongate-triangular ; the antennz

filiform, about reaching the middle of the elytra, the joints from

the fifth gradually decreasing in length, 10 and 11 equal, 11 not

constricted at the middle. Prothorax cordate, as long as broad,

transversely depressed in front and also depressed in the middle

behind, the base witha reflexed margin which projects laterally,

collected in Australia and Tasmania. 247

the surface thickly, finely punctate. Elytra moderately elongate,

nearly twice the width of the prothorax, densely, finely punctate,

the interspaces somewhat granulate ; each elytron with four feeble

coste. Beneath rather sparsely punctured. Claws simple.

&@. Fifth ventral segment broadly and deeply triangularly emar-

ginate at the apex; the genital organs partly exposed.

Length 74-9, breadth 2-25 mm. (¢ @ ).

Hab. 'Tasmania—Hobart.

This insect greatly resembles D. miranda, Newm. (¢),

but differs from it in having the antennz simple in both

sexes, the apical joint in the female much shorter and

not constricted at the middle. Also found by Mr.

Atkinson in Tasmania.

PSEUDOLYCUS.

Pseudolycus, Guérm, Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1833, p. 155.

The members of this genus bear a remarkable resem-

blance to some of the Lycidz inhabiting the same localities.

Pseudolycus hemorrhordalis. (Plate VI., fig. 10,¢, var.)

Lycus hemorrhoidalis, Fabr., Syst. Hleuth., ii., p. 113.

Pseudolycus hemorrhoidalis, Lacord., Gen. Col., v.,

p- 709.

Var. The elytra with the apex, suture, and outer margin

ferruginous.

Pseudolycus cinctus, Guér., Ann. Soc. Ent. Fr., 1838,

p. 157.

Var. The elytra entirely ferruginous.

Hab. Tasmania—Hobart.

These forms were collected together at Hobart, by

Mr. Walker, and there can be very little doubt that they

belong to one variable species; one of the specimens

is intermediate between P. cinctus and the variety with

ferruginous elytra. In typical P. hemorrhoidalis the elytra

have only the apex ferruginous. lLacordaire suspected

that the males only had the joints 3-7 (not 3—8) broadly

widened ;* but this is not the case, the antenne being

similarly formed in both sexes. The colour-differences

* The insect tigured by Lacordaire, Gen. Col., Atlas, t. 60, fig. 1,

has nothing to do with the genus Pseudolycus.

248 Mr. G. C. Champion on the Heteromerous Coleoptera

are not sexual. The apical joint of the antenne is con-

stricted at the middle. On felled timber, under bark, and

flying, usually at a considerable elevation (Walker),

TECHMESSA.

Techmessa, F. Bates, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (4)

xii., p. 113 (1874).

The known species of this genus are all from New

Zealand. Mr. Walker obtained single specimens of two

species in Tasmania; one of these has, unfortunately,

been lost ; the other is described below.

Techmessa ruficollis, n. sp.

Moderately elongate, narrow, the head opaque, the prothorax

and elytra slightly shining ; black, the prothorax rufo-testaceous,

the oral organs obscure testaceous, the antenne and legs black,

the knees and tarsi paler; the upper surface sparsely clothed with

long, fine, cinereous hairs, many of which are erect. Head densely,

rugosely punctured ; the eyes prominent, rounded, entire, and

finely granulated ; antenne rather short, not half the length of the

body, moderately slender, joint 1 stout, 2 short, 3 twice as long as

2, 3-10 subequal, 11 ovate, slightly longer than 10. Prothorax.

strongly transverse, convex, about as wide as the head, coarsely,

closely punctate, the disc very deeply foveate on either side about

the middle. Elytra about five times the length, and nearly twice :

the width, of the prothorax ; very coarsely, deeply, and closely :

punctate, the punctures much coarser than on the prothorax. 2

Length 42, breadth 13 mm. Fs

Hab. Tasmania— Hobart. :

The single specimen described has the thorax abnor-

mally formed, it being rounded on one side, and sub-

angularly dilated on the other; the latter is perhaps the

normal shape. As the genus is an addition to the

Australian fauna, I have ventured to name the insect.

T. ruficollis somewhat resembles the figure of Megalocera

rubricollis, Hope (Mag. Zool., 1842, t. 88). Under Huca-

lyptus bark (Walker).

XYLOPHILIDA.

XYLOPHILUS.

Xylophilus, Latreille, Fam. Nat. du Régne Anim.,

p- 383 (1825); Lacordaire, Gen. Col., v., p. 584.

In addition to the four species described, Mr. Walker

TAF Pe <li

rn I LE

collected in Australia and Tasmania. 24,9

also obtained single examples of two others, one from

Tasmania and one from Adelaide Kiver, but these latter

are in a mutilated condition. All are quite distinct from

X. uwndatus, Gemm. (= fasciatus, Boh.), the only re-

corded Australian species of the genus.

Xylophilus pectinicornis, n. sp. (Plate VI1., figs. 12,4;

12a, antenna.)

6. Moderately elongate, rather narrow, slightly shining; the head

black, and the prothorax piceous; the elytra testaceous, witha very

large, oblong, indeterminate pitchy-brown patch on the disc before

the middle, extending almost to the suture and lateral margin, and

narrowing inwards; the legs and antenne testaceous, the hind

femora infuscate ; the upper surface finely and rather sparsely

pubescent. Head thickly, minutely punctate ; the eyes very large,

narrowly separated in front, very coarsely granulated, the head

narrowly extended behind them. Antenne moderately long; joint 1

stout, long, and slightly curved; 2 stout, transverse; 3 very

elongate, stout, curved, with the inner apical angle produced into

a very long dentiform process, which extends almost in a line with

the axis of the joint to beyond the apex of the following joint ;

4 short; 5 strongly and angularly produced on the inner side,

short ; joints 6-10 each furnished with a long, slender, curved

ramus ; 11 very elongate, strongly clubbed at the tip, with the apex

acuminate ; the joints sparsely clothed with long fine hairs. Pro-

thorax convex, broader than long, much narrower than the head,

feebly rounded at the sides, densely, finely punctate, sharply and

very deeply bifoveate at the base. Hlytra moderately elongate,

nearly twice as wide as the prothorax, parallel in their basal half

and gradually narrowing beyond, flattened above, thickly and

rather coarsely punctured, and each with an oblique depression

on the disc a little below the base. Legs long and slender, the

hind femora thickened. Length nearly 2, breadth 2 mm.

Hab. Tasmania—Hobart.

One male specimen, sent by Mr. Walker to the British

Museum. This remarkable insect 1s allied to X. trifas-

ciatus, Champ., and other Tropical American species.

lt differs from all these, however, in having joints 6-10

(austead of 4-10) furnished with a long ramus on the

inner side, and the third joint abnormally formed ; the

thorax, too, is much shorter, and the legs more slender.

Jé is one of the most interesting of Mr. Walker’s dis-

coveries, its minute size notwithstanding.

250 Mr. G. C. Champion on the Heteromerous Coleoptera

Xylophilus morulus, nu. sp.

Moderately elongate, narrow, rather depressed, slightly shining,

very finely pubescent ; black, the elytra pitchy-black, the antennz

obscure testaceous, with the basal joints paler, the legs testaceous.

Head broad, short, closely, finely punctate, obliquely narrowed at

the sides behind the eyes; the latter very large and prominent,

coarsely granulated, rather widely separated, the head very narrowly

extended behind them. Antennz about three-fourths the length of

the body, rather slender ; joints 3 and 4 equal in length; 4-10

moderately elongate and somewhat obconic; 11 longer and stouter

than 10; obliquely acuminate at the tip. Prothorax convex, narrow,

transversely subquadrate, with the anterior angles rounded ;

densely, rather finely punctate, and with two deep oblique foves

at the base, these almost confluent behind so as to form a U-shaped

depression. Elytra elongate, twice as wide as the prothorax,

parallel to the middle and gradually narrowing beyond, flattened

above, and deeply, obliquely depressed on the disc a little below

the base, densely and moderately finely punctured throughout.

Legs elongate and very slender (the hind pair broken off). Length

24, breadth 2 mm. (¢).

Hab. Tasmania—Launceston.

A single male example, sent by Mr. Walker to the

British Museum. A mutilated female from Hobart

seems to belong to the same species ; it differs from the

male in having the elytra much shorter and broader, the

eyes small, more finely granulated, and very widely

separated.

Xylophilus fluctuosus, nu. sp.

Rather short, broad, opaque, very finely pubescent; the head

(the eyes excepted) and prothorax obscure ferruginous, the latter

infuscate at the sides; the elytra testaceous, with two strongly

angulated fuscous fascize—one before the middle, formed by two

elongate confluent marks (the inner one subtriangular) on each

elytron, the other a little beyond the middle, formed bya V-shaped

mark on the disc of each elytron, these marks being connected

by a broad transverse fascia extending across the suture; the

antenne and legs testaceous, the hind femora infuscate. Head

convex, thickly, finely punctate, obliquely narrowed behind the

eyes; the latter very large and prominent, coarsely granulated,

rather widely separated in front, and feebly emarginate, the head

narrowly extended behind them. Antenne slender, thickening

: vo _ ae SS

collected in Australia and Tasmaniu. DAS) |

outwardly, rather short ; joints 3-5 equal in length ; 9 and 10 sub-

transverse ; 11 stout, acuminate at the tip. Prothorax transversely

subquadrate, with the anterior angles rounded, much narrower than

the head, moderately convex, thickly, finely punctate, without

distinct impressions on the disc. Elytra broad and rather short,

twice as wide as the prothorax, gradually widening from the base

to the middle, broadly rounded at the apex, transversely depressed

a little below the base, thickly and rather coarsely punctate. Legs

moderately long, slender, the hind femora rather stout. Length

24, breadth 1 mm. (@ ).

Hab. N. W. Australia—Adelaide River.

One female specimen, sent by Mr. Walker to the

British Museum. This insect somewhat resembles X.

_ stigmosus, Champ., from Central America. The two

fuscous zigzag fascize on the elytra are separated by a

somewhat M-shaped mark of the ground-colour. Found

by beating stunted Acacias (Walker).

Xylophilus albonotatus, un. sp.

Very short, broad, convex, opaque (slightly shining, when

denuded of pubesence); the head black, sometimes ferruginous in

front, the prothorax rufo-ferruginous, the elytra varying in colour

from reddish-brown to piceous; the antenne ferruginous, the

outer joints, the apical one excepted, slightly infuscate ; the legs

ferruginous, the hind femora and tibize sometimes infuscate ; the

elytra with two broad irregular fasciz (one a little before, the

other beyond the middle) and some scattered spots whitish-

pubescent, the rest of the elytral pubescence fuscous, the head and

prothorax also finely pubescent. Head broad, thickly, minutely

punctate ; the eyes very large and coarsely granulated, widely

separated, the head very narrowly extended behind them. Antenne

short ; joint 1 elongate, stout; 2 stout, about as broad as long ;

3 rather slender, longer than broad ; 3-10 slightly increasing in

width and decreasing in length; 7-10 transverse; 11 stout,

obliquely acuminate at the tip. Prothorax narrower than the head,

transversely subquadrate, with the anterior angles rounded,

densely, finely punctate, and with a very shallow oblique groove on

either side of the middle of the disc at the base. Hlytra twice the

width of the prothorax, short, a little rounded at the sides, feebly

transversely depressed below the base, closely, somewhat coarsely

punctate. Legs short, moderately slender, the hind femora stout.

6. Posterior femora triangularly excised on the lower side near

the base.

Length 14, breadth 2 mm. ( ¢ 2).

252 Mr. G. C. Champion on the Heteromerous Coleoptera

Hab. N. W. Australia—Adelaide River.

Five examples, the male in a mutilated condition. In

this curious little species the elytra have several patches of

whitish pubescence, which tend to form two irregular

transverse fasciz, separated by a common transverse

fusco-pubescent space. Of similar habits to the preced-

ing (Walker).

ANTHICIDA.

ForMIcomus.

Formicomus, Laferté, Monogr. Anthic., p. 70 (1848).

Formicomus quadrvmaculatus.

Formicomus quadrimaculatus, King, Trans. Ent. Soc.

NS Wy pe ae

Hab. South Australia—Port Adelaide.

One specimen.

Formicomus nigripennis, n. sp.

Moderately elongate, very shining ; the head (the eyes excepted)

and prothorax rufo-testaceous, the elytra black ; the antenne

piceous, with the two basal joints rufo-testaceous, the palpi

piceous; the anterior and intermediate femora fuscous, the hind

femora piceous, the basal half of each rufo-testaceous, the tibiz

piceous, with the base and apex rufous, the tarsi rufous; beneath

black, the prothorax and mesosternum rufo-testaceous ; the upper

surface clothed with long, widely scattered, suberect, cinereous

hairs. Head large and convex, orbicular, with a few minute

widely scattered punctures, the eyes moderately prominent ;

antenne rather slender, a little more than half the length of the

body. Prothorax much narrower than the head, longer than 2

broad, strongly constricted and compressed at the sides behind the

middle, the pleure deeply grooved, the sides subparallel at the

base, the anterior portion subglobose ; the surface very sparsely,

minutely punctured, the anterior part smooth on either side.

Elytra moderately convex, oval, rather broad, subtruncate in front,

the disc feebly transversely depressed a little below the base, the

surface exceedingly sparsely, minutely punctate. Legs moderately —

elongate, the femora strongly clavate. Length 34, breadth15 ~

mm. (?). skein

Hab. N. W. Australia—Adelaide River.

collected in Australia and Tasmania. 253

One specimen, sent by Mr. Walker to the British

Museum. This species resembles F'. conecus, Lat., from

Asia Minor, etc., but is very differently coloured, and

has the eyes more prominent, the legs less elongate, the

antennze more slender, etc. The anterior femora are

unarmed, and the specimen I have no doubt is a female.

The insect is not described by King.

MECYNOTARSUS.

Mecynotarsus, Laferté, Monogr. Anthic., p. 57 (1848).

Mecynotarsus albellus.

Mecynotarsus albellus, Pasc., Proc. Ent. Soc. Lond.,

1866, p. 16.

Hab. W. Australia—Fremantle.

ToMopDERUws.

Tomoderus, Laferté, Monogr. Anthic., p. 94, (1848).

Tomoderus denticollis.

Tomoderus denticollis, Champ., Ent. Monthly Mag.

(2) u., p. 188.

Hab. N. W. Australia—Adelaide River.

ANTHICUS.

Anthicus, Paykull, Fauna Suecica, i., p. 253 (1798) ;

Laferté, Monogr. Anthic., p. 102.

With three exceptions, the whole of the numerous

representatives of this genus collected by Mr. Walker

appear to be new to science. ‘This is perhaps not to be

wondered at, as very few species have been described

from W. Australia, and one only is recorded from

Tasmania.

Anthicus adelardx, n. sp.

Rather short, convex, shining; the head (the eyes excepted)

and the prothorax ferrugineo-testaceous ; the elytra pitchy-black,

with a yellowish-testaceous transverse fascia a little below the

base, the space in front of this fuscous ; the antenne pitchy-brown,

with the three basal joints testaceous ; the femora brownish-

testaceous, the tibiz piceous, the tarsi flavo-testaceous; beneath

254 Mr. G. C. Champion on the Heteromerous Coleoptera

brownish-testaceous, the apical four ventral segments piceous ; the

entire upper surface exceedingly sparsely, minutely punctate, each

puncture bearing a very fine, long, erect hair. Head convex, sub-

orbicular, moderately large, rounded at the sides behind the eyes,

the latter rather large but not prominent ; antenne scarcely half

the length of the body, rather slender. Prothorax very little

longer than broad, narrower than the head, the sides strongly and

abruptly constricted behind and slightly dilated at the extreme

base, the pleurz deeply grooved, the anterior portion globose.

EKlytra short, convex, oval, widest a little beyond the middle and

there twice as wide as the prothorax, subtruncate in front, with a

deep transverse depression a little below the base (in which the

yellowish fascia is placed); the basal portion, except along the

suture, transversely swollen. Legs short and stout.

dg. Anterior tibiz slightly sinuous within ; posterior tibiz con-

siderably thickened, a little rounded externally and sinuous

within; basal joint of the hind tarsi thickened and slightly curved.

Length 2, breadth 2 mm. (¢).

Hab. N. W. Australia—Adelaide River.

One male example, sent to the British Museum. This

insect approaches A. dromedariwus, Laf., A. bitwberculatus,

Champ., and some allied Tropical American forms ; it has,

however, much shorter legs, a shorter thorax, a more

spherical head, etc. A. adelaidx belongs to Group II. of

Laferté’s first division of the genus.

Anthicus unifasciatus.

Anthicus unifasciatus, King, ‘Trans. Ent. Soc.

WS. Wo, i, ples

Hab. W. Australia—Fremantle. Be

One specimen, perhaps, belonging to this species, the

type of which was found at Gawler, 8. Australia. It has

the thorax longitudinally sulcate along the middle of the

constricted portion, a character not mentioned by King ;

the colour of the elytra is pitchy-black, the rather broad

post-basal fascia being yellow. The description is too

brief to identify the insect with any certainty. 3

Anthicus wucinctus, n. sp. (Plate VI., fig. 18, ¢.)

Moderately elongate, very shining; the head and prothorax

varying in colour from pitchy-black to castaneous ; the elytra

pitchy-black, with a rather broad transverse fascia a little below

collected in Australia and Tasmania. 255

the base, and the suture in front of this, pale yellow ; the antenne

testaceous, joints 7-10 or 8-10 sometimes infuscate ; the legs

obscure testaceous, the tarsi paler; the entire upper surface very

sparsely minutely punctate, the prothorax with a few coarser

punctures on the basal part, and clothed with some fine scattered

hairs, which are easily abraded. Head convex, subtriangular,

about as broad as long, rather large, slightly dilated at the sides

behind, the hind angles obtuse, the eyes moderately prominent, the

post-ocular space about equalling them in length, the base feebly

rounded ; antennz moderately long, rather slender. Prothorax

about as long as broad, as wide as the base of the head, strongly

and abruptly constricted behind the middle, the anterior portion

transversely convex, the sides very obliquely converging from about

the anterior third and becoming parallel at the base, the pleurz

deeply grooved, the base bituberculate. Elytra moderately long,

widening to about the middle, feebly transversely depressed a

little below the base. Legs slender, the femora clavate.

@. Hind tibiz dilated on the inner side at the middle, the inner

edge thus appearing bisinuate.

Length 2-23, breadth ? mm. (¢ @).

Hab. N. W. Australia—Troughton I., Baudin I.

Numerous examples. This species resembles the

insect here referred to A. unifasciatus, King, but differs

from it in the very much finer and sparser punctuation

of the upper surface, the more triangular head, and the

_ more dilated anterior portion of the thorax; the elytra

have the suture pale at the base (so that the narrow dark

basal portion is divided into two transverse patches),

and are transversely depressed in the part occupied by

the flavous fascia. In some specimens the transverse

patches at the base of the elytra are fuscous. A very

distinct species. Found in sandy spots near the beach

(Walker).

Anthicus strictus.

Anthicus strictus, Er., in Wiegm. Archiv, 1842, 1,

p. 182.

Anthicus bembidioides, Laf., Monogr. Anthic., p. 131.

Hab. W. Australia—Albany ; Tasmania.

One specimen from each locality, the Tasmanian

example without head. Hrichson’s type was from

Tasmania, Laferté’s from Adelaide. Mr. Walker’s

examples agree with the descriptions, except that

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—partit. (suNE.) 17

256 Mr.G.C. Champion on the Heteromerous Coleoptera

they have the posterior elytral spot nearly as large as

the humeral one, both authors giving it as “ minute.”

The insect referred to A. strigtus by King perhaps

belongs to another species.

Anthicus segregatus, n. sp.

Moderately elongate, rather convex, shining; testaceous, the

head and prothorax usually ferrugineo-testaceous ; the elytra with

two transverse fasciz, not quite reaching the suture and sometimes

connected at the sides—one at the middle, the other near the apex,

the latter sometimes obsolete,—piceous or fuscous; the antenne,

legs, and under surface testaceous, the abdomen sometimes slightly

infuscate ; the surface sparsely clothed with short, fine, sericeous

hairs. Head broadly oval, large, convex, rather sparsely, very

minutely punctate, with a smooth narrow line down the middle,

the eyes small and somewhat prominent; antenne slender,

moderately long, joints 9 and 10 as broad as long. Prothorax a

little longer than broad, scarcely so wide as the head ; the sides

strongly constricted behind the middle and subparallel at the base;

transversely convex in front, flattened on the disc behind ; thickly,

finely punctate, the punctures becoming still finer towards the

apex, and sometimes with a faint transverse depression in the

middle at the base ; the pleural grooves deep. Elytra moderately

long, twice as wide as the prothorax, distinctly rounded at the sides,

truncate at the base, convex ; thickly, finely punctate, the punc-

tures similar to those on the base of the prothorax. Legs elongate.

Length 24-24, breadth 7-7 mm.

Hab. W. Australia—Hast Wallaby I., in the Hout-

mann’s Abrolhos Group.

Numerous examples. ‘his species is not very closely

allied to any other enumerated here. It is not described

by King. The ante-apical fascia on the elytra is some-

times obsolete, or reduced to a faint spot on each elytron,

sometimes connected with the median fascia at the sides.

The punctures on the head are only visible under a strong

lens. The thorax has the appearance of being obsoletely —

bituberculate at the base, but this is due to the faint

transverse median depression, which, however, is not

always present. The system of coloration is common

to several of the species here described. At roots of

herbage on the sandy beach (Walker).

collected in Australia and Tasmama. 257

Anthicus wnflatus, n. sp.

Moderately elongate, convex, shining ; testaceous, the elytra

with two rather broad fuscous fascia—one a little before the middle,

the other near the apex, and both divided at the suture; the

apical two joints of the antennez slightly infuscate ; the surface

sparsely clothed with short, fine, sericeous hairs. Head moderately

large, convex, oval, sparsely, finely punctate, with a smooth narrow

space down the middle, the eyes small and somewhat prominent ;

antennz slender, rather elongate, joints 9 and 10 about as broad as

long. Prothorax considerably longer than broad, a little narrower

than the head ; the sides strongly constricted behind the middle

and subparallel at the base; transversely convex in front, a little

flattened on the disc behind, and foveate in the middle at the base ;

the base obsoletely bituberculate ; the surface sparsely, finely punc-

tate ; the pleural grooves deep. Elytra short, very convex, oval,

not wider at the base than at the apex, twice as wide as the pro-

’ thorax, sparsely, finely punctate. Legs moderately elongate.

Length 23, breadth 7 mm. ;

Hab. W. Australia—Albany.

Described from a single specimen; two others have

been sent by Mr. Walker to the British Museum. It

resembles A. segregatuws in colour, but differs from that

Species in the short, inflated elytra, which are as narrow

at the base as at the apex. The head is longer, and the

thorax is obsoletely bituberculate at the base.

Anthicus paululus, n. sp.

Hlongate, narrow, rather depressed, shining ; the head pitchy-

red, the prothorax testaceous; the elytra flavo-testaceous with the

base narrowly, and two transverse fascize—one at the middle,

widening outwards, and the other at the apex, the two connected

at the sides,—piceous; the antenne and legs testaceous, the former

with the apical three joints infuscate, the abdomen piceous ; the

surface clothed with short, fine, silky pubescence. Head orbicular,

convex, thickly, exceedingly minutely punctate ; the eyes large,

very coarsely granulated, the head rapidly narrowed behind them ;

antenne moderately long, thickening towards the tip, joints 9 and

10 as broad as long. Prothorax a little longer than broad, slightly

narrower than the head ; the sides strongly constricted behind the

middle and somewhat dilated at the base ; transversely convex in

front, flattened on the disc behind ; thickly, very minutely punc-

tate, the punctures a little more distinct towards the base, the

258 Mr.G.C. Champion on the Heteromerous Coleoptera

dilated anterior portion smooth at the sides; the pleural grooves

rather deep. Elytra moderately long, nearly twice as wide as the

prothorax, a little dilated at the middle, flattened on the disc,

thickly, very finely punctate. Legs elongate. Length 2,

breadth 2 mm.

Hab. N. W. Australia—Adelaide River, and Port

Darwin.

The description is taken from a single example from

each locality ; two others have been sent to the British

Museum. Smaller, narrower, and less convex than A.

segregatus ; the head much shorter and orbicular in shape,

the eyes larger and more coarsely granulated; the base

of the elytra infuscate. The thorax has the appearance

of being very obsoletely bituberculate at the base.

Anthicus scabricollis, n. sp. (Plate VI., fig. 14.)

Moderately elongate, convex ; the head and prothorax pitchy-

red, opaque ; the elytra piceous or pitchy-black, shining, each with

a rather broad transverse fascia a little below the base, widening

outwardly and not reaching the suture, a narrower fascia beyond

the middle, and sometimes the suture also, brownish or testaceous,

these markings sometimes obliterated ; the antennz ferruginous,

the legs testaceous ; finely pubescent, the elytra sparsely clothed

with rather long decumbent hairs Head very large, greatly

developed behind (the basal portion projecting over the apex of

the prothorax when the head is horizontally extended), longitudinally

convex, parallel at the sides behind the eyes, the hind angles

rounded ; the base rounded at the middle and oblique towards the

sides, the edge acute ; the surface closely punctured and scabrous;

the eyes prominent, small, distant from the base ; antennz rather

short, joints 9-11 wider than those preceding, 10 about as broad

as long. Prothorax largely developed, considerably wider than the

head, transversely convex ; the sides rounded in front, rapidly and

obliquely converging behind, and slightly constricted just before

the base, the constriction limited anteriorly by a short marginal

tooth, the flanks grooved behind ; the surface closely punctured

and scabrous. Elytra about two and one-half times the length of, —

and not much wider than, the prothorax, oval, very convex,

sparsely, moderately finely punctate. Legs rather short, the femora

clavate. Length 23-3, breadth 3-1 mm.

Hab. W. Australia—Troughton I.

Found in plenty by Mr. Walker. In the form of the

head this insect differs from all the described species of

collected in Australia and Tasmania. 259

Anthicus known to me, it bemg shaped very much as in

the genus Anthicodes, Woll., from St. Helena. Under

stones in very dry places (Walker).

Anthicus tasmanicus, n. sp.

Moderately elongate, convex, rather broad, shining; pitchy-

black, the elytra with a large oblique fulvo-testaceous humeral

patch ; the antenne black, the four basal joints testaceous ; the

legs black, the knees, the extreme apex of the tibia, and the tarsi

testaceous ; the upper surface rather sparsely clothed with long,

decumbent, yellowish-cinereous hairs. Head short and broad, sub-

triangular, moderately convex, rounded at the sides behind, smooth,

except for a few scattered coarse punctures on either side near the

_ eyes ; the latter large, the head very narrowly extended behind

them ; the antennz short, not half the length of the body, slender,

thickening a little outwardly, joints 9 and 10 about as broad as

long Prothorax transversely cordate, slightly wider than the

head, distinctly broader than long, transversely convex in front ;

the sides rapidly and obliquely converging behind, slightly dilated

at the base, and obliquely grooved posteriorly ; the surface with

a few fine scattered punctures. ‘Hlytra moderately long, oval,

convex, much wider than the prothorax, subtruncate at the base,

sparsely, finely punctate, the suture slightly depressed at the base.

Legs moderately long.

gd. Posterior tibize sinuous within.

Length 3, breadth 14 mm.( ¢).

Hab. 'asmania—Hobart.

One male example. ‘This species belongs to Laferté’s

second division of the genus. It is allied to the Huropean

A. bimaculatus, Illig., but is very differently coloured,

and has a much shorter head and thorax and larger eyes.

Three Australian species of this group have been

described by King.

Anthicus discoideus, sp. n.

Moderately elongate, rather broad, slightly shining ; testaceous,

the head and prothorax ferrugineo-testaceous, the elytra with a large,

transverse or subquadrate patch on the outer part of the disc about

the middle, and sometimes a submarginal line extending from it to

the suture, or a spot on the suture towards the apex, piceous or

fuscous ; the under surface, legs, and antennz testaceous, the

abdomen infuscate ; the surface thickly clothed with rather long,

fine, decumbent, sericeous pubescence. Head short, broad, sub-

triangular, moderately convex, thickly, rather coarsely punctate,

200 Mr. G. C. Champion on the Heteromerous Coleoptera

with a narrow smooth space down the middle, the hind angles

rounded, the eyes large and prominent; antennz short, slender,

thickening a little outwardly, joints 9 and 10 about as broad as

long. Prothorax transverse, cordate, convex, slightly wider than

the head; closely, moderately finely punctate, the punctures a

little finer than on the head. Elytra broad, in the widest part

nearly twice as wide as the prothorax, moderately long, a little

rounded at the sides, truncate at the base, rather convex, closely

and moderately finely punctate throughout. Legs rather short.

Var. The elytra immaculate, the abdomen entirely testaceous.

Length 34-32, breadth 14-14 mm.

Hab. W. Australia—Cossack.

Numerous examples, the variety in about equal

numbers with the type. This species is allied to the

Kuropean A. bimaculatus, but it has the elytra less

rounded at the sides and the legs and antenne shorter.

A. luridus and A. apicalis, King, from Port Denison,

Queensland, and A. wmmaculatus, King, from §. Australia,

belong to the same group, but the present insect cannot

be satisfactorily identified with any of these species. I

am unable to detect any external sexual peculiarities.

The apical markings are sometimes obliterated in the

typical form. At roots of ‘‘.bent grass’ on the beach,

in company with Omolipus oblongus (Walker).

Anthicus baudimensis, n. sp.

Short, rather broad, convex, the head and elytra shining,

the prothorax opaque; testaceous, the head and prothorax

ferrugineo-testaceous, the elytra with a transverse median patch

on the outer part of the disc, a submarginal*line extending

from it to the suture, and a spot on the suture towards the

apex, piceous or fuscous; the under surface, legs, and antennz

testaceous, the abdomen more or less infuscate; the surface

thickly clothed with fine sericeous pubescence. Head short, broad,

strongly transverse, somewhat dilated at the sides behind, sparsely,

moderately coarsely punctate, with a narrow smooth space down

the middle, the eyes moderately large ; antenne short, slender,

thickening a little outwardly, joint 10 transverse. Prothorax

transverse, cordate, convex, a little wider than the head, densely,

very finely punctate. Hlytra short, convex, nearly twice as wide

as the prothorax, rounded at the sides, truncate at the base, closely

and very finely punctate. Legs rather short. Length 23,

breadth 1 mm.

Hab. N. W. Australia—Baudin I.

‘

collected in Australia and Tasmania. 261

Several examples. This species is closely allied to A. dis-

coideus, the typical form of which it resembles in colour ;

but is much smaller; the elytra are less elongate, more

convex, and more finely punctured; the head is more

transverse and not so closely punctured; and the thorax

is so densely punctured as to appear opaque. By beating

small Hucalyptus bushes (Walker).

Anthicus monostigma, n. sp.

Short, rather broad, convex, shining ; testaceous, the elytra with

a small oblong brownish mark on the suture towards the apex ;

the surface clothed with fine sericeous pubescence. Head and

antenne asin A. baudinensis. Prothorax transverse, cordate, con-

“vex, aS wide as the head; thickly, rather coarsely punctate, the

punctures not finer than those on the head. LElytra short, rounded

at the sides, convex, about twice as wide as the prothorax, finely

and rather sparsely punctate. Length 2-24, breadth = mm.

Hab. N. W. Australia—Baudin I.

Two specimens. At first sight this msect would

appear to be nothing more than a pallid variety of

A. baudmensis. It differs from that species, however, in

the more sparsely and more coarsely punctured thorax,

the punctures not finer than those on the head; the

thorax is also a little narrower, and the elytra are more

sparsely punctured.

Anthicus tridentatus, n. sp. (Plate VI., fig. 15.)

Short, convex, rather broad, the head and prothorax opaque,

the elytra shining ; the head pitchy-black, ferruginous in front,

the prothorax obscure rufous ; the elytra piceous, with two broad

transverse fulvous fascise—one before the middle, widening out-

wardly, the other at about one-third from the apex, neither

reaching the suture ; the antenne ferruginous, the legs and under

surface testaceous ; the upper surface clothed with fine, decum-

bent pubescence. Head transverse, broad, convex, finely scabrous,

narrowly extended on either side behind the eyes, the latter large,

the hind angles rounded ; antennz short, slender, joints 9-11

slightly widened, 9 and 10 transverse. Prothorax transverse, as

wide as the head, strongly and abruptly constricted behind, trans-

versely convex in front ; the sides armed with three very short fine

teeth before the middle, parallel at the base; the surface finely

scabrous. Elytra short, convex, oval, subtruncate at the base,

262 Mr. G.C. Champion on the Heteromerous Coleoptera

much wider than the prothorax, closely, moderately finely punctate,

the punctures becoming still finer towards the apex. Legs rather

short, slender. Length 12, breadth 2 mm.

Hab. N. W. Australia—Adelaide River.

One specimen only of this peculiar little species has

been received. In the armature of the sides of the thorax

it approaches the Tropical American A. spinicollis, A.

aequinoctialis, etc.; but it has the thorax transverse, and

belongs to Laferté’s second division of the genus. This

is one of numerous interesting novelties obtained by

Mr. Walker at Adelaide River.

Anthicus floralis.

Anthicus florals (Payk.), Laferté, Monogr. Anthic.,

p- 150; King, Trans. Ent. Soc. N.S. W., iz, p. 17.

Hab. 'Tasmania—Hobart and Launceston.

This cosmopolitan insect has been recorded from

South Australia by King.

Anthicus walkert, n. sp.

Elongate, narrow, rather depressed, shining; black, the elytra with

two transverse pale yellow fasciz—one, narrow, a little below the

base, the other, still narrower, at about one-third from the apex,

neither reaching the suture; the antennz testaceous; the legs piceous,

with the knees, the apex of the tibiz, and the tarsi testaceous ; the

upper surface, a smooth median line on the head excepted, densely,

exceedingly minutely punctate, and thickly clothed with a very

fine sericeous pubescence, which is brown upon the dark portion of

the disc of the elytra and cinereous elsewhere. Head subquadrate,

moderately convex, parallel at the sides behind the eyes, the hind

angles rounded ; the eyes small, prominent, distant from the base

of the head ; antennz about half the length of the body, slender,

joint 10 about as broad as long. Prothorax much longer than

broad, slightly narrower than the head, a little flattened on the

disc, transversely convex in front ; the sides rapidly and obliquely

converging posteriorly from about the anterior third, slightly

dilated at the base. Elytra rather short, almost parallel in front,

slightly widening to the middle, subtruncate at the base, much wider

that the prothorax. Legsslender, moderately elongnte. Length 22,

breadth 2 mm. .

Hab. W. Australia—Cape Leeuwin.

collected in Australia and Tasmania. 263

One specimen, apparently a female, sent by Mr. Walker

to the British Museum. ‘This small species belongs to

Laferté’s second division of the genus. The elytral

markings resemble those of the Huropean A. tenellus.

Anthicus cavifrons, n. sp.

Moderately elongate, rather broad, feebly convex, very shining,

pitchy-black; the antennze with joints 1-6 testaceous, the others

pitchy-brown ; the legs testaceous, the femora and the outer half of

the tibiz infuscate ; the upper surface sparsely clothed with long

yellowish-white hairs, some of which are quite erect, the others

decumbent. Head transverse, broad, subtriangular, with a few fine

scattered punctures, the front smooth and triangularly depressed in

the middle, the hind angles rounded ; the eyes large, rather pro-

minent, the head somewhat narrowly extended behind them ;

antennz slender, rather short, not half the length of the body.

Prothorax transverse, trapezoidal, as wide as the head including the

eyes, slightly flattened on the disc, transversely convex in front,

strongly constricted behind, the surface finely, sparsely punctate.

Elytra moderately long, feebly rounded at the sides, subtruncate at

the base and apex, much wider than the prothorax, the entire sur-

face sparsely, finely punctate. Legs moderately long, the tibiz and

tarsi slender. Length 23, breadth 1 mm.

Hab. W. Australia—Fremantle.

One specimen, sent by Mr. Walker to the British

Museum. Allied to A.charon, King, from King George’s

Sound ; but differing from the description of that insect

in the colour of the prothorax, the punctuation of the

elytra, etc. ‘The legs are simple, and the fifth ventral

seoment is unimpressed, nevertheless the example

described is probably a male.

Anthicus australis, n. sp.

Elongate, convex, rather narrow, shining ; the head pitchy-black,

ferruginous in front ; the prothorax rufous, infuscate on the disc ;

the elytra pitchy-black, with a very broad transverse fascia before

the middle, and a narrower one beyond it, fulvous, the anterior one

widening outwards, the posterior one widening inwards in front, the

suture reddish-brown ; the oral organs obscure testaceous, the

antenne brown, with the four basal joints rufo-testaceous, the legs

testaceous, the tibize infuscate in the middle; the upper surface

264 Mr. G. C. Champion on the Heteromerous Coleoptera

sparsely clothed with long, erect, yellowish-white hairs. Head

convex, moderately large, somewhat orbicular, very minutely,

sparsely punctate, rounded at the sides behind, the eyes large ; the

apical joint of the maxillary palpi stout; the antenne slender,

rather elongate, about half the length of the body. Prothorax

convex, about as long as broad, subcordate, narrower than the head,

the sides gradually converging and feebly grooved behind, the

surface thickly punctured, the punctures rather coarse on the disc

and fine at the sides. Elytra convex, moderately elongate, sub-

parallel to the middle and narrowing thence to the apex, more than

twice the width of the prothorax, subtruncate at the base, coarsely

and somewhat thickly punctured to some distance beyond the

middle, and thence to the apex sparsely, minutely punctate, the

suture slightly depressed at the base. Legs elongate, slender.

¢. Posterior tibiz sinuous within, slender ; the fifth ventral

segment unimpressed.

Length 34, breadth 1 mm.

Hab. Tasmania-—Launceston.

One male specimen, sent by Mr. Walker to the British

Museum. ‘This species is allied to the Huropean A.

instabilts, Schmidt, but it has the hind tibize in the male

slender and merely sinuous. The punctuation of the

elytra is coarse to a little beyond the middle, and

then becomes abruptly very fine. The head is very

minutely punctured, much smoother thar the thorax.

Anthicus stenomorphus, u. sp.

Elongate, very narrow, sibopaque ; the head obscure reddish-

brown, the prothorax rufo-testaceous ; the elytra flavo-testaceous,

with a broad median fascia and an apical patch, connected at the

suture, fuscous, and a triangular scutellar patch, extending out-

wards to the humeri, obscure testaceous; the antennz, mandibles,

palpi, legs, and body beneath testaceous ; the upper surface densely

and exceedingly minutely punctured, clothed with a very fine

sericeous pubescence. Head convex, oval, rather elongate; the

eyes small, prominent, coarsely granulated, and distant from the

base of the head; antennz elongate, slender, the joints obconic,

9 and 10 subcylindrical and longer than broad. Prothorax elongate,

much longer than broad, narrower than the head ; the sides com-

pressed and strongly constricted behind the middle, slightly dilated

at the base; the pleure rather deeply grooved; the anterior

portion globose. Elytra elongate, about twice as wide as the

prothorax, depressed, subparallel, slightly narrowed towards the

r ee

hee tinea

collected in Tasmania and Australia. 265

base. Legs elongate, slender, the tarsi long and thin. Length 2,

breadth 4 mm.

Hab. W. Australia—Troughton I.

One specimen. This graceful little species belongs to

the group Stenidius of Laferté’s third division otf the

genus. It is allied to A. tenwipes of the Mediterranean

region, but is more elongate than that insect, and more

arallel, with longer legs and antenne, the head less

dilated behind the eyes, the latter more prominent.

Other specimens have been sent to the British Museum.

Anthicus eacavatus, n. sp.

Short, rather broad, convex, very shining ; the head and pro-

thorax varying in colour from ferrugineo-testaceous to rufo-piceous ;

the elytra testaceous, with the base, except at the suture, a broad

transverse fascia a little beyond the middle—widening outwardly,

and in some specimens reduced to a subquadrate patch on the disc

of each elytron,—and a common ante-apical patch, sometimes

narrowly divided at the suture, black or piceous; the legs and

antenne testaceous, the hind femora, except at the base and apex,

piceous or fuscous, the other femora sometimes slightly infuscate in

the middle ; the under surface varying in colour from testaceous to

rufo-piceous ; the upper surface sparsely clothed with rather long,

fine, yellowish-cinereous hairs, some of which are erect, the others

decumbent. Head short, broad, subtriangular, very sparsely, finely

punctate, witha broad smooth space down the middle, the eyes very

large ; antenne short, slender, joints 9 and 10 a little longer than

broad. Prothorax transverse, cordate, convex, as wide as the

head, obliquely grooved at the sides behind, very sparsely, finely

punctate. HElytra short, a little rounded at the sides, nearly twice

as wide as the prothorax, truncate at the base, sparsely, finely

punctate. Legs short. Length 23-23, breadth 1 mm.

Hab. N.W. Australia—Adelaide River; W. Australia

—Fremantle.

Several examples from each locality. This insect is of

about the same size and shape as A. baudinensis, but it is

much more shining and more sparsely punctured; the head

is broader, the thorax is obliquely grooved at the sides

behind, and the pubescence is sparser and more erect.

The post-median elytral fascia is sometimes broadly

interrupted at the suture, so as to leave a subquadrate

266 Mr. G. C. Champion on the Heteromerous Coleoptera

patch on each elytron. The species approaches

Laferté’s fourth division of the genus, the thorax

being grooved at the sides behind.

Micranthicus, nu. gen.

Elytra connate, abbreviated, leaving a considerable portion of the

abdomen exposed ; body apterous, very depressed ; the other cha-

racters as in Anthicus.

The single minute species from North-West Australia

referred to this genus seems to me to be best separated

from Anthicus. The insect resembles a very small

Dromuus.

Micranthicus brachypterus, nu. sp. (Plate VI., fig. 16.)

Moderately elongate, subparallel, very depressed, shining, gla-

brous ; pallid testaceous, the eyes black ; the elytra with a large

triangular scutellar patch, connected behind with a broad median °

fascia, and the apex, brownish (these markings leaving a large

subtriangular humeral patch anda post-median fascia pale testa-

ceous). Head moderately large, somewhat orbicular, rather convex,

very sparsely, minutely punctate, rounded at the sides behind the

eyes, the latter large and very coarsely granulated ; antennz very

slender, rather short, the joints moniliform, 11 ovate. Prothorax

slightly longer than broad, a little narrower than the head, cordate,

transversely convex in front, flattened on the disc behind, sparsely,

minutely punctate. Elytra about two and one-third times the

length, and rather more than one and a-half times the width, of the

prothorax, subparallel, truncate in front, obliquely truncate behind,

flat, thickly, minutely punctate. Legs moderately elongate, the

tibize and tarsi very slender. Length (to the apex of the elytra) 2,

breadth 4 mm.

Hab. N. W. Australia—Adelaide River.

Two specimens, and others also sent to the British

Museum. I am unable to detect any external sexual

distinctions.

MORDELLIDA.

Morpe.ta.

Mordella, Linnzeus, Syst. Nat., 10th edit., i., p. 420

(1758); Lacordaire, Gen. Col.,; v., p. 609.

Judging from Mr. Walker’s captures, this genus must

be represented by many species in Tasmania.

collected in Australia and Tasmania. 267

Mordella leucosticta.

Mordella lewcosticta, Germ., Linn. Ent., iii., p. 208

(1848).

? Mordella abdominalis, Blessig, Hore Ent. Ross., 1.,

p. 118, t. 3, fig. 3 (1861).

? Mordella octomaculata, Macl., Trans. Ent. Soc.

N. 8. W., i1., p. 808 (1872).

Hab. ‘Tasmania—Hobart.

Three specimens. Originally recorded from Adelaide.

Mordella trivialis.

Mordella triviahs, C. O. Waterh., Trans. Ent. Soc.

Lond., 1878, p. 2382 (Oct.).*

Hab. Tasmania—Hobart and Launceston.

Four specimens. Mr. Waterhouse’s examples were

from 8. Australia.

Mordella graphiptera, nu. sp.

Short and broad, black; the head clothed with yellowish-

cinereous pubescence ; the prothorax with the margins and base,

a median line, a line on either side of it, and a triangular mark at

the base exterior to this, fulvo-cinereous, the rest of the pubescence

purplish-black ; the scutellum fulvo-cinereous-pubescent ; the elytra

with two confluent, transversely placed, oval or rounded spots on

the disc a little beyond the middle, the inner one connected with a

rather broad juxta-sutural stripe extending from the base down-

wards, a short curved stripe at the shoulders, an oblong spot

between the lower part of this and the juxta-sutural stripe, and

a small oblong mark close to the suture a little before the apex,

fulvo-cinereous-pubescent, the rest of the pubescence purplish-

black ; the base of the pygidium and the sides of the ventral seg-

ments with patches of yellowish-cinereous pubescence. Antenne

rather short, joint 4 a little longer than 3, 5 much longer than 4,

5-10 serrate, longer than broad; the basal joints sometimes obscure

testaceous. Pygidium rather short, truncate at the tip. Length

(to the end of the elytra) 34 mm.

*“ Mr. Waterhouse has described (op. cit., p. 236) a species of

Mordelia from 8. Australia under the name of obliqua. This name

is preoccupied in the genus [Leconte, Proc. Am. Phil. Soc., xvii,

p. 428 (Feb., 1878)], and I propose to substitute the name water-

house: for the Australian insect.

268 Mr. G. C. Champion on the Heteromerous Ooleoptera

Hab. Tasmania—Hobart and Launceston.

Four specimens. This species cannot be identified

with any of those described by Mr. Waterhouse. The

thorax may be described as having two vitte on the

middle of the disc, and a large patch at the sides purplish-

black. The elytval markings do not quite reach the

suture, the suture being black throughout ; each elytron

has five spots or marks, and a juxta-sutural stripe extend-

ing to the middle, clothed with fulvo-cinereous pubes-

cence. The juxta-sutural stripe and the inner median spot

form together a J-shaped mark. The tibial spurs are

testaceous.

Mordella communis.

Mordella communis, C. O. Waterh., Trans. Ent. Soc.

Lond., 1878, p. 231.

Hab. Tasmania—Hobart and Launceston.

This seems to be the commonest species of the genus

in Tasmania. The median spots on the elytra are some-

times confluent. Numerous specimens have also been

received with the elytra almost uniformly clothed with

blackish pubescence; they appear to be nothing more

than a variety of this species.

Mordella promiscua.

Mordella promiscua, Hr., in Wiegm. Archiv, 1842, 1,

p. 181.

Hab. Tasmania—Hobart.

Two specimens, perhaps belonging to this species,

originally recorded from Tasmania.

Mordella ruficollis.

Mordella ruficollis, C. O. Waterh., Trans. Hnt. Soe.

Lond., 1878, p. 234.

Hab. Tesnatia = Ek Shate and Launceston.

Two specimens, apparently both males. The antennez

are incorrectly described by Mr. Waterhouse: Joints 3

and 4 are very short, equal in length, the following ones

longer than broad.

collected in Australia and Tasmania. 269

Mordella W-album, nu. sp.

Short, black ; the head cinereo-pubescent ; the prothorax with

fuscous and cinereous pubescence, the fuscous hairs in one specimen

forming an indistinct median vitta, and a large patch on either

side of it; the elytra with the suture at the base, a streak or tri-

angular mark just within the humeri,a narrow zigzag fascia (or

common W-shaped mark) a little before the middle, and a trans-

verse fascia (from which an angular projection extends forwards

near the suture) at about one-third from the apex, cinereo-

pubescent, the rest of the pubescence purplish-black ; the sides of

the ventral segments and of the metasternum with patches of

silvery pubescence ; the antenne black, the two basal joints obscure

rufous ; the legs black, the tibial spurs included. Antenne short,

slender, joints 3 and 4 short, equal, and very slender; 5 twice as

long as, and a little wider than, 4, 6-10 feebly serrate, as broad

as long. Pygidium moderately long. -Length (to end of the

elytra) 24 mm.

Hab. W. Australia—Fremantle.

Two specimens. ‘This species greatly resembles M.

bella, the cinereo-pubescent markings of the elytra being

similarly formed ; but differs from it m the more slender

and very feebly serrate antenney (in M. bella joints 5-10

are sharply and equally serrate), and rather less elongate

shape.

Mordella bella.

Mordella bella, C. O. Waterh., Trans. Hnt. Soc. Lond.,

pes7S, p. 293.

Hab. Tasmania—Hobart.

Five specimens, apparently belonging to this species.

In one of them the basal joint of the antenne is testa-

ceous; in the others the antenne are black. ‘They have

three more or less distinct patches of darker pubescence

on the thorax. ‘The types are from South Australia.

Mordella humeralis.

Mordella fnemonalis, C. O. Waterh., Trans. Ent. Soc.

Lond., 1878, p. 235.

Hab. Tasmania—Hobart.

Two specimens, differing from the type in having the

oblique humeral mark on the elytra faint or indistinct.

270 Mr. G. C. Champion on the Heteromerous Ooleoptera

Mordella fulvonotata, n. sp.

Moderately elongate, black, the elytra with a large fulvous

humeral patch ; the head and prothorax uniformly clothed with

fusco-cinereous pubescence ; the elytra with the suture and the

humeral mark yellowish-cinereous-pubescent, the rest of the

pubescence purplish-black; the oral organs and legs, the hind

femora excepted, in great part ferruginous or testaceous; the

antennee with the basal three or four joints testaceous, the other

joints infuscate ; the under surface uniformly clothed with fusco-

cinereous pubescence. Antenne rather slender, short, joint 4 much

longer than 3, 5-10 very little longer than broad. Pygidium

elongate. Length (to end of the elytra) 24-3 mm.

Hab. Tasmania—Hobart and Franklin.

Three specimens.

Mordella pygmea, un. sp.

Moderately long, narrow, black, somewhat shining, rather

sparsely, uniformly clothed with fuscous pubescence; the

antennze and legs, the tibial spurs included, black. Antenne

elongate, slender, joint 4 stouter than, and nearly twice as long

as, 3, 4-10 subequal, longer than broad. Pygidium elongate,

slender. Length (to end of the elytra) 24 mm.

Hab. Tasmania—Hobart.

Three specimens. This is one of the most inconspicu-

ous species of the genus known to me. It has quite

the appearance of a Mordellistena ; but the hind tibiz

are without oblique ridges on their outer face (the usual

short apical one excepted), and the insect, therefore, is

a true Mordella.

Mordella parva, un. sp.

Moderately long, narrow, black, somewhat shining, rather

sparsely, uniformly clothed with fuscous pubescence; the ©

antenne black, the basal joint ferruginous; the femora and

tibie black, the tarsi rufous, with the extreme apex of each

joint black, the tibial spurs yellow. Antenne short, slender, —

joints 3 and 4 short, equal, 5 stouter and much longer than 4, —

5-10 subequal, fully as broad as long. Pygidium elongate, slendes

Length (to end of the elytra) 2 mm,

Hab. Tasmania—Hobart.

One specimen. Extremely like M. pygmexa, of which

I at first thought it might be the female; but this cannot

lites

collected in Australia and Tasmania. i st

be the case, as no such dissimilarity in the form of the

antenne in the sexes is to be found amongst the other

species of the genus.

Mordella fuscipilis, n. sp.

Rather short and broad, black, thickly clothed with fuscous

pubescence ; the antenne and legs, the tibial spurs included, black.

<ntenne short, slender, joints 3 and 4 equal in length, 5 stouter

and longer than 4, 5-10 subequal, as broad as long. Pygidium

short and rather stout, blunt at the tip. Length (to end of the

elytra) 22-3 mm,

Hab. W. Ausitralia—Fremantle.

Two specimens. Broader and more robust than

M. parva, more thickly pubescent, the legs entirely

black, the pygidium short and stout. ‘The short antennz

and pygidium, and the denser, uniform pubescence

separate it from M. bella in all its varieties.

MorpDELLISTENA.

Mordellistena, Costa, Faun. Regn. Napol., Mordellid.,

pp. 16, 31 (1854) ; Lacordaire, Gen. Col., v., p. 611.

This genus is an addition to the Australian list. The

_three species described are all interesting new forms.

Mordellistena aspersa, n. sp.

Elongate ; the head and prothorax obscure ferruginous, uni-

formly clothed with fulvo-cinereous pubescence; the elytra

fuscous, with the sides narrowly ferruginous from a little beyond

the middle to the apex, irregularly mottled with fulvo-cinereous

and fuscous pubescence; the antennz ferruginous ; the under

surface obscure reddish-brown, uniformly clothed with fulvo-

cinereous pubescence ; the anterior legs testaceous, the middle and

hind legs reddish-brown. Antenne moderately long, joints 3 and

4 equalin length, 5 nearly twice as long as 4, 5-10 subequal in

length. Pygidium elongate. Posterior tibise with three long,

oblique ridges ; the first joint of the hind tarsi with three, and

the second joint with two, oblique ridges. Length (to end of

the elytra) 4 mm.

Hab. N. W. Australia—Adelaide River.

One specimen, sent by Mr. Walker to the British

Museum. The second and third ridges on the outer

TRANS. ENT. Soc. Lonp. 1895.—rarrT 11. (JuNE.) 18

272 Mr. G. C. Champion on the Heteromerous Coleoptera

face of the posterior tibiz are elongate, sharp, and very

oblique ; the basal one is shorter. The elytra are

mottled with fulvo-cinereous and fuscous pubescence,

but the light-coloured pubescence predominates.

Mordellistena austrina, un. sp.

Elongate ; pitchy- or reddish-brown, the head and prothorax

entirely ferruginous, or the prothorax ferruginous, with a trans-

verse infuscate band across the middle ; thickly and uniformly

clothed with fulvo-cinereous pubescence ; the legs ferruginous, the

hind pair partly infuscate. Antenne long and slender, joints 3 and

4 equal in length, 5 twice as long as 4, the succeeding joints

similarly elongate. Pygidium elongate. Posterior tibie with a

short basal and two elongate, oblique ridges ; the first joint of the

hind tarsi with three, the second and third joints each with two,

oblique ridges. Length (to end of the elytra) 34 mm.

Hab. N. W. Australia—Port Darwin; Tasmania—

Hobart.

One specimen from each locality. The example from

Port Darwin has the head and thorax entirely ferrugi-

nous, and the pubescence denser than in the Tasmanian

specimen, this latter being somewhat worn. Some of

the Mordellez described by Mr. Waterhouse possess a

similar extended distribution. |

Mordellistena jucunda, n. sp.

Moderately elongate ; ferrugineo-testaceous, the elytra with the

suture narrowly, and an oblique stripe extending from beneath the

humeri to the apex, black or piceous, and the disc indeterminately

infuscate from a little below the base to the apex; the elytra with

a line of yellowish-cinereous pubescence along either side of the

suture, the pubescence on the other parts partaking of the ground-

colour ; the antenne with the four or five basal joints rufo-testaceous,

the others brown ; the legs rufo-testaceous, the hind pair with the

apex of the tibiz and of each of the tarsal joints 1-3 black ; be-

neath ferruginous, the ventral segments (like the pygidium) partly —

infuscate. Antenne moderately long, joint 3 short, 4 twice as long:

as 3 and slightly longer than 5, 5-10 equal, longer, than broad. |

Pygidium elongate, slender. Posterior tibie with three short, —

acute ridges; the first joint of the hind tarsi with two ridges, the

second joint with one only. Anterior tibiz in the male slightly

curved, sinuate within. Length (to end of the elytra) 22-8; mm.

Hab. W. Australia—Fremantle.

= he -

—

collected in Australia and Tasmania. Dis

Two specimens, both males. ‘his species differs from

the other two here described in having the fourth joint

of the antennz much stouter than, and twice as long as,

the third.

RHIPIDOPHORIDA.

EVANIOCERA.

Hvaniocera, Guérin, Gen. Ins., fase. i, No. 2, t. 2

(1835).

Ptilophorus, Gerstacker, Rhipiph. Col. Fam. Disp.

Syst., p. 11 (1845). °

Hvamocera gerstackerv.

Ptilophorus gerstackert, Macl., Trans. Ent. Soc.

NES WV u., p. o10.

Hab. W. Australia—Roebuck Bay.

Numerous examples of both sexes. This insect agrees

fairly well with the description, so far as it goes, of P.

gerstackert, which is, perhaps, a variety of P. prusnosus,

Gerst. It is very variable in size and colour. ‘The

- females have the elytra more elongate and darker in

colour than in the males, and the antenne testaceous.

The males have the elytra brownish-testaceous or reddish-

brown. ‘The pubescence has the appearance of being

rabbed off in places, but it does not form definite mark-

ings, either on the thorax or elytra. The species is

closely allied to the Huropean H. dufowrt; but differs

from it in having the third as well as the following joints

of the antennee furnished with a very long ramus in the

males, the third jointin H. dufowri being spiniform in this

sex. Macleay’s specimens were from Gayndah, Queens-

land. Taken by sweeping short grass, etc., along the

edge of a mangrove swamp (Walker).

HiMENADIA.

Hmenadia, Castelnau, Hist. Nat. Ins. Col., ii., p. 261

(1840); Lacordaire, Gen. Col., v., p. 627.

Rhipiphorus, Gerstacker, Rhipiph. Col. Fam. Disp.

Syst., p. 19 (1855).

274 Mr. G. C. Champion on the Heteromerous Coleoptera

Hmenadia lutevpennis.

Ehipiphorus luteipennis, Macl., Trans. Ent. Soc.

NSS Wes i; pone.

A single example of an Hmenadia obtained by Mr.

Walker in Western Australia, seems to be a variety of

this species ; a8, however, it may prove to be distinct, a

description of his insect is added :-—

d. Moderately elongate, narrow, shining ; the head black, the

anterior half rufo-testaceous ; the prothorax flavo-testaceous, with

a large black patch in front, extending to the sides anteriorly, and _—

with a longitudinal ramus extending downwards on either side of

the disc behind ; the elytra flavo-testaceous ; the antenne testa-

ceous, with the rami brownish-black ; the body beneath in great

part black, the ventral segments partly testaceous ; the legs testa-

ceous, the tarsi infuscate at the tip. Head almost smooth, the

vertex greatly raised. Prothorax at the sides as long as broad,

convex, narrowing from the base, sparsely punctured, the hind

angles acutely produced ; the basal lobe greatly produced, rather

convex, not raised, rounded at the tip. Elytra comparatively short,

about twice the length of the outer part of the prothorax, sparsely

punctured, the punctures oblong in shape; strongly dehiscent,

with the apices acute. Anterior coxz separated by a narrow pro-

longation of the prosternum. Beneath thickly and rather coarsely

punctured. Length 44, breadth 14 mm.

Hab. W. Australia—Cossack.

One specimen, sent by Mr. Walker to the British

Museum. Allied to the American LH. limbata, Fabr., an

extremely variable insect, but differing from it in the

much shorter elytra.

MELOIDA.

SITARIDA.

Sitarida, White, in Stoke’s Discov. in Austral., i.,

p. 508 (1846).

Sitarida minor, n. sp. (Plate VI., fig. 11, ¢.)

Black, the elytra with the humeri indeterminately castaneous, —

shining, sparsely clothed with erect cinereous hairs. Head closely,

the vertex sparsely, punctate, the occiput almost smooth ; the vertex

broadly and abruptly raised, subtruncate at the summit ; antennez

very short, joint 2 extremely short, strongly transverse, 3 and 4

collected in Australia and Tasmania. DD

about equal in length, much longer than broad, 4 sharply triangular,

5-10 each produced on the inner side into a long, oblique, acute

tooth, the teeth becoming longer outwards, the apical joint similarly

produced, but truncate at the tip. Prothorax at the base slightly

wider than the head, moderately convex, strongly transverse,

gradually narrowing from the base, rounded at the sides before the

middle, and constricted in front into a short broad neck, the apex

rounded, the hind angles acute and outwardly directed, the base

subtruncate ; the surface thickly, rather finely, very irregularly

punctate, and with two smooth, transverse, tubercular elevations

on the disc towards the apex. Elytra much wider than the pro-

thorax, about as long as the metasternum, widely dehiscent, with

the inner margin concave, and the apex broad and subtruncate ;

finely, sparsely, irregularly punctate, the humeri almost smooth.

Beneath sparsely punctured. Legs slender. Wings slightly

suffused with fuscous. Length 83, breadth 22 mm. ( ¢).

Hab. Tasmania—Hobart.

One specimen only of this remarkable insect was

obtained. It differs from the type of the genus VS. hopei,

White, in its slender limbs, small size, etc. ‘* Found

crawling on a fence at Kangaroo Point, and mistaken by

me at the time of capture for a saw-fly (Walker).”

276 Mr. G. C. Champion on the Heteromerous Coleoptera.

EXPLANATION oF Puate VI.

BiG. vk,

Se pe pa eae SRS AME retin

tS eS

we =

12a.

13.

14,

15.

16.

Nypsius foveaius, 3.

Otys armatus, ¢.

Taxes depressus.

LIophon myrmecophilus, 2.

Dircea venusta, 2.

Talayra orchesioides, 3.

Mystes planatus.

Ctenoplectron agile.

Tellias fumatus.

Pseudolycus hemorrhoidalis, var., ) :

Sitarida minor, 3.

Xylophilus pectinicornis, g.

3 as antenna.

Anthicus unicinctus, 2.

5 scabricollis.

a tridentatus.

Micranthicus brachypterus.

=i ene els —_— ” _ a a _

——————— nn —— a

Coty a)

X. Descriptions of New Heterocera from India. By

Grorer Francis Hampson, B.A., F.E.S.

[Read Feb. 6th, 1895. ]

Tae species described in the following paper are all from

British India, Ceylon, and Burma, and consist of new

species received since my three volumes on Moths in

the ‘‘ Fauna of India” series were published. The same

order of the families and genera is adopted, and the

structural characters are consistent with the definitions

in that work, unless modifications are introduced into the

specific descriptions.

The species from Sikhim and the adjacent part of

Bhutan, were sent to me by Mr. G. C. Dudgeon, who

has kindly placed the whole results of many years

collecting at my disposal ; and though the proportion of

new species amongst them is not large, yet it is sufficient

to show that the moths of that well-worked locality are

by no means exhausted.

The Ceylon species were collected by Messrs. I. M.

-Mackwood and J. Pole, and are very few in number, as

the species of Macro Lepidoptera from that locality are

better known, both in their perfect state and in their

life-histories, than those from any other part of the

Tropics.

The Tenayserim moths were taken by Mr. L. De

Nicéville, and in proportion to the number of species,

contain a large percentage of new forms, many of which

are very fine, as that district is almost unexplored as far

as the Heterocera is concerned. Almost the only thing

written on the subject is a paper by Mr. F. Moore on the

Lepidoptera of Upper Tenasserim,” in the P.Z.S. for

1878, containing but few nroths, and a similar paper in

the Journal of the Asiatic Society of Bengal, 1886,

giving a short list of moths from Tavoy and Siam ; the

occurrence of a species which extends the range of the

allies of the S. American and Australian Castnudz into

Indian limits being especially noteworthy.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—ParT 11. (JUNE.)

278 Mr. G. F. Hampson’s

One old species and genus is redescribed, a Lithosid

from Ceylon, originally described from Borneo, as a

Tortricid by F. Walker, de generic description 1s

inadequate.

HUPTEROTIDA.

Pseudojana pallidipennis, n. sp.

d. Pale ochreous brown irrorated with fuscous; antenne fuscous.

Forewing with slight dark suffusion from the base through the

cell extending as dentate dark marks along the subcostal and

median nervules ; an oblique fuscous line from costa near apex to

middle of inner margin with three lines on a brownish ground

beyond it, then two other lines; a series of fuscous specks from

apex on a slight band of fuscous suffusion ; a submaryginal series

of black specks connected by traces of a crenulate line. Forewing

with antemedial oblique diffused fuscous line followed by five

lines then a diffused fuscous band ; a submarginal series of fuscous

pecks.

Hab. Tenasserim (De Nicéville). Hap. 130 mm.

Type in B. M.

Nisaga rufescens, 0. sp.

$. Head, thorax, and abdomen bright rufous ; wings pale

rufous with a silvery-grey tinge. Forewing with ill-defined ante-

medial, medial, and oblique postmedial dark rufous lines. Hind-

wing with indistinct broad postmedial dark rufous band composed

of diffused lines.

Hab. Shimoga, Mysore (Watson). Hp. 50 mm.

Type in B. M.

NOTODONTIDAi.

Genus PLusIOGRAMMA, nov.

Type. P. aurosigna, Hmpsn.

Palpi upturned, the 2nd joint broadly fringed with hair, the

3rd minute and concealed ; antennz of male bipectinated to apex.

Forewing with the outer margin somewhat excised from apex to

vein 5,. then oblique ; vein 5 from near upper angle of cell;

6, 7, 8,9 stalked; 10 free. Hindwing with vein 5 absent; 6,7

stalked ; 8 connected with 7 by a bar at middle of cell. |

Allied to Hapigia.

Plusiogramma aurosigna, un. sp.

¢. Head and thorax deep chocolate; abdomen fuscous. Fore-

wing deep chocolate ; the base of inner margin pale ; a subbasal

Sn ee ad Cre

— SS

Descriptions of New Heterocera from India. 279

golden spot below costa ; a golden mark with speck below it on

discocellulars in the form of an obliquely placed “note of in-

terrogation” ; the area between the costa beyond middle and outer

Plusiogramma aurosigna, g, t. peg, 1.

— 27

angle suffused with grey; traces of sinuous postmedial line and

a minutely waved curved submarginal line ; the outer margin grey

below apex. Hindwing pale ; the inner and outer areas suffused

with rufous brown. Underside whitish suffused and irrorated with

rufous ; a minutely waved submarginal line, almost obsolete on

hindwing.

Hab. Donaut Range, Tenasserim (De Nicéville). Hep.

40mm. Type in B. M.

Genus OMICHLIS, nov.

Type. O. rufotincta, Hmpsn.

Palpi obliquely porrect, the 2nd joint fringed with hair, the

3rd prominent ; an acute frontal tuft. Forewing with the apex

acute ; the outer margin angled at vein 4 ; vein 6 from above angle

of cell; 8 and 9 anastomosing to form the areole from which

arise 7and 10. Hindwing with the outer margin slightly angled

at vein 4 ; vein 5 from above middle of discocellulars ; 6, 7 stalked;

8 running close along 7 at middle of cell.

Nearest to Nadata.

Omichlis rufotincta, n. sp.

9. Pale grey ; thorax and forewing suffused with pale rufous ;

head white ; the palpi black at sides. Forewing with traces of

numerous waved rufous lines ; a black spot on vein 1 near base;

some black specks on the postmedial line below the costa; traces

of the orbicular and reniform stigmata with rufous outlines. Hind-

wing reddish-grey with a slight rufous mark near anal angle.

Hab. H. Pegu, 5,000 (Doherty). Hep. 50 mm.

Type in coll. Elwes.

280 Mr. G. F. Hampson’s

Gargetta lithosidia, n. sp.

&. Pale brownish ochreous. Forewing suffused with purplish

fuscous except in the cell ; a short black streak in end of cell ; an

almost straight ochreous submarginal line ending on outer margin

above outer angle ; a series of black strigze on the margin. © Hind-

wing whitish slightly suffused with fuscous.

Male with a rasp formed by corrugation of the membrane of

the forewing below the basal half of the cell on underside, played

on by the serrate costal edge of the hindwing and doubtless for

stridulation.

Hab. Sikhim (Dudgeon). Hap. 40 mm. Type

- Genus EvuToORNOPERA, nov.

Type. H. argentifascia, Hmpsn.

Palpi porrect, hairy, and not reaching beyond the frontal tuft ;

antenne of male minutely serrate and fasciculate; abdomen long

with a forked anal tuft. Forewing narrow with the apex rounded ;

veins 3, 4 from angle of cell ; 5 from middle of discocellulars ; 6,

7, 8, 9, 10 stalked. Hindwing with veins 3, 4 from angle of cell ;

5 curved and from below middle of discocellulars ; 6, 7 stalked ;

8 running close along 7 to near end of cell.

Allied to Niganda and Pydna.

Hutornopera argentifascia, nu. sp.

d. Head yellowish-white ; the palpi fuscous; thorax rufous ;

abdomen pale fuscous brown. Forewing rufous; the costa pale

Eutornopera argentifascia, &, t. . [Fea 2/

ochreous with a silvery-white fascia below it widest before outer

margin ; a similar fascia from the end of cell to outer margin; a

broader diffused yellowish fascia from base to outer margin below

median nervure and vein 2. Hindwing pale ochreous suffused

with fuscous.

Hab. Bhutaén (Dudgeon). Hxp. 44 mm. Type in B. M.

ee ——

poe nen

Descriptions of New Heterocera from India. 281

Genus STENADONTA, nov.

Type. S. cyttarrosticta, Hmpsn.

Palpi upturned reaching the vertex of head, the 3rd joint

minute ; antennz of male ciliated. Forewing long and narrow ;

the apex rounded ; vein 6 from the middle of areole which is long

and narrow ; 7, 8, 9 from beyond the areole, 10 from it. Hind-

wing with vein 5 from middle of discocellulars ; 6, 7 stalked ; 8

running close along 7 to near end of cell.

Nearest to Pydna.

Stenadonta cyttarrosticta, nu. sp.

é. Pale reddish-brown suffused with fuscous. Forewing with

the basal and discal areas suffused with rufous; very indistinct

Stenadonta cyttarrosticta, g, 7- / Fe i 3 [

minutely waved double ante- and postmedial lines, the latter with

some dark specks beyond it; a black streak in end of cell con-

tinued along vein 5 as a short white streak. Abdomen and hind-

wing dark fuscous.

Hab. Bhutén (Dudgeon). Hap. 45 mm. Type in B. M.

CYMATOPHORID.

Polyploca bifascrata, n. sp.

a. Silvery greyish-white. Forewing with diffused ante- and

postmedial fuscous bands, the former with slightly waved edges,

the latter slightly excurved at middle; a fine oblique apical

streak,

Hab. Sikhim (Ruyvett). Hxp. 40 mm. Type in

coll. Elwes.

282 Mr. G. F. Hampson’s

SESITDZ.

Sciapteron wanthozonatum, nu. sp.

¢. Antenne minutely fasciculate ; hindwing with vein 5 from

close to upper angle of cell. Black; palpi mostly golden yellow ;

frons ringed with white ; collar and patagia fringed with yellow ;

abdomen with the Ist, 2nd, and 4th segments fringed with yellow ;

legs black and yellow ; hind tarsi with the proximal joints fringed

with black and grey hair; coxe with some grey hair; wings

hyaline with the veins black ; the margins black ; forewing with a

black discocellular band.

? with all the segments of abdomen banded with yellow ; some

yellow on inner margin of each wing near base ; a few orange scales

beyond the discocellular band of forewing.

Hab. Tenasserim (De Nicéville). Hp. $ 24,

30 mm.

Aschistophleps metachryseis, n. sp.

&. Head, thorax,and abdomen blackish ; palpi golden yellow

below ; tibiz and tarsi black ringed with orange. Forewing black-

brown. Hindwing golden yellow with broad black marginal band

sending a streak inwards along median nervure. Underside of both

wings orange with broad black marginal band ; forewing with the

costa and inner margin blackish, a black spot on discocellulars,

Hab. Kalewa, Up. Burma (Watson). Hap. 16 mm.

Type in B. M.

SYNTOMID A.

Syntomoides semicincta, n. sp.

@. Head, thorax, and abdomen black shot with green; frons

dirty white ; antenne white at tips ; collar and spot on patagia

dull golden ; abdomen with a pair of pinkish golden spots on 1st

segment, a band on 5th segment and lateral bands not meeting on

dorsum on the 3rd and 4th segments. Forewing black with a

slight purple tinge ; milky hyaline patches in a below cell, in the

interspace above vein 2 and five patches beyond the cell, the one

between veins 5 and 6in the form of a short streak. Hindwing

hyaline with the veins and margins black.

Hab. Tenasserim (De Nicéville). Hxp.42mm. Type

in B. M. |

Descriptions of New Heterocera from India. 283

Syntomis polyzonata, n. sp.

@. Antennz almost simple and whitish towards extremity ;

frons yellowish white ; collar, tegula and metathoracic band orange ;

abdomen with an orange band on each segment, those on first and

last segments being broad ; wings with the hyaline markings

vitreous; the black areas rather wide. Forewing with an orange

spot at base ; a large hyaline patch in cell ; two in interno-median

interspace divided by a black bar; two between veins 3 and 5 and

one above vein 6 with a smaller patch above it; veins 2 and 3

and 4,5 closely approximated and without hyaline between them.

Hindwing with orange patch on basal inner area; a hyaline speck

in cell, large patch below the cell and two patches between veins

3 and 5.

Hab. N. Chin Hills (Watson). Exp. 40 mm. Type

in B. M.

ZY GAINID Ad.

LY G AUNIN At.

Clelea bipuncta, n. sp.

g. Dark fuscous suffused with very dark blue. Forewing with

two postmedial white specks on veins 4 and 7.

Hab. Coimbatore. Hxp.14mm. Type in B. M.

Genus SCAPTESYLIX, nov.

Type. 8S. hemichryseis, Hmpsn.

-Range, Burma.

".Palpi projecting well beyond the frons; antenne of female

minutely ciliated ; tibie hairy with the spurs long ; wings short

and broad. Forewing with veins 2 and 3 from angle of cell; 4

from above angle; 5 from just below middle of discocellulars ;

6 from near upper angle ; 7, 8 stalked; 9,10, 11 free. Hindwing

with vein 2 from near angle of cell; 4 from well above angle;

5 from near upper angle ; 6, 7 on a long stalk ; 8 connected with 7

by a bar at middle of cell.

Scaptesylix hemichryseis, n. sp.

®. Bright golden yellow ; palpi with black ring on 3rd joint ;

antennz dark ; abdomen with the extremity black. Forewing with

the outer half black suffused with purple and with a postmedial

284 Mr. G. F. Hampson’s

yellow spot on costa, its inner edge slightly angled outwards at

JF B 4] Scaptesylix hemichryseis, 3, +.

lower end of cell. Hindwing with the outer area black, broad at

costa, tapering to anal angle.

Hab. Donaut Range, Tenasserim (De Nicéville).

Kap. 20 mm. Type in B. M.

CHALCOSIIN A.

Isbarta cyanescens, 0. sp.

¢. Head and thorax metallic-blue, slightly marked with white ;

abdomen ringed with white. Forewing with the basal half grey,

with metallic-blue streaks on the veins and black streaks in and

below cell ; the outer half black with two whitish spots in cell, five

beyond the cell followed by a spot above vein 6 and a submarginal

series. Hindwing yellowish-white, the cell and interspace below

slightly suffused with blue, the apical area black with some whitish

spots on its inner edge. Underside of forewing with the veins and

margin suffused with metallic-blue, the white spots prominent.

Hindwing chrome-yellow, the costa white and black, the apical

area black suffused with metallic-blue and with whitish spots on

its inner edge.

Allied to I. glauca, W1k., from which it differs mainly

in the extent of yellow on underside of hindwing.

Hab. Tenasserim (De Nicéville). Hap. 62mm. Type

in B. M,. , |

Family NEOCASTNIIDA,, nov.

Differs from the Castnudx in the proboscis being

absent. Forewing with vein lc absent; the cell open. —

Hindwing with vein 1c absent; the cell open.

This family will also include the genus TYascina,

Westw., and its range as at present known is Tenasserim,

Singapore, Borneo, Palawan, whilst the range of the

Descriptions of New Heterocera from India. 285

Casinudz is the Neotropical and Australian regions. It

is obviously a later development of the Castnudz, having

lost the many primitive characters found in that family,

such as vein lc of the forewing and the closed cell of

each wing with strongly developed nervules in it; the

proboscis also having become aborted; the way the sub-

costal veins of the forewing are emitted is also different

in the two families.

Genus NEOCASTNIA, nov.

Type. N. ncévillei, Hmpsn.

Proboscis absent; palpi with the Ist joint minute, the 2nd very

slender, long, curved obliquely upwards and reaching far above

| vertex of head, the 3rd short ; antenne gradually thickening into

| an elongate club tapering to a point at apex ; tibie and tarsi very

thickly set with spines, mid- and hindtibie with minute terminal

| pairs of spurs. Forewing broad, the costa arched at base and

towards apex which is acute ; the outer margin rounded; the inner

margin lobed before middle ; vein 14 joined by a spur given off

}

yi 4 S| Neocastnia nicéville:, 2, +.

from 18, 1c absent ; veins 2 and 3 at even distances before the end

| of cell ; 4, 5 from a point ; the cell open ; 7, 8 on a long stalk from

| | 6; 9and 10 ona long stalk from 11. Hindwing with the costa

. arched near base; the apex rectangular ; the outer margin rounded;

two internal veins ; veins 2 and 3 shortly stalked from the median

nervure ; 4, 5 from a point ; the cell open ; 6, 7 from a point; 8

running along the subcostal nervure for a short distance then

suddenly arched.

286 | Mr. G. F. Hampson’s

Allied to Tasciona, Westwood, from Singapore, which

differs in the palpi being short and not nearly reaching

the vertex of the head ; the median nervure of hindwing

divided to the base, each part being 2-branched.

Neocastma nicévillei, n. sp.

9. Head and thorax golden-rufous, the vertex of head metallic-

blue-green ; abdomen. black suffused with metallic-peacock-blue

above. Forewing golden-rufous with a broad creamy-white band

from costa just beyond middle to outer angle, with sinuous inner

edge bent outwards just above inner margin. Hindwing black, the

area from beyond and in end of cell to anal angle and base of inner

margin brilliant metallic-peacock-blue with deep cerulean-blue shot

round its edges. Underside of thorax and legs orange fulvous ;

the basal half of each wing shot with metallic-blue; tile wash

a fulvous subapical spot.

Allied to N. (Tascina) metallica, Pagenst., from

Palawan, which has the thorax and forewing suffused

with metallic-blue and the band narrow.

I have much pleasure in naming this species after its

discoverer, Mr. L. De Nicéville, who has done so much to

reduce to order the confusion that previously existed in

Indian Rhopalocera.

Hab. ‘Tenasserim (De Nicéville). Hp. 90 mm.

Type in B. M.

PSYCHIDAi.

Acanthopsyche (Metisa) canifrons, n. sp.

te Uniform dark fuscous ; the frons hoary. Forewing with

veins 7, 8,9 stalked -

Hab. Sikhim (Dudgeon). Hap.20 mm. Typein B.M.

Mahasena graminwwora, n. sp.

é. Differs from hockingi in the apex of forewing

being rectangular and not produced; the outer margin ~

erect instead of oblique. .

The larva feeds on “thatching grass,

rough case of large pieces of the grass longitudinally

disposed, instead of small pieces of stalk disposed im ©

whorls like M. hockingt.

Hab. Calcutta (Indian Museum). Hap. 30 mm.

Type in B. M.

and forms 2

Descriptions of New Heterocera from India. 287

COSSID Ai.

Cossus fuscibasis, n. sp.

2. Head, thorax, and abdomen dark brown, the last greyish

towards extremity. Forewing with vein 6 from angle of cell ; the

basal two-thirds brown irrorated with fuscous, a paler patch

between median nervure and vein 1, bounded by an irregular black

postmedial line highly angled at vein 4 and sending a streak

inwards above vein 1; outer area grey striated and reticulated

with black. Hindwing with the basal half fuscous ; the outer area

grey striated and reticulated with fuscous.

Hab. N. Chin Hills, Burma (Watson). Hep. 50 mm.

Type in B, M.

DREPANULIDA.

Drepana leucosticta, n. sp.

dg. Dark purplish-grey. Forewing with a white postmedial

line highly angled below the costa and running into-a large white

apical patch, the veins between it and the cell streaked with white ;

slender submarginal and marginal white lines. Hindwing with

two medial white lines and two indistinct fine white lines close to

the margin. Underside paler with white apical patch to

forewing.

Nearest to D. vinacea, Moore.

Hab. Sikhim (Dudgeon); Khasis. Hap. 28 mm.

Type in B. M.

Genus PRoBLEPSIDIS, nov.

Type. P. argyrialis, Hmpsn.

Proboscis present ; palpi minute ; hind tibiz with two pairs of

spurs. Forewing with the apex falcate; the outer margin angled

at vein 4; vein 11 from the areole. Hindwing with the outer

margin slightly angled at vein 4 ; frenulum present.

Alhed to Drepana.

Sect. I. Forewing with vein 6 from the areole, 10 from beyond it.

A. Antenne of male fasciculate ; hindwing with the inner margin

not excised.

Problepsidis argyrialts, nu. sp.

&. Head, thorax, abdomen and forewing black-brown; the last

with a few bluish silvery scales; traces of a waved double antemedial

TRANS. ENT. soc. LOND. 1895.—parT 11. (JUNE.) 19

288 Mr. G. F. Hampson’s

line and speck at end of cell; a postmedial line excurved beyond

cell with a brown band on its outer edge, followed by an irregular

white band ; a blue-grey irregularly-dentate marginal band, Hind-

ving with the basal half fuscous; antemedial and medial lines

epresented by double angulate marks on inner margin; a broad

postmedial white band ; a somewhat maculate marginal fuscous-

grey band.

Hab. Nagas (Doherty). Hep. 22mm. Type in coll

Elwes.

B. Antenne of Female bipectinate with short branches ; hindwing

with the inner margin excised towards anal angle.

Problepsidis albidescens, n. sp.

°. Greyish-white. Forewing with black speck at end of cell ;

a postmedial black spot on costa ; an oblique fine waved line from

apex to inner margin beyond middle with a black subapical mark

on it ; the marginal area browner with indistinct submarginal and

marginal brown lines. Hindwing with traces of oblique subbasal

7 Rs rf . . .

iF ‘465 Problepsidis albidescens, 9, }.

line; a postmedial black band obsolescent towards costa; a

diffused submarginal line and fine marginal line. Underside with ©

the costal half of forewing suffused with fuscous ; both wings with —

the veins brown; broad blackish postmedial band and waves

submarginal line sinuous towards costa of forewing.

Hab. Sikhim (Dudgeon). Exp. 42 mm. Type in B. M.

Sect. II. Forewing with vein 6 from upper angle of cell, 10 from —

end of areole.

Problepsidis cupreogrisea, n. sp.

2. lLeaden-grey with a slight coppery tinge. ~ Forewing with

a dark ferruginous basal patch in and below the cell extending along —

median nervure to the angle of cell; two minute white specks on ~

discocellulars ; the apex orange with a black spot on it ; an oblique

Descriptions of New Heterecera from India. 289

line from below apex to middle of inner margin; a dark ferru-

ginous marginal band traversed by a fine white curved submarginal

line and fine orange marginal line. Hindwing with medial and

marginal broad ferruginous bands, the latter traversed by fine pale

submarginal and marginal lines.

Hab. 'Tenasserim (Doherty). Hzp. 25mm. Type in

coll. Druce.

Genus STREPTOPERAS, nov.

Type. 8S. luteata, Hmpsn.

Palpi slender, upturned and hardly reaching vertex of head ;

proboscis present; antennz of female thickened and flattened ;

frenulum present. Forewing with the apex produced, recurved

and lying against outer margin ; vein 3 from before angle of cell ;

6 from above middle of discocellulars; 7, 8, 9 stalked and anasto-

mosing with 10 which is given off from 11 to form the areole.

Hindwing with the outer margin straight from apex to vein 3

where it is produced to a point, thence excised to anal angle ; veins

3, 4, 5 from close to angle of cell.

Allied to Drepana.

Streptoperas luieata, n. sp.

®. Yellow suffused and irrorated with red-brown. Forewing

with indistinct antemedial line highly angled in the cell; two

specks at end of cell ; the inner medial area yellower and crossed

by numerous very indistinct waved rufous lines; an indistinct

waved submarginal line ; some white subapical specks. Hindwing

Feg 7. Streptoperas luteata, 2, =.

weer

with the subbasal area yellow crossed by waved rufous lines; a

black speck at end of cell; a double postmedial line, the area

beyond it yellow crossed by waved rufous lines; a more distinct

submarginal waved line and rufous marginal band from vein 3 to

anal angle.

Hab. N. H. Bengal. Hxp. 44mm. Type in B. M.

290 Mr. G. F. Hampson’s

Drapetodes croceago, n. sp.

¢. Bright orange-yellow ; head, thorax, and abdomen marked

with orange. Forewing with the veins orange ; four slightly waved

orange lines before the middle ; the disk clouded with fuscous ;

two black spots at end of cell; two postmedial curved orange lines

and two dentate submarginal lines. Hindwing with the disk

slightly clouded with fuscous ; a black speck at end of cell ; medial,

postmedial, and two crenulate submarginal lines. Underside pale.

Hab. Tenasserim (Doherty). Hxp.30mm. Type in

coll. Druce.

LIMACODIDA.

Ceratonema pallidinota, nu. sp.

6. Head, thorax, and forewing dark red-brown with slight

purplish suffusion ; abdomen, hindwing, and underside paler;

hind tibiz with thick tufts of dark purplish hair. Forewing with

a large pale patch beyond upper angle of cell and a redder patch

on outer half of inner area.

Allied to C. fasciatwm, Hmpsn.

Hab. Sikhim (Dudgeon). Hzp. 22 mm. Type in

B. M.

Monema, W1k.

Monema coralina, Dudgeon, n. sp.

¢. Head, thorax, and abdomen yellowish-white ; palpi black-

brown ; thorax below and legs dark red-brown. Forewing with

the basal half yellowish-white ; a brown spot on inner area before —

middle ; the outer half suffused with delicate pink ; very indis-

tinct oblique pink postmedial and submarginal lines obsolete

towards apex and inner margin. Hindwing with the inner half of —

wing suffused with delicate pink. Underside pink.

Hab. Bhutan. Hep. 34 mm. Types in B. M. and

coll. Dudgeon. |

Narosa argentipuncta, n. sp.

$. White tinged with fulvous. Forewing with a tuft of |

fulvous scales at base; some diffused fulvous along subcostal

nervure and at end of cell ; an oblique diffused fulvous fascia from

Descriptions of New Heterocera from India. 291

costa beyond middle to outer margin below apex; a silvery white

spot at lower angle of cell ; some dark specks on the margin.

Hab. Nawala-pittya, Ceylon (Pole). Hap. 28 mm.

‘Type in B. M.

Narosa erminea, n. sp.

g@. White; abdomen slightly tinged with fuscous. Forewing

with a large fuscous patch on disk, with dark specks on its outer

edge, conjoined to a fulvous and fuscous apical patch and to a

large fuscous medial patch on inner area with dark marks on it

and a fulvous spot on its outer edge. Hindwing slightly tinged

with fuscous.

Hab. Thyetemyo, Burma (Watson). Hap. 18 mm.

Type in B. M.

LYMANTRIIDAi.

Genus MatLacuitts, nov.

Type. M. melanochlora, Hmpsn.

Palpi porrect reaching just beyond the frons ; antenne of male

strongly bipectinated. Forewing with the apex produced and

outer margin oblique ; vein 9 given off from 10 and anastomosing

with 7 and 8 to form the areole. Hindwing with the inner margin

long ; veins 3, 4 stalked; 5 from lower angle of cell ; 6, 7 stalked.

Malachitis melanochlora, un. sp.

¢- Black-brown ; head and thorax slightly variegated with green.

Forewing with a basal green patch ; a green streak on base of inner

Te 4 &, Malachitis melanochlora, @, +.

margin and a green fascia beyond upper angle of cell, Hindwing

browner.

flab. Bhutén (Dudgeon). Exp. 36mm. Type in B. M.

292 Mr. G. F. Hampson’s

Dasychira angulata, nu. sp.

Forewing with the outer margin excised below apex and angled

at vein 4.

¢. Brownish-grey irrorated with brown. Forewing with three

black specks on discocellulars and a marginal series ; abdomen and

inner margin of hindwing suffused with fuscous ; a dark lunule at

end of cell, and marginal series of ill-defined dark specks. Under-

side whiter with lunules atend of cell of each wing and a marginal

series of black specks ; hindwing with some dark postmedial marks.

Hab. Sikhim (Dudgeon). Hxp.46 mm. Type in B. M.

Lymantria plumbalis, nu. sp.

&. Head, thorax, and forewing leaden-grey; thorax spotted

with black ; fore femora crimson; abdomen crimson with a dorsal

series of black spots and black anal tuft. Forewing with indistinct

crenulate subbasal, antemedial, two medial lines which become

coincident at median nervure, postmedial, and submarginal lines

arising from black spots on the costa; a black lunule at end of

cell ; a marginal series of black spots. Hindwing dark fuscous ;

cilia of both wings white except at apex.

Hab. Tilin Yaw, Burma (Watson). Hp. 60 mm.

Type in B. M.

Dactylorhyncha luteifascia, n. sp.

Palpi not reaching far beyond the frons.

&. Black-brown. Forewing with a narrow orange-yellow fascia

on costa and broad one on inner margin ; very indistinct double

ante- and postmedial lines. Underside paler.

Hab. Pauk Yaw, Burma (Watson). Hzp. 28 mm.

Type in B. M.

ARCTIIDA.

LITHOSIINA,

Macrobrochis metaxantha, nu. sp.

‘@. Fuscous brown ; frons, collar and abdomen orange. Fore- —

wing with vein 6 from the areole ; reniform fuscous brown. Hind-

wing orange; a fuscous black marginal band broad at costa,

narrowing to anal angle. Underside with the thorax and basal

half of costa of forewing orange.

Hab. Bhutan (Dudgeon). Hxp. 60 mm. Type in B. M.

Descriptions of New Heterocera from India. 293

Cyana dudgeoni, n. sp.

FEMALE with veins 4, 5 of the forewing stalked ; 6 absent ; one

black spot.

Mate with no costal tuft or lobe and three black spots on fore-

wing ; hindwing with veins 6, 7 stalked.

Differs from peregrina in the palpi being white and fuscous.

Forewing without the black edges to the ante- and postmedial

crimson bands. Underside white in male, crimson in female.

Hab. Sikhim (Dudgeon). Hap. ¢ 26, 2 30 mm.

Type in B. M.

Genus LospocrasPIs, nov.

Type. LL. griserfusa, Hmpsn.

@. Palpi upturned and reaching vertex of head ; antenne

minutely ciliated ; tibise with the spurs long. Forewing long and

narrow, the costa nearly straight; the outer margin erect from

apex to vein 4 where it is angled then very oblique ; the inner

margin witha large lobe before the middle; vein 3 from before

angle of cell; 6 below upper angle; 7 from the angle ; 8, 9, 10

stalked ; 11 free. Hindwing with the apex rounded; veins 3, 4,

5 from close to angle of cell ; 6, 7 from upper angle.

6 with the fore tibiz thickly fringed with hair; mid- and hind-

- tibize without spurs and with immense tufts of long hair especially

on hindtibie, the proximal joints of tarsi fringed with hair ; hind-

wing with the inner area clothed with long hair.

Nearest to Gnophria.

Lobocraspis griseifusa. n. sp.

@. Tawny ochreous; thorax and abdomen suffused with

greyish fuscous. Forewing with greyish fuscous specks on costal

ae ° T « ° A

1-4 4\ Lobocraspis griseifusa, 2, 2.

area which are developed into obscure spots in and beyond the

cell ; the whole inner area suffused with greyish fuscous except a

294 Mr. G. F. Hampson’s

tawny spot on the lobe ; a dark spot on outer margin below apex.

Hindwing fuscous; the cell whitish; the margin tinged with

ochreous. Underside ochreous ; the cell of forewing suffused with

fuscous with pale spot in it and another on discocellulars,

6 with the inner area of hindwing below the cell and vein 5

suffused with fuscous which is darker on underside ; the tufts on

hindtibize fuscous, on midtibie tipped with fuscous,

Hab. Donaut Range, Tenasserim (De Nicéville); Yaw,

Burma. Hap.44 mm. Type in B. M.

Inthosia chrysophleps, n. sp.

9. Orange-yellow ; the head black ; collar orange ; thorax and

abdomen suffused with fuscous. Forewing with veins 7, 8, 9

stalked ; the whole of the interspaces suffused with fuscous leaving

the veins, margins and cilia orange. Hindwing uniform orange.

Underside of forewing with only the disk suffused with fuscous.

Hab. Bhutan (Dudgeon). Hwp. 42 mm. -Type in B. M.

Genus HucYcLOPERA, nov.

Type. LH. plagidisca, Hmpsn.

¢. Palpi porrect and short ; antenne minutely ciliated ; tibia

with the spurs short; abdomen with large anal tuft. Forewing

short and broadly lanceolate ; the costa much arched and outer

margin oblique ; veins 3, 4, 5 stalked; 6, 7,10 and 11 from cell; 8

and 9 absent. Hindwing with veins 3, 4, 5 from close to angle of

cell ; 6, 7 on a long stalk.

Nearest to Narasodes.

Hucyclopera plagidisca, n. sp.

@. Head whitish; thorax and abdomen fuscous, the anal tuft

grey. Forewing whitish suffused with fuscous ; traces of sinuous

subbasal and medial dark lines, the latter with a large round spot

on its outer edge on disk ; a dentate postmedial line from the spot

to near outer angle ; a diffused curved submarginal band not reach-

ing costa or inner margin. Hindwing fuscous.

Hab. Bhutan (Dudgeon). Hep. 16 mm. Typein B. M.

Genus Mimeuaoa, nov. '

Type. M. edentifascia, Hmpsn.

@. Palpi short and porrect; antenne minutely ciliated ; tibie

with the spurs long. Forewing short ; the apex rectangular; vein

Descriptions of New Heterocera from India. 295

3 from before angle of cell; 4,5 from angle; 6 from below upper

angle ; 7 from angle ; 8, 9 stalked ; 10 absent ; 11 free. Hindwing

with veins 3, 4 and 6, 7 stalked ; 5 absent.

Allied to Hugoa.

Mimeugoa edentifascia, n. sp.

@ grey with a slight ochreous tinge and fuscous irroration.

Forewing with subbasal black spot on costa; a black antemedial

band with sinuous edges and obsolescent on inner area; a similar

broad postmedial band with more irregular edges; a marginal

series of specks.

Hab. Sikhim (Dudgeon); Simla; Murree (Harford).

Hep. 20mm. Type in B. M.

Anachrostis hypomelas Nn. sp.

& with a tuft of long hair on upper side of hindwing from

the middle of cell directed obliquely upwards to the base.

Pale yellowish-brown ; palpi black at sides. Forewing irrorated

with black ; six black specks on costa; an annulus at end of cell ;

a subapical fuscous patch; a series of black marginal specks.

Underside with a large black patch covering the costal half of basal

two-thirds of wing.

2 without the black patch on underside.

Hab. Sikhim ; Bhutan (Dudgeon). Hap. 20 mm.

Type in B. M.

Genus To.pta.

Tolpia, Wik., Cat. xxviii, p. 449 (1863).

Type. T. conscitulana, WIk.

Fange, Ceylon; Borneo:

Palpi porrect and reaching well beyond the frons; antenne of

male minutely ciliated ; tibiz with the spurs long. Forewing short

and broad ; veins3 and 5 from close to angle of cell ; 6 from well

below upper angle ; 7 from the angle ; 8 and 10 stalked ; 9 absent.

Hindwing with vein 3 absent ; 5 from above lower angle of cell ;

6, 7 stalked.

Tolpia conscitulana, Wlk., Cat. xxvili., p. 450.

6- Brown suffused with fuscous ; head and collar smoky-black.

Forewing with subbasal black speck on costa ; indistinct waved

296 - Mr. G. F. Hampson’s

antemedial, postmedial, and submarginal lines arising from black

specks on the costa, the first with ochreous inner edge, the two

latter with ochreous outer edges; a pale discal patch. Hindwing

fuscous, darkest towards outer margin.

Hab. Hambantotta, Ceylon; Sarawak. Hyp. 12 mm.

Miltochrista hololeuca, nu. sp.

¢. Pure white; palpi and a stripe on outer side of fore tibize

black.

Allied to M. pallida.

Hab. Bhutaén (Dudgeon). Hep.38 mm. TypeinB. M.

NYCTEOLIN A.

Siglophora ferreilutea, n. sp.

2. Bright orange-yellow ; head, thorax, and abdomen marked

with deep red. Forewing with eight dentate deep red lines, two of

the antemedial lines having ferruginous between them ; a

ferruginous patch on middle of inner margin ; the outer area from

below the apex to nearly the middle of inner margin almost com

pletely covered by a ferruginous patch. Hindwing with the basal

and costal areas white ; the inner and outer areas yellow turning

to ferruginous.

Hab. Sikhim (Dudgeon). Hxp.30 mm. Type in B. M.

NOLIN.

Nola marginata, n. sp.

Head pure white ; thorax and abdomen with a slight fuscous

tinge. Forewing pale fuscous ; the costal area pale brown with —

two postmedial white specks; a black speck at upper angle of cell;

traces of an oblique dark medial line ; a sinuous submarginal line

excurved between veins 5 and 2, with the fuscous deepening to black

on its inner edge and the area beyond it pale brown. Hindwing ©

white with a slight fuscous tinge.

_ Hab. Bhutan (Dudgeon). Hxp. 16mm. Typein B. M.

Pisara argentescens, n. sp.

9. Silvery-grey slightly suffused and. irrorated with fuscous. —

Forewing with traces of curved subbasal line ; a largefuscous patch ~

on middle of costa extending down to vein 2; an indistinct

crenulate postmedial line with curved line beyond it and fuscous —

Descriptions of New Heterocera from India. 297

suffusion between them; an indistinct curved and irregularly

sinuous submarginal line. Hindwing fuscous.

Hab. Sikhim (Dudgeon). Hxp.26mm. Typein B. M.

Pisara argentisparsa, n. sp.

@. Head and thorax white; abdomen suffused with fulvous

and fuscous. Wings white suffused with fulvous and fuscous and

irrorated with a few brilliant silver scales ; forewing with traces of

minutely dentate ante- and postmedial lines, the latter much

excurved beyond cell.

Hab. Simla (Harford). Hep.22 mm. Type in B. M.

| Genus CyPHOTOPSYCHE, nov.

Type. C. ustipennis, Hmpsn.

Palpi porrect extending about the length of head, the 2nd joint

thickly scaled, the third naked; antennze of male bipectinated

with short branches to two-thirds’ length and witha large tuft from

basal joint; the collar forming large upright paired triangular hoods

extending over the head ; abdomen with a pair of large corneous

wing-shaped plates from base extending over dorsum. Forewing

with veins 7, 8, 9,10 stalked. Hindwing with veins 3, 4 and 6, 7

stalked ; 5 from middle of discocellulars.

Cyphotopsyche ustipennis, n. sp.

6. Head, thorax, and abdomen clothed with greyish, dark

rufous, and black scales. Forewing grey-brown ; the costal area

dark fuscous ; ill-defined dark streaks in the interspaces ; a dark

> ae

fy 19) Cyphotopsyche ustipennis, #, 2.

fascia from lower angle of cell to outer margin, a dark patch on

outer margin below apex ; the margin and cilia dark fuscous.

Hindwing pale greyish ; the cilia fuscous at apex.

Hab. Bhutan (Dudgeon) ; Ceylon (Pole). Exp.24mm.

Type in B. M.

Larva. Early stages: creamy-buff with dorsal, subdorsal, and

sublateral series of small warts bearing tufts of long buff hairs ;

298 Mr. G. F. Hampson’s

four pairs of prolegs, the 6th somite being without prolegs; the

cast skins of the head are attached to a long tuft of hair project-

ing forward from Ist somite, so that the number of moults can be

counted by the number of skins present.

The full-grown larva is snow-white covered with a down-like

detachable substance, with slight creamy tinge below ; the hairs

white except five or six long black hairs on thoracic somites ; head

buff marked with brown striz ; a dorsal black mark on 1st somite,

partly hidden by the head-bearing tuft which after the last moult

bears five head-skins. The larva progresses with a jerky motion ;

it formsa flap-like cocoon by biting off pieces of rotten wood and

bark and interlacing them with its long hairs which are left pro-

jecting ; before fastening down the flap it rubs its head against it

for a long time and with much difficulty detaches the tuft and head-

skins and attaches them to the side of cocoon. (G. C. Dudgeon.)

NOCTUIDA..

TRIFINZ.

Heliothis hyalosticta, nu. sp.

é with large hyaline spaces on forewing below the costa

and in the cell. Forewing irrorated with brown; traces of a

waved subbasal line ; some dark specks on costa ; a spot on disco-

cellulars ; a postmedial curved series of specks on the veins and

marginal series, Hindwing paler ; a dark discocellular lunule ; an

indistinct curved postmedial line; the outer area slightly darker.

Underside with the discocellular spot of forewing deep black.

Hab. Karachi (Swinhoe). Hap. 22 mm. Type in B. M. -

Eupleaa plumbeomarginata, n. sp.

¢. Head and collar ochreous, the latter tipped with leaden-

grey ; thorax leaden-grey and ochreous; abdomen leaden-grey,

ochreous at base. Forewing ochreous white slightly irrorated with —

fuscous ; some black specks at base ; a large oval black patch from

middle of costa to below vein 2, embracing the large U-shaped — ‘

reniform with its inner arm very broad ; the patch is continued to _

inner margin as an oblique line and has some diffused rufous on its

outer edge ; an irregularly dentate submarginal black line with the

area beyond it leaden-grey except for an ochreous apical spot.

Hindwing fuscous with traces of pale postmedial band ; both wings

Descriptions of New Heterocera from India. 299

with a fine white line at base of cilia, Underside ochreous mostly

suffused with black.

Allied to H. albovittata, Moore.

Hab. N. Khyen Hills (Watson). Exp. 32mm. Type

in B. M.

Caradrina lophophora, un. sp.

@. Hindwing with veins 3, 4 stalked ; a ridge of. closely-set

upturned scales in the cell and another on vein 1B ; inner margin

with tufts of long hair.

Differs from placida in having the two white specks at end of

cell of forewing; the postmedial line excurved round end of

cell,

Hab. Nagas, 6,000’ (Doherty). Hwp.26 mm. Type

in coll. Elwes.

ACONTIIN AN.

Perciana fuscobrunnea, n. sp.

&. Head, thorax, and abdomen clothed with brown and fuscous

scales. Forewing brown ; a large fuscous patch on basal half of

wing except the inner area ; a waved black antemedial line ; small

tufts of black scales at middle and end of cell; a sinuous medial

line bent inwards on median nervure; a fuscous apical patch

defined by an oblique dark streak ; a waved series of pale sub-

marginal specks and marginal series of black lunules. Hindwing

fuscous.

Hab. Bhutén (Dudgeon). Hap. 28mm. Type in B. M.

Bryophila obliquifascia, n. sp.

@. Greyish-white with a green tinge ; palpi fuscous at sides ;

the anal tuft ochreous. Forewing with outwardly oblique black

band with sinuous edges, terminating on vein 1, and bent outwards

along it to join the crenulate submarginal line, which is excurved

beyond the cell and incurved below vein 2; a black spot at upper

angle of cell with dark mark on costa above it; a black speck at

1ower angle of cell; a dark costal spot beyond the postmedial line ;

a marginal series of specks and spot above outer angle. Hindwing

with indistinct discocellular dark lunule and highly-curved post-

medial line, both more distinct on underside.

Hab. Bhutan (Dudgeon). Hep. 32 mm. Type in B. M.

300 Mr. G. F. Hampson’s

Xanthoptera combusta, n. sp.

?. Ochreous, dark rufous, and fuscous ; thorax mostly ochreous.

Forewing with the base dark ; an ill-defined ochreous band before”

the diffused dark antemedial band ; the medial area ochreous except

the costa and with a dark spot on it at vein 2; an indistinct double

sinuous postmedial line; a dark patch on outer margin from costa

to vein 3, and a dark patch on inner margin from the postmedial

line to outer margin. Hindwing with the basal two-thirds

ochreous suffused and irrorated with rufous ; a sinuous antemedial

line with discocellular annulus on it; the outer third dark rufous

with indistinct sinuous submarginal line. |

Hab. Bhutan (Dudgeon). Hap. 24 mm. Type in B. M.

Xanthoptera pectumicornis, un. sp.

&. Antenne of male bipectinated with short stiff branches.

Head and thorax rufous ; abdomen pale. Forewing rufous brown

slightly suffused with fuscous ; the orbicular and reniform repre-

sented by a few ochreous scales; a series of dark submarginal

marks forming an indistinct line. Hindwing pure white ; the

costal and apical areas tinged with fuscous.

Allied to X. veprecola, Swinh.

Hab. Calcutta; Hambantota, Ceylon (Pole). Hup.

18mm. Type in B. M.

Hublemma rubiginea, n. sp.

a. Dark rufous; head and collar blackish. Forewing with

slightly waved ochreous antemedial line; two black specks on

discocellulars ; an ochreous postmedial line with white spot on it at _

costa, highly angled below costa, then straight and oblique; an —

indistinct ochreous submarginal line angled at vein 3; an ochreous

line at base of cilia; four white specks on costa towards apex.

Hindwing with straight ochreous medial line and traces of dentate _

submarginal line ; a fine ochreous line at base of cilia.

Hab. Bhutén (Dudgeon). Hep. 20 mm. Type in B. M.

Corgatha costupicta, n. sp.

9. Fuscous; head ferruginous, with white spot on vertex.

Forewing with the costa ferruginous and pink with subbasal, —

antemedial, postmedial and apical white spots ; both wings with ~

marginal series of dark specks. Underside with traces of curved —

dark postmedial line on each wing.

Descriptions of New Heterocera from India. 301

Allied to quadricostaria, Wlk., = costinotalis, Moore,

which has the head and costa of forewing fuscous.

Hab. Sikhim (Dudgeon). Hxp. 16 mm. Type in B. M

Genus Mimorvuza, noy.

Type. M. ngriceps, Hmpsn.

Differs from Corgatha in the forewing having no areole ; veins

8 and 9 stalked ; 7 and 10 from cell. Hindwing with veins 3, 4 and

6, 7 from angles of cell.

Mimoruza nigriceps, n. sp.

@. Brownish ochreous irrorated with fuscous; head black ;

abdomen with black band on basal segment. Forewing slightly

suffused with fuscous ; some black specks on costa ; an obscure pale

spot in end of cell ; traces of minutely dentate antemedial, medial,

lee "7

I Pre f 7 ; 5

LF 7 AB Mimoruza nigriceps, 9, +.

postmedial and submarginal lines ; a marginal series of black specks,

Hindwing with two black specks at end of cell ; two nearly straight

medial lines; some fuscous suffusion on outer area; a marginal

series of black specks.

Hab. Sikhim (Dudgeon). Hap. 20 mm. Type in B. M.

Genus MIcRACONTIA, nov.

Type. M. batisella, Hmpsn.

Palpi slender, porrect and reaching beyond the frons; antennz

of male ciliated ; tibie naked with the spurs long. Forewing with

the apex somewhat produced ; the outer margin rounded ; vein 6

from well below upper angle of cell; 7 from the angle ; 8, 9, 10

stalked. Hindwing with veins 3 and 4 from angle of cell.

Allied to Hublemma and Micreschus.

302 Mr. G. F. Hampson’s

Micracontia batisella, n. sp.

Dull olive-green with a rufous tinge ; the vertex of head and

base of shaft of antennze white. Forewing with white speck on

costa near base ; large medial and postmedial, pure white spots

(Faq) Micracontia batisella, g, 2.

— ma |

edged with red, and a similar spot at apex with red streak in centre; —

a large white patch at middle of inner area with red edges and

round red centre. Hindwing with indistinct postmedial series of —

red-edged white specks incurved below vein 2; both wings with

maculate black marginal line and the cilia ferruginous,

Hab. UHambantota, Ceylon (Pole). Hzp. 10 mm.

Type in B. M.

The smallest Macro-lepidopteron known to me and

extremely like a miniature Thyatira batis.

a 2

’

;

PALINDIIN Ai,

Genus ANODONTODES, nov.

Type. A. rotunda, Hmpsn.

9. Palpi slender, porrect and reaching beyond the frons;

antenne ciliated; eyes naked; thorax and abdomen smoothly ‘-

scaled ; tibie hairy. Forewing with the apex rounded; the inner ~

and outer margins forming a continuous curve. Hindwing with

vein 5 from above angle of cell. 4

Anodontodes rotunda, n. sp.

2. Head, thorax, and abdomen chestnut; the tegule reddish

ochreous. Forewing reddish ochreous; the costa and apex suffused - a

with fuscous; traces of antemedial, medial and two postmedial

obliquely curved and slightly waved lines, a dark patch inside the

Descriptions of New Heterocera from India. 305

first below median nervure ; reniform indistinct with a dark patch

beyond it ; the outer margin fuscous and chestnut with a waved

Fea 3! Anodontodes rotunda, &,+.

a ———E———————7=~ —

— ~ STS nae ne

__ blue-grey line on it. Hindwing fuscous. Underside suffused with

_ fuscous with cell spots and two indistinct postmedial lines.

Hab. Sikhim (Elwes). Exp. 46mm. Type in coll.

Elwes.

| Westermannia celisigna, n. sp.

;

@. Differs from cornucopia in being grey without pink tinge.

| Forewing with the comet-shaped mark extending up to the ¢osta

_ and its apex terminating on vein 1 instead of inner margin ; its

| colour is much browner and less red and bears an elongate ochreous

_ reniform spot with traces of a grey sinuous line beyond it; the

| indistinct submarginal line minutely dentate. Hindwing and

underside greyer.

Hab. Bhutan (Dudgeon). Hap. 30 mm. Typein B. M.

Brevipecten purpureotincta, n. sp.

_ 6. Head and thorax greyish fuscous, some of the scales tipped

| with grey ; palpi white in front ; abdomen fuscous brown. Fore-

. _ Wing with the basal half rufous brown slightly tinged with fuscous

_at base and on inner margin ; a fine oblique slightly sinuous ante-

| medial line; the outer half suffused with purplish fuscous, bounded

on the inner side by a black-brown triangular mark from costa to

“lower angle of cell, below which is a crescentic mark with its

4 | opening towards outer margin, then a curved line to inner margin ;

_ a fine sinuous postmedial line bent inwards at vein 2 and joining

_ the medial markings at inner margin ; a truncate triangular black-

_jbrown mark on costa before apex. Hindwing fuscous with a

|rufous tinge; the cilia white in parts ; underside with the inner

half hoary.

Hab. Simla. Exp. 32mm. Type in B. M.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—parT 1. (JUNE.) 20

i i ah a A

es a _ =

304. Mr. G. F. Hampson’s

Brevipecten cosmiodes, n. sp.

9. Reddish-brown irrorated with black and with a slight

purple tinge. Forewing with outwardly oblique antemedial and

medial brown lines with the orbicular between them ; the reniform

fuscous; fuscous suffusion on costal area from medial line to apex;

a postmedial brown line highly angled at vein 5 then inwardly

oblique and almost touching the medial line at inner margin ; an

indistinct waved submarginal line and fine marginal line.

Abdomen and hindwing fuscous ; the latter with the cilia greyish.

Underside fuscous suffused with grey ; both wings with indistinct

ante- and postmedial curved lines.

Hab. Bhutan (Dudgeon); Ceylon (Pole). Hap. 34 mm.

Type in B. M.

HUTELIIN A.

Kiutelua stictoprocta, n. sp.

g. Antenne almost simple. Dark red-brown; abdomen below —

with a white spot on second segment and another on the anal flap.

Forewing with the margin slightly angled and crenulate, the basal

area rather darker except on costal area which is pale ; faint traces

of numerous waved oblique lines ; the elongate reniform with pale

edge and dark centre ; traces of the triangular mark on costa before

apex. Hindwing with the base pale; the outer area fuscous brown

with a pale mark at anal angle ; underside with the black disco-

cellular lunule very prominent; traces of a minutely dentate

postmedial line; some dark and pale marks on inner area near

anal angle.

Allied to H. delatriw and deleta.

Hab. Sikhim (Dudgeon). Hzp. 30mm. Typein B.

‘STICTOPTERIN Ai.

FRisoba flavipennis, 1. sp.

2. Head and thorax orange-yellow ; palpi fuscous; antenna

brownish ; abdomen pale. Forewing with vein 7 from beyond the

-areole; orange-yellow very slightly irrorated with dark scales; 4

dark speck in cell and two on discocellulars; traces of a pal

medial line and curved postmedial line ; two grey patches on outer

margin above and below middle irrorated and edged with brown

Hindwing yellowish-white with marginal grey-speckled fuscous

band, not reaching anal angle.

Hab. Bhutain (Dudgeon). Hap. 38mm. ‘Type in B. M

Descriptions of New Heterocera from India. 305

SARROTHRIPIN AL.

Plotheva stigmatophora, n. sp.

6. Differs from celtis in the forewing being without the two

raised tufts of scales between the postmedial line and outer angle.

Hindwing suffused with fuscous brown ; the inner area expanded

into a large folded lobe containing a tuft of long hair ; underside

with a large black-brown patch below median nervure from near |

base to outer margin.

Described as the male of celtvs, ‘* Moths of India,”

Vol. Il., p. 370; the true male of celtis, of which a

specimen from Ceylon is now available, only differs from

the female in the thorax and forewing being much darker.

Hab. Sikhim (Dudgeon). Hxp.22 mm. Typein B. M.

Plotheva mgralba, n. sp.

&. Fuscous black. Forewing with large white patches at

middle of costa and just before apex enclosing black spots on the

costa ; indistinct waved subbasal, antemedial, postmedial and sub-

marginal black lines ; a marginal series of grey specks.

Hab. Bhutan (Dudgeon). Hxp.26mm. Typein B. M.

Barasa costalis, Dudgeon, n. sp.

Forewing with vein 7 from beyond the areole ; male with no

tuft of hair from vein 1. White slightly tinged with fuscous ;

palpi with the 2nd joint black at sides. Forewing with short

fuscous subbasal line; a fine waved antemedial line ; a spot in

cell; double waved medial line ; irregularly dentate postmedial

and submarginal lines ending close together near outer angle; a

slight fuscous shade inside the margin ; black specks on costa at

origin of lines. Hindwing pale fuscous ; underside of forewing

darker fuscous.

Hab. Sikhim (Moller); Bhutan (Dudgeon). Hep.

26mm. ‘Types in B. M. and coll. Dudgeon.

QUADRIFIN A.

| Nyctipao ophristigmaris, n. sp.

g. Black-brown. Forewing with curved dark antemedial line ;

the discocellular whorl with large bilobed head edged by black

lines and silvery-blue scales at the head,a black patch between

306 Mr. G. F. Hampson’s

the lobes and a black line from it to inner margin ; a postmedial

whitish costal patch bidentate on its. lower side with a curved

ochreous line from it to inner margin ; the outer area browner with

traces of a sinuous series of ochreous spots. Hindwing with dark

medial line ; curved ochreous postmedial line, the area beyond it

browner with traces of sinuous series of ochreous spots. Under-

side with the postmedial patch of forewing and the submarginal

spots of both wings prominently white.

Hab. Bhutan (Dudgeon). Hrp.76 mm. Typein B. M.

Catephia lichenea, n. sp.

2. Head, thorax, and. abdomen pale brown on vertex, blackish

at sides. Forewing verditer-green suffused with leaden-grey ; the

inner area pale brown ; the orbicular small and brownish ; the re-

niform indistinct with dark edges ; traces of numerous waved lines

of which the most distinct is the dark dentate postmedial line and

the submarginal line, which has some dark dentate marks on it ; a

marginal series of black specks. Hindwing with the base white ;

the outer two-thirds black ; cilia pale brown. Underside with the

basal area whitish ; hindwing with white discocellular spot.

Hab. Bhutén (Dudgeon). Hep.38 mm. Typein B. M. —

BasiLopEs, Guén.

Basilodes chrysosticta, n. sp.

9. Violaceous-grey. Forewing with short subbasal black line ~

from costa ; sinuous antemedial and very highly excurved medial

lines terminating in a pale golden-yellow patch extending from cell

to inner margin, irrorated with ferruginous, and crossed by the

double waved ante- and postmedial lines and the single medial line;

the double waved postmedial line arising from the costa near apex

below which it crosses a yellow patch and has three white spots on =

its outer edge beyond which is a dark submarginal line bent in- _

wards at vein 3 and a single marginal white spot below the apex,

Hindwing with a fuscous tinge, whitish on underside.

Hab. Bombay. Hap. 42mm. Type in B. M.

Calesia proxantha, n. sp.

&. Forewing with no costal tuft ; antenne without a tuft Pe

hindwing with a hyaline streak between the bases of veins 2 and3

which are bent, and vein 3 shortly stalked with 4. | =

Head and collar orange ; the third joint of palpi black ; antenna |

Descriptions of New Heterocera from India. 307

fuscous ; legs orange with black spots at end of tibisze ; thorax and

wings uniform silky mouse-colour ; abdomen scarlet.

Hab. Kalewa, Upper Burma (Watson). Hap. 36 mm.

Type in B. M.

FOCILLIN Ai.

Zethes rufipennis, n. sp.

g@. Ferruginous-red ; palpi dark ; a dark tuft on Ist abdominal

segment. Forewing with slightly darker subbasal band edged by

waved pale and dark lines ; an irregularly dentate dark antemedial

line ; the reniform large ochreous and with dark edges ; a double

postmedial line highly angled on vein 4°and sending a dark streak

from that point to outer margin at the angle; a grey patch below

costa, and indistinct crenulate line beyond the double lines; a series of

dark specks just inside the margin. Hindwing with discocellular

black speck ; double dark postmedial line with indistinct irregularly

crenulate line beyond it; a series of dark specks just inside the

margin. Underside greyish.

Hab. Bhutan (Dudgeon). Hxp.40mm. Typein B. M.

DELTOIDIN As.

Genus NICEVILLEA, nov.

Type. N. epiplemoides, Hmpsn.

2. Palpi upturned, and smoothly scaled, the 2nd joint nearly

straight except at base, and reaching above vertex of head, the 3rd

long ; antennze with cilia and fine bristles ; tibiz with medial and

distal tufts of long scales and a similar tuft at end of 1st tarsal

joint. Forewing with the costa nearly straight ; the apex pro-

duced and acute; the outer margin minutely crenulate and highly

angled at vein 4; vein 8 given off from 7 and anastomosing with

9, which is given off from 10 to form the areole. Hindwing with

the outer margin nearly straight and minutely crenulate from the

apex to vein 3, and from thence to anal angle extremely truncate

and with two excisions ; veins 3, 4, 5 from close to lower angle of

cell ; 6, 7 from upper angle.

Nearest. to Nagadeba, and named in honour of its dis-

coverer, Mr. L. De Nicéville. :

Nicévillea epiplemoides, u. sp.

@. Brownish-grey irrorated with brown scales ; the tufts on

the legs grey and brown. Forewing with some black specks on

costa and another in cell; a fine brown line from origin of vein 2

308 Mr. G. F. Hampson’s

to inner margin near base ; a postmedial oblique fine brown line ;

a subapical black spot and another on inner margin near outer

angle. Hindwing with speck in cell; fine oblique medial brown

line ; two obscure yellowish lunulate spots with fuscous inner

LF ty | Nicévillea epiplemoides, 9, 4.

edge between veius 2 and 4 above a waved fuscous line from anal

angle to vein 5; both wings with traces of brown marginal line.

Underside with traces of curved dark medial line and submarginal

specks to forewing; hindwing with a dark spot on costa towards apex.

Hab. Donaut Range, Tenasserim (De Nicéville).

Hip. 44mm. Type in B. M.

Genus PryorHyNcHA, nov.

Type. PP. argyresthis, Hmpsn.

@. Palpi with the 2nd joint straight oblique and fringed with

hair above, the 3rd upturned with a very large tuft on inner side ;

a slight frontal tuft; antenne nearly simple; tibie hairy. Fore-

wing with the costa much arched ; the outer margin excised below

apex, produced to a hook at vein 4, then excised to outer angle.

Hindwing with the anal angle truncate; vein 5 from lower angle

of cell.

Ptyorhyncha argyresthis, n. sp.

2? deep chestnut. Forewing thickly covered with fine striz ; —

' 4 (S| Ptyorhyncha argyresthis, 9, +.

the basal two-thirds with a silvery sheen except the costal area

Descriptions of New Heterocera from India. 309

and a sinuous medial band, the outer edge of this area sinuous ; a

patch of bright silvery suffusion on outer area above middle

connected with the outer angle by a sinuous band; a marginal

series of silvery stric:. Hindwing reddish-brown suffused with

fuscous and with numerous fine dark striz on outer area; a marginal

series of silver specks ; cilia of both wings red at tips.

Hab. Bhutan (Dudgeon). Hep. 66 mm. Type in B. M.

Genus HarivraLopHa, nov.

Type. 4H. biparticolor, Hmpsn.

Palpi oblique and clothed with hair, the 2nd joint reaching to

the apex of the sharp frontal tuft, the 3rd long ; antennz ciliated ;

thorax with a sharp triangular tuft above; abdomen with large

conical tuft on 2nd segment followed by smaller tufts. Forewing

with the apex acute and produced; the outer margin excised from

apex to vein 4; vein 9 given off from 10 and anastomosing with

8 which is given off from 7 to form the areole. Hindwing with

vein 5 from middle of discocellulars ; 3, 4 and 6, 7 from the angles

of cell.

Allied to the Harita section of Hypena.

Haritalopha biparticolor, n. sp.

@. Head and thorax red-brown with a purplish tinge ; abdo-

men fuscous. Forewing purplish red-brown ; traces of a curved

antemedial line, and dark striga on discocellulars ; a rufous post-

medial line angled at vein 5 then sharply incurved, the area

beyond it greyish fuscous, with a brown mark at middle of outer

margin ; cilia brown. Hindwing fuscous with a pale streak with

dark mark above it above anal angle. Underside grey ; an indis-

tinct postmedial line incurved below vein 5 on forewing, evenly

eurved on hindwing.

Hab. Bhutan (Dudgeon). Hap. 46 mm. Type in B. M.

Hypenagoma leucosticta, n. sp.

¢. Differs from vexataria in the palpi being longer, the 2nd

joint more thickly fringed with long hair, the 3rd long, slender and

upturned, abdomen banded with fuscous and white. Forewing

with more prominent lines and diffused bands; two white-edged

black specks on discocellulars, a prominent short white subapical

streak. Hindwing with much more prominent black lines and

diffused fuscous bands which have no rufous tinge ; a submarginal

black and white line to both wings,

Hab. Bhutan (Dudgeon). Hxp. 16 mm. Type in B. M.

310 Mr, G. F. Hampson’s

GHEOMETRIDA.

BOARMIIN 2.

Ee a

Spilopera ochrevfusca, u. sp.

Forewing with vein 10 stalked with 7, 8,9; the outer margin

dentate below apex as well as angled at vein 4.

¢. Brownish ochreous irrorated with fuscous. Forewing with

the basal half purplish fuscous emitting an irregular broad fascia

from lower angle of cell to the fuscous marginal area which ex-

tends from vein 5 to inner margin leaving the apex ochreous ; an

antemedial curved series of dark specks; an oblique diffused waved

postmedial band not reaching the costa ; a sinuous submarginal

series of dark specks. Hindwing with black cell-spot ; a diffused

fuscous medial band; the marginal area fuscous. Underside with

a reddish tinge ; a diffused dark postmedial line ; a submarginal

series of dark specks with the area beyond them greyish.

Hab. Bhutan (Dudgeon). Hzp.34mm. Type in B. M.

Macaria fumrupennis, n. sp.

g. Differs from fasciata in being much darker; head and

antennz with hardly a trace of fulvous ; abdomen slightly tinged

with fulvous towards extremity ; wings much suffused with fuscous.

Forewing with some fulvous suffusion on costa expanding into a —

patch beyond the angle of the postmedial line with a black patch

on it ; the medial band of both wings leaden-grey instead of white.

Hindwing with the patches beyond the postmedial line large and

on olive-brown suffusion. Underside with large patches of fulvous

suffusion at base of each wing extending along costa of forewing

to apex and expanding into a large postmedial patch.

Hab. Bhutan (Dudgeon). Hxp.44mm. Type inB. M. —

Hyposidra polia, n. sp.

Hindwing with the outer margin rounded ; forewing of female ~

with the outer margin hardly excised below apex.

Grey with a brown tinge and sparsely irrorated with black scales.

Forewing with an indistinct medial brown band more prominent

in the male than the female and defined outwardly by a sinuous —

white line angled at vein 4; a pale waved submarginal line with —

some brown on its inner edge and almost obsolete in female, Un-

derside with indistinct curved postmedial line to each wing. |

Hab. Hambantota, Ceylon ; Aug. (Pole). Hap.

$ 30, 2 40 mm.

a. SS es -” ~~~

Descriptions of New Heterocera from India. 311

Heteromiza leucogonia, n. sp.

¢. Antenne with very short branches.

Differs from cruentaria in the abdomen having rufous dorsal

marks. Forewing with the basal and inner areas thickly spotted

with rufous ; a large oblique spot from costa to lower angle of cell

and smaller spots below and beyond end of cell; no oblique post-

medial line but the outer area very broadly rufous with irregular

inner edge ; a large greyish patch on costa before apex with a black-

edged silvery-white claviform mark on its lower edge and two

similar specks on outer edge. Hindwing spotted with rufous ;

large spots in and below end of cell; alarge patch at apex con-

joined to an irregular patch at anal angle.

Hab. Khasis, Hap.48 mm. Type in B. M.

Boarmia thricophora, nu. sp.

@. Antennz with fascicles of cilia; hind tibize not dilated ;

forewing with fovea ; hindwing with a thick fringe of long hair on

inner margin.

Pale rufous and grey slightly irrorated with fuscous. Forewing

with blackish antemedial, medial, and postmedial spots on the costa

from the last of which a curved series of specks arises ; an indis-

tinct dentate submarginal line with blackish patches inside it just

above middle and towards inner margin. Hindwing with sinuous

medial line ; whitish dentate submarginal line with blackish patches

inside it above middle and towards inner margin ; both wings with

marginal series of black specks. Underside ochreous with diffused

fuscous on outer area of forewing except at apex and outer angle ;

hindwing with a fuscous patch at apex.

Hab. Sikhim (Dudgeon). Hap. 28mm. Type in B. M.

Medasina reticulata, n. sp.

&. White irrorated with brown ; abdomen with brown bands ;

anal tuft ochreous ; wings striated with brown. Forewing with a

brown patch at base of costa; two curved antemedial lines; a

fascia along median nervure ; a medial line conjoined to a disco-

cellular lunule and at inner margin to a postmedial brown band

with a dentate white line on it which again is conjoined to a highly

irregular dentate submarginal line. Hindwing with oblique

antemedial line ; a discocellular lunule ; a postmedial band from

cell to inner margin with a white line on it ; an ill-defined sub-

marginal line ; both wings with a fine brown marginal line. (Hind

_| tibiz wanting.)

———

mie

Hab. Sikhim. Hzp.30mm. Type in B. M.

312 Mr. G. F. Hampson’s

LARENTIIN A.

Dysethia longiramus, 0. sp.

¢. Antenne bipectinated with long branches to three-fourths

length. Rufous brown. Forewing slightly suffused with grey ;

an indistinct diffused dark rufous antemedial line. Hindwing

paler with indistinct cell-speck ; marginal area of both wings

slightly darker. Underside brownish ochreous ; forewing with the ~

costa fulvous, the outer area slightly darker ; Hindeaae with black

cell-speck and traces of a postmedial curved line.

Hab. Sikhim (Dudgeon). Hxp.28 mm. Type in B. M.

Hubolia roseicilia, u. sp.

3. Pale yellowish-grey irrorated with fuscous ; palpi and legs

tinged with crimson. Forewing crossed by seven or eight nearly

straight indistinct dark lines ; a submarginal series of indistinct

white spots, the three below apex with crimson on their edges ; the

cilia crimson. Hindwing white with the cilia crimson. Underside

of forewing suffused with fuscous except the marginal area ; hind-

wing with dark discocellular speck.

Hab. Bhutan (Dudgeon). Hep. 34mm. Type in B. M..

Cidaria griseiviridis, n. sp.

6. Antenne bipectinated with short branches bearing fascicles 4

of cilia. Head, thorax and abdomen green and black. Forewing

with numerous indistinct waved black lines ; the basal area pale —

rufous and green ; medial area fuscous with a large patch of grey —

suffusion on the disk beyond cell bounded by the postmedial line —

which is slightly angled at vein 6 and very strongly at vein 4 then —

highly crenulate to inner margin ; a black cell-speck ; outer area —

green with a large rufous patch on costa beyond the postmedial _

line ; a blackish subapical patch, some rufous streaks on the veins —

and blackish patches on margin. Hindwing fuscous, with traces —

of cell-speck and waved lines which are more distinct on underside. _ |

| Hab. Bhutan (Dudgeon). Hxp.28mm. TypeinB. M.

Callabrawas trigoniplaga, n. sp.

¢. Forewing with a tuft of long hair below base of median

nervure ; hindwing with vein 5 from below middle of disco- oe

cellulars which are angled. Head black; thorax. and abdomen

orange with paired dorsal black spots. Forewing with the basal 4

area rufous with indistinct grey lines on it and waved edge; the —

Descriptions of New Heterocera from India. 313

rest of the wing grey with a white medial band forked and enclosing

a large triangular rufous patch from costa to lower angle of cell

and a small spot on inner margin ; a lunulate white submarginal

line ; the area at outer angle rufous. Hindwing white; witha

dark patch at lower angle of cell ; some dark marks near middle of

inner margin; a dark patch at anal angle with a waved white line

on it.

Hab. Nepal. Hwp.52 mm. Type in B. M.

ACIDALIIN Ai.

Acidalia ptyonopoda, n. sp.

&-. Antenne ciliated; midtibie fringed with long pink hair

especially towards extremity ; hindtibize dilated with a fold and

immensely developed tuft of pink hair but with no tuft from

extremity and without spurs.

Pale ochreous ; head black ; the wings with black cell-specks ;

two indistinct waved antemedial lines, two postmedial and one

submarginal.

Resembles A. holosericata, Dup.

Hab. Bhutan (Dudgeon). Hxp. 20 mm. Type in B. M.

Chrysocraspeda phenicozona, n. sp.

@. Antennz minutely ciliated; hindtibie short and thick

with tufts of short hair from extremity ; the tarsus curved and

apparently unjointed with thick tufts of hair from inner side ;

forewing with veins 3, 4 stalked; hindwing with the underside

entirely clothed with rough hair and with the inner margin fringed

with long hair.

Head and thorax olive-grey, the frons and collar dark purple ;

abdomen grey tinged with purple. Forewing olive-grey with some

purple specks on costa ; the basal half with numerous indistinct

purple waved bands and lines not reaching the costa; a broad

purple marginal band sending a point inwards on vein 5, and with

some grey on it at apex. Hindwing olive-grey almost entirely

covered by ill-defined waved purple bands.

Hab. Sikhim (Dudgeon). Hep. 20 mm. Type in B. M.

GHOMETRIN A.

Pseudoterpna hypoglauca, n. sp.

Antennz of male almost simple ; wings with the margin crenu-

late ; hindtibiz not dilated.

314. Mr, G. F. Hampson’s

Olive-yellow thickly irrorated and striated with fuscous. Fore-

wing with traces of waved ante- and postmedial lines with black

specks on the veins, the former with an obscure rufous patch inside

it on inner area, the latter bent inwards at vein 2 and with obscure

rufous patches beyond it, traces of a submarginal series of specks

and more prominent marginal series. Hindwing with obscure

discocellular mark ; traces of a waved postmedial line with black

specks at the veins and obscure rufous patches beyond it; a

marginal series of black specks. Underside grey thickly irrorated

with fuscous and with promineut black cell-spots. |

Hab. Dalhousie (Harford). Hep. 60 mm. Type in

B. M.

Genus AFRENA, nov.

Type. A. esmeralda, Hmpsn.

Palpi porrect, the 2nd joint reaching well beyond the frons and

thickly scaled, the 3rd long; frons smooth; antenne of male

thickened and flattened ; abdomen without dorsal tufts ; hindtibize

with two pairs of spurs. Forewing somewhat acute at apex; vein

3 from angle of cell ; 6, 7, 8, 9, 10, 11 stalked. Hindwing with the

frenulum absent ; the outer margin angled at vein 4; veins 3, 4

from lower angle of cell ; 6, 7 from upper angle.

Afrena esmeralda, n. sp.

¢. Brilliant emerald-green ; palpi black and grey ; antenne 4

reyib, Afrena esmeralda, 3, +.

ochreous. Forewing with the costa whitish speckled with black ; %

an indistinct slightly oblique yellowish-green antemedial line;

et —E

es! an

Descriptions of New Heterocera from India. 315

two brown specks on discocellulars ; a straight oblique pale post-

medial line with yellowish-green inner edge; a chestnut apical

patch. Hindwing with a pale chestnut patch at end of cell on

which the discocellulars show as a dark bracket-shaped mark; a

pale postmedial straight line with yellowish-green inner edge ;

cilia of both wings white at tips. Underside suffused with white.

Hab. Tenasserim (De Nicéville). Hxp. 62 mm.

Type in B. M.

F <I TT ie

, ,

Fe 2 . ie

’ ‘

’ t+

)

{

, j

1 ‘

. f

‘ -

{

\ Auk

}

;

‘

+ ‘

i |

‘+

) e

" F

‘

& | | : * . WALSINGHAM.

XI. Contributions to the knowledge of African Phy-

tophagous Coleoptera. Part II. By Martin

JACOBY, F'.E.S.

[Read Feb. 6th, 1895 (continued from page 179).

HALTICIN Ai.

Lactica (?) punctato-sulcata, sp. nu.

Black, above testaceous as well as the basal joints of the antennse

and the legs; thorax pale fulvous, closely and strongly punctured,

transversely sulcate ; elytra testaceous, strongly punctured in sub-

geminate rows, the interstices longitudinally costate. Length,

2-24 lines.

Head broad, impunctate at the vertex, obscurely fulvous, the

frontal elevations oblong, strongly raised, the carina blunt and

short, apical joint of palpi slender, pointed, piceous ; antennz not

extending to the middle of the elytra, much shorter in the female,

the lower three or four joints fulvous, the rest black, the third

joint slightly longer than the fourth, nearly all the joints widened

at the apex in the male ; in the female the joints are much shorter,

the second, third, and fourth are equal and short, and the basal

joint is fulvous only ; thorax nearly twice as broad as long, rather

convex, the sides rounded at the middle, narrowly margined, the

anterior angles oblique, produced outwards into a blunt tooth, the

surface closely and deeply punctured, pale or darker fulvous, the

base with a deep transverse, slightly sintate sulcus which ends at

some distance from the lateral margin ; scutellum piceous ; elytra

paler than the thorax, closely and deeply punctured in double rows,

each row being divided by a longitudinal costa, the interstices also

closely and finely punctate ; underside black, legs fulvous or testa-

ceous, the tibiz widened at the apex and sulcate, all armed with a

spur, the first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the following

three joints together, claws appendiculate, the anterior coxal

cavities open ; the male with the last abdominal segment incised at

each side, the median lobe broad.

Hab. South Africa, Rondeburg.

I have only provisionally placed this insect in Lactica

until similarly structured species may be found; it has

only the transverse thoracic groove and the open coxal

TRANS. ENT. SOc. LOND. 1895.—part ut. (serr.) 21

318 Mr. M. Jacoby’s contributions to the knowledge of

cavities in common with this genus. The structure of

the antennz, quite different in the sexes, and the almost

punctate-striate and costate elytra justify the creation of —

a new genus for this species.

Haltica semiaurata, sp. n.

Obscurely fulvous, the elytra with a slight metallic-golden lustre,

thorax impunctate, the basal sulcus straight ; elytra very closely ~

and finely punctured, with traces of longitudinal sulcations.

Length, 2 lines, 4

Head dark fulvous, impunctate, very deeply transversely

grooved between the eyes, the frontal tubercles broad, ill-defined,

the carina strongly raised ; antennz fulvous, extending to the

middle of the elytra, the third joint very slightly longer than the ©

fourth ; thorax scarcely twice as broad as long, the lateral margius —

straight, the anterior angles oblique, the posterior ones acute, the —

surface without punctures, obscurely fulvous, the base with anarrow ~

and straight transverse sulcus ; scutellum broad, its apex rounded; —

elytra dark fulvous, finely and closely punctured, clothed with —

extremely short golden pubescence, giving it a slight metallic ©

appearance, the disc with some obsolete longitudinal grooves;

underside and legs fulvous, the last abdominal segment roundly

produced at the middle, with a central longitudinal groove. .

Hab. Natal, Maritzburg.

The coloration of this species is peculiar and unique,

as far as I know, amongst the representatives of the —

genus, which are nearly all of a metallic-blue colour.

The present insect gives the impression of being imma- —

ture, but the two specimens I have before me agree —

entirely in every particular, and their elytra are of hard

texture ; these are fulvous, but appear quite golden in

certain lights. 4

Haltica cuprea, sp. n.

Bluish-black, above reddish-cupreous ; thorax very closely and

finely punctured, the basal sulcus distinct and straight; elytra as

closely but more strongly punctured than the thorax. Length, 1}.

lines. 4

Head impunctate at the vertex, obliquely grooved between the ~

eyes, the latter with some deep punctures near the inner margins, —

frontal tubercles broad, rather round, carina broad, with a longi- —

tudinal groove, clypeus greenish, palpi black ; antenne extending ©

to about the middle of the elytra, black, the lower joints with a

bluish gloss, third and fourth joints equal ; thorax twice as broad.

African Phytophagous Coleoptera. 319

as long, the lateral margins slightly rounded at the middle, anterior

angles obliquely thickened, the basal sulcus not extending quite to

the sides, the surface extremely finely and closely punctured

throughout, reddish-cupreous with brassy reflection; scutellum dark

blue, broad; elytra convex, more strongly punctured than the

thorax, the apex somewhat pointed, the extreme sutural and lateral

margins greenish; underside and legs nearly black, the sides of

the breast and the femora more or less metallic-cupreous or bluish,

clothed with grey pubescence.

Hab. Mashunaland, Salisbury, also West Africa

(coll. Jacoby).

Distinguished from most of its allies by the entirely

cupreous colour of the upper surface.

Haltica cyanicollis, sp. n.

Metallic-blue ; thorax scarcely perceptikly punctured ; elytra

cupreous, finely and closely punctured, the interstices finely granu-

late. Length, 23 lines.

Head metallic-blue, the vertex with some deep strigze at each

side, the space near the eyes punctured, frontal elevations broadly

trigonate, carina acute, labrum and palpi black ; antenne extending

_ tothe middle of the elytra, bluish-black, third joint smaller than

the fourth ; thorax twice as broad as long, bright metallic-blue, the

lateral margins straight, anterior angles oblique, the basal sulcus

distinct, scarcely extending to the margins, the surface micros-

copically punctured with an obsolete short transverse de-

pression at each side anteriorly; scutellum bluish; elytra

: extremely closely and finely but more distinctly punctured than

the thorax, reddish-cupreous ; underside and legs metallic-blue,

| clothed with whitish pubescence.

Hab. Natal, Newcastle.

Larger than H. cuprea, and differently coloured.

Spheroderma discordalis, sp. n.

Fulvous, the apical joints of the antenne and the legs piceous

or black ; thorax finely punctured, the disc piceous ; elytra very

| 3 se :

closely punctate-striate, the disc, in shape of a broad band, piceous.

Length, 14 line.

_ Var. Thorax and elytra entirely fulvous.

| Head impunctate, obliquely grooved between the eyes, frontal

| tubercles flat, carina also flattened ; antennee short, the lower four

| joints fulvous, the rest black, the first joint elongate, the second

320 Mr. M. Jacoby’s contributions to the knowledge of

and third short, equal, terminal joints thickened; thorax more

than twice as broad as long, widened at the middle, narrowed in

front, the sides nearly straight, anterior angles obliquely thickened,

the dise convex, rather closely and finely punctured, the margins

and the sides nearly impunctate; scutellum small, impunctate ;

elytra with closely-approached irregular rows of punctures which

are a little stronger than those of the thorax, the space in front of

the lateral margins impunctate; legs piceous or black, tarsi obscure

fulvous.

Hab. Natal.

Evidently allied to S. lateritia, Dahl., but with the an-

tenn much shorter and the punctuation very distinct, not

obsolete; the piceous colour of the thorax is not well

defined, and is only visible near the base. That of the

elytra, however, forms a broad longitudinal sutural band

of ovate shape, extending outwards as far as the middle

of the elytra, and downwards to two-thirds their length.

In the variety the piceous colour is entirely absent.

Aphthona natalensis, sp. n.

Black, the head, thorax, and the tibize more or less fulvous;

thorax finely but not closely punctured; elytra black, opaque,

rugose-punctate. Length, 1 line.

Head impunctate, fulvous, the frontal tubercles broadly trans-

verse, carina short and broad, labrum black as well as the palpi; —

antenne rather robust, scarcely extending to the middle of the

elytra, black, the lower four joints pale fulvous, the second and ~

third joints short, equal, the following joints rather strongly

triangularly widened: thorax twice as broad as long, of equal

width, the lateral and posterior margins rounded, anterior angles

not produced, the surface extremely finely punctured and minutely _

granulate, the punctures not very closely placed, fulvous; scutelluam _

black; elytra rather broad and flat, very closely and rather strongly _

punctured, black, opaque, the interstices finely wrinkled; underside

and the femora black, tibie and tarsi fulvous, the anterior tibie

without, the posterior one with, a long spine, the first joint of the ~

posterior tarsi as long as the following two joints together, claw- a

joint black. .%

Hab. Natal.

Sebxthe natalensis, sp. nu.

Black, the lower joints of the antennx, the head, thorax and 3 ‘

the tibiz partly, fulvous, elytra metallic dark violaceous, finely

punctured. Length, 14 line. 4

African Phytophagous Coleoptera. 321

Head impunctate, fulvous, the frontal elevations broad, trans-

verse, carina acutely raised, antenne extending to the middle of

the elytra, black, the lower three joints fulvous, the basal joint

rather long, the second slightly shorter than the third joint ; thorax

nearly three times broader than long, the sides rounded, with a

narrow margin, the anterior angles slightly thickened, the surface

with a few minute punctures, rather convex ; scutellum triangular,

black; elytra widened posteriorly, metallic-violaceous, finely and

rather closely punctured, the underside and the posterior legs

black, the four anterior ones more or less fulvous; prosternum

very distinct.

Hab. Natal; Museum, Cape Town, and my collection.

Sebethe tibialis, sp. n.

Flavous, the antenne (the basal joints excepted) and the tibiz

black; thorax sparingly punctured; elytra closely and finely punc-

tate. Length, 14 line.

Head impunctate, the frontal tubercles small, not much raised,

earina blunt, clypeus with a central ridge; antenne long, the lower

two joints fulvous, the others black, second joint thickened,

scarcely smaller than the third, this latter slightly smaller than the

fourth joint, the following nearly equal; thorax three times

broader than long, the sides strongly rounded, the anterior angles

not produced, slightly thickened, the surface with some very fine

punctures irregularly distributed, the sides with an ill-defined

longitudinal groove and the base with a similar curved transverse

impression, only visible in certain lights; scutellum triangular ;

elytra more closely and strongly punctured than the thorax, the

apex nearly smooth, epipleure broad, posterior femora strongly

incrassate, fulvous, their apex and the tibie nearly black, meta-

tarsus of the posterior legs as long as the following three joints

together.

Hab. Natal.

Smailer than S. torrida, Baly, and of a different system

of coloration.

Mantura quadriplagiata, sp. n.

Ovate, black; antenna, tibiz and tarsi fulvous; thorax impunc-

tate, with two perpendicular grooves; elytra punctate-striate, a

subquadrate spot on the shoulder and a rounded one near the

apex, fulvous. Length, 13 line.

Head without frontal tubercles and carina, black, the sides

above the eyes with a narrow oblique ridge, clypeus broad, palpi

322 Mr. M. Jacoby’s contributions to the knowledge of

fulvous; antennz extending beyond the base of the thorax, fulvous,

the apical joint fuscous, the second and the following joints of

nearly equal length, slightly and gradually thickened, rather

robust; thorax more than twice as broad as long, the sides strongly

rounded, the anterior angles slightly thickened, not produced, the

surface convex, black with a bluish gloss, extremely minutely and

closely punctured, the base with a perpendicular groove at each

side; scutellum ovate; elytra regularly and strongly punctate-striate,

the interstices sparingly and finely punctured, black with a

metallic-greenish or bluish gloss, the shoulders with an elongate

subquadrate fulvous spot, extending nearly to the middle of the

length of the elytra and inwards to the third row of punctures ;

another rounded fulvous spot is placed near the apex; femora

blackish; the coxe, tibiz, and tarsi fulvous, tibiee with a small spine.

Hab. Natal.

This species, which was also obtained by Herr Holub

in Africa, is of a less elongate shape than most of its

congeners, with which it, however, has all the structural

characters in common.

Blepharida mornata, sp. n.

Underside obscurely fulvous, upperside flavous, the terminal

joints of the antennz fuscous, head strongly punctured ; thorax

nearly impunctate; elytra flavous with deep, brown, punctured strie,

without spots, the interstices at the sides convex. Length, 3 Jines.

Head strongly and more or less closely punctured, a small space

above the base of the antennz at each side impunctate, labrum

flavous; antennz only extending to the base of the thorax, fulvous

or flavous, the terminal joints darker, the second joint scarcely

shorter than the third and following joints, the last ones thickened;

thorax nearly three times broader than long, the sides straight at

the base, obliquely narrowed in front before the middle, but

without forming a distinct angle, narrowly margined, anterior

margins slightly thickened, not produced, the surface very finely

and sparingly punctured or nearly impunctate, with a short oblique

groove at the sides of the anterior margin, not extending to the

middle, obsoletely stained with some fulvous markings at the sides

and middle ; scutellum small, piceous ; elytra flavous with regular

rows of deep fulvous punctures, of which the second and third and

the fourth and fifth rows are joined at the base, while at the other

end, the fourth row unites with the seventh, and the fifth with the

sixth row ; the interstices are impunctate, without spots, and convex

at the sides toa small degree; underside and legs fulvous, closely

punctured

African Phytophagous Coleoptera. 323

South Africa, without particular locality (from the

Cape Town Museum).

The entirely unspotted elytra and nearly impunctate

thorax separates this species from any of its allies;

there is also an entire absence of an angle at the sides

of the thorax which is often visible in other species.

wo specimens are before me which agree in every

particular.

Blepharida partita, sp. n.

Obscurely fulvous, terminal joints of the antenne black ; thorax

with yellow spots at sides and middle; elytra black, with numerous

flavous round spots divided longitudinally by a subsutural and

submarginal smooth flavous stripe. Length, 4 lines.

Head fulvous, clothed with very short yellow pubescence,

opaque, labrum flavous, the palpi slender; antennee extending to

the base of the elytra, fulvous, the last four or five joints black at

the apex, slightly shorter than the preceding joints ; thorax more

than twice as broad as long, the lateral margins shghtly rounded

at the middle, the angles, especially the posterior ones, acutely

produced, the surface witha deep semicircular groove anteriorly

sending off an obliquely shaped groove at each side towards the

middle, the sides deeply and closely punctured, the disc with rows

of finer punctures, dark fulvous with four longitudinal rows of

yellow spots at the sides and middle, placed rather irregularly ;

three other spots are situated within the semicircular groove and a

single one is placed between the inner rows of punctures an-

teriorly ; scutellum fulvous ; elytra deeply punctate-striate, black,

with two rows of round flavous spots placed on the first and

second interstices, the third one flavous, without spots, followed by

four other rows of spots, a broader unspotted interstice, and

another row of spots near the lateral margin, the latter itself as

well as the elytral epipleure fulvous, with some small spots at the

extreme outer edge; underside and legs dark fulvous, clothed

with very short silvery pubescence.

Hab. Zambezi River; Cape Town collection, and in

my own.

There will not be much difficulty in recognizing this

well-marked species, which has the elytral spots

separated by two narrow, smooth, longitudinal, somewhat

raised stripes from the base to the apex, which join

near the apex; the outer one of them is double the

width of the subsutural one, and has a row of deep

punctures.

324 Mr. M. Jacoby’s contributions to the knowledge of

Blepharida (Podontia) reticulata, Baly = B. holubi, Jac.

Having lately compared Baly’s type with my species

of B. holubi, I have come to the conclusion that the two

insects must be considered identical, although slightly

varying in the shape of the spots, etc. Baly placed his

species in Podontia, where it cannot find its place on

account of the straight base of the prosternum, and

this made me overlook the species, Blepharida being

the proper genus for its incorporation.

Blepharida natalensis, sp. n.

Pale flavous, the apical joints of the antenne black; thorax with

two short black punctured stripes anteriorly; elytra deeply

punctate-striate, black, with numerous small flavous spots, the

interspaces at the apex costate. Length, 3 lines.

Var. Elytra nearly without spots.

Head pale flavous, finely punctured near the eyes, with two

sinuate deep longitudinal grooves in front of the latter, and some

spaces of very short silvery pubescence, palpi slender; antennz

extending a little beyond the thorax, the lower four joints flavous,

the others black; thorax nearly three times broader than long, the

lateral margin subangulate before the middle, the anterior one

concave, its angles thickened, posterior margin produced at the

middle, the sides sinuate, the surface with some very minute

punctures, pale flavous; from the anterior margin a short oblique

black and deeply punctured stripe extends to the middle at each

side and a small fovea is placed near the middle of the base;

scutellum small, fulvous; elytra with deep rows of punctures, the

interstices costate at the apex, variegated with numerous small

flavous spots and black intervening transverse bands, forming a

network ; near the anterior portion of the lateral margin some

larger elongate yellow spots are seen and the elytral epipleure are

also spotted with yellow and black; underside and legs flavous,

clothed with very short silvery pubescence.

Hab. Natal and Delagoa Bay; Cape Town collection,

and my own. |

Larger than BD. reticulata, Baly, much more elongate,

and with an entirely differently coloured and sculptured

thorax ; the elytral pale spots are nearly all of round

shape and are closely placed; the variety from Delagoa

Bay at first sight looks totally different on account’ of

African Phytophaqous Coleoptera. 325

the elytral spots being almost absent except at the sides,

where they are only just indicated, but the exactly

similarly sculptured and coloured thorax, and every other

structural character, and the general shape and size,

agree entirely with the type.

Orepidodera peringueyt, Sp. 0.

Black, the head, basal joints ofthe antennze, the thorax and

the anterior legs fulvous ; thorax impunctate with deep transverse

and perpendicular sulci ; elytra metallic-blue, distinctly punctate-

striate, the interstices very minutely punctured. Length, 14 line.

Head impunctate, frontal elevations small, carina short and

broad, labrum black ; antennze not extending to the middle of the

elytra, the lower four joints fulvous, the others black, the second

and the following two joints of equal length, the next slightly

thickened ; thorax twice as broad as long, the sides straight at the

base, subangularly rounded before the middle, with a narrow

margin, the surface rather convex, impunctate, with a deep trans-

verse sulcus near the base, not extending to the sides, but bounded

at that place by a deep but short perpendicular groove ; scutellum

black ; elytra wider at the base than the thorax, metallic-blue,

with rather deep and regular rows of punctures, the interstices

with a single row of minute punctures, flat ; underside and the

four posterior legs black, the others fulvous ; posterior tibize with

a small spine, anterior cotyloid cavities closed.

The specimen before me has no particular locality

attached, but is probably from the Cape.

Cheetocnema longicornis, sp. 0.

Dark seneous, the antennz excessively long, their basal joints

fulvous, thorax transverse, very closely and strongly punctured,

elytra strongly punctate-striate, the interstices sparingly punctured

and wrinkled. Length, 1+ line.

Head finely transversely strigose at the vertex, rather strongly

produced between the antenne, the lower portion perpendicularly

deflexed, with a strongly-raised central ridge extending between the

antenne: upwards, the latter closely approached at the base, more ~

than double as long as the body, black, the lower two joints and

the base of the third fulvous, basal joint long and thickened,

second one short, third joint the longest, fourth and fifth equal,

the terminal joints longer and very thin ; thorax twice as broad

as long, the sides nearly straight, very little narrowed at the base,

the anterior angles thickened, the surface finely granulate and

326 Mr. M. Jacoby’s contributions to the knowledge of

closely and strongly punctured, with an obsolete depression at

each side near the base; elytra closely and strongly punctate-striate,

the interstices finely rugose and punctured ; legs very robust,

piceous; the base of the tibize and the tarsi obscurely fulvous, inter-

mediate tibiz dilated at the apex into a tooth, posterior ones with

a distinct tooth at the middle.

Hab. Natal.

This Chetocnema, of which a single apparently male

specimen is before me, possesses the lougest antenne of

any species of the genus known to me. The structure

of the head is also peculiar. In the other sex the

antennee are probably shorter.

Amphimela ornata, sp. nu.

Ovately-rounded, black, head, and the basal joints of the

antenne fulvous; thorax transverse, piceous, impunctate ; elytra

very minutely punctured, flavous, the suture and three dentate

transverse bands black, base of the tibize flavous. Length, 13 lines.

Head fulvous, scarcely perceptibly punctured, without any

frontal tubercles and carina, the sides near the eyes with a short

oblique groove ; the antennz widely separated at the base, not

extending to the middle of the elytra, the lower three and the

apical joint fulvous, the others black, second joint thick, scarcely

shorter than the third one ; thorax three times broader than long,

the sides nearly straight, the anterior angles strongly oblique, the

posterior ones preceded by an oblique groove which extends

upwards some distance near the lateral margins, the posterior

margin broadly rounded, the surface extremely minutely punctured,

piceous ; scutellum broad, black, its apex rounded ; elytra scarcely

more strongly punctured than the thorax, flavous, the suture, a

transverse band below the base, curving upwards at the shoulders

and joined at its middle to another band, slightly wider and placed

at the middle, as well as a third band near the apex enclosing a

flavous spot, black ; underside and legs black, the extreme base of

the femora fulvous, the base of the tibize and the tarsi more or less

flavous, posterior tibisz mucronate, anterior ones unarmed, the

former widened at the apex, the first joint of the posterior tarsi as

long as the following two joints together ; claws appendiculate,

anterior coxal cavities closed.

Hab. Mashunaland, Salisbury ; Museum, Cape Town,

and my collection.

This is the second African species of Amphimela

African Phytophagous Coleoptera. 327

described, the other being an inhabitant of Abyssinia.

Jt is possible that some specimens may occur in which

the elytral black bands unite more or less, so as to leave

six flavous spots of the ground-colour. In the specimen

before me this is partly the case ; the apical band only is

isolated, although curving round at the apex and being

joined to the suture; the first band extends upwards at

the shoulder to the base, and joins the second band at

its middle.

GALHRUCIN AS.

Asbecesta pectoralis, sp. n.

Black, the first three joints of the antenne, the head, thorax,

and legs fulvous ; elytra metallic-blue, very closely and strongly

punctured, the interstices slightly rugose. Length, 2 lines.

Head impunctate, reddish-fulvous, labrum and palpi black ;

antenne not extending to the middle of the elytra, black, the basal

three joints fulvous, third and fourth joints equal ; thorax twice as

broad as long, fulvous, the basal sulcus deep, slightly sinuate,

more or less distinctly punctured as well as the anterior portion at

the sides ; scutellum black ; elytra deeply and closely punctured,

the interstices scarcely larger than the punctures; breast and

abdomen, as well as the tarsi, black.

Hab. Mashunaland, Salisbury; Cape Town Museum

collection, and my own.

A, pectoralis is very closely allied to A. abdominalis,

Jac., from Togo (Bismarksburg), but differs in having

only the three lower joints of the antenne: fulvous, the

thorax more distinctly punctured, and the elytral punc-

tuation deeper and more closely placed, as well as in the

black scutellum and breast; in the female the elytral

punctuation is still coarser, and a distinct longitudinal

sulcus is seen at the sides of the elytra. In A. abdo-

minalis, the black abdomen has a distinct metallic-blue

lustre which in this species 1s absent.

Asbecesta melanocephala, sp. n.

Black, the lower four -joints of the antenne, the thorax and

legs flavous; elytra metallic greenish-blue, deeply and closely

punctured, tarsi black. Length, 2 lines.

Hab. Mashunaland, Salisbury; my collection and

Cape Town Museum.

328 Mr. M. Jacoby’s contributions to the knowledge of

Resembles very nearly A. pectoralis, but has an entirely

black head and pale flavous thorax and legs. Some

specimens have the first three joints of the antenne

flavous only. The elytral punctuation is, perhaps, still

coarser and somewhat more regular than in A. pectoralis,

but I am not able to find any other differences of

importance, and it is possible that the present species is

only a variety of the lastenamed; but, having three

specimens before me which all agree with each other, I

must look upon the species as distinct.

Galerucella congoensis, sp. 0.

Very elongate, fuscous, finely pubescent, base of the head and

the antennz (the basal joint excepted) black; thorax obscurely

fulvous with three dark spots, strongly narrowed at middle ; elytra

obscurely testaceous with three longitudinal coste. Length, 5

lines.

Of very elongate and parallel shape, the head finely rugose and

pubescent, the vertex black, with a longitudinal central groove,

frontal tubercles transversely oblique, testaceous, labrum black;

antenne extending to the middle of the elytra, fuscous, the first

joint and the base of the second testaceous, third joint distinctly

shorter than the fourth ; thorax rather more than twice as broad

as long, strongly constricted at the middle, the sides widened and

rounded at the middle, the angles not produced, the basal margin

oblique at each side, the surface with a central narrow groove from

the base to the apex, obscurely fulvous, finely rugose and pube-

scent, the sides and the middle with an obscure fuscous spot, the

former with a shallow depression; scutellum testaceous, rather

longer than broad, its apex truncate, the surface pubescent ; elytra

obscurely testaceous, more or less stained with fuscous, the basal

portion sometimes with a slight greenish tint and shining, the

punctuation fine and extremely close, the pubescence fine and

short, greyish, the disc with three more or less distinct and abbre-

viated longitudinal costz, of which the sublateral one is more

acutely raised than the others; underside and tibie black, the

lower edges of the abdominal segment testaceous.

Hab. Congo; my collection.

This is one of the most elongate species of the genus,

and differs principally in the shape of the thorax and

the sculpture of the elytra from the three or four other

African species known.

African Phytophagous Coleoptera. o29

Megalognatha balyt, sp. n.

Bluish-black below, head and thorax fulvous, very finely

punctured, scutellum black; elytra metallic-blue or green, closely

and strongly punctured, and finely rugose. Length, 34-44 lines.

Head impunctate, fulvous, the frontal elevations obsolete,

labrum black ; antenne black, the two or three lower joints fulvous,

third joint one-half shorter than the fourth, terminal joints

shortened ; thorax transverse, narrowed in front, the sides slightly,

the posterior margin more strongly rounded, the posterior angles

oblique, the surface extremely finely punctured, with two or three

small and rather obsolete fovez at the sides and at the base ;

scutellum black, broader than long, its apex acute ; elytra metallic-

green or blue, closely and strongly punctured, the interstices finely

rugose, underside and legs bluish-black, tibiz unarmed, the first

joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the following three joints

together ; anterior coxal cavities open.

Hab. Hex River.

The last abdominal segment in the male has a short

longitudinal impression at the middle. ‘The species

resembles somewhat MM. elegans, Baly, but is twice as

large, and differs in the colour of the undersides and

many other details.

Malacosoma favrmavrei, sp. n.

_ Fulvous, the antenne, tibiz, and tarsi black, thorax closely and

strongly punctured, elytra rugose-punctate, black, the sutural,

lateral, and apical margins flavous. Length, 3 lines.

Head broad and convex, fulvous, the vertex with a few fine

punctures, frontal elevations oblique, clypeus flavous, labrum and

mandibles stained with black ; antennz extending to the middle of

the elytra, entirely black, the third joint shorter than the fourth,

terminal joints widened ; thorax twice as broad as long, of equal

width, the sides nearly straight, the angles not prominent but

distinct ; the surface rather convex, fulvous, closely and rather

strongly punctured ; scutellum broader than long ; elytra rather

more strongly punctured than the thorax, the punctuation very

close, the interstices everywhere finely rugose, black, the lateral

margins narrowly, the sutural one slightly more broadly, flavous,

but the sutural band rather suddenly narrowed near the base; the

apex also rather broadly flavous, underside and femora fulvous,

tibize and tarsi black.

Hab. Mashunaland, Salisbury.

Of this species I have seen two specimens, one from

330 Mr. M. Jacoby’s contributions to the knowledge of

the Cape Town Museum, and another received from Dr.

Kraatz without particular locality ; both specimens agree

in every particular. The species is evidently closely allied

to M. flavomarginata, Jac., also from Africa, but differs

in the entirely black antenne and tibize; also in the

absence of the bluish tint of the elytra.

Malacosoma basimarginata, sp. nu.

Fulvous, thorax subquadrate, impunctate, elytra closely and

distinctly punctured and slightly rugose, the basal margin and the

suture anteriorly greenish-black. Length, 13 lines.

Head impunctate, the frontal tubercles elongate, joining the

clypeus in front, carina absent ; antenne extending to the middle

of the elytra, rather robust, fulvous, the terminal joints often

fuscous, third joint one-half longer than the second, but shorter

than the fourth ; thorax subquadrate, one-half broader than long,

the sides nearly straight, the angles not prominent, the base with

a narrow but distinct margin, the surface rather convex, impunc-

tate, pale fulvous; scutellum fulvous or nearly black; elytra

parallel, rather closely and distinctly punctured, the interstices

somewhat wrinkled, the basal margin greenish-black, this colour

extending also a little distance downwards at the shoulders and

the suture, but variable in extent, and sometimes only indicated at

the suture ; legs rather robust, ail the tibize with a minute spine,

the first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the following jcints

together ; claws appendiculate, anterior cotyloid cavities open ;

prosternum very narrow, convex.

Hab. Zanzibar.

The underside in one specimen is piceous.

Malacosoma suturalis, sp. n.

Fulvous, the terminal joints of the antenne and the breast

black, thorax impunctate, broader than long, elytra very finely

punctured, a sutural band widened posteriorly, piceous. Length,

1 lines.

Head piceous at the vertex, impunctate, frontal elevations

broad, transverse, carina acutely raised; antennz scarcely extending

to the middle of the elytra, fulvous, the third and fourth joints

equal, the following joints slightly shorter and thickened ; thorax

one-half broader than long, rather convex, the sides rounded and

rather suddenly widened at the middle, narrowed at base and

apex, rather strongly deflexed anteriorly, the angles not produced ;

surface convex, very closely impressed with very minute punctures,

i a

;

’

African Phylophagous Coleoptera. 331

obscurely fulvous; scutellum black ; elytra not more distinctly

punctured than the thorax, convex, fulvous, the suture with a

black pear-shaped band, widened posteriorly, breast black, legs

and abdomen fulvous, prosternum convex between the coxe, tibive

with a minute spine.

Hab. Cape Town.

Malacosoma discoidalis, sp. n.

Black, thorax subquadrate, strongly punctured, elytra closely

and distinctly punctured, flavous, the disc occupied by a broad

piceous patch, leaving the base and apex flavous only. Length, 3

lines.

Head black, impunctate, the frontal elevations transverse,

flattened, carina broad, palpi moderately thickened, the apical

joint ovate; antennz about half the length of the body, the third

joint one-half shorter than the fourth, somewhat triangularly

widened like the intermediate joints, apical joints elongate ;

thorax subquadrate, one-half broader than long, the sides and the

posterior margin rather rounded, the surface black, shining, finely

and rather closely punctured at the sides, the disc with an obsolete

central smooth line ; scutellum broader than long, black ; elytra

much more closely punctured than the thorax, also more distinctly

so; the disc piceous, the base and apex flavous, this colour

gradually widened towards the shoulders; underside and legs

black, clothed with white pubescence; all the tibiz mucronate ;

prosternum narrowly convex, anterior cotyloid cavities open.

Hab. Mashunaland, Salisbury.

Malacosoma (?) clypeata, sp. n.

Testaceous, the head with one, the thorax with two piceous

spots, impunctate, elytra greenish-sneous, very finely and closely

punctured. Length, 43 hnes.

Of elongate, parallel shape, the head broad, testaceous, the

vertex with a large round piceous spot, frontal tubercles trigonate,

broad, clypeus divided into two broadly-flattened lateral lobes,

testaceous ; antenne not extending to the middle of the elytra,

pale fulvous, the third and intermediate joints rather triangularly

widened, the apical three joints thin and elongate ; thorax pro-

portionately very long, scarcely broader than long, subquadrate,

the lateral margins evenly rounded, more narrowed in front,

anterior angles obsolete, slightly thickened, posterior ones oblique,

332 Mr. M. Jacoby’s contributions to the knowledge of

the posterior margin distinctly concave in front of the scutellum,

the surface impunctate, testaceous, with an obscure piceous spot at

each side ; scutellum trigonate, black, impunctate; elytra very

elongate and parallel, greenish-zneous, extremely finely and closely

punctured with very obsolete traces of longitudinal sulci, and some

very short hairs near the margins, their epipleure broad at the

base, disappearing below the middle ; underside and legs testaceous,

the latter rather robust ; all the tibiz mucronate, the first joint

of the posterior tarsi as long as the following two joints together ;

claws appendiculate, prosternum invisible between the coxe,

anterior cotyloid cavities open.

Hab. Hex River.

I place this species somewhat doubtfully in Malacosoma

on account of being devoid of a convex and distinct

prosternum, although the other structural characters

peculiar to the genus are present. ‘The shape. of the

thorax is, however, also distinct from any of its allies, as

well as the peculiar structure of the clypeus, which may,

however, belong to the male insect only. Should other

similarly-structured species become known, a new genus

is probably required for their reception.

SARDOIDES, 0. g.

Body elongate, antenne slender, filiform, thorax transverse,

bifoveolate, elytral epipleurz continued below the middle, legs

slender, the tibiz unarmed, the first joint of the posterior tarsi

as long as the following joints together, claws appendiculate,

anterior coxal cavities open.

The genus here proposed will enter Chapuis’ eleventh

group, the Mimastrine, on account of the unarmed tibiz

and open coxal cavities. ‘The genus differs from

Mimastra in having a more transversely-shaped and

bifoveolate thorax instead of being transversely sulcate ; |

the elytra have broader epipleure, and the first joint of

the tarsi is much longer than in Mimastra. The present

genus is founded on a species which has been long

known to me as inhabiting the Cape, but seems not to

have been described. It was submitted by me during

Chapuis’ life to this clever author’s examination, and he

also pronounced it as being a new genus entering the

group mentioned above.

en eee ee oe

African Phytophagous Coleoptera. 300

Sardoides viridicollis, sp. n.

Metallic-greenish, the antennz and legs flavous, thorax impunc-

tate, bifoveolate, elytra finely and sparingly punctured, flavous,

the sutural and lateral margins metallic-green. Length, 2-3 lines.

Head broad, impunctate, eyes large, frontal elevations broad

and transverse, clypeus deeply concave-emarginate, its anterior

margin and labrum flavous ; antenne slender, nearly as long as the

body, flavous, all the joints, with the exception of the small

second one, of equal length; thorax one-half broader than long,

narrowed at the base, the sides rounded and widened before the

middle, the angles acute, slightly thickened, the surface with two

deep fovex, which are nearly united at the middle, impunctate,

metallic-ereen ; scutellum black; elytra rather depressed, finely

punctured in irregular rows, flavous, narrowly margined with

metallic dark green, their epipleure continued below the middle ;

legs slender, flavous, tibize unarmed, the first joint of the posterior

tarsi as long as the following joints together, claws appendiculate,

anterior cotyloid cavities open.

Hab. Cape Town, Natal.

Sermyla maculata, sp. n.

Oblong-ovate, testaceous, the head partly, the antenna, tibia,

and tarsi black, thorax impunctate, obscurely spotted with piceous,

elytra extremely finely and closely punctured, an elongate spot on

the shoulder, a round one near the scutellum, two connected spots

below the middle and the apex black ; breast and femora piceous

Length, 34 lines.

Head rather broad, blackish at the vertex and between the

eyes, the former impunctate, frontal elevations broadly oblique,

clypeus black, finely rugose, its anterior margin nearly straight,

labrum testaceous, palpi rather slender, piceous ; antenne not

extending to the middle of the elytra, black, the third joint only

slightly longer than the second, half the length of the third joint,

the following joints of nearly equal length ; thorax nearly three

times broader than long, the sides deflexed, narrowed in front,

the lateral margins nearly straight, posterior margin slightly

rounded, anterior angles obliquely thickened ; the surface impunc-

tate, testaceous, with some obscure piceous spots near the base ;

scutellum triangular, piceous; elytra finely and extremely closely

punctured, testaceous, their apex rather broadly rounded and

slightly narrowed, an elongate spot on the shoulder, a round one

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—PARTIII. (SEPT.) 22

334 Mr. M. Jacoby’s contributions to the knowledge of

near the scutellum, another elongate spot below the middle

gradually narrowed to half its size near the lateral margin and

the apex of each elytron, black; breast and legs more or less

piceous, abdomen obscurely testaceous ; prosternum narrow but

distinct and convex, metatarsus of the posterior legs longer than

the following joints together.

Hab. Mashunaland, Salisbury.

The single specimen before me differs in the dis-

tinct and convex, although very narrow, prosternum,

resembling in that respect Malacosoma. Ihave, however,

thought best to leave it at present in Sermyla.

Sermyla (Malacosoma) sutwralis, Alld.

Black, the basal joints of the antennz and the upper surface

fulvous, head and thorax impunctate, elytra extremely finely and

closely punctured, the extreme sutural margin and the scutellum

black. Length, 3—4 lines.

Of elongate and convex shape, the head impunctate, fulvous,

the frontal tubercles scarcely marked, slightly more distinct in

the female, clypeus broad and also ill-defined ; antennez not ex-

tending to the middle of the elytra, black, the lower three joints

fulvous, the second joint one-half the length of the third, this one

shorter than the fourth joint; thorax twice as broad as long, the

anterior margin straight, the sides rounded as well as the posterior

margin, the anterior angles not produced, slightly thickened ; the

surface entirely impunctate, fulvous ; scutellum black ; elytra con-

vex, not covering the pygidium, extremely closely and finely

punctured, the suture very narrowly edged with black; underside

black, the legs fulvous (the femora sometimes black), all the tibiz

mucronate, the first joint of the posterior tarsi longer than the

following joints together, claws appendiculate, anterior coxal

cavities closed.

Hab. Hex River, Africa; also Cape.

This species, of which I have given here a renewed

description, has been placed by M. Allard in Malacosoma,

where it cannot remain on account of the closed anterior

cotyloid cavities. I have been enabled to examine a

typical specimen, kindly given to me by M. Séverin.

Three others I received from Mr, Péringuey.

African Phytophagous Coleoptera. 335

Platyxantha mgromarginata, sp. n.

Flavous, the antennz, the apex of the tibie and the tarsi,

black, thorax bifoveolate with black lateral margins, elytra finely

and closely punctured, flavous, narrowly margined with black.

Var. Antenne and legs flavous.

Mas. Antenne as long as the body, the head with two deep

excavations.

Fem. Antenne shorter, the head normal.

Length, 3-4 lines.

Mas. Head broad, impunctate, the frontal tubercles strongly

raised, broadly transverse, lower portion of face deeply hollowed

out, the excavation divided by a central ridge, terminal joint of

palpi acute ; antenne as long as the body, the basal joint flavous

below, long and curved, the second one very short, moniliform,

third joint longer than the fourth, the following joints slightly

curved ; thorax more than twice as broad as long, the lateral

margin rounded and widened at the middle, narrowly black, as well

as part of the posterior margin; the surface with two obsolete

depressions, impunctate, fulvous or flavous; scutellum black ;

elytra very closely and finely punctured, the interstices very

obsoletely longitudinally grooved, flavous, all the margins narrowly

black, as well as the inner and outer margins of their epipleure ;

underside and legs flavous ; the lower half of the tibize and the

tarsi more or less black, tibize unarmed, anterior cotyloid cavities

closed, the first joint of the posterior tarsi rather longer than the

following joints together, last abdominal segment with lateral

incisions, the median lobe broader than long.

Hab. Mashunaland, Salisbury; also Delagoa Bay

(Mrs. Monteiro).

Platyxantha costatupennts, sp. n.

Metallic-blue, the basal joint of the antennze and the femora

fulvous, thorax punctured, bifoveolate, elytra rugose-punctate, each

with four narrow longitudinal cost. Length, 3 lines.

Head impunctate, metallic-blue or green, the frontal tubercles

strongly raised, clypeus zeneous, palpi black, moderately thickened ;

antenne extending to the middle of the elytra, black, the lower

two joints fulvous, the basal joint long and slender, second one

very short, third and fourth equal, rather elongate, the following

joints slightly shorter and somewhat thickened ; thorax twice as

broad as long, the lateral margins rounded at the middle, narrowed

at the base, the surface metallic-blue or green, bifoveolate, the

336 Mr. M. Jacoby’s contributions to the knowledge of

depressions closely punctured; scutellum dark blue; elytra

narrowly parallel, closely rugose-punctate, metallic-green, their

epipleuree purplish, the punctures interrupted by four narrow

smooth longitudinal coste, separated at equal distances ; underside

metallic-blue, femora fulvous, the lower part of the tibiz and the

tarsi black, the first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the

follewing two joints together.

Hab. Tabora, Africa.

Of this species, not difficult to recognize, I possess

two apparently female specimens. The other sex is

unknown to me, and may possibly be without elytral

coste.

Platyxantha discoidalis, sp. n.

Fulvous, thorax transverse, impunctate, transversely sulcate,

elytra extremely finely and sparingly punctured, fulvous, the disc

greenish-black. Length, 24 lines.

Head impunctate, reddish-fulvous, frontal elevations broadly

transverse, clypeus acutely triangularly raised, palpi robust, the

terminal joint very short and conical ; antennz extending to two-

thirds the length of the elytra, pale fulvous, the first joint

elongate, the second one short, the third and fourth equal, as long

as the first joint, following joints shorter ; thorax twice as broad

as long, slightly narrowed at the base, the sides rounded before

the middle, the angles slightly thickened, not produced, the disc

with two scarcely interrupted shallow sulcations, minutely granu-

late and scarcely perceptibly punctured, reddish-fulvous ; scutellum

fulvous, trigonate, impunctate; elytra with the basal portion

distinctly raised, the shoulders rather prominent, the surface

minutely granulate, very sparingly and finely punctured, the base

and the apex reddish fulvous, the middle of the disc occupied by

a broad greenish-black band ; epipleurz broad, extending to the

apex, legs unarmed, fulvous like the undersurface ; the first joint

of the posterior tarsi as long as the following two joints together,

claws appendiculate, anterior cotyloid cavities closed.

Hab. Sierra Leone.

Of this species, two specimens are contained in’ my

collection ; one, a male, has the intermediate joints of the

antennze very robust, but the terminal ones are wanting ;

the last abdominal segment has the usual lateral in-

cisions ; the other specimen has thinner antenne, and is

a female. The species is smaller than most of its

congeners,

African Phytophagous Coleoptera. 337

Platyxantha intermedia, sp. n.

Fulvous, the antennz fuscous, thorax transversely sulcate, the

sides metallic-greenish, elytra metallic bright green, closely and

strongly punctured, and slightly rugose. Length, 2} lines.

Head impunctate, fulvous, the vertex with a pale purplish gloss,

frontal elevations narrowly transverse, strongly raised, lower

portion of face paler; antennze two-thirds the length of the

elytra, nearly black, pubescent, the third and fourth joints equal ;

thorax twice as broad as long, of equal width, the sides narrowed

at the base, rounded before the middle; the surface with two

shallow fovez, minutely granulate and finely punctured near the

anterior angles, the sides with a narrow metallic-greenish band

which gradually widens towards the anterior angles; scutellum

black ; elytra closely and strongly punctured, the interspaces not

broader than the punctures, somewhat rugose, with traces of

longitudinal smooth narrow lines or cost here and there ; under-

side and legs fulvous, tibiee unarmed, the first joint of the posterior

tarsi as long as the following joints together.

Hab. Delagoa Bay.

The single, apparently female, specimen contained in

my collection has partly the coloration of the two pre-

ceding species, but is smaller, and differs in many details.

Monolepta octomaculata, sp. n.

Fulvous, the antenne (the basal joint excepted), the breast, and

the legs black, thorax transverse, sparingly punctured, elytra very

minutely punctured, fulvous, each with four small black spots

(1,1, 2). Length, 14 lines.

Head impunctate, fulvous, frontal tubercles not strongly raised,

labrum and palpi black ; antennz not extending to the middle of

the elytra, black, the basal joint fulvous, the second and third

joints small, equal, third and fourth also of equal length, terminal

joints slightly shorter ; thorax scarcely twice as broad as long,

the sides narrowed towards the apex, rounded near the base; the

posterior margin also rounded ; the surface very minutely and

rather closely punctured, fulvous; scutellum black ; elytra micro-

scopically punctured and very finely wrinkled, fulvous, a small

spot on the shoulder, another at the sides near the middle, and two

spots below the latter placed obliquely transverse, black, the

extreme apical angle also of the same colour; elytral epipleurz

broad at the base, disappearing below the middle, breast and legs

black, the anterior femora more or less fulvous.

Hab. Natal.

338 Mr. M. Jacoby’s contributions to the knowledge of

Candezea mashuana, sp. n.

Pale flavous, the terminal joints of the antenne and the tibize

and tarsi black, thorax impunctate, elytra extremely minutely and

closely punctured. Length, 33 lines.

Of convex but nearly parallel shape, pale yellowish ; the head

impunctate, without any frontal elevations, penultimate joint of

the palpi incrassate ; antenne long and slender, extending to the

middle of the elytra, the lower four joints fulvous, the others

black, the base of each joint also flavous, third joint one-half

longer than the second ; thorax one-half broader than long, the

sides rounded as well as the posterior margin, the surface entirely

impunctate ; scutellum triangular ; elytra extremely closely and

finely punctured, the interstices very minutely wrinkled ; elytral

epipleurz continued below the middle, tibie and tarsi black, the

first joint of the posterior tarsi half the length of the tibie.

Hab. Mashunaland, Salisbury.

Candezea femorata, sp. n.

Black ; the head, antenne, thorax, elytra, and the tibie and

tarsi flavous, thorax nearly impunctate, elytra very finely punc-

tured. Length, 23-3 lines.

Head broad and short, impunctate, fulvous, frontal tubercles

distinct, lower portion of face convex, testaceous, labrum piceous ;

antenne slender, flavous, as long as the body, the basal joint very

long, the third nearly one-half shorter than the fourth, terminal

joint black at the apex ; thorax rather more than twice as broad

as long, the sides nearly straight, the anterior angles oblique, the

posterior margin sinuate, the surface scarcely perceptibly punctured,

fulvous ; scutellum black; elytra convex, fulvous, very finely and

closely punctured, their epipleurz continued below the middle ;

underside and femora black, tibie and tarsi flavous, the first joint

of the posterior tarsi nearly half the length of the tibia, anterior

cotyloid cavities closed. .

Hab. Naital..

At once distinguished from C. flaveola, Gerst., by the

colour of the underside, scutellum, and femora.

Buphomda africana, sp. n.

Black, finely pubescent, head and thorax rugose, elytra dark

violaceous, pubescent, more finely rugosely punctured than the

head and thorax, last abdominal segment flavous. Length, 2-3

lines.

African Phytophagous Coleoptera. 339

Of elongate parallel shape, the head broad, strongly rugose, the

frontal elevations transverse, smooth and shining, rest of the head

finely pubescent ; antennze extending to the middle of the elytra,

black, the terminal joints gradually and slightly widened, the third

joint shorter than the fourth but one-half longer than the second

joint ; thorax short, narrower at the base than at the apex, the

angles with a small ring-shaped tubercle containing a single hair,

the rest of the surface strongly rugose and sparingly pubescent,

anterior margin straight, posterior margin slightly sinuate at the

middle ; scutellum broad, black, pubescent; elytra opaque vio-

laceous, clothed with thin greyish pubescence, finely rugosely

punctured throughout, the apex of each elytron rounded, their

epipleures very narrow; underside and apex black, the last

abdominal segment flavous, tibiz unarmed, the first joint of the

posterior tarsi as long as the three following joints, claws bifid,

anterior coxal cavities closed.

Hab. Africa, Sierra Leone.

In this species, the first known from Africa, the

structural characters of Buphonida are all present, but

the thorax is not quite so short or so transversely sulcate

as is the case in the typical forms from India; neverthe-

less, I think the species may well be included in the

genus, the broad head especially suggesting this as its

proper place. The female is considerably larger and

broader than the male insect.

Cynorta (?) modesta, sp. n.

Obscurely testaceous, antenne (the basal joints excepted), the

breast and the apex of the tibiz, as well as the tarsi, black; thorax

subquadrate without depression, elytra minutely punctured, with

traces of longitudinal sulci (9). Length, 3-33 lines.

Head broad, impunctate, slightly fulvous, the frontal tubercles

transverse, strongly raised, clypeus triangular, acutely raised, palpi

long and slender ; antennz nearly as long as the body, black, the

lower three joints and the extreme base of the following ones

flavous, third joint much shorter than the fourth; thorax scarcely

broader than long, all the margins nearly straight, all the angles

acute, the surface without depressions, very sparingly and scarcely

perceptibly punctured ; scutellum with its apex nearly truncate ;

elytra parallel, not depressed below the base, testaceous, very finely

and closely punctured ; underside and legs flavous, the breast, the

extreme apex of the tibiz and the tarsi blackish, tibiz with a

340 Mr. M. Jacoby’s contributions to the knowledge of

small spine, the first joint of the posterior tarsi as long as the

following two joints together, claws appendiculate, anterior coty-

loid cavities closed, the last abdominal segment divided into two

deeply hollowed and acutely pointed lobes, the preceding segment

with a longitudinal groove.

Hab. Salisbury, Mashunaland.

Female with the elytra obsoletely longitudinally suleate at the

sides, the underside black, the last two abdominal segments flavous,

simple.

I have placed this species provisionally in Cynorta on

account of the subquadrate thorax, the armed tibiz, and

the closed coxal cavities. The genus has, however, not

previously been recorded from Africa, and the thorax in

this insect is devoid of any foveze usually found in

Cynorta. This, however, does not seem of sufficient

importance for the erection of another geuus.

Malaxia femorata, sp. n.

Black, the basal joints of the antennz below, the face, the apex

of the femora and the tibiz more or less flavous, thorax finely

rugose, elytra bright green, finely rugose, and clothed with white

pubescence. Length, 2} lines.

Head finely rugose, the vertex black, the lower portion of the

face flavous, clypeus transversely swollen ; antenne two-thirds the

length of the body, black, the three or four lower joints flavous

below, third and fourth joints equal; thorax twice as broad as

long, of equal width, the posterior angles rather obliquely shaped ;

the surface sculptured like the thorax, black, clothed with some

fine yellowish pubescence, the sides obsoletely depressed, lateral

margins nearly straight; scutellum black, elytra finely rugose,

green, clothed with whitish pubescence, the extreme sides of a

more brassy or golden tint; underside and the base of the femora

black, legs flavous, the anterior tibize and tarsi more or less fuscous.

Hab. South Africa (?)

This species, of which I received two specimens from

Mr. Péringuey without locality, differs from M. awrolim-

bata, All., in the colour of the thorax, which is described

as fulvous with three black spots, but seems otherwise

closely allied. M. Allard, also, refers to his species,

M. allwaudi, but I am not able to find a species described

by that name. M. nigricollis, All., has differently coloured

antenne and elytra, and M. wporraceipennis, All., is:

African Phytophagous Coleoptera. 341

described with a fulvous thorax and costate elytra.

Another species from Africa, M. vernalis, All., is entirely

fulvous with the exception of the elytra.

NOTE.

GazoniA, Jac. (Hntomologist, 1893).

This name, having already been used several times in

Zoology, must be changed; I, therefore, alter it to

Jamesonia, in memory of the late distinguished naturalist

to the Stanley Hxpedition.

XII. An attempt to correlate the results arrived at in recent

Papers on the Classification of Lepidoptera. By

James Witiram Tur, F.H.S.

[Read Feb. 20th, 1895.]

THE very interesting paper by Mr. George F'. Hampson,

“On recent contributions to the Classification of the

Lepidoptera, by Prof. J. H. Comstock* and Dr. T. A.

Chapman,” + which appeared in “The Annals and

Magazine of Natural History’ for October, 1894, has

led me to pen the following notes.

The great advance which entomological, in common

with other branches of natural, science has made during

the last quarter of a century has revolutionised our ideas

on the subject of classification. The old methods, in

which the characters presented by the imago, were

almost the only data utilised, have long been recognized

as unsound. ‘The great progress which has been made

in the study of the immature stages of Lepidoptera,

and the recognition of certain characters present in these

stages as essential and important data, have brought

about what may be called quite a new era in classification.

The object of classification, I take it, is to place to-

gether those species which have most recently developed

from the same stems; to work back, as far as may be,

through the more recent stems to those less recent, and at

last to that primeval form from which all have arisen. A

system of classification, if it is to be a natural one, ought

to be, when thoroughly worked out, a genealogical tree

of the objects classified.

The embryological conditions (t.e., those which precede

the imago) are those which point out to us the past

history of the insects, the changes through which they

have passed in the course of their evolution, and, it must

be evident, that such characters as may be found there,

must be utilised if a scientific classification is to be

* “Hivolution and Taxonomy,’ Wilder Quarter Century Book,

Ithaca, N.Y., 1890, pp. 37-113.

+ Trans. Ent, Soc. Lond., 1893, pp. 97-119 ; 1894, p. 335.

TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895,—parrT 111. (SEPT.)

344, Mr. J. W. Tutt on recent papers on

arrived at. No scheme based on a single set of charac-

ters, belonging to only one stage, can possibly be even

approximately perfect. It is possible to conceive that,

especially in those Orders where the method of life differs

so greatly in the various stages and different means of

defence and protection are thus rendered necessary, an

insect may be very greatly modified in one particular

stage, without any corresponding modification in the

other stages being at all necessary. It may happen to

be of advantage for the larva to be of a generalised type,

and for the imago to be much more specialised, or vice

versa. IEf this be granted, it follows that no scheme of

classification that is not founded upon a consideration of

the structural details and peculiarities of the insects in all

their stages can be considered as really sound, or as

founded upon a natural basis. It is also evident that

the results of the various systems—whether based on

oval, larval, pupal, or imaginal characters—must be com-

pared, and the sum total of evidence brought together,

if a satisfactory result is to be obtained. If these results

agree, then it is clear that the conclusions arrived at are

sound; but if the characters from one stage appear to

suggest a different result from those obtained from

another, it is evident that fresh observations and com-

parisons need to be made, and the differences to be

explained before any adequate scheme can be reached.

It is with a view of comparing, in some small degree,

the results arrived at by Dyar (using larval characters),

by Chapman (using pupal and larval characters), and by

Comstock and Hampson (using imaginal characters) that

the following notes are offered.

As is well known, in many Lepidoptera the wings are

united by a “frenulum,” or bristle, which is single in the

male, but frequently more complex in structure in the

female. This frenulum arises from the base of the costa

of the hindwing, and articulates with the retinaculum on

the underside of the forewing. In the Hepralide and

Micropterygide the wings are united by a “ jugum,” or

membranous lobe, which arises from near the base of the

underside of the forewings. This jugum holds the base

of the costal margin of the hindwing, as.it were, in a

vice, between itself and the inner margin of the fore-

wing, a condition very similar to what obtains in the

l'richoptera. These organs (the “jugum” and the

the Classification of Lepidoptera. 345

“frenulum”’) form, to a large extent, the basis of Pro-

fessor Comstock’s classification; his Jucatm containing

the Hepialide and Micropterygide, whilst his Frenatx

are divided roughly into “Generalised Frenulum Con-

servers,’ “Specialised Frenulum Conservers,” and

** Frenulum Losers.”

It will be remembered that Dr. T. A. Chapman, from a

study of the characters presented by the earlier stages

(especially by the pupz) of the Lepidoptera-Heterocera,

divided them into two groups, OsrecTH and IncompLetTs,

and placed the Micropterygidx, Cochliopodidx, and

Hepialide among the families which he considered to be

at the bottom of the scale of development of the Lepido-

ptera ; whilst it has long been known that the Hepialidex

and Micropterygide differed much from the other families

of Lepidoptera, inasmuch as they possessed twelve veins

in the hindwings, no other family having more than

eight.

Sitice the publication of Professor Comstock’s paper,

Mr. Harrison G. Dyar, 8.B., has worked out a general

scheme of classification,* based on the arrangement and

external structure of the setiferous tubercles of the

larvee of the Lepidoptera, in order “to see how a classi-

fication, based on these structures, would compare with

this new classification.” After pointing out that the

special development of these tubercles is largely for the

purpose of defence, and that, consequently, a classification

based on larval tubercles might be expected to differ in

important respects from one based on the adult insect,

Mr. Dyar very rightly insists that the fact that his system

does not differ in any important particulars ‘for the

major groups” shows that Professor Comstock’s classifi-

cation is “‘ the nearest to a natural one that we have yet

had.”

Owing to “the loss of the frenulum in certain

Frenatx,” Prof. Comstock states that it is necessary to

make use “of some other character or characters’’

which are acknowledged ‘‘ by systematists as recogni-

tion characters.” He then falls back upon neuration,

a line which is worked out somewhat at length by

Mr. Hampson in the paper referred to above.

* “ A Classification of Lepidopterous Larve,”’ Annals New York

Acad. Sci., vili., p. 18.

346 Mr. J. W. Tutt on recent papers on

I may state at the outset, that this paper is not offered

in a spirit of adverse criticism to any one of the particular

lines indicated by, and worked out.at length by, these

various authors. My object is to point out where the

different schemes of classification agree and where they

differ, and to suggest some reasons for the more important

points of difference. It is abundantly clear that, so far

as the heterogeneous mixture, which has long since

passed under the name of Tinerna, is concerned, Dr.

Chapman is the ouly author who has really faced the

difficulty, or who has examined the material sufficiently

to obtain even approximate results. The other hetero-

geneous group, Bomsyczs, has been well sifted by all

the authors.

It is, of course, to be expected that some errors will

be made, and some erroneous conclusions reached, by

the study of any one set of characters separately; for

it is only by a combination of many characters that we

can ever reach a satisfactory classification. When, there-

fore, we find Chapman, Comstock, Dyar, and Hampson

agreeing that the pupa, the jugum, the generalised con-

dition of the setiferous tubercles of the larva, and the low

developmental stage of the neuration all unite in indica-

ting that the true place of the Micropterygidxe and Hepia-

lide is at the bottom of the Lepidoptera, the conclusion

must be looked upon as one not likely to be upset by

the study of any other set of specialised characters, but,

on the contrary, as one that will be rather strengthened

thereby.

However satisfied we may be with regard to Comstock’s

JuGcAT#, his subdivision of the Frzenatx into families

which retain the frenulum, and families that tend to lose

it, is not at all satisfactory. Mr. Hampson points out

(Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist., p. 255) that this is not a natural

arrangement, and indicates instances in various families

of Lepidoptera in which certain genera have lost the

frenulum, whilst the great mass of the genera (or species)

in the family have retained it, eg.: Humantopterus in

the Zygxenidex ; Cleosiris in the Callidulide ; many genera

in the Drepanulide, such as Phalacra, Drapetodes, Oreta,

and Cilic; Ratarda in the Lymantrude ;. Hypulia and

Genusa in the Boarmune; and many genera of Geome-

trine. This arrangement struck me at once as being

very similar to, and of much the same antiquated

see ea, tama a a EO EE LLL LE LEE LE LIE,

the Classification of Lepidoptera. 347

character, as that by which one used to classify the

TorTRICES, according as they possessed, or did not possess,

a costal fold. This primary division of the Frenata,

therefore, appears to be unsatisfactory, perhaps, indeed,

somewhat misleading, and Mr. Hampson and Mr. Dyar

both very rightly regard the subdivision of the Frenatz

into “frenulum losers” and “ frenulum conservers,” as

being decidedly faulty in many respects.

Mr. Dyar states that “the primitive form of tubercle

consists of a little chitinous button on the skin bearing

a single long hair... . It is found exclusively in the

Jucatz and Psychide.’ He, therefore, places the

Psychidx very low in the list, as low, in fact, as they

were placed by Dr. Chapman for other reasons. Mr.

Dyar then says that the remainder of the lepidopterous

larvee may be divided into two groups :—(1) Those which

have a tendency to coalescence of tubercles iv. and v.*

== Professor Comstock’s “‘ Generalised Frenulum Con-

servers’ plus one family each from his Zygenine and

Saturnine). (2) Those which have a tendency to the

separation of tubercles iv. and v. (= Professor Com-

stock’s ‘‘ Specialised Frenulum Conservers ” and “ Frenu-

lum losers” with the exceptions just noted). Mr. Dyar

then says :—“If we shift the order of Professor Com-

stock’s characters, and disregard the two exceptions, we

may say that the first group corresponds to the ‘ Genera-

lised Frenate,’ the second to the ‘Specialised Frenate.’ ”

Hence we see that Mr. Dyar finds fault somewhat with

the arrangement made by Professor Comstock, but as I

have before pointed out, the Professor himself writes :—

«The loss of the frenulum in certain F'rENaT# renders

necessary the use of some other character or characters

by the systematists as recognition characters” (p. 45).

Mr. Dyar finds some difficulty in the correct under-

standing of the tubercles in many instances, for in the

higher “Generalised Frenatz,’’ tubercle iv. has dis-

appeared by coalescence with v., and in the higher

“Specialised Frenate ”’ it becomes smaller till it dis-

appears, aS may be seen in certain genera of the

Lymanirvide. “This illustrates,” says Mr. Dyar, “the

fundamental distinction that I have drawn between

** Tubercles iv. and v. appear from Dyav’s figs. 3, 4, 5 (p. 198), to

be the post-spiracular and the sub-spiracular tubercles respectively.

348 Mr. J. W. Tutt on recent papers on

these groups. The distinction is still equally good

theoretically, but it fails in practice. For this reason

I have been in doubt about the position of the

Pyromorphide, Megalopygide (= Lagoidx), and

Hucleide (= LInmacodidxe), and I have been obliged

to give weight to the characters of the moths in locating

these families.” ‘Thus we see that Mr. Dyar draws his

characters for locating these from the imagines, but

he is at the same time careful to state that the “ tubercles

do not contradict the position assigned to them.”

Whether he is wise in doing this is open to question,

but at the same time I cannot help thinking that in a

classification based on larval characters, the consideration

of the imaginal characters should have been abandoned,

or, at least, only suggested.

Professor Comstock appears to fail to apply his own

generalisations in some cases, the most remarkable

instance being in connection with the Syntomidze. The

Syntomide are very like Zygeenas in general appearance,

the coloration and character of the spotting being

often almost identical; yet the earlier stages prove that

they are as far apart as two so closely similar groups of

insects can be conceived to be. J had the pleasure of

examining the larve and pup of Syntomis with Dr.

Chapman, and there can be no doubt that, as Dr.

Chapman has already pointed out, the Syntomide are to

all intents and purpose Arctiids of a very high type,

and that they have no connection with the Zygende

proper, whose Micro characters are well known to all

British lepidopterists. The parallel system of colora-

tion, markings, contour of wing, etc., in Syntomide and

Zygenidx, must have been evolved along perfectly in-

dependent lines. Professor Comstock correctly divides

the Zygenide into two sections, but he has entirely

failed to recognize the vast gulf that separates them.

Mr. Dyar places “the Huchromude (= Zygzenidz)

with the Arctiids, and here the terminology appears

somewhat to obscure the results; still there can be no

doubt that he refers to our Syntomid group, for on

p. 202 he writes of the superfamily Zygenidxe:—‘ So

far as the North American fauna is concerned, there are

but two families which claim notice, the Huchromiidz

and the Pyromorphide. According to my views these

belong to two separate lines of descent, the “ Specialised

the Classification of Lepidoptera. 349

Frenate ” and the ‘‘ Generalised Frenate ” respectively.

1 will not do more here than call attention to this

difference, as the Pyromorphidz is one of the families

about which I have been in doubt. From this there can

be no doubt that Dyar correctly differentiates the

Huchromudex, the Arctiud part of the so-called Zygxnide,

from the Pyromorphidx, which represent the true

Zygeenas in America. If this be so, his conclusions

are in agreement with those of Dr. Chapman.

The study of a group of insects from the point of

view of any special structure deserves nothing but praise.

Its utility is beyond all question; but generalisations

based on such a study should be compared most care-

fully with results already obtained in other directions,

in order to see that they do not widely disagree with

them. If they do, the matter should be gone over

again, with a view of showing either that the previous

results are actually at fault or that there is an error in

the present generalisation, for it may be regarded as

certain, that any system, based on a really good, re-

liable, structural character will in the main agree with

that ideal system which it is the desire of all scientific

men to reach, which, based on a study of insects in all

their stages, shall show us their lines of evolution and

their present relations to each other.

The results submitted by Comstock, Hampson, and

Dyar agree in one important particular, and that. is,

that they substantiate the apparently sweeping imnova-

tions which Dr. Chapman made as regards the relations

of various families of Lepidoptera. Probably his paper

was the most severe blow which the Bompycns, as a

collective group, ever received, whilst it revolutionised

our ideas of the Tineina. Lepidopterists, generally,

recognized the heterogeneous mixture which these two

groups presented, but what their real relationships weve

no one seemed able to point out. Some of the Bomsyczs,

so-called, were transferred by Dr. Chapman to the

lowest groups of the Lepidoptera; whilst some of the

TINnEINA were shown to exhibit a strikingly high deve-

lopment. Unfortunately our American workers at this

Subject, as well as Mr. Hampson, appear to have found

the Tinzina too tough a task for their entomological

digestion ; it is to be hoped, however, that they will

attack this part of the work from their own points of

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—pParT II. (SEPT.) 28

300 Mr. J. W. Tutt on recent papers on

view, and substantiate or upset Dr. Chapman’s conclu-

sions thereon. :

On one point, however, all are agreed, and that is,

that the Micropterygide and Hepialidez come at the

very bottom of the list, whilst these are followed by

various families which have been hitherto placed high up

in the scale. The following comparison of the results

obtained by Dr. Chapman and Messrs. Hampson and

Dyar, in that section called by Dr. Chapman Incom-

PLeTH, and by Professor Comstock subdivided into

JUGATE and GENERALISED FRENATH, may prove inter-

esting. There is really no need to place Comstock’s

detailed arrangement side by side with these, since Dyar

says there are only two points in which his classification

contradicts that of Comstock. One is the failure of

Comstock to separate the Huchromude {the Arctiid| and

the Pyromorphide [the Zygenid groups of the

Zygenidx#|, the former of which belongs to Chapman’s

Ostrectm, the latter to his IncompLet#; the second is

with regard to the Lacosomidx, which are placed by

Comstock with the Satwrnina. Where Dyar differs from

Chapman it is important to remember that in many

instances Dyar’s material has been very scanty.

The following tables speak for themselves as to the

general agreement between the various authors :—

1. Classification based on pupal and larval characters.

IncomPLeTz, Chapman.

1. Micropterygide, Cochliopodide, Zygenide.

2. a. Hepialide, Zeuzeride, Tischeria, Ade-

lide, Nepticulide.

B. Tinerde, Psychidxe, Sesudex, Tortricina,

Cossidx, Hxapate, Simethis | Castnia],

‘y. Inthocolletide, Gracilarude.

6. Pterophoride.

11. Classification based on the presence of a jugum or

frenulum proposed by Comstock, these charac-

ters being supplemented by characters drawn

from neuration. Same classification adopted

by Dyar, whose conclusions are based on a study

of the setiferous tubercles.

the Classification of Lepidoptera. 30]

Jug¢atm, Comstock, Dyar.

a. Micropterygidx,* Hepralide.

GENERALISED F'Renarm, Comstock, Dyar.

a. Psychidex.t

B. Cosside, Pyralidina, Tortricina, Tine-

ina | Gelechiide, Hlachistidx], Lacos-

omide,t Pterophoride,Pyromorphidx,§

Megalopygide, Hucleide [= the Coch-

liopodidee (Limacodide)|.

1. Classification by Hampson based on characters

derived from neuration.

Incompitetm, Chapman.

1. Micropterygidx, Hepialide.

2. a. LInmacodidx |Cochliopodidx], Zygezn-

idx, Castnudx, Megalopygidx, Psych-

idx, Heterogynidx, Cosside.

B. Sesvide, Tinerde, Alucitide, Ptero-

phoridex.

Now, it must be admitted that no one knows better

than the authors of these papers that it is impossible to

arrange any of the families in linear order so that their

relationship may be shown. Yet, in spite of this

knowledge, there is a tendency, visible here and there,

especially in Mr. Hampson’s paper, to make a somewhat

connected list, Mr. Hampson even going so far as to

state that he has numbered the families “from the

bottom upwards in what seems to be the most natural

order of arrangement.” Dr. Chapman very carefully

avoids this, and only in the slightest degree does he

even attempt to connect the families. He separates his

IncomeLet#, Section 2 (vide ante), as being developed on

four separate lines, and shows that the line of develop-

ment of each has in its own direction reached a high

level. For example, he states that the Zygenide (Incom-

pLeTH#, Section 1.) must in many respects take a high

* Not dealt with by Dyar.

+ Considered as in the FRENAT# by Dyar, but not in Com

stock’s GENERALISED FRENATA.

£ Placed in Saturniide by Comstock.

§ Belongs to or closely allied to Zygenide, as limited by Chap-

man [excluding Huchromiide |.

302 Mr. J. W. Tutt on recent papers on

place. Thus, in comparing Sections 1 and 2, Microptery-

gidz (Section 1) would fall below Hepialide (Section 2),

but Zygenide (Section 1) would.come above Graci-

laridz, and probably level with Pterophoride (Section 2),

if the amount of specialisation of the groups be thoroughly

weighed.

A comparison of the above tables shows how nearly

Dr. Chapman’s arrangement has been upheld by the

other systems. It may be well now to point out the

main differences observable, and, if possible, their causes.

The greatest difference is, of course, at once noticed to

be in connection with the Tinz1na. Mr. Dyar’s material

here has been practically nil (vide Classif. of Lepidop.

Larvee, pp. 208, 209), whilst Mr. Hampson apparently

includes all the groups in his Tineidxe, and gives no

clue as to what he thinks of them. Both appear to

come to conclusions practically at one with Dr. Chap-

man, so far as relates to the families hitherto lumped

together as Bomsyczs, and, no doubt, when they have

examined sufficient material in the Tinuina, they will

confirm his conclusions there.

It would be well here to inquire what Mr. Hampson

means by Tineide. Dr. Chapman restricts it very pro-

perly to the genus Timea and its closest allies, and

excludes absolutely all the other families formerly

admitted under the name of Tinermna, which families,

indeed, he shows to have a wonderful range of relation-

ships. From the fact that one fails, in the remainder

of Mr. Hampson’s paper, to find any subsidiary groups,

one is forced to the conclusion that he has included in

the term the whole heterogeneous group, which I, for

one, thought we had done with for ever; and as the

Tortrices are also left out of Mr. Hampson’s arrange-

ment, one wonders also whether they are, in addition, to

be considered as included therein. Now, Dr. Chapman

divides the Tinuina up into numbers of well-defined

families, all having great and vastly different classifi-

catory values (vide ‘‘Hnt. Record,” etc. vol. iv.,. pp.

73, 74), restricting the term Tineide to a very small

section, as just defined. He subtracts, for example, the

Nepticulide, the Adelidz, and Tischeria, Haapate, the

Inthocolletide, and Gracilariude, all of which fall in the

large division Incomrtetm. Then he further takes away

the Hlachistide, Coleophoride, Argyresthide, Hypono-

;

the Classification of Lepidoptera. 308

meutide, Plutellide, Gelechiide, and Cicophoride,

which are placed with the Pyraloids in Ostzrcrm. When

these have been taken away (and they are a fairly large

share of the Trvetna), Dr. Chapman uses the term

Tineidz for the remainder. Has Mr. Hampson examined

these various groups thoroughly? If so, are we to

assume that he has found characters which negative Dr.

Chapman’s treatment of them? Mr. Dyar subdivides

them, but, on account of the slender material he has been

able to obtain, his results are necessarily of the most

incomplete nature.

The second difference is with regard to the Alucitidz

and Pterophoride. Dr. Chapman places the Ptero-

phoridx practically in the same position as does Mr.

Hampson. The latter, however, places the Alucitidx

next to the Pterophoridx. It would appear that in

reality the Alucitide have no connection, near or

remote, with the Pterophoride (perhaps, indeed, little

more than the Syntomide have with the Zygemdz) ;

the superficial resemblance due to the plumose wings

has been evidently reached along different lines of evo-

lution, and does not appear to show a real relationship.

In Dr. Chapman’s arrangement, the Pterophoridx are

among the IncompLetz, whilst the Alucitide are placed

in the Ostnctz. With regard to these two groups, Mr.

Dyar appears to have made no differentiation.

The most startling result, however, is one reached by

Mr. Dyar. He places the Pyralidina on the same line

with Cossus, Tortrices, Sesudx, etc. It would appear, at

first sight, that there must be something seriously amiss

here, for Dr. Chapman and Mr. Hampson both bring

the Pyralide into the Ozstects. But after a little con-

sideration I came to the conclusion that these great

differences in position were more apparent than real.

In his paper (Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond., 1893, pp. 108, 109)

Dr. Chapman points out, that although the pupz of his

section Pyraloids have advanced a considerable distance

along the line of evolution, so far, indeed, as to develop

purely Macro (Osrrctm) characters, yet the larvee retain

many Micro (IncompLET#) peculiarities, as if the speciali-

sation of the larva has not been so necessary, as has the

independent specialisation of the pupa.

I am, of course, quite aware that the close examination

of a large number of specimens of the smallest species,

354 Mr. J. W. Tutt on recent papers on

comprised in what have been proved to be several impor-

tant families, must occupy a vast amount of time.

However, it is absolutely necessary that this should be

done, because by bringing all the small Lepidoptera

(Tinzrna, Tortrices) into one group, Tineide, as has been

done by Mr. Hampson, the difficulty of their classifi-

cation is very effectually, but unsatisfactorily, burked.

Not, of course, that I think fora moment that Messrs.

Hampson and Dyar foresaw this, for had they done

so I feel satisfied that they would not have shirked

the difficulty; still it wants facing, and the various

groups, it appears to me, should be given their proper

values in the tables drawn up by their respective

authors.

Of the families that make up the division OxsrzctTz,

Chapman (= the Sprcratisep Frenatz of Comstock), it

is difficult to make a comparison. Dr. Chapman does not

separate the families still left in BomsBycrs, nor does he

indicate the difference in value of the several families so

far as relates to their line of evolution. The failure,

already referred to, of Mr. Dyar and Mr. Hampson to sub-

divide the Trne1Na into their component parts, gives no

chance of obtaining their equivalent to Dr. Chapman’s

Ostrct# Section 3, including the Hyponomeutide, Argqy-

resthide, Coleophoride, and ? Hlachistide. Mr. Dyar,

too, by placing the Pyralide in the IncompLetz with-

draws this family from comparison, but Mr. Hampson

agrees with Dr. Chapman in placing the Pyralidz at the

bottom of this group. Having reached this point Dr.

Chapman is satisfied with naming the Sphinges, Bom-

byces (as restricted), Nolide, Nyctzwolidx, Noctwina, and

Geometrx, collectively as the highest group, 1.e., those

which have undergone the most specialisation. Both

Mr. Hampson and Mr. Dyar agree with this, although

their details are not identical. Mr. Dyar places the

Geometride much lower than does Mr. Hampson, but, for

all that, the important fact remains that all the authors’

conclusions prove them to be in agreement that Dr. Chap-

man’s Macros do represent the most highly developed

families.

It may be interesting here to compare the details

of classification suggested by these authors for the

higher developed Heterocera.

the Classification of Lepidoptera. 300

1. Ostectz, Chapman.

1. Of doubtful value, Coleophoride, Argyresthide,

Hyponomeutidx, (Hlachistide ?).

2. PyraLorps.—Alucitide, Hpigraphiide, Hicophor-

ide, Plutellidx, Gelechiidx, Crambidee, Hudor-

ide, Phycide, Pyrales.

3. Macros. — Noctwina, Geometrina, Bombyces,

Nolidx, Nyctxolide.

Il. SPECIALISED Frenatm, Comstock, Dyar.

1. Noctwide (in part), Agaristide, Nycteolidx and

Nolhidx [= Inthostide, in part|, Notodontide,

Geometride, Drepanide.

2. Noctuide (in part), Pericopide, Arctiidx, Huch-

romude [= Zygende *), Lymantrude,

Lasvocampide, Sphingide (*).

The Inthosude + (in part), Saturnina, Sphingide,

together with the various families of Butterflies, Dyar

classes as the Frenutum Loszrs of Comstock.

mi. Classification of Ostrecta, Chapman, as arranged

by Hampson.

1. Pyralide, Thyridiide, Drepanulide, Calli-

dulidx, Lasiocampide.

2. Arbelide, Hndromidx, Syntomide, Arctude,

Lymantriide, Pterothysanide, Hypside,

Agaristide, Noctwde.

3. Cymatophoride, Sphingide, Notodentidx, D1-

optide, Geometride, Epiplemide, Uranude,

Hpicopeide, Bombycide, Hupterotidx, Cerato-

campidx, Brahmaecide, Saturnide, Rhop-

alocera.

If we assume, and I think we may safely do so, that

these groupings are not intended to be linear, we cannot

help being struck with the fact that, to a considerable

extent, even in detail, notwithstanding the comparatively

small amount of material actually studied, the systems

_ largely confirm each other.

It will be seen on reference to Mr. Dyar’s paper that

he has worked out the relationships of the larvee of the

* This part of the old division of Zygwnidw is referred to the

Arctiide by Chapman. 5

+ There is no trace in Dyar’s paper to show which part is here

meant. _

356 Mr, J. W. Tutt on recent papers on

Rhopalocera on the same line as those of the Heterocera,

and has attempted their classification by the larval

characters he uses. Mr. Hampson has been satisfied to

lump them at the end of his scheme. Dr. Chapman has

recognized the necessity of treating the Butterflies separ-

ately in any scheme of classification that may be adopted,

and has worked out a scheme for them based mainly on

pupal characters. His detailed observations thereon

were recorded in a paper read before the City of London

Entomological Society, which will appear in print shortly

(Ent. Record, March 15th and April Ist, 1895). To a

great extent Mr. Dyar’s subdivision of the various

families indicates the main results at which Dr. Chapman

has arrived, vizi—(1) The intimate connection between

the Nymphalidxe and Pieride (quite a new idea) ; (2) the

generalised condition of the Papilionide; (8) that each

family contains within itself subfamilies indicating lower

and higher lines of evolution, etc. Their main point of

difference is in the position assigned to the Hesperuidz.

I may also mention here that Mr. Dyar accounts for only

part of the Lycenidx; he seems to have forgotten to

indicate the position of the other part.

How far the neuration is useful or the reverse for a

classification of this kind I am not prepared to say, Mr.

Hampson’s results in many ways prove that it has a

value when properly applied, but I believe the lumping

of the Rhopalocera under a single name, based on a charac-

ter which associates the Butterflies nearly or remotely

with Geometride and Cymatophoridex, will tend to pro-

duce doubt in the minds of many as to whether the general

similarity in neuration has in such cases the slightest classi-

ficatory significance. The same result has been arrived

at, in the families indicated by Mr. Hampson, as forming

the highest group, undoubtedly in many different ways ;

but I cannot agree that the neuration of the Rhopalocera,

as a whole, conforms to the definition that the ‘ Fore-

wing has vein 5 arising from the middle of the disco-

cellulars or nearer 6 than 4, the veins not arising at

even distances around the cell.” The examination of

the neuration of the Pieridx alone tends to show the

almost absurdity of this character, and I have no doubt

that the placing of the Rhopalocera here is almost on

all fours with the placing of the Tineidz as a whole in

the lowest group.

en ee ee ee ee

the Classification of Lepidoptera. 357

I have no doubt that when Mr. Hampson works out

the neuration of the Butterflies in detail, he will find

sufficiently important characters to supplement and

confirm the conclusions arrived at by Mr. Dyar and

Dr. Chapman from larval and pupal characters.

Mr. Hampson does not tell us the reason for the irre-

gularity of Nos. 10, 11, and 12 (pp. 258, 259) in his list.

I would only mention with regard to 12 that the

Hindromde, as exemplified in the British Hndromis

versicolor, are an exception to the general definition which

Dr. Chapman gives, viz., that, as pupx, the Osrucrz

have no power to emerge from the cocoon or to progress

in any way, for the pupa of this species systematically

forces itself out of the cocoon before the imago emerges.

As a pupa, therefore, it comes (as regards this character)

under Dr. Chapman’s division IncompLerm; whether it

fulfils the further conditions required to establish itself

in this group, I have as yet failed to observe.

The vast amount of patient work necessary to produce

a proportionately small show, should make us very

thankful to those Entomologists who have recently paid

attention to the subject of classification, and who have

attempted to point out to us the natural lines on which

it should go. Every scientific man has felt for many

years that we really have had no system of classification

except the hotch-potch, offered as such in synonymic

lists ; the authors of which have conscientiously done their

best with a matter entirely outside their province. An

attempt to compare the results already obtained by

independent workers from the study of larvee, pup, and

imagines, and to show that the apparently revolutionary

ideas enunciated by Dr. Chapman in your “ Transactions ”

for 1893, have been confirmed by other observers, are

my only excuses for bringing this paper before you

to-night.

358 Mr. J. W. Tutt on recent papers on

ADDENDUM.

As an addendum to Mr. Dyar’s system of classification,

it may be well to notice a short summary published by

_ him in “ Entomological News,” * Feb., 1895, pp. 38-40.

In this he writes:—“I would divide Prof. Comstock’s

FRENATZ into six superfamilies on the arrangement of the

tubercles of the larvee. In response to a tendency for

these tubercles to be arranged in a single transverse row,

tubercles iv. and v. have become consolidated into one in

the first three superfamilies, and later, tubercles i. and ii.

have been likewise united, or else tubercle ii. disappears.

In the three highest families the tubercles have tended to

form two alternating rows. According to these charac-

ters the superfamilies separate as follows :—

“'l'ubercles iv. and v. approximate or consolidated.

“ Tubercles 1. and ii. remote . MUICROLEPIDOPTERA.

*“'Tubercles i. and ii. consolidated . ANTHROCERINA.

“'Tubercles 1. and 11. remote, 1. dis-

appearing at the first moult . . Bomeycina.

“Tubercles iv. and v. remote.

“Tubercle iv. behind the spiracle,

v. below it. >.) Ao woe eee

“Tubercle iv. below, v. in front of .

spiracle ai (bri gree as

“ Tubercles iv. and v. in line, except

in some Nymphalide, where

secondary armour is developed . RHOPALOCcERA.

“The Micro.eprpoprera include the Psychide, Cosside,

Pyrahide, Tortricide, Sesiide, Tineide, and Lacosomide.

The Awrrocerina include the Pterophoride, Anthro-

ceride, Pyromorphidxe, Megalopygide, and Hucleide.

The Bompycina—the Citheroniudex, Hemileucide,+ Saturn-

ude,t and Bombycide. The Nocruina—the Notodontide,

Thyatiride, Geometridx, Drepanide, Agaristide, Noctu-

idx, Cymbidx, Lithosvide, Pericopide, Arctude, Euchro-

mudx, Lymantride, and perhaps also the Thyridudez,

SpHINGINA.

* “ Relationship of Pyralide and Pterophorina from the Larvee,”

Ent. News, Feb., 1895.

+t “Not in the sense used by Professor Smith. My classifica-

tion corresponds more nearly with that of Grote’s Check List,

1882.”

LE ESOL EE OORT I OCTOBRE

= Se

the Classification of Lepidoptera. 359

Dioptide, and Lasiocampide.* The Spatncina—the

Sphingide. The RxHopatocnrA—the families usually

associated under this term.”

It will be seen by reference to Mr. Dyar’s previous

summary that this more recent pronouncement does not

explain away any of the difficulties which I have pre-

viously criticised; but, on the contrary, by its more

definite character tends rather to accentuate them.

In order to make this paper as complete as possible,

and to ensure that I had not mis-stated the intentions of

the authors, I submitted it to Dr. Chapman and to Mr.

Hampson. Dr. Chapman offers only one remark, viz.,

that “The answer (or excuse) for lumping the group

called Macros, is identical with that which will probably

be given by the other writers quoted for lumping the

TinzInA and RHOPALOCERA, viz., that so far as we have

yet carried our studies, our methods do not enable us

to do so with certainty” (in litt., Feb. 14, 1895).

Mr. Hampson writes at considerable length. He

says :— I am extremely obliged to you for allowing me

to see your paper on the ‘Classification of the Lepido-

ptera,’ the more so, as I am afraid a sharp bout of influ-

enza will prevent my being atthe Entomological Meeting

next Wednesday. I wrote the review of Professor Com-

stock’s system, and added to it a summary of the progress

made in the work of re-distributing the families of

Lepidoptera into a natural system of classification, with

the express object of showing what had been done, and

of clearing the ground for, and helping to call forth, the

next step in advance, a result, 1 am happy to see by your

paper, has been attained.

“T note that in my review I omitted to state that I

left the Tineide alone, because I have not specially

studied them ; not because I think they represent a single

family equivalent to the others, and I am only waiting

for those who have been studying them as imagines—such

as Lord Walsingham and Mr. Meyrick—to give us their

results. There is no published classification of the

families, that I know of, based on imaginal characters,

and the commonly received characters separating the

Tineide and Tortricide are entirely fallacious and have

to be rejected; but there are plenty of characters for a

* “These I have not examined sufficiently. The JURIOGEI Usk

will probably form another superfamily.”

360 Mr. J. W. Tutt on recent papers on

new and more natural reconstruction into families, which

I hope will be done before long. As far as I am able to

judge, however, the Tineide represent the ramifications

of one branch of the Lepidoptera, some families gene-

ralised, others highly specialised, and not a heterogeneous

collection of families sprung from various parts of the

Lepidopterous tree as the old family Bompyces did.

‘« The same remark applies to the Ruoratocera. [I left

them alone because I had not studied them; but here

I am doubtful if we have not four different stocks: the

Hesperidx arising from the Castniidx ; the Hrycinide and

the Lycenidxe from near the Callidulide ; the Papilion-

idx, as also the Piertde and Nymphalide from the

Zygeeno-Cossid stock; but these suggestions are not

based on any very careful examination.

“The Lastocampide, Endromide, and Arbelidx are out

of place in my artificial key, because in such a key it is

always practically impossible to get quite a natural order,

and I have not yet found a character common to them,

and not found in other families, which would place them

together in their natural position at the bottom of the

Osrectz. The Lasiocampide and Hndromdez I believe

to have developed from the Limacodide, the Arbelidx from

the Cosside.

“There is a point in your paper that I entirely dis-

agree with, the larva is not an embryo, being subject to

the struggle for existence and to modification in relation

to environment, and arguments based on superficial larval

characters, such as Mr. Dyar’s setiferous tubercles, are

in no sense on a par with arguments from embryology ;

and if the results he had obtained had been entirely

negative, it would have shown that the character he ex-

amined was faulty and would not have invalidated

the results obtained from the neuration of the imago

which is not changed by external circumstances, except

to some degree when the shape of the wing is much

modified.

“Dr. Chapman’s pupal characters are not so liable to

this objection, especially the mode of dehiscence, the

pupa itself being more of the nature of an embryo, and

the methods of emerging from the pupa are less lable

to the action of natural selection; but I believe these

characters of his Incompiurm, as well as the emergence

of the pupe from the cocoon, primarily to have relation

the Classification of Lepidoptera. 361

to a boring life during the larval stage, in reeds, wood, or

roots, and I should much like to see an examination of

the many scattered species in the higher families that

have returned to boring during the larval stage, such as

Virachola perse and isocrates in the Lycxnide.

“ That we shall soon have a good natural classification

of the Lepidoptera, which will be confirmed by characters

based on all the stages, is hardly open to doubt, seeing

how many good workers there are in the field and the

progress already made, and I will do my best to forward

it, both on my own account and to help others; and to

this end am asking for pupz from my various corres-

pondents in India, and have just received one parcel

from Mysore and hear of another on its way from Bhutan,

each with the pupz of a certain number of species.

Should you care to read this letter at the Entomological

Meeting with your paper, you are quite at liberty to

do so.”

This letter leaves but little to say. It confirms my

supposition as to Mr. Hampson’s treatment of the

Tineide and Ehopalocera, which is the most important

point so far as this paper is concerned. With regard to

the remarks on the larva I quite agree with Mr. Hamp-

son that they are subject to “the struggle for existence,”

but so, indeed, are even the molecules of animal tissues

if the recently developed theory of intra-selection be

correct, and it is certain that they are also subject to

“modification in relation to environment,’ but I dis-

agree with him that setiferous tubercles are “ superficial

larval characters’’ in the sense assumed. LHvery larva

inside or outside of the eggshell possesses them, and

even in its most restricted sense the structures are

embryological, and it is in the very fact that they are

subject to modification that we find them of service for

the purpose of classification, and that we are enabled to

separate specialised from generalised forms. The varied

stages of development of the setiferous tubercles some-

times reached in allied genera in the egg is of the

highest significance, as is also their comparative develop-

ment in the various stages of larve in allied genera, as

in Ornithoptera and Papilio, in Agha and Citherona ;

whilst Packard states that the tubercles of the species

of Saturnia (carpini, pyr) are on the same plane with

the embryo, just before exclusion, of the more highly

362 Mr. J. W. Tutt on Classification of Lepidoptera.

specialised forms of the group Attaciney;” and again,

“whilst the late embryos of the Attacimx are perhaps

paralleled by the fully-grown larva of Saturnia, the

fully-grown larva of the most, or one of the most,

generalised Attacinx, Platysamia, is on the same plane

of specialisation as the larva of Callosamia in its third

stage.”* It seems to me that Mr. Hampson and I mean

alike, the difference is purely a matter of words, whether

we choose to call the larva an embryo or not. My state-

ments in the early part of the paper appear to be in no

way antagonistic to those in Mr. Hampson’s letter. ‘To

explain why I prefer to consider the larva to be embryonic

in many respects, would occupy too much space here and

not advance the subject under discussion.

Quite recently Mr. Vernon L. Kellogg has shown t+

that Micropteryx and Hepialus have, in addition to the

ordinary scales on the wings, a covering of very fine

hairs differing radically from the scales in size, arrange-

ment and mode of attachment to the membrane—a

Trichopterygid character. These hairs have not yet been

discovered in any Frenatu. ‘The paper deals also with,

and illustrates, types of thoracic structure confirming

Comstock’s classification.

* Packard, ‘‘ Studies on the Transformation of Moths of the

Family Saturniide,” Proc. of the Amer, Acad. of Arts and Sciences,

1893.

+ “The Classification of the Lepidoptera,” American

Naturalist, Vol. xxix., pp. 248-57 ; Plate xvii.

(6 863> )

XIII. A Monograph of British Braconide. Part VI.

By the Rev. THomas A. Marsnatt, M.A., F.E.S.,

Member of the Société Entomologique de France.

[Read February 20th, 1895. ]

Prats VII.

XXIV. ALYSIIDES. (Continued from Ent. Tr., 1894, p. 534.)

xi, ADELURA, Horster.

Forst., Verh. Pr. Rheinl., 1862, p. 267.

MaxILuARyY palpi 5-, labial 4-joimted. Antenne long, slender,

multiarticulate ; 4th joint not, or scarcely, longer than the 3rd.

Mesothoracic sutures incomplete ; a dorsal fovea before the

scutellum ; furrow of the mesopleure more or less distinct,

either punctate or smooth; metathorax rugulose, without a

longitudinal carina. First cubital areolet separated from the Ist

discoidal ; 2nd complete ; 1st intercubital nervure shorter than the

2nd abscissa ; stigma elongate, attenuated at both ends, or linear ;

recurrent and anal nervures not exactly interstitial ; pobrachial

areolet of the hindwings at least half as long as the preebrachial ;

prebrachial transverse nervure obsolete. Abdomen depressed,

widened behind in the 9, linearin the g ; 1st segment rugulose,

narrow, linear, with median spiracular tubercles; 2nd and fol-

lowing segments smooth. ‘Terebra concealed, or very short.

Forster invented this genus for the reception of Alysia

florimela, Hal., referring the other cognate species to

his genera Dapsilarthra and Grammospila, which he

separated widely both from Adelwra and from each

other. Jam acquainted with a new species which can-

not be placed in any of those genera, and for which

another new genus becomes necessary, if the Férsterian

system be accepted. This being objectionable, I have

reassembled the scattered species under the heading

Adelura, which now represents the primitive Section XII.

of Haliday’s Alysia, Brachycentri. These species are

all closely related, and form a natural group distinguished

by their short terebra, and a habit of body resembling

that of Dacnusa; one species indeed is only separable

from Dacnusa on account of its three cubital areolets..

TRANS. ENT, SOC. LOND. 1895.—part 1. (sEPrT.)

364 Rey. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of

There is, however, one dismemberment of the Brachy-

centr, which seems permissible, that of Alysia perdita,

Hal.; that author himself, on second thoughts, referred

it to a separate section, now the genus Anisocyrta,

Forster.

TABLE OF SPECIES.

(2) 1. Stigma oval, lanceolate, broad in the middle,

attenuated towards the extremity, emit-

ting the radial nervure just before the

middle ... oe Fan Se ef .. 1. florimela, Hal.

(1) 2. Stigma linear, scarcely, or notat all, broader

in the middle, attenuated towards the

extremity, emitting the radial nervure not

far from the base.

(6) 38. Stigma not reaching beyond the middle of

the radial areolet; 2nd cubital areolet

narrowed on the outer side.

(5) 4. Abdomen after the Ist segment reddish or

testaceous, the posterior segments cinc-

tured more or less distinctly with dark

bands ... ies fed a the a

(4) 5. eee black; segment 2 pitchy at the

Asee 41. oY ss oe ost os

(3) 6. Stigma as long as 2 of the radial areolet, or

longer, and in that case confounded with

the metacarp ; 2nd cubital areolet hardly,

or not at all, narrowed on the outer side.

(8) 7. Second abscissa of the radial nervure not

longer than the 1st intercubital nervure ;

2nd cubital areolet very short, not longer

than broad; radial areolet somewhat lan-

ceolate, not reaching the tip of the wing. 4. Dictynna, Marsh.

(7) 8. Second abscissa longer than the 1st inter-

cubital nervure ; 2nd cubital areolet longer

than broad; radial areolet cultriform,

almost reaching the tip of the wing.

"9 9. Length, 12 line; antenne $2 50-jomted ... 5. apw, Curtis.

(9) 10. Length, 1 line; antennze @ 35-jointed ... 6. Sylvia, Hal.

2. rufiventris, Nees,

3. Isabella, Hal.

1. Adelwra florimela, Hal.

Alysia florimela, Hal., Ent. Mag., v., 239, 9, pl. xvil.,

fig. 20 (wing).

Adelura florimela, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Kur.

et d’Alg., Bracon., vol. i1., p. 420.

9. Black, shining. Head much wider than the thorax ; -man-

dibles red; palpi pale. Antenne slender, twice as long as the

body, 48-50-jointed, the two basal joints red, the 4th alittle longer

than the 3rd (which is not the case in the other species). Furrow

of the mesopleure rugose ; mesothoracic sutures hardly inchoate ;

a short linear impression before the scutellum ; metathorax finely

rugulose. Wings hyaline; squamula red; nervure and stigma

British Braconide. 365

blackish, the latter shorter than in the other species, oval, lanceolate,

widest in the middle, attenuated towards the extremity, emitting

the radial nervure just before the middle; radial areolet cultri-

form, not reaching the tip of the wing; 2nd cubital areolet not

narrowed towards the outer end; 3rd abscissa almost straight ;

1st intercubital nervure shorter than the 2nd abscissa ; pobrachial

areolet of the hindwings hardly longer than half the przbrachial.

Legs red; tips of hind tibie, and their tarsi, obscure. First

abdominal segment linear, twice as long as its apical breadth,

finely striolate; tubercles prominent. Terebra_ subexserted.

Male unknown. Length, 2 ; wings, 4 lines.

Not common ; I took a single specimen in Yorkshire ;

the original type was captured by Walker in the London

district.

2. Adelura rufiventris, Nees.

Bassus- rufiventris, “Nees, Berl. Mag., vi., 1814,

paraike S).

Alysia rufiventiis, Nees, Mon., i., 253, 2; Kawall,

Stett. Zeit., xvi., 1855, p. 231, ¢.

Alysia flaviventris, Hal., Hnt. Mag., v., 240, ¢.

Adelwra rufiventris, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’ Hur.

et d’Alg., Bracon., vol. u., p. 421.

2. Black, shining ; abdominal segments after the 1st either

dark red or flavo-testaceous, the posterior segments cinctured

more or less distinctly with dark bands. Oral parts and palpi

red. Antenne very slender, one-half longer than the body,

27-30-jointed, blackish with the two basal joints red or testaceous ;

3rd joint a little longer than the 4th. Dorsal fovea of the meso-

thorax minute ; metathorax punctulate. Wings hyaline ; squamula

yellowish ; nervures and stigma testaceous, the latter linear, scarcely

reaching the middle of the radial areolet, emitting the radial

nervure before one-fourth of its length ; radial areolet cultriform,

reaching the tip of the wing ; 2nd cubital areolet elongate, scarcely

narrowed towards the outer end. Legs red or yellowish; claws

obscure. Abdomen oval; Ist segment ol)conic, deplanate, black,

punctulate ; the following segments smooth. Terebra very short.

@. According to Kawall differs in having the face, mandibles,

palpi, and scutellum obscurely luteous ; abdomen pitchy-red ; legs

pale luteous. Length, +; wings, 2% lines.

Very rare in England, but taken once by Walker;

Gravenhorst found it near Gottingen, and Kawall briefly

mentions the male among the insects of Kurland.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND, 1895.—partT iI. (seeT.) 24

366 Rey. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of

3. Adelura isabella, Hal.

Alysia isabella, Hal., Bot. Mag., v., 240, 2.

Adelura isabella, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Eur. et

d’Alg., Bracon., vol. ii., p. 422, 3 ¢.

9. Black ; 2nd abdominal segment pitchy at the base ; man-

dibles red. Antennz twice as long as the body, fuscous with the

two basal joints red, 40-41-jointed ; 3rd joint rather longer than

the 4th. Dorsal fovea of the mesothorax shallow, circular.

Wings hyaline ; squamula, nervures, and stigma testaceous, the

last linear, not quite reaching the middle of the radial areolet,

afterwards confounded with the metacarp, emitting the radial

nervure before one-third of its length; 2nd cubital areolet

elongate, narrow, contracted towards the outer end; 2nd abscissa

more than twice as long as the Ist intercubital nervure; 3rd

abscissa curved. Legs flavo-testaceous; tips of the hind tibie

dusky. Abdomen short, suboval, widened behind. Terebra

subexserted. ¢ Similar; abdomen linear. Length, 14; wings,

33 lines,

Not common. I possess both sexes; the ¢ (unknown

to Haliday) is from Devonshire; the ¢ type was taken

by Walker in the London district. The species con-

stitutes Iérster’s genus Grammospila.

4, Adelura dictynna, Marsh.

Adelura dictynna, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’ Kur. et

d’Alg., Bracon., vol. 11., p. 423, 69.

9. Black, shining; abdomen piceous; mandibles reddish.

Antenne filiform, slender, almost twice as long as the body,

dull testaceous towards the base, 36-jointed, joints 3 and 4 of

equal length. TFovea of the mesonotum linear. Wings hyaline,

very iridescent ; squamula flavo-testaceous ; nervures and stigma

fusco-testaceous, the latter linear, and so narrow as hardly to be

distinguished from the metacarp, emitting the radial nervure

before one-third of its length; 2nd abscissa not longer than the

1st intercubital nervure ; 3rd: abscissa sinuated before the ex-

tremity, as in Dacnusa ; 2nd intercubital nervure decolorous but

visible ; 2nd cubital areolet very short, not longer than broad, and

not larger than the Ist; radial areolet somewhat lanceolate, not

reaching the tip of the wing; recurrent and anal nervures both

interstitial ; pobrachial areolet of the hindwing longer than half the

British Braconide. 367

prebrachial. Legs testaceous; hind tibiz and tarsi slightly

dusky. Abdomen widened behind, as in florimela (sp. 1). Terebra

concealed. ¢ Similar; antenne broken, but still retaining 40

joints; dorsal fovea circular; wings slightly infumated, iri-

descent ; nervures and stigma fuscous, the latter somewhat

thicker and more determinate than in the 9. Length, 12; wings,

4 lines.

This species was discovered by Dr. Capron, who gave

me a pair, and others, doubtless, exist in his now inac-

cessible collection. It is distinguished by the small size

of the 2nd cubital areolet, not larger than the Ist; the

2nd intercubital nervure being colourless, gives the

wing, at first sight, the appearance of having only two

cubital areolets, as in Dacnusa, to which genus the

present insect makes in other respects a near approach.

5. Adelwra apt, Curtis.

Alysia api, Curtis, B. E., pl. cxli.; Hal., Ent. Mag.,

v., 239, ¢, pl. xvu., fig. 21 (wing).

Adelura apii, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Hur. et

d’Ale., Bracon., vol. ii., p. 424, ¢¢.

9. Black, shining ; abdomen sometimes more or less piceous or

subrufescent. Face thickly punctulate; mandibles red; palpi

pale. Antenne very slender, twice as long as the body, 50-jointed,

the two basal joints red ; joints 3 and 4 of equal length. Fovea

of the mesonotum subcircular ; furrow of the mesopleure indis-

tinct, smooth ; metathorax punctate. Wings hyaline with a dusky

tinge, very iridescent ; squamula testaceous ; nervures and stigma

blackish, the latter very long and attenuated, scarcely distinct

from the metacarp, reaching beyond the middle of the radial

areolet, emitting the radial nervure before one-fourth of its

length ; radial areolet cultriform, reaching the tip of the wing ;

3rd abscissa straight; 2nd cubital areolet elongate, not narrowed

towards the outer end ; pobrachial areolet of the hindwing one-

third shorter than the prebrachial, which also is unusually short,

Legs rufo-testaceous ; hind tarsi and tips of hind tibie more or

lessdusky. Abdomen as in jflorimela (sp. 1); posterior segments

sometimes black, like the Ist. Terebra very short. ¢ Similar;

abdomen narrower, with parallel sides, length, 11; wings,

32-44 lines.

368 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of

Parasite of Acidia heraclei, L., a fly the larva of which |

lives on the celery (Apiwm graveolens). Adelura apii has

been noticed in England, Ireland, and Holland, and is

probably the commonest species of the genus.

6. Adelura sylvia, Hal.

Alysia sylvia, Hal., Hym. Brit., 11., 25, ¢.

Adelura sylvia, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Eur. et

d’Alg., Bracon., vol. 11., p. 424, ¢.

9. Similar to the preceding, but much smaller. Black;

mandibles red ; palpi pale. Antennz twice as long as the body,

black, pale red at the base, 35-jointed, all the joints longer than

in apii; 3rd: very little longer than the 4th. Wings hyaline ;

radicle whitish ; squamula, nervures, and stigma pale brown; 2nd

cubital areolet somewhat longer than that of api; radial areolet

more distant from the tip of the wing. The other characters are

those of apit. g unknown. Length, 1 line.

Uncommon; found only by Haliday, in woods in the

north of Ireland.

xiv. AnisocyrTa, Forster.

Forst., Verh. Pr. Rheinl., 1862, p. 268.

Third joint of the antenne longer than the 4th. Furrow of

the mesopleure effaced. Stigma linear, very narrow, reaching

beyond the middle of the radial areolet, emitting the radial

nervure from its extreme base ; Ist abscissa so obliquely placed as

to be almost ina line with the 2nd, not forming any distinct angle ;

2nd abscissa twice as long as the Ist intercubital nervure ; 2nd

cubital areolet elongate, not narrowed towards the outer end ;

radial areolet cultriform, reaching the tip of the wing ; recurrent

nervure almost evected ; anal nervure not interstitial. Terebra

elongate.

1. Anisocyrta perdita, Hal.

Alysia perdita, al., Ent. Mag., v., 241, ¢; v., 519,

?, pl. xvu., fig. 22 (wing).

Anisocyrta perdita, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Eur. et

d’Alg., Bracon., vol. i1., p. 425, d¢.

é. Black, shining; mandibles and palpi red. Antennz

nearly one-half longer than the body, 36-jointed ; 1st joint red,

blackish beneath, 2nd entirely red, 3rd very long. Wings slightly

British Braconide. 369

infumated ; squamula red; nervures and stigma blackish ; pobra-

chial areolet of the hindwing extending to the middle of the

preebrachial ; prebrachial transverse nervure distinct. Legs red ;

hind tarsi and tips of hind tibie faintly tinged with dusky.

@. First abdominal segment widened at the end. Terebra a little

longer than the abdomen. Length, 2 ; wings, 4 lines.

Not known since the time of Haliday and Walker,

the former of whom discovered this insect in the He-

brides, the latter in Finmark.

xv. Prosarua, Morster.

Forst., Verh. Pr. Rheinl., 1862, p. 266.

Fourth joint of the antenne not longer than the 3rd. Stigma

elongate, cuneiform ; 2nd cubital areolet complete; Ist inter-

cubital nervure shorter than the 2nd abscissa ; 1st cubital areolet

separated from the 1st discoidal ; recurrent nervure evected ; anal

nervure nearly interstitial ; pobrachial areolet of the hindwing

reaching to the middle of the prebrachial. Abdomen of the 9

compressed. ‘l'erebra exserted, curved.

This genus, like the preceding, is unknown to me;

it comprehends Haliday’s 13th Section, Macrocarpr,

which, according to that author, presents the same

characters as the 15th, Acarpi, gen. Aspilota, Forst.,

except as to the wings. ‘The character given by Forster

for his genus Prosapha, is taken from the d only, to the

exclusion of the ¢. MHaliday makes two species, but

thinks it highly probable that the second is only the

female of the first, notwithstanding the difference of their

wings.

(2) 1. Stigma very large, occupying more space

than the 2nd cubital sreolet, and cutting

off the lst abscissa of the radial nervure 1. speculum, Hal. @.

(1) 2. Stigma much longer and more slender, con-

founded towards its apex with the metacarp,

and leaving exposed a portion of the 2nd

abscissa ... as awe : un 2. Venusia, Hals ?.

1. Prosapha speculum, Hal.

Alysia speculum, Hal., Ent. Mag.,v., 241, ¢ ; pl. xvii.,

fig. 19 (wing). aie

Prosapha speculum, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Hur.

et d’Alg., Bracon., vol. u1., p. 427, 3.

@. Black, shining ; lst abdominal segment red ; mandibles red.

Antenne as long as the body, 16-18-jointed, the two basal joints

370 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of

red, Mesothoracie sutures effaced ; furrow of the mesopleurz

punctulate; metathorax rugulose. Wings hyaline; squamula

ferruginous; nervures and stigma black, the latter very stout at

the base, acuminate at the apex, emitting the radial nervure before

the middle; 2nd cubital areolet elongate, much narrowed towards

the outer end; radial areolet not reaching the tip of the wing,

sublanceolate ; 2nd discoidal areolet very narrow. Legs red ;

femora and tibiz sometimes dark at the apex. Abdomen narrow,

somewhat depressed ; Ist segment rufous, 2nd rufescent at the

base, all the following dark piceous. Length, 2 ; wings, 13 lines.

Found by Haliday in North Ireland, and once by

Walker in the London district ; very rare.

2. Prosapha venusta, Hal.

Alysia venusta, Hal., Ent. Mag., v., 242, ¢.

Prosapha venusta, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Hur. et

d’Alg., Bracon., vol. i., p. 427, ¢.

@. Piceous black ; 1st abdominal segment red ; mandibles red.

Antenne shorter than the body, 14-17-jointed, the two basal

joints red ; apical joints oval. Thorax as in the preceding. Wings

hyaline ; squamula brownish ; nervures and stigma pale brown ;

2nd cubital areolet not so much narrowed towards the outer end ;

radial areolet cultriform, reaching the tip of the wing. Legs red.

Abdomen strongly compressed, asin the genus Aspilota; 1st seg-

ment sublinear, rugulose, elevated ; 2nd the longest ; abdomen,

viewed sideways, subtriangular. Terebra exserted, short. Length,

3-1; wings, 13-2 lines.

Taken more than once in England, but very rare.

xvi. Mesocrina, Horster.

Forst., Verh. Pr. Rheinl., 1862, p. 266.

Male unknowr. Third joint of the antenne longer than the

4th. Mesothoracic sutures inchoate, effaced posteriorly ; an oblong

fovea before the scutellum. Stigma oval, lanceolate, distinct,

emitting the radial nervure from the middle, or just beyond it ;

1st cubital areolet separated from the 1st discoidal ; 2nd complete;

1st intercubital nervure a little shorter than the 2nd abscissa.

Abdomen strongly compressed. Terebra exserted, short.

British Bracomde. 371

To this genus, hitherto unnoticed, belong two unde-

scribed female specimens, specifically distinct, in my

collection. ‘They are not in the best possible condition,

but their descriptions will, I hope, prove intelligible.

‘The form of the stigma and the neuration in general for-

bid me to refer them to the genus Aspilota, with which

they have many characters in common.

(2) 1. Abdomen black .. Ll. pugnatria, Marsh.

(1) 2. Abdomen, after the Ist segment, dull rufo-

testaceous, the segments indistinctly

margined with fuscous ... Sh .. 2 vendatrix, Marsh.

1. Mesocrina pugnatria, Marsh.

M. pugnatric, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Kur. et

d’Alg., Bracon., vol. ii., p. 428, °.

2. Black, shining. Antennze stout, not quite so long as the

body, 28-jointed, the two basal joints testaceous, 3rd joint almost

twice as long as the 4th. Mesonotum smooth, very shining; a

rather large fovea, oval and rugulose, before the scutellum ; meta-

thorax rugose. Wings hyaline with a cinereous tinge ; squamula

testaceous ; nervures and stigma brown, the latter emitting the

radial nervure a little beyond the middle ; radial areolet short,

cultriform, not quite reaching the tip of the wing ; 3rd abscissa

straight; recurrent nervure interstitial ; anal nervure springing

from the lower half of the extremity of the 2nd discoidal areolet ;

pobrachial areolet of the hindwing half as long as the preebrachial.

Legs short, stout, especially the femora towards the extremity,

testaceous with the apex of the tarsi dusky. Abdomen a little

longer than the head and thorax, strongly compressed, linear as

viewed from above, oblong-oval as seen sideways, acuminate at the

apex; Ist segment linear, almost three times longer than broad,

striolate, with medium tubercles ; 2nd not wider than the Ist, with

two basal fovese (gastroceli); 3rd and following progressively more

and more compressed, so as to end acutely at the apex ; belly

testaceous at the base. ‘T'erebra very short, deflected, the valves

stout. Length, 12; wings, 3} lines.

I captured this insect at Cornworthy, in Devonshire.

2. Mesocrina venatriz, Marsh.

M. venatrix, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Hur. et d’Alg.,

Bracon., vol. ii., p. 428, 9.

¢. Head and thorax black, very shining. Antenne slender,

somewhat longer than the body, 35-jointed, testaceous, gradually

372 Rev. ‘I’. A. Marshall’s Monograph of

darkened towards the extremity, all the joints longer than in the

preceding species, 3rd one-fourth longer than the following joint.

Fovea of the mesonotum linear, impunctate ; metathorax shining,

hardly marked with a few scattered rugosities. Wings hyaline; squa-

mula pale testaceous ; nervures and stigma pale brown, the latter

more elongate than in pugnatriz, as also is the radial areolet, which

more nearly approaches the tip of the wing. Legs whitish-yellow, the

tips of the tarsi dusky ; femora and tibiz not remarkably short or

stout. Abdomen as in the preceding. 'Terebra very short, falcate,

ascending, the valves slender. Length, 14; wings, nearly 4 lines.

Taken at Nunton, near Salisbury.

Xvli. ORTHOSTIGMA, Ratzeburg.

Ratz., Ichn. d. Forst., 1, 58; u., 71 (1844).

Fourth joint of the antenne shorter than the 3rd. Mesotho-

racic sutures effaced ; dorsal fovea punctiform ; metathorax almost

smooth; furrow of the mesopleure punctate. Stigma thicker

than the metacarp, linear, elongate, reaching to the middle of the

radial areolet, emitting the radial nervure near its base; Ist

cubital areolet complete, as large as the 1st discoidal ; 2nd com-

plete, elongate, slightly contracted towards the outer end; 2nd

abscissa twice as long as the 1st intercubital nervure ; recurrent

nervure short, incomplete, somewhat evected: cubital and anal

nervures decolorous, the latter springing from the middle of the

extremity of the 2nd discoidal areolet ; pobrachial areolet of the

hindwing longer than half the prebrachial. Abdomen of the 9,

viewed from above, oval-lanceolate, compressed beneath; that of

the ¢ oblong, depressed. 'Terebra exserted, falcate.

This genus, of which only one species is known, closely

resembles the following: the wings present the only

tangible difference, yet among small specimens some are

to be found with the stigma considerably attenuated,

reducing the distinctive character to almost nothing.

Forster has remarked of the genus Orthostigma, Ratz.,

that though “‘obviously belonging to the group of Alysia,

it cannot be satisfactorily identified from the scanty

notices given by Ratzeburg, nor yet from the figure in

the Ichn. d. Forstinsecten, Bd.1., pl. vu., fig. 13.7? I ven-

ture to contest this assertion, having no doubt that

Orthostigma is identical with Forster’s own genus Ischno-

carpa, which is just as imperfectly characterised as that

British Braconide. oe

of Ratzeburg. In choosing between the two authors,

neither of whom gives an adequate account of the genus,

I have preferred the Orthostigma of Ratzeburg, which

has priority of time in its favour.

1. Orthostigma punula, Nees.

Alysia pumila, Nees, Mon.,1., 251; Hal., Ent. Mag.,

7, 1, Be,

Aphidius flavipes, Watz., Ichn. d. Forst., 1., 52, pl. vir.,

apogee

Orthostiqma flavipes, Ratz., lib. cit., u., 71.

O. pumila, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Hur. et V@Ale.,

Bracon., vol. u, p. 431, ¢ ¢.

@. Pitchy black, shining, often with the 1st abdominal segment

reddish ; mandibles and palpi testaceous. Antenne moderately

stout, as long as the body or rather longer, 17—24-jointed, with two

or three of the basal joints testaceous. Metathorax shining, with

only a few minute rugosities or (in five examples) entirely smooth ;

described by Nees as punctulate, by Haliday as rugulose, inaccurately

in both cases. Wings hyaline with a slightly obscure tinge,

iridescent ; squamula testaceous ; nervures and stigma brownish or

reddish, the latter more attenuated than in the ¢, but varying

considerably in thickness. Legs rufo- or flavo-testaceous. First

abdominal segment twice as long as its apical width, very little

narrowed towards the base, striolate, black, or more or less reddish ;

the following segments compressed beneath, blackish or piceous.

Terebra as long as the two apical segments. 6 Similar; antenne

longer than the body, 23—24-jointed ; stigma stouter, blackish,

sometimes almost as broad as the 2nd cubital areolet; legs darker

red. Length, 1-14; wings, 24-6 lines.

Var. Stigma much attenuated, blackish; legs obscure, tibiee

and base of the tarsi paler. Similar to Aspzlota maculipes, Hal.

Length, hardly 1 line. Haliday. This appears to be O. brunnipes,

Ratz., Ichn. d. Forst., ii1., 70, parasite of Cecidomya, and reared in

abundance by Brischke.

Common. Obtained in August in 1840 in multitudes,

by Ratzeburg, from larvae of Phora rujipes, Meigen.

These diptera issued in swarms from a decayed mass con-

sisting of the dead bodies of various caterpillars and

pup; at the same time appeared great numbers of their

parasites.

O74 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of

xvii. Asprtota, Forster.

Forst., Verh. Pr. Rhein].,-1862, p. 268.

Maxillary palpi 6-, labial 4-jointed. Antennze of the 9? stout,

moniliform, short, with many joints, longer in the ¢; 3rd joint

longer than the 4th. Mesothoracic sutures hardly commenced ;

fovea of the mesonotum minute or obsolete ; furrow of the meso-

pleure punctate or crenulate. First cubital areolet small, often

confounded with the 2nd, and imperfectly separated from the 1st

discoidal owing to the paleness of the transverse nervures; the

two intercubital nervures always weaker than the rest, the 1st of

them shorter than the 2nd abscissa; stigma almost or altogether

obsolete, confounded with the metacarp ; often the metacarp,

throughout the length of the radial areolet, is a little stouter than

the costa, but seldom offers a slight enlargement at the base to

indicate the place of the stigma. Abdomen of the ¢ depressed,

more or less spatulate or linear; that of the 9 strongly com-

pressed ; viewed in profile, oval or subtriangular ; 1st segment

linear, hardly smaller at the base, rugulose, elevated ; 2nd and 3rd

taken together very long; the rest compressed, forming a carini-

form edge above; apical segments curved downwards; belly

carinate, emitting from its lower posterior angle the terebra,

which is falcate, ascending, appearing of various lengths according

to its position.

This genus comprises the lowest forms of the Alysiids ;

they exhibit a general degradation of structure which

distinguishes them at once from all the preceding. ‘They

are of smaller size, cften very minute; the head is differ-

ently shaped, less flattened anteriorly, while the part

behind the ocelliis more extended; the face is convex,

smooth, and obliquely placed, the clypeus broader than

in the other Alysiids, convex, somewhat semicircular,

truncated anteriorly ; mandibles small; thorax short ;

metathorax sloping from its base, without any regular

sculpture. The limits of the stigma (where it can be

traced at all) are indeterminate; the radial areolet cultri-

form, almost always reaching the tip of the wing; re-

current nervure evected ; Ist cubital areolet smaller than

the Ist discoidal; 2nd intercubital nervure always

decolorous ; cubital nervure disappearing towards the

tip of the wing; anal nervure springing from the middle

of the extremity of the 2nd discoidal areolet, and often

effaced.

British Braconide. 370

Nearly a dozen species have been indicated or de-

scribed: their inconstant characters render precise defi-

nition extremely difficult, and tabulation almost impossible.

Although I suspect that more than one species are some-

times included under the same name, the insufficiency

of my collection, containing only 60-70 specimens, pre-

vents me from acquiring certainty on many points.

Accident has brought to light some facts relative to one

species, nervosa, Hal., from which it appears that the

varieties mentioned by that author belong almost cer-

tainly to several distinct species. The fuscicorms, Hal.,

requires to be elucidated in a similar way, for the capture

and examination of isolated examples, of unknown

origin, lead to very uncertain results.

Aspilota, Forst., represents the Acarpr of Haliday

(Alysia, Sect. XV.), with which I am now induced to

incorporate the Tanychory (Sect. XVI.), including two

so-called species which are in reality identical. Forster

invented a new genus, Synaldis, for the T'anychorv; it is

founded upon a single artificial character, which of all

others is the least reliable, viz., the deficiency of colour-

ing matter in the intercubital nervures, whereby the

cubital areolets appear to be confounded. In examining

the species of Aspilota it is easily perceived that most of

them are liable to this accidental peculiarity, which dis-

tinguishes individuals, but is valueless for other divisional

purposes. It appears probable that Forster had never

seen an example of his genus Synaldis, or he would not

have transferred it, as he has done in his Synopsis, to

the tribe Dacnuside. In Synaldis the tricellular arrange-

ment of the wing-veins is manifest, though imperfectly

exhibited ; in the Dacnuside the angles of the radial

nervure are rounded off, and there is not the slightest

trace of any preparation for the development of three

cubital areolets. In Haliday’s opinion the two species

of Tanychori (Synaldis), concolor and distracta, should be

regarded as one, and this will readily be admitted by any

one who tries to distinguish them; but I have been

obliged to go further, and to conclude that they are

nothing more than casually divergent examples of an

Aspulota.

376 Rev. ‘I’. A. Marshall’s Monograph of

TABLE OF SPECIES.

(2) 1. Abdomen red after the Ist segment, which

is black; 2nd and following segments

cinctured with an obscure band in the g;

apical segments of the ¢ obscure.. .. L. ruficornis, Nees.

(1) 2. Abdomen black or blackish; 1st segment

sometimes red, and the 2nd rufescent at

the extreme base, in one species, curta, the

whole body is testaceous, except the head

and the apex of the abdomen.

(6) 38. Third cubital areolet four times as long as

the 2nd.

(5) 4, Antennz entirely testaceous, 23-jointed in

the $ (¢ unknown); wings ciliate, with

long hairs Ly 2. fulvicornis, Hal.

(4) 5, Antennze blackish, with the two basal joints

rufescent, 16-17-jointed, ¢ 9; ines not

conspicuously ciliate . ... 9 convpressa, Hal.

(8) 6. Third cubital areolet, scarcely twice as long,

rarely almost three times as long, as

the 2nd.

(8) 7. Wings whitish or lacteous; cubital nervure ‘

suddenly effaced at the ‘end of the 2nd

cubital areolet... .. 4 concinna, Hal.

(7) 8. Wings subhyaline ; cubital nervure advancing

further than the end of the 2nd cubital

areolet.

(20) 9. First cubital areolet more or less sensibly

separated from the 2nd.

(11) 10. Terebraas long as the abdomen, or almost as

long asthe body; ¢ doubtful ... .. 5.jaculans, Hal.

) 11. Terebra much shorter than the body.

) 12. Radial areolet not quite reaching the tip of

the wing .. 6. maculipes, Hal.

13. Radial Rreolgh reaching the tip of the wing.

14, Length, 1# lines; antennze 27-30-jointed ;

spiracles. of the metathorax visible,

margined 2c ye o4 Si .. 7. precipua, Marsh.

(14) 15. Much smaller, or very minute; antenne

13-15-26-jointed ; spiracles indistinct, not

margined.

(17) 16. Abdomen more or less reddish at the base,

usually the Ist segment and base of the

2nd reddish ... .. 8. fuscicornis, Hal.

(16) 17. Abdomen entirely blackish, except i in some

uncertain varieties.

(19) 18. Antenne of the 2 18-19-jointed (except in

varieties) ; 22-24-jointed in the ¢@... .. 9. nervosa, Hal.

"a 19. Antenne of the ? 15-jointed; ¢ unknown 10. insidiatriz, Marsh.

(9) 20. First cubital areolet confounded with the 2nd.

(22) 21. Body testaceous red, with the head and

apical segments of the abdomen obscure ;

_ radial areolet remote from the tip of the

Wing... a bos ite ox ... 11. cwrta, Marsh.

(21) 22. Body black or blackish; 1st abdominal seg-

ment sometimes rufescent ; radial areolet

reaching the tip of the wing... ae ... 12. distracta, Nees.

The above table must be regarded as merely tentative,

owing to the absence of several males, and the difficulty

of discriminating even the females. The breeding of both

British Braconide. OV

sexes from dipterous larvee seems the only possible mode

of acquiring certainty, and this is not likely to be

attempted. Of the twelve species indicated, only six

declare themselves with tolerable distinctness, viz.,

ruficorns, fulvicornis, compressa, concinna, precvpua,

nervosa: the rest, with their apparent varieties, are liable,

in different degrees, to be suspected.

1. Aspilota ruficornis, Nees.

Alysia ruficornis, Nees, Mon., 1, 248; Hal., Ent. Mag.,

ve, 244056 2.

Asp. ruficorms, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Hur. et

d’Alg., Bracon., vol. u., p. 434, 6°.

@. Deep black, shining; abdomen after the Ist segment,

rufous ; 2nd and following segments cinctured more or less dis-

tinctly with a fuscous band. Head dilated behind the eyes;

vertex broad ; clypeus brown ; mandibles tridentate, broad, rufous;

palpi rufescent. Antenne shorter than the body, submoniliform,

rather stout, 21—24-jointed, black, with the 6 or 7 basal joints

testaceous. Mesothoracic sutures effaced ; no discal fovea on the

mesonotum ; metathorax rugulose, reticulate. Wings hyaline, with

a brownish tinge; squamula testaceous ; nervures slender, fusco-

testaceous; 2nd abscissa four times as long as the Ist; anal

nervure effaced before the extremity. Legs rufo-testaceous.

Abdomen subpetiolate, much less compressed than in the rest of

the species, pyriform ; 1st segment one-half longer than broad,

narrowed towards the base, finely rugulose, blackish, with the

extreme base rufous; belly testaceous. ‘T’erebra very short.

G usually smaller ; antenne longer than the body, 21—24-jointed ;

nervulation more distinct ; abdomen oblong, depressed ; 1st seg-

ment almost linear, three times as long as its width ; the following

segments vary in colour, being sometimes rufous or testaceous with

the apical segments black, or almost wholly black with a patch or

tinge of rufescence on the disk. Length, 13-1; wings, 34 lines.

Var. g. Length, 2 lines ; antenne 19-jointed.

Common in woods, frequenting fungi. Observed by

Nees in Franconia and the Sudetsch-Gebirge; I have

taken a great number in England.

378 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of

2. Aspilota fulvicornis, Hal.

Alysia fulvicornis, Hal., Ent. Mag., v., 244, ?.

Asp. fulvicornis, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Hur. et

d’Alg., Bracon., vol. u., p. 435, ¢.

¢. Antenne wholly rufo-testaceous, 23-jointed ; wings ciliate

with long hairs. Piceous-black; mandibles rufous. Antennez

stout, as long as the body, submoniliform, pubescent ; 3rd joint

elongate. Metathorax punctate-rugose. Wings rather narrow,

dingy hyaline ; squamula rufous; the exterior areolets elongate.

Legs rufous. Abdomen piceous-brown, with the base of the 2nd

segment somewhat paler. Terebre very short. ¢ unknown.

Length, 14 ; wings, 3 lines.

Taken in the north of Ireland, once only, by

Haliday. ,

3. Aspilota compressa, Hal.

Alysia compressa, Hal., Ent. Mag., v., 244, 3 ¢.

Asp. compressa, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Kur. et

d’Alg., Bracon., vol. i1., p. 435, 3 ?.

@. Antenne blackish with the two basal joints rufescent,

16-17-jointed ; wings not conspicuously ciliate. Blackish-brown ;

oral parts rufous. Head deplanate, produced in front below the

antenne ; face obliquely placed, almost horizontal. Antenne

hardly longer than the head and thorax. Thorax compressed,

only half as wide as the head; no dorsal fovea on the meso-

notum. Wings narrow, somewhat dingy hyaline; squamula

rufous; exterior areolets elongate. Legs rufous. Abdomen

blackish-brown, with the Ist segment rufescent. Terebra very

short. ¢. Antenne about as long as the body, 16-17-jointed ;

tibiz sometimes fuscescent at the apex. Length, 2-1; wings,

14-2 lines.

Uncommon; taken formerly by Walker in England.

It forms the genus Dipiesta, Forster.

4, Aspilota concinna, Hal.

Alysia concinna, Hal., Ent. Mag., v., 245, 3 9.

Asp. concinna, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Hur. et

d’Alg., Bracon., vol. 11., p. 436, 5 ?.

9. Wings albescent or lacteous; cubital nervure abruptly

effaced at the end of the 2nd cubital areolet. Deep black,

shining. Head much dilated behind the eyes; mandibles

British Braconide. 379

dull rufous. Antenne stout, black, shorter than the body,

17-18-jointed. Mesothoracic sutures effaced ; dorsal fovea repre-

sented by a short impressed line before the scutellum ; metathorax

finely rugulose. Wings with brown nervures and squamule ; a

slight inflation of the costa denotes the base of the stigma; Ist

cubital areolet imperfectly separated from the 2nd, and from the

1st discoidal; intercubital nervures, anal nervure, and exterior

portion of the cubital, decoiorous, the rest of the nervulation very

distinct. Legs rufo-testaceous, with the cox, and sometimes the

femora as well as the apical half of the tibie, fuscescent, or

blackish. First abdominal segment shghtly narrowed towards the

base, very finely striolate, elevated. Terebra short, exserted.

g. Antenne longer than the body, 24-jointed ; wings more dis-

tinctly white, with blackish nervures; legs blackish, with the tips

of the trochanters and base of the tibis rufescent. Length, 11;

wings, 22 lines.

Rare in England and Ireland; I have two specimens

found in Wiltshire and Cornwall. 1 probably forms the

genus Coloboma, Forster.

5. Aspilota jaculans, Hal.

Alysia jaculans, Hal., Hnt. Mag., v., 246, °.

Asp. jaculans, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Hur. et

d’Alg., Bracon., vol. 1., p. 437, ¢ @.

@. Terebra as long as the abdomen, or almost as long as the

body. Black, shining ; abdomen piceous, with the Ist segment

rufescent. Mandibles and palpi rufescent. Antenne longer than

the body, moniliform, rather slender, blackish with the scape

rufous, 18—23-jointed. Mesothoracic sutures effaced ; an oblong

dorsal fovea before the scutellum ; metathorax rugulose. Nervures

fusco-testaceous ; squamula testaceous; radial areolet very elongate;

2nd abscissa almost in the same straight line as the 3rd, hardly

forming an angle at the point of junction; 2nd cubital areolet not

narrowed towards the outer end. Legsrufous. First abdominal

segment sublinear, striolate, rufous, as also is the extreme base of

the 2nd. ¢. Antenne one-half longer than the body, 24-jointed ;

hind tibiz fuscous towards the tips; Ist abdominal segment

narrower, dull reddish. Otherwise like the ¢, especially in the

nervulation ; yet I have no proof that the sexes are rightly paired.

Length, 3; wings, 2 lines.

Taken rarely in North Ireland by Haliday; by me in

380 Rey. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of

Wales, Wiltshire, and Devonshire, -six specimens, of

which one is a ¢, distinguished by the length of the

terebra.

6. Aspilota maculipes, Hal.

Alysia maculipes, Hal., Ent. Mag., v., 246, ¢.

Asp. maculipes, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Hur. et

d’Alg., Bracon., vol. ii., p. 438, ?.

@. Radial areolet not quite reaching the tip of the wing.

Similar to A. fuscicornis (sp. 8). Deep black. Antenne short,

stout, 15-18-jointed. Fovea of the mesonotum punctiform.

Wings hyaline ; squamula brownish ; nervures distinct, blackish.

Legs obscure, with the apex of the trochanters and base of the

tibie and tarsi pale. Terebra exserted, shorter than the abdo-

men. Length, hardly 1; wings, 2 lines.

Not known to me: the diagnosis is from Haliday, who

appends the following note. Some specimens of this

insect, with the metacarp rather stouter and black, do

not differ much from concinna (sp. 4); others agree more

nearly with Orthostiqgma pumila, Nees (var. already

described). But many species of Section XV. (Aspilota)

are dubious, and may possibly prove to be mere

varieties.

Found in England by Walker, and less commonly i in

Treland by Haliday.

7. Asptlota precipua, Marsh.

Aspilota precipua, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Hur. et

dAle., Bracon., vol. 11., p. 439, ¢ 9.

@. Largest of the genus, almost 2 lines long ; antennz 27-29-

jointed ; spiracles of the metathorax conspicuous, margined.

Black, shining; 2nd abdominal segment sometimes obscurely

rufescent at the base; mandibles and palpi rufous. Antennz

longer than the body, submoniliform, black, with the scape or the

two basal joints rufous. Mesothoracic sutures effaced; dorsal

fovea sulciform ; metathorax rugose at the sides, having two oval

smooth spaces in the middle, divided more or less distinctly by a

rugose band. Wings hyaline ; squamula and nervures fuscous ;

2nd abscissa twice as long as the 1st ; 2nd cubital areolet short,

not narrowed towards the outer end; 1st intercubital nervure much

British Braconde. 381

attenuated, sometimes effaced; 1st cubital areolet imperfectly

separated from the Ist discoidal ; 3rd abscissa straight ; pobrachial

areolet of the hindwings rather longer than half the prebrachial.

Legs rufous ; tips of the hind tibz often obscure. First abdominal

segment twice as long as its apical width, irregularly striolate.

Terebra as long as the vertical truncature of the abdomen at its

extremity. @ Similar; antennz 30-jointed. Length, 17; wings,

A lines.

Var. @. Antenne somewhat shorter, as long as the body, only

25-jointed, the two basal joints rufous, and the flagellum obscurely

rufescent, blackish towards the extremity. Differs from fulvicornis

(sp. 2) in that the 3rd cubital areolet is not four times as long as

the 2nd.

This probably constitutes the genus Dvznotrema,

Forster, characterised as having the “ Luftlocher des

Metathorax mittelgross, deutlich.” It is too common an

insect to have escaped the notice of Haliday, and seems

to be included among the varieties of sp. 56 (Ent. Mag.,

v., 245) without a name, but afterwards called nervosa

(sp. 9, wfra). This latter differs constantly in being

much smaller, with stouter antenne, shorter than the

body, and having fewer articulations, etc. I have seen

hundreds of the reai nervosa, bred ail together, and am

therefore somewhat familiar with its appearance. A.

precipua is generally distributed, but less abundant than

Nervosa.

8. Aspilota fuscicornis, Hal.

Alysia fuscicornis, Hal., Hnt. Mag., v., 246, ¢.

Asp. fuscicorms, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Eur. et

d’Alg., Bracon., vol. 11., p. 440, ¢ ?.

@. Black or piceous-brown, shining; mandibles rufous.

Antenne 15-19-jointed (according to Haliday also 13-jointed),

fuscous with the 3 basal joints rufous, hardly shorter than the

body. Dorsal fovea of the mesonotum punctiform, often obsolete;

metathorax very finely rugulose. Wings much longer than the

abdomen, hyaline; squamula testaceous; nervures very pale

brownish ; Ist cubital areolet separated from the 2nd, and from the

Ist discoidal ; 2nd cubital areolet elongate, narrow, slightly con-

tracted towards the outer end; radial areolet longer than half the

wing. Legs testaceous. First abdominal segment almost linear,

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—parr i. (sEpt.) 25

382 Rev. 'T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of

or very little enlarged posteriorly, minutely striolate, rufous,

rufescent, or nearly black; 2nd rufescent at the base. Terebra

exserted, much shorter than the abdomen. ¢ Similar; antenne

17-jointed in my specimen. Length, 2 ; wings, 12 lines.

Var. Rufo-castaneous, with the head and tip of the abdomen

blackish. Haliday.

At present I refer to fuscicornis, all specimens of

minute size having the base of the abdomen rufous, and

few joints in the antenns. Nevertheless, doubtful in-

dividuals occur, and the species is far from being well

chests Common in England, Ireland, and Scot-

and,

9. Aspilota nervosa, Hal.

Alysia (sp. 56,) Hal., Ent. Mag., v., 245 (partum),

Alysia nervosa Hal., Hym. Brit., ii., 25.

Asp. nervosa, Marsh.) Species des Hym. d’Hur, et

d’Alg., Bracon., vol. ii. . p- 441,-3 2.

@. Black, shining ; mandibles rufous ; palpi obscure ; clypeus

very short, black, separated from the face by a deep furrow ; face

prominent, convex, smooth. Antenne shorter than the body,

stout, slightly thickened in the middle, 18-19-jointed. Meso-

thoracic sutures effaced; dorsal fovea punctiform ; metathorax

dull, punctate-rugulose, sometimes with two small shining ares

close to the base. Wings hyaline; squamula pale brownish;

nervures distinct, fuscous, arranged as in the preceding species ;

1st cubital areolet always separated from the 2nd, and from the

1st discoidal. Legs rufous ; hind coxe sometimes partially obscure,

as well as the femora and tibize of the same pair. Abdomen and

terebra as in fuscicornis, Similar ;antennz wholly black, longer

than the body, 22-24-jointed ; legs rufescent with the base of

the hind coxee chscure, femora more or less fuscous, often with a

fuscous streak above ; tibise and tarsi fuscous at the apex. Length,

1-1} ; wings, 25-34 lines.

The limits of size given by Haliday sufficiently indicate

that his description includes more than one species.

But as some definite type must be selected, if a descrip-

tion is to have any meaning, I have chosen that which I

believe to be the commonest. The specimens. which

furnished the above description were all homogeneous,

British Braconide. 383

forming part of a great number reared under circum-

stances favourable to observation. They were parasites

of an extremely abundant fly, Homalomyra canicularis,

L. Mr. Bignell, a year or two ago, kept ina glass case

a nest of Vespa vulgaris, L., full of dead wasps in various

stages of growth. From their decaying bodies issued

day after day some hundreds of the Homalomyia, accom-

panied by a proportionate multitude of the parasites.

These latter, being so numerous, might have been

expected to exhibit at least some of the varieties con-

jecturally assigned to nervosa, but I was unable to find

-any deviation from the form here adopted. ‘his seems

to justify the assumption that slight differences in the

antenne, wings, etc., denote specific distinction, and

ought not to be vaguely attributed to individual varia-

tion. ‘The following are divergent forms which I have

taken at different times, and which I am no longer able

to regard as varieties of nervosa, though much more

evidence would be required in order to establish them as

good species :—=

1. ¢ Length, ? line. Antenne slender, moniliform, as long as the bedy;

I7-joimted ; nervures pale testaceous ; Ist cubital areolet imper-

fectly defined; legs testaceous. A second example has the Ist

cubital areolet plainly confounded with the 2nd, the femora and

tips of the tibize fuscescent.

2. @ Length, 1 line. Antenne very stout, moniliform, as long as the

body, 18-jointed; nervures pale; lst cubital areolet closed; 2nd

abdominal segment rufous at the base.

3. @ Length, 2 line. Antenne slender, moniliform, longer than the

body, 18-jointed ; otherwise like No. 2.

4. © Length, line. Antenne asin No. 3, but 19-jointed ; nervures very

pale; lst cubital areolet incomplete ; radial areolet very long; 1st

abdominal segment rufescent. (

5B. @ Length,1lline. Like No. 4, but with 22-jomted antennz.

6. ¢ Length, 4 line. Antenne slender, filiform, longer than the body,

19-jointed ; wings with a dusky tint, nervures distinct, fuscescent ;

1st cubital areolet closed ; 2nd elongate, very narrow.

7. @ Length, lline. Antenne slender, monilitorm, longer than the

body, 20-jointed; nervures pale; Ist eubital areolet closed; 2nd

moderately long. me

8. Y Length, 1 line. Antenne rather stout, moniliform, longer than the

body, 21-jointed, testaceous at the base ; nervures pale ; 1st cubital

areolet confounded with the 2nd; abdomen rufo-castaneous with

the 1st segment clear rufous, smooth and shining.

9. 9 Length, 14 line. Antenne slender, longer than the body, 23-

jointed, the scape rufous; a punctiform fovea on the mesonotum ;

nervures pale; ist cubital areolet confounded with the 2nd and

imperfectly separated from the 1st discoidal; Ist segment rufous,

blackish at the apex; 2nd rufous at the base.

10. @ like nervosa, but the antenne of the @ are slender, longer than

the body and 24-jointed ; those of the ¢ relatively longer, 25-

jointed ; femora somotimes streaked with black above.

384, Rey. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of

10. Aspilota insidiatrix, Marsh.

Asp. insidiatria, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Hur. et

d’Alg., Bracon., vol. ii., p. 444, ¢.

?. Short, stout, black, shining ; abdomen piceous-brown ; mandi-

bles rufous; palpi obscure. Antenne scarcely as long as the body, in-

crassated towards the apex, 15-jointed, the 2nd joint rufous.

Mesothoracic sutures effaced ; dorsal fovea shallow, oblong ; meta-

_ thorax dull, coriaceous. Wings hyaline ; squamula and nervures

fusco-testaceous ; 1st intercubital nervure decolorous ; 1st cubital

areolet imperfectly separated from the 1st discoidal ; 2nd short ;

2nd abscissa only twice as long as the 1st intercubital nervure ;

radial areolet reaching the tip of the wing. Legs dull testaceous,

femora and tibize brownish towards the extremity. Abdomen

only slightly compressed, pyriform ; 1st segment very short, much

widened behind, shining, hardly striolate. Terebra short, ex-

serted. ¢ unknown. Length, 2 ; wings, 13 lines.

This comes nearest to maculipes (sp. 6), but differs in

having the radial areolet extended to the tip of the

wing. I have taken only a single example.

11. Aspilota cwrta, Marsh.

Asp. cwrta, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Hur. et

d’Alg., Bracon., vol. i., p. 444, @.

@. Minute, short, stout, shining, rufous, with the head and

terminal segments of the abdomen fuscous. Head very large.

Antenne as long as the body, dull rufous, 15-jointed. Mesonotum

without a dorsal fovea ; metathorax very short, coriaceous. Ner-

vures and squamula testaceous ; radial areolet remote from the tip

of the wing ; lst cubital areolet confounded with the 2nd, and with

the ist discoidal. Legs stout, rufous. First abdominal segment

short, stout, dull, coriaceous, not widened posteriorly. Terebra

short, exserted. @ unknown. Length, 4; wings, hardly

1 line.

This resembles Alysia castanea, Nees (Mon.,1i., 250),

as well as Haliday’s variety of fuscicorms (sp. 8), which

is not described ; he says nothing of the radial areolet,

which terminates at an appreciable distance from the tip

of the wing ; the colour is of secondary importance, as it

may be due simply to immaturity ; the insect differs from

the true fuscicornts in many small particulars. I have

taken only one specimen,

British Braconide.

12. Aspilota distracta, Nees.’

Alysia distracta, Nees, Mon., i., 255; Hal., Hnt. Mag.,

Wi, 247, 32.

Bassus concolor, Nees, Mag. Ges. Berl., vi., 213.

Alysia concolor, Nees, Mon., i., 254; Hal., Ent. Macg.,

Weak S Ss

Asp. distracta, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Hur. et

d’Alg., Bracon., vol. i., p. 445, d?.

@. Black or piceous ; sometimes with the 1st abdominal seg-

ment rufous; smooth, shining, mandibles and palpi rufescent.

Antenne shorter than the body, 13-18-jointed. Fovea of the

mesonotum punctiform or obsolete; furrow of the mesopleure

crenulate, or indicated by a row of punctures; metathorax more or

less rugulose, smooth on the sides. Wings hyaline ; squamula and

nervures brownish testaceous; 1st cubital areolet confounded with

the 2nd, and with the ist discoidal ; 3rd abscissa straight, or with a

scarcely perceptible curve ; radial areolet reaching the tip of the

wing. legs either rufous, or fuscous with the tips of the trochan-

ters and base of the tibize rufous. Abdomen strongly compressed ;

1st segment almost linear, hardly striolate. Terebra shorter than

the abdomen. ¢ Similar; antennze much longer than the body,

21-23-jointed. Length, 2-13; wings, 13-22 lines.

Var. &. Antenne 23-jointed ; nervures fuscous, distinct ; 2nd

cubital areolet much contracted towards the outer end ; 1st cubital

areolet separated from the Ist discoidal; 1st abscissa very oblique,

forming part of the same curve as the 2nd, with hardly any dis-

tinct angle; the 2nd angle of the radial nervure isalso very obtuse

Length, 2 line. Probably a different species.

I possess 1 2, 5 ds answering the descriptions of

Nees and Haliday: only one ¢ attains the larger size

given above; the others are smaller, like those described

by Nees. I cannot find any difference between distracta

and concolor, except the colour of the legs. Haliday

gives with distracta a var. 8 having the colours of cwrta

(sp. 11), and not unlikely to be the same; yet the

difference of the wings is a serious objection, see

Haliday’s plate (Hnt. Mag., v., pl. xvu., fig. 26), in which

the radial areolet of one of these insects reaches the tip

of the wing. I suspect the present species of being

merely factitious; if we had more knowledge, it would

386 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of

probably resolve itself into one or more of those above

described, some of which are themselves uncertain.

Alysia brevicorms, Nees (Mon., i, 249), belongs to

Aspilota, but cannot now be identified; the characters

assigned to it are merely generic.

XXV. DACNUSIDES.

Setting aside a few aberrant genera, these insects

differ very little from the Alysiides, of which they are

the inferior forms, possessing only two cubital areolets.

This character, however, is obvious and admits of precise

definition. In many of the preceding tribe the cubital

areolets appear confounded, but this is through the

absence of colouring matter in the dividing nervures,

which may always be traced, at least ideally. In

Dacnusa and its affinities this is not the case: the radial

nervure shows only two abscissas, 2.¢., after passing the

first abscissa, 1t 1s directed in an unbroken curve to the

tip of the wing, forming no second angle. The radial

areolet is lanceolate, seldom cultriform (Lvposcia), and

mostly too short to reach the tip of the wing; stigma

variable, oval more or less lanceolate, linear and at-

tenuated in different degrees, or lastly obsolete, being

confounded with the metacarp (Gyrocampa) ; 1st cubital

areolet separated from the Ist discoidal, except in

Dacnusa aphanta; cubital and anal nervures more or

less effaced towards the extremity. Abdomen usually

subsessile, rarely as broad at the base as the metathorax

(Polemon); often compressed in the ? (Chenon,

Ceelinius, Polemon); 1st segment rugulose or striolate,

the rest generally smooth, but sometimes with a

little rugosity on the 2nd segment; rarely with more

of the segments rugulose (Ginone, Polemon). Terebra

very short or concealed; rarely as long as half the

abdomen.

There are no apterous females, if the Chxenon apterus,

Curtis, be rightly considered as asynonym of Chasmodon

(Alysitdes, Gen. 1., ante). At the same time it must be

observed that, in default of wings, Chasmodon might

with equal propriety be referred to the present tribe.

The Dacnusides have naturally the same habits as the

Alysiuides, being parasites of Diptera; observations have

shown that even the minute flies whose larve live in the

British Braconide. 387

parenchyma of leaves, are not exempt from their

attacks.

TABLE OF GENERA.

(2) 1. Postscutellum armed with a dentiform spine;

three first abdominal segments very broad,

rugose, forming a carapace like that of

Sigalphus, beneath which the following seg-

ments are wholly or in great part retracted ;

general form robust... .. 1 CHNONE.

(1) 2. Postscutellum unarmed ; abdominal segments

normally disposed, smooth, except the first,

or sometimes the two first.

(4) 3. First abdominal segment broader than long;

2nd suture in form of a finely impressed

curved line; body robust, as in Hinone se. ii, HPIMICTA.

(3) 4, First abdominal segment longer than broad ;

2nd suture straight, nearly or quite effaced ;

form of Alysia, not remarkably robust.

(14) 5. Body neither linear nor very elongate; abdo-

men oblong-oval or suborbicular, not or

searcely longer than the head and thorax.

(7) 6. Stigma elongate, linear, consisting of an empty

membranous sack, having a drop or spot of

colouring matter only at the base, otherwise

decolorous; radial areolet ample, subcultri-

form, almost reaching the tip of the wing ... iii. LIPoscra.

(6) 7. Stigma of various form, filled up with colour-

ing matter, sometimes obsolete and con-

founded with the metacarp; radial areolet

~ much smaller, lanceolate, remote from the tip

of the wing.

(9) 8. Second abscissa of the radial nervure describ-

ing an irregular curve, usually sinuated or

concave on the under side, and always some-

what straightened towards the tip, whereby

the radial areolet becomes more or less

acuminate . iv. DAcNuUSA.

(8) 9. Second abscissa describing a regular parabolic

are, neither sinuated beneath, nor straight-

ened towards the tip.

(11) 10. Eyes naked ; thorax TINOOtH stigma very long,

linear, attenuated v. GYROCAMPA.

(10) 11. Eyes hairy; thorax punctulate ; stigma less

elongate, or sometimes short, oval-lanceolate.

(13) 12. Stigma less elongate than in Gyrocanupa,

emitting the radial nervure before the middle ;

labial palpi 3-jointed ... % vi. CHOREBUS.

(12) 13. Stigma short, oval-lanceolate, ‘emitting the

radial nervure from its middle ; labial palpi 4

jomted - ~., an oe st ... Vil. CHANUSA.

(5) 14. Body linear, elong onte ; abdomen longer than

the head and thorax,

(16) 15. Second abscissa describing a regular curve,

not sinuated. viii, C@LINIUS.

(15) 16. Second abscissa sensibly ‘sinuated before the

extremity.

(18) 17. Nes subsessile, lst segment much nar-

rower than the metathorax ; abdomen of the

@ strongly compressed, like the blade of an

oar, from the base of the 3rd segment ix, CHENON.

(17) 18. Abdomen sessile, lst segment almost as broad

as the metathorax ; abdomen of the % feebly

compressed, at the apex only .. a x. POLEMON.

388 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of

The two first genera are distinct and natural, although

Epimicta contains only a single species; the eight

following are more artificial, but as they seem likely to

facilitate the determination of species, I have allowed them

to remain. ‘They may be distributed into three natural

groups; 1. Dacnusa (G. ul., iv.); 2. Gyrocampa (G. v.,

vi., vil.) ; and 8. Colinius (G. vill, ix., x.). Gyrocampa,

Chorebus, and Chenusa are very ciosely allied both in

form and habits ; Chenon and Celinius are in all essen-

tial particulars the same, and may be optionally regarded

as synonyms, which indeed they originally were.

Forster has much increased the number of generic

names by commencing the dismemberment of the great

genus Dacnusa, but he has left untouched the majority

of the species.

i, Ginonz, Haliday.

Hal., Hym. Brit., 1, 3 (1839).

Head broad, transverse ; front very short ; eyes naked; clypeus

somewhat semicircular, or obtusely triangular ; mandibles quad-

ridentate, the 2nd tooth the longest, the 4th the smallest ; maxil-

lary palpi 6-, labial 4-jointed. Postscutellum armed with a denti-

form spine. Stigma oval-lanceolate, more or less short, emitting

the radial nervure from the middle, or from just before the

middle ; radial areolet lanceolate, remote from the tip of the wing ;

recurrent nervure slightly rejected. Abdomen subsessile, oval, as

broad as the thorax, entirely or in great part covered with longitu-

dinal striz ; segments 2-3 indiscrete, forming with the Ist a sort

of carapace which conceals all the following segments, or these if

visible are extremely short; belly concave; terebra concealed.

The length of the antenne is the readiest means of distinguishing

the sexes.

Nees von Hsenbeck was acquainted with two species,

which he formed into a section of Sigalphus; their

resemblance to that genus is very striking, but the

structure of the mandibles shows them to belong to the

Exodontes. Forster changed the name @none to Sym-

phya, but without stating his reasons for so doing;

(mone occurs as a specific name in Lepidoptera, but I

cannot find any instance of a genus so called. Dahlbom,

in his Monograph of Chelonus (Sv. Ak. Handl., 1833,

p. 159), described a species pullatus, having only two

British Braconidez. 389

cubital areolets, and which therefore seems, at first sight,

to belong to the present genus, but the figure of the

wing given by the same author shows that this can

hardly be correct, and the insect remains to be redis-

covered by the Swedish entomologists. The habits of

the species of Cinone are unknown; I have generally

obtained them by beating trees, especially oaks and

willows.

TABLE OF SPECIES.

(2) 1. Abdominal carapace smooth after the 2nd seg-

ment; posterior segments exserted, very short 1. hians, Nees.

(1) 2. Abdominal carapace wholly striolate; pos-

terior segments retracted.

(4) 3. Antennze 27-29-jointed; scutellum coarsely

rugose, dull; stigma short, emitting the

radial nervure from its middle ae .. 2. mandibularis, Nees.

(3) 4. Antenne 36-38-jointed ; scutellum punctate,

rather shining; stigma longer, emitting

the radial nervure before the middle «0. ringens, Hal.

1. Gnone hians, Nees.

Sigalphus hians, Nees, Mag. Ges. Berl., 1816, p. 253 ;

Mion, ie 23, 3 2.

Gi, hoans, Hal., Hym. Brit., ii., 4; Marsh., Species des

Hym.d’Hur.et d’Alg., Bracon., vol. 1., p. 452, d ¢.

2. Black, thinly covered with pale pubescence. Head smooth,

shining ; face punctulate, somewhat dull, pubescent; mandibles

dark brown ; clypeus nearly black; palpi testaceous. Antenne

setiform, scarcely as long as the body, 34-35-jointed. Mesonotum

punctulate, trisulcate longitudinally, the furrows punctate, the

median anteriorly effaced, the two lateral converging towards an

angle before the scutellum ; scutellum punctulate; postscutellum

armed with an acute spine; metathorax rugose, reticulate, indis-

tinctly channeled in the middle, with two tubercles on each side at

the extremity ; mesopleurz smooth, with a broad rugose furrow ;

mesosternum punctulate. Wings hyaline; squamulz testaceous;

nervures and stigma blackish ; nervures of the hindwings testa-

ceous, effaced towards the extremity. Legs testaceous, tarsi, and

tips of hind tibiz, fuscous ; hind coxe sometimes blackish at the

base. Abdomen narrowed at the base, oboval, spatulate, slightly

convex above; 1st segment widened behind, and with a bifurcate

carina at the base ; 2nd finely striolate ; 3rd and following smooth ;

the 2nd suture, which limits the striolate portion of the abdomen,

generally effaced or nearly so; posterior segments exserted, but

very short. 4 Similar; antennz rather longer than the body,

390 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of —

34-35-jointed ; abdomen narrower, subconical towards the apex ;

posterior segments more conspicuously exserted. Length, 13-2 ;

wings, 33-4 lines.

Not uncommon; it has been taken in Germany,

Holland, Russia, England, and Ireland. Haliday cap-

tured his specimens in osier-beds, and mine were found

in similar situations.

2. Cinone mandibularis, Nees.

Sigalphus mandibularis, Nees, Mag. Ges. Berl., 1816,

p,. 204; Mon.,1,,, 274, 9o-.. |

Gi. mandibularis, Hal., Hym. Brit., ii., 4, 2 ; Marsh.,

Species des Hym. d’Hur. et d’Alg., Bracon., vol. ii.,

p. 453, ¢¢.

@. Deep black, thinly covered with pale pubescence. Head

smooth; vertex and cheeks pubescent ; front and face rugulose,

the latter more finely, and covered with pubescence ; mandibles

and clypeus black; palpi fusco-testaceous. Antenne widely

separated at the base, shorter than the body, submoniliform,

hardly attenuated at the apex, 27-29-jointed, black, with the 2nd

joint testaceous. Mesonotum punctate-rugose, smoother at the

sides, trisulcate, all the furrows united posteriorly ; scutellum and

metathorax rugose, reticulate ; spine of the postscutellum blunt,

compressed ; metathorax not carinate in the middle; mesopleure

and sternum rugose ; beneath the wings on each side is a smooth

space. Wings infumated; squamulze brownish ; stigma and nervures

blackish ; the former oval-lanceolate, shorter than in the following

Species, emitting the radial nervure from the middle. Fore legs

testaceous; the middle pair dull testaceous with the femora black

above and the apex of the tarsi blackish ; hind legs blackish, tro-

chanters wholly or in part, together with the base of the tibiz,

reddish ; all the cox black; sometimes the legs are entirely testa-

ceous. Abdomen occasionally brown, oboval, slightly convex,

rather deeply striate and beset with whitish hairs on the first three

segments, which conceal all the following ; 1st segment short,

ascending ; 2nd suture effaced. 4 Similar ; antenne longer than

the body, 29-jointed. Length, 14-12 ; wings, 3-43 lines.

Taken in Germany, England, and Ireland. My speci-

mens were beaten out of oak trees.

Briton Bracco a ont

3. CGinone ringens, Hal.

Gi. rungens, Hal., Hym. Brit., ii., 4, ¢ ; Marsh., Species

des Hym. d’Hur. et d’Alg., Bracon., vol. u.,

p. 454, $2.

Resembles hians, from which it may be distinguished in few

words. Palpi obscure. Antenne ¢ ¢, 36-38-jointed. Mesono-

tum more coarsely punctured, the medial furrow dilated anteriorly

instead of being effaced; spine of the postscutellum shorter and

stouter ; scutellum punctate, somewhat shining. Wings infumated ;

squamule brownish; stigma and nervures blackish ; the former is

longer than in the two other species, emitting the radial nervure

before the middle ; nervures of the hindwings blackish. Legs dull

rufous ; coxe, base of trochanters, tarsi, and tips of hind tibiz,

blackish. The striz on the carapace are fine like those of hians,

and continued to the extremity like those of mandibularis; 4th

and following segments concealed. Length, 2; wings, 34-4 lines.

Rare in Ireland, according to Haliday ; in England it

is commoner than the other species, and I have fre-

quently found it on willows.

ul. Hpemmicta, Morster.

Forst., Verh. Pr. Rheinl., 1862, p. 274.

Body robust, convex, in great part smooth. Head and its

appendages as in Ginone. Mesothoracic furrows deeply impressed,

complete, crenulate ; an impressed line starting from the anterior

margin, between the two furrows, becomes dilated before the

scutellum into an oval crenate fovea; postscutellum unarmed ;

furrow of the mesopleurz broad, punctate-rugose, like the rest of

the pleurz ; mesosternum smooth ; metathorax very short, rugose.

Stigma linear-lanceolate, emitting the radial nervure just before the

middle ; radia! areolet lanceolate, acuminate, not reaching the tip

of the wing ; radial nervure almost insensibly sinuated near the

extremity. Abdomen oval, convex, as wide as the thorax and a

little longer, showing 7 segments above in the <@, 6in the 9,

the 2nd and 3rd united by coalescence, not reaching the middle

of the abdomen ; Ist very short, transverse, ascending, rugose ; 2nd

minutely striolate, often almost smooth; 2nd suture scarcely

visible ; 3rd and following segments smooth; 4th a little longer

than the 3rd ; 5th as long as the 4th ; 6th somewhat shorter and

diminishing in breadth ; 7th hardly exserted in the ¢, concealed in

the @. 'Terebra concealed.

392 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of

This genus, hitherto undescribed as such, was

originally joined to Ginone by Curtis ; it differs, however,

widely in the conformation of the abdomen. Haliday

placed it at the head of his genus Dacnusa, but in a

separate section; although most of the technical details

in Hpimicta and Dacnusa are similar, yet the important

characters of the abdomen, together with the very

different facies caused by the stout form and robustness

of the body, sufficiently distinguish the former genus.

In Forster’s table it is stated that the second abdominal

segment is marked with a transverse furrow; this is

derived from Haliday, who often speaks of segments

2-3 (soldered together in the Braconide) as the second

segment; the expression is not quite correct, as in the

present instance, where the transverse furrow in

question is nothing else than the second suture. There

is only one known species, which cannot be confounded

with any other of the Dacnuside.

1. Epimicta marginalis, Hal.

Dacnusa marginalis, Hal., Hym. Brit., ii., 6, 3 ?.

Hi. marginalis, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Hur. et

d’Alg., Bracon., vol. ii., p. 456, $ ?.

@. Black, with the apex of the abdomen rufous or testaceous,

the posterior segments narrowly bordered with the same colour.

Vertex very short; face indistinctly carinate, punctulate ; clypeus,

mandibles, and palpi testaceous. Antenne a little longer than the

body, submoniliform, brownish or reddish testaceous, 37-38-

jointed. Wings slightly infumated; squamule, stigma, and

nervures brownish, sometimes very pale; recurrent nervure

hardly rejected. Legs testaceous; base of the hind coxe, tarsi of

the same pair, and tips of the other tarsi, fuscous. Abdomen

beset with whitish hairs ; segments 3-5 margined with testaceous ;

6th testaceous with an obscure dorsal patch ; belly concave, testa-

ceous. Valves of the terebra incrassated, concealed. ¢ Similar ;

6th segment without an obscure patch ; 7th exserted, testaceous.

Length, 2 ; wings, 4 lines,

Rare in England, and not yet noticed in any other

country. I have taken three specimens, in Leicester-

shire, Wiltshire, and Cornwall.

British Bracomde. 393

in, Liposcia, Morster.

Forst., Verh. Pr. Rheinl., 1862, p. 276.

Form and characters of Dacnusa, except as to the wings. Head

transverse ; maxillary palpi 6-, labial 4-jointed. Mesothoracic

furrows complete, but faintly traced, with an additional medial

channel ; metathorax short, pubescent. Wings narrow from the

base as far as the stigma, enlarged and rounded posteriorly ; basal

areolets very short; radial ample, cultriform, reaching the tip of

the wing ; 2nd abscissa not exactly straight ; stigma linear-lanceo-

late, as long as two-thirds of the radial areolet, confounded at the

extremity with the metacarp ; it resembles an elongate bladder,

pale and empty, except a small oval mass of colouring matter

collected at the base ; recurrent nervure rejected ; radial and anal

nervures faintly traced ; nervures of the hindwings nearly effaced.

I possess only the ¢, which has the abdomen oval, somewhat

depressed, broader than the thorax; Ist segment narrow, linear,

twice as long as its width, with distinct spiracular tubercles. The

singularity of the stigma is not accidental, as one would be inclined

to suppose ; Forster states that all his specimens, of both sexes,

were similar in this respect.

1. Lnposcia discolor (Forst.), Marsh.

LL, discolor, Marsh., Species des Hym. d’Hur. et d’Alg.,

Bracon., vol. u., p. 497, ¢.

$ Black : abdomen piceous after the 1st segment ; 2nd segment

rather lighter than the following. Head smooth, shining; man-

dibles quadridentate with very small equal teeth, testaceous ; palpi

testaceous. Antenne slender, much longer than the body, blackish

with the scape piceous, filiform, composed of 28 cylindrical joints ;

1st joint elongate, the terminal joint longer than broad. Middle

lobe of the mesonotum very shining, the two lateral somewhat

dull; scutellum, metathorax, and 1st abdominal segment beset with

whitish hairs; metathorax dull, coriaceous, without a medial

carina. Wings hyaline ; squamulz testaceous ; radial, intercubital,

and cubital nervures pale, indistinct ; anal nervure effaced ; ner-

vures of the basal portion of the wing brown, together with the

coloured spot of the stigma, the empty part of which is pale

yellowish. Legs testaceous ; tarsi fuscous at the apex. First

abdominal segment striolate, the rest smooth and glabrous ; 2nd

suture almost effaced ; segments 2-3 together shorter than all the

following ; 4th as long as the 3rd, the rest progressively decreasing

in length to the extremity. Length, 1 ; wings, 2; lines.

I captured a single specimen last year in Cornwall.

394 Rey. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of

iv. Dacnusa, Haliday.

Hal., Hym. Brit., 1., 5 (1839).

Body short or moderately elongate ; general form like that of

the Alysiids, especially of the genus Adelura. Head transverse,

rarely as long as it is broad (D. gilvipes) ; mandibles quadridentate ;

maxillary palpi 6-, labial 4-jointed. Antenne generally setaceous,

multiarticulate, as long as the body or longer, often more than

twice as long ; short and pauciarticulate in the 9 of D. ampliator.

Mesothoracic furrows usually incomplete, or hardly inchoate ;

between them is a medial channel more or less distinct and of

variable length, ending in a fovea before the scutellum; meta-

thorax short, rugulose, often imperfectly carinate at the base.

Stigma elongate, linear, of variable thickness, emitting the radial

nervure before the middle; 1st abscissa distinct, but exceptionally

cut off by the stigma in D. adducta ; radial areolet semi-oval,

lanceolate, acuminate ; radial nervure forming an irregular curve,

sinuated near the middle, and straightened towards the extremity,

the sinuation is sometimes barely visible (D. semirugosa, etc.), the

straightening is constantly present ; recurrent nervure in most

cases rejected, 7.e., pointing to the lower angle of the 1st cubital

areolet ; but in D. abdita, and two or three more species it is

interstitial, 7.e., pointing to the lower interior angle of the 2nd.

Abdomen subsessile, rarely subpetiolate, oblong-oval or suborhbi-

culate, sometimes spatulate, not or hardly longer than the head

and thorax ; all the segments smooth except the 1st, and rarely the

2nd (D. semirugosa, etc.) ; 1st segment longer than broad ; seg-

ments 2-3 united by coalition, and longer than all the following

taken together. 'Terebra short, almost concealed, rarely somewhat

exserted (D. areolaris), or even as long as 4 or 2 of the abdomen

(D. clandestina and stramineipes).

This genus is numerous in species, but they have been

so neglected by hymenopterists that any attempt to give

an account of them must necessarily be unsatisfactory.

The earliest notice of them was published by Nees von

Hsenbeck in the “Berliner Magazin’? for 1814: he

described three or four species under the generic name

of Bassus. These he afterwards, in his Monograph (1834),

transferred to the genus Alysia, as a 5th section, with

additions, raising the number to 12, not all of which can

now be recognized. The only other publication of value

on the subject of these insects is Haliday’s tract dated

1839, under the title “ Hymenoptera Britannica: Alysia,

)

British Braconde. 395

Fasciculus alter,’ which is now difficult to procure. It

contains 21 species belonging to our Fauna, and must

form the groundwork of any future treatises on the

subject. Haliday’s labours were succeeded by a blank

period of fifty-five years, during which only five

scattered notices of Dacnusa appeared, these occur in

the works of Ratzeburg, Goureau, and Vollenhoven, but

four of them are insufficient for specific determinations.

My own observations, however desultory and imperfect,

have succeeded in increasing the number of known

species to about 40, several of which are not indigenous ;

it would not be difficult, with more time, greatly to

augment this number. My captures on the continent

have been very few, and boxes of Braconidz received

from correspondents hardly ever contain a Dacnusa, or

if any occur, they are usually unset, and their examina-

tion and description consequently impracticable, except

in a few cases. It is merely a waste of time to collect

specimens of this sort without displaying the wings,

etc.—they are too small and too stubborn to be relaxed,

and can only be rejected as useless.

Forster’s Synopsis contains 14 so-called genera, cutting

off as many species of Dacnusa, and the same process

might have been applied to the rest, so as totally to

disintegrate the genus. I have not adopted these

divisions, which only multiply difficulties, for it is easier

to identify an insect directly by its specific diagnosis

than to trace it through an artificial genus resting on

the same characters, and often only obscurely indi-

cated.

Following out the plan of these papers, I have

endeavoured to tabulate the species, but the task is so

difficult as to border upon the impossible. The following

attempt therefore will not, perhaps, stand much criticism,

yet it may give some slight assistance in the investigation

of many species.

TABLE OF SPECIES.

(2) 1. First cubital areolet contiguous to the stigma

which cuts off the lst abscissa oe .. J. adducta, Hal.

(1) 2. First cubital areolet separated from the

stigma by the 1st abscissa.

(52) 3. Recurrent nervure pointing to the lower

angle of the 1st cubital areolet.

(11) 4. Second abdominal segment rugulose or acicu-

late, sometimes only at the extreme base

(talaris) ; exceptionally smooth in a variety

of that species.

396

(5)

(7)

(10)

(4) 11.

(15) 12.

(14) 13

(18) 14.

(12) 15.

(19) 16.

(18) 17.

(17) 18.

(16) 19,

(23) 20.

(22) 21,

(21) 22,

(20) 28.

(25) 24.

(8) 7.

Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of

. Abdomen rufous with the 1st segment black-

ish and the 2nd piceous; radial areolet

almost reaching the tip of the wing .

. Abdomen entirely black ; radial areolet remote

from the tip of the wing.

Radial nervure slightly sinuated before the

extremity

. Radial nervure forming a regular parabolic

curve, not sinuated.

, Metathorax carinated; antennze about 36-

jointed ; 2nd discoidal areolet imperfectly

closed on the outer side ; length, 2 lines ...

. Metathorax not carinated ; antennse 28-

jointed ; 2nd_ discoidal ' areolet completely

closed ; length, 1} lines

Second abdominal segment entirely ‘smooth,

like all the following.

Legs black, with only the knees, the tarsi,

and the fore tibisze more or less testaceous

or brownish.

; Antenne longer than the body, 25-jointed

in the 2, 3l-jomted in the ¢ ; stigma

elongate, ‘vather stout, acuminate at the

outer end, black like the nervures; radial

areolet longer than the prebrachial ; ;

radial nervure very faintly sinuated

Antennee of the Y not longer than the head

and thorax, 15-17-jointed, those of the ¢

almost as long as the body, 21-jointed ;

stigma short, stout, obtuse at both ends,

testaceous or ‘pale brown like the nervures ;

radial areolet not longer than the preebra-

chial ; radial nervure sinuated

Legs entirely testaceous, or at most the hind

femora partly black, ‘and the 4 anterior

sometimes streaked with black.

Large species, about 25 lines long; antennee

36-49-jointed.

Abdomen spatulate, 1st segment linear, about

3 times as long as the hind coxe ; antennz

44-49-jointed ; the largest species. an

Abdomen oblong, Ist segment linear, about

twice as long as the hind coxe; antennz

36-jointed. Er

Smaller species ; antennee of the 2 usually 21-

35-jointed, but 40-jointed in lateralis and

42-jointed in cincta; those of the ¢ 21-37-

jointed, but 40-jointed in senilis, and 43-

jointed in lateralis.

Stigma thicker than the length of the lst

abscissa.

Stigma dark ferruginous, more than 4 times

as long as broad ; recurrent nervure hardly

rejected ; 2nd discoidal areolet oblong

Stigma blackish, scarcely 3 times as long as

broad; recurrent nervure sensibly rejected ;

Ind discoidal areolet short, quadrate -

Stigma not so thick as the length of the Ist

abscissa.

Metathorax and Ist abdominal beenient

covered with dense pubescence, concealing

the sculpture of the surface ; hind femora

blackish, or wie with blackish on the

upper edge ,

LO:

JL2;

phenicura, Hal.

. talaris, Hal.

senirugosa, Hal.

. striatula, Hal.

. tristis, Nees.

anypliator, Nees.

petiolata, Nees.

egregia, Marsh.

temula, Hal.

11. macrospila, Hal.

senilis, Nees.

—_——

(32) 33

(37) 36

(36) 387.

(35) 388.

(40) 39.

(39) 40.

(42) 41.

(41) 42.

(44) 43,

(43) 44.

(80) 465.

(47) 46.

(46) 47.

(49) 48.

(48) 49.

(51) 50.

(50) 51.

British Braconide. 397

5. The pubescence not so dense as to conceal

the surface, or this latter almost bare ; hind

femora entirely pale, or at most with a

taint streak on the upper edge.

. Length about 3 line; the smallest species ... 13. misella, Marsh.

. Length much more than 3 line.

. Radial areolet shorter than the prebrachial 14. albipes, Hal.

. Radial areolet equalling or exceeding the

(45) 80.

(34) 31.

(83) 32.

preebrachial in length.

Furrow of the mesopleurs rugose or punctate.

Antenne 37-43-jointed.

Antenne one-half longer than the body;

radial nervure distinctly sinuated; Ist

abdominal segment 3 times as long as

broad 15. lateralis, Hal.

. Antenne very little longer than the body;

radial nervure hardly sinuated ; 1st abdomi-

nal segment twice as long as proad ... 16. cincta, Hall.

. Antenne 25-33-jointed.

. Abdomen short, as broad as the thorax, de-

pressed in the g , convex in the @ , and not

compressed. posteriorly (but the ? of lepida

is unknown).

. Legs elongate, whitish-yellow, as well as the

squamule ; wings ample, obtusely subtrun-

cate at the extremity .. 17. lepida, Marsh.

Legs not unusually long, dingy testaccous, ‘as

well as the squamulee ; wings not remark-

ably broad and long, regularly rounded at

the extremity ... .. 18. ovalis, Marsh.

Abdomen linear, not so ‘broad as the thorax,

compressed posteriorly i in the?.

Squamule black so3 .. 19. leptogaster, Hal.

Squamule rufescent or flavescent.

Abdomen testaceous with the Ist segment

lackey =... a oa es cn ... 20. postica, Hal.

Abdomen black with the 2nd segment testa-

ceous.

Head subcubic, as broad as long, not dilated

behind the eyes; stigma and nervures pale

yellowish : . 21. diremta, Hal.

Head transverse, ‘dilated behind the eyes ;

stigma and nervures dark brown ... 22. gracilis, Nees.

Farrow of the mesopleurze smooth or obso-

ete.

First cubital areolet confounded with the

1st discoidal ... ne a ... 28. aphanta, Marsh.

First cubital areolet discrete.

Radial areolet approximating the tip of the

wing; stigma very elongate, linear, atten-

uated 24. straminerpes, Hal.

Radial areolet remote from the tip. of the

wing; stigma linear, attenuated, but less

elongated.’

Stigma elongate, emitting the radial nervure

not far from its base, which is the slender-

est part; abdomen blackish or piceous;

terebra short, exserted . 25. areolaris, Nees.

Stigma somewhat shorter ,emitting the radial

nervure atless than one-fourth of its len gth,

and dilated at the anastomosis; abdomen

blackish, the segments cinctured with pale

testaceous; terebra as nen as half the

abdomen S00 ese . 26. clandestina, Hal.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895. ——PART Ill. (SEPT.) 26

398 Rev. T. A. Marshall’s Monograph of Brit. Bracomde.

(3) 52. Recurrent nervure pointing to the lower in-

terior angle of the 2nd cubital areolet.

(54) 53. Stigma as long as the prebrachial areolet ;

radial nervure inflexed in the middle,

almost forming an obtuse angle, and indi-

cating the 2nd and 3rd abscissas, of which

the 3rd is straight, and ends on the meta-

carp in an acute angle, remote from the

tip of the wing 27. aqwilegiz, Marsh.

(53) 54. Stigma much longer than the prebrachial

areolet ; radial nervure slightly sinuated in

the middle, but not showing the structure

of sp. 2

a 55. Furrow of the mesopleure obsolete ... ... 28, abdita, Hal.

55) 56. Furrow of the mesopleure visible, crenulate 29. gilvipes, Hal.

(To be continued.)

EXPLANATION OF Pirate VII.

ALYSIID.

Fic, 1. Wing of Adelura florimela, Hal.

2. Adelura dictynna, Marsh.

3. Wing of Adelura apii, Curtis.

4. ,, 4, Anisocyrta perdita, Hal.

» » Lrosapha speculum, Hal., @.

Lae ee i venusta, Hal., ?.

, Mesocrina venatriz, Marsh.

» 9» Orthostigma pumila, Nees.

» » Aspilota nervosa, Hal.

DACNUSIDZ.

10. Ginone hians, Hal., .

11. Wing of Liposcia discolor, Forst.

12. Dacnusa adducta, Hal., ?.

ES —EOOEEe—eEeeeeeeeerrere

(399)

XIV. Further Notes on the Secretion of Potassiwm

Hydroxide by Dicranura vinula (imago), and similar

Phenomena in other Lepidoptera. By Oswatp H.

Latter, M.A., Assistant Master at Charterhouse,

formerly Tutor of Keble College.

[Read March 20th, 1895.]

Pirates VIII. and IX.

In my previous communication on this subject (Trans.

Ent. Soc. Lond., 1892, Part IV., pp. 287-292) a few

points were left in doubt. Some of these I have been

able to clear up, and at the same time I have proved

that an alkaline fluid is produced from the mouth by

images of other species at the time of their emergence

from the cocoon. By the kind aid of my former

colleague, the late Rev. 8. D. Titmas, I have been able

to make a quantitative analysis of the secretion produced

by D. vinula.

I will deal with this species first and then proceed to

the others, which I have not been able to investigate

so fully.

Ga.) The cocoon of D. vinula.

I am disposed to think that the difficulty experienced

by the moth in escaping from the cocoon has been

rather over-estimated. If a cocoon is examined from

the innerside, while held towards the light, it will at

once be seen that the walls are not of uniform thickness,

but that thinner patches occur here and there. I

examined over a hundred cocoons in this way, and

invariably found one of these thinner areas at the

anterior end opposite the head of the pupa. Such an

arrangement obviously must lessen the labour of the

imago at emergence.

(ui.) The removal of the pupal “ shield” by the imago.

In my former paper I was unable to speak definitely

of the manner in which the imago frees its head from

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895,—PART Il, (SEPT.)

4.00 Mr. O. H. Latter on the secretion of

the shield. My friend, Mr. Archer Vassall, informed

me, shortly after the publication of that paper, that he

had observed the imago remove the shield by means of

its’ front pair of legs. I have now myself repeatedly

seen that this is the normal process. Almost as soon

as the imago is free of the cocoon it halts for an

instant, and raises its front pair of legs over its head,

crossing the two tarsi dorsally to the shield; it then

makes a rapid forward and downward stroke with the

two legs simultaneously, and pulls the shield away,

leaving it on the ground.

(iu1.) Mode of attacking the cocoon.

In collecting the secretion for quantitative analysis,

I was enabled to observe more fully the exact behaviour

of the emerging imago. The pupz were enclosed in

glass tubes (to be more particularly described below)

and were thus easily watched. The first violent

struggles of the imago liberate its anterior regions from

the pupa case, this latter is then thrust back a little

until its posterior extremity rests against some solid

resisting surface, which would in nature be formed by

the posterior end of the cocoon. A series of peristaltic

contractions then sweep over the abdomen of the imago

from behind forwards, urging the head forward against

the anterior end of the chamber until the pressure

becomes considerable. Between each peristaltic move-

ment the body slips backward a little by the partial

telescoping of the abdominal segments. These move-

ments constitute the strokes made by the labral prongs

against the cocoon wall, and, at the same time, the

muscular contractions compress the contents of the

body and expel drops of potassium hydroxide from the

mouth. If, after the imago has emerged, the action

be imitated by gentle pressure between the fingers,

more of the fluid can generally be driven out.

(iv.) Quantitative analysis of the potassium hydrowide

solution.

The investigation of the strength of the solution

proved difficult, and was attended by many failures. The

following is the method which I found most satisfactory.

Potassium Hydroxide by Dicranura vinula. 401

A large number of pups, due to emerge in about a

fortnight’s time, were placed in a corresponding number

of glass tubes. The head of each pupa was placed so

as to be in gentle contact with the closed end of the tube,

while the remainder of the pupa was loosely wrapt in

cotton wool to prevent violent movement, and also to

absorb any excrement that might trickle downwards.

Behind the pupa was placed a firm plug of cotton wool,

in order to give it a solid object against which to thru st

the discarded pupa case.

The tubes were arranged in rows on a board, which

_was slightly tilted, in order that the potassium hydroxide

might flow down into the angle of the tube below the

pupa head.

By careful watching, as the time of emergence drew

near, I was able to collect a measurable quantity of the

fluid from the tubes, and by instantly removing the

moths and placing a pipette to their mouths a further

quantity was obtained. Many tubes had to be rejected

in consequence of fouling by excrement, in order that

the fluid analysed might be absolutely pure. As the

liquid was obtained it was placed in a small tube, pre-

viously carefully washed and dried, this was stoppered

and kept in a corked bottle containing a Jittle water,

in order to prevent concentration by evaporation.

These precautions were necessary, as the period of

emergence spread out over more than four weeks.

The amounts obtained were dealt with in two lots, one

lot amounted to 0°6 c.c., the other to 0-4 c.c. I did not

count how many moths had contributed, for I was

never able to obtain all the secretion of any one

individual, and the computation would therefore be

worthless.

The results of analysis (vide foot-note*) gave in the one

instance 1:47 grammes, and in the other 1:40 grammes

of potassium hydroxide in every 100 c.c. of the secreted

liquid.

“The method adopted was as follows :—The volume of secreted

liquid was ascertained by scratching a mark on the tube at the

surface of the liquid, and subsequently filling the tube up to the

mark with water from a Geissler’s burette, graduated to 4th c.c.,

and provided with an Erdmann’s float. The secretion was carefully

washed out into a small beaker with distilled water, and the

whole then faintly coloured with methyl-orange to serve as

402 Mr. O. H. Latter on the secretion of

(v.) The origin of the potassium secretion.

It will be best to trace the developmental changes

which occur in the alimentary canal from the first days

of pupal life up to the emergence of the imago, though

the reverse order of proceeding was followed in the

actual investigations, which extended over two summers.

The digestive tract of a freshly formed pupa consists (Fig.

1) of a moderately long narrow cesophagus, followed by a

long sacculated chylific stomach (mesenteron) with

sacculated walls and of considerable width; this is

succeeded by a straight narrow rectum, which is about

half the length of the cesophagus. At the point of

junction of the cesophagus and mesenteron there lies

a delicate indicator. The burette was then filled with sulphuric

acid of half-standard strength, i.e., 24:5 grammes of H, SO, to’

1000 c.c. of water; the dilute acid was then added drop by drop

until the rosy-pink colour was just distinguishable. In the first

experiment 0°6 c.c. of secretion was used: it required 0°32 c.c. of

the dilute acid to produce the neutral condition (the second

decimal place was estimated by the eye aided witha lens). Then

the actual weight, x, of acid may be calculated thus—

1000 c.c. :'0'32 ‘c.c. 3: 245 or eee

*. « = ‘0078 gramme.

and taking the combining weights of the elements concerned as

follows, viz., Hydrogen 1, Oxygen 16, Potassium 39, Sulphur 32

since 2 (K HO) neutralise H, SO,

2 (39 + 1 + 16). 0. eee ee eee 2 BZ 4 64

112 Bie Me Beh 1 SE 98

i.¢., 98 grammes of sulphuric acid neutralise 112 grammes of potas-

sium hydroxide, hence the weight, y, of potassium hydroxide

present in the secretion can be found from the foliowing state-

ment—

98 22 OGIB nt) 2112 37).

.. y = ‘0089 gramme

*, 0:0089 gramme of KHO were present in 0°6 c.c. 0

secreted fluid

*, in 100 c.c. of secreted fluid there would be 1.47

grammes of KHO.

In the second experiment 0°4 c.c. of secretion was taken and

dealt with in precisely the same way. It required 0:2 c.c. of the

dilute acid to produce the neutral condition in this case. Arguing

as before, this gives 0°0056 gramme of KHO present in 0°4 c.c. of

secretion, which, expressed in percentages, is 1°40 grammes of

potassium hydroxide in every 100 c.c. of secreted liquid.

Potassium Hydroxide by Dicranura vinula. 403

dorsaily a minute diverticulum (a7), apparently

springing from the anterior dorsal extremity of the

mesenteron, but resembling rather the cesophagus in

the character of its walls. The chief changes which

take place concern this diverticulum, and the relative

lengths of the three main sections of the canal. The

latter may be dismissed in a few words—the cesophagus

remains of the same length, the mesenteron becomes

very much shorter and slightly narrower, while the rectum

becomes correspondingly longer, until in the freshly-

hatched imago it is rather longer than the two other

sections combined, Figs. 2 and 3. There take place in the

hinder region of the rectum other changes which I

have not followed out in detail, the most remarkable of

which is the existence, at the time of emergence, of a

wide short tube (Fig. 3, d) opening into the body cavity

at one end and into the posterior third of the rectum

at the other; this tube is full of a brownish-red thick

fluid (nitrogenous excretion ?), and appears to serve asan

exit for the fluids so abundantly discharged per anuwm

immediately after emergence. After four days of

imaginal life the tube had shortened to a mere stump

(Fig. 3a, d), and six days later it could not be

recognized.

The mesenteric diverticulum gradually increases in

size (a 7, Figs. 2 and 3), and comes to lie in sucha

position that the only communication between the

mesenteron and cesophagus is through its somewhat

pointed ventral end. lHventually it assumes a pear-

shaped appearance, with the broader end directed dor-

sally (Fig. 34, a 1).

At the time when the imago is ready to emerge this

diverticulum contains a clear liquid with strongly

alkaline reaction to red litmus paper; by gentle pressure

the liquid may be driven along the cesophagus and

caused to exude from the mouth in drops.

Now the contents of the larval mesenteron are

intensely alkaline (as indeed is the case in every insect

that I have examined), and it is probable that the

digestive ferments need an alkaline medium for their

action. Throughout pupal life the contents of the

mesenteron continue strongly alkaline, though they

undergo other alterations, viz., after fourteen days they

are granular and blood-red in colour, and, as develop-

404, Mr. O. H. Latter on the secretion of

ment progresses, they become less granular and more

transparent, while the colour changes to a greenish-

black. The pigment, however, seems to cling to the

walls, leaving the central portions of the fluid almost

colourless.

It appears to me that we have here a fairly complete

explanation of the somewhat astonishing behaviour of

the imago in discharging an alkaline fluid. The digestive

fluids of the larva are alkaline, their work ceases with

the end of larval life, the walls of the mesenteron retain

their power, and the alkaline liquid produced is retained

and perhaps strengthened by concentration while being

stored in the dwindled mesenteron itself and in the

special receptacle constituted by the dorsal diverti-

culum.

I have not been able to analyse the alkaline liquid in

the larval mesenteron in consequence of lack of material,

so that the proof of the identity of the two fluids is not

complete, though the balance of probability is in favour

of their being one and the same.

There can be little doubt that the secretion is

expelled along the wesophagus by means of the pressure

which is brought to bear upon the mesenteron and its

diverticulum, by the violent muscular contractions of

the bodywall at the time when the imago splits open

and struggles out of the pupa case.

(vi.) Alkaline secretions discharged by other species.

I have proved, by the employment of artificial cocoons

of red litmus paper, that the following species effect a

softening of their hard cocoons by discharge of alkaline

liquid from the mouth:—Dicranura bifida (abundant),

D. furcula (abundant), Bombyx callune (abundant),

B. lanestris (slight), Saturnia carpi (abundant),

Inmacodes testudo (slight), and Halas prasinana

(moderate quantity). I have not been able to procure

sufficient material for analysis from any of these.

Pupz of the following were also experimented with,

but no results obtained—Hndromis versicolor, Pygzra

bucephala, Mamestra brassice, and Cucullia absynthu.

As in D. vinula, so too in most of the others which

produce alkaline liquid, there are also mechanical con-

Potassium Hydrowide by Dicranura vinula. 405

trivances to aid in rupturing the cocoon where this is

necessary.

Both D. furcula and D. bifida emerge from the

cocoon, wearing a “shield” similar to that formerly

described in D. vinula.

D, furcula.

The pupal “shield” is shown in Fig. 4; it is

held securely on the head of the imago by hooks

fitting into grooves and sockets situated just to the

median side of each eye of the imago (Fig. 4, hk).

In addition to these hooks, there is also a pair of small

processes projecting inwards from the inner ventral

corner of the pupal eye (Vig. 4, hk’). I could not

find any definite socket for the reception of these, but

there is on the ventral surface of each side of the head

of the imago a triangular depressed shallow area, in

which this pair of hooks must lie while the “shield”

is in position (Fig. 6, hk’g). After emergence the

“shield” is removed by the tarsi of the front pair of

legs, exactly as in D. vinula.

The labral prongs present in D. vinula are here

represented only by short blunt knobs (Fig. 5, 1p), and

can be of no service in piercing the cocoon. I believe,

however, that the maxillary palps are brought to bear

upon the softened surface. These appendages are pro-

vided with far fewer and shorter hairs than in D. vinula,

and are relatively stouter and harder; their distal

extremities are entirely devoid of hair, sharply pointed,

and marked with transverse ridges like a miniature

file (Fig. 6, p). The structure of these palps appears to

vary as to the number of joints. In three specimens

both palps were single-jomted; in one specimen the

right palp bore traces of three joints, but the left was

single-jointed, while in another specimen both palps

were distinctly three-jointed. The length of the palps is

almost the same, viz., about 0°36 mm., whether single or

three-jointed, and I am thus inclined to believe that

a single-jointed condition is in process of evolution

from the more primitive condition of three joints.

Certainly the absence of intermediate articulations would

render the palp a more rigid and efficient boring tool.

406 Mr. O. H. Latter on the secretion of

D. bifida.

Here the shape of the “shield”? is slightly different,

inasmuch as the posterior lateral edges of the pupal

eyes are bent inwards, so as to partly grip the corres-

ponding portion of the eyes of the imago. One pair

of hooks are present on the inner face of the “shield,”

corresponding to the larger pair in D. furcula, and to

the only pair in D. vinula. The smaller pair present

in D. furcula here finds its homologue in a stout piece

of chitin, which forms a low ridge merely. From the tips

of the hooks long transparent chitinous threads pass

upwards. The hooks fit into grooves and sockets in

the head of the imago, as in the other species. This

“shield ” has also attached to it the chitinous lining

of the mouth and cesophagus, which appear as trans-

parent membranes. Traces of these organs can also be

made out in the two other related species. The “shield”

measures 2°2 mm. dorso-ventrally by 3°2 mm. trans-

versely.

The head of the imago bears a pair of grooves (Fig. 7,

hkg), leading into sockets for the reception of the

hooks, but the labral prongs are hardly represented at

all, a pair of minute lumps being the only vestige to be

recognized. The remains of the mandibles (Fig. 7,

mn) are rather prominent at the junction of the

gene with the inner border of the eye. The palps

(Fig. 7, p), in the only two specimens I was able to

examine, are moderately clothed with hair, except at the

apex, which resembles that of D. furcula. Hach palp

consists of two well-marked joints, with indications of

a possible third (Fig. 7, p). I would suggest that

these are the organs by means of which the moth

breaks open the cocoon.

Saturnia carpint.

The red litmus paper artificial cocoons for this species

were made into a loosely coiled paper cone, the apex

of which was left open and directed towards the light ;

the head of the pupa lay near the apex. I was greatly

astonished to find an abundant alkaline secretion dis-

charged prior to exit from the cocoon. Doubtless,

the fluid softens the converging silk fibres at the neck

Potassium Hydroxide by Dicranura vinula. 407

of the flask-shaped cocoon, and thus the labour imposed

upon the moth is lessened. Judging only by the size

of blue stain produced, the amount discharged is little

less than that produced by D. vinula. The head of the

moth and of the pupa present no modifications corre-

lated with the possession of a hard cocoon.

Bombyx callune, B. lanestris, and Limacodes testudo.

These three species form a group by themselves,

inasmuch as their cocoons have many points in common,

and all three have similar appliances for escaping. The

cocoons are all tough, more or less cylindrical with

rounded ends, one of which is raised as a lid at the

time of emergence. The boring organ is of a totally

different kind to that existing in the Dicranurans, and

is not formed either by labral prongs or modified

maxillary palps, nor does the anterior portion of the

pupa form a “shield” to the head and eyes of the

imago. On the contrary, by carefully denuding the

head by brushing and blowing, it may be seen that the

head is far more turned down, so as to bring the mouth

parts into a more backward position, while the median

frontal portion of the head between the eyes is pro-

duced forward into a prominent and sharply-pointed

umbo or boss (Fig. 9, 6) of great strength, and capable

of being used as a powerful awl in opening the lid of

the cocoon. There are slight differences in the details

observable in the three species named. J. callunzx

and B. lanestris have the boss developed to a less

degree and less sharply-pointed on the head of the pupa

also (Vig. 8), while in JL. testwdo the converse holds

good, the boss being far sharper and stronger in the

pupa than in the imago (Figs. 10-12). Indeed, the pupal

boss is the only hard structure on the otherwise fragile

and delicate pupa case of this species. I am inclined

to think that the lid of the cocoon is broken open before

the imago of L. testudo has got free from the pupa case.

I was unable to make any direct observations on this

point, since the larva does not pupate till many weeks

after the formation of the cocoon, the whole winter and

early spring, in fact, being passed in the larval condi-

tion; and, further, the species is, In my experience,

408 Mr. O. H. Latter on the secretion of

very intolerant of the unnatural conditions attending

captivity.

Mr. Edmonds of Windsor informs me that they can

only be safely removed from their own cocoons just

before pupating, otherwise the larvae endeavour to

construct a fresh cocoon, and so exhaust themselves.

He also tells me that in casting the last larval skin it

presses very hard on the sides of the cocoon and

accomplishes the moult with remarkable rapidity. I,

as is not improbable, strong pressure is applied to the

sides of the cocoon when the pupal skin is about to be

cast off, it can be readily seen that advantage would

result in the pupa being so armed with a pointed boss

that the exertion of bursting the pupa case should at

the same time drive the boss into the line of junction

between the lid and body of the cocoon. If this is so,

then, probably, the very slight alkaline effusion is of no

avail in softening the walls.

Halias prasinana.

Iam indebted to the Rev. G. Chilton for pupz by

means of which I ascertained that this species dis-

charges an alkaline liquid when escaping from the

cocoon. The amount produced is not great, but very

decided and more copious than that discharged by

B. lanestris or L. testudo. I could discover no definite

organ adapted for opening the cocoon, unless such be

represented by a pair of short sharp projections from

the anterior ventral margin of the rim of the eyes

(Fig. 14, s). It should be mentioned, however, that no

part of the cocoon is removed by the emerging imago.

The anterior portion of the cocoon is formed by the ~

drawing together of the two sides and the inter-

weaving of their component fibres, so that the imago

has merely to burst this suture and thrust the softened

walls. apart right and left, the walls returning into

position immediately after. The mouth appendages are

undoubtedly inadequate for the work—the antlice are

very long and flexible, lacking the necessary rigidity ;

the palps are soft and terminate in remarkable sucker-

like discs (Fig. 18, p), they are curved upwards so as

to present their ventral surfaces to the front, the dorsal

surfaces being correspondingly concave; the former

Potassium Hydroxide by Dicranura vinula. 409

surface is clad with long hairs (Figs. 13 and 14), the

latter with ordinary scales, while the sides offer a very

beautiful series, passing ventral-wards, showing the

gradual modification of the ordinary scale into the long

hairs (Figs. 15, i-iv.). Situated just dorsal and slightly

external to the insertion of the antliz, and beneath

the lateral edges of the labrum, is a pair of small

appendages, consisting of a single joint only, and clad

at their free extremities with a dense tuft of hairs

(Fig. 13, mn) ; three fine fibres (muscular or tendinous)

pass to each of these, two are inserted near the outer

margin of, and one near the inner margin of the

junction with the head. I could not detect any movable

articulation, though the presence of these fibres would

lead one to expect it. These appendages appear to me

to be, without doubt, the mandibles. If this prove

correct, it may throw light upon the systematic position

of H. presinana.

I am aware that, in many particulars, these notes

lack completeness ; I thought it best, however, to bring

them together without further delay, in the hope that,

by drawing attention to the secretion of alkaline liquids,

others with more leisure for investigation than falls to

my lot may be induced to take up and further extend

the inquiries thus begun.

410 Mr, O, H. Latter on the secretion of

SumMMARY.

i. Imagines of D. vinula, furcula, bifida, B. callune, lanestris,

S. carpini, L. testudo, and H. prasinana secrete from the

mouth an alkaline fluid on emerging from the pupa.

ii. The Dicranuran species wear a ‘‘shield” derived from the

pupa case as they emerge, and remove it subsequently by

their legs.

iii. The strength of the solution in D. vinula is about 1°4

grammes of potassium hydroxide in every 100 c.c. of

liquid.

iv. The mesenteron of D. vinula developes an anterior dorsal

diverticulum for storage of the alkali during pupal

life.

. The palps of D. furcula and bifida are the boring tools used

to open the cocoon.

vi. In B. callune, lanestris, and L. testudo, the front of tke head

either of the pupa or imago is produced into a sharp boss

for perforating the cocoon.

vii. Small articulated (?) mandibles with muscle slips are present

at the corners of the labrum of £4. prasinana.

;

Fic.

Ere?

Fic.

IG:

Fic.

Fig.

Potassiwmm Hydroxide by Dicranwra vinula. 411

EXPLANATION OF Prares VIII. and IX.

PuaTeE VIII.

1.—Dorsal view of alimentary canal of pupa of D. vinula

the day after pupation : @, csophagus; a 7, alkaline

receptacle ; mes, mesenteron ; 7, rectum.

2.—Alimentary canal of pupa one month after pupa-

tion: @, oesophagus; a r, alkaline receptacle; mes,

mesenteron ; 7, rectum.

2a.—Side view of anterior part of same, enlarged: eo,

cesophagus ; a 7, alkaline receptacle ; mes, mesenteron ;

7, rectum.

3d.—Alimentary canal of freshly emerged imago: d, tube

leading from body cavity to rectum; «@, cesophagus ;

ar, alkaline receptacle ; mes, mesenteron; 7, rectum.

3A.—Side view from another specimen, four days after

emergence: d, tube leading from body cavity to

rectum ; w, cesophagus ; a r, alkaline receptacle ; mes,

mesenteron ; 7, rectum.

4.—Internal surface of “ shield” of D. furcula: @ p, portion

of pupal esophagus ; hk, hooks for securing “ shield ”

to head of imago; hk’, small pair of hooks.

5.—Dorsal view of anterior part of head of imago of D.

furcula: a, antlia; p, maxillary palp; hkg, groove

for hooks (hk, in Fig. 4); Up, labral prongs as mere

stumps.

6.—Ventral view of same: hk'g, depressed area in which

small hooks of shield are lodged.

7.—Dorsal view of anterior part of head of imago of D.

bifida: a, antlia; p, maxillary palp; mn, mandible

remnant ; hkg, groove for hooks.

8.—Dorsal view of head of pupa of B. calluna.

A12

Fic.

Eig:

Fic.

EG:

Mr. Latter on the secretion of Potassium Hydroxide.

Prats IX,

9.—Dorsal view of part of head of imago of B. callune:

b, pointed boss. Actual size 3°47 mm. by 2°17 mm.

The corresponding portions of pupa and imago of

B. lanestris are in all essentials similar to those of

B. callune, differing only in being smaller.

10.—Same view of head of pupa of L. testudo: b, pointed

boss, 0°21 mm. long, 0°40 mm. broad at base,

11.—Front view of head of pupa of LZ. testudo: b, pointed

boss.

12.—Dorsal view of head of imago of L. testudo: b, blunt

boss, 0°16 mm. long, 0°40 mm. broad at base.

13.—Dorsal view of anterior part of head of H. presinana :

a, antlia ; mf, muscle (?) fibres ; p, maxillary palp ; mn,

mandible.

14.—Ventral view of same; a, antlia; p, maxillary palp ;

s, spike formed by rim of eye.

15.—Series of scales from palp, showing transition from

ordinary form to hair-like form: i, from mid-dorsal

surface of palp ; 11 and iii, from edge and side respec-

tively ; iv, from ventral surface.

;

( 413 )

XV. Notes on Seasonal Dimorphism of Rhopalocera wn

Natal. By Czci W. Barker. Communicated

by Grorcze Francis Hampson, B.A., F.E.S.

[Read April 3rd, 1895.]

Some species of butterflies are on the wing throughout

the year, whilst others appear at one season only. The

seasonal variations of the double or many-brooded species

are often of a very marked character, modifying the

facies so considerably as to lead to much confusion in

the determination of species and varieties. ‘The Pierinz

exhibit this seasonal variation most markedly, but it is

also observable among the double-brooded species of

both the Nymphalide and Lycznide.

The following rules generally hold good as character-

istic of the changes and modifications which occur, and

which serve to distinguish the dry season form from its

- summer or wet season representative :—

Ist. Smaller size and a disposition to greater acute-

ness in the apices of the forewings.

2nd. The dark markings of the upperside of wings

become contracted or even obsolete. The

markings of underside (especially of the apices

of forewings and the whole of the hindwings)

become suffused or merged in a generally

duller and darker ground-colour.

Those butterflies having spots or ocelli or both, show a

disposition to contraction or obliteration of those spots.

As regards those species having recognized varietal

forms, the correctness or otherwise of the above rules

is easily verified by simply first determining whether

the variety in question be a dry season form or not of

the species. Should it prove to be so, it is then easy

to apply the principles as given above to it.

But practical field observation, during a course of

years, has convinced me that many of the so-

called species are simply seasonal varieties of one and

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—part tit. (smpr.) 27

414, Mr, Cecil W. Barker’s

the same butterfly. It is in these doubtful cases that

I hope to show how the tendencies of dry season forms

to modify, according to certain fixed rules, may assist in

the determination of these as either true species or

varieties.

The reason for these seasonal modifications it is more

difficult to understand. That in some cases the duller tints

of the underside of the wings, adopted by the dry season

forms, may serve for protection, is a very generally

accepted opinion, and is perhaps borne out by the fact that

the Danae and Acree, protected species, either do not

modify according to the season, or, where there is some such

modification, it is not in favour of duller tints. Thus in

Acrea petra, 3, the summer form is dark brown, whilst

the dry season form is invariably red like the ¢.

Therefore, whether this change or modification of

facies of dry season forms is due to protective mimicry,

or whether it is the mere sympathy of organisms with

their surroundings, it is beyond my knowledge or scope

to determine.

Subfamily Satyrinaz. — Mycalesis perspicua in the

dry season form exhibits very marked contraction of

some of the ocelli of the underside and the obliteration

of others.

Mycalesis safitza follows the same rule, and also shows

local modification of a similar kind, probably due to the

drier and less luxuriant character of the country in

which these modifications occur—per exemplum, the

variety M. evenus (Hopff.) is alone found in the Knysna,

which is the southern and western limit of this butterfly

in the Cape Colony (Trimen, ‘‘South African Butterflies’’).

Subfamily Nympnatinz.—Atella phalantha is on the

wing both in summer and winter, and shows seasonal

modifications.

Thus all the fuscous markings and spots of the

upperside are contracted in the dry season examples,

and they also exhibit a disposition to suffusion of the

markings and spots of the underside and a duller

ground-colour. Junonia clelea in its dry season coat

adopts a duller and darker underside.

Precis cloantha exhibits attenuation of the upperside

fuscous markings and a darker underside. P. elgiva

exhibits the same tendency. Crenis boisduvali modifies,

but in a lesser degree. C. natalensis ditto. Hypanis ilithyia,

Notes on Seasonal Dimorphism. Ald

both in the typical form and its so-called variety archaloia

(which, I believe, is a true species), each show in their

winter forms a marked change of facies. The pale orange-

ochreous of the underside of the hindwings and apices of

forewings, together with their spots and markings, are

all suffused by a ferruginous ground-colour which, in the

hindwings, encloses three macular oblique whitish bands.

Intermediate or transitional forms of either species are not

uncommon, about the chauge of the seasons, in which

the suffusion of the spots and markings peculiar to the

full winter form is only partially effected. Hamanuwmida

dedalus affords another very striking example of

attenuation of the whitish spots, and the adoption of a

darker unspotted underside in the dry season forms of

the species.

To illustrate the regularity of this seasonal change of

facies (which, however, in H. dexdalus occurs later than

that of some of the butterflies, both in the spring and

autumn of the year respectively), I have appended the

following dates of capture from my notebook :—

‘Dec. 19th, 1889, one 6, Meleagris form. |

Pe Om WSS 9,5) 2,

March 30th, 1890, ,, 6,

3) bp)

Pe) 3)

From the 9th to the 19th of March, 1891, I observed

and captured a large series of this butterfly in the

Ussatu Valley and neighbourhood of Swaziland. All

these without exception were the summer or Meleagris

form.

On my return to Malvern—

April 7th, 1891, one ¢, typical form.

Pe ord esol. 3 2

3? 3)

My notes also mention the abundance of this butterfly

during this month (April), whereas hitherto, as far as my

experience and the far larger experience of Colonel

Bowker goes, it had always proved a very rare visitor to

these parts. From this time up till now, Dec., 1894, the

butterfly has continued prevalent throughout the year.

Further dates of capture represent only a few out of

the many observed.

416 Mr. Cecil W. Barker’s

Dec. 12th, 1891, 3 typical. Jan. 4th, 1892, ¢ typical.

Jan. 8th, 1892, ¢, typical. Aug. 12th, 1892, 6, dry

season.

Aug. 22nd, 1892, ¢, dry season. Sept. 17th, 1892, 6,

dry season.

Sept. 9th, 1892, ¢, dry season.

November, 1892, H. dxdalus, dry season form still

plentiful.

January, 1898, wet season form of H. dedalus fairly

plentiful.

June and July, 1893, observed H. dxdalus dry season

form fairly prevalent at Black Umvelosi River,

Zululand.

On return to Malvern—

Aug. 29th, 1893, one ¢, dry season.

Oct. 23rd, 1893, one ¢, dry season.

Nov. 14th, 1893, one ¢, dry season.

Charaxes ethalion, as well as some others of the Natal

Nymphalidx, modify seasonally, but sufficient examples

of this family have been brought forward to illustrate

the tendency of seasonal transition, according to the

principles given above.

Such of the Lyceenide that appear at both seasons of

the year show considerable differentiation in their

summer and winter forms. Thus the winter examples of

Lycena lucida are smaller and have the spots of the

underside more or less contracted or obliterated.

Some species, vide Lycena cissus and Lycena barkert,

are modified by the spots and markings of the underside

showing so faintly as to be scarcely distinguishable from

the ground-colour.

It is, however, among the genera Terias, Pieris, and

Teracolus, of the subfamily Pierine, that seasonal

differentiation is most conspicuous and has caused the

oreatest errors and confusion in the definition of species.

The number of species recognized by Mr. Trimen,

F.R.S., etc., for the Extra-Tropical limit of South Africa,

of the genus Terias is seven.

Careful observations of their habits during a course

of seasons, and bearing in mind the tendency of seasonal

forms to adopt certain fixed rules of differentiation,

would dispose me to reduce this number from 7 to 4,

Notes on Seasonal Dimorphism. 417

ivaz,, (1) Tozce— 1 brigntta, (2) 1. butlers = 1. xthiopica,

(3) 7. floricola, (4) T. regularis = T. desjardinsii.

The intimate relationship of T. zoe to T. brigitta has

been remarked upon by Colonel Bowker, F.Z.8., etc.,

as far back as the year 1863, and in the April of that

year he records the capturein Brit. Kaffraria of a d T. z0e

im cop. with a $ T. brigitta. During the changes of the

season such instances of the copulation of the two

forms are not infrequent, and I have noticed that

generally the d or ? of the pair is of a slightly modified

or transitional form of either T. zde or T. brigitta.

On the coast districts of Natal the true 17’. ze is only

on the wing during the summer or wet season, and

T. brigitta during the late autumn and winter only.

Numerous transitional or modified T. ze to T. brigitta

forms keep up the sequence between them during the

change of the seasons.

The seasonal modification of 7. ze to T. brigitta is

quite according to the rules upon which I lay so much

stress, 1.¢., the attenuation of the black markings or

borders of the upperside, and the adoption of a darker

tint to the underside.

T. butlert is a rare form on the Natal coast, and

T’. ethiopica by no means common. All my examples

of 7. butlers have been caught during the summer

months, and my T’. xthiopica in the autumn or winter.

The following are some dates of capture of T. butlers

and 7. xthiopica for the year 1889-90.

T’. butlers. T. xthiopica.

Feb. 12th, 1889. May 13th, 1889.

Dec. 9th, _,, June 4th, ,, pr.incdp.

Dec. 10th, ,, April 24th, 1890.

Feb. 1st, 1890. May 30th, ,,

March 31st, ,, July Ist, Me

Judging by their general facies and the fact of their

following one another seasonally, and that they comply

‘with the same principles of modification, as cited in

‘previous cases, I am strongly of the opinion that T.

ethiopica is only the dry season variety of I.

butlers.

Identically the same conditions point to the probability

of 7’. desjardinsit being the dry season form of T. regu-

418 Mr. Cecil W. Barker’s

laris, and with the additional force, that bemg a common

butterfly I have had greater opportunities of watching

it throughout the year. ‘Transitional forms from 1.

regularis to T. desjardinsu are also common.

Pieris saba has its recognized variety (Flavida, Grandi-

dier), which, to the best of my knowledge, is also

seasonal ; it being a rare winter form. The ¢ of this

variety, which is not described in “South African

Butterflies,” Trimen, is on the upperside similar to the

summer form, except in its smaller size, acuter apices

of forewings, and absence of the black nervular spots of

the hindmargins of the hindwings. The underside is

tinted, of a similar colour to that of P. saba, 6. I have

three recorded captures of the 6 Flavida as follows

—May 25th, 1890, July 27th, 1890, and Aug. 25th,

1890, also one ?, May 8th, 1890.

Pieris pigea is a purely summer or wet season form,

being replaced by P. alba in the winter or dry season.

Transitional forms occur between the seasons, which

exhibit a gradual approximation to P. alba, by the at-

tenuation of the nervular black spots of the hindmargins

of the upperwings and in the ¢, also of the discal spot

of the forewings. P. alba, 4, on the upperside is devoid

of all the nervular black spots of hindmargins of wings,

common to P. pigea, and on the underside has the apices

of the forewings and the whole of the hindwings tinted.

P. alba, 2, has two distinct forms ; one which exhibits

the same tint of underside as the ¢, and the other

exhibits a rich orange-ochreous underside to hindwings

and apices of forewings. Hverything points to the pro-

bability of P. alba being the dry season form of P.

prgea.

For similar reasons I believe P. chara to be the

winter, or, at least, seasonal form of P. sumana, though I

have, unfortunately, kept no notes of dates of capture of

this butterfly to refresh my memory. However, I have

certainly caught P. charina in the driest months of the

year, and my captures of the typical P. simana, I am

equally certain, have all been during the summer months,

say from December to February. Intermediate forms,

if such they be, with more or less slight irroration of the

underside, I have met with both during these months,

and more frequently during the autumn. These approxi-

mate dates, 1am aware, do not agree with some referring

en RR ET TE EL

Notes on Seasonal Dimorphism. 419

to the capture of these species in the Cape Colony, but

local conditions and difference of climate may give very

different results in districts widely separated. ‘Thus in

Natal, for instance, certain species of butterflies are on

the wing along the coast belt long before the appearance

of their congeners in tbe upper districts.

Instances also occur of certain butterflies being double-

brooded in one locality, whereas in another (with pre-

sumably less favourable conditions of existence), the

same species only appears once a year. |

According to the rules which I have adopted, the smaller

size and ferruginous tinting of the underside of Pieris

gallenga (H. G. Smith), would point to its bemg a

winter form of Preris spilleri. 1 caught P. gallenga

plentifully in the Umvelosi Valley, Zululand, during July

and August, 1889, but on the Natal coast P. spilleri

itself is a late autumn and early winter butterfly, as these

dates of capture for the year 1890 will show :-—

April 9th, one 6 andtwo @s. June lst, one 6, and

June 8th, one 2.

These dates point, as I have already said, to its being

an autumn or early winter butterfly ; but, on the other

hand, last season, in the last week of February, I caught

one of the large light variety ¢ of P. spilleri at the Kark-

loof, and Mr. Hutchinson, at the same time and place,

two more ¢s of this variety. Strange to say, I do

not remember observing any of the typical P. spilleri 6

or 2 on the wing at the same time.

It is quite possible that in the warm valleys of the

Umvelosi there may be a regular summer and autumn

brood of P. spilleri, and that P. gallenga succeeds it in

the late winter. It is also probable that the two forms of

P. spillerit and P. gallenga succeed one another similarly

in Natal; but it is a rare fly in this part of the world, and

has not, therefore, been much observed, except at the

season when it is most in evidence.

Pieris gidica to Pieris abyssinica affords me one of the

best illustrations of seasonal differentiation, for if circum-

stantial evidence be worth anything, one should have no

doubts as to the relationship of the two butterflies. Both

P. gidica and P. abyssinica are common butterflies along

the Natal coast, and I have given them much attention,

420 Mr. Cecil W. Barker’s

Mr. Trimen, in his ‘ South African Butterflies,” is

disposed to regard P. abyssinica -as a local variety of

P. gidica, were it not for the rarity of the former. Rarity

certainly does not apply to it, in this" locality, for in the

winter season it 1s nearly as plentiful as P. gidica is during

the summer months. P. gidica is on the wing through-

out the summer, and is succeeded with seasonal regularity

by P. abyssinica in the winter, intermediate forms being

fairly numerous during the change of the seasons. These

intermediate forms show all the fuscous markings of the

underside of P. gidica, in more or less suffused brown

instead of black, but having the light yellow ground-

colour only slightly affected by a duller tint. The upper

part of the discoidal cell, which remains as a conspicuous

whitish streak in P. abyssinica, is also unaffected in the

intermediate forms, except that the black streak bounding

the lower parts of the cell of P. gidica has changed also

to brownish, and has become somewhat broadened and

suffused. In the typical abyssinica the whole ground-

colour has changed to brown, leaving only a whitish streak

(still more contracted than in the intermediate form by

the widening of the brown line of lower side of discoidal

cell) from base through discoidal cell. The nervules and

other markings peculiar to P. gidica are all shown ina

darker shade of brown to that of the ground. I have

also witnessed several cases of copulation of P. yidica

with P. abyssinica, or with the intermediate forms.

This, of course, only occurs about the change of the

seasons, when, generally, old worn $s of the one kind

are taken possession of by the early hatched és of the

other.

Pieris severina also modifies seasonally, and is other-

wise variable. The winter form has the nervules of the

underside hindwings strongly defined in black, and has

a dull greyish ground-colour to same. The black borders

of the upperside are narrower than in the summer form,

and in some 6 examples the white spots of the hind-

marginal border of hindwings are hardly enclosed. The

late spring and early summer form retain the black

clouded nervules of the underside, but the ground-colour

between is light yellow instead of grey. A third form,

which I have generally noticed as occurring in mid-

summer, has very broad borders to upperside, often in

the almost obliterating the hindmarginal spots of the

;

)

Notes on Seasonal Dimorphism. 421

hindwings, and the underside of the hindwings is almost,

or quite, without nervular black clouding, and shows a

clear ground of bright yellow. The variety boguensis

is not, I believe, peculiar to any season of the year. Out

of these seasonal variations some Lepidopterists have

coined the usual number of spurious species, P. agrip-

pina, etc.

The seasonal and local variations of Herpxnia eriphia

have afforded our authorities sufficient grounds for the

prevailing infatuation of species-mongering. Thus the

winter form of H. ervphia has been transformed into

melanarge (Butler),* though the only distinctions that

can be claimed for it are a slightly more ochreous colour,

with attenuation of dark markings on the upperside, and

a reddish suffusion about the apices of forewings and

hindwings of underside. These are, in fact, the usual

modifications which I am trying to demonstrate as pecu-

liar to dry season forms. I caught a large series of the

variety melanarge in Zululand during the month of July,

1893, and have received specimens of the type caught in

Werner County for me during the summer time.

Teracolus eris is another excellent illustration of the

same rules of seasonal differentiation. The variety A

(“South African Butterflies,’ Trimen) differs from the

typical form in the slightly less heavily-marked upperside,

and in the reddish tinting of the underside. I caught

numerous specimens of the variety A in Zululand in July,

1893, and a single ¢ of the same variety up the Pungwe

River, Mozambique Province, in September, 1894.

Teracolus tone is a rare insect in this locality, the

variety A of Trimen being the only form of it I have met

with. Mr. A. Millar has caught examples at Sydenham,

near Durban, in the autumn and early winter, the ds of

which exhibit considerable contraction of the black mark-

ings of the upperside, and absence of the nervular hind-

marginal spots of hindwings.t I also caught two simi-

larly marked ds up the Pungwe River in September,

1894. These specimens approximate very closely to

* Mr. Barker has, however, examined HH. melanarge since writing

the above, and admits that it is a distinct race from the 8. African

form, both forms of which stand in the British Museum under the

name of H. eriphia.—G. F. H.

+ The underside of hindwings is lightly freckled with grey

irrorations,

422 Mr. Cecil W. Barker’s

Teracolus phlegyas, which is, I believe, exclusively a

winter form.

Teracolus speciosus affords examples of every gradation

from the typical form down to T’. jobina, which is, I believe,

undoubtedly the winter form of it. 1’. ;obumais alone met

with in the winter or dry season, though forms inter-

mediate between it and 7’. speciosus are prevalent in the

late autumn or between the seasons.

T. regina typical is evidently the winter form of this

butterfly, and the variety A of Trimen (since meta-

morphosed into T. anaw, H. G. Smith) is the summer

form of it. My personal knowledge of this butterfly is

limited to the capture of a small ¢ in the Umvelosi

Valley, Zululand, in July, 1893, and of a ? up the

Pungwe River in September, 1894. Both these

are of the dry season or typical form. I have also

examples of the variety A = T. anaz, and of the typical

form from Mashonaland sent to me on different occasions.

I have every reason to believe that Yeracolus wallen-

grenit is the dry season form of T.annz. T. annzx is

plentiful about Sydenham, near Durban, and Mr. A.

Millar has collected long series of this butterfly through-

out the year. His examples graduate from the heavily-

marked typical 7. anne to the intermediate form variety

A of Trimen, and thence to the true TY. wallengrenia.

Teracolus wallengreni he has alone taken in the winter

months, and then sparingly. In Zululand, in the valleys

of the Black and the White Umvelosi Rivers, I have

captured J’. wallengrenw numerously on two different

occasions, 7.¢.,in August of 1889, and in July, 1893.

Teracolus anne is alone caught in the summer months,

though the variety A occurs somewhat rarely in the

autumn.

The same reasoning points to 7’. topha being merely

the seasonal variety of 7’. auxo. In Natal and Zulu-

land T. au«o only occurs in the summer, and 7’. topha

in the winter, though intermediate forms are occasion~

ally met with about the change of the seasons. In July,

1889, I took 7’. topha numerously at different points all

along the road from the Umgani River to the Tugela

River, and going over the same ground, in December,

1890, I took T. auwo just as numerously at the same

places. Again, in my next trip, about the end of June,

1893, T’. topha was alone in evidence, and as numerous

Notes on Seasonal Dimorphism. 423

as ever. Mr. Mansel Weale’s testimony of the occur-

rence of 7’. topha at King William’s Town, throughout

the summer (from January to May, 1876), and of this

| species being replaced the following summer (from end

of 1876 to end of April, 1877) by T. auzo is, in the light

of my experience in Natal, difficult to account for. It

however appears that 1. auwo is at its furthest limits

westwards in Brit. Kaffraria, and that it only occasionally

puts in an appearance, being almost exclusively replaced

by the allied form 1. topha. It has already been men-

tioned in this paper that as regards Mycalesus safitaza, the

variety evenus (Hopff.), which represents our winter form

of this fly, alone is met with at the Knysna. The Knysna

represents the furthest limits westwards of M. safitza =

M. evenus, as Brit. Kaffraria represents the western limit

of T. auwo = T. topha, and in each the winter forms of

the respective species are alone prevalent. But 7’. auaxo

is reported to have occurred near King William’s Town

in 1877 in abundance.

It is difficult to account for this occasional appearance

of the Natal summer form 7’. auzo in Brit. Kaffraria,

but cases do occur frequently (presumably in seasons

favourable to such reversion), of forms peculiar to certain

localities, showing marked differentiation towards allied

forms of other localities. Per exemplum, Papilio brasidas,

a common fly in Natal, shows, in some seasons, a marked

disposition to approximate to its allied form Papilio

leonidas, and on the 7th of December, 1894, I captured

a 2 P.leonidas, which in the size and greenish colouring

of the spots, could not be separated from the most

pronounced type of Tropical Africa.

Papilio morania shows the same inclination, in certain

seasons, towards its allied form P. corinneus. P.

moramia and P. brasidas are the local semi-tropical

modifications of P. corinneus and P. leomdas re-

spectively, and under favourable conditions of seasons

there is a constant inclination to reversion towards the

facies of their Tropical representatives. Similar causes

may have produced analogous results as regards the

occasional reversion in Brit. Kaffraria of 7. topha to the

T. auzo form, of the more humid semi-tropical eastern

districts.

Mr. Mansel Weale bred the larve and pups of both

| T. aueo and T. topha, and found them identical in

————

;

4,24, Mr. Cecil W. Barker’s

appearance and habits, evidence which alone ought to be

sufficient to substantiate their identity as one species.

Teracolus evenina.—I have had little personal expe-

rience of the habits of this fly, but judging by the

description alone of variety A, Trimen (7. deidamoides,

Aurivillius), with its reduced development of the black

markings of the upperside and tinted irrorated underside,

I should have little hesitation in concluding it to be the

dry season form of the type. My only two captures of

T. evenma, var. A, are one 3d at Johannesberg, in

November, 1887, and one ¢ up the Pungwe River, in

September, 1894.

Teracolus achine, T. gavisa, and T. antevippe, I have

the strongest grounds for believing to be specifically

identical. TJ. gavisa is probably a local form of TJ.

achine, and takes the place of the former in the more

luxuriant semi-tropical localities of the south-eastern

coast belt. . achine is itself rarely met with upon

the Natal coast, and many forms, intermediate between

T. achine and T. gavisa, are also fairly prevalent in the

spring and summer. JI. gavisa, during the summer

months, is one of our commonest flies upon the Natal

coast, and continues with transitional forms, approxi-

mating it to 7. antevippe, till the autumn or change of

the seasons. It is then succeeded in the winter or dry

season months by the typical 7’. antevippe.

IT retain in my collection eleven specimens under

the heading T. gavisa, and twelve under that of

T. antevippe, to illustrate the gradations of the one

form to the other and some of the variations, seasonal

and local, of T. antevippe itself.

As the summer advances into autumn, examples of

T'. gavisa exhibit contraction of the width of the black

bordering of the apices of the forewings, and of the :

other fuscous markings of the upperside, especially as

regards the width of the longitudinal bands of fore and

hindwings. Qn the underside the black neuration does

not extend so far towards the base, and inclination is

-shown to slight freckling about the apices of the fore

and over the disc (especially near base) of the hind-

wings, but still leaving the whitish ground unaffected

by a darker tint.

Later on in the season the apices of the forewings au

disc of hindwings on the underside become tinted, and

Notes on Seasonal Dimorphism. 425

the striolations and freckling more defined. In some

examples the nervules near the hindmargins are still

clouded with blackish. On the upperside the longi-

tudinal black bars of the ¢s have nearly, or quite,

disappeared, leaving only some fuscous clouding about

base, and the 2s show a much contracted width of

these bands and of the other fuscous markings.

From this stage it becomes difficult to tell where

T. gavisa ends and T. antevippe begins. Still later on

in the season, August and September particularly, the

6 examples of 7. antevippe are generally smaller, with

a disposition to greater acuteness of the apices of the

forewings; the apical bordering is narrower on the

outside and almost obsolescent on the inside. The

nervular spots of the hindmargins, hindwings have

become mere faint streaks, and on the underside the

apices of the forewings are freckled throughout and

show no pale orange suffusion along the inner portion.

The hindwings also are more densely freckled. The ¢s

of this form generally show a brighter orange or yellow

apical patch. The ds and ¢sof this late winter form

approximate very closely to the corresponding sexes of

T. sumplex. ‘The number of species recognized by some

of our authorities, which these above-described seasonal

variations have given rise to, is legion—too numerous to

comment upon individually in this paper.

During the change of the seasons I have often come

across intermediate forms in cop. with either T. gavisa or

T. antevippe, or with slight modifications of the one or

the other.

To describe the transitions of T. omphale to T. theogene

would be a mere repetition of the above, for they ex-

hibit, with seasonal regularity, every gradation of the

one form into the other, and are also equally common

flies on the Natal coast. To give dates of capture of

the different transitional examples of these common

butterflies would also be superfluous, as so many, yearly,

come under my observation.

There can be but little doubt that 7. antigone is the

winter form of 7. phlegetona. Both forms are somewhat

local, but wherever 7. antigone is found in the winter,

there you may be equally sure of finding 17’. phlegetonia

in the summer. Intermediate forms, connecting the

two so-called species, are not uncommon. I caught

426 Mr. Cecil W. Barker’s

T. phlegetoma plentifully at the Lower Tugela in Decem-

ber, 1890, and on the same hillside in August, 1889, and

again, in July, 1893, I found it replaced by 7. antigone.

The extraordinary variations in the ¢s of 7. antigone

have also given great scope to the prevailing furor for

species-manufacturing. These variations of the 9s

appear to be quite arbitrary, depending on neither

season nor locality exclusively, for I have caught many

different forms at one and the same place, and at the

same time. The gs, strange to say, hardly show any

variation beyond the seasonal modifications connecting

them with 7. phlegetonia.

The winter form of 7. vesta, var. A of Trimen (Z.

argillaceus of Butler), is yet another excellent illustra-

tion of the tendency of seasonal forms to modify accord-

ing to well-defined rules. There is the usual attenuation

of the markings of the upperside and the suffusion with

reddish of the apical area of the forewings and the

whole of the hindwings of the underside. The following

dates are illustrative of the seasonal character of this

differentiation :—

August, 1889, I caught numerous specimens of var.

A., T. vesta, at the Lower Tugela. At the same place

in December (early) I caught many of the typical form,

and a few intermediate between typical and var. A.

Again, in July, 1893, I caught and observed at the

same place var. A only.

I could supplement these dates by other instances in

other times or places, but as all the cases which have

come under my observation bear out the contention that

variety A is the winter form of 7. vesta, it 1s unnecessary

to do so.

Hronia cleodora also has a well-defined late season

form. It differs from the typical, or wet season form, in

its smaller size, much narrower black borders to the

wings on the upperside, and on the underside the

adoption of a darker, more ochreous colour on the disc

of the hindwings, and of the orange mark near apex of

the forewings.

EHronia buquetit also modifies seasonally, the winter

form being devoid of the blackish apical bordering of

forewings, this being replaced by a faint narrow brown-

ish edging, in some examples hardly observable. The

irroration of the underside of the hindwings is also more

Notes on Seasonal Dim orphism. | 42,9

defined upon a generally duller greenish ground. Hronia

leda is no exception to the same rules for winter forms.

The dry season brood show a narrower border to apices

of forewings, and are generally smaller in size than the

summer brood. The orange of the underside is deeper

in colour, and the flecking of the hindwings denser.

I have noticed no marked seasonal differentiation

among the Papilionmx. P. demoleus, which appears

more or less throughout the year, shows generally rather

smaller during the dry season months, but I know of no

other variation.

This brings me to the end of my theme, as I have not

sufficient data to do justice to such seasonal changes as

may occur amongst the obscure family of the Hesperidx.

My only ambition has been to lead Lepidopterists to

turn more of their attention to the very marked seasonal

differentiation which nearly all butterflies exhibit that

fly throughout the year. The collective testimony of a

large number of Natal butterflies differentiating season-

ally, on certain well-defined principles, ought to bear due

weight in the determining of doubtful species. ‘This

identification of species can best be aided by paying the

utmost attention to dates of capture, with due regard to

the character and climate of the couutry the butterfly may

come from.

As regards the Prerine, any butterflies showing a

strongly-tinted underside, with or without freckling, I

should feel inclined to attribute to a dry season, or modi-

fied form of some wet season congener yet to be identified.

There may, doubtless, be exceptions to this ruling,

especially as regards butterflies living in dry, arid countries,

where the conditions of existence are no more favourable

to perfect development than the winters of more luxuriant

countries.

In conclusion, I can only add that the present system

of adding species to species, on the mere ground of some

slight modification of the markings of the upper or under-

side, and sometimes on the strength of one or two

examples, is most misleading. Hven as regards such

slight structural differences as the lesser or greater com-

parative length of the radial nervules, one to the other,

due weight should be given to the tendency of dry season

forms to adopt acuter forewings, which must manifestly

affect the relative proportions of these nervules.

428 Mr. Cecil W. Barker on Seasonal Dimorphism.

There are three important examples of seasonal varia-

tion in the family Nymphalide, which, since writing

my notes, I find I have inadvertently omitted to mention.

The first of these, Melanitis leda, belongs to the subfamily

Satyrinz, and the other two, Precis tugela and Salamis

anacardii, to the subfamily Nymphaline, Hach of these

three species show, in their late season (late summer

and autumn) forms, a very marked prolongation of the

apices of the forewing, both outwardly and downwards.

This projection, in the early season broods, is in each case

much modified or blunted, and is not produced downwards.

They are also smaller, and show contracted but better-

defined markings to both upper and undersides. It is

curious that these three species, generically distinct, and,

in the case of M. leda, belonging to a different subfamily,

but possessing in common this marked prolongation of

the apices of the forewings, acs all modify seasonally

on similar lines. |

XVI. On a Probable Haplanation of an Unverified

Observation relative to the Family Fulgoride.

By Witttam Lucas Distant, F.E.S.

[Read May ist, 1895. ]

In the early years of the last century Madame Maria

Sibilla Merian, in her large folio work, “‘ Metamorphosis

Insectorum Surinamensium,” described in a very lucid

and definite manner an observation she had made on

the luminous properties of the large Surinam Lantern-fly,

which has been generally known in entomological science

as Fulgora laternaria.* The Indians had brought her

several of these insects, which by daylight exhibited no

extraordinary appearance, and which she had enclosed

in a box until she should have an opportunity of drawing

them. In the middle of the night the confined insects

made such a noise as to awake her, and on opening the

box, to her great astonishment the inside seemed to be

in a blaze, which caused her in fright to drop the same,

when she was no less surprised to see each of the

escaped insects apparently on fire. She added that the

light emitted from one of these insects was sufficiently

bright to enable her to read a newspaper.

All we know of Madame Merian proves her to bea

disinterested and truthful observer, and yet scarcely any

other entomological record has been so consistently

controverted by such an amount of negative evidence

contributed by excellent authorities. Inhabitants of

Cayenne have denied that the insect possesses luminous

properties,t as did also M. Richard, who reared the

species.{ Count Hoffmansegg, on the authority of his

** T here use this well-known name, but the species does not

really belong to the genus Fulgora, as I have shown, with a synopsis

of the described species, in my contribution on Homoptera to

Godman and Salvin’s “ Biologia Centrali Americana,’ a publication

to which I cannot now refer while writing in the Transvaal.

+ “ Dictionnaire d’Histoire Naturelle.”

£ “Encyclopédie,” art. ‘ Fulgora.”

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—ParTiv. (DEC.) 28

IS-XIV-1E98 «

430 Mr. W. L. Distant on

collector, Sieber, who passed some years in Brazil and

took many specimens, also became a hostile witness.*

Lacordaire never saw a luminous individual of this

species either in Brazil or Cayenne,t nor had the Prince

von Nieuwied ;{ whilst Dr. Hancock published a paper

in which he considered the recorded luminosity as

entirely fabulous.$ Since then the observations of all

entomologists in the East have shown that the so-called

Lantern-flies of that region are universally non-luminous,

and, as I have for years particularly studied and col-

lected the group, I have made many enquiries on the

point of collectors abroad, and always eliciting the same

negative testimony.

On the other hand, Madame Merian’s statement has

been supported by M. Wesmael, on the authority of a

friend who had seen the insect alive,|| and this induced

the Marquis Spinola to contend for the luminous

character of the cephalic protuberance in the whole

group.4

Now the reconciling of these conflicting testimonies

has long been to me a complete enigma, for I

stipulate for the truth of Madame Merian being

admitted, whilst my study of the family has con-

stantly drawn my attention to the question. Lacor-

daire proposed that the explanation might be found in

the fact of only one of the sexes being luminous. But

this proposition does not help us. The question is, What

did Madame Merian really see? If a man whom I knew

to be sane and truthful tells me he has seen the great

sea-serpent, I neither believe in that animal nor doubt his

veracity. I merely ask the same question. What did

he see to induce him to form that conclusion ?

I think the key, at least, to such an explanation may

be found in.an excellent paper quite recently published

by Peter Schmidt, of the Zoological Laboratory of the

“ Der Gesellschaft Naturf. Fr. zu Berlin Mag.,” i., p. 153.

“Introd. 4 ?Ent.,” ii, p. 143. |

“ Reise nach Bras.” tom. ii., p. 111.

“Proc. Zool. Soc., 1834.”

| “Ann, Soc. Ent. Fr.,” App., 1837. ‘@ Ipid., viii:, p. 163;

For these references, I am now, away from my library, entirely

dependent on those two entomological epoch:making publications,

Kirby and Spence’s ‘Introduction,’ and Westwood’s “ Modern

Classification.” —W. L. D.

Ore + x

Observation relative to the Family Fulgoride, 431

Imperial University at St. Petersburg, “ On the Lumino-

sity of Midges (Chironomide) ”* of which an excellent

translation has been published by our Dipterological

associate, Mr. E. E. Austen.t

The first observation on the luminosity of Midges

_(Chironomus) appears to have been made by Pallas,

who ascribed the same to a species of gnat (Culex

pypriens, L.)t. This observation slept till it was con-

firmed in 1874 by W. D. Alenizyn, and published in a

communication addressed to the “ Naturalists’ Society

of St. Petersburg.’ Subsequently Brischke, Ssorokin,

and Tarnani reported the same phenomena, and this

was again seen by Schmidt while staying at Lake

Issykkul in 1892.

This luminous species did not, as was at first imagined,

prove to be undescribed, but was merely—according

to Schiner—a variety of Chironomus plumosus, L., whilst

certain smaller specimens appeared to belong to Chi-

ronomus tendens, 'b., thus demonstrating that, as these

well-known species were not .always, or to say the least,

usually luminous, the luminosity observed must be of an

occasional or aberrant character.

Herr Schmidt proceeds in a deductive manner to seek

the explanation of this luminosity; and he, firstly,

separates two known causes, viz. :—

a. Animals which are luminous by being provided

with special luminous organs.

B. Animals which are luminous by means of luminous

micro-organisms living upon or in them.

In the second category may be instanced the micro-

organisms occurring as veritable parasites injurious to

their host, such as the discovery by A. Guard of the

luminosity of Talitrus,a genus of Crustacea, belonging

to the order Amphipoda. On examining a foot belonging

to one of these luminous crustaceans under the micro-

scope, it was found swarming with micro-organisms

* “ Zoologische Jahrbiicher—Abtheilung fiir Systematik, Geo-

sraphie und Biologie der Thiere, Bd. vili., Heft. 1 (Jena, 1894),

pp. 58-66.

t “Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.,” ser. 6, vol. xv., p. 133.

{ It is unnecessary to give, or rather to repeat, references which

have been given by Schmidt, reproduced by lana and republished

in the “ Ann.and Mag. Nat. Hist.”—W. L

432 Mr. W. L. Distant on the Family Fulgoride.

(Micrococcus phosphoreus?); and that these possessed

the luminous properties was proved by infecting non-

luminous crustaceans with such organisms, when the

infected specimens of Talitrus became also luminous.

Arguing from these premises, Herr Schmidt concludes

from the spasmodic manner in which luminosity appears

in these Midges; from the non-localisation of the light

and its appearance even on dead specimens; from the

weak and sickly condition of a Midge which has become

luminous; from the non-discovery of any luminous

organs, and by the males and females being both able

to acquire the same character, that the analogy with

Talitrus is complete, and that both animals owe their

luminous qualities to an infection by luminous micro-

organisms.

We may now return to the observation of Madame

Merian on her captured Lantern-flies, supported by a

similar sight witnessed by the friend of M. Wesmael ;

when a like explanation of luminous properties by the

aid of micro-organisms is at least very suggestive. ‘hese

would account for the rarity of the phenomenon, as with

the Midges and the Yalitrus, and though we have no

positive evidence to support such a conclusion, it at

least suggests a known cause for the reconcilement of

Madame Merian’s observation with absolute truth; nay,

more, opens a door for fresh investigation in one of the

many unworked paths of entomology.

That the Fulgoride are liable to the visits of parasites,

was proved before the Society some years ago by

Prof. Westwood, who described a Lepidopteral pupa

found in the abdominal waxy-secretion of a species of

Hastern Fulgora.

SSS.

( 433 )

XVII. A Preliminary List of the Butterflies of Hong-

Kony; based on Observations and Captures made

during the Winter and Spring Months of 1892

and 1893. By James J. Watker, R.N., F.L.S.

[Read May 1st, 1895.]

AutHoueH Hong-Kong has been a British Colony for

more than half-a-century, its occupation by Hngland

dating from the year 1841, 1t is not a little remarkable

that, while a most admirable Flora of the island was

published twenty years later,* scarcely anything appears ,

to be known respecting its insect fauna, of which no

general collection, so far as I am aware, has heen as yet

brought together. The butterflies especially, though

sufficiently numerous in species and attractive to the

collector, seem to have been almost entirely overlooked

by those naturalists to whom we owe our present know-

ledge of the fauna of south-eastern China. No doubt

many collections of these insects have been made by

military officers stationed at Hong-Kong, as weil as by

other Kuropean residents; but of these very few, if any,

have been made available for scientific treatment by

finding their way into the leading museums and collec-

tions at home.

Mr. H. J. Elwes, in his important paper, “ The Butter-

flies of Amurland, North China, and Japan” (Proc. Zool.

Soc. 1881, pp. 856 et seq.), has summed up the state of our

knowledge of the Rhopalocera of South China at that

time. ‘‘ Our knowledge of the butterflies is infinitesimal.

It is extraordinary that out of the great number of

Englishmen who for nearly a century have resided at

various ports on the coast of China, not one has ever

studied Lepidoptera scientifically, and no traveller has

ever collected more than a few specimens in any one

place, so far as Iam aware. Nearly as much was known

* Bentham’s ‘‘ Flora Hongkongensis.” London : 1861. Supple-

ment by Dr. Hance, 1872.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—PART Iv. (DEC.)

A434 Mr. J. J. Walker on

by Donovan, ninety years ago, of the insects of South

China, as we know now; and there is perhaps hardly

another place in the world of equal interest and with —

half the facilities for travel, which has been so much

neglected by naturalists.”

Since the above was written, fourteen years ago, the

only contribution to our knowledge of the subject, so

far as the present writer knows, is a list of 116 species

of Rhopalocera, with brief notes on their distribution and

habits, compiled by himself and Mr. 8. B. J. Skertchly,

F.G.S. This list was published as an appendix to a little

work by Mr. Skertchly on the geology and natural

history of Hong-Kong (‘‘ Our Island.” Hong-Kong:

Kelly and Walsh, 1893). Owing to our want of books of

reference and other means of identifying the species, this

list, which was merely a provisional one intended chiefly for

local use, contains several serious errors. The present

paper, which has been undertaken at the suggestion of

Mr. Elwes, will, I hope, form a useful basis for a more

complete knowledge of the Lepidopterous insects of this

interesting island.

My experience of collecting in Hong-Kong dates from

the middle of December, 1891, when I arrived here from

North-west Australia and the Moluccas in H.M. surveying

ship, “ Penguin.” We left on April 4th of the following

year for the survey of the Macclesfield Bank in the China

Sea, and after a brief visit to Hong-Kong early in May,

proceeded to the Chusan Islands. On the 12th Decem-

ber, 1892, the “ Penguin” again arrived at Hong-Kong,

and I remained here until I left for England in H.MS.

place to acknowledge the cordial assistance and eu-

couragement in my natural history pursuits extended to

me throughout the entire commission of H.M.S. ‘ Pen-

ouin,”’ by my commanding officer, Captain W. U. Moore,

R.N., F.R.G.S. Through his kindness I was enabled to

utilize to the greatest advantage, such spare time as the

duties of the chief engineer of a surveying ship left me

to devote to those of a volunteer naturalist, on the many

remote and little-known shores visited during the ‘ Pen-

guin’s ” voyage.

The island of Hong-Kong les just within the Tropic

of Cancer (the position of the capital, Victoria, beg in

lat. 22° 9’ N. and long. 114° 10’ B.), and is one of the

a List of the Butterflies of Hong-Kong. 435

largest of a group of small rocky islands off the mouth

of the Si-Kiang, the great river on which Canton stands.

It is about 10 miles in extreme length, with a width

varying from two to five miles, and embraces an area of

a little less than thirty square miles. Generally it may

be described as a mass of rugged hills of moderate

elevation, separated from each other by deep ravines, and

sloping steeply down to a much indented and usually

rocky coast-line. Granite, and diorite or greenstone,

form the basement rocks of the island, overlaid by more

recent but still very ancient beds of quartz-porphyry and

other old volcanic rocks, the whole greatly worn down by

sub-aerial denudation. ‘The granite is of fairly good

quality as a building-stone, but where it is exposed, it is

weathered, sometimes to the depth of many feet, by the

action of tropical rain and heat, into a soft friable mass,

which, while at first sight it appears to retain all the

structure and properties of the original rock, may yet be

readily dug into with a spade. Such beds of decayed

granite are to be seen to great advantage on the west

side of the Wong-nei-chong, or ‘‘ Happy Valley”; and

they often contain huge masses of the parent rock, of

harder texture than the rest, which have resisted the

weathering action, and look deceptively like erratic

boulders. Generally speaking, the soil is of a harsh and

unkindly nature, and, except in a few places, it is of but

little use searching for ground-frequenting Coleoptera ;

very few insects being found under stones in the cooler

months, with the exception of huge wingless cockroaches

of three or four species.

Although the island of Hong-Kong has now a popula-

tion of upwards of 200,000 inhabitants, it is nearly all

concentrated in the city of Victoria, which extends for

‘some three miles along the north shore, and about half-

a-mile up the slope of the hilis, on the summits of which

are many fine villa residences and hotels. A few Chinese

villages are scattered round the coast, but with these

exceptions, the island is almost entirely wild and un-

cultivated. Some rice used to be grown in the Wong-

nei-chong valley, but its cultivation was prohibited as

unhealthy, and there are now only a few market-gardens

near the city, which derives most of its supplies of

fruit and vegetables from Canton. The hills, which

attain an elevation of 1,500 to 1,700 feet (Victoria Peak,

436 Mr. J.J. Walker on

immediately behind the city, being 1,804 feet high), are

generally rather bare in aspect, with a clothing of long

grass and brushwood towards the summits, and a

larger growth of bushes and small trees in the ravines,

every one of which has its stream of beautifully clear and

pure water. Some parts of the island, especially on the

northern slope, appear to be fairly well wooded, as many

thousands of trees, chiefly a kind of fir (Pinus sinensis),

have been planted on the hillsides. Along the roads

near the city are many fine trees of a species of fig

(Ficus retusa) allied to the Indian banyan. ‘The coco-nut

palm maintains a precarious existence, and its fruit does

not appear to reach maturity, but most of the tropical

and sub-tropical fruits succeed very well.

The native flora of Hong-Kong is a very rich aud

peculiar one, no fewer than 1,072 species of flowering

plants and ferns being enumerated by Bentham and

Hance in the “ Flora Hongkongensis,”’ and of these the

large number of 173 were known only from the island

at the time of publication. In character it is distinctly

tropical, notwithstanding the fact that palms are decidedly

rare, and represented by only two or three rather in-

conspicuous species. Some of the endemic plants are

very handsome and remarkable, notably the Gordoma

anomala, which expands its large and fragrant white

Magnolia-like flowers in every ravine in January and

February; and especially the Rhodoleia championt, the

pride of the island flora. ‘This ig a small tree of the

Hamamelidex, or witch-hazel order, with oval leathery

evergreen leaves, which in February bears a profusion

of large bell-shaped blossoms of the richest crimson

colour. Only two or three specimens of this beautiful

tree have as yet been met with in a wild state, but there

are some very fine examples in the public gardens and

elsewhere. Of naturalized species, the ‘‘ sensitive plant ”’

(Mimosa pudica)a native of Tropical America, grows

abundantly in dry waste places; and another shrub from

the same region (Lantana camera), which has now firmly

established itself in nearly every tropical country, and

whose showy red and yellow blossoms are the greatest

attraction to butterflies of all flowers which I know, has

taken possession of large spaces near the city, and con-

tinues to spread year by year.

Hong-Kong has a distinctly tropical climate, and the

a List of the Butterflies of Hong-Kong. 437

wet and dry seasons, due to the south-west and north-

east monsoons, are here well marked. With an average

temperature of about 73° for the whole year, the heat

from May to October is very oppressive, though the

thermometer rarely rises above 90°; and three-fourths

of the total rainfall of the year is precipitated between

these months. I had little or no opportunity of col-

lecting in any part of this season, but I am informed

that butterflies are not nearly as plentiful as in the

earlier months of the year. ‘This is, however, un-

doubtedly the season for moths, as well as for Coleoptera,

especially the Longicornes, Lamellicornes, and other

leaf- and wood-feeding groups, which are but poorly

represented at other times of the year. With October

comes bright, pleasant, and comparatively cool weather,

and a fine burst of butterfly life, and this lasts until

the middle of January, gradually becoming cooler as

the north-east monsoon blows fairly home. Then come

six weeks or two months of dull, cheerless, gloomy

_ weather, during which the sun is often obscured for

four or five days at a time; there is little actual rain,

but frequent drizzle and thick wet mist, and the

temperature seldom rises above 6U° in the daytime,

This is, of course, very poor collecting weather, but on

the rare sunny days a good many butterflies may be

found on the wing even at this period, and at the

beginning of March a considerable number of species,

including a large proportion of the Papilionidx, emerge -

from the chrysalis. Some heavy showers usually occur

about the end of March, and April here is not unlike

what it is popularly supposed to be at home—a inonth

cf mingled shower and sunshine, but of course a good

deal warmer than in England. This is, I think, the

most pleasant and remunerative time of the year for

the Lepidopterist, as in May the heat renders collecting

decidedly hard work, and I noticed a marked falling

off, both in number and condition, of the butterflies on

the wing during that month.

This sketch of the meteorological conditions of Hong-

Kong would not be complete without some mention of

the abnormal weather which prevailed in the middle of

January, 1893, and the disastrous effects of the frost

which then occurred—a frost, I should imagine, without

precedent at the sea-level within the tropics—on insect

and vegetable life. After a day of steady cold rain on

January 15th, the thermometer on board ship fell to

38° at 8 am. on the 16th, and before sunset it was

freezing in exposed places at the level of the sea. The

hill-tops were all day shrouded in mist, with a piercing

north wind and driving rain which froze as it fell,

encasing every leaf and twig, and coating the exposed

surfaces of walls and rock-faces, with solid and beauti-

fully clear ice to the depth of an inch and more. ‘This

icy covering was general at elevations of 400 feet and

upwards, and at Victoria Peak the telegraph wires

were broken in several places, being unable to support

the weight of the icicles which formed upon them,

and were sometimes more than a foot in length.

On the night of the 17th-18th, water again froze at

sea-level, and the lowest air temperature at an elevation

of 1500 feet was 25°. ‘The cold wave appeared to

have spent its force on the 19th, and by the 21st the

temperature was once more normal. On the 22nd I

find these remarks in my journal—* Fine, warm, and

almost calm. In ‘Happy Valley,’ for one butterfly

that was now on the wing, fifty might have been met

with about ten days ago. Huplea superba and lorquinn,

Danais genutia and similis, had all but disappeared,

solitary examples of each species, in the last stage of

decrepitude, being all that were met with; one Terias,

one Cupha erymanthis, and one Iraota in fine condition,

which If secured, were also noticed. Mycalesis perseus

(var. visala) alone, was not very uncommon.” On the

24th, my friend Mr. Skertchly and I observed Vanessa

canace, Melanitis ismene, Abisara echerius, Lycena

betica, Zizera maha, and Pieris canidia on the wing,

all apparently freshly emerged, but very scarce, only

one or two of each species being noticed. For several

weeks afterwards, scarcely a butterfly was to be seen

even on fine days, and as late as March 1/7/th, only

twenty-one species were observed on the wing as against

fifty-six species at the corresponding date in 1892.

(Cf. 8. B. J. Skertchly, “Nature,” Vol. 48, pp. 3, et seq.).

By the middle of April, however, the butterflies were

once more as numerous individually as they were at the

same time in the previous year, with the exception of

three or four species (notably the Huplca’s), which had

not recovered their usual abundance by the time I

a List of the Butterflies of Hong-Kong. 439

finally left Hong-Kong. The damage done by the frost

to the native vegetation was incalculable, several species

of plants being entirely killed off, and the aspect of

whole districts being altered (Cf. “ Nature,” Vol. 47,

pp. 939, 536). Previous to this unprecedented “ cold

wave,’ the lowest temperature recorded at Hong-Kong

was 45°, in February, 1885.

By far the most productive locality for butterflies in

the island is the Wong-nei-chong, or “ Happy Valley,”

a spot which is familiar to every one who has visited

Hong-Kong. This is situated within less than a mile

of the city of Victoria, from the centre of which it may

be reached in a quarter of an hour by “jinricksha,” the

universal means of locomotion here. It is the largest

piece of level ground in the island, and is an oval and

(until drained) somewhat marshy plain, rather more than

a mile in circumference, and including within its bounds

the racecourse and the principal recreation ground of

Hong-Kong. On all sides except the north, where it is

open to the harbour, it is shut in by wooded hills, and

on its west side are the European cemeteries, the Hnglish

one in particular bemg celebrated for the beauty of the

gardens attached toit. From these gardens access may

be gained to a large extent of well-wooded and pro-

ductive, but rather steep hillsides; and from the south

end of the valley a good road extends for several miles,

over a gap in the hills some 700 feet above sea-level, to

Cheag-chu, or “ Stanley,” on the south shore of the

island. This sunny valley is the great resort of the

butterflies of Hong-Kong, and few indeed are the species

which have not at some time or other been taken within

its precincts. At Heong-Kong, or “Little Hong-Kong,”

on the south slope of the island, is a considerable extent

of apparently indigenous wood, or rather scrub-land,

with many large trees, but it was a little too far from

Victoria to be often visited by me, and on the few

occasions on which I went there, I found no species

which did not occur in the “‘ Happy Valley.”

For the purposes of this paper I have included with

Hong-Kong the adjoining British territory at Kowloon

(Kau-lung), which is situated on the mainland opposite

Victoria, at a distance of less than two miles. It is a

small rocky granitic peninsula of about a square mile

in extent, somewhat similar in character to Hong-Kong,

440 Mr. J. J. Walker on

but more arid and of less elevation; it includes some

excellent little bits of collecting: ground, the best of

which, however, was unfortunately destroyed just as I

was leaving for England.

Of the 125 species of butterflies hereafter enumerated,

114 have been taken or personally observed by myself,

the remainder having been either detected by myself in

local collections (of which I have examined several at

Hong-Kong), or else existing in the chief collections at

home, with the Hong-Kong locality attached. ‘Three

species (Amathusia phidippus, Argynnis childreni, and

Papilio «wuthus) are inserted with much doubt, no

specimens of these, so far as I am aware, being extant

in any collection from Hong-Kong, though they are all

supposed to have been seen by observers who were

familiar with the insects. A few obscure Hespertide are

still unnamed, and one or two of these may belong to

new or undescribed species, but 1 have not ventured to

describe them.

The accompanying table of geographical distribution

will serve to show the general relations of the Hong-

Kong butterflies with those of the surrounding regions.

The essentially tropical character of the entire butterfly-

fauna of the island, like that of its flora, will be evident

from the fact that only three species (Danais chrysippus,

Vanessa cardw, and Lycena beetica), all of very exten-

sive or almost world-wide distribution, are common to

Hong-Kong and Europe, while only twenty-seven

species, less than one-fourth of the whole number, extend

to North China, Japan and the Amur region. The large

percentage of species common to Hong-Kong and the

Himalayas is very remarkable, but is probably in part

due to the extreme richness in tropical forms of the

latter region. The number of species common to Hong-

Kong and the Philippine Islands, which are separated

by at least 450 miles of deep sea, is even greater than

those occurring in the not very distant sub-tropical

regions of Central and Western China, between which

and Hong-Kong are no very formidable physical barriers,

though these two regions belong to two different river-

systems. So far as I am aware, only three species

(Huplea superba, Clerome ewmeus, and Gerydus chinen-

sis) appear to be peculiar to Hong-Kong and the

adjacent parts of south-east China, while the last-

a Inst of the Butterflies of Hong-Kong. 44]

mentioned is, I believe, recorded only from Hong-

Kong.

Of the 125 species recorded from Hong-Kong there

are—

Common to Hong-Kong, Central and Western China, 52 spp., or

41°6 per cent.

Common to Hong-Kong and the Amur region, North China,

and Japan, 27 spp., or 21°6 per cent.

Common to Hong-Kong and Himalayan Region, 93 spp., or 74°4

per cent.

Common to Hong-Kong and Malay Peninsula, 66 spp., or 52°8

per cent.

Common to Hong-Kong and Philippine Islands, 55 spp., or 44:0

per cent.

In drawing up this table of distribution I have used

Leech’s “ Butterflies from China, Japan, and Corea,”

for the list of those of Central and Western China; and

_ Mr. Elwes’s papers, “‘ The Butterflies of Amurland,

North China, and Japan” (P. Z. 8., 1881, pp. 856, et seq.),

and ‘‘ The Butterflies of Sikkim ” (Trans. Ent. Soc., 1838,

po. 269, et seqg.); Distant’s ‘ Rhopalocera Malayana,”

and Semper’s ‘Die Schmetterlinge der Philippine

Inseln,’ for the regions of which these works re-

spectively treat.

GEOGRAPHICAL DISTRIBUTION OF HONG-

KONG BUTTERFLIES.

eels ; :

es Ss a & 4

ee ° tos] Bb = oO s

aa | 4 | ¢ | ee | 88

Species observed at Hong-Kong. E ss 3) & ~s | Ba Remarks.

g8|#8| & | 2°|e"

CF | 4g a | Ae

_ Ideopsis daos.

Danais (Caduga) tytea

» (Lirumala)limnace ... .

, (Parantica) melanoides .

» (Radena) similis

, (Salatura) genutra

» (Léimnas) chrysippus ...

Euplea (Isamia) superba ue

(Terpsichrois) midamus.

» (Crastia) godarti alts ee le aes eae ecg StI ce

Es » frauenfeld: ...! .:. 1) 0...) os lee... [Hastern Asia.

44,2 Mr. J. J. Walker on

Species observed at Hong-Kong. Remarks.

Central and

West China.

Himalayas.

Malay Penin-

sula.

Philippine Is-

lands.

Mycalesis perseus eas Seo) cee lye pees og Oe

3 mineus eee cool 46 ond ie a a |

Lethe europa... up otal) 4 eee | hee ad ae uae

55 Vernria eee eee Beeline bes a aA ~S

Ypthima hiibneri es Pee Poe bre nlc? ae

AVgGus ae eee revel smo ae ee tee J

Melanitis aU, aa in ae "

‘ee SG

ae a

aAsSWa eee eee eon eee aie . eee

Discophora tullia aie bee] get poe | ec i

Clerome eumeus ... joe 8 oe ee

EHrgolis ariadne ... a i) ey

Cupha erymanthis oy |e |e

Atella phalanta... ¥ : | ae

Cethosia biblis ... ah “e a

Apatura parysatis a Be D seas

Hestina assimilis Ye a Re Waves, tae :

» mena, var. nigrivena SA! so eee le

Junonia asterie ,.. rey O11 ee eee

54.5) MAULTLCS. ar Se eed Mere he Me

» lemonias Pe £ |g hae

sant MONE)! che yee : coh ce

i OTUNYD vac Be aa ee a | go ee

Neptis eurynome... se Elis eoee + || oie

, columella ae sees) cope, |codepe eee ae

Cirrhochroa satellita ... ile von | a

i mithila ... pew te ee

Hypolimnas bolina _... ds | Ae a eae

Misippus ... ewe ee

Argynnis niphe ... sae o | @ | # ts

(?) ,, children nae Sad ee ad

Athyma perius ... A note te | ee oie

Sy METEOX Hee a 3 age | %

§y 1. BULPTHE is pas BAM

» » selenophoya ... PA ee eo -

Euthalia phemius bad sapeoae eee

Vanessa cardui ... Sie ae a fe Ps

ye “ANGICE oe, fa Ve Ta BS ies

sy) 1 ONACC exe ae ob de og ie en

Symbrenthia hyppoclus... ile ae Re aaa Om

Charaxes athamas aa te | |

st bernardus... se Tel be eel re

Zemeros flegyas ... ia adie EDM fy Re ML ee 2c i

A bisara echerius ey see{oese | seal ese | ween Mien Tecoma

Curetis acuta... oe ae ie gael Beret yoo .

Gerydus chinensis se wae’ | Pex), sy aera aie

Neopithecops zalmora ... 190 foe] a a ae

a Lust of the Butterflies of Hong-Kong. 443

| 2 Ao d 6 0

: Seleal a |a@ |e

| oS ort ° fas} 3 aq oO

| |) Ab mB | 2 3 a)

: r=) 8 (oe A ro

Species observed at Hong-Kong. & S 23 re ae | & A Remarks.

n cS .

: eel eal ele |a-

ON | aes Fe | ey

Zizera sangra ... 500 Soe liees

9 maha eee oe coe] ae ae an boc

Lycena argiades css spel nes

OUCH) + ie, soal 8

Chilades laius ... Sn BA Nano

Lampides celianus ap 50g

Catachrysops strabo ... rs ni leet ezine oe

Aphneus zebrinus Oh SEI AER iid i 90 ela eee?

Tajuria longinus Bae ecole eee ee %

Sithon jangala ... ae MIAO Pact lluucwen eters tos | Gua

Deudorix (Lehera) eryx doc| eel! asa || aes lull coe |lrooe

» (Rapala) orseis So5 | aaa Met acral area sa ieiger

» epyarbas ne oa see |e os

nf (Iraota) témoleon

5 . UCLCCTUCS Ime ele cl cetae lly sale

Delias pasithoé ... Bae eel ees c es ae ee cliceos

ao UG RUG are soc sells eal aeeey ia eee alles oss lik said

Prioneris clemanthe ... AM a erage |. rset Re sec li a

Catopsilia chryseis nee sc See

catilla re soul Mase

a crocale ae AAW aes

Terias hecabe ... Sad BACs en ian: me | 8

5 mandarina ce ees eee tema e alue lean

» lata ar ae Era lpeae seh elf He) || 3a5 Spiooe

Doe uuegeua, var. Wbythea:...\-...1 .:.

Pieris (Ganoris) canidia SCOR Ne sone als ose

» (Huphina) nerissa salma: leeitmellh ese ease tno [ Bombay.

13 “ pallida coal) 659 | cao |} 000, | coon} coo. Wee, Ahad

2 ‘ OS VUSOGT ear ie oie Ne Picco || eared ieee

Tachyris (Appias) albinag ...|_ ...-} wee | eee | ae,

Igias pyrene ss. ae Soot eane nena Peay =n ean

Hebomoia glaucippe ... SSbN ORs | ececeen Mee UI as

Papilio aristolochie ... See a8 :

Pe PUTese” as» Bae Sek Ipeoee aes ns

bianor coe ese ode Ds Be sac Ae

Agenor ... aa Sealey se :

» protenor ae oe

SUA LS Gon nee wai

3) polytes ... Ae woh

erithonius ah ao

}

Canara.

”

ee Cyd |... a8 ae

5 antiphates as SOS

» sarpedon S00 Bae ee

» eurypilus ae Syall inseitt oon | ese | coo lp Gon

agamemnon ... aaiall Peace we - :

» wuthus ... oe Sale LE Gesell eso.) stom |andon

Leptocircus curius vee mis]. 8D oleae 8H) [iosnte 4 sea

444, Mr. J. J. Walker on

o8 - Z | |8

@° Ba BE, 8 ou

Species observed at Hong-Kong. | 2° J 4 5 q Bg Remarks.

PE! 45 1%

Ismene ataphus ... sia obel, oie | Reval |. a, Atel

Hasora vitta as, Sasa} eos | canine + |

Matapa aria abe sears SN. ee

Notocrypta alysos da bne| vei Nees Se At ee

» narooa it |

5 assamensis ae oe secs “Lewis {yee . |. ws | eis

Chapra mathias... ae WP ead ets ea ea

Parnara guttatus be iene wie ne

Suastus gremius... us en Pegg :

Telicota bambuse ee onek (Berd Seth Sh

» meesoides wee; > wool cee | nes | OMG eee eee

Halpe moorei (i150 ose see] see | ont | eee | cor | rl Oa

Lagiades atticus ae ie? oo Ahi Sane

Antigonus sura ... - 5

Erionota thrax .. a <i

Hyarotis adrastus foun fave] @ foe | €

Udaspes folus ... ie |g

A sticopterus olivascens .. ae fos, pes

Me (Tambryx) salsala...| |

1. Ideopsis daos.

Idea daos, Boisdv., Sp. Gén. Lép. 1., t. 24, fig. 3 (1836).

This species is inserted on the authority of specimens

in the National Collection, which are labelled with the

locality “Hong-Kong.” I have, however, not met with

it myself, nor have I seen it in any of the local collec-

tions which I have examined. It may possibly exist in

some of the more densely wooded ravines in the island.

In this connection, | may mention that I have seen a

specimen of ‘the conspicuous Malayan and Bornean

butterfly, Hestia lynceus, Drury, which was taken more

than twenty years ago on the wharf at Kowloon—an

obvious importation.

2. Danais (Caduga) tytia.

Danais tytia, Gray, Lep., Ins. Nepal, p. 9, +. 9, fig. 2

(1846); Doubl. & Hew., Gen. Diurn. Lep., t. 12,

fig. 4 (1847).

D. (Caduga) loochooana, Mea P. Z .S., 1882, p..250..

a Inst of the Butterflies of Hong-Kong. AAS

Not common; occurs sparingly in the gardens at

“Happy Valley,” and in the adjoining wooded country.

Jé has a rather lofty sailing flight, stronger than that

of most of its family. My specimens appear to agree

very well with the form described by Mr. F. Moore

as Caduga loochooana, under which name they are

placed in the National Collection. First observed, 11th

February, 1892.

3. Danais (Tirwmala) limniace.

“Papilio limniace, Cram., Pap. Exot., i., t. 59, fige.

rE (C1779).

Common, especially in ‘‘ Happy Valley,” and very

partial to the flowers of Lantana camera. It is found,

in good condition, from December to May, and is pro-

bably on the wing throughout the year.

A, Danais (Parantica) melanoides.

Parantica melanoides, Moore, P. Z. S., 1885, p. 24:7.

A rather scarce species, found by me only in the

“ Happy Valley” gardens, flying close to the ground

in shady paths. January to April.

5. Danais (Radena) similis.

Papilio similis, Linn., Mus. Ulr., p. 299 (1764); Syst.

Nat, 1s,.2) p. 782, n. 193 (1767).

The commonest of the green species of Danais, being

found everywhere in shady places. On the wing from

December to May, and probably all the year.

6. Danais (Salatura) genutia.

Papilio genutia, Cram., Pap. Exot., i., t. 206, figg.

C. D. (1782).

Danais plexippus, auct. (nec Linn.).

Also a very common insect, flying in gardens and

along the roadsides. It is found most numerously in

December, and is very partial to the flowers of Poinsettia,

the splendid scarlet bracts of which are attractive to so

| many insects. :

TRANS. ENT. Soc. LOND. 1895.—pParTiv. (pEc.) 29

AAG Mr. J. J. Walker on

7. Danais (Limnas) chrysippus. =:

_ Papilio chrysippus, Linn., Mus. Ulr., p. 263 (1764). —

A common butterfly of the open country, although

somewhat local, and perhaps most plentiful at Shek-py-

Wan, or ‘‘ Aberdeen,” on the south shore of the island,

where I have found the larva feeding on the naturalized

American weed, <Asclepias curassavica, Linn., which

grows abundantly in waste places in Hong-Kong. This ~

plant now appears to be spread throughout the Moluccas

and the Philippine Islands, but its special butterfly,

Anosia plexippus, Linn. (Danais archippus, F.), was

not found by me farther from its original home than — q

the Island of Ternate.

8. Hupleea (Isamia) swperba.

Papilio superba, Herbst, Naturs. Schmett., v., tt. 119, |

120 (1792).

One of the commonest and most beautiful butterflies —

in the island, occurring everywhere in wooded situations. —

I have several times seen it flying in hundreds round the

tops of the flowering trees, late in the afternoon. In the

gardens at “‘ Happy Valley,” its favourite flower is the

Poinsettia. The larva feeds on Strophanthus divergens, —

a woody climber of the natural order Apocynex, and has —

also been found on the imported Oleander ; the brilliantly

gilded pupa is suspended among the leaves of the food- —

In 1893, after the frost of January 16th and 17th, it —

disappeared entirely until May 13th, when a few fresh —

specimens were observed. 4

9. Huplea (Terpsichrois) midamus. “4

Papilio midamus, Linn. (pars), Mus. Ulr., p. 251 —

(1764) ; Syst.’Nat., 7., 2, p. 765, n. 108 (1767).

This species occurs with the preceding, and its habits —

are similar, but it is much less common. December to

May.

a Inst of the Butterflies of Hong-Kong. 447

10. Huploea (Crastia) godarti.

Huplea godartii, Luc., Rev. Zool., 1853, p. 319.

H. siamensis, Feld. Reise Nov. , Lep., i ii, p. 341, n. 473,

t. 41, fig. 6 (1867).

Apparently very scarce, only one or two sa

having been taken by me in the “ Happy Valley,”

flowers of Pomsettia, in February, 1892.

11. Euploea (Crastia) frauenfeldi.

oe frauenfeldit, Feld., Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,

5 [be AI Bei ey (1862) ; Reise Nov., Lep. i1.,

A ny idl, ATA, t. 41, fig. 4 (1867).

Wars. a. lorquinii, ¥eld., Reise Nov., Lep., 11., p. 340,

n. 472 (1867).

A very common species at “Happy Valley 7 ya

elsewhere, its flight and habits being similar to those of

H. superba and midamus, in company with which it is

found. It has been bred from larve found feeding on

Strophanthus divergens. The Hong-Kong specimens

agree exactly with the var. lorquinw of Felder. Decem-

ber to May, but very scarce in the spring of 1893.

12. Mycalesis perseus.

Papilio perseus, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 488, n. 199

(1775).

Not very uncommon in shady places among bushes ;

‘sporadically from December to May.

15. Mycalesis mineus.

Papilio mineus, Linn., Syst. Nat., i., 2, p. 768, n. 126

(1767).

Mycalesis visala, Moore, Cat. Lep. H. I. C.,1., p. 260

(1877) (forma hyem.).

Much more plentiful than the preceding, and of similar

habits. The winter form, which has the underside of

the hindwings plain and without ocelli, agrees with the

insect described by Moore as M. visala. This was

| almost the only butterfly which was not greatly reduced

| in numbers after the frost of January, 1893. I find some

448 . Mr. J. J. Walker on

of my Hong-Kong specimens of this insect in the

National Collection, placed under M. drusia, Cram.,

which was originally described from China, and is pro-

bably only a race of M. mineus.

14. Lethe ewropa.

Papilio europa, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p.500, n. 247 (1775),

Moderately common in bushy places, in “ Happy =

Valley,” at Kowloon, and elsewhere. It has a wild

and rather strong flight, and, contrary to the general

and twigs of trees for a few feet above the ground. A

light fawn-coloured variety of the d occurs rarely.

First taken by me 25th March, 1892; more common

in May.

15. Lethe verma.

Satyrus verma, Koll., Hiigel’s Kashmir, iv., 2, p. 447,

t. 16, fig. 12 (1848).

Of this pretty little species I have met with but one ~

specimen, at the exuding sap of a small tree in the

“Happy Valley,” on the 17th March, 1892, and have

seen cne or two others in local collections.

16. Ypthima hibnert.

Ypthima hiibnert, Kirby, Cat. Diurn. Lep., p. 95 (1871). _

Papilio philomela, Hibn. (nec Linn.), Zutr. Ex.

Schmett., figs. 83, 84 (1818).

Not rare, among long grass on the hillsides, as well as q

in gardens and woody places. It may be found from

December to May. :

17. Ypthima argus.

Ypthima argus, Butl., Journ. Linn, Soc., Zool. ix., 4

p. 56, n. 22 (1866).

found it rarely in “ Happy Valley,” in February and —

March.

a Inst of the Butterflies of Hong-Kong. 449

18. Melanitis leda.

Papilio leda, Linn., Syst. Nat., i, 2, p. 773 (1767)

(forma est.).

Pap. ismene, Cram., Pap. Exot., i., t. xxvi., figg. A. B.

(1775) (forma hyem.).

A common butterfly in Hong-Kong, frequenting dark,

shady places and settling on the ground among dead

leaves, where its sombre colours effectually conceal it ;

towards evening it comes out and flies wildly about in

the open and along roadsides. Extremely variable in

size and markings; the specimens from a valley about a

mile and a half east of Victoria, where the soil is strongly

charged with oxide of iron, are remarkable for the rich

reddish-ochreous tint of the underside of the wings. All

the winter specimens which I have seen are of the form

ismene, Cramer; the typical form leda, Linn., with well-

marked ocelli on the underside, appearing with the rains

in April and May.

19. Melanitis aswa.

Papilio leda, Linn., Syst. Nat., i., 2, p. 773 (1767).

Var. a. Oyllo tristis, Feld., Reise Nov., Lep., iii., p. 464,

n. 785 (1867).

Cyllo aswa, Moore, P. Z. S., 1865, p. 769.

I have seen only one example of this well-marked

form, taken at Kowloon by Mr. S. B. J. Skertchly

late in 1891.

20. Discophora tullia.

Papilio tullia, Cram., Pap. Exot., i., t. 81, figg. A. B.

(1779).

Not very common; usually seen flying along roadsides

at dusk, and disturbed from shady places during the day.

_ The ? appears to be more common than the 6. First

taken 31st December, 1891, and sporadically up to May.

450 My. J. J. Walker on

21. Clerome ewmeus.

Papilio ewmeus, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent., 1., t. 2, fig. 3

aC Yue)

Pap. ewmea, Cram., Pap. Exot., ii., t. 183, figg. C. D.

(1779).

This plainly but richly-coloured butterfly, which appears

to be confined to a very small district in south-eastern

China, is one of the most abundant and characteristic

insects of Hong-Kong, and it is strange that it should ~

have been a rarity, even in the best collections, for so

long a time. It was almost the first butterfly which I

saw on my arrival in December, 1891, and worn speci-

mens were to be met with throughout the following

months, a fresh brood appearing on March 12th. Even

on dull cool days it may be seen on the wing, flying close

to the ground in shady places with a slow, irregular,

flapping flight, and frequently settling among dead leaves

and in damp spots ; stragglers are not rarely seen in the

streets of the city. It is not always easy to obtain in good

condition, as its delicate structure renders it very liable to

damage. I have not been able to find the larva, but it

probably feeds on grass or dwarf bamboo, as in March,

1892, I found an empty pupa in a small patch of the latter

plant, just vacated by the perfect insect, which was drying —

its wings close by. ‘The pupa is nearly smooth and with- —

out projections, except two small diverging horns in front

of the head, and is pale whitish-green in colour.

22. (? Amathusia phidippus).

Papilio phidippus, Linn., Syst. Nat., 1., 2, p. 752, n. 34

(1757). |

Of very doubtful occurrence in Hong-Kong; Mr. |

Skertchly, who is perfectly familiar with the insect.in —

British North Borneo and elsewhere, saw what he -

imagined to be Amathusia phidippus near the Cathedral —

in Victoria, in December, 1892. The coco-nut palm, on

the young leaves of which the larva feeds (fide Dr. Hors- —

field), is planted in a few places near Victoria and at Kow- —

loon, but does not flourish. :

a List of the Butterflies of Hong-Kong. 451

23. Hrgolis arvadne.

Papilio ariadne, Linn., Syst. Nat., i., 2, p. 778 (1767).

Not very common ; flies quietly along sunny roadsides,

and settles with expanded wings on foliage. December

to May.

24. Cupha erymanthis.

Papilio erymanthis, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent.,i., t. iv.,

figg. 3, 4 (1770).

A common and generally distributed butterfly, of which

‘ specimens, usually in more or less worn condition, may be

found from December to March, when a brood of larger

and darker examples makes its appearance. The green

spiny Vanessa-like larva is often found on Gllochidion

ertocarpum, Champ., a common roadside shrub with

downy leaves, and the pupa, which is very angular and

mest brilliantly gilded, is attached to the twigs of the

same plant. Both are, however, so frequently infested

with Ichneumons and Dipterous parasites that I never

succeeded in rearing the butterfly, though other local

collectors were more fortunate.

25. Atella phalanta.

Papilio phalanta, Drury, Tl. Exot. Ent., 1., t. 21,

nee. V2 (1770).

- Rare ; occasionally taken at flowers of Lantana camera,

in February and March.

26. Cethosia biblis..

Papilio biblis, Drury, Ill. Exot. Hnt., 1, t. 4, fig. 2

(1770).

Var. f. Cethosia ewrymena, Feld., Reise Nov., Lep., 1i1.,

p- 384, n. 356 (1867).

A scarce insect at Hong-Kong, occurring in gar-

dens in March and April. It is reported to be common

at Wae-lan, a little rocky island some twenty miles

to the south-eastward, where the larva is said to feed on

a naturalized American plant, Passiflora fotida. The

Hong-Kong specimens agree well with the form eury-

mena, Feld., described from the Philippine Isiands.

452 Mr. J. J. Walker on

27. Apatura parysatis.

Apatura parysatis, Westw., Gen. Diurn. Lep.,ii., p. 305

(1850). ;

Not uncommon in the “ Happy Valley,” in March,

April, and May, the almost black ¢ delighting to sun

itself with expanded wings on the outer leaves of low

trees, the paler-coloured ? being more partial to shady

places.

28. Hestina assimilis.

Papilio assimmlis, Linn, Mus. Ulr. p. 3800 (1764) ;

Syst. Nat., 1., 2, p. 782, n. 194 (1767).

This very handsome butterfly occurs rather sparingly ~

in the ‘‘ Happy Valley” and near Kowloon, in April and

May, and sometimes earlier; I took my first specimen

on April 2nd, 1892. In the Chusan Islands, where it is

common, it frequents the tops of the hills at an elevation

of 1200 to 1500 feet, and settles on the bare hot rocks

with wings fully extended. Although a strong flyer it

is not shy, and is caught without much difficulty.

29. Hestina mena.

Hextina mena, Moore, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist. (3) i.,

p. 48 (1858).

Var. nigrivena, Leech, Entom., xxiii., p. 31 (1890) ;

Grose Smith & Kirby, Rhop. Exot. i., pt. Xvi.

(Hestina) p. 1, pl. i., figg. 1, 2 (1891).

Not very common in Hong-Kong, but rather more

plentiful at Kowloon, where Mr. Skertchly found it in —

beautiful condition at the end of April, 1893; my first —

specimen was taken May 7th, 1892. A specimen was

bred by Surgeon-Captain W. W. Beveridge, from a

smooth green slug-like larva with two branched horns on

the head (not very unlike that of Apatura iris), which

changed to a very stout green pupa. ‘ihe flight of this —

but I have more than once seen it settle byte on es 4

ground in the middle of a road.

ee ee

a List of the Butterflies of Hong-Kong. 453

30. Junonia asterie.

Papilio asterie, Linn., Syst. Nat. ed. x., p. 472 (1758)

(forma exst.).

Pap. almana, Linn., lJ. c.; Mus. Ulr., p. 272 (1764)

(forma hyem.).

Common among long grass, especially in somewhat

damp open places, but also found at the flowers of

Lantana camera. The specimens taken in December,

January, and February, are nearly all of the form de-

scribed by Linneus as P. almana, in which the underside

is dark russet-brown, with the ocellated spots absent, or

only faintly indicated, and with a pale line from the apex

of forewings to the lower angle of hindwings, the whole

forming an excellent imitation of a withered leaf, almost

as striking as the more celebrated Kallima. Occasionally,

however, examples occur in these months with the ocelli of

the underside more or less developed, approaching in this

character to the wet-season form asterie, Linn., which

appears at the end of April andin May. ‘The seasonal

forms of this species and of Melanitis leda, at Hong-Kong,

are fully treated of in an interesting paper read before

the South London Entomological Society by the late

J. Jenner Weir, F.L.S. (Abstract of Proceedings South

Lond. Ent. Soc. 1892-93, pp. 65, et seq.) I found Junonia

asterie (form almana) commonly at Hang-chau, Haining,

and Shanghai, in October, 1892, the specimens being

much larger and finer than those from Hong-Kong and

other tropical countries.

31. Junonia atlhites.

Papilio atlites, Linn., Cent. Ins., p. 24 (17638) (fide

Aurivillius). 7

Pap. laomedia, Linn., Syst. Nat., 1., 2, p. 772 (1767) (eé

auctorum),

This common Hastern butterfly is of somewhat doubt-

ful occurrence at Hong-Kong. I have not met with it

myself, but have seen one or two specimens in local

collections, said to have been taken here.

454 Mr. J. J. Walker on

32. Junonia lemonias.

Papilio lemonias, Linn., Syst. Nat., ed. x., p. 473 (1758).

Not very common; usually found on roadsides, and in

dry sunny places. December to May.

33. Junonia cenone.

Papilio enone, Linn., Mus. Ulr., pp. 274 and 275 (1764),

et auctorum.

Var. a. Pap.hierte, Fabr., Ent. Syst., Suppl., p.424 (1768).

Fairly common in “‘ Happy Valley”? and at Kowloon;

frequents open dry places. April and May. .

34. Junonia orithya.

Papilio orithya, Linn., Mus. Ule., p. 278 (1764).

Common in dry open places, occurring on the tops of

the hills, as well as in the “‘ Happy Valley ” and at Kow-

loon. The form found at Hong-Kong is a very hand-

some one and has the ocellated spots on the hindwings

sometimes very largely developed. December to May,

and probably all the year.

30. Neptis ewrynome.,

Limenitis euwrynome, Westw., Don. Ins. China (ed. 2)

p. 66, pl. 35, fig. 4 (1842). .

Neptis sangaica, “Moore, Ann, and Mag. Nat. Hist., 4,

xx., p. 47 (1877).

A very common but pretty insect, which flies quietly

along sunny roads and pathways, and is easily taken.

My Hong-Kong specimens are apparently of the form —

described by Moore as N. sangaica, under which name

they stand in the National Collection. On the wing from

December to May, and found most plentifully in March

and April. 3

36. Neptis columella.

Papilio columella, Cram., Pap. ee iv., t. 298,

figg. A. B. (1782). =

This large and handscme Ne eptis occurs eae ik 4

the gardens at “ Happy Valley ” in April and May, my

first specimen having been taken on March 26th, 1893.

a List of the Butterflies of Hong-Kong. 455.

Be Grhochron ‘satellita. |

Currhochroa satellita, Butler, Cist. Ent., i., p. 9 (1869).

I know of only one specimen of this species from

Hong-Kong, which is in the collection of Messrs. God-

man and Salvin.

38. OCirrhochroa mithila.

Cirrhochroa mithila, Moore, P. Z. 8., 1872, p. 598.

C. rotundata, Butl., Trans. Linn. Soc. (2), Lool. i., p.545

(1877).

Also very rare, and not met with by myself, but I have

seen one or two specimens in the small collection of

butterflies in the oy Hall Museum and other local

collections.

39. Hypolimnas bolina.

Papilio bolina, Linn., Syst. Nat., ed. x., p. 479 (1758).

Not common ; occurs in the ‘‘ Happy Valley”’ gardens

and elsewhere, in April and May.

40. Hypolimnas misippus.

Papilio misyppus, Linn., Mus. Ulr., p. 264 (1764).

I have seen only one specimen, a 6, of this widely

distributed butterfly, which was flying about and settling

on a bare hill- -top close to Kowloon, on February 12th,

1892.

41. Argynnis ies

Papilio mphe, Linn., Syst. Nat., 1., 2, p. 785 (1767).

Tolerably common ; frequents the summits of the hills,

and is also met with in the gardens at “‘ Happy Valley.”

First seen 12th March, 1892. The Hong-Kong speci-

mens are very large and fine, and the 9 bears a striking

resemblance to Cethosia biblis, as well as to Danais

chrysippus, when on the wing.

456 Mr. J. J. Walker on

42, (? Argynnis childrent.)

Argynms childreni, Gray, Zool. Misc., p. 33 (1831);

Lep. Ins. Nepai, p. 1J, t. 11, g (1846).

Dr. P. W. Bassett-Smith, R.N., my fellow-worker in

Natural History on board H.M.S. “ Penguin,” observed

in March, 18938, a large “ Fritillary ”” on the summit of

Tai-mo-shan, a mountain 3,200 feet high lying just out-

side the British territory at Kowloon. This he believed

at the time to be A. childreni, a species which we had

taken together in the Chusan Islands. Although this is

but a doubtful record, I mention it in the hope that this

fine insect may yet be found, or at any rate looked out

for, in the “‘ Peak” district of Hong-Kong, or in other

parts of South China.

43. Athyma perius.

Papilo pertius, Licn., Syst. Nat., ed. x., p. 471 (1758).

Pap. leucothoé, l. ¢., p. 478 (et auctorum).

On my arrival at Hong-Kong in December, 1891, I

found this butterfly very plentiful, but already getting

worn, and it remained on the wing only three or four

weeks. It reappeared in the following March, but was

not nearly as common as before. It frequents sunny

roadsides and has a strong and graceful flight.

44, Athyma nefte.

Papilio nefte, Cram., Pap. Exot., ii., t. 256, figg.

H. F. (1782). 3 |

Not uncommon in the “ Happy Valley ” and elsewhere,

and met with from December to May, a fresh brood

appearing at-the end of March. It is very partial to

the flowers of Poinsettia.

45, Athyma sulpitia.

Papilio sulpitia, Cram., Pap. Exot., iii, t. 214, figg.

BE. F. (1782.

Occasionally found at Lantana flowers, and flying

along shady pathways, but not very common, March

and April.

a List of the Butterflies of Hong-Kong. 457

46. Athyma selenophora.

Inmenitis selenophora, Koll., Hiigel’s Kashmir, iv., 2,

p. 426, t. vu., figg. 1, 2 (1848).

Occurs occasionally in the “ Happy Valley ” gardens

im April and May. One of the most graceful insects on

the wing that I have ever seen.

47, Huthalia pheimius.

Itanus phemius, Doubl. & Hew., Gen. Diurn. Lep., u.,

t. 41, fig. 4 (1850).

Adolias phemius, Moore, Trans. Ent. Soc., ser. i.,

v., p. 65, t. 11., fig. 3 (1859).

@. A. sancara, Moore, Cat. Lep. H. I. C.,1., p. 186,

n. 374 (1857).

Moderately common, worn specimens occurring in

December and January, and afresh brood appears early in

April. The ¢, as its compact and powerful build would

indicate, is a tremendously rapid flyer, but its boldness

renders it a very easy prey to the collector when it

settles on a leaf within reach, with its wings fully

extended. The ¢ (Adolias sancara, Moore) is much

less common than the other sex, and frequents shady

places, while the ¢ is fond of open sunny paths in the

‘Happy Valley.’ Having met with the two forms in

cop. I have no doubt as to the specific identity of A.

sancara with H. phemius. (Cf. Elwes, Cat. Lep. Sikkim,

Trans. Ent. Soc., 1889, p. 359.) I once bred a ¢ speci-

men from a large and very stout green chrysalis, richly

spotted with gold, which I found attached to a twig

under some “ Litchi” trees (Nepheliwm litchr), much

frequented by the perfect imsect.

48. Vanessa cardwi.

Papilio cardut, Linn., Syst. Nat., ed. x., p. 475 (1758).

Not very common in Hong-Kong, and usually seen on

the hill-tops, but also found at lower levels. As is

usually the case with those I have met with in tropical

localities, the specimens occurring here are small and

pale in colour, in comparison with examples from

temperate regions. December to May; probably all

the year.

458 Mr. J. J. Walker on

49, Vanessa indica.

Papilio indica, Herbst (Pap. Atalanta, L.), -Naturs.

Schmett., vii, t. 180, figg. 1, 2 (1794).

Also somewhat scarce, and found under the same cir-

cumstances asthe preceding. December to May. Much

more common in the Chusan Islands in summer.

50. Vanessa canace.

‘Papilio canace, Linn., Syst. Nat., 1.5 2, p. 779

(1767).

Pap. charonia, Drury, Ill. Exot. Ent., 1., t. 15, figg. 1, 2

(1773).

Common, frequenting sunny roads and settling on hot

stones and tree-trunks; a very shy insect, of powerful

and rapid flight. Ihave found the larva feeding gre-

gariously on a species of Smilax in December. On the

wing during the whole of my stay in Hong-Kong.

D1. Symbrenthia hyppoclus.

Papilio hyppoclus, Cram., Pap. Exot., ui., t. 220,

fige. U. D. (1782).

A common and very pretty insect, usually found

flitting rapidly, like a small Vanessa, along sunny road-

sides and in gardens, and settling on leaves and twigs

with wings fully expanded, generally about ten feet from

the ground. December to May; fresh specimens on the

wing in February.

52. Charaxes athamas.

Papilio athamas, Drury, Ill. Exot. Hnt.,1., p. 5, t. 2, -

fig. 4 (177V).

I have only once seen this butterfly (at close quarters,

so that Iam satisfied as to the correct identification of

the species) in wooded ground about half-a-mile east of

*‘ Happy Valley,” 2nd April, 1893. ;

a List of the Butterflies of Hong-Kong. 459

53. Charawes bernardus.

~ Papilio bernardus, Fabr., Ent. Syst.,iii.,i., p. 71, n. 223

(1793); Don., Ins. China, t. 35 (1798).

This fine insect is rather scarce, but is represented

in every local collection that I have examined. I have .

only taken it myself on two occasions—a d¢ on May 9th,

1892, and a very fine 9 on May 6th, 1893, both in

‘“‘Happy Valley’? gardens. The ? was taken at sap

exuding from the trunk of a small oak tree. I am

indebted to Mr. I’. Moore for the indentification of the

Species.

54. Zemeros flegyas.

apo eguas, .<Cram., Lap. Hxot., ur, t., 280;

fige. H. F. (1782).

Very common, especially in April and May, but stray

specimens occur throughout the winter months. It

frequents sunny paths and roadsides, and has a rapid

flight, settling abruptly on leaves with wings extended

and slightly raised.

5d. Abisara echerius.

Papilio echerius, Stoll, Suppl. Cram., t. 31, fige. 1, 1a, B

(1790).

One of the commonest of the Hong-Kong butterflies,

and it was to be taken in good condition during the

whole period of my stay, except for some four or five

weeks after the frost of January, 1893, when it dis-

appeared almost entirely. It is found in the same

situations, and has much the same habits, as the pre-

ceding species.

56. Ouretis acuta.

Curetis acuta, Moore, Ann. & Mace. Nat. Hist. (4) xx.,

p- 60.

I have only twice met with this insect in the gardens

at ‘‘ Happy Valley,’’ on January 2nd and December 28rd,

_ 1892: Ialso found it in the Chusan Islands m August,

and at Da-laen-saen, in the mountain region behind

460 Mr. J. J. Walker on

Ning-po (near the celebrated “Snowy Valley”), in

November of the same year. The contrast of colour

between the upper and lower surfaces of the wings gives

this butterfly a most curious appearance on the wing.

57. Gerydus chinensis.

Miletus chinensis, Feld., Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien, xii.,

p. 488, n. 146 (1862); Reise Nov., Lep., ii., p. 284,

n. 364, t. 35, figg. 35, 36 (1865).

I have seen only one specimen of this singular little

butterfly, described by Felder, from Hong-Kong ; this I

took on a Verbena flower in ‘‘ Happy Valley” gardens,

on March 30th, 1892.

08. Neopithecops zalmora.

Pithecops zalmora, Butler, Cat. Fabr. Lep., p. 16(1870).

One of the most local of the Hong-Kong butterflies,

although it is not uncommon where found. I only met

with it along a few yards of the “Stanley Road,” at the

head of the “‘ Happy Valley,” and in one or two very

restricted spots at Kowloon. It fliesin rather dark shady

places under trees, and although small, is conspicuous on

the wing by its white underside. December, and again

from March to May.

59. Zizera sangra.

Polyommatus sangra, Moore, P. Z. S., 1865, p. 772,

t. 41, 8.

Not uncommon among Mimosa pudica and other low-

growing Legumimose, in open ground in the ‘ Happy

Valley,” and elsewhere. December to May.

60. Zizera maha.

? Lycena otis, Fabr., Mant. Ins., i, p. 73.

L. maha, Koll., Hiigel’s Kashmir, ii., 2, p. 422 (1848).

L. argia, Mén., Cat. Mus. Petr., p. 125, t. 10, fig. 7

(1857). ;

A very common insect, found everywhere in the open

country and along the roadsides. December to May, and

probably throughout the year.

a Inst of the Butterflies of Hong-Kong. 461

61. Lycena argiades.

Papilio argiades, Pall., Reise,i., App. No. 65 (1771).

? Lycxena praaiteles, Feld., Verh. zool.-bot. Ges. Wien,

xi., p. 489, n. 51 (1862) ; Reise Nov., Lep., u.,

p. 281, n. 355, t. 35, fig. 5 (1865).

I have seen only a very few local examples of this

species, which were taken by Dr. W. W. Beveridge ina

grassy place on the south slope of the island. These

agree well with specimens from the Chusan Islands,

where the insect is very common.

62. Lycena betica.

Papilio beticus, Linn., Syst. Nat., 1., 2, p. 789, n. 226

(1767).

Common, especially in the low ground about “ Happy

Valley,” where it may sometimes be met with in num-

bers, flying about the flowers of a species of Cassia.

December to May, and apparently on the wing all the

year round.

63. Chilades lavus.

Papilio laius, Cram., Pap. Exot., iv., t. 319, figg.

D. H. (1782).

Polyommatus varunana, Moore, P. Z. §., 1865, p. 772,

t. 41, fig. 6.

Apparently not a rare species, but it seems to be more

common at Kowloon than at Hong-Kong. I have taken

specimens during every month of my stay. It frequents

sunny, bushy places.

64. Lampides cehanus.

Hesperia celianus, Fabr., Ent. Syst., i1., p. 280 (1798).

Rare; I have seen only one or two specimens in Dr,

Beveridge’s collection, which were taken in the “ Happy

Valley.”

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—PART IV. (DEC.) 30

462 Mr. J. J. Walker on

65. Catachrysops strabo.

Hesperia strabo, Fabr., Ent. Syst., iii., p. 287 (1793).

Not common ; chiefly met with in the “ Happy Valley”

gardens, in April and May. It has the habits of a

Thecla.

66. Aphnzus zebrinus.

Aphnzus zebrinus, Moore, Journ. As. Soc. Beng., iii.,

2, p. 28 (1884):

This pretty little insect exists in more than one local

collection, but I only once met with it myself, in the

“« Happy Valley,” in April, 1893, when I saw a specimen

settled on a leaf just out of reach of my net. I ob-

tained specimens of the species in the Chusan Islands,

in August, 1892.

67. Tajurra longinus.

Hesperia longinus, Fabr., Ent. Syst., Suppl., p. 430

(1798).

Scarce ; afew specimens taken in the “‘ Happy Valley ”

gardens, April and May, 1893.

68. Sithon jangala.

Amblypodia jangala, Horsf., Cat. Lep. E.I.C., p. 113,

n. 44 (1829); Moore, Cat. Lep. H.I.C., t. 1a,

fig. ii. (1857).

I took a few specimens of this handsome insect on

Poinsettia flowers in December, 1891, and January, 1892,

but did not see it at all in 1893.

69. Deudoria (Lehera) eryz.

Papilio eryx, Linn., Mant. Plant., p. 537 (1771)..

Somewhat scarce, occurring chiefly in the “ Happy

Valley” gardens, and first taken March 25th, 1892.

Its bright green underside, when quite fresh, makes it

very conspicuous on the wing.

a Inst of the Butterflies of Hong-Kong. 463

70, Deudoria (Rapala) orseis.

Deudorix orseis, Hew., Ill. Lyc., p. 23 (1868).

? D. grisea, Moore, P.Z.S., 1879, p. 140.

A common insect in gardens, etc., its habits as well as

its appearance, reminding one of our familiar Zephyrus

quercus. December to May.

71. Deudoriz epyarbas.

Dipsas epyarbas, Moore, Cat. Lep. H.I.C., p. 32 (1857).

I have not myself taken this species at Hong-Kong,

but have seen it on more than one occasion flying round

the tops of low trees in the “‘ Happy Valley,” and have

examined several specimens in local collections.

72. Deudoria (Lraota) tumoleon.

Papilio timoleon, Stoll, Suppl. Cram., t. 32, fig. 4

(1790).

Not uncommon in gardens, etc., and on the wing during

the whole of my stay at Hong-Kong. It is very partial

to the flowers of Pownsettia.

73. Deudorix (Iraota) mecenas.

Hesperia mecenas, Fabr., Ent. Syst., iii, 1, p. 271,

mon (l793)c Don, Ins. China, t.>39, tie. 22

CiZ9s):

The remarks on the preceding species apply also to

this, but 1t is much less common.

74, Delias pasithoé.

Papilio pasithoé, Linn., Syst. Nat.,i., 2, p. 755 (1767).

Rather scarce, and usually observed high up among

the branches of the Ficus retusa trees planted along the

roadsides. A beautiful specimen was caught on board

H.M.S. “ Penguin,” in the harbour, on January 6th,

1893 ; also observed in April and May.

464, Mr. J. J. Walker on

75. Delias hierte.

Delias hierte, Hibn., Zutr. Ex. Schmett., figg. 77, 78

(1818).

Seen once or twice, but not caught by me, in April

and May, 1893; one or two examples taken by local

collectors have enabled me to identify the species.

76. Prioneris clemanthe.

Pieris clemanthe, Doubl., Ann. Nat. Hist., xvii; p. 23

(1846).

I have met with only one example of this butterfly, a

somewhat worn ?, settling on a damp path in the “ Happy

Valley ” gardens, May 10th, 1893.

77. Catopsilia chryseis.

Papilio chryseis, Dru., Ill. Exot. Ent., i., t. 12, fige. 3,

4 (1773).

The commonest species of its genus at Hong-Kong,

and usually taken at the blossoms of the Lantana.

Fresh specimens observed, February 2nd, 1892.

78. Catopsilra catilla.

Papilio catilla, Cram., Pap. Exot., i., t. 55, figg. C. D.

(1779).

Rare ; taken by me in the gardens at “ Happy Valley,”

February 2nd, 1892.

79. Catopsilia crocale.

Papilio crocale, Cram., Pap. Exot., ili, t. 229, figg.

D. EH. (1782).

Fairly common, but not abundant, in open wooded

places and gardens. Observed from December to

May.

80. Terias hecabe.

Papilio hecabe, Linn., Syst. Nat., i., 2, p. 768

(1767).

a List of the Butterflies of Hong-Kong. 465

Very common everywhere along sunny roadsides, and

probably on the wing all the year round. Winter

specimens are small, and have the black borders of the

wings much reduced in width; but I have never seen

any approaching the next species in character, which I

found to be distinguishable on the wing at a glance.

81. Terias mandarina.

Terias mandarina, De ’Orza, Lep. Jap., p. 18 (1869).

Much scarcer than the preceding, and usually occur-

ring by single specimens, in ‘“ Happy Valley” and else-

where, in February, March, and April. I found it much

more common in the Chusan Islands than at Hong-Kong.

Very constant in its markings.

82. Terias leta

Wertas leita, Boisdy., Sp. Gén: Lép., i., p. 674

(1836).

Not very common; frequents open dry places where

Mimosa pudica grows freely and may be taken from

February to May.

83. Terias brigitta.

Papilio brigitia, Cram., Pap. Hxot., iv., t. 331, figg.

B. G. (1782).

Var. b. Pap. libythea, Fabr., Ent. Syst., Suppl., p. 427

1793).

A small Terias, which I took very rarely in the

“Happy Valley,” I find placed under the name of 1.

libythea, Fabr., in the National Collection.

84, Pieris (Ganoris) canidia.

Papilio canidia, Sparrm., Amoen. Acad., vu., p. 904,

note m. (1768).

Pap. gliciria, Cram., Pap. Exot., 11., t. 171, figg. H. F.

(eize)e

Pieris claripennis, Butler, Ann. and Mag. Nat. Hist.,

ser. 4, xix., p. 96 (forma est.)

APS eoroida. paler loc. cit. (forma hyem.).

466 Mr. J. J. Walker on

This is one of the commonest butterflies at Hong-

Kong, and may be found everywhere in open places,

flying over the blossoming rapeseed in December and

January, and frequenting the mignonette in the “‘ Happy

Valley” gardens; I have found the larva and pupa on

the latter plant. The winter specimens are much darker

and more suffused with black scales (especially beneath)

than those taken from April onwards, and are the form

described by Mr. Butler as Pieris sordida; the summer

broods being the P. claripennis of the same author.

85. Pieris (Huphina) nerissa.

Papiho nerissa, Fabr., Syst. Ent., p. 471, n. 128

(1775).

Pap. amasene, Cram., Pap. Exot. at 44, fir, A. (1776).

? Pap. coronis, loc. cit., A. (1776).

Not very common, but taken sporadically from

December to May, and is very partial to the Lantana

blossom. Unlike the preceding, the winter brood is the

pale one, the summer specimens being very dark and

richly marked.

86. Pieris (Huphina) pallida.

Huphina pallida, Swinhoe, P.Z.S., 1885, p. 137.

Scarce ; occasionally taken in the ‘‘ Happy Valley”

gardens from February to May. These Hong-Kong

insects agree well with specimens of Huphina pallida

in the National Collection, recorded from Poona and

Bombay.

87. Pieris (Huphina) aspasia.

Papilio aspasia, Stoll, Suppl. Cram., t. 33, figg. 3,

3 C. (1790).

Var. b. Pontia olga, Hisch., Kotzeb. Reise, i., p. 214,

t. 9, tig, 215 a,.0.

The only evidence I have of the occurrence of this

pretty insect in Hong-Kong, is a specimen in the

National Collection labelled as coming from thence. I

found it not uncommonly in the Philippine Islands, at

Samboangan and Manila, in December, 1891.

a List of the Butterflies of Hong-Kong. 467

88. Tachyris (Appias) albina.

Pieris albina, Boisdv., Sp. Gén. Lép., i., p. 480, n. 62

(1836).

This butterfly was first observed by me on the after-

noon of April 28th, 1893, under circumstances which

appeared to indicate a large immigration of the species

into Hong-Kong; numerous specimens, nearly all 3’s

in worn condition, were seen flying about the Ficus

trees in the city, just before a very heavy thunderstorm.

A very few 2’s were afterwards taken.

89. Ixias pyrene.

Papilio pyrene, Linn., Mus. Ulr., p. 241 (1764).

Pap. sesia, Fabr., Gen. Ins., p. 257 (1777); Don., Ins.

China, t. 31, fig. 2 (1798).

Tolerably common, especially in “‘ Happy Valley,” the

pale ¢ being not at all rare. Fresh examples have been

met with from December to May, those taken in the

winter months being small, with the black border of the

hindwings almost obsolete; but it is perhaps most

plentiful in March and April. The Hong-Kong speci-

mens agree well with the form described by Fabricius

and figured by Donovan as Papilio sesia, as well as with

Specimens standing under this name in the Godman-

Salvin collection. The flight of this butterfly, especi-

ally in the g, 1s rapid and erratic, and it is by no means

easy to catch.

90. Hebomoia glaucippe.

Papilio glaucippe, Linn., Mus. Ulr., p. 240 (1764) ;

Syst: Natali, 2, p. 762, nm. 89 (1707).

Worn specimens of this fine butterfly were observed

by me in December, 1891, and January, 1892, and

freshly emerged examples were taken on March 5th.

Its flight is exceedingly strong and wild, but it may

sometimes be caught while feeding at the flowers of

Hibiscus rosa-sinensis, to which it 18 very partial. On

hot sunny days it is very fond of settling, with closed

468 Mr. J. J. Walker on

wings, on the borders of streams, for the purpose of

drinking the moisture, and is then almost completely

invisible, as the colour of the underside, which is

minutely irrorated with greyish-brown on a very pale

fawn-coloured ground, harmonizes exactly with that of

the wet sand on which the insect rests, and furnishes one

of the most beautiful examples of protective coloration

with which Iam acquainted. Large and darkly coloured

specimens occur in the middle of summer.

91. Papilio aristolochie.

Papilio aristolochix, Cram., Pap. Exot., u1., t. 128, figg.

ASP ks) (oie

There are specimens of this butterfly in the small local

collection at the City Hall Museum, and in one or two

others in Hong-Kong, but I have not taken it myself.

The species occurs commonly in the Chusan Islands.

92. Papilio paris.

Papilio paris, Linn., Mus. Ulr., p. 184 (1764).

This and the following are among the most conspicuous

and beautiful butterflies of Hong-Kong, and P. paris is

to be found commonly from the beginning of February

onwards; Hibiscus rosa-sinensis and Lantana camera

being its favourite flowers. Freshly emerged specimens

were seen on February 5th, 1892.

93. Papilo bianor.

Papilio bianor, Cram., Pap. Exot., u., t. 103, fig. C.

C1279)

Perhaps somewhat more common than the preceding,

and similar in‘ its haunts and habits, but rather slower

and heavier in flight. Females of both species are very

rare. The first fresh specimens were noticed on March

5th, 1892, and another brood, considerably larger in

average size, appears in May. I took P. bianor in the

Chusan Islands in July and August, 1892, but did not

meet with P. paris there.

a List of the Butterflies of Hong-Kong. 469

94. Papilio agenor.

Papilio agenor, Linn., Mus. Ulr., p. 194 (1764).

Pap. achates, Cram., Pap. Hixot. u., t. 182, figg. A. B.

(LON

_ Pap. phoenix, Distant, Rhop. Malay., p. 340, t. xxvii, b,

tO.

Occurs not rarely in “‘ Happy Valley” and other

wooded spots; tailed examples of the 9 are rare, at all

events during the season over which my stay extended,

and one form of this sex approaches very closely to the

insect described and figured by Distant as P. phenia.

The ¢ is much more plentiful. First seen March 5th,

1892, more common in May. The butterfly is partial to

shady situations, and has a strong sailing flight.

95. Papilio protenor.

Papiho protenor, Cram., Pap. Hxot., i, t. 49, fige.

A. B. (1779).

Not very common ; frequents the flowers of Mhodo-

dendron indicum and Lantana camera; at the latter

shrub I took two or three beautiful examples of the 9,

which appears to be much scarcer than the other sex, on

my last day’s collecting at Hong-Kong, May 19th, 1893.

First observed on March 5th, 1892. Its flight is rather

slow and heavy.

96. Papilio helenus.

Papilio helenus, Linn., Mus. Ulr., p. 185 (1764).

A very common butterfly, of which stragglers are met

with in December and January, and fresh examples were

observed on February 11th, 1892. The larva is found

not rarely, on the leaves of various Auwrantiacee, and

closely resembles that of the following species. The

flight of this butterfly is strong, undulating, and very

erratic, and it is by no means easy to secure in good

condition.

97. Papilio polytes.

Papilio polytes, Linn., Mus. Ulr., p. 186 (1764).

Pap. pammon, Linn., loc. cit., p. 189.

This is the commonest species of Papilio at Hong-

Kong, its time of appearance on the wing coinciding

4,70 Mr, J. J. Walker on

with that of the preceding. The form of the ?, which

resembles the ¢ in markings, is as common here as the

one largely marked with white and red on the hindwings,

originally described by Linneus as P. polytes. The larva

is common on orange, lime, pumilo (Citrus decumana),

and other trees of the orange tribe. A fine large form

of this species occurs commonly at Shanghai and in the

Chusan Islands.

98. Papiho erithonws.

Papilio erithonius, Cram., Pap. Exot., ii., t. 232,

figg. A. B. (1782).

Moderately common in “ Happy Valley” and else-

where, and very partial to the flowers of Lantana camera.

The ground colour of most of the Hong-Kong specimens,

especially of the underside, is much fuller and deeper

than in those I have seen from India and elsewhere.

99. Paptlio clytia.

Papilvo clytia, Linn., Mus. Ulr., p. 296 (1764).

Pap. dissimilis, Linn., loc. cit., p. 801.

Var. Pap. panope, Linn., Syst. Nat., 1., 2, p. 782, n. 196

(1767).

Another fairly common species, especially in “ Happy

‘Valley ” and at Kowloon, appearing on the wing at the

beginning of March; and the gaily coloured and con-

spicuous larvee are often met with in May, on a species

of Morinda which grows commonly along the roadsides.

The pupa reminds one strongly of that of the genus

Thais. P. panope, Linn., which is not very common

(though perhaps often passed over as an Huploa, while

P. clytia has on the wing a considerable, but less striking

resemblance to one of the green Danaids), has been bred

from larvee collected with those of P. clytia, and quite

undistinguishable from them ; and I have seen specimens

intermediate between the two forms. ‘The specific

identity of P. clytia and panope thus appears to me to

be placed beyond question.

ee ae

a Inst of the Butterflies of Hong-Kong. 471

100. Papilio antiphates.

Papilio antiphates, Cram., Pap. Exot., 1., t. 72 (1779).

Not very common, occurring chiefly in the “‘ Happy

Valley,” and first observed, March 3rd, 1892. An insect

of powerful and graceful flight, and which soars higher

than is the habit of most of its genus.

101. Papilio sarpedon.

Papilio sarpedon, Linn., Mus. Ulr., p. 196 (1764).

This common, but very beautiful, butterfly is most

partial to the flowers of Lantana camera, but from its

swift flight and extreme wariness is difficult to capture.

Fresh specimens were first seen on February 11th, these

being very small; some of those taken in May are much

larger, and approach the Japanese form P. teredon, Feld.

P. sarpedon is perhaps most plentiful in April. The

form in which the band of blue-green spots on the hind-

wings is obsolete (first noticed by Mr. J. H. Leech from

Kiukiang in Central China, Trans. Ent. Soc. 1889, p. 115,

pl. vii., fig. 2), occurs here very rarely.

102. Papilio eury pilus.

Papilio eurypilus, Linn., Syst. Nat., ed. x., p. 464

(1758) ; Clerck, Icones, i.., t. xxviii, fig. 2 (1764).

Pap. telephus, Feld., Reise Nov., Lep., 1., p. 64 (1865),

Dist., Rhop. Malay., p. 351, fig. 109.

Tolerably common, especially in April and May, the

first example having been taken on March 12th, 1892.

It is not as swift on the wing as P. sarpedon and

agamemnon, and, like others of the genus, it is very fond

of settlng on damp sand in the heat of the day, and

sucking the moisture ; it may then be very easily taken.

1038. Papilio agamemnon.

Papilio agamemnon, Linn., Mus. Ulr., p. 202 (1764).

Also common, but even more wary and rapid of flight

than P. sarpedon. It is most frequently seen at the

blossoms of the Lantana, and appears rather late in the

season, the first specimen having been observed on March

22nd, 1892.

472 Mr. J. J. Walker on

104. Papilio xuthus.

Papilio wuthus, Linn., Syst. Nat., 1,2, p. 7ol, n. 34

(1767).

This conspicuous yellow-and-black “ swallow-tail,” so

characteristic of the Chusan Islands and Japan, is here

at the southern limit of its distribution, having been

once or twice observed at “ Victoria Peak,’ but I have

not myself met with it. I may here mention that on

May 19th, 1893, I saw all the Hong-Kong species of

Papilio, with the exception of P. aristolochiz and euthus,

and took most of them at a small clump of Lantana

camera at the head of the ‘‘ Happy Valley,” in little more

than an hour in the forenoon.

105. Leptocircus curius.

Papilio curius, Fabr., Mant. Ins., 11., p.9, n. 71 (1787).

The headquarters of this lovely little butterfly in

Hong-Kong is the “ Happy Valley,’ where I first met

with it on February 13th, 1892, and on March 12th I

took a very fine series; in 18935 it was scarce, and did

not appear before April 2nd. It is hardly possible to

imagine a more dainty and elegant little creature, as it

feeds at the white blossoms of its favourite shrub,

Buddlza asiatica, probing flower after flower of the

racemes with its proboscis, with the long tails of the

hindwings elevated and quivering, and vibrating its

wings all the time without actually settling, like its

larger relatives the Papilio’s. When alarmed, it “booms”

off rapidly, with a flight resembling that of the larger

Hespervide. I have never seen it hovering over running

water in the manner described by Mr. H. O. Forbes (Nat.

Wanderings in the Hastern Archip., p. 139), although

there is a fine stream in the gardens at ‘‘ Happy Valley.”

It is by no means easy to obtain Leptocircus in good

condition, the long delicate tails being very liable to

damage. My specimens are in all respects identical

with the Fabrician type of DL. cwrius preserved in the

Banksian collection at the Natural History Museum. _

OO a eS a Se ae ee

a Inst of the Butterflies of Hong-Kong. 473

106. Ismene ataphus.

Isimene ataphus, Watson, P.Z.S., 1893, p. 126.

I. eedipodea, Moore (nec Swains.), ep. Ceylon, i., p. 158,

pl. 64, fige. 2, 2a, 2b (1881).

Not common; this fine “skipper” is usually taken

flying among Lantana camera towards evening. First

observed January 28th, 1892.

]

107. Hasora vitta.

Hesperia vitia, Butl., Trans. Ent. Soc., 1870, p. 498.

This is a scarce species, of which I have taken only

one or two specimens at flowers in the ‘‘ Happy Yalley ”

vardens, in April, 1893.

108. Matapa aria.

Ismene aria, Moore, P.Z.8., 1865, p. 784.

Not very common; chiefly taken at flowers of Lantana,

March to May.

109. Notocrypta alysos.

Plesionewra alysos, Moore, P.Z.S., 1865, p. 789,? =

P. (Thymele) feisthamelti, Boisdv., Voy. Astrol.,

Lep., t. 2, fig. 7 (18382).

Rare ; taken by me in the gardens at “ Happy Valley,”

March 26th, 1892.

110. Baoris oceia.

Pamphila oceia, Hew., Descr. Hesp., p. 31, No. 22

(1868).

Not common; at flowers in the ‘ Happy Valley ”’

gardens, first taken by me on March 26th, 1892. The

tuft of long silky hairs on the upper side of the hind-

wing of the ¢ is very remarkable.

474 Mr. J. J. Walker on

111. Baorits narooa.

Hesperia narooa, Moore, P.Z.S., 1878, p. 687;

Wood-Mason & De Nic., J.A.S. Bengal, 1., 2,

p- 260, n. 125 (1881).

Not uncommon in ‘ Happy Valley ” and elsewhere,

at flowers, March to May.

112. Baoris assamensis.

Parnara assamensis, Wood-Mason & De Nic., J.A.S.

Bengal, li., 2, p. 65 (1882).

This large and fine skipper has been taken by me in

the “‘ Happy Valley ” gardens, on one or two occasions

in March, 1893.

113. Chapra mathias.

Hesperia mathias, Fabr., Ent. Syst., Suppl., p. 433

(1798).

Very common; frequents flowers in dry open places

from December to May, and-is probably on the wing all

the year.

114, Parnara guttatus.

Hudamus guttatus, Brem. & Grey, Schmett. N. China’s,

p. 10 (1853).

Less common than the preceding, and nearly all the

Specimens which were taken occurred in the “ Happy

Valley” gardens in March and April. I found it much

more plentiful in the Chusan Islands in the summer of

1892.

115, Suastus gremius.

Hesperia gremius, Butl., Cat. Fabr. Lep. p. 271, t. 3,

eelgee |

Hesp. divodasa, Moore, P.Z.S., 1865, p. 791.

Not uncommon at flowers in * Happy Valley ” gardens

in April and May.

—_ ee

a List of the Butterflies of Hong-Kong. 479

116. Teltcota bambuse.

Pamphila bambuse, Moore, P.Z.8., 1878, p. 691,

“Tip. BN ey, LEE a IPA

Rather scarce: found at Lantana flowers at Kowloon

in April, 1893, when Mr. Skertchly and I obtained most

of the few specimens which were taken.

117. Telicota mesoides.

Pamphila mxsoides, Butl., Trans. Linn. Soc. (2), Zool. i.,

p. 554 (1877).

Much more common than the preceding, occurring in

open sunny places during the whole of my stay at Hong-

Kong.

118. Halpe moorer.

Halpe moorei, Watson, P.Z.S., 1893, p. 109.

Rather scarce, and chiefly met with at Lantana flowers

in “ Happy Valley’ in April and May.

119. Tagiades atticus.

Hesperia atticus, Fabr., Hnt. Syst., u., 1, p. 389

(1793).

Not uncommon in “ Happy Valley ”’ at the end of

April andin May. A very pretty and conspicuous species,

flying swiftly along shady pathways, and settling on

flowers and foliage, with expanded wings.

120. Antigonus sura.

Achylodes sura, Moore, P.Z.S., 18609, p. 784.

Abaratha sura, Dist., Rhop. Malay., p. 390, t. xxxiv.,

figs 16 ¢.

Fairly common in April and May in the gardens at

“ Happy Valley.” It flies with great rapidity, but is

easily taken as it settles with fully-expanded wings on

the topmost leaves and twigs of low bushes.

4.76 Mr. J. J. Walker on

121. Hrionota thraz.

Hesperia thrax, Linn., Syst. Nat., i., 2, p. 794 (1767).

I have not taken this fine and conspicuous species

myself, though on one or two occasions I have seen it

flying at dusk. Dr. W. W. Beveridge bred a fine series

in 1892 from larvee found in rolled-up leaves of banana.

122. Hyarotis adrastus.

Hesperia adrastus, Cram., Pap. Exot., iv., t. 319, figg.

¥. G. (1780).

Moderately common at flowers in ‘‘ Happy Valley ”

gardens, April.

123. Udaspes folus.

Papilio folus, Cram., Pap. Exot., i., t. 74, fig. 7 (1779).

Although I have not myself met with this butterfly, it

appears to be not uncommon at Kowloon, as well as at

Hong-Kong. I have received specimens from Mr.

Skertchly, taken at the former locality.

124, Asticopterus olwascens.

Asticopterus olivascens, Moore, P.Z.S., 1878, p. 692 ;

Wood-Mason & De Nic., J.A.S. ‘Bengal, lv., 2;

p. 381, t. 18, figg. 2, 2a (1887).

Cyclopides chinensis, Leech, Entom. xxii, p. 48

(1890).

Steropes nubilus, Mab., Ann. Soc. Ent. Belg. XXXV.,

p. ixiy: (1891).

Very common in April and May; usually found flying

in grassy places along the borders of streams, but also

taken on flowers in gardens.

125. Asticopterus (Lambryzx) salsala.

Nisoniades salsala, Moore, P.Z.S., 1865, p. 786.

I found this species very locally in a grassy place in

‘Happy Valley,” at the end of prs tie: 1893.

EE Ee ee

a Inst of the Butterflies of Hong-Kong. A477

In concluding this paper it remains for me to thank-

fully acknowledge the kind assistance rendered by my

friend and companion in many a pleasant collecting

ramble, Mr. 8. B. J. Skertchly, F.G.8S., in placing his

local collection at my disposal, and in helping to draw

up the first list of Hong-Kong butterflies, published in

his little work ‘‘ Our Island.” A series of insects of all

orders taken by me at Hong-Kong has been deposited

in the Natural History Museum, and I have to thank

Messrs. Butler, Kirby, and Heron for indispensable

assistance in identifying the butterflies which form the

subject of these notes.

TRANS, ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—part iv. (dic.) 31

XVIII. Contribution towards the history of a new form

of larve of Psychodide (Diptera), from Brazil.

By Dr. Fritz Mutter, M.D., Hon. ¥.E.S.

[Read Oct. 2nd, 1895.]

Puates X. and XI.

Tue perusal of Baron Osten Sacken’s “ Contributions to

the Study of Liponeuride” (Berl. Ent. Zeitschr.,

vol. xl., 1895, p. 148), a copy of which I owe to the

kindness of the author, recalled to my memory a group

of minute Diptera, the larve of which abound around

the waterfalls in our woods, in the neighbourhood of

the larvee of Curupira (Blepharocerrdx#), and are re-

markable for being provided, like the latter, with a

longitudinal row of suctorial ventral discs.

While the larvee of Curupira are fastened to the bare

rocks, over which the stream of water falls down per-

pendicularly, those of the Marwis (Marwi is a diminutive

of Maru, fly, in the Tupi-language, adopted in Portu-

guese) live on rocky walls, covered with a slippery

carpet of alow, and kept moist by the spray of the

waterfalls or by the drops of water running down from

above. I discovered them in 1881 in looking for a small

Helivcopsyche that occurs in similar localities, and began

‘to make a special study of them, but was prevented by

‘circumstances from continuing it. The information I

had obtained about them seemed to me too fragmentary

‘for immediate publication. As I cannot, at present,

expect to complete these observations, although I had

hoped it at that time, I feel inclined to publish now at

least some of my old drawings, and to accompany them

with some remarks for the sole purpose of calling the

attention of future visitors to our country to these

remarkable animals.

For this particular purpose I shall begin by describing

my very simple method of catching them. ‘The larve

are so small that they are hardly recognisable in situ,

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—ParT Iv. (DEC.)

480 Dr. Fritz Miiller’s contribution towards the

and, therefore, can hardly be taken hold of singly. The

flat of the hand is, therefore, passed over the slippery

wall, the surface of the hand is scraped with a knife,

which is then rinsed in a tumbler of fresh water; the

larvee thus obtained are soon found fastened to the sides

of the tumbler, the muddy water of which is then

replaced by fresh. Unlike the Curupira-larve, which

die very soon, those of Maruina bear confinement very

well, change into pup, and the majority of the latter

produce flies in a week or two. Whether the mould

which appears on pupz very soon after they are dead,

is the cause of the death, or its consequence, I

cannot say.

Three kinds of larve are easily distinguished: two of

them have the appearance of woodlice (onisciform,

O. 8.); their abdominal segments bear on each side

straight thorns, the length of which is much less than

half a breadth of the abdomen; in one of the species,

Marwina pilosella (figs. 2, 3, 4) they are simple, in the

other (M. spinosa) they have from four to six, seldom

seven, branches. The third species, M. wrsula, which,

In many respects, is very aberrant (fig. 1), bears on each

of the abdominal segments three pairs of very long and

very much curved bristles, of which one pair is inserted

very near the lateral margin of the segment, and two

pairs, close by each other, are placed on one of the

three dorsal plates of the segment. The abdominal

segments of the two other species likewise show three

dorsal plates on each abdominal segment, and laterally

these segments are very conspicuously divided into

three lobes (fig. 4). A character that the three species

of larve have in common is the head, which is much

narrowed in front, and has on its upper side two small

eyes, placed near the middle of the lateral margin; a

little inside and in front are two short antennz, without

any joints, and still more inside of these are two minute

punctured spots (figs. 1 and 3).

In Marwina pilosella and spinosa the last abdominal

segment projects but little beyond the penaltimate

segment, which rounds off the end of the abdomen

(fig. 2); in Maruwina ursula this last segment takes the

shape of an elongate, bottle-shaped projection, at the

end of which the two principal branches of the trachz

meet. ‘These openings are surrounded by a coronet of

History of a new form of larvxe of Psychodidx. 481

delicate, short hairs, between which a globule of air of

considerable size is sometimes visible (fig. 1/). The

anal opening in this species lies on the ventral side a

little before the openings of the air-tubes. The fig. 1

shows on each side a pair of protruding trachael

branchiz. Fig. 5 shows, on a larger scale, the trachael

branchiz of the larva of M. pilosella, six in number.

The ventral side of the larvee of the three species is

provided with eight suctorial discs, the last of which is

placed on the penultimate segment (fig. 2). As to their

structure I must refer to the figures (figs. 6 and 7), as it

is from these only that I could describe them now. ‘The

figure of the rather flat, not, as in Cuwrwpira, very

convex pupa (fig. 8), requires no further explanation; I

would only call attention to the wicker-basket-like

covering of the claviform respiratory tubes (fig. 9).

The jly strikes one at once by its singular appearance

in repose. Hxamined from the ventral side, for instance,

when resting on the side of the tumbler, the eyes seem

to stare at one from the middle of the body, because the

head is so much bent under the body, pointing back-

wards ; from above the head cannot be seen at all. The

wings, beset with long hair, look like two narrow stripes,

directed backwards and a little outwards, and are raised

considerably above the body; the peculiar twist they

have is represented in fig. 13.

The venation of the wings (fig. 12) resembles that of

Psychoda ; they end in a point in Marwina puilosella

(fig. 12a); the end is more obtuse in M. spinosa

(fig. 14); I am not quite sure, however, whether this

character belongs to the species, or is merely sexual.

The antennz are represented as 16-jointed in all my

old drawings; the third and the following joints show

verticils of hairs near the base. The palpi are 4-

jointed, the two last joints are beset with elongated

scales, about 0,02-0,05 long.

482

Myre:

Rac

Fic.

Fie.

Pic,

Fic.

Fig.

Fic.

Fig.

Fic.

(Da te®

Fic.

i gree

Fic.

Dr. Fritz Miiller on larve of Psychodide.

EXPLANATION OF Piatres X. and XI.

PLatTYe XxX:

1.—Maruina ursula, full-grown larva, from above (45: 1);

1, air- bulb.

2.—M. pilosella, full-grown larva, from below (15 : 1).

3.—Anterior end of the same, from above (45: 1).

4,— Left side of the fifth abdominal segment of the same,

from above (180: 1).

5.—Posterior end of the same, with extended tracheal

branchiz (90 : 1).

6,—Sixth and (7) Seventh suctorial discs of Maruina spinosa

(130°).

PLATE XI.

8.—Maruina pilosella, pupa (25 : 1).

9.—Its breathing-tubes, from different sides (180 : 1).

10.—Breathing-tube of the pupa of Jf, spinosa (90: 1). |

11.—WM. pilosella ¢,in repose, dorsal and ventral view (15 : 1).

12,_-Wing and (12a) tip of wing of the same (90 : 1).

13.—Wing of the same, in repose, dorsal view (25 : 1).

14.—Tip of the wing of M. spinosa 2 (90: 1).

15.—Poiser of the same (90: 1).

16.—Head of the same from above (90: 1); f, antenne;

t, palpus.

17.—Tip of the abdomen of the ¢ of the same species (90 : 1).

18.—Last tarsal joint of the intermediate foot of M. pilo-

sella (360 : 1).

19.—Tip of the abdomen of the ¢ of the same species (180 : 1).

20.— ” ” » ofthe g ” ” » (180: 1).

Gnt83e-.)

XIX. Remarks on the homologies and differences between

the first stages of Pericoma, Hal., and those of the

new Brazilian species. By Baron C. R. Osrun

Sacken, Ph.D., Hon. F.E.S.

[Read Oct. 2nd, 1895. ]

Tae introductory paragraph of Dr. Miiller’s paper

sufficiently explains its scope, which is to call attention

to a group of very remarkable aquatic larve of Psy-

chodidx, discovered by him in 1881 in the environs of

his residence in Southern Brazil, but of which he was

unable, at that time, to make a more thorough inves-

- tigation. He has already made a short allusion to these

larvee in the ‘ Zool. Anzeiger,” 1881, p. 499 (compare

also Bertkau’s Entomol. Bericht, 1881, p. 145), and has

called attention to their remarkable structural analogies

with the larve of Blepharoceride, which occur in the

same running waters. Since then, in the “ Hntomo-

logische Nachrichten,’ Berlin, 1888, p. 273, Dr. F.

Miller has published a short article, accompanied by

three figures, on the mode of breathing of two species of

the same larvee.

What Dr. Muller offers us at present is a set of

drawings of the early stages of the said Psychodidae,

prepared in 1881, but never published. ‘hey are

accompanied by an explanatory notice. The study of

these insects is of extraordinary interest as a most

remarkable instance of the power of adaptation among

aquatic larve; but in order fully to bring out this

interest, they should be compared with some ordinary

type of Psychodid larva. ‘I'he present volume of the

Transactions affords us the best occasion for such a

comparison, as it contains the only scientifically satis-

factory description of such a larva in Prof. L. C. Miall’s

and Norman Walker’s paper: ‘‘ The Life-history of

Pericoma canescens.” I shall therefore attempt such a

comparison.

The principal of Dr. Miiller’s figures (Tab. x., fig. 1)

‘represents, much magnified, a dorsal view of the larva of

_ TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—Part iv. (DEC.)

484 Baron Osten Sacken on the differences between

a species to which the author has given the provisional

name of Maruina ursula. When we compare it with

Prof. Miall’s figure (Tab. 11., fig. 1) of the larva of P.

canescens, and read the description (pp. 142-144) the

resemblance between the two larva becomes apparent.

About P. canescens we read: ‘‘'The head is rather small

and completely exserted. On its upper surface the tri-

angular clypeus, pointed behind, occupies a central

position; it is flanked by the two epicranial plates. .. .

On the sides of the head, behind the antennz, are the

eye-spots, which are oval, convex, pigmented.” These

passages concerning P. canescens are equally applicable

both to the head of Dr. Miiller’s larva (Tab. x., fig. 1),

as to the detail-head of fig. 3 (of Maruina pilosella). On

the anterior dorsal part of the thorax we perceive, in

Miall’s Tab. i., fig. 1 (P. canescens) as well as in Dr.

Miiller’s Tab. x., fig 1 (M. ursula), contiguous triangular

chitinous plates, with a narrow interval between them;

the structural analogy is evident, although the differences

are easily perceptible.

The other thoracic segments of the larva of P.

canescens are described and figured as consisting each of

two annuli, separated by transverse constrictions, each

annulus bearing a narrow, transversely set dorsal shield.

Two such transverse shields are visible on the thorax of

the South American larva (fig. 1, M. ursula) behind the

above-mentioned triangular plates. The abdominal seg-

ments (P. canescens) are subdivided into three annuli

(except the first, which has only two), and each of these

annuli bears a transverse chitinous shield, like those of

the thorax (Tab. iv., fig. 4). The abdominal segments of

the three South American larve are described very

nearly in the same terms by Dr. Miller: ‘The three

species show three dorsal shields on each of the dorsal

segments of the abdomen, and, laterally, these segments

are very distinctly divided into three lobes”? (compare

Tab. x., fig. 4, the fifth abdominal segment of WM.

prlosella from above). The skin of the larva of P.

canescens is described (p. 142) as: ‘‘ Covered with

chitinous tubercles, for the most part very minute.

These appear under the microscope like nails, imbedded

in the tlexible skin. They take various shapes,” etc.

Vhe dotted surface of the skin of the larva of M. ursula

(fig. 1) may represent a similar structure, although it is

jirst stages of Pericoma and the Brazilian species. 485

not mentioned in Dr. Miiller’s letterpress. The larva of

P. canescens has, on the sides, “long and stiff hairs, all

pointing backwards, like those which project from the

dorsal shields” and probably intended to ‘save the

larva from being swept away by a sudden rush of water.”

Similar setz and hairs on the sides and at the ends of

the chitinous transverse plates are visible in the larva of

M. ursula, but they are much longer than those of

canescens, some of them being as long as the whole

breadth of the larva. In this respect, the two other

larvee (M. pilosella and spinosa) come nearer to P.

canescens in the shortness of their appendages: “ their

abdominal segments,” says Dr. Miller, “are beset on the

sides with straight spines”? (Dornen), the length of

which is far less than half the breadth of the abdomen ;

in one of the species M. pilosella (figs. 2, 3, 4) these

spines are simple, in the other (IM. spinosa) they bear

from four to siz and even seven branches.

The dorsal view of the two larve (at least in the

figures) shows a difference in the structure of the

breathing organs. PP. canescens shows, on the prothorax,

a pair of projecting cylindrical tubes, which are the

anterior spiracles. In M. wrsula such tubes are not

visible. The anal breathing apparatus in the Maruina-

larves is represented by the two types of structure, which

have already been mentioned above as described and

figured in the “ Entom. Nachrichten.”

One of the larve (M. prlosella) can breathe either

directly, through a pair of anal spiracles, or, when under

water, by means of three pairs of branchial appendages

(tracheal gills), compare Tab. x., fig. 2; and also in the

Ent. Nachr., 1888, the figures A and 6. The other larva

(I. ursula, Tab. x., fig. 1 L; and Ent. Nachr., 1888,

fie. C) has two tracheal trunks inside a tukular elon-

gation of the Jast abdominal segment, with a circular

fringe of hairs around its opening, that enables the larva

to hold a bubble of air when 16 is under water. Short

branchial appendages, apparently only a pair on each

side, and not three as in M. pilosella, protrude a little

above the opening of the spiracle tube.

The apparatus in P. canescens is somewhat different,

consisting, at the end of the body, of two pairs of anal

processes, ‘‘chitinous rods, bearing a fringe of fine

filaments, which project from the sides and tip’’ (Tab.

486 Baron Osten Sacken on the differences between

iii., fig. 1, and iv., figs. 5-7), the outspread fringes of the

four processes, when under water, “form a cup, filled

with air, and from this air can be taken into the

spiracle.”’

All these appliances are adapted for enabling the larva

to breathe the gaseous air through spiracles, or to get

it under water, either by means of an artificial cup,

which holds a bubble, or else by means of branchial

appendages. It is well known now that such a com-

bination of breathing appliances in the same species is of

rather common occurrence among aquatic larve of

Diptera.

We have, hitherto, examined the dorsal side of the

four larvee and discovered resemblances which evidently

depend upon similar conditions of life in running waters.

The ventral side of the larvee of Marwina, as well as their

pupa-state show considerable, and, as to their usefulness,

as yet unexplained differences from the larva and pupa of

P. canescens.

The ventral side of the Marwina-larve is described

thus (compare above, Dr. Muller’s letterpress) : ‘‘ The

three species are provided with a longitudinal row of six

suctorial discs, the last of which occupies the penultimate

ventral segment (Tab. x., fig. 2). Concerning the

structure of these discs, I can only refer to the figures (6

and 7), as, ab present, I have no other descriptive data

at hand.”

There is nothing like these suctorial discs in the larva

of P. canescens (Tab. iu., fig. 2). The ventral side is

described as follows: ‘“‘The ventral surface is. more

uniformly covered with tubercles and sete. A pair of

small and distinct plates, which appear to be more solid

than the neighbouring integument, defend the middle

annulus of most of the abdominal segments on the

ventral side, lying within the shield.” (Maiall, p. 143

at top.)

Much greater is the difference between the pupa of P.

canescens and that of the South American Marwne.

The former is very much like most of the pupz of the

Nematocera, especially the Tipulide (Tab. iii, fig. 3) ; it

has a flexible abdomen, the segments of which are

provided with circles of hooks, and some larger spines,

for locomotion. The pupa of M. pilosella (Tab. xi., fig.

8) is shield-like, flat, adherent, and, apparently, unfit for

jirst stages of Pericoma and the Brazilian species. 487

locomotion. It has some resemblance to the Blepha-

rocerid larva of Curupira, figured by Dr. Miller in the

Archivios, etc., Rio Jan. iv., Tab. viu., figs. 2, 3; but,

besides other evident differences, it is flat, and not roof-

like like the other.

Dr. Miller describes as follows the mode of life of the

Curupwra and Maruina-larve (compare above) : “ While

the Curuprra-larvee are fastened to bare rocks, from

which the water falls down perpendicularly, the Marwina-

larvee live on rocky walls, which, constantly moistened

by drops of water running down upon them, or by the

spray of the waterfalls, become covered with a thin,

slippery, growth of algw.’? The prime necessity of such

larvee and pupz must be therefore that of clinging to

their place, and this necessity may perhaps explain the

development of suctorial discs in both classes of larvee

(Blepharoceridx and Marwna), as weil as the shape of

the pupe, fitted for adhesion, and therefore flattened, at

least on one side. ‘These habits appear quite different

from those of the larve of P. canescens, as described in

detail by Prof. Miall (pp. 144-146). Im case of a heavy

rain, for instance, which deepens the water and increases

the force of the current, the larva has several alternatives.

“Tt can cling to the weeds and remain submerged for

hours. It can leave the water altogether and creep upon

the wet herbage,” etc. ‘* When the time of pupation is

at hand the larva quits the water ; it either burrows into

the bank, or climbs upon a stone which rises well above

the water, and there pupates.”” Such motions, generally

in a horizontal direction are quicker, and require a

different mechanism than a slow, creeping motion along

a slippery perpendicular surface.

I should not be surprised that, by using the method of

catching Maruwina-larve recommended by Dr. Miiller,

similar larvae should be discovered in Kurope. Aquatic

larvee are often cosmopolitan.

oe ‘

a A »

a r

~ ’

si a “* ‘ ay:

F ii | 1 r

’

( 489 )

XX. Supplementary Notes on Dr. Fritz Miiller’s paper

on a new form of larve of Psychodidee (Diptera),

from Brazil. By the Rev. Aurrep HE. Harton, M.A.,

FLELS.

[Read Oct. 2nd, 1895. ]

Wits regard to Dr. Fritz Miiller’s memoir on Maruina,

any remarks on my part must be limited to the affinities

of the imago; because illness and consequent absence

from England have hitherto prevented my forming even

the slightest acquaintance with the earlier stages of

Psychodidez. And now in respect of the imago of

Maruina, supposing that the author’s illustrations of

the flies seem open to criticism, all that one can do,

without having seen specimens and in the absence of

verbal description of the genus and species, is to point

out where in his figures possible errors or defects may

be reasonably apprehended, and indicate causes likely to

have led to their being made if they really were made.

The absence of descriptions alluded to, arose through

Dr. Miiller having been unable to complete his study of

the flies.

Details of imagines of Marwina are delineated in the

second plate (pl. xi.) accompanying the memoir.

Figs. 11 to 13 and 18 to 20 concern M. pilosella; figs. 14

to i7, M. spinosa. On a general survey of them, one

would gather from fig. 12 that the flies belong to the

Subfamily Psychodine (Etn., Ent. Mo. Mag. for Sept.

1895), because the radio-cubital nerve-trunk meets the

subcosta at an acute angle close to the base of the wing:

figs. 11 and 20 would be referred toa species of Psychoda

allied closely to Ps. phalenoides, L., the former re-

presenting the attitude of the living* fly at rest; and

the latter figure genitalia of a pattern very characteristic

of such Psychode: while fig. 16 points suspiciously to

the possibility of a species of the miscellaneous genus

Pericoma having furnished some details for the illustra-

tion of Maruina. Attention would also be arrested by

-* A touch of shading would adjust the pose of the an-

tenne.—A, E. E.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND, 1895.—PART IV. (DEC.)

490 Rey. A. H. Eaton’s supplementary notes on

fig. 19: first, on account of the sex assigned to it in

the explanation of the plate, and afterwards in con-

nection with the suspicion of plurality of type suggested

by fig. 16.

Fig. 19 is attributed to the ¢, and fig. 20 to the ¢ of

M. pilosella. The latter is an excellent representation

of the apex of the abdomen of a male Psychoda, viewed

rather obliquely from the side, the artist omitting

hairs and (doubtless because they did not show to

advantage in that posture) the superior genital appen-

dages. Fig. 19, however, has no resemblance to the

female genitalia of any Psychodidx hitherto described:

therefore, if everything be correct, the insect is most

remarkable. But if it be allowable to assume the

possibility of error in the explanation of the figure, one

is led to enquire whether the mistake concerns the

artist’s record of the species, or only that of the sex of

the original specimen. ‘The wrong sex might easily

have been entered by a slip of the pen on the original

drawing at the time of its execution; or it might have

been introduced into the explanation of the figure at a

later date, through an oversight or lapse of memory.

From the nature of the figure, it seems likely that one

of these things happened, and that the figure concerus

male genitalia, viewed from above: and if it can be |

reconciled with the corresponding view of these parts in

a Psychoda, there is no ground for supposing that the

error in the artist’s record extended to the species of

the specimen. One might even éntertain the supposition

that figs. 19 and 20 were different views of the same ~

specimen, designed by the artist to be supplementary to

‘each other. In favour of this hypothesis, one may

point to the lower portion of the figure, which resembles,

in outline and in the contour of its lowest border, the

forceps-basis or subgenital plate of a male Psychoda—

the artist omitting sundry hairs and the ill-focussed

inferior genital appendages (which are sufficiently

displayed in the other figure), but showing the places of

their articulation’ with the basis. And then in the upper

portion of the figure, one may trace considerable re-

semblance to a pair of superior genital appendages

inflexed obliquely downwards towards a sheathed penis—

the appendages comparable to those of Ps. sewpunctata,

Curt. (figured Ent. Mo. Mag., 2nd ser,, vol. v., pl. iv.,

anew form of larve of Psychodide. A91

Ps. 4), but more robust. Yet it igs difficult, under the

hypothesis advanced, to explain everything in the

interior parts of the figure—what that is, for example,

into which the apical joints of the supposed superior

appendages are clenched. If they overlaid imstead of

underlying the lines that cross them in the figure, —

things would be more intelligible ; and, therefore, it is

quite possible that the perspective of these details in

the original drawing was at fault. A figure of such

intricacy as fig. 19 can rarely be elaborated symmetri-

cally directly from the specimen, with true regard to

effect, owing to the parts being not all in one plane, and

owing to the consequent optical distortion produced by

the necessary shifting of focus during the progress of

the work; and when obliged to have recourse to

duplicated tracings for the composition of a figure, or

to combined tracings of detached details, the most

skilful professional artists often experience great difficulty

in bringing all the parts into their proper bearings, and

are liable to fail in achieving this without advice from a

specialist in the same class of subjects.

_. The attitude of the living fly in repose (fig. 11) and

Dr. Miller’s remarks about it, quite bears out the

supposition that M. pilosella may be a Psychoda: species

related to Ps. phalxnoides adopt the same attitude, or

almost exactly the same, during life—the antenne

divergent slightly forwards from the prone head, and

the wings almost vertically deflexed alongside of the

legs. In death, or whtn they ‘sham dead,” the antennz

in these species are thrown back beside the legs below

the deflexed wings. But some of the other species (e.g.,

Ps. humeralis) assume this posture only when dead or

shamming death: during life they have the gait of a

Pericoma, carrying the wings sub-horizontally divergent

from the fold of deflection.

In specimens that have died with the wings deflexed

(occasionally some die with them erect), it is often

difficult to get rid of the twist in the wing and force it

to lie out flat enough for the tracing of neuration to be

accomplished with exactitude. Dr. Miiller, judging from

fig. 12, seems to have encountered this difficulty: the

wing-membrane is represented as cockled up in parts,

and the nervures partly out of focus. If the figure be

compared with the figures of wings of Ps . albipennis

492 Rev. A. H. Haton’s supplementary notes on

(Ent. Mo. Mag., 2nd ser., vol. v., pl. iv., figs. Ps. 3, 2),

great disparity is noticeable in the relative breadth and

acuteness of the wings; and although fig. 12 may be

rather too narrow (through insufficient expansion) and

the others rather too broad (having been photo-litho-

graphed from tracings pasted and rolled out upon

card-board, which spread under pressure of the roller),

one must not expect, when all this is allowed for, that

the original of fig. 12 had exactly the same shape as the

wing of the Huropean Psychoda. Perhaps it conforms

to the wing of the North American Ps. nigra, Banks,

described in “ The Canadian Entomologist,” xxvi., 331

(1894). A wave in the membrane seems to have

brought the free termination of the radial sector

nearer to the cubitus (in fig. 12) than it would have

been otherwise (compare the upper fig. Ps. 3, cited

above); for there is no instance recorded of the sector

being annexed to the cubitus in Psychodide. And

with regard to the pobrachial nervure, it may be

well to quote what is said by Baron Osten Sacken, in

litt., respecting the original pencil drawing of fig. 12:

‘‘The branch of the pobrachial fork was represented as

stunted, but a vestige of a prolongation was nevertheless

visible, the pencil drawing of which Dr. Miiller had

apparently rubbed out. .. . This vestige, . . I think,

was a mistake.’ It was, therefore, eliminated, in

proving, from the lithograph; but in the unrevised

‘‘ proof,’ the vestige is prolonged from the abrupt end

of the branch, inwards to the main nervure. For

anything questionable thereabouts, and for the semblance

of the merging of the pobrachial and postical nervures

into a common trunk, the wave and concomitant fold in

the membrane may fairly be held responsible. ‘The

region of the basal cells and radio-cubital stem needs

further exploration; but so far as one can judge, the

neuration would be brought by correction of tig. 12 into

essential conformity with that of a Psychoda.

The head of Marwina spinosa (fig. 16), judging from

the antennze, resembles that of species ranked in the

first and second sections of Pericoma: the haunts of the

fly, mentioned by Dr. Miiller, are in favour of the species

belonging to the latter section. It might be well to

note the arrangement of the hairs on the scape of the

antenna, when the original locality is searched for the

a EL EE: NO

anew form of larve of Psychodide. 493

species, because (if the figure is exact) they might afford

a clue to its position in the section.

Referring once more to fig. 19, in connection with the

suspicion attachable to it of being possibly derived from

a species of Pericoma (to which allusion was made above

in the preliminary survey of the plate): the absence of

a forceps-basis seems quite conclusive against such

a suspicion. For this hypothesis would require the

homologies ascribed to the parts in the earlier portion

of this note to be transposed, so that what was there

taken to be ventral would become dorsal, and vice versa.

The first explanation seems much the most probable.

So far then as one can judge from the figures, Marwina

pilosella is likely to bea species of Psychoda allied to,

but perhaps subgenerically distinct from, Ps. phale-

noides ; and M. spinosa a species of the second section

of Pericoma, or less probably of the first section. These

two so-called genera comprise a considerable number of

subgenerical types recognisable by differences in the

imago ; and it would not be surprising were it found that

these types are distinguishable also by differential

characters in the larvee or pupe.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—paRT Iv. (DEC.) 32

XXI. New Species of North American Tortricide. By

The Right Honble. Lorp WatsineHam, M.A.,

GAD SEER, etc.

[Read Oct. 2nd, 1895.1]

td, 13 Decent. 1oeqs

[F ae Pirate XII. i ]

THE following species are for the most part described

from collections made by the late H. K. Morrison in

Arizona and N. Carolina, and Mr. W. G. Smith at

Loveland in Colorado; 18 ont of 26 are figured.

I am by no means convinced that these few descriptions

exhaust the number of the undescribed species received

from them, but especially in the genus Pexdisca the local

varieties have so strong a tendency to overlap according

to the latitude in which they are taken that we meet in

an accentuated form the ever-recurring difficulty of

deciding what is a distinct species and what may be

_ regarded as a mere variation from some already described

northern or southern type.

I liave for this reason selected those only which are

obviously distinct in their characters, and which at least

in the absence of any long series of connecting links

cannot possibly be confounded with their Californian or

other allies.

Had I been less strictly bound by this rule I could

certainly have made known several additional variations

in colour and markings which might well have claimed

specific distinction, but which for the moment I have

preferred to regard as strongly marked varieties of

species already known to science. I am indebted to my

friend, Dr: Fernald, for his advice and assistance in more

than one instance, but even his high authority and

sanction have not given me the courage to include in

the present list all those species which he regarded as

undescribed.

The paper has been somewhat expanded since the

plate was put in hand, a further collection made by

TRANS, ENT, SOC. LOND, 1895,—PART Iv. (DEC.)

496 Lord Walsingham on

Mr. Smith in the same locality having been received

through the kindness of the Honble. Walter Rothschild.

I regret that itis impossible to add illustrations to the

plate, which leaves several types to be figured at some

future time. A few corrections have been made in the

nomenclature of the genera, as in the case of Hysterosia

for Idiographis, Zeiraphera for Steganoptycha, and Hucelis

for Grapholitha, the reasons for which will be found fully

set forth where these names occur. I am painfully aware

that these few corrections touch the fringe only of a

subject uncongenial to my taste, but if any consistent

method is to be introduced into the system of nomen-

clature finally adopted for general use by students of

this and allied groups of Lepidoptera, it is a subject that

must be boldly faced and placed once for all upon a

sound basis. I have here endeavoured merely to indicate

the lines upon which such an attempt can safely be

made.

TORTRICIDA.

TORTRICINA.

Priarynota, Clem.

Platynota nigrocervina, sp. n.

Antenne, 6, cinereous. Palpi cinereous, speckled with fuscous.

Head and Thorax cinereous, with some fuscous shading. Fore-

wings, 6 ,fawn-ochreous, with a broad broken band of blue-black

scales (some in raised tufts) extending from before the middle of

the costal to beyond the middle of the dorsal margin; a similar

band, but somewhat more mixed with the fawn ground-colour,

begins beyond the costal margin and joins the first band about the

lower angle of the cell; one or two transverse fawn-coloured

streaks cross the apical portion of the wing to the anal angle, and

above it and between these, as well as among the broken spaces in

the dark bands, some lines of shining steel scales illuminate the

paler ground-colour ; cilia pale fawn, a slender reduplicated darker

line along their base. Ezp. al., ¢ 20 mm. Hindwings reddish

fawn ; cilia grey, with a darker dividing shade near their base.

Abdomen fawn ochreons. Legs fawn whitish. .

2 In the larger female the black bands are reduced to incon-

new species of North American Tortricidx, 497

spicuous fawn-brown shades containing a few tufts of raised scales

in which black is very sparsely represented. Lup. al., 2 23 mm.

Type. &¢. Mus. Wism. (Paratypes, Tring Mus.)

Hab. Colorado—ULarima Co., 5000 feet, July-August,

1891 (Smith).

Alhed to Platynota flavedana, Clem.

Platynota metallicana, sp.n. (Pl. XIL., fig. 1.)

Antenne biciliate (2) ; ochreous, clothed at the base with ferru-

ginous scales. Palpi very long ; reddish ferruginous. Head ferrnu-

ginous. Thorax ferruginous, mixed with ochreous. Forewings

thickly covered with patches of rich ferruginous and ochreous

raised scales, the interspaces between them shining metallic whitish

ochreous; a rich shining lilac streak occupies the outer half of the

discal cell and is diffused outward and downward toward the anal

angle ; there is also a lilac reflection about the patches of raised

scales which form an irregular oblique fasciaform band from

before the middle of the costa to the anal angle ; a second shining

lilac band leaves the costal margin at its outer fourth and curving

slightly outwards is attenuated to the anal angle, this is narrowly

margined by slightly raised lines of rich ferruginous and ochreous

scales, two whitish ochreous metallic lines lying beyond it, the first

adjacent to it, the second along the apical margin ; cilia shining

golden. Exp. al., ¢ 16 mm, 9 19 mm. Hindwings rich tawny

ferruginous ; cilia golden, with a ferruginous dividing line near

their base. Undersides uniformly rich reddish orange with golden

cilia. Abdomen ferruginous, mixed with ochreous at the sides.

Legs ochreous, externally tinged with ferruginous.

Type. df Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Florida. Three males and one female, the latter

unfortunately much broken, but somewhat larger than

the male, received from the late Mr. Morrison. It is

difficult to describe in words the rich colour, combina-

tions and metallic effects which distinguish this very

beautiful and remarkable species, it can scarcely be

regarded as closely allied to any other of the genus.

498 Lord Walsingham on

PHALONIANA.

PHALONIADA, Meyr. = CONCHYLIN, Fern.

Hystzrosia, Stph. ’

Hysterosia, Stph. List Br. An. B.M. X. Lp. 85 (1852) ;

Wlsm. Ent. Mo. Mag. XXXI., 42 (1895) ; = ldio-

graphis, Ld. Wien. Ent. Mts. III., 242, 246 (1859) ;

Fern. Tr. Am. Ent. Soc. X., 23 (1882).

Hysterosia aureoalbida, sp. n.

Antenne, ¢, white above, greyish beneath. Palpi and Head

white. Thorax very pale golden yellow. Forewings, g, shining

silvery white, with a very pale golden yellow suffusion which is

divided into oblique transverse bands beyond the middle; three or

more coppery-red spots, one beneath the fold at one-third from

the base, consisting of only a few scattered scales above the dorsal

margin, near the outer end of the fold partially connected by a

line of scales with a more conspicuous spot at the upper angle of

the cell, a smaller spot lying half-way between this and the apex ;

these spots are all ill-defined (in some specimens consisting merely

of groups of coppery-red scales, and in some almost entirely

disappearing) ; cilia white, with a slight golden tinge. Lap. al., g

17mm. Hindwings whitish, tinged with lilac-grey ; cilia shining

white. Abdomen greyish.

The @ is very different in colour from the g, the general

effect is pale fawn-ochreous, the shining whitish ground show-

ing only between the scattered patches of this colour and

in transverse oblique bands across the apical portion of the

wing. zp.al., 9 16mm. The palpi, which are very sharp in

the ¢, are somewhat shorter and more obtuse in the 9, and

together with the head, thorax, and antennex, are pale fawn-

ochreous. The hindwings are also a little darker.

Type. S?. Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Colorado—Loveland, 5-10,000 ft. July, 1891

(Smith),

Allied to Hysterosia egrana, Wlism.

Paatonta, Hb. (Meyr).

= (oncHYLIS, Tr. (Fern.)

Phaloma felix, sp. n.: (Pl. XIL., fig. 235

Antennae hiciliate in the male (1); pale cinereous. Palpi

whitish internally, reddish fawn externally, Head creamy white.

Thorax whitish, the tegule shaded with reddish fawn. Forewings

new species of North American Tortricide. 499

elongate, slightly widened outwardly, costal margin straight, apical

margin oblique, apex rounded ; creamy white, with some shining

white scales and rosy fawn-brown markings; the costal margin

shaded with rosy fawn to beyond the middle, more widely at the

base, this colour is diverted from the middle of the costal margin

obliquely backward, but almost obliterated on the cell forming an

indistinct fasciaform band which terminates in an oblique quad-

rate ferruginous spot, resting widely on the dorsal margin, reaching

to the fold and narrowly margined with black on both sides, a

small black spot lying beyond it at the commencement of the

dorsal cilia ; a fawn-brown shade, leaving the costal margin at its

outer fourth, curves outwards and reverts parallel to the apical

margin in the direction of the anal angle, and contains a patch and

line of black scales below its middle ; this is preceded and followed

by sinuous broken bands of silvery white, the outer one ending in

a fork before the apex ; apical margin narrowly fawn-brown with

some ferruginous scales ; cilia mottled throughout with pale rosy

fawn and blue-grey scales, which at the apex are darker than

towards the anal angle. Underside leaden grey, the costal margin

narrowly rosy fawn, with white and grey. speckling towards the

apex.- Hzp. al. 20mm. Hindwings pale grey; cilia whitish grey.

Underside paler than in the forewings, with darker reticulations on

the outer half. Abdomen fawn-grey. Legs greyish, the tarsi

banded with fawn-brown. /

Type. 32. Mus. Wism.

Hab. Colorado—Loveland, 5,000-10,000 ft., July

1891 (several specimens—Smith).

This species is allied to the Huropean Conchylis

hilarana, H.-S.

ParaEocuroa, Stph.

Phtheochroa macrocarpana, sp.u. (Pl. XII., fig. 3.)

Antenne cinereous. Pulpi projecting three times the length of

the head beyond it ; creamy white. Head creamy white. Thorax

grey, mottled with whitish. J orewings shining white, with grey

bands ; a broad grey basal patch, containing a few black scales at

its outer edge, and some white about the base of the fold and on

the dorsal margin, spreads obliquely outwards from the costa to

the fold, thence reverting at an angle to the dorsal margin ; an

irregular central fascia of the same colour is indented before and

behind at the upper edge of the cell and is less well defined on its

500 Lord Walsingham on

inner side near the dorsal margin than elsewhere, its edges being,

for the most part, speckled with black and brown scales, of which

there is also a large patch across its middle; beyond it, from the

outer fourth, a cuneiform band divided by white on the costa,

descends nearly to the anal angle ending in a point before reaching

it, its somewhat sinuous edges defined by black and brown lines ;

the space about the apex, as well as between the markings described,

is very faintly mottled with pale grey; cilia yellowish white.

Exp.al.,17 mm. Hindwings shining pale grey, delicately mottled

throughout with darker grey ; cilia shining greyish white. Abdomen

shining greyish. Legs whitish, with a slight ochreous tinge.

Type. %.. Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. California—Alameda Co., bred from seeds of

Cupressus macrocarpa, 24th January, 1886. (Received

from Dr. C. V. Riley, No. 46, 1886.)

OLETHREUTIN 4 (OLETHREUTZ, Hb.) Wism.emend.

= GRAPHOLITHIN, Fern. = EPIBLEMID, Meyr.

PEntTHINA, Tr.

Penthina melanosticta, sp. n.

Antenne greyish fuscous. Palpi black, with some white scales

beneath. Head whitish, mixed with fuscous and ferruginous

scales. Thorax black, the ends of the tegule white. Forewings

white, with numerous black and blue-grey blotches mixed with

some ferruginous scales, especially about the apex and apical

margin ; these blotches are distributed in an ill-defined basal patch

extending to one-fourth (partially connected by greyish mottling

with a broad central fascia, interrupted on vein 2), and also

about the apex and more sparingly before and above the anal

angle; there are three costal spots beyond the central fascia, a

blue-grey spot beyond the end of the cell, and a short band of the

same colour nearly parallel with the upper half of the apical

margin ; cilia dark greyish fuscous with a black line along their

base and some white speckling at their outer extremities. Under-

side greyish fuscous, the outer half of the costal margin cream-

white with three fuscous spots, Hap. al., 24 mm. Hindwings

brownish; cilia somewhat paler, with a dark dividing line near their

base. Underside dirty whitish, the margins shaded with fuscous.

new species of North American Tortricide. 501

A bdomen blackish (possibly somewhat discoloured by grease), with

a white transverse band behind the thorax. Legs whitish, with

greyish fuscous tarsal bands.

Type 9. Mus. Wl1sm.

Hab. Colorado—Larima Co., 10,000 ft., July, 1891

(Smith).

Penthina duplex, sp.n. (PI. XII., fig. 4.)

Antenne cinereous. Palpi whitish; apical joint very short,

grey. Head and Thorax whitish, the latter shaded with grey and

having a slight tuft at the back mixed with brownish ochreous

scales. Forewings with the costal margin evenly arched, apical

margin slightly oblique ; creamy white, with grey basal patch and

central fascia, both studded with dark umber-brown scales; the

basal patch is wider on the dorsal than on the costal margin,

obtusely angulated outward on the fold ; the central fascia, narrow

on the costa, is dilated outwards beneath it, again contracted on the

cell, and thence again dilated more widely to the dorsal margin ;

the more conspicuous patches of dark scales upon it are one on the

cell, one at the lower edge of the fold, and one on the dorsal

margin at its outer extremity near the anal angle; on the outer

half of the costal margin are three greyish fuscous spots with

minute specks of the same colour lying between them ; the whole

wing- surface beyond the fascia is overstrewn with delicate brownish

ochreous scaling in the form of oblique transverse streaklets, not

clearly defined, but giving a slight ochreous hue to the white

eround-colour ; some similar scaling may be seen on parts of the

central fascia, and conspicuously in a semicircular spot at the

extreme apex ; a series of small greyish fuscous spots lies around

the apical margin sending some dark scales through the white

cilia, near the base of which is a dark, dividing line. Eup. al.,

27 mm. Hindwings umber brown ; cilia shining whitish, with a

dark dividing line. Abdomen brownish grey, the anal tuft in-

clining to ochreous, Legs pale cinereous.

Type. 3. Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Colorado—Loveland, 5,000-10,000 ft., July,

1891 (Smith).

A very large species not nearly allied to any other

North American form known to me.

502 Lord Walsingham on

(Group Sericorts, T'r.)

Penthina major, sp. n.

Antenne greyish fuscous, spotted above with white. Palpi

pale fawn, the apical joint fuscous. Head and Thorax fawu-grey.

Forewings fawn-brown, speckled with pale ochreous, with two

pale ochreous transverse fasciz margined on both sides by shining

silvery bands; the apex is mottled with pale ochreous preceded by

an angulated silvery band; the first fascia is at one-third from the

base, its inner margin slightly concave, its outer margin slightly

buiging outwards on the cell; the second fascia leaving the costal

margin beyond the middle runs obliquely to the anal angle, the

silvery bands which bound it being deflected inwards to the dorsal

margin from about the lower angle of the cell, a few fawn-brown

spots along the costal margin encroach upon the upper edge of the

pale fasciz ; cilia white, with some grey shading at their base,

especially around the apex. Ezp.al.,23 mm. Hindwings fawn-

grey, with whitish cilia. Abdomen greyish fuscous, anal tuft

ochreous, Legs white.

Type. &. Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Colorado—Loveland, 5,000-10,000 ft., 1891

(Smith).

Allied to S. constellatana, Z., but the silvery markings

confined to the margins of the fasciz, not scattered

between them; it is also a larger and more distinctly

marked species.

Papisca, Tr.

Pedisca hyponomeutana, sp. un. (Pl. XII., fig. 12.)

Antenne, ¢g, biciliate (3), rather stout; white. Palpi

moderately clothed, projecting slightly beyond the head ; apical

joint short, drooping ; white. Mead thickly clothed above and in

front; creamy white. Thorax shining white, with two lateral

black spots posteriorly ; tegule with a few black scales across their

middle. Forewings with the costal margin straight, apical margin

slightly oblique, anal angle rounded ; shining white sprinkled with

distinct black angular spots to the number of about fifty: of these

one only, at about one-sixth of the wing-length, is actually

contiguous to the costal margin, others beyond, approach it very

closely, but there is no apparent regularity in the arrangement of

the spots, which are for the most part transversely elongate, a

somewhat regular series of about ten extending from the base

immediately below the fold ; a second series of about six below it,

new species of North American Tortricide. 503

along the dorsal margin ;. there is an elongate spot in the base of

the cilia immediately below the apex, and a larger and more

conspicuous one scarcely below the middle of the apical margin,

the latter plainly visible on the underside; cilia white, tipped at

the apex with greyish fuscous. Ezp. al., 26 mm. Hindwings

white, with a slight smoky brown shade, especially on their outer

half ; cilia shining white. Abdomen white. Legs white, with a

slight brownish tinge.

Type. &. Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Colorado—Loveland. A single specimen of this

very distinct species received from Mr. W. G. Smith

TO) ANS SH :

eoiscd Tagono, sp. mn. (Pl. Xi, fic. 9.)

Antenne very slightly pubescent rather than ciliate; white,

slenderly annulated with mouse-grey. Palpi white, tinged with

mouse-grey at the outer sides; densely clothed to the apex.

Head creamy white. Thorax white, slightly grey shaded.

Forewings pale mouse-grey, with shining white blotches; the

extreme base narrowly shining white, as also the extreme edge of

the dorsal margin near the base ; a pair of large irregular shining

white spots on the basal third, obliquely placed, the first on the

middle of the wing reaching to the lower edge of the costal fold,

the second beyond and below it touching the dorsal margin; a

very oblique shining white band from below the costa, before the

middle, crosses the wing obliquely, and is bent back at its outer

extremity to the middle of the dorsal margin ; from near its outer

angle a curved shining white streak bends outwards, reverting to

the anal angle and throwing out a branch to the apical margin

below the apex ; above this curved streak, on the outer half of the

wing, is a quadrate subcostal shining white patch, branching

obliquely outward to the costal cilia, a short shining white apical

streak beyond it; cilia white, with a mouse-grey shade running

through them at the apex, and below the middle of the apical

margin. Underside smoky grey, with three white costal spots

towards the apex. LHzxp.al.,23 mm. Hindwings pale fawn-grey ;

cilia white, with a grey shade along their base. Abdomen fawn-

grey. Legs greyish white.

Type. $2. Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Colorado—Loveland, 5,000 and 10,000 ft., July,

1891; several specimens (Smith):

Allied to Peedisca bolanderana, Wlsm.

504 Lord Waisingham on

Pedisca argenteana,sp.n. (Pl. XII., fig. 13.)

Antenne biciliate in the @ (scarcely 3); pale fawn. Palpi

whitish, tinged with pale fawn-colour. Head and Thoraz pale

fawn, the latter with silvery white longitudinal streaks on either

side of the middle. Forewings pale fawn-ochreous, with shining

silvery white streaks longitudinally ; one commencing near the

base of the costal margin follows it to two-thirds of the wing-

length, thence obliquely depressed towards the middle of the apical

margin (without however reaching it), whence it is broken by lines

of scattered brown scales into three longitudinal striz, the lower

one curving back to the lower extremity of the cell and there nearly

meeting a conspicuous shining white streak which comes straight

from the base along the cell; above the outer half of this latter

hes a shorter parallel shining white streak ; half-way between the

fold and the dorsal margin is another shining white streak coming

from the base and reaching to the commencement of the dorsal

cilia; the extreme dorsal margin below it, and the outer half of the

fold above it being also streaked with shining white, margined at

its outer extremity by brown scales; on the costal margin before

the apex is a semicircular shining white streak enclosing an ovate

spot of the ochreous ground-colour; along the apical margin is a

narrow shining white band, separated from the shining white cilia

by aslender brown line. Eyp.al.,19 mm. Hindwings pale fawn-

grey ; cilia greyish white. Abdomen fawn-grey. Legs whitish.

Type. &. Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Colorado—Loveland, 5,000-10,000 feet, July,

1891; eight specimens (Smith).

I find the markings of this species somewhat variable

and frequently almost obliterated on the outer half of

the wing. The description is taken from a very distinctly

marked specimen.

Pedisea serpentana,sp.n. (Pl. XII, fig. 10.)

Antenne white, annulated with pale mouse-grey. . Palpi pro-

jecting fully the length of the head beyond it, the long hairs of

the second outreaching the short apical joint; white, slightly

shaded at the sides. Head white. Thorax creamy white. Fore-

wings mouse-grey, speckled with whitish about the outer end of

the cell, inclining to fawn ochreous around the edges of the shining

white bands which traverse the wing-surface ; the first of these

new species of North American Tortricide. 505

commences at the base below the costa, dilated outwards and bent

downwards at one-third, terminating in an acute point about the

middle of the wing, at its base it is diffused downwards across the

fold, almost blending with a sinuous band of the same colour,

commencing near the middle of the dorsal margin, thence looped

outwards and upwards, reverting nearly to the anal angle and

deflected towards the apex parallel with the apical margin ; on the

outer half of the costal margin are two short shining white

festooned bands, the first deflected obliquely outward, the

second equidistant between it and the apex; the apex, apical

margin, and cilia are white, thickly speckled with grey scales,

Underside with three or four pale costal spots beyond the middle.

Erp, al, 20 mm. Hindwings pale fawn-grey; cilia whitish.

Abdomen and Legs creamy whitish.

Type. &. Mus. Wism.

Hab. Colorado—Loveland, 5,000-10,000 feet, July,

1891 ; four specimens (Smith). One specimen received

from Morrison many years ago, also from Colorado.

Closely allied to Pedisca morrisoni, W|sm.

Pexdisca adamantana, Gn.

Argyroptera adamantana, Gn. Ind. Meth., 65 (1845) i,

Hdaurch. Lp. Hur. Cat. Meth., 66, No. 157 (1851)?

Conchylis adamantana, Wlgrn. Buh, Svensk. Vet. Ak.,

ie 13.No: 93 (1875) *° Ent. Tdsk., IX., 196

(1888) ; Rag. Ann. Soc. Ent. — LXUT., 187-8,

Pid. 5 (1894).

Type. Mus. Oberthiir.

Hab. Lapland (?)."** North America.’

This appears to be a convenient opportunity for

noticing a remarkable and very distinct species originally

described by Guenée, who supposed that it had been

collected in Lapland. M. Ragonot has recently re-

described it from a North American specimen in his own

collection which I have had the opportunity of examining.

The precise locality is still unknown. It is undoubtedly

a Pexdisca with normal neuration and a distinct brown

costal fold, and therefore, inadvertently placed by

Ragonot in the genus Conchylis, although vein 2 of the

forewings may be said to come from the commencement

of the outer third of the cell. Its position would appear

506 Lord Walsingham on

to be near Pedisca crambitana, Wlsm., and it is an

equally beautiful and remarkable form. We may hope

that at some future time the number of known specimens

(at present only three) may be increased.

[ Pedisca (2) norvichiana, Hb.

Tortriz norvichiana, Hb. Samml. Kur. Schm., VII., Pl.

XL., 252 (1814); Hugnosta norwichiana, Hb.,

Verz. bek. Schm., 394, No. 38832 (1826);

Argyroptera norvichiana, Gn. Ind. Meth., 65

(1845) ; Hupecillia norwichiana, H.-S. Schm. Hur.

IV., 179 (1849); Argyroptera norvichiana,

Hdurch. Lp. Hur. Cat., Meth., 66, No. 158 (1851).

Hab.?

I should like to call attention to norvichiana, Hb., the

species which precedes adamantana, Gn., in the Index

Methodicus, in regard to which Herrich Schiffer

remarks, “ vielleicht exotisch.” Nothing appears to be

known about this insect, nor is it mentioned in

Staudinger and Wocke’s Catalogue. A study of the

figure leaves a strong impression upon my mind that it

is a Pedisca allied to adamantana, nor should I be

surprised to receive both species from some sub-arctic

‘region. |

| Pedisca smithiana, sp. n.

Antenne white. Head, Palpi, and Thorax white. Forewings

shining white (in some specimens with a slight yellowish tinge),

some faint smoky grey lines and streaks in the 9 are almost

entirely obliterated in the ¢ specimen; these appear along the

fold and around the margins of the cell, some also descending

obliquely from the costal margin before the apex, whence also

arise one or two silvery marks, extending downwards towards the

ocelloid patch, which is margined before and behind with silvery

white, preceded at its lower angle by a minute group of black

scales, and contains two black dots; cilia white, profusely and

minutely speckled with black. wp. al., 16 mm. Hindwings

very pale whitish grey ; cilia white. Abdomen very pale greyish.

Legs white.

Type. 3 ¢.. Mus. Wl1sm.

Hab. Colorado—Loveland, 5,000 ft., July, 1891

(Smith). 3

Nearly allied to P. pergandeana, Fernald MS., but

new species of North American Tortricide. 507

somewhat smaller and more shining in appearance, the

ground-colour being more unmistakably white.

Pezdisca biplagata, sp.n. (Pl. XIL., fig. 7.)

Antenne hbiciliate (less than 3); very pale fawn, the basal

joint, straw ochreous. Palpi projecting more than the length

of the head beyond it; pale straw-ochreous, shaded along the

sides with fawn-brown. Head and Thorax straw ochreous.

Forewings rather wide, the costal margin very slightly arched,

apical margin convex ; pale straw ochreous with two small patches

of fawn-brown scales, the first above the middle of the dorsal mar-

gin, pointing obliquely outwards, reaching to the lower edge of the

cell ; the second at the end of the cell, tending obliquely outwards,

from near the costal in the direction of the apical margin above

the anal angle ; these patches are faintly outlined by shining

white scales, extending towards the anal angle, but scarcely distin-

guishable from the pale ground-colour of the wing, in which there

is a certain admixture of the same; cilia pale straw ochreous,

tending to whitish on their outer half. Hap. al., 24mm. Hind-

wings pale reddish brown; cilia shining white. Abdomen

whitish ochreous. Legs whitish.

Dype. 3. Mus, Wism.

Hab. Colorado—Loveland, 10,000 ft., July, 1891 ;

two specimens (Smith).

Pzdisca fuscosparsa, sp.n. (Pl. XII, fig. 8.)

Antenne biciliate (more than 3); pale cinereous. Palpi pro:

jecting the length of the head beyond it; whitish ochreous.

iTead brownish ochreous. Yhorax whitish ochreous, the tegule

spotted with greyish fuscous scales. Horewings moderately straight,

not much widened outwardly ; whitish ochreous, streaked and

sprinkled with brownish fuscous scales, with a slight fawn-brown

suffusion along the middle; the brownish fuscous scaling is more

noticeable about the middle of the wing-surface where, in the type,

it assumes the form of an ill-defined narrow band enclosing the

outer portion of the cell and resting on the fold at either extremity ;

immediately below the costal margin are a number of small

irregular brownish fuscous spots, and a line of these runs parallel

to the apical margin at a short distance from it, preceding a few

similar spots at the apex and along the margin itself ; below the

fold are also a few small brownish fuscous spots and the paler

fawn-brown suffusion is also here somewhat noticeable ; cilia

whitish ochreous touched with fuscous at the edges. The fore-

wings are pale margined on the underside, the pale costal band

508 Lord Walsingham on

distinctly dilated before the apex. zp. al., 28mm. Hindwings

tawny brown ; cilia whitish, a brown dividing line near their base.

Abdomen whitish cinereous, analtuft whitish ochreous. Legs whitish.

Type. &. Mus. Wlsm.

' Hab. Colorado—Loveland, [5,000-10,000 ft., July,

1891; two specimens (Smith).

In the second specimen, although both are in equally

good condition, the markings are almost obliterated,

neither the subcostal spots, the subapical line, nor the

discal lines being at all clearly defined but consisting

merely of a general distribution of brownish fuscous

scales indicating their pattern and position which so far

as 1b goes 1s the same as in the type.

A series received (from the same locality) since this

description was written, exhibits considerable variation

in the markings, some varieties approaching closely the

narrower-winged Pedisca mediostriata, in these the

median shade and transverse streaking become obsolete,

the darker markings assuming the form of radiating

streaks between the veins beyond and above the cell.

In some specimens no markings whatever are apparent,

the ground-colour becoming pale cream ochreous with

merely some scattered fuscous scales dusted over the

surface.

Pedisca mediostriata, sp.n. (Pl. XIT., fig. 11.)

Antenne biciliate (more than 4); whitish. Palpi projecting

more than the length of the head beyond it; fawn-grey, white on

their inner sides. Head and Thorax fawn-grey, the ends of the

tegule paler. Forewings fawn-grey sprinkled with elongate

blackish scales, the costal margin from near the base white, a broad

median white streak from the base to the end of the cell is furcate

at its apex, a second narrower white streak running parallel with

it below the fold ; from the end of the cell about six diffused ill-

defined streaks radiate in the direction of the apex and apical

margin, interspersed with blackish scales; cilia white. zp. al.,

22mm. Hindwings dark tawny brown ; cilia white with a distinct

brown line running through them near their base. On the under-

side the wings are all distinctly pale margined, the pale costal band

of the forewings being of equal width throughout. Abdomen

creamy whitish. Legs whitish.

Type. &. Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Colorado—Loveland, 5,000 ft., July, 1891; five

specimens (Smith).

new species of North American Tortricide. 909

Pedisca invicta, sp. un.

Antenne biciliate (1) in the male; greyish ochreous. Palpz

fawn greyish at the sides, whitish above and beneath; the apical

joint almost entirely concealed in closely appressed scales. Head

fawn-brown. Thorax whitish, with a pale pink suffusion. J ore-

wings white, mottled with pale leaden grey, except on a broad

quadrangular medio-dorsal patch, the grey mottling is more con-

centrated around the margins of this patch and before the upper

half of the apical margin than on the other parts of the wing ; the

quadrangular white dorsal patch has its inner edge almost straight,

a narrow pale fawn-brown line studded with groups of black scales

separating it from the grey mottled space which precedes it, its

outer edge is somewhat angulated, reducing its width above the

fold, here also it is bounded by a slender fawn-brown line and a

series of black dots; the slight fawn-brown shade beyond it

precedes a curved line of black dots indicating the inner margin of

an obsolete ocelloid patch, and beyond this, parallel with the

middle of the apical margin, are three or four small black lunules

with some pale fawn-brown scaling which is repeated in an oval

spot at the extreme apex ; ciliarosy white, a grey line at their base

around the apex, and three grey spots about the middle of the

margin. Hep. al., ¢ 30 mm.; 9 33:5 mm. Hindwings greyish

fuscous ; cilia white, with a dividing shade near their base.

Abdomen greyish. Legs white.

Type. 32. Mus. Wism. (Paratypes, Tring Mus.)

Hab. Colorado—bLarima Co., 5,000 ft., July, 1891

(Smith).

The description is taken from an extremely fine and

well-marked specimen, but two varieties occur which are

at least worth mentioning: in both, the lines of black dots

are obliterated and the grey mottling is much less dis-

tinguishable, in one the whole wing is suffused with rosy

pink as in fine specimens of the Huropean Pedisca incar-.

natana, Hb., in the other there is but the faintest

indication of the darker markings, the white ground-

colour prevailing throughout.

Pedisca (?) carolinana, sp.n. (PI. XIL., fig. 5.)

Antenne finely ciliate; greyish fuscous. Palpi (broken).

Head purplish fuscous, mixed with grey brown scales. Thorax

purplish fuscous, posteriorly tufted with ferruginous and grey

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—PaRtT Iv. (DEC.) 33

510 Lord Walsingham on

scales. Forewings of approximately even width throughout, the

costa slightly arched, the apical margin slightly sinuous not oblique,

the anal angle rounded ; greyish white, with leaden grey spots and

blotches ; a basal patch occupying nearly one-third of the wing, its

outer edge serrate throughout, is composed of an equal admixture

of black, leaden grey, brownish grey, ferruginous and whitish

scales distributed in patches, more or less blending with each

other ; the same colours are found in a series of scattered patches

following the costal margin and distributed across the wing beyond

the middle and towards the apex, the black prevailing in a broken

quadrate patch resting on the dorsal margin before the anal angle .

and in a semicircular subapical spot, with some smaller spots below

_it, parallel to the margin, which is blotched with ferruginous,

bounded inwardly by a sinuate white line, the white ground-colour

appearing also in a series of about seven geminated costal streaks,

commencing at the outer edge of the basal patch, and ending before -

the apex ; the cilia are for the most part brownish grey broken and

mottled with white. Lp. al., 25 mm. Hindwings brown; cilia

greyish white, with a brown dividing line. Abdomen brownish.

Hind legs whitish cinereous, the tibiz thickly clothed with long

scales, the tarsal joints banded with grey.

Type. ¢. Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. North Carolina (Morrison).

A conspicuous and very distinct species of the group

allied to scudderiana, Clem., but surpassing that species

in size and distinguished from its allies by the uniformly

dark hindwings and rich mottling of the forewings.

Pedisca dilatana, sp.n. (Pl. XII, fig. 14.)

Antenne very pale fawn colour. Palpi projecting more than

tw'ce the length of the head beyond it; fawn-white, thickly dusted

with fawn-brown on the outer sides. Head fawn-white, sparsely

sprinkled with brownish scales. Thorax fawn-white, sprinkled

with fawn-brown. Jorewings somewhat narrow at the base,

widened outwardly, the apex acute, the oblique apical margin

slightly impressed beneath it, costal margin slightly rounded ; very

pale (almost whitish) fawn with a pale fawn-brown basal patch,

occupying fully one-third of the wing-length, narrower on the

dorsal than on the costal margin, its outer edge very oblique and

angulated below the costa; a rounded dorsal patch of the same

colour before the anal angle and a sinuous streak of varying width

commencing on the cell and ending at the apex, the ground-colour

new species of North American Tortricide. oll

being at its palest immediately around the outer margins of these

markings ; a few darker almost fuscous scales are sprinkled about

the costal fold and apical streak and along the base of the cilia,

which are fawn-brown tipped and sprinkled with white. zp. al.,

26mm. Hindwings pale fawn-brown; cilia somewhat lighter, with

a slight dividing shade near their base and some faint whitish

speckling. On the underside the hindwings are more decidedly

lighter than the forewings. Abdomen and Hindlegs pale fawn.

Type. 3d. Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Arizona (Morrison).

This species differs from Pxdisca dorsisignatana, Clem.,

in its wider forewings, in the more outward position of

the dorsal blotch and in the obliquely margined basal

patch, although in general appearance it somewhat recalls

a large specimen of that species.

I should like to add here that I cannot agree with

Dr. Fernald in regarding Pedisca yradwatana as a

variety of dorsisignatana, the hindwings are more

reddish-brown and the dorsal patch is much squarer

and more upright than in that species of which I have a

very long series presenting almost every possible grade

of variation from the pale buff-coloured Californian

Specimens to the dark greyish fuscous varieties from

~ N. Carolina.

Pedisca castaneana, sp.n. (PI. XII., fig. 6.)

Antenne pale cinereous, distinctly banded above with fuscous.

Palpi (broken). Head chestnut brown; face white. Thorax

chestnut brown, whitish posteriorly. Forewings shining white

and bright chestnut brown in about equal proportions, the former

occupying the central portion of the wing, the latter forming a

strong basal patch with convex outer edge, broader on the dorsal

than on the costal margin, a median costal blotch dilated and diffused

outward and downward and overspreading the white ground-colour,

with a slight chestnut tinge, to the anal angle, also forming two

small costal spots beyond it, and covering the whole apical portion

of the wing, except a reduplicated white costal streak before the

apex; the bright chestnut apical patch throws out a strong

projection on its inner edge above the middle; cilia rosy grey,

with some blackish scales along their base below the middle of the

apical margin. Hap. al..15 mm. Hindwings shining pale grey,

512 Lord Walsingham on

with a slight pinkish tinge; cilia pale yellowish grey, with a faintly

indicated dividing line. Abdomen shining pale grey, anal tuft

ochreous. Legs pale ochreous.

Type. 3. Mus. W)Jsm.

Hab. Colorado—Loveland, July, 1891 (Smith).

This species has the form and appearance of a Stega-

noptycha allied to wmcarnatana, Hw., but is at once

distinguished by its straighter neuration and the distinct

costal fold in the ¢.

Semasia, Stph.

Semasia bucephaloides, Wism. (Pl. XII., fig. 17.)

Semasia bucephaloides, W1sm. Ins. Life, III., 465 (1891).

Type. ¢. Mus. Wl1sm.

Hab. California—Little Shasta (Siskiyou Co.) Sep-

tember, 1871.

I take the opportunity ,of figuring this species, which

was captured by myself in 1871, sitting on flowers of

Mentzelra levicaulis.

Semasia octopunctana, sp. n.

Antenne cream-colour. Palpi cream-white. Head cream-white,

slightly shaded with pale fawn at the sides. Thorax cream-

coloured. Forewings cream-colour, with a reddish brown suffusion,

except along the costal third of the wing; two bright oblique

reddish brown transverse bands, the first at one-third from the

base, nearer to the base on the costal than on the dorsal margin,

where it blends on its inner side with the paler reddish brown

suffusion which precedes it ; the second arising on the middle of

the costal margin, reaches the dorsal margin before the anal angle,

sending outwards from its middle an angulated band which ends at

the apex, a slender broken silvery line separating its upper edge

from the elongate cream-coloured costal patch which fills the space

above it ; the ocelloid patch above the anal angle, bounded at each

extremity by a silvery line, is cream-coloured, containing eight jet

black spots in two parallel rows of four each ; cilia hoary greyish.

Exp. al., 16 mm. Hindwings grey, with slightly paler cilia.

Abdomen grey.

Type. dS. Mus. Wlsm. .

Hab. Colorado—Larima Co., 5,000 ft., May, 1891

(Smith).

Allied to Semasia ochreicostana, W1sm.

new species of North American Tortricide. 5138

Semasia ochrocephala, sp. nu.

Anienne greyish, the basal joint pale ochreous. Palp: whitish

ochreous, with a brown spot on the outer side of the second joint.

Head whitish ochreous. Thorax whitish ochreous, streaked with

fawn-brown. Forewings whitish ochreous, much suffused with

fawn-brown from the base to the ocelloid patch as high as the

upper edge of the cell ; some narrow oblique fawn-brown streak-

lets along the costal margin alternate with wider ones ; an oblique

patch of the same colour at about the middle of the margin con-

nected with the dark suffusion below it, on this suffused portion

are patches of greyish fuscous tending obliquely outwards from

the basal third of the dorsal margin and reverting to it, beyond the

middle ; the ocelloid patch is pale yellowish ochreous margined by

shining silvery bands and containing two black streaks; cilia

whitish ochreous, with a slight shade along their base near the

apex. Hzp.al., 18 mm. Hindwings brownish grey, with whitish

cilia, shaded at their base. Abdomen greyish fuscous, anal tuft

whitish ochreous. Legs whitish.

Type. &. Mus, Wlsm.

Hab. Colorado—Loveland, 5,000 ft. July, 1891

(Smith).

Several specimens of this species which appears to be

allied to S. corculana, Z.

Semasia obliterana, sp.n. (Pl. XII., fig. 15.)

Antenne white, faintly annulated. Palpi, Head, and Thorax

milk white. Forewings milk white ; an elongate grey spot below

the fold at one-fourth, and a patch of grey scales at the outer end

of the cell, occasionally preceded by longitudinal grey streaks,

beyond this some lines of grey scales extend outwards to the apical

margin below the apex, terminating in an oblique streak of ferru-

ginous and black scaling connected with a grey shade in the cilia

and enclosing a small ochreous patch, above which the apex and

apical cilia are pure white, as is the whole costal fourth of the

wing, with the exception of a series of grey dots along the extreme

margin and two short streaks before the apex ; the ocelloid patch

is shining white containing transverse lines of ferruginous and

black scales sometimes only faintly indicated ; opposite to this the

apical margin and cilia are thickly speckled with grey, the spaces

above and below being white, with the exception of two smaller

grey patches at the anal angle. LHzp. al., 31 mm. Hindwings

brownish grey ; cilia white, with a faint shade along their base.

Abdomen brownish grey. Legs white.

514. Lord Walsingham on

Type. &. Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Arizona (Morrison, 1883), Colorado—Larima Co.,

5,000 ft., June, July, and August, 1891 (Smith).

In some specimens there is more sprinkling of grey

scales over the white ground-colour than in others,

tending always to assume the form of diffused longitu-

dinal streaks, the ochreous subapical patch is sometimes

diffused downwards giving a slight ochreous shade

beneath it. ;

Since writing the above description from the Arizona

specimens I have seen others from Colorado (collected

by Smith) which have a slight ochreous hue over the

forewings ‘and a ferruginous brown dash near the base,

below and parallel to the fold, the dark marginal dots are

more distinctly expressed as is also the darkening of the

cilia.

Allied to Semasia elongana, Wlsm., but lacking the

_ dorsal streak and the white dividing line in the cilia of

the forewings, it is also lighter in colour.

Semasia transversa, sp.u. (PI. XII., fig. 16.)

Antenne cinereous, Palpi triangular, projecting more than

twice the length of the head beyond it, the apical joint completely

. concealed in long projecting scales ; pale cinereous, whitish above.

Head creamy-white. Thorax pale olive-brown. Forewings pale

olive-brownish, with white transverse fascia and outer patches

(I take the darker shade as the ground-colour for convenience of

description, but it would perhaps be equally correct to describe the

wing as white, with olive-brown basal patch and central fascia) ;

the white fascia commences before the middle of the costal margin,

is contracted at the upper edge of the cell, and dilated below the

cell to the dorsal margin, bulging on its outer edge along the fold ;

beyond the middle of the costa is an outwardly oblique white

patch, sometimes divided at its upper end by a small olivaceous

line or spot, this is contiguous at its outer edgé to a waved white

band, enclosing a triangular spot of the dark ground-colour on the

costal margin, and extending nearly to the apex, on its lower por-

tion is an olivaceous shade ; beneath these two marks and some-

times touching tne extremity of the first one—the rounded ocelloid

patch, internally olivaceous, contains sometimes a few black scales,

but no black transverse streaks ; the margins of these three mark- —

ings are narrowly shining white, and between and around them are ~

some dark umber-brown scales, a patch of the same lying on the

new species of North American Tortricide. 515

fold before the central fascia ; cilia white at the base, with lines of

olivaceous scales throughout from apex to anal angle. rp. al.,¢

26mm.; 2? 23mm. Hindwings brown-grey, cilia whitish, with a

grey shade and basal line. Abdomen brownish grey. Legs pale

cinereous.

Type. &2. Mus. Wism.

Hab. Colorado—Loveland, July and September,

1891 (Smith).

A series of this species shows it to be extremely

variable in the intensity, and sometimes in the precise

form of the markings, some specimens having three

instead of two triangular costal spots before the apex.

It is nearly allied to Senasia tarandana, Mschl., but

that species, which is from Labrador (Mschl.) and

Oregon (Fern.), differs in its much less clearly defined

markings, and in the absence of a clearly indicated patch,

this can be traced only in a dark spot on the fold

corresponding to the patch of umber-brown scales before

the central fascia, described in the present species, but

which in tarandana appears completely isolated instead

of being connected by the dark ground-colour with the

dorsal margin; nevertheless, it is possible (although

Dr. Fernald informs me that he regards this species as

new) transversa may prove to be the southern form of

the insect described by Moschler.

ZEIRAPHERA, ‘I'r.

Type. Tortrix corticana, Hb. (=communana, Crt.)

Zemapnera, Ur. Schm. Wur., VIl., 2381-2 (1829);

Crt. Guide (1 edn.), 168-9 (1831): (2 edn.) 197

Cea o bee mt.) MVe~Pi 71) (18388). Stph.

hist Br. An. BM., X., Lp. 43 (1852).

= * Steganoptycha, Wilk., Stgr. and Wk. Cat.; Fern.

(nec Stph.)

As i have already pointed out in the “ Entomologist’s

Monthly Magazine,” Vol. XXXI., p. 43 (1895), Stephens,

Ill. Lp. Br. Ins. Haust., 1V., 105 (1834), characterises his

genus Steganoptycha [originally published, Cat. Br. Ins.,

I1., 176-7 (1829) | in the following words: “The males of

this genus, at least in the typical species, are well

characterized by the peculiar process of hairs, which,

during repose, lies concealed beneath the ‘reflected base

of the anterior wings.’ Westwood specified the type in

516 Lord Walsingham on

1840 (Syn. Gen. Br. Ins. 107), as wmisella, Cl.

(=beberana, F., Westw.). Those authors who have

subsequently followed Wilkinson [Br. Tortr., 127-8

(1859) | in restricting the genus to species not possessing

the costal fold, have succeeded in eliminating from it all

the species originally included by Stephens, whether

typical or otherwise. For the form which I have here

to describe Zeiraphera is the oldest name and its type

corticana, Hb., agrees with it in structure, but those

who desire to follow Mr. Meyrick in including weberiana,

Schiff., in the genus to which this species belongs would

be justified in using the name Hnarmonia, Hb., of which

weeberiana is the type.

ZLevraphera medioplagata, sp.n. (Pl. XII., fig. 18.)

Antenne (broken). Palpi greyish white, apical joint touched with

fuscous. Head and Thorax greyish. Forewings whitish, with some

silvery waved lines around the darker margins ; these consist of a

dark reddish fuscous blotch, touching the costal margin beyond

the middle and extending obliquely downwards to the outer and

lower margins of the cell, where it is considerably dilated, and is

nearly joined by a broad ferruginous streak from the apex, a

branch of which also narrowly follows the apical margin ; a grey

shade extends from the base along the costal portion of the wing,

reaching to, and slightly blending with the median blotch ; a few

small greyish spots along the costa before the apex and a faint

ochreous tinge over the pale ground-colour on the apical portion

of the wing; cilia whitish, with a strong fuscous dividing line

which extends round the apex but does not reach the anal angle.

Exp. al., 145 mm. Hindwings pale greyish, with paler cilia, in

which is a grey dividing shade. Abdomen pale greyish.

Type. &. Mus. Wlsm.

Hab. Colorado—Lee’s Cabin, Micawber Mine (Custer

Co.), August 7th, 18389. A single specimen received

from Mr. T. D. A. Cockerell.

Kuceis, Hb.

Tyez. Pyralis aurana, I. (= mediana, Hb.)

Eucelis, Hb., Verz. bek. Schm., 394 (1826); + Hn-

celis, Stph., Il. Br. Ent. Haust., 1V., 105 (1834) ;

+ Eucelia, H-S. Schm. EHur., 1V., 131, 177

(1848); Hucelis, Stph. List. Br. An. B. M. X.,

Lp., 60 (1852); T Hucelia, Lah. Fn. Suisse.

fad

new species of North American Tortricadx, 517

Tortr., 36 (1858); Hucelis, Wilk., Br. Tortr.,

199-200 (1859); Stn. Man., II., 242 (1859).

= Trycheris, Gn., Ind. Meth., 56 (1845).

= §Grapholitha, Tr. (Grapholita, Tr., 1829, emend.

1830), Hein., Fern.

This genus, created by Hiibner to include one species

only, awrana, F., may fairly be taken to cover a much

larger field. . awrana is placed by recent authors in

the genus Grapholitha, Tr., as restricted by Heinemann

(Schm. Deutsch. Tortr., 177), but this very familiar name

was preoccupied by Hiibner [Verz. bek. Schm., 242-3

(ante 1826), type rizolitha, Schiff., Hb., teste Stph.]

for a section of the Noctwide, and requires a substitute.

Treitschke ignored, or possibly never saw Hiibner’s

work. The type of his genus Grapholitha (Grapholita,

Tr., 1829, emend. 1830), following Curtis’ restriction of

1831, became fixed as dorsana, F., by Lederer, in 1859,

when he eliminated from Treitschke’s section B the

species included in the new genus Phthoroblastis, Ld., and

referred petiverella and its congeners to Dichrorampha.

Duponchel [ Hist. Nat. Lp. Fr., 1X., 22, 263-5 (1834) ]

cited mnisella, Cl. (= fetrana, Dp.) as the type of

Grapholitha, but this species was not originally included

by Treitschke and could not therefore have been his

type ; he overlooked also Curtis’ restriction of the genus

to Treitschke’s section B, adopting the name for section

A, in which he was followed by Stephens, Wilkinson, and

Stainton.

Grapholitha has been used in Staudinger and Wocke’s

Catalogue in a still wider sense to include subgenera

which possess the costal fold. In any case another name

must be adopted for this genus on account of its pre-

occupation, and also because all or nearly all the species

included in it had previously received other generic names.

Without attempting clearly to define the range of the

genus Grapholitha, ‘Tr. (Hein.), which may yet be

capable of subdivision under other of the older names, I

have here substituted for it the Hubnerian name Hucelis.

The family name Grapholithine, Fern., must certainly

Gaaplolilt.

share a similar fate, but taking arcuella, L., as perhaps.

more clearly typical of the majority of genera included

in the Trichophoride (as representing the group of

Tortricide which possesses hair on the upper edge of

018 Lord Walsingham on American Tortricide.

the median vein near the base), I would suggest the

adoption of Olethreutine corrected from Olethreutz, Hb.

(Tentamen), the family in which he placed his genus

Olethreutes, which dating from 1806, I believe to be the

oldest family name adopted for any species now classed

with the Grapholithine, its type being Olethreutes

arcuella.

Anticipating criticism on the ground of inconsistency,

I may add that the manner in which Treitschke ignored

Hubner’s earlier work will render revision of his generic

names absolutely necessary whenever the whole subject

of the classification of the Tortricidz and Tineide comes

to be dealt with, but with respectful regard for con-

servative prejudices on both sides of the Atlantic, we

may leave Semasiu, Psdisca, and Penthina, as used

in this paper on respite to come up for judgment

when called upon. I have almost abandoned the hope

that my friend Dr. Fernald will carry out his old in-

tention of dealing with this subject in a comprehensive —

manner,

Hucelis larimana, sp. n.

Antenne hoary greyish. Pulpi recurved, somewhat slender, the

apical joint very small ; hoary greyish. Head hoary grey. Thorax

greyish fuscous, with some hoary speckling, the ends of the tegule

whitish. Forewings greyish fuscous, with minute hoary white

speckling ; a series of oblique hoary streaks along the costal

margin, those before the middle being geminated, four or five

beyond the middle single and whiter than the others ; the third

streak from the apex sends out a grey line to the cilia below the

_ apex, interrupting a distinct black line which runs along their

base ; a reduplicated oblique white patch rests on the middle of

the dorsal margin and is somewhat diffused along it towards the

base ; some white and steel grey mottling around the ocelloid

patch which contains three black partially interrupted lines ; cilia.

shining bronzy grey, with a black line along their base. zp. al.,

14.5mm. Hindwings grey brown, with whitish cilia, a brown line

running through them near their base. Abdomen greyish fuscous.

Legs white, tarsi faintly banded above.

Type. &. Mus. Wism.

Hab. Colorado—Loveiand, 5,000 ft., June, 1890-91

(Smith). picasa!

EXeLaNaTion oF Prats XII...

[See Explunation facing Pirate XII. ]

XXIT. Notes on Seasonal Dimorphism wn certain

African Butterflies. By Artuur G. Burter,

Ph.D., F.L.S., ete.

[Read Oct, 16th, 1895. ]

Mr. Cxcit W. Barxer’s most interesting and instructive

paper upon this subject is before me, and I only regret

that the impossibility of risking the effect of night air

prevented my being present at the meeting in April,

when it was read, because I note, in the Proceedings of

the Society, that the question was asked by Prof. Meldola

whether Mr. Barker’s observations had been supported

by breeding experiments. Although this had not been

done, our cabinets afford such a mass of evidence in

support of his suggestions, that the case may be almost

considered as good as proved.

As an example of what is here affirmed I may take

one example ; that of Teracolus vesta :—

The form 1’. argillaceus differs from the typical form

chiefly in the rosy-ochreous instead of lemon-yellow

colouring of the undersurface of the hindwings and apical

area of forewings. If sucha difference occurred in one

type only of the same group, it might fairly be con-

sidered to have a specific value; but when we tind that it

recurs throughout the group, whether in Asia or Africa,

the evidence in favour of its being illustrative of seasonal

dimorphism becomes almost conclusive ; so much so, that

most Lepidopterists will certainly accept it, as having the

authority of proof,

The following forms of this group of Teracolus in the

Museum series will, in this event, have to be united :—

ASIATIC SPECIES.

Summer form Winter form

1, Unnamed. Teracolus protractus, Butl.

2. Teracolus vestalis, Butl. Teracolus intermissus, Butl.

3, Teracolus puellaris, Butl. Teracolus ochreipennis, Butl.

TRANS. ENT. SOC. LOND. 1895.—PaRT IV. (DEC.)

520 | Dr. A. G. Butler on

AFRICAN SPECIES.

Summer form. Winter form.

4. Teracolus vesta, Reiche. Teracolus argillaceus, Butl.

5. Teracolus aurigineus,Butl. Teracolus venustus, Butl.

6. Teracolus chrysonome, Klug. Teracolus helvolus, Butl.

7. Teracolus gaudens, Butl. Teracolus arenicoleus, Butl,

Seasonal dimorphism in butterflies is certainly much

commoner than is generally supposed, and when

thoroughly understood, will tend to explain away the

difficulties arising from a study of intermediate grades

between apparently distinct types, which will then be

seen to be merely dry and wet-season forms of one and

the same species.

As an example, I may mention that in the genus Acrea

Dr. Staudinger, some years since, described a species

under the name of A. pudorina, and he observed—

“ Hewitson regards this specimen as a doubtful variety of

his Acrita, a beautiful example of which I also possess

from Zanzibar. But Acrita has four to five large black

spots on the forewings, and notably a broad black apex

to the same, wherefore Pudorima can never belong to it.”

In 1894 Mr. Trimen figured a variety, observing that

“‘ Both sexes show a good deal of variation as regards the

width of the apical fuscous border in the forewings, and

in the numbers (seven or eight) and relative sizes of the

rounded discal spots in the hindwings,” etc., and in the

same year I mentioned (P.Z.8., pp. 566-7) :—“ There is

not the slightest question that this (A. pudorina) is a

local representative of A. acrita, from which it only

differs in the absence of the broad apical black patch on

the primaries ; in well-marked examples all the spots (on

the absence of which Dr. Staudinger relies) are well

defined ; one specimen even shows an additional spot on

the subcostal area, nearer to apex.”

In 1895, however, I was forced to modify my opinion

as regards the local value of the difference, by the arrival

of a collection from Fwambo, B. C. Africa, in which we

received an intermediate example “half-way between

typical A. acrita and A. pudorina” (See P.Z.S., 1895,

p- 261), which led me to adopt a different view respecting

the meaning of this apical patch.

. Among the species of the group to which A. acrita

belongs, the apical black patch occurs no less than five

Seasonal Dimorphism in certain African Butterflies.

times, and is, in each case, regarded as the principal

character for distinguishing two otherwise similar species.

Comparing the under surfaces, one sees either no

difference whatever, or only such as has a _ purely

individual value; whilst, occasionally, individuals come

to hand in which the apical black patch of the upper

surface varies between the two extreme types, clearly

proving it to be valueless as a specific character ;

A. acrita indeed is only one of those intermediate grades

itself, for the black apex is still more largely developed

in A. cheribula.

These differences in Acrzxa I believe to be seasonal ; the

examples with the black apical patch being the wet-

season forms. Supposing this to be a correct explanation

of this curious and certainly inconstant difference, the

species will stand as follows :—

Dry-season form. Wet-season form.

1. Acrea anacreon, Trimen. *Acrea bomba, H. G. Smith.

2. Acrxa guillemer, Oberth. Acrea pervphanes, Oberth.

3. Acrxa doubledayt, Guér. — Acreea dircea, Westw.

4, Acrxa stenobea, Wallgr. <Acrea caldarena, Hewits.

5. Acrea pudorina, Staud. . Acrea cheribula, Oberth.

With regard to the above associations, it must be

borne in mind that a species which, in a variable climate,

is dimorphic, ceases to be so in a uniform climate, and

thus it does not follow, because a species does not vary in

one part of Africa, that it therefore shows equal constancy

in anotber part: indeed, we now know that some of the

Southern species which appear to breed from generation

to generation true to type, break up into two widely

different types in Central Africa. Then, again, in a

climate neither unusually dry nor wet, an intermediate

type may prevail, to the exclusion of the extremes.

Hitherto we have not received typical A. pudorina from

Nyasa-land, but we have a form so near to it, that no

Lepidopterist would have the temerity to describe it as a

distinct species ; secondly, we have typical A. acrita ; and,

lastly, A. cheribula,+ from Zomba.

Climatic modifications and seasonal forms result

*“ T cannot distinguish A. induna as a species, from this.

+ I consider this the same as A. ambiqua, Trimen.

522 Dr. A. G. Butler on Seasonal Dimorphism.

practically from the same cause, and in some cases it

will be very hard to draw the line between them: a

uniformly moist locality may produce only a wet-season

form, and a dry locality the converse; yet one could

hardly speak of Acrxa pseudegina as a seasonal form of

A, natalica, but merely as a western development of

that species (an intermediate form completely linking

the two extremes occurs in Angola).

Whether the colour variations of Acrza johnstoni and

other members of the A. esebria group are seasonal

seems doubtful; indeed, from the evidence before me, I

should say—certainly not; for we have extreme forms,

collected within three days, that is to say, with only one

day’s interval between, and, moreover, both forms are

in admirable condition. The species of the A. esebria

group are therefore probably simply inconstant, no

satisfactory reason for such inconstancy being at present

known, or even guessed at.

The above observations will, I hope, help to impress

upon collectors the importance of noting not only dates

of capture of every specimen which they obtain, but also

the altitude and nature of climate, so that Lepidopterists

may have some definite data to work from in deciding

these interesting questions touching the climatic re-

lationships or seasonal dimorphism of the insects which

come into their hands.

oan Nv UREN an

mle =

PROCEHEDINGS

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

LONDON

For tHe Yerar 1895.

February 6th, 1895.

Professor RapHarn Menpoua, F.R.S., President, in the

» Chair,

Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks

voted to the respected donors.

Nomination of Vice-Presidents.

The President announced that he had nominated the

Right Hon. Lord Walsingham, LUL.D., F.R.S., Mr. Henry

John Elwes, F.L.S., and Professor Edward B. Poulton,

M.A., F.R.5., Vice-Presidents of the Society for the Session

1895—96.

lection of a Fellow.

Mr. Charles Nicholson, of 202, Evering Road, Clapton,

N.E., was elected a Fellow of the Society.

Halhibitions, ete.

Mr. W. F. H. Blandford made some remarks regarding

Mons. Brongniart’s donation to the library of his monograph

PROC, ENT, SOC. LOND., 1., 1895, A

Cut

entitled, ‘‘ Recherches pour servir 4 l’histoire des Insectes

Fossiles des Temps Primaires,” stating that this work was

the most valuable contribution ever made to a knowledge of

fossil insects. The very numerous specimens described in

this monograph were obtained from surface coal-workings at

Commentry in France. Nearly half the treatise was occupied

with an elaborate account of the venation of Orthoptera,

Neuroptera, and Fulgoride, to which all the fossil species

found had been assigned by M. Brongniart. Among the

forms described were an archaic dragon-fly with an expanse

of 28 in., insects allied to the Mphemeride with rudimentary

prothoracic wings, and others with persistent gill-leaflets in

the imago stage. Mr. Blandford said he thought that these

fossils afforded strong support to Gegenbaur’s theory of the

origin of insect wings. Another point brought forward by

M. Brongniart was that, in certain fully-winged species, the

upper and lower wing-membranes were not united, but were

separated, as in the nymph stage. Mr. Blandford suggested

that it was possible that the wings were acquired in these

early forms before the insect had completed its full growth,

and that the sub-imago stage of Hphemeride was a true

relic of a period when one or more moults took place after

the animal was capable of flight.

Mr. Blandford also called attention to figures of pups of

species of Spalgis (Lycenide), in the Journal of the Bombay

Natural History Society. A discussion followed, in which

Mr. Hampson and Mr. McLachlan took part.

Canon Fowler exhibited, on behalf of Mr. C. A. Myers, an

unusually fine specimen of Spheria robertsi, growing from the

prothorax of an underground larva of an Hepialus, supposed

to be H. virescens, from New Zealand. Mr. McLachlan said

that there was a doubt whether the caterpillar should be

referred to this species.

Mr. Blandford stated that the French Government had

set aside a section of the Pasteur Institute at Paris for the

study of entomophagous fungi.

Papers read.

Professor L. C. Miall, F.R.S., and Mr, N. Walker, com-

municated a paper entitled, ‘‘On the Life-history of Pericoma |

Gat)

canescens (Psychodide),”’ with an Appendix by Baron Osten

Sacken.

Mr. Jacoby read a paper entitled, ‘‘ Contributions to

the Knowledge of African Phytophagous Coleoptera.’

Dr. Sharp remarked, in reply to a question by Mr. Jacoby,

that Erichson began the ‘“ Insekten Deutschlands ”’ nearly

fifty years ago, and as he was engaged on a classification

of the Coleoptera of the World, he included a considerable

number of exotic species in his work.

Mr. G. F’. Hampson read a paper entitled, “ Descriptions of

New Heterocera from India.’’

February 20th, 1895.

Professor RapHart Menpoua, F.R.S, President, in the

Chair.

Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks

voted to the respective donors. -

Exhibitions, etc.

Mr. W. M. Christy exhibited specimens of Lycena agestis,

caught in Sussex, last summer, which had a white edging

round the black discoidal spot. He said the specimens

might, perhaps, be identical with the Northern form of the

species known as the variety salmacis.

Mr. H. Goss exhibited for Mr. Frank Bromilow a small

collection of Lepidoptera from the South of France, made

by Mr. Bromilow. Amongst the species exhibited were the

following :— Heterogynis penella, Hb.; Zygena stechadis, Bkh.;

Apamea testacea, Hb.; A. dumerilii, Dup.; Luperina matura,

Hufn.; Grammesia trigrammica, Hufn.; Caradrina exigua, Hb.;

Calophasia platyptera, Kisp.; E'ucrostis olympiaria, H.-8.; Nemo-

ria pulmentaria, Gn.; Acidalia subsericeata, Hw., var. mancu-

miata, Knages; A. filicata, Hb.; A. rubiginata, Hufn.; A.

margine-punctata, Goze; A. imitaria, Hb.; Boarmia consortaria,

F.; Ematurga atomaria, L.; Aspilates ochrearia, Rossi ; Cidaria

ferrugata, Cl, ab. unidentaria, Hw.; C. flwiata, Hb.; C.

Git?

riguata, Hb.; C. basochesiata, Dup.; C. rivata, Hb.; C. bilineata,

L.; C. vitalbata, Hb.; Eupithecia oblongata, Thnb.; EL. pumilata,

Hb, var. tempestivata, Z.; Botys chermesinalis, Gn., var.

ostrinalis, Hb.; B. cespitalis, Schiff.; and Adela australis, H.-S.

Mr, Bromilow stated that most of the species had been

taken at ‘indoor light.”

Discussion on the Hau-President’s Address delivered

at the last Annual Meeting.

Professor Meldola invited discussion upon the address

delivered by Mr. Elwes, as retiring President, on the Geogra-

phical Distribution of Butterflies, at the last Annual Meeting.

He remarked that he had not himself had time to consider

the paper in an adequate manner, but he thought that the

discussion might lead to a useful expression of opinion if

the speakers would deal with the question as to how far the

scheme of distribution advocated by Mr. Elwes was borne

out by a comparison with other orders of insects. He was

of opinion that in considering schemes of Geographical Dis-

tribution, the results arrived at were likely to be of greater

value the wider the basis on which they rested, and he

therefore suggested that the question might also be taken

into consideration as to how far it was justifiable to draw

conclusions from the consideration of one division of one

order only. He did not offer these observations in a spirit of

adverse criticism, but simply with the object of setting the

discussion going.

Dr. Sharp remarked that Geographical Distribution con-

sisted of two divisions ; firstly, the facts ; secondly, the generali-

sations and deductions that may be drawn from them. He

thought that as regards insects generally our knowledge of

the facts was not yet sufficient to warrant many generalisa-

tions. Still the impressions of those who have paid attention

to particular groups of insects are even now of some impor-

tance, though at present based on incomplete knowledge.

He thought the Rhopalocera would prove to be a somewhat

exceptional group in their distribution. Notwithstanding

that Australia and New Zealand are so poor in them this was

by no means the case with their Coleoptera, Australia being

very rich in Coleoptera, and its fauna very distinct. He

Give)

thought that if Lepidoptera generally were well collected

in Australia and New Zealand, it would be found that this order

was not so poor in species as was supposed. He instanced

the case of the Sandwich Islands, where it was supposed that

there were very few species of Lepidoptera, and yet some

500 species, or perhaps more, had been recently found there

by Mr. R. C. L. Perkins, who had been sent to investigate

the islands by a committee appointed by the Royal Society

and British Association.

Mr. Mclachlan said he was of opinion. that no definite

demarcation of regions existed, but that all the regions over-

lapped; in any case, the retention of Palearctic and

Nearctic as separate provinces was not warranted on Kntomo-

logical data. He thought that at the close of the Glacial

Period some insects instead of going north dispersed south-

wards, and that the present Geographical Distribution of

some forms, especially as regards Chili, might thus be

accounted for. |

Mr. Osbert Salvin said he thought we were only just

beginning to acquire sufficient facts to enable us to arrive at

any conclusions as to the Geographical Distribution of insects.

We required a much greater knowledge of Meteorology and

Geography, also of the boundaries of Forests and Mountain

ranges.

Mr. J. J. Walker said he could corroborate, from recent

experience, the remarks made by Dr. Sharp, as to the extreme

isolation and peculiarity of the fauna of Australia, especially

as regards the Coleoptera; and he then spoke of the compara-

tive poverty of Australia in strictly endemic types of butter-

flies. Mr. Walker stated that with reference to the point

raised by Mr. Elwes on pp. Ixxu, Ixxill of his address

(Part V. Trans.), respecting the small number of species of

butterflies found in South Africa, according to his experience

this poverty of species is general throughout the higher

southern latitudes of the globe, and especially in the Southern

Islands. Tasmania has only about twenty-five species of

butterflies as yet recorded, although a splendidly wooded

island with a very varied surface, enjoying a genial climate,

and possessing a very rich Coleopterous fauna. Ii has but

one Papilio, one Pieris (the widely distributed P. teutonia),

( vi)

and one Danais (pleaippus, an American species which had

recently extended its range in so extraordinary a manner) ;

these three genera being fairly well represented in the warmer

parts of Australia. Mr. Walker stated that in three months’

collecting in the middle of summer he was able to obtain only

fifteen species. Similarly, ten days collecting in South-West

Australia, under most favourable conditions, produced only

seven species; although the flora of the locality was

exceedingly rich and showy. New Zealand has only some

twenty species, several of which, e.g., Diadema bolina and

Danais plexippus are immigrants, and Pyrametis cardui, an

insect of all but universal distribution, exists there in a very

slightly modified form. Turning to South America, Chili,

although extending over more than thirty degrees of

latitude (from the Tropic to the Straits of Magellan),

and presenting every varieties of climate and altitude, has

but a poor butterfly fauna as regards number of species,

In the region of the Straits of Magellan; the latitude of

which corresponds to that of the south and centre of England,

we meet with only five or six butterflies in all, and even these

are not all found in Tierra del Fuego. The smaller islands

in high southern latitudes are almost entirely destitute of

butterflies. Possibly two species, a Vanessa and an Argynnis

(the former being perhaps the universal Pyrameis cardut),

occur in the Tristan d’Acunha group (cf. Moseley,

‘‘ Notes by a Naturalist on the ‘ Challenger,’”’ p. 184, ed. I.),

but, as far as he was aware, none are recorded from the

Marion and Crozet Islands, Kerguelen Island, or from the

scattered islands to the south of New Zealand.

Mr. M. Jacoby said he wished to draw attention to the

apparently well-marked peculiar fauna of Central America,

at least, as far as the Coleoptera are concerned, and to the

fact that but few species of either North or South America

penetrated the above region, although he was not aware of

any obstacle or natural boundaries (unless it were the

Northern sandy plains) which would prevent the mixing

of the species throughout the American continent.

Mr. Elwes remarked that the chief object: of his address

had been to endeavour to ascertain from Entomologists

their opinions as to how far the rules as to the Geographical

(wae)

Distribution of other animals and of plants might be applied

to insects. He thought the subject of the Geographical

Distribution of insects would be likely to occupy the attention

of Entomologists for many years to come. He added that

he should like to have heard Mr. Walker’s opinion as to the

distribution of species in the Pacific Islands.

Proiessor Meldola enquired whether Mr. Elwes had any

strong grounds for rejecting the term Holarctic for the united

Nearctic and Palearctic regions. This division was now

adopted by many naturalists here and in America. ;

Papers, etc., read.

The Rey. T. A. Marshall contributed a paper entitled

‘‘A Monograph of British Braconide, Part VI.”

Mr. J. W. Tutt read a paper entitled ‘‘ An attempt to

correlate the various systems of Classification of the

Lepidoptera recently proposed by various authors.’”’ In

this paper he criticised the opinions recently expressed by

Mr. G. F. Hampson, and Dr, T. A. Chapman, in certain

papers published by them. A discussion ensued, in which

Mr. Elwes, Professor Meldola, and Mr. Tutt took part.

March 6th, 1895.

Professor RarpHarL Mer poua, F.R.S., President, in the

Chair.

Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks

voted to the respective donors.

Election of Fellows.

Mr. H. T. Dobson, of Ivy House, Acacia Grove, New

Malden, Surrey; Mr. Herbert Massey, of Fairfield, Fog

Lane, Didsbury, Manchester; Mr. Thomas M. McGregor, of

30, North Methven Street, Perth, N. B.; Mr. Sidney Cromp-

ton, of Salamanca, Santa Cruz, Teneriffe; Mr. Benjamin

Hill Crabtree, of The Oaklands, Levenshulme, Manchesier ;

and Mr. G. A. K. Marshall, of Salisbury, Mashonaland, S.

Africa, were elected Fellows of the Society.

(ove)

Ea«hibitions, ete.

Mr. B. G. Nevinson exhibited a long series of Heliothis

peltigera. He stated that the specimens were bred from larve

found on the Dorsetshire coast during July, 1894, feeding

on the flowers of Ononis arvensis, which were extremely

luxuriant. A few also were taken on Hyoscyamus niger. He

added, that all the larve went down by the end of July.

The first emergence took place on August 20th, and they

continued coming out at the rate of about five a day, through

the rest of that month and September; only five emerged in

October, and the last one appeared on November 11th. Mr.

Nevinson said that not one larva was ichneumoned, and only

three or four imagines were crippled. Mr. G. T. Bethune-

Baker, Mr. Eustace Bankes, Mr. B. A. Bower, the Rev.

Seymour St. John, and Mr. H. Goss, made remarks on

the habits and distribution of the species in England.

Mr. Bower exhibited a variable series of Scoparia basistriga-

lis, Knaggs, showing light, intermediate and dark forms,

taken at Bexley, Kent, from 12th of June to 7th of July,

1891-94. He said the species appeared to be poorly repre-

sented in collections, and when present was almost invariably

- mis-named, Mr. Kustace Bankes commented on the rarity

of the species, and said the specimens exhibited formed the

most interesting collection of it and its varieties which he

had ever seen.

Lord Walsingham exhibited larve of Pronuba yuccasella,

which he received more than four years ago from Colorado,

and which were still living. One specimen of the moth had

emerged two years ago.

Mr. Goss exhibited for Mr. G. C. Bignell a pupa of a

Tortrix, with the larval legs, and also a specimen of a Saw-

fly, Emphytus cinctus, L., with eight legs, Mr. G. H. Verrall

and Mr. Mclachlan made some remarks on the latter

species, and as to the insertion of the fourth pair of legs.

Professor Meldola exhibited a wooden bowl from West

Africa, from which, after arrival in this country, a number

of beetles (Dermestes vulpinus) had emerged. Specimens of

the latter were also exhibited. It was not clear to the

exhibitor whether the larve had fed upon the wood, or

had simply formed the cavities which were apparent in

Gx )

the interior of the bowl for the purpose of pupating. Mr.

McLachlan, Mr. J. J. Walker, Mr. Jacoby, and Lord

Walsingham made some remarks on the habits of Dermestes,

and it was generally considered that the larva of D. vulpinus

excavated the wood for the purposes of pupation, and not for

food.

Mr. Kirkaldy called attention to, and exhibited three

volumes of, an important new work by Dr. McCook, on

‘¢ American Spiders.”’

Papers read.

Mr. Champion read a paper entitled ‘“‘ On the Heteromerous

Coleoptera collected in Australia and Tasmania by Mr. J. J.

Walker, R.N., during the voyage of H.M.S. ‘ Penguin,’ with

descriptions of new genera and species. Part II.’’ Mr. Walker

and Mr. Gahan made some observations on the distribution of

some of the species described.

Mr. Roland Trimen contributed a paper entitled ‘On

some new Species of Butterflies from Tropical and Extra

Tropical South Africa.”’ ;

Mr. G. A. James Rothney contributed a paper entitled

‘‘ Notes on Indian Ants,’’ and sent for exhibition a number

of specimens in illustration of the paper, together with nests

of certain species.

March 20th, 1895.

Professor RapHarL Meuponua, F.R.S., President, in the

Chair.

Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks

voted to the respective donors.

Election of Fellows.

Mr. Claude Morley, of London Road, Ipswich; Mr.

Herbert E. Page, of 14, Nettleton Road, New Cross, S.E

Mr. W. W. Smith, of Ashburton, Canterbury, New Zealand .

and Mr. Henry Tunaley, of 380, Fairmont Road, Brixton Hill,

S.W., were elected Fellows of the Society.

Exhibitions, etc.

Mr. H. St. John Donisthorpe exhibited a living female of

Dytiscus marginalis with elytra resembling those of the male

insect. o

Dr. Sharp said he had seen this form before, but that it

was very rare in this country, though abundant in some

other parts of the Palearctic region.

Professor Stewart asked if the genitalia had been examined.

Mr. Champion stated that Mr. J. J. Walker had collected

several females of an allied species (Dytiscus circumflexus) at

Gibraltar with elytra resembling those of the male.

Dr. Sharp exhibited specimens of Brenthus anchorago from

Mexico showing extreme variation in size. He remarked

that the males varied from 10} mm. in length to 51 mm. ;

the female from 94 mm.to 27mm. In the male the width

varied from 14mm. to 4 mm. The length therefore varied

from about 5 to 1, and the width from 8 to 1 in the male.

Mr. Blandford commented on the difficulty of mounting

minute Lepidoptera, Diptera, Neuroptera, etc., and exhibited

samples of strips of material which he had found most

suitable for the purpose of staging minute insects. He said

his attention had been called to this method of mounting by

the receipt of specimens from Dr. Fri¢ of Prague. On ex-

amination of the material he found it to be a fungus, Polyporus

betulinus. He stated that Lord Walsingham had expressed his

satisfaction with this material and had sent him specimens,

similarly mounted, from Zeller’s collection, Mr. McLachlan

remarked that he thought the material exhibited preferable to

artichoke pith, which had been used for a similar purpose.

Mr. Goss exhibited a species of a Mantid, Pseudocreobotra

Wahlbergi, Stal, received from Captain Montgomery, J.P., of

Mid-Ilovu, Natal... He said he was indebted to Mr. Champion

for determining the species.

Mr. F. Merrifield exhibited some Limenitis sibylla, the

pupz of which had been subjected to extreme temperatures.

A temperature of 85° to 90° was fatal to most; in those

which survived the black ground-colour is pale and freckled,

and there is some increase in the reddish scales near the apex

of the forewings and the anal angle of the hindwings ; and on

Ca)

the underside the orange-brown ground-colour is increased in

area and is much lighter and more orange in its colouring.

The pupe endured cold better than heat. Icing from 8 to 40

days, followed by a normal temperature for 12 to 14 days,

produced no sensible alteration of markings or colouring, but

an exposure to a temperature of about 48° for 22 days and

up to 86 days caused a sprinkling of the white band with

black scales ; the most sensitive part in this respect is in the

hindwings, the interspace between the costa and the next

nervure ; here it 1s so dense as to turn the white to a dull

grey. On the underside this cooling caused a slight increase

in the area and intensity of some of the darker parts, but

this was counteracted by a tendency to suffusion and

spreading of any white parts. He thought that this species

would bear a longer exposure to a low temperature than he

had ventured on trying. He also showed a long series of

Vanessa C-album, the larvee of which had been kindly sent him,

in May last, by Mr. Allan Nesbitt of Llandogo, Monmouth-

shire. Though subjected to more severe cold and for longer

periods than those experimented on in 1898, as recorded in the

Transactions for that year, they showed no very considerable

increase in the results obtained. Some, however, showed a

substantial increase of the area and intensity of the dark

parts and a darkening of the light parts, besides the

occasional appearance of a few blue or lavender scales in

places where, according to Dr. Dixey, they had a special

significance. Mr. Merrifield stated that Dr. Standfuss had

published some temperature experiments on this species which,

as he had found, had shown itself not so sensitive to pupal

temperature as some other species of Vanessa had proved them-

selves to be. Unexpectedly he (Mr. Merrifield) had found the

species to be distinctly more intolerant of cold and less

intolerant of heat than is L. sibylla. Experiments on a few

pupe of Vanessa cardui in 1894, showed this insect to be

extremely sensitive in its colouring and markings to both

high and low temperatures; this was quite in accordance

with the experience of Dr. Standfuss, who had described the

great results obtained by his experiments with this species.

Dr. Dixey said that Mr. Merrifield had kindly given him the

opportunity of carefully examining the specimens exhibited that

Git pe)

evening. With regard to the specimens of L. sibylla, he should

prefer to reserve his remarks for another occasion, but in the

fine series of V. C-album he noticed many individuals as to which

he might say at once that they seemed to bear out in a most

interesting way the conclusions arrived at from former experi-

ments, conducted both by Mr. Merrifield and by Dr. Standfuss,

with other species. ‘They showed evident marks of reversion,

and these marks were again of so special a kind as to pre-

clude the supposition that they were the direct result of changes

of temperature. The most remarkable of these features, 7.e.,

the well-developed condition of Series ITI., and the presence of

blue points in the dark patches composing it, might be seen

in a conspicuous form in the Chinese species Vanessa (Grapta)

C-aureum, which insect was for many reasons to be considered

as one of the oldest surviving representatives of the Vanessid

sroup. There could, then, be little doubt that in this

instance, as in so many others, Mr. Merrifield had succeeded,

by the introduction of altered conditions, in producing a

reversion to a more ancestral form than that normally

assumed by the species. The more these instances ac-

cumulated, the more they seemed to him to strengthen the

conclusion that the altered temperature-conditions were

capable of acting as a stimulus to which each organism would

respond according to its own pre-arranged constitution, and

that it was only in comparatively rare cases that the new

conditions operated as the causa efficiens of the change. (See

Weismann’s Romanes’ Lecture, 1894.) Even in such an

instance as that of P. phieas, it was, perhaps, too much to

assume that the darkening of the scales was the direct result

of a high temperature, for in other cases the same temperature-

conditions led to the opposite result. If we pushed the matter

further and proceeded to ask what was the nature of the

pre-arrangement of material which enabled different species,

during growth, to respond in a different manner to the same

stimulus, and in many cases to respond by reverting to an

earlier phylogenetic stage, we found ourselves at once on

very debatable ground. It might, however, safely be borne in

mind that under either of the two leading theories of heredity

—the centripetal and centrifugal—it was perfectly con-

ceivable that a competition took place during the growth of

( xiii)

every organism between various elementary constituents—

call them what we please—the greater number of which were

destined to take no part in the somatic structure of the adult

organism, though they might still be transmitted in a latent

condition, through the germinal material, to succeeding

generations. To the revival into efficient activity, under

exceptional conditions, of some of these usually latent

‘‘ determinants” or ‘“‘ gemmules,”’ he was inclined to attribute

such remarkable instances of atavism as those now exhibited

by Mr. Merrifield.

Mr. Barrett said he was interested to find that one of the

forced forms of L. sibylla was similar to a specimen he had

seen which had emerged from the pupa during a thunder-

storm.

Mr. F. W. Frohawk, in connection with Mr. Merrifield’s

paper, exhibited a series of 200 specimens of V. C-album

bred from one female taken in Herefordshire, in April, 1894.

The series consisted of 105 males and 95 females, and

included 41 specimens of the light form, and 159 of the

dark form.

Professor Meldola, in proposing a vote of thanks to

Mr. Merrifield, Dr. Dixey, and Mr. Frohawk, said that he

was glad to think that the subject of Seasonal Dimorphism,

which had been first investigated systematically by Weis-

mann, was receiving so much attention in this country. He

was of opinion that the results hitherto arrived at were quite

in harmony with Weismann’s theory of reversion to the

glacial form and all the evidence recently accumulated by

the excellent observations of Mr. Merrifield and others went

to confirm this view as opposed to that of the direct action

of temperature as a modifying influence.

Mr. Merrifield, Mr. Barrett, and Dr. Dixey took part in

the further discussion which ensued.

Papers, etc., read.

Mr. Frederick A. A. Skuse communicated a paper entitled

“On a Colour-variety of Heteronympha merope, Fab., from New

South Wales,” and sent coloured drawings of the typical form

and the variety for exhibition. The paper was as follows :—

ee ts ae |

“The accompanying drawings from the able brush of my

esteemed colleague, Mr. Edgar R. Waite, depict the typical

form and a striking colour-variety in the female of a

common Australian satyrid butterfly, Heteronympha merope,

Fab. The single aberrant example under notice was

captured in January last by Master G. A. Waterhouse, of

Sydney, on the ‘Gib,’ a mountain between Mittagong and

Bowral, about 80 miles south of Sydney, and has been

kindly submitted to me for record. At the time the

butterfly was taken the captor informs me that he believes _

he saw a similarly marked specimen but failed to secure it.

Butler (Ann. Mag. Nat. Hist. xix., 3rd ser., p. 126,

1867), after giving the synonomy of H. merope, writes :—

‘Hab. Australia (B. M.), var. Tasmania (6, 2, B. M.),’

and it would be interesting to ascertain if the Tasmanian

variety there referred to accords with that now described

and figured; more especially as I have reason to believe

that specimens of a similar variety have been observed in

the mountainous districts of that island.

As this varietal form appears to have as much claim to

designation as many others that have received names, I

propose that it be known as :—

A. merope, Fab., var. suffusa.

DESCRIPTION,

Primaries. Upperside: with the usual fuscous-black

apical area suffused over more than half the wings,

consequently the short line at the inner third of the costal

margin is enveloped; only indistinct indications of the

three characteristic yellow patches; the sub-apical ocellus

without the fulvous iris. Underside: almost as equally and

as deeply suffused as the upperside, paler at the apex; the

three yellowish patches indistinct, but the posterior patch

indistinctly and narrowly confluent with the fulvous basal

area. é

Secondaries, Upperside: with the outer half fuscous-

black, this nearly reaching the discal cell; the ocellus

represented by only a very small pale blue dot. Underside :

smoky, darker beyond the middle; veins yellowish.

(oaNE)

Hab. Australia. Loc. Mount Gib, near Bowral, N.S.W.

(alt. over 2000 ft.), (G. A. Waterhouse).”’

Mr. Oswald H. Latter read a paper entitled ‘‘ Further

Notes on the Secretion of Potassium Hydroxide by Dicranura

vinula (mago) and similar Phenomena in other Lepidoptera.’’

The paper was illustrated by the oxy-hydrogen lantern.

Professor Meldola said that when some time ago Mr.

Latter made his first communication to the Society on this

subject the result was received with some hesitation by

chemists. He (the speaker) had, however, never doubted the

correciness of the conclusions as the evidence seemed to him

quite satisfactory, and he was glad that Mr. Latter had now

confirmed and extended his observations. He thought that,

in view of the small quantity of material at his disposal, the

concordance in the titration experiments was quite remarkable

—differing only in the second decimal—and he congratulated

the author upon the results obtained. It had now been

definitely proved for the first time, so far as he knew, that

free potassium hydroxide was secreted as a product of

physiological activity in the animal kingdom, and the present

instance was all the more interesting because the same insect

in the larval condition secreted (as had been proved by

Professor Poulton) a 37 per cent. solution of formic acid as a

means of defence. He asked the author whether the

alkalinity of the contents of the alimentary tract was limited

to those species which made cocoons or whether it was a

general character which had been specialized for a particular

purpose in the species under observation. He suggested also

that it might be worth while in future experiments to

examine the solution after titration for organic acids, as there

might be present combined potassium in addition to the free

hydroxide.

Dr. Dixey said he thought it might be worth while to

bear in mind, with reference to Mr. Latter’s very interesting

observations, that the pancreatic secretion is in all animals

strongly alkaline; though this was, of course, in no case due

to the presence of a free caustic alkali.

Mr. Blandford, Mr. Merrifield, and Mr. Latter continued

the discussion.

es ae

April 3rd, 1895.

Professor Rarnazrn Menpoua, F.R.S., President, in the

Chair. ;

Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks voted

to the respective donors.

Eahibitions, ete.

Mr. C. J. Gahan exhibited two examples, male and female,

of a rare Prioned beetle, Chariea cyanea, Serville, which had

been kindly sent to him for examination by Mons. René

Oberthtir. He stated that Lacordaire was mistaken with

regard to the sex of the specimen which he described in the

“ Genera des Coléoptéres.” He pointed out that the elytra of

the male were relatively much shorter than those of the

female ; and that the joints of the antenne from the third to

the tenth were biramose. Mr. Gahan also exhibited two

species of the genus Decarthria, Hope, and said he believed

these were the two smallest species of Longicorns known.

Dr. Sharp exhibited the soldiers and workers of a species

of Termites found by Dr. Haviland in South Africa. He

stated that these insects possessed eyes and worked in day-

light like Hymenopterous Ants, and that in habits they

resembled harvesting ants by cutting grass and carrying it

into holes in the ground. Dr. Sharp said that although these

holes were probably the entrance to the nests, Dr. Haviland

was unable to find the actual nest, even by prolonged digging,

so that the winged forms were still unknown. He thought

this species was probably allied to Termes viarum of Smeath-

man, in which the soldiers and workers possessed eyes, and

had been observed by Smeathman to issue from holes in the

ground, and whose nest could not be discovered. Mr.

McLachlan observed that it was possible there might be

species of Termites without any winged form whatever.

Mr. Rye called attention to the action of one of the

Conservators of Wimbledon Common, who, he stated, had

been destroying all the Aspens on the Common. He enquired

whether it was possible for the Entomological Society to

protest against the destruction of the trees. Mr. Goss said he

would mention the matter to the Commons’ Preservation

Society.

Neo

WALSING HAW.

Logica. Ff

Papers, etc., read.

Mr. Francis Galton, F.R.S., read a paper entitled, ‘‘ Ento-

mological Queries bearing on the question of Specific

Stability.” The Author said that the information desired

referred to (1) Instances of such strongly marked peculiarities,

whether in form, in colour, or in habit, as had occasionally

appeared in a single individual, in a brood; but no record

was wanted of monstrosities, or of such other characteristics

as were clearly inconsistent with health and vigour; (2)

Instances in which any one of the above peculiarities had

appeared in the broods of different parents. In replying

to this question, he said it would be hardly worth while to

record the sudden appearance of either albinism or melanism,

as both were well known to be of frequent occurrence ;

and, (8) Instances in which any of these peculiarly charac-

terized individuals had transmitted their peculiarities, here-

ditarily, to one or more generations.

Mr. Merrifield stated that he received some years ago, from

Sheffield, ova of Selenia illustraria, the brood from which

produced, in addition to typical specimens, four of a dark

bronze colour, and from these he bred a number of specimens

of a similar colour. Dr. F. A. Dixey referred to a variety of

the larva of Saturnia carpini with pink tubercles. He said

the imago bred from this larva produced larve of which 70

or 80 per cent. had pink tubercles. Professor Poulton said

he had found larve of Smerinthus ocellatus with red spots,

and that this peculiarity had been perpetuated in their

descendants. Mr. McLachlan, Canon Fowler, and Professor

Meldola made some further remarks on the subject.

Mr. G. F. Hampson read a paper by Mr: C. W. Barker

entitled, ‘‘ Notes on Seasonal Dimorphism in certain species

of Rhopalocera in Natal.” Mr. Merrifield said he was of

opinion that a record of the temperature, at different seasons,

would be a very desirable addition to observations of seasonal

dimorphism. Mr. Hampson said he believed that tempera-

ture had very little to do with the alteration of forms. At

any rate, according to his experience, in India the wet season

form succeeded the dry season form without any apparent

difference in the temperature. Professor Poulton remarked

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND., II., 1895. B

( xvill )

that the apparent temperature as felt must not be relied upon

without observations taken by the thermometer. Dr, Dixey,

Mr. Barrett, and Dr. Sharp continued the discussion.

Professor Meldola asked whether the results arrived at

by Mr. Barker were based entirely on field observations, or

whether any breeding experiments had been carried out.

Mr. Hampson in reply said that field observations only

had been made.

May Ist, 1895.

Professor RapHarn Metpoua, F.R.S., President, in the

Chair.

Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks

voted to the respective donors.

Election of an Honorary Fellow.

Dr. C. G. Thomson, of the University, Lund, Sweden,

‘was elected an Honorary Fellow, to fill the vacancy caused

by the death of Pastor Wallengren.

Election of a Fellow.

Mr. Oswald H. Latter, M.A., of the Charterhouse, Godal-

ming, was elected a Fellow.

Exhibitions.

Mr. Horace St. J. Donisthorpe exhibited a variety of

Rhagium bifasciatum, a Longicorn Beetle, taken in the New

Forest, in which the elytra were of a light testaceous colour.

Mr, Waterhouse exhibited a living larva of a Longicorn

Beetle found in a boot-tree which had been in constant use

by the owner for fourteen years, the last seven of which

were spent in. India. The specimen was brought to the

British Museum on May 6th, 1890, and was put into a

block of beech wood in which it had lived ever since; it did

not appear to have altered in any way during these five years,

It had burrowed about eight inches, and probably made its

exit accidentally, Mr. Blandford referred to a similar case

which had come under his notice.

(mix ~)

Mr. C. G. Barrett exhibited a long series of the dark and

strongly-marked varieties of Ayrotis cursoria and <Agrotis

tritict, taken on the gandhills of the North-East coast of

Scotland by Mr. Arthur Horne, of Aberdeen.

Mr. Dale exhibited a specimen of a Sesia—supposed to be

a new species—from the New Forest.

Mr. O. EK. Janson exhibited a remarkable species of

Curculionide from the island of Gilolo, having exceedingly

long and slender rostrum, antenne, and legs, it was

apparently an undescribed species of the genus Talanthia,

Pascoe.

Mr. Nelson Richardson called attention to a paper by him-

self, in the Proceedings of the Dorset Natural History and

Antiquarian Field Club, on the subject of Dorset Lepidoptera

in 1892 and 1898.

Papers, ete., read.

Mr. W. L. Distant communicated a paper entitled, “On a

probable explanation of an unverified observation relative to

the family Fulgoride ”’

Mr. J. J. Walker, R.N., contributed ‘a paper entitled, ‘A

Preliminary List of the Butterflies of Hong-Kong, based on

Observations and Captures made during the winter and spring

months of 1892 and 1893.” Professor Meldola commented

on the interesting character of the paper from an Entomo-

logical point of view, and the value of the observations therein

on the Geology, Botany, and Climate of Hong-Kong.

June 5th, 1895.

The Right Honourable Lorp Watsinenam, LL.D., F.B.S.,

Vice-President, in the Chair.

Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks

voted to the respective donors.

EHahibitions, de,

Dr. Sharp exhibited, on behalf of Dr. G. D. Haviland,

two species of Calotermes from Borneo, the individuals being

alive and apparently in good health; one of the two small

( xx )

communities (which were contained in glass tubes) consisted

of a few individuals of the immature sexual forms and of a

neoteinic queen: this latter had increased somewhat in size

during the eight months it had been in Dr. Haviland’s

possession, but no eggs had been deposited, neither had any

of the immature individuals developed into winged forms.

The second community exhibited consisted entirely of the

immature sexual forms, and this community had produced

numerous winged adults while it had been in Dr. Haviland’s

possession. Specimens were also exhibited to illustrate the

neoteinic forms that were produced in Borneo after a

community had been artificially orphaned. As regards these,

Dr. Sharp expressed the hope that Dr. Haviland would

shortly publish the very valuable observations he had made.

In the case of a species of fungus Termite, Dr. Haviland had

found that the community had replaced a king and queen

by normal, not by neoteinic forms.

Professor Riley remarked that in many cases it would be

extremely difficult to artificially orphan a nest without de-

stroying it; he also commented on-the short time in which

the queen appeared to have been developed, and on the ap-

parently rapid development of the wing pads, which usually

cannot take place except after several moults; and he

expressed his opinion that further information on these

points was much to be desired: he corroborated the observa-

tion of Dr. Haviland with regard to the great variability in

the nests of different years (or even of the same year) of the -

number of queens, true or neoteinic ; in one nest of Hutermes

morto he found one-fourth of the inhabitants to be true kings

and queens, although not fully developed.

Mr. McLachlan exhibited examples of the female of Pyrrho-

soma minium, Harris, having the abdomen incrusted with

whitish mud through ovipositing ina ditch in which the

water was nearly all dried up. He had noticed the same

thing in other species of Agrionide.

Herr Jacoby exhibited four varieties of Smerinthus tilie.

Mr. Enock exhibited specimens of the thistle-gall fly,

Trypeta carduwi, and also of Caraphractus cinctus, Haliday

( = Polynema natans, Lubbock): with regard to the latter

@ xa.)

insect, he said that he had observed copulation to take place

below the surface of the water; a discussion followed on this

point, in which several of the Fellows took part.

Mons. Alfred Wailly exhibited living larve of Rhodia

Jugaz, aad also a cocoon of the species, which is of a bright

green colour, and differs considerably in shape from those of

all the other known silk-producing Bombyces.

Canon Fowler exhibited, on behalf of Mr. T. D. A.

Cockerell, of Las Cruces, New Mexico, four species of lac-

producing Coccida, viz., Tachardia gemmifera, Ckll., from

Jamaica, 7’. pustulata, n.s., and T. fulgens, ns., from Arizona,

and 7. cornuta, Ckll., from New Mexico. Canon Fowler also

read the following letter on the subject, which had been

received from Mr. Cockerell :—

‘“‘T need say nothing about T. gemmifera and cornuta, since

the full particulars can be found in the Canadian Entomologist.

The other two species were lately sent me by Prof. J. W.

Tourney of Tucson, Arizona; but without particulars con-

cerning their precise locality, mode of occurrence, etc. I have

written to him for information of this kind, which will be

presented in a technical paper to be published elsewhere.

“The 7’. pustulata occurs in dull dark crimson masses,

about 4 mm. long, and 8 or less broad, often running together,

and irregularly ornamented with small pellucid eminences.

The insect itself has the hairs of the anogenital ring straight

and rather short; the lac-tubes conical, broadening at base;

the spine very broad at base, rapidly narrowing to its slender

extremity. The anogenital ring of the adult presents ten

bristles, while that of the very young larva has but six.

“T, fulgens is quite different, forming irregular bright

orange-red masses, presenting quite elevated prominences.

A single individual is about 5 mm. long and 4 broad, but

they commonly occur massed together. The insect removed

from the lac has the body purplish; the spine is stout, and

the lac-tubes are cylindrical.

‘‘ Both species, on boiling in caustic alkali, give a very fine

pigment. Prof. Tourney thinks that 7’., fulgens was probably

on a leguminous shrub, and 7. pustulata on a species of

Composite.

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND. Iv., 1898. Cc

IS- XT} 1849S:

( xxii)

‘ Besides the species sent, only two other native American

lacs are known, the JT. larree and T. mexicana of Com-

stock,

‘‘ Whether either of the new species has any commercial

value, I cannot say, but I should imagine that 7’. fulgens might

be worth collecting if it occurs in quantity.

“TT, D. A. CockERELL,

‘« Agricultural Experiment Station,

‘* Las Cruces, New Mexico (U.§.A.).

“May 16, 1895.”

“P.S.—Just before closing the letter, I receive from Prof.

Tourney, the following interesting particulars :—

““« The light coloured lac insect [T. fulgens] brought to me

by a Mexican last August. I was told that the lac was used

quite extensively by the Mexicans, as a medicine under the

name of ‘“‘Gomea.’’ It is kept in the drug shops at Tucson,

where it meets quite a sale among the Mexican element. Ii

is used for stomach troubles. It is also used to some extent

by them in mending pottery, etc. The Mexicans make a

marked distinction between this lac and the one on Larrea

[Z. larree, Comst.]. The latter has no reputed medicinal

qualities. This lacis on what I think is a Sesbania, how-

ever, aS I wrote you before, 1am not certain, as I have no-

thing but the bare stem for comparison. The other lac [T.

pustulata] I find I collected myself early last spring, near

Phoenix, It was found on a small perennial composite, which

was not in flower or fruit, and entirely unknown to me.

(May 15, 1895.)’”

Lord Walsingham, in the discussion which followed, men-

tioned that in the United States an QCicophorid Huclemensia

bassettella, Clem. (the nearest ally of our long-lost English

(icophora woodiella) feeds on the scales of the oak Coccid

Kermes galliformis, Riley; these scales were originally re-

garded as galls by Mr. Bassett. Blastobasis coccivorella,

Chamb., has a similar habit, feeding on another Coccid of

the oak (Kermes sp., near pallida, Réaum.).

Mr. Roland Trimen exhibited some specimens of ‘‘ Honey ”’

Ants, discovered at Estcourt, in Natal, about a yedr ago, by

@) xxi.)

Mr. J. M. Hutchinson. The specimens exhibited included

six ‘‘globulars’—to use Mr. McCook’s term in regard

to the American species, J/yrmecocystus hortus-deorwum—

all with the abdomen enormously distended with nectar ; but

other examples presented to the South-African Museum by

Mr. Hutchinson comprised various individuals exhibiting

different gradations of distention, thus indicating that the con-

dition of absolute repletion is arrived at gradually, and may

possibly be reached by some few only of those individuals who

feed, or are fed, up for the purpose. Certainly, in the nests

examined by Mr. Hutchinson, in Natal, the number of

‘‘slobulars’’ was very small in proportion to the population of

ordinary workers; and it is somewhat difficult to understand of

what particular value as a food reserve so very small a quantity

of nectar so exceptionally stored can be. Mr. Trimen added,

that while the occurrence of ‘‘ Honey’? Ants in Southern

North America, South Australia, and he believed also

in India, was well known, the Natal species now exhibited

was the first African one that had come under his notice.

Professor Riley, in the course of the discussion which

followed, said that the American species referred to by Mr.

Trimen was common from Colorado to Mexico, and that the

honey-bearing ants were often very numerous in _ its

communities; he further pointed out the fact that many

common species of ants have the power of distending the

abdomen with honey, and that this was very evident in

certain species of Formica. The specimens exhibited by Mr.

Trimen were subsequently submitted to Prof. Forel, who in-

forms him that the ‘‘ Honey” Ants, with the immensely dis-

tended abdomen, are workers of a new species of Plagiodera

(Subfamily Camponotide), and that all the ‘‘ Honey” Ants

_ known to him, except Leptomyrmex varians, Kmery, belonging

to the Subfamily Dolichoderide, are members of the Cam-

ponotide. Prof. Forel states that these Natalian examples

are the first instance known of a true ‘‘ Honey’’ Ant in the

Ethiopian Region; although he had found workers of Cam-

ponotus rufoglaucus, var. micans, Nyl, in Tunisia, with the ab-

domen ‘‘ assez gonflé de miel,” and that, as this ant ranges

throughout Africa, it very probably presents the same con-

(Sexe 7)

dition in other parts of that continent. Prof. Riley further

stated that Prof. Forel had informed him that the other

ants in the same tube with the Plagiodera (which were

sent by the collector of the specimens, Mr. J. M. Hutch-

inson) have nothing to do with it, being worker, soldier,

and female of Pheidole punctulata, Mayr, a species of

the Subfamily Myrmicine. No doubt the two very different

ants were found under one and the same stone, and so

treated by the collector as one species.

Dr. Sharp exhibited a series of Coleoptera, to illustrate

variation in size. This series consisted of individuals that

had been kindly lent to him by M. René Oberthiir, by the

Hon. Walter Rothschild, by Messrs. Godman and Salvin, by

Herr Jacoby, and by Mr. Blandford. He considered this series,

and the communications he has received from the specialists

to whom he has made applications, justify him in saying

that great variation in size of the individual or of some of its

parts is very rare in Coleoptera, and is exhibited most

conspicuously by those species in which the males possess

unusual structures, the use of which is unknown; such are the

Brenthide and the genus Rhina, the males of which possess

enormous rostrums, which are of no direct use in this sex,

though the corresponding organ in the other sex is of great

use, although less developed. The Lucanide and the

horned Lamellicornia also exhibit great variation in size of

the individual, more particularly in the male sex. The cases

of variation in size in the great group of Chrysomelide were

chiefly remarkable in the case of genera like Sagra, where

the males possess unusually developed hind legs, for which

we at present know of no important use.

Mr. Kirkaldy exhibited specimens of Cymatia coleoptrata,

Fab., from Morden, Surrey, an insect which had not before

been recorded from the London district, and also varieties of

Notonecta glauca, Fab.

Herr Brunner von Wattenwyl made a communication in-

forming the Society that a most unfortunate error had crept

into the table of genera in his Monograph of Pseudophyllides ;

on page 9 line 1, and on page 13 line 387, instead es

‘‘masonotum ”’ should be read ‘‘ mesosiernum.’’

(Gey)

October 2nd, 1895.

Professor Rapuart Menpoua, F.R.S., President, in the

Chair.

Donations to the Library were announced and thanks voted

to the respective donors.

Election of Fellows.

Mr. George H. Carpenter, B.Sc., of the Science and Art

Museum, Dublin; and Herr Paul Krantz, of Pretoria,

Transvaal, South Africa, were elected Fellows of the Society.

EHahibitions.

Mr. McLachlan exhibited, on behalf of Mr. Bradley, of

Birmingham, the specimens of Diptera attacked by an

entomophthorous fungus of the genus Hmpusa, of which an

account had recently appeared in the ‘‘ Entomologist’s

Monthly Magazine”’ for August, 1895, p. 178.

Mr. H. Tunaley exhibited specimens of Lobophora viretata

from the neighbourhood of Birmingham. Specimens of the

green dark form were shown in their natural positions on the

bark, and specimens of the yellow form were shown on leaves

~ on which they rested.

Mr. J. W. Tutt exhibited, for Mr. Anderson, of Chichester,

cases formed by a Lepidopterous insect received from the

Argentine Republic, which he said he recognised as being

either identical with, or closely allied to, Yhyridopteryx

ephemera formis, which did great damage to many orchard and

forest trees in North America. He observed that Dr. J. B.

Smith gave an account of its life history in the Report of the

Eint. Dept. of the New Jersey Agr. Hap. Sta. for 1894. Ac-

cording to this the male has quite a Psychid appearance, the

female turns in the case, but without leaving it, and in this

position is fertilised by the male. After copulation she re-

turns in the case and lays her eggs in the empty pupa case.

According to Prof. Smith the eggs do not hatch till the

following spring, but this seems to be an error, for it appears

if a case be cut open that the pupa case is about equally filled

with eggs and newly hatched larve. He thought it possible

( xxvii )

that unless disturbed the young larve may not leave the case

until the spring, but it is also certain that if disturbed the

young larve are very active, spin a lot of silk, and have no

objection to go on feeding. Some did this from cut cases a

month or more ago now. Mr. Tutt also exhibited a series of

Lycena egon captured by Mr. Massey, of Didsbury, in the

mosses in Westmoreland. They are remarkable in the male

having two very distinct shades of colour, one set being

of what may be termed the argus-blue and the other of the

ordinary egon-blue. The females are very different from

those of South Britain, are strongly tinged with blue, and form,

indeed, quite a parallel aberration to the ab. argyrognomon of

Lycena argus. The two tints of blue traceable in the males

are also to be distinguished in the females. He further

exhibited a long series of ninety specimens of Hydracia lucens,

captured by Mr. T. Acton in the mosses near Warrington.

The specimens, it will be seen, are uniformly larger than the

allied H. nictitans, and the variation is extreme, ab. grisea, ab.

rufa, as well as some remarkably well marked ferruginous red

type forms, being well represented, Mr. Tutt also showed for

comparison a series of Hydreacia paludis. These were cap-

tured at Warrington, a few miles from the lucens locality.

Mr. Acton remarks that although the two forms lucens and

patudis have almost identical parallel forms of variation, yet

they never overlap nor could one be mistaken for the other.

The ab. intermedia (Brit. Noct., I., p. 64) and ab. grisea

(ibid.) are remarkably well illustrated. ‘The redder forms were

quite new to him in paludis. He also exhibited Dyschorista

suspecta taken near Warrington, and remarked that they

showed a wide range of variation. The brown type form

appears to be almost unrepresented in this district, most of

the forms ranging near ab. congener, ab. rufa, and ab,

nigrescens. The almost unicolorous forms are much more

abundant than the variegated. He also exhibited specimens

of Celena Haworthit from Warrington. ‘These showed a

perfect dichroism, some specimens being red and others

purple in tint, exhibiting also very considerable variation in

the number of the pale transverse lines, and also in the shape, —

size, and general characters of the stigmata.

;

( xxvii)

Papers, etc., read.

Dr. Fritz Miller communicated a paper entitled ‘‘ Contvi-

butions towards the history of a new form of larve of

Psychodidse (Diptera), from Brazil.”’

Baron Osten Sacken communicated a paper, supplemental

to the preceding one, entitled ‘“‘ Remarks on the homologies

and differences between the first stages of Pericoma and

those of the new Brazilian species.”’

The Rey. A. E. Haton also contributed some supplementary

notes to Dr. Fritz Miller’s paper. |

Lord Walsingham read a paper entitled ‘‘New Species of

North American Tortricide.’’ In this paper twenty-nine

species were dealt with, of which twenty-six were described

as new; eighteen species were figured, of which seventeen

were new, from the following localities, viz., Florida 1,

California 1, N. Carolina 1, Arizona 2, the remainder from

Colorado. The following corrections were made in the

nomenclature of genera, etc.: (1) OxetTHREUTIN® in lieu of

Grapholithine. (2) Eucelis, Hb., in leu of Grapholitha, Tr.

(3) Zeiraphera, Tr., in lieu of Steganoptycha, auct. (nec Stph.).

(4) Hysterosia, Stph., in lieu of Idiographis, Ld,

October /I6th, 1895.

Professor RarHarn Menpoua, F.R.S., President, in the

chair. |

Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks

voted to the respective donors.

Deaths of Two Fellows.

The President said that the Society had recently sustained

severe losses by the death of one of their Honorary Fellows,

Prof. C. V. Riley, and of Prof. Babington, F.R.S., who was

the last but one of the original Members. Prof. Riley’s

death, the result of a bicycle accident, occurred last month,

and he was sure that all Fellows of the Society would learn

of the premature decease of this brilliant entomologist, at the

( xavini *)

age of fifty-two, with the most profound regret. The works

which Prof. Riley had given to the scientific world, and especially

his most important series of Annual Reports on the injurious

insects of Missouri, would stand as monuments of his labour.

In addition to his services to economic entomology Riley had

a philosophical side, and the last personal reminiscence which

he (the President) had of the distinguished observer, whose

loss they all deplored, was a prolonged discussion held at

Prof. Poulton’s, where Riley and Prof. Osborn were staying

as guests at the time of the last Oxford meeting of the

British Association. The President added that he was

particularly struck on that occasion with the breadth and

profundity of Riley’s speculative faculty in the field of

general biology. Prof. Babington, although more generally

known as a botanist, had been identified to some extent with

entomology in his earlier days.

Mr. Blandford said: The name of CHartes VALENTINE

Rivey is one that should be held in honour by every ento-

mologist, whatever his line of study may be, as that of the

man who, directly and indirectly, has done most to teach the

outside non-scientific world that entomology is a serious

pursuit, capable of conferring real and great practical benefits,

and no mere pastime. While it is true that America has

reaped the chief benefit of his labours, we are proud to

recollect that he was an Englishman, born at Chelsea in

1843, and that his interest in insects was quickened by his

visits in early life to the Hewitson collection. Emigrating to

America he settled on a farm in Illinois, and there began his

assiduous series of observations on living insects. His first

papers were published in 1863, in the ‘“‘ Prairie Farmer,”’ and in

1868 he was appointed entomologist to the State of Missouri,

for the benefit of which he issued nine remarkable and

laborious reports. In 1878 he became entomologist to the

Department of Agriculture of the United States, and under

his control the Division of Entomology reached a position

such as no similar organization has ever ‘approached, and has

become a model for the world. Nothing shows his extra-

ordinary industry better than a glance at Henshaw’s Biblio-

graphy of his writings. He is credited therein, between 1863

(C eadix *)

and 1888, with the astounding number of 2033 papers on

economic entomology, written by himself, in collaboration, or

under his direction. Though many are mere recapitulations

or brief notes, the most cursory examination serves to show

that their united contents form a mass of observations on the

ways and habits of insects and of practical advice which has

never been equalled. Riley was not the first entomologist to

approach economic questions by a scientific method instead of

the rough rule-of-thumb treatment which too often passes for

economic entomology. That honour belongs to Ratzeburg ;

but it is likely that Riley’s attitude towards such questions

was entirely his own, that he owed nothing, at least in his

early career, to the work of his predecessor, and that the

combination of a painstaking, accurate and logical habit

of mind in research with great practical readiness in

turning his results to account, was entirely responsible for the

success of his labours. The work done by and under him

has followed Ratzeburg’s lead in showing that the successful

treatment of insect pests depends on the scrutiny not only of

the insects’ habits, but of the obscure -circumstances which

determine their capacity for multiplication and their relations

_ to their environment, in short, of the factors which control

their struggle for existence; and when these are grasped,

that the problem of their destruction may be attempted with

some measure of success. As examples of many such

inquiries conducted on right lines may be cited the celebrated

investigation into the Coccid, Icerya purchasi, with the

subsequent importation against it of the Lady-bird, Vedalia

cardinalis, and the Reports on the Locusts of North America.

The practical side of the work done under his auspices is

clear to anyone who has studied the details of the spraying

and fumigating apparatus, the arsenical washes and kerosene

emulsions which have been introduced in America. An apt

instance of Riley’s love of labour and readiness to study

insects in the field is found in his successful working-out,

during a holiday in England, of the life-history of Phorodon

humuli and its heteroecism on the hop and damson. This

was held as a vague belief by some English entomologists,

and probably would have remained as such to the present day

Cee 3

but for the activity of a man whose death should be mourned

as a loss by every agriculturist and entomologist in the

civilised world. If, as Swift says, to make two ears of corn

or two blades of grass to grow where only one grew before

is to deserve well of mankind, few men have ever deserved

better than Charles Valentine Riley.

Lord Walsingham also spoke as to the importance of the

late Prof. Riley’s work, and the respect and regard which he

had for his estimable personal qualities.

Election of Fellows.

Sir Gilbert T. Carter, K.C.M.G., of Government House,

Lagos, West Africa; and Mr. Sydney Wacher, F.R.C.S., of

Dane John, Canterbury, were elected Fellows of the Society.

Exhibitions, ete.

Mr. F. C. Adams exhibited a series of nineteen Merodon

equestris, containing several varieties, showing their re-

semblance to wild bees of the family Apide, and made a few

remarks on mimicry. He also exhibited specimens of

Leptomorphus walkeri, Curt., taken in the New Forest in

September last, and Melanostoma hyalinatum, Fln. (male and

female), from a series of eighteen also taken in the New

Forest in the latter part of August last. Mr. Adams further

exhibited a specimen of Spilomyia speciosa, Rossi, from the

New Forest. Mr. Verrall, Dr. Sharp, and Colonel Yerbury

Mr. Enock exhibited, and made remarks on, specimens of

the mature male and female, and the nest of Atypus piceus,

the British Trap-door spider ; also male and female specimens

of Andrena atriceps and males of A. fulva. .

Mr. Tutt exhibited a long series of 143 males and 25

females of Erebia nerine, captured in the Tyrol, partly in the

Mendel Pass and partly in the Val d’Ampezzo, and read the

following notes on the species:—‘‘The series of Krebia

nerine exhibited were captured in the Tyrol, partiy in the

Mendel Pass and partly in the neighbourhood of Cortina in

the Val d’Ampezzo. Dr. Lang says of the species: ‘A very

(~ xxx’)

local species, being only found in Alpine meadows at a great

elevation in South-eastern Germany and the Tyrol.’ This

must be a wild guess, or its habits are very different in some

localities from those we (Mr. Lemann, Dr. Chapman and

myself) observed. First, it is never found at any very ‘ great

elevation,’ rarely going above 4,000 feet; secondly, it is

essentially a rock insect, and an ‘ Alpine meadow’ is about

the last place in which I should expect to find it, except by

accident.

‘¢ Hasit.—A difference in habit between the sexes appears

to have brought about a very marked difference in the colora-

tion of their undersides. The males love to sit in little

colonies numbering from two or three to a dozen, huddled

together and sunning themselves in the hottest part of the

day on the steep face of the perpendicular rocks found in

their localities, and then at dusk to crawl away into crannies

or under ledges where they are comparatively safe. The

female haunts the sloping rubble at the base of the rocks

among which the food-plant of her future progeny thrives.

She lives and rests amongst the broken rock, which is very

pale in colour (the Dolomite district), and her underside

assimilates thereto. It is easy to miss the female owing to

this difference of habit, for the slopes are often difficult to

work. Owing to this Mr. Lemann and Dr. Chapman took

less than a dozen females in a whole week at Mendel,

whereas, when their habits became known, Dr. Chapman

took as many as that in a single morning near Cortina.

‘«¢ VarraTtion.—There is considerable variation both in size,

width of band, and ocellation. In size, the specimens run

from about 1°75 to 2:25 inches. In the width of the fulvous

band, it varies from above one-third of the wing (in some

females) to perfect obsolescence. One extreme aberration

(obsoleta) might at first sight be considered EH. melas, so

completely has the band gone on both fore and hindwings,

The females are much more broadly banded than the males,

and the colour of the transverse band is paler, whilst the

males from Mendel are, on the whole, more broadly banded

than those from Cortina. Of the ocellated spots, a double

white-pupilled spot towards the apex and a single one on the

( xxxit 4)

fulvous band below are usually present in the male, but the

bottom one is frequently absent. Two females alone of my

long series have the double apical spot only, the others have

one, two, three, and even four extra spots on the forewings:

The hindwings usually have three, and occasionally four,

white-pupilled spots. These vary in size on both fore and

hindwings, those beyond the normal number usually (but not

invariably) being smaller. The undersides of the forewings

of the male are of a fulvous tint with a narrow blackish margin,

some specimens have a complete fine central transverse line,

others traces of it, others are quite without. The hindwings

usually have traces of the white band so characteristic of

ligea, whilst others are without it and are entirely black,

owing to a partial failure of the usual transverse lines.

‘‘ Staudinger mentions a variety under the name of morula,

Speyer, and diagnoses it as ‘ minor obscurior, subtus uni-

color,’ and says that it comes from the Southern Tyrol.

This would do so far as the ‘minor obscurior’ goes, as the

name of a frequent aberration at Cortina, but even that

would by no means apply to the whole race. I find, too,

that Mr. Elwes, in his ‘ Notes on the Genus Hrebia,’ Trans.

Ent. Soc. Lond., 1889, p. 827, also says ‘minor obscurior,

subtus unicolor’ of Tyrolean specimens. Is this copied from

Staudinger, or has Mr. Elwes ever seen any with unicolorous

undersides? Dr. Lang gives the same diagnosis converted

into English. Evidently our writers on the Erebias have not

done much original work here. Staudinger also diagnoses

another variety, viz., reichlini, H.-S., as ‘major obscurior.’

This he gives as coming from South-east Bavaria and the

Tyrol. Elwes treats it as synonymous with the type, and

Lang, whilst suggesting that it may bea local form of E. evias

(on what grounds one cannot even hazard a conjecture),

gives the following long description :—‘ Differs from the type

in having the forewings blackish-brown instead of fulvous

beneath, and in having a small ocellated spot above the two

large ones near the apex; the hindwings are darker and

without brownish-white markings,’ p. 249. He still insists

that it is found in ‘elevated meadows in the Tyrol.’ lt is

doubtful whether this description applies to even a single

( xxxili)

aberrational specimen in the whole of my long series. Some

(usually males) are somewhat darker beneath, others (usually

females) have a small spot placed just above the ordinary

double white-pupilled apical spot, but in no specimen are

the two characters combined. ‘‘ The Tyrolean specimens are

considered by Staudinger, Elwes, and Lang to be ‘ varieties,’

that is, local races. My series shows that the Tyrolean

specimens have an exceedingly wide range of aberrational

variation which might with advantage be worked out, but

that so far as developing special races in the Tyrol is con-

cerned, the specimens from Mendel and Cortina exhibit not

only a range of variation including the type and the

deseribed forms, but a range extending in its extremes far

beyond the limits of these, as laid down by the authori-

ties.”’

Mr. Elwes, in reply, said that at the time he wrote on

Erebia he had not personally collected EH. nerine, but that

having specimens from Bozen sent him as a ‘“ var. morula,”’

which, as compared with others from the Italian Alps near

Bormio, were ‘‘ minor obscurior, subtus unicolor,’’ he con-

sidered himself justified in treating them as a variety, defined

by Staudinger. Since then he had taken many of EL. nerine

in the district north of the Lago di Garda, and found, as Mr.

Tutt had done, great variation among them. But without

knowing more of the extent of this variation in other locali-

ties, he did not think either Mr. Tutt or himself would be

justified in stating that there were no local forms worthy of

definition, though without question many of the named

varieties in Staudinger’s catalogue were now proved to be

fairly separable when a sufficient number from different

localities were brought together. As to Lang’s work, he had

never paid any attention to it, as he had always considered

it a mere compilation.

Lord Walsingham exhibited the typeand paratypes of Pseudo-

doxia limulus (Rghfr., Drnt.), together with the larval cases

and a preserved larva. His Lordship directed attention to

the curious truncate concave head of the larva which forms

an operculum to the tube, and remarked that the cases of this

insect, which were apparently not uncommon in Ceylon, the

(saa «3

larva feeding on mosses and lichens, had been known for

some considerable time. Solong ago as 1864 Mr. McLachlan

found them: in the British Museum collection of cases of

Caddis worms, and at that time, being only acquainted with

the case, he was disposed to consider them the work of one of

the Leptoceride. In 1889 Herr Rogenhofer gave the name

Fumea ? limulus to the case and its contents, and Mr.

McLachlan agreed from the evidence then adduced that the

insect was Lepidopterous rather than Trichopterous. Mr. Green

made drawings of the insect in all its stages, and collected

the four specimens of the imago now exhibited, Mr. Durrant

recently described these as Pseudodowia limulus in the ‘ Ento-

mologist’s Monthly Magazine,” referring them to the Depres-

sariade. |

Mr. C. J. Gahan exhibited, for Mr. Turner, an imago and

some larval forms of Ledra aurita, Linn.

Mr. G. C. Griffiths exhibited hybrids between Platysamia

cecropia (male) and P. gloveri (female), and between P. cecropia

(male) and P. ceanothi (female); also between Actias luna

(male) and A. selene (female). He read the following notes :—

‘‘The hybrids now exhibited were bred by Miss Emily L.

Morton of New Windsor, New York; the one between

Platysamia cecropia, $, and P. gloveri, 9, in 1891, that

between Actias luna, g, and A. selene, 2, in 1892, and that

between Platysamia cecropia, ¢, and P ceanothi, 9 , in 1893.”

In response to my request for information as to these

interesting hybrids Miss Morton writes me as follows :—‘‘ As

to the hybrids, to write their entire history would require

more time than I could possibly spare at present ; in fact, our

own Journals have asked me several times to send to them a

history of the different kinds, but though I commenced a

paper several years ago, I] have up to date been unable to

finish it. I can only reply to your questions as briefly as

possible. The larve take equally after both parents—the

large size of cecropia, the bird’s egg blue of glovert intensified,

with lemon-yellow tubercles, most beautiful objects.

‘‘T do not know the larve of ceanothi, the hybrid was not

nearly as handsome a larva as the gloveri-cecropia, but was

readily distinguished from any cecropia and grew to an

(xxv 7)

immense size. The largest of the gloveri-cecropia hybrid are

larger than any cecropia I ever saw. The ceanothi-cecropia

hybrids are very large too, though none attained the size of a

few of the 2? of the gloveri-cecropia. The moths vary

as much from each other as if they belonged to an entirely

different species. The most remarkable thing about them,

I think, is their total barrenness. I have never known a

hybrid to lay an egg, or the $¢ to fertilize, though

both sexes mate freely with each other and with cecropia.

The columbia-cecropia hybrid (not here represented G.C.G.)}

varies more than any of the others I have raised; some

being deep red-grey, others pinkish-grey, and yet others the

ordinary grey of cecropia. ‘The only trouble in pairing is that

you must have a ? of the species you wish to attract to your @

which you want to hybridize. With the ceanothi, having

several (a dozen cocoons), I left her in the cage with the door

open, a 2 cecropia being in a cage above her with the door shut.

The 4 were attracted by the cecropia, and being unable

to reach her one paired with the ceanothi. With the glovert

Thad no ¢ ¢ of cecropia out that day, but put two ¢ ¢ in

the same cage with the ? gloveri, and the strongest paired

with her in the cage. I had but three cocoons of gloveri in

all, which produced two ¢ @ and one ¢; the ¢ and one of

the ¢ @ paired, the other @ paired with cecropia. With luna

and selene I had no ¢ luna but four or five ? ¢ came out the

same day, and at night I tied the 2 selene on a hickory-nut

tree, putting the 9 Juna in a cage at the foot of the tree; in

the morning she was paired with a wild duna. Another

curious feature in these hybrids is that they often remain two

years in the cocoons, twenty-five emerged the second year

from the same larve bred during same season. With the

luna-selene all the @ 9 resembled ? luna, all the ¢ ¢ fol-

lowed selene: selene being the mother of the brood. These

all came out the same summer, from August 30th to

November of the same season, of course the latter stages

reared in the house.”’

To these remarks of Miss Morton I will simply add that

one of the most striking points about these hybrids is the

manner in which certain of their markings are itensified

(\ xxe00)

beyond those of their parents; also that the slight indenta-

tion of the hindwings of luna becomes in the hybrid a

strongly scalloped border.

Papers, etc., read.

Lord Walsingham read the following note supplemental

to the paper read by him at the last meeting:—At the

last meeting of the Society some discussion ensued in con-

sequence of my having stated that Grapholitha, Tr., was

preoccupied by Grapholitha, Hb, Verz. bek. Schm., 242 and

243 (Ante 1826). The first appearance of Grapholitha, Tr.,

is Schm. Eur., vii., 282 (1829) as Grapholita, corrected to

Grapholitha, Tr., Schm. Eur., vui., 203 (1830). The ex-

pression, ‘‘ Ante 1826,’’ was applied to pp. 242 and 243 of

the Verzeichniss, and was not intended to be taken as

referring to the last page of the Verzeichniss, This gave at

least three years’ priority to Hiibner’s name. As the question

of the date of the Verzeichniss has been raised, I will briefly

mention some information overlooked by Scudder when

dealing with this work, which gives an absolute limit to

the date of the last page. Page 312 was published after

27th August, 1825, as noted by Scudder, and the last page

(page 431) was published before January, 1827, for the whole

work is reviewed in detail in Oken’s “Isis,” vol. xx., pp. 103

and 104, published in January, 1827. Jacob Hubner died

13th September, 1826 (aged 65), and as there is no evidence

whatever that any part of the Verzeichniss was published

posthumously, we can say, with certainty, that the last page

was published in 1826, and almost certainly that it was pub-

lished before 18th September, 1826. My own opinion is that

it was published even earlier in the year, but for micro-

lepidopterological purposes this date suffices, for it is proved

to antedate the last part of Haworth’s ‘‘ Lepidoptera Brit-

annica.”’

Dr. A. G. Butler communicated a paper, entitled ‘‘ Notes on

Seasonal Dimorphism in cértain African Butterflies.’ This

paper contained a favourable criticism of Mr. Parker’s paper

on the same subject, published in part iii. of the Transactions

for 1895.

( xxzxvi)

November 6th, 1895.

The Right Honorable Lorp Watusineoam, LL.D., F.R.5.,

Vice-President, in the Chair.

Donations to the Library were announced, and thanks

voted to the respective donors.

Death of the President of the Entomological Society of France.

Lord Walsingham announced the death of Mons. EH. L.

Ragonot, President of the Entomological Society of France,

and, since 1887, a Foreign Fellow of the Entomological

Society of London. He remarked that Mons. Ragonot was

especially distinguished by his knowledge of the Phycide, a

Monograph on which group he had brought out in Russia,

and for his amiable personal qualities and the readiness he

showed to assist other workers in the identification of species.

In conclusion, Lord Walsingham said that the loss of Mons.

Ragonot would be greatly felt not only by the Entomological

Society of France, but by Entomologists all over the world,

and that the Council had that evening passed a resolution to

the effect that the Secretary should write a letter of con-

dolence to the French Entomological Society on the death of

their distinguished President. Colonel Swinhoe also spoke

as to the great loss sustained by the death of Mons. Ragonot,

and of the kindness and generosity of the deceased which

he had personally experienced.

Election of Fellows.

Mr. Cecil W. Barker, of Malvern, Natal, South Africa; and

Lieutenant, H. G. R. Beavan, R.N., of the Royal Naval

College, Greenwich, S.E., were elected Fellows of the Society.

Exhibitions, etc.

The Secretary read a letter from Mr. Waterhouse, calling

attention to the prospectus of a Monograph by Mr. Ernest

Green on the Coccide of Ceylon. A copy of the prospectus

and specimen plates were shown, and Lord Walsingham and

‘Mr. McLachlan commented on the importance of the pro-

PROC, ENT. SOC. LOND. Iv., 1895. D

(| Xxxvili )

posed work and the beauty of the plates. Mr. Ernest Green,

who was present, made some remarks in acknowledgment.

Mr. Stevens exhibited two larve, supposed to be those of a

species of Anobium, which had been damaging oil paintings

in his possession ; also two specimens of a luminous species

of Pyrophorus, which he had received alive from the West

Indies.

Mr. Adkin exhibited a portion of a collection of Lepidoptera

‘made in Hoy, Orkney, in 1895, including the following

species, viz., Agrotis vestigialis, A. tritici, and A. cursoria, not

previously recorded from Orkney; Nemeophila plantaginis,

having the usual yellow ground-colour of the hindwings

replaced by red in many of the females; Hepialus humuli,

males of the ordinary white form, bearing no resemblance to

the Unst (Shetland) form, var. hethlandica ; Triphena comes,

all very dark, the forewings almost black, the yellow of the

hindwings of many of the specimens much obscured by

blackish scales; Noctua festiva, showing forms of variation

ranging between the pale southern and the dark confiua

forms; E'punda lutulenta, some almost uniformly black,

others pale grey with dark markings; Teniocampa gothica,

including var. gothicina; Hadena adusta, one almost black,

others much variegated; Thera juniperata, many having the

central fascia and apical streak very dark brown; and

Hypsipetes sordidata, varying from blackish-brown to pale

green. Mr. Barrett, Mr. McLachlan, and the Chairman

made some remarks on the collection.

Mr. Tutt exhibited a series of Emydia cribrum var. candida,

and read the following notes on the subject:—‘‘It will,

perhaps, be remembered by some of the Fellows that 1

exhibited and read notes on some specimens of Hmydia

cribrum var. candida, which were captured by Dr. Chapman

and myself in Piedmont, in August, 1894, in the neighbour-

hood of Cogne and Courmayeur. In May last (1895) Mr.

Merrifield, whilst travelling in Northern Italy, captured a

female of the same form, and this, laying a batch of eggs, he

forwarded with the latter to me. When they hatched, as

they did shortly afterwards—the beautiful bead-like eggs going

through a series of colour changes from yellow to leaden, or

(\* xxxix ))

blue-black, as the embryo matured within—I was perfectly

unable to get what is generally considered their food -plant,

viz., ling, but I remembered that “ ling” did not occur where

they were found—rough grassy spots—and accordingly I tried

them with the ordinary grass growing in my garden, and

gave them, in addition, that excellent all-round food for

lepidopterous larve—knot-grass (Polygonum aviculare). They

took to both, and by July had moulted twice, and were

evidently still feeding on, so I sent them on to Dr. Buckell

to deal with whilst I was away on the Continent. On my

return, Dr. Buckell informed me that they had gone ahead,

and in early September he gave me a number of the earliest-

formed pup#, which emerged in about three weeks. The

later larvee pupated during the next fortnight or three weeks,

and the imagines have since emerged, the last on Oct. 16th.

A part of the brood I am exhibiting to-night. It occurs to

me to draw attention to the following points:—(1) That

breeding them in England (even indoors) has resulted in pro-

ducing the brood at least six weeks later than the correspond-

ing one on the Continent. It will be remembered that our H#.

cribrum is single-brooded, it being only on rare occasions that

an odd specimen of the second brood is obtained. (2) That this

delay in feeding up has not been accompanied by any change

whatever in the general appearance of the insects. They

have bred true to type, and are of the same type exactly as

the ¢ parent. (3) That of the first 21 specimens bred only

two females occurred ; that of the last 23, only five were males.

(4) That there should now be no difficulty in breeding our

British form on two such excellent substitute (natural ?) foods

as ordinary grass (Poa annua) and knot-grass.”’

The Rey. Canon Fowler exhibited, on behalf of Professor

Poulton, living specimens of Diapheromera femorata bred from

eges received from Professor K. B. Titchener, of Cornell

University, New York. He stated that the young larve had

emerged from the eggs in July and August last and fed on

lime. Several pairs had arrived at maturity, and were feed-

ing in cases in the Oxford Museum.

The Rev. J. H. Hocking exhibited a specimen of Xylina

zinckentt (lambda), taken by him at sugar on the trunk of an

((2382)) 2

oak tree, at Copdock, near Ipswich, on the 80th September

last. It was in beautiful condition and had apparently only

‘recently emerged from the chrysalis. He also exhibited two

specimens of Xanthia ocellaris taken at the same time. Mr.

Barrett referred to the few recorded captures of X. zimckenii

(Jambda) in this country.

Mr. R. W. Lloyd exhibited male and female specimens of

Amara alpina from Garvell, Perthshire.

Colonel Swinhoe stated that he had, during the past

summer, captured four specimens of Pieris daplidice at Deal.

He said they were worn and had probably been blown over

from France. Mr. Tutt remarked that he had collected at

Deal for many years but had never met with Pieris daplidice.

Papers, etc., read.

Mr. Tutt read a paper, communicated by Professor A.

Radcliffe Grote, entitled, ‘‘ Notes on the genus Cidaria.”

Dr. T. A. Chapman read a paper entitled, ‘‘ Notes on

Pupez ; Orneodes, Epermenia, Chrysocorys, and Pterophorns.”

Lord Walsingham, Mr. Blandford, and Mr, Tutt took part in

the discussion which ensued.

December 4th, 1895. . ¥

Professor RaPHarL Mztpora, F.RS§., President, in the

Chair.

Donations to the Library were aniloueaee and thanks

voted to the respective donors.

Election of an Honorary Fellow.

Mr. S. H. Scudder, of Cambridge, Mass., U.S.A., was

elected an Honorary Fellow to fill the vacancy caused by the

death of Prof. C. V. Riley.

Election of Fellows.

Lieut.-Colonel C. T. Bingham, Indian Staff Corps, of 4,

‘Waverley Place, St. John’s Wood, N.W. ; Captain C. G. Nurse,

13th Bombay Native Infantry, c/o Messrs. Cox and Co,

Charing Cross, S.W.; and Mr. E. F. Studd, M.A., B.C.L., of

Oxton, Exeter, were elected Fellows of the Society. 4

, MUSEUM (yy >

(Beh ae)

Death of the President of the Entomological Society of france.

The Secretary read a copy of the following letter of con-

dolence which he had written, by the direction of the Council,

to the Entomological Society of France on the death of their

President, Mons. EK. L. Ragonot :—

ENroMOLoGICcAL SOCIETY,

LoNnDRES,

le 9 Novembre, 1895.

Monsieur Et Honoré Cotticur,—C’est avec la plus profonde

_douleur que le Conseil de la Société Entomologique de

Londres a appris la triste perte que vient de subir la science

par la mort de M. E. L. Ragonot, Villustre Président de la

Société Entomologique de France, et depuis 1887, un des

Membres les plus honorés de notre Société.

Par les instructions de mon Conseil, je viens vous assurer

que la Société Entomologique de Londres deplore la mort de

votre Président, et la considére comme une perte irréparable,

non seulement pour la France, mais pour le monde entier.

Veuillez agréer, Monsieur et honoré collégue, l’assurance

de ma plus haute consideration et de ma parfaite estime.

7 H. Goss,

Secretaire de la Société E’ntomologique de Londres.

A Monsieur le Secrétaire de la Société

Entomologique de France.

The Secretary then read the following letter in reply from

the Entomological Society of France :—

Sociité Enromonociqur DE FRANCE,

Paris,

le 20 Novembre, 1895.

Monsizeur et Honorfi Cottiaur,—J’ai lu a la derniére

séance de la Société Hntomologique de France la lettre par

laquelle vous témoignez la part prise par la Société Ento-

mologique de Londres a la perte de notre regretté Président,

M. Ragonot.

La Société Entomologique de France a été vivement

touchée de cette marque de sympathie, et me charge de vous

transmettre, ainsi qu’aux membres du Conseil de la Société

PROC. ENT. SOC. LOND. v., 1896. E

(| xii) |

Entomologique de Londres, l’expression de ga gratitude pour

cet acte de bonne confraternité.

Veuillez agréez, Monsieur et honoré collégue, l’assurance

de mes sentiments profondément devoués.

J. DE GALLE,

Secrétaire adjoint de la Société Entomologique de France,

A Monsieur le Secrétaire de la Société

Entomologique de Londres.

Exhibitions, ete,

Mr. R. Adkin exhibited a specimen of Mesogona acetosella,

taken at Arlington, Sussex, in October, 1895. It was stated

that this was the first recorded capture of this species in

Britain. .

Mr. G. T. Porritt exhibited an example of Halesus guttati-

pennis, taken at Lye, Worcestershire, in November, 1889. It

was believed to be the third British example. Mr. Porritt

also exhibited a series of Mania typica, showing a curious

malformation in all the specimens. He stated that about

one-third of a large brood had emerged in exactly the same

form, having the wings only half developed, but with the

markings clearly defined. Mr. Tutt and Mr. McLachlan

referred respectively to similar malformations in Agrotis

tritict and Hadena chenopodit.

Mr. Goss read a communication from Mr. Sidney Crompton,

of Salamanca, Tenerife, announcing the capture there by

Mr. Hammerton of two specimens of Diadema misippus, a

species of butterfly not previously recorded from Tenerife.

Mr. Crompton said the specimens were in such fine coudition

that they must have been introduced into Tenerife in the

larval or pupal state and emerged there. Mr. Hampson,

Prof. Meldola, and Mr. Osbert Salvin made some remarks

on the distribution of the species.

Papers, etc., read.

Mr. Champion read a paper entitled, ‘On the Heteromerous

Coleoptera of St. Vincent, Grenada, and the Grenadines.”

Mr. Kenneth J. Morton communicated a paper entitled,

‘‘ New or Little Known Palearctic Perlide.”’

( xiii)

ANNUAL MEETING.

January 15th, 1896.

Professor RarHarL Menpona, F.R.S., F.C.S., President, in

the Chair.

Mr. Albert Hugh Jones, one of the Auditors, read the

Treasurer’s Balance Sheet, showing a balance in the Society’s

favour of £12 14s. 7d.

Mr. H. Goss, one of the Secretaries, read the following

Report of the Council.

During the Session 1895-96, one Honorary and five

Ordinary Fellows have died, viz., Professor Charles Valentine

Riley, Mr. J. M. Adye, Professor Charles C. Babington, F'.R.S.

(the last but one of the original members), M. Emile

Louis Ragonot (President of the Entomological Society of

France), Major John Nathaniel Still, and Mr. Lyddon

Surrage; nine Fellows have resigned; two have been

removed from the list; and twenty-one Ordinary and two

Honorary Fellows have been elected.

The number of Fellows elected during the year is some-

what below the average, notwithstanding the successful

efforts of one or two Fellows of the Society to add to its

numbers. The majority of the twenty-one Ordinary Fellows

elected during the year have been obtained by the exertions

of one or two individuals, and the Council takes this oppor-

tunity of expressing its gratification at the interest shown in

adding to the Society’s list of Fellows.

At the’ present time, the Society consists of 10 Honorary,

58 Life, and 324 Fellows liable for the Annual Subscription,

making the total number now on the list 3887, which, after

allowing for the losses by deaths, resignations, and

exclusions, is an increase of 6 since the Annual Meeting

of last year.

(sly .)

Our Transactions for the year form a volume of 552 pages,

containing 22 Memoirs contributed by the following authors,

viz., Colonel Swinhoe; Mr. Frederic W. Urich; Mr. Charles

J. Gahan; Professor Louis C. Miall, F.R.S.; Mr. Francis

Galton, F.R.S.; Mr. Martin Jacoby (2 papers); Mr. Roland

Trimen, F.R.S.; Mr. George A. James Rothney; Mr. George

C. Champion; Mr. George F. Hampson; Mr. James W.

Tutt; the Rev. Thomas A. Marshall; Mr. Oswald H.

Latter; Mr. Cecil W. Barker ; Mr. William L. Distant; Mr.

James J. Walker, R.N.; Dr. Fritz Muller; Baron Osten

Sacken; the Rev. Alfred E. Eaton; the Right Honourable

Lord Walsingham, F.R.S.; and Dr. Arthur G. Butler.

Of these 22 papers, 10 relate to Lepidoptera, or to

enquiries in which they were the suggested subjects of

experiment, 4 to Coleoptera, 1 to Hemiptera, 3 to Hymeno-

ptera, and 4 to Diptera. .

The Memoirs above referred to are illustrated by 12 plates,

of which 5 are coloured. The cost of Plates VII, VIII,

and IX., has been paid for out of the income derived from

the ‘‘ Westwood Bequest ;’’ and the Society is indebted to

Baron Osten Sacken for the cost of Plates X. and XI.; and

to Lord Walsingham for that of Plate XII.

The Proceedings, containing an account of the Exhibitions

and Discussions at the Meetings, in addition to certain

papers not published in the Transactions, and to several

Notes of interest in connection with Exhibitions, extend

to 46 pages.

During the past year over 200 Books, Pamphlets, and

Papers, have been added to the Library; and the Meetings

continue to be, as they have been of recent years, far better

attended than formerly. In fact, there is probably no

Society in London with a similar number of Fellows on

its list which has such a proportionately large attendance,

the Meetings of this Society comparing very favourably in

this respect with those of some kindred Societies.

Compared with 1894, the amount received for current

Subscriptions in the year 1895 is slightly larger, whilst the

arrears paid up, and the Admission Fees, are less, The

Donations have not sufficed to pay the Tea expenses. The

(ily > )

sum derived from the Sales of Publications shows a con-

siderable diminution, but this is always a capricious item.

Three Life Compositions were received during the year, and

have been invested in Consols, making the total sum so

invested £508 3s., representing £518 2s. 6d. Consols.

On the side of payments there is nothing that calls for

special remark, excepting a gratifying reduction of the Office

Expenses. The cost of production of the Transactions for 1895

(and miscellaneous printing) is about the same as in 1894,

notwithstanding that in the latter year we had an extra-

ordinary Donation towards General and Library expenses ;

as a final result the balance of £29 2s. 7d. in hand on the

ist January, 1895, dwindled to £12 14s. 7d. by the 3Jst

December, making it evident that had it not been for the

saving in Office Expenses there would have been a slight

deficit.

11, Caanpos STREET, CavENDISH Square, W,

15th January, 1896.

The Secretaries not having received any notice proposing

to substitute other names than those contained in the lists

prepared by the Council, the following Fellows constitute the

Council for 1896 :—Walter F. H. Blandford, M.A., F.Z.S.;

George C. Champion, F'.Z.8.; The Rey. Canon Fowler,

M.A., F.L.8.; Herbert Goss, F.L.8.; George Francis Hamp-

son, B.A.; Robert McLachlan, F.R.S.; Prof. Raphael Meldola,

F.R.S.; Prof. Edward B. Poulton, M.A., F.R.S.; Osbert

Salvin, M.A., F.RS.; Dr. David Sharp, M.A., F.R.S.;

Roland Trimen, F.RS.; the Right Hon. Lord Walsing-

ham, M.A., LL.D, F.R.S.; and Colonel John William

Yerbury, B.A.

The following are the Officers elected :— President, Professor

Raphael Meldola; Treasurer, Mr. Robert McLachlan ; Sccre-

taries, Mr. Herbert Goss and the Rev. Canon Fowler;

Librarian, Mr. George C. Champion.

Professor Meldola, the President, then delivered an Address,

at the conclusion of which Mr, C. G. Barrett proposed a

( xlvi )

vote of thanks to Professor Meldola for his services as

President during the year, and for his Address.

The proposal was seconded by Professor EH. B. Poulton,

and carried unanimously.

A vote of thanks to the Treasurer, Secretaries, and

Librarian, was moved by Mr. Roland Trimen, seconded

by Mr. Osbert Salvin, and carried unanimously.

Professor Meldola and Mr. McLachlan made some re-

marks in acknowledgment.

( xlvu )

ENTOMOLOGIAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Balance Sheet for the Year 1895.

RECEIPTS. PAYMENTS.

i) s, a. 29 Bs th

Balance in hand, Jan. Ist, Printing Transactions, &c. 211 8 10

Hee ee ye 298 200. | Plites&en enrol, Fl. 210

Sabseripuons for L895 —. 31) 17 0°) Rant “and — Office Ex.

Arrears . D : . 1414 0 penses . ; . 169 6 4

Admission Fees : - 42 0 O | Books and Binding . 5 ey ey UL

Donations ; ‘ - 8 3 O | Investmentsin Consols . 47 5 O

Sale of Transactions, &c. 63 8 38 | Subscriptions in advance

Interest on Investments :— carried to 1896. . 12 2 7

Consols _ £12178 Balance . . . 5 A el 97

Westwood Bequest 6 19 0

19 16 8

Life-Compositions . . 47 5 0

Subscriptions in advance 12 2 7

£548 4 1 £548 4 1

ASSETS.

Subscriptions in arrear (considered good) £15 15s. Od.

Investments :— :

Cost of £518 3s. 6d. Consols ... £508 3s. Od.

Cost of £239 18s. 4d. Birmingham Corporation 3 per cent.

Stock (Westwood Bequest) £250.

LIABILITIES.

(Nil.)

Rosert McLAcu3an,

Treasurer.

Examined and found correct,

SAMUEL STEVENS.

A. HucuH JONES.

G. C. CHAMPION.

CHARLES J. GAHAN.

8th January, 1896.

( pi D

THE PRESIDENT’S ADDRESS.

GENTLEMEN,

Having for more than twenty years been connected

with the Entomological Society of London, I cannot allow

this first year of my occupancy of the Presidential chair to

come to a termination without recalling with feelings of

satisfaction the greatly improved conditions under which

the Society exists now as compared with that transitional

state which existed when I first joined, or that still earlier

period when the head-quarters were in small and in-

convenient premises in Bedford Row. My own personal

recollections do not carry me as far back as this last period,

although there must be many among us who took part in

those meetings. Our library, which has now reached a state

of development at which we may justly feel proud, was at the

time when I joined the surviving evidence of the Society’s

occupancy of the Bedford Row apartments. Those who now

obtain such ready access to its well-filled shelves here can

hardly realize the disadvantages under which we laboured

at that period. Most particularly, therefore, am I sensible of

the honour which you have conferred upon me in electing

me as your President at the time of our present prosperity

and at a period of my own career when I feel that I can,

unfortunately, no longer claim to take place among the active

workers in entomology. The numerous and pressing de-

mands upon my time, necessitated by other duties and by

work in another field of science, have left me of late years in

the position of a spectator rather than a performer. The

( xhx >}

chief justification that I can offer for accepting the honour-

able office to which you have appointed me is that at any

rate I can lay claim to being an interested spectator, follow-

ing the progress of entomological science as far as my time

will admit, and only regretting that my own opportunities

for active work at the subject have reached the vanishing

stage.

Without presuming to attempt the impossible task of

reviewing the entomological literature of the past year, I

cannot help noting the remarkable literary activity shown

recently by the entomologists of this country. Our dis-

tinguished Fellow, Prof. L. C. Miall, has given us, in his

“Natural History of Aquatic Insects,’ a valuable work, all

too rare of its kind in this country, dealing with the life-.

histories of certain groups and embodying the results of

much original observation. The British Lepidopterist

appears also to have been particularly well catered for lately,

since, in addition to Mr. Barrett’s great work, which is still

in course of publication, we have a popular work on this

subject by Mr. Furneaux, published in 1894, a book on the

British Hawk-Moths, by Mr. Lucas, a ‘‘ Handbook of British

Macro-Lepidoptera,’” by Mr. B. G. Rye, and, finally,

Mr. Meyrick’s ‘«‘ Handbook of British Lepidoptera,” of which

it is not too much to say that, from the systematic point of

view, it is the most scientific work on our Lepidoptera that

has appeared since the familiar ‘‘ Manual” of Stainton.

Then, as especially affecting the subjects dealt with by this

Society, the fifth volume of the Cambridge Natural History,

treating of Peripatus by Mr. Adam Sedgwick, Myriapods by

Mr. F. G. Sinclair, and Insects by our former President,

Dr. Sharp, has recently been published. The authors of this

volume are certainly to be congratulated on having furnished

such a valuable contribution to our literature. When its

successor appears, and I will venture to express the hope

that this will be at no very distant period, we shall be in

possession of a treatise on the natural history of insects

which, from the point of view of the general reader, will

compare most favourably with any similar work that has

been published in the English language. Another addition

rT)

to entomological literature which has recently appeared is

‘*The Natural History of ‘ Hristalis tenax,’” by our Fellow,

Mr. G. B. Buckton.

Turning to the papers that have been given to the scientific

world during the past year, through the medium of our

Transactions, I should like to put upon record my recognition

of the interest which attaches to Mr. Oswald Latter’s dis-

covery of the secretion of potassium hydroxide by Dicanura

vinula and other Lepidoptera. This is certainly one of the

most remarkable observations in insect physiology that has

been made of late years, and adds to the many mysteries still

surrounding the chemical processes which go on in living

organisms. The results will appear all the more valuable if

we remember how few are the definite compounds which have

as yet been isolated from the secretions of insects. In calling

special attention to this paper I do not intend in the least

degree to detract from the value of the numerous other com-

munications which have been published in our Transactions ;

it simply happens that Mr. Latter has been dealing with a

subject in which I have of late taken great interest, viz., the

vital synthesis of chemical compounds. Many other papers

of general interest have been published during the year by

our Society, and it gives me great satisfaction to be able to

state that the twenty-two papers comprised in our annual

volume are fairly equally divided between systematic subjects

and subjects relating to insect bionomics, life-histories, and

physiology.

Among the papers not communicated to this Society and

which have come under my notice, I may call attention to one

on the Seasonal Dimorphism of Lepidoptera by Dr. Weis-

mann,* who must be regarded as the first systematic in-

vestigator in this field, and whose work has done so much to

stimulate experimental investigation into the influence of

temperature on lepidopterous pupe both in this country as

well as in America and Germany. One other paper, a con-

tribution to the physiology of insect pigments, appears to me

of sufficient interest to merit serious consideration by ento-

* Zool. Jahrb. Bd. VIII. Abdruck: Jena, Gustav Fischer, 1895.

( ho)

mologists, as it opens up most fruitful suggestions with

respect to the supposed ‘‘ direct action”’ of the environment

in modifying the colours of insects. It is only right to state

that the author himself has not made use of his observations

in this way, but I hope to have the opportunity of returning

to this subject on some future occasion. The paper to which

I refer is by Mr. F. Gowland Hopkins on the pigments of the

Pieridx, of which an abstract appeared in the Proceedings of

the Royal Society for January 14th, 1895. As far back as

1871 I mentioned at a meeting of this Society that the yellow

colouring matter in the wings of Gonepterya rhamni was of an

acid character, being dissolved out by alkalies and pre-

cipitated by acids. A similar observation was at the same

meeting announced by Mr. A, G. Butler.* The subject

received no further attention till recently taken up. by

Mr, Hopkins, whose results I may state are the outcome of

several years’ work, and represent the sacrifice of large

numbers of butterflies’ wings in order to get the necessary

amount of material. In the paper referred to it is shown

that there is a chemical relationship between the white and

coloured pigments of Pierine butterflies and an excretory

product, viz., uric acid, which acid the author has succeeded

in isolating from the wings of the white species, while a

derivative of this acid is present in the wings of the coloured

species. Mr. Hopkins has thus for the first time established

that among butterflies an excretory product is utilized for

purposes of ornamentation. The artificial production of the

yellow pigment by the action of water on uric acid at a high

temperature is also claimed, but the evidence on this point is

not yet complete. As the outcome of this interesting piece

of work, we are provided with an actual chemical test for

mimetic species of whites, because, however modified in

external colour and pattern, the Pierids always give the uric

acid derivative while the models which they resemble belong

to groups which do not contain these pigments.

* Proc. Ent. Soc., 1871, p. xxiv.

Cette.

THE SPECULATIVE METHOD IN ENTOMOLOGY.

The Association of Chemistry and Biology in researches

such as those to which I have drawn attention, has suggested

a comparison between the methods of research in vogue in

the two great departments of science of which these two

subjects are respectively typical. All science necessarily

begins with observation or experiment, 7.e., with ascertained

facts, and it is perhaps unnecessary to assert that no mere

collection of facts can constitute a science. We begin to be

scientific when we compare and coordinate our facts with a

view to arriving at generalisations on which to base hypotheses

or to make guesses at the principles underlying the facts.

Having formed the hypothesis we then proceed to test its

accuracy by seeing how far it enables us to explain or to

discover new facts, and if it fails to do this to our satisfaction

we conclude that our guess has been a bad one and requires

modification or replacing by a better one, 7.e., by one more in

harmony with the facts. Itake it that the course of progress

is the same in so far as these fundamental methods are con-

cerned in both departments of science, the physical and the

biological. It is possibly a matter of individual opinion as

to how large a body of facts should be accumulated before

we attempt to draw any general conclusions. There can be

no doubt that the requirements of one branch of science

cannot be measured by those of another branch to which it

has no near relationship. But however large the number of

facts, and however cautious or conservative the worker may

be, it is an established doctrine taught by the whole history

of science, that real progress only begins when we go to seek

for facts armed with at least the suggestion of a principle if

not with a complete theory based on facts already accumulated

by observation or experiment. This is the whole difference

between scientific observation or experiment and mere random

or haphazard observation. A naturalist of the old school,

William Swainson, writing in 1834,* speaks of the ‘ obser-

* Preliminary Discourse on the Study of Natural Science, p. 51.

Geli >)

vance of Nature, without making any attempt to generalise

the facts so acquired,” as ‘‘a mere amusement, fascinating

indeed, and even useful, but totally disconnected with the

objects of philosophic science.’”’ Now I venture to think that

entomology in this country has been retarded in its develop-

ment for want of a little more of this ‘‘ philosophic science ”’ ;

by an unwillingness on the part of our most active workers

to give rein to the imagination—by an overcautiousness

which is damping to the speculative faculty. There are no

doubt many present who will not agree with this view, but I

claim indulgence while I state my case in its support. It

will, I think, be conceded that we have passed beyond the

mere fact-collecting stage. It appears to me that in ento-

mology we have arrived at a state where we are suffering

from a plethora of facts; if we are not in a position to

explain everything connected with the development, life-

histories, instincts, classification and distribution of insects

as a class of animals, we are at any rate in a position,

speaking paradoxically, to know what we want to know, and

I do not see how we are going to advance unless a more

generous use is made of hypothesis as a scientific guide. It

is this point which I desire to urge and to show that there is

no real danger in boldly facing what the late Dr. Romanes -

aptly calls the bugbear speculation.

In the first place, with respect to the physical sciences,

there is abundant justification for the view which I am

advocating. We have there long ceased to collect random

facts; observations and experiments are suggested by

hypothesis. That prince among experimental philosophers,

Michael Faraday, was wont to say: ‘‘Let us encourage

ourselves by a little more imagination prior to experiment.’’

The state of affairs is well summed up in one of the latest

works on chemistry in which the author in introducing the

fundamental principles of modern investigation says :—

‘“‘ The history of the exact sciences teaches us that we may

discover new laws of Nature in two essentially different ways,

one of which may be designated as the empirical, the other

as the theoretical. Thus in one way by suitable observa-

tions, one collects abundant material... . . and then by a

( lv )

repeated and purely empirical grouping of the data so obtained,

he seeks to approach the desired goal ..... The second

way, on the other hand, leads from suggested conceptions

regarding the nature of certain phenomena, through pure

speculation to new information, the correctness of which

must be determined by a subsequent research.’”’** One other

recent utterance by my colleague, Dr. W. M. Hicks, the

President of Section A at the last Ipswich meeting of the

British Association, will serve to give us a glimpse into the

spirit of progress in pure physics: “By our imagination,

experience, intuition, we form theories; we deduce the

consequences of these theories on phenomena which come

within the range of our senses, and reject or modify and try

again. It is a slow and laborious process. The wreckage

of rejected theories is appalling; but a knowledge of what

actually goes on behind what we can see or feel is surely, if

slowly, being attained. It is the rejected theories which have

been the necessary steps towards formulating others nearer

the truth.’’+

And now let us consider how far these methods, recognized

as valid in the physical sciences, are applicable to the biolo- .

gical sciences, of which entomology constitutes a branch. Of

course, I am not claiming for our subject the position of an

exact science, and to suppose that it could be advanced by

purely deductive methods would be absurd. But I am

endeavouring to hold the balance between a more liberal

use of the speculative method, on the one hand, and the

deadening influence of refusing to speculate at all, on the

other hand. I am putting forward a plea for an increased

use of the imagination, because I hold that the time has

arrived when this may—nay, must be allowed, if our science,

with its immense wealth of raw material, is to take that rank

to which it is entitled among the departments of modern

biology. If, as is undoubtedly the case, the speculative

method has been found fruitful in other fields of natural

* “Theoretical Chemistry,’ by Walter Nernst, translation by Professor

Palmer, 1895, p. 2.

+ Address to the Mathematical and Physical Section of Bini British

Association, Ipswich, 1895.

Col)

history, it behoves us as co-workers in the great battle for

truth to re-examine our weapons—to ask ourselves seriously

whether the time and energy of our most active workers is

being utilized in the best way for the advancement of

knowledge. :

To many it may appear that the use of hypothesis as a

guide to investigation is so obvious, that no special advocacy

is required. All I have to say, in this case, is to express the

earnest wish that the Fellows of this Society who hold such a

view may be numerous—the more numerous the better. I

will venture to remind you, however, that my predecessor in

this chair has stated, with respect to this method of handling

entomological problems :—

‘‘T feel, however, for myself, and I think that others must

also feel, that however great and important is the know-

ledge which we may ultimately attain, by endeavouring to

discover the laws which govern the development, variation,

and distribution of insects, the knowledge we have of the

actual facts is in many cases quite insufficient to bring such

speculations to a definite end. I also feel that the number of

persons whose talents are sufficiently great to enable them to

steer a straight course through the numerous difficulties, con-

tradictions, and doubts which constantly surround such

inquiries is very limited.”’ *

Iam sure Mr. Elwes will not ascribe any personal motive

to me in making use of this passage, as representing the views

of what may be called the conservative school of entomo-

logists. I feel only too acutely the truth of his remark that

many agree with him in this opinion ; at the same time I am

sanguine enough to believe that there are many who do not,

and on behalf of this constituency I have felt ita duty to

urge a claim for the speculative method, not as displacing the

older method of collecting and recording facts altogether, but

as a stimulus to more systematic investigation, rendered

imperative by the general advance of biological science. For

my own part, I believe that the time has gone by when every

attempt at discovering natural law in the organic world by

* Proc. Hnt. Soc. 1898, p. xlvi.

Ci 9

the aid of entomological observations, is to be met by this

prevalent cry of non possumus.

If we turn to results as a measure of the value of methods,

it will, I imagine, be conceded that we can show good cause

in favour of theorising. I may be permitted to draw some illus-

trations from the Lepidoptera, the only order to which I can

lay claim to some slight special knowledge, and in which our

former President is a recognized authority. In the following

remarks I desire most emphatically to dissociate myself from

controversial matters, because my sole aim in this address is

to clear the atmosphere for the more healthy use of the specu-

lative faculty by our younger and rising workers. I wish it

to be understood that in speaking of any particular hypothesis,

I am not now raising the question of its soundness or un-

soundness-—that is, logically, a distinct issue—but I am

simply adducing the hypothesis in order to illustrate the

results of its introduction into modern scientific thought. I

begin with the phenomena of mimicry and protective resem-

blance among butterflies and moths as first explained by our

late distinguished Fellow and past President, Henry Walter |

Bates, in his memorable paper of 1861, which was followed

by the well-known memoirs of Wallace and Trimen on the

same subject. It will be remembered by all who are

familiar with the history of the subject, that this was the

first application of the theory of natural selection of

Darwin and Wallace to explain a new set of phenomena.

It was a speculation evolved by Bates, not when collec-

ting in the Amazon Valley, as is generally supposed, but

while looking over his specimens when he had reached

London, and was pondering, at his own fireside, over the

meaning of the remarkable superficial resemblances among

the butterflies of different groups which he had brought

home.”

The Batesian theory was fruitful; it carried with it the

explanation of the resemblance between insects of distinct

orders and of the assimilation of insects and other animals

; * T owe this statement to Mr. Bates himself, who has often made it

Oo me.

Gallas.)

in colour and form to the objects among which they lived ;

it prompted further observation and experiment because more

evidence was required as to the protected character of the

insects which were copied ; it raised the whole question of the

existence of such protected species in nature, and the

question has been answered so far in the affirmative, although

there is still a large field for further experimental observation

waiting to be explored. The facts have increased enormously

since 1861, the search for new instances having been stimu-

lated by the explanation suggested by Bates, and the syste-

matist is now no longer in danger of being deceived by

_ superficial resemblances.

The theory of Bates left unexplained the resemblance

between species belonging to protected groups to which he

had himself called attention in his original paper; an exten-

sion was required and was made by our Hon. Fellow, Fritz

Miller in 1879, and as a result, whether this extension be

considered valid or not—a point which I am not now

raising—the systematist is now more fully alive to the

Superposition of external similarity upon structural resem-

blance due to true blood-relationship, as-can be seen from the

writings of Moore on the genus Huplwa, and of Wood-

Mason and others on certain Papilonide. As another result

of Fritz Miiller’s hypothesis, the question of inherited

knowledge of edible and inedible species on the part of insect-

eating creatures has likewise been raised, and has already

led in the hands of Professor Lloyd Morgan to some inter-

esting experimental conclusions.

As the product of a theory we thus have a large body of

real and tangible knowledge gleaned from Nature! Mere

casual observation would never have revealed the widespread

existence of the phenomenon if the stimulus to look out for

it had not come from the theoretical side. |

It is not the bare record of the comparatively few cases of

mimicry that constitutes the highest value of these classical

memoirs—it is the speculation, the hypothesis, the suggested

cause of the phenomenon that has given vitality to what

would otherwise have been a disconnected and meaningless

set of facts. But the consequences of the introduction of

( lv )

the theory of natural selection into the subject of insect

colouration have not yet been exhausted. From the obser-

vation that the species which are mimicked are generally

gaudily coloured and take no special means to hide them-

selves, it is but a step to the well-known theory of warning

colours propounded by Wallace in 1867. That theory, in

itself the outcome of a question raised by Darwin in connec-

tion with his theory of sexual selection, stimulated the

experiments of the late Jenner Weir and of A. G. Butler,

the striking observations of Thomas Belt in Nicaragua, the

detailed researches of Weismann into the origin and meaning

of the colours of caterpillars, and the later systematic series

of experiments conducted by Poulton. Yet another example

I will permit myself to make use of because it is one in

which I have some personal interest. In considering the

subject of adaptive colouration as explained by Bates and

Wallace, a difficulty occurred in the case of species which

are of variable colouring; I ventured to suggest, as far back

as 1878, that this kind of colouring would. be explicable by

natural selection, if we supposed that this agency could .

confer a power of adaptability on the individual. At that

time no mechanism could be conceived of by which such

individual adaptability could be acquired, excepting the direct

assimilation of the colouring-matter of food-plants in the

case of caterpillars or other vegetable feeders. This, of

course, carried with it the implication that natural selection

could work on physiological processes if they were of use,

just as well as upon any external morphological character.

Stimulated by this hypothesis, other cases of variable

colouring were sought for and found. ‘The subject was later

taken up by Professor Poulton, who, for many years, con-

ducted experiments and obtained results which are now

familiar to all naturalists. The original speculation, that

variable colouring was the result of an individual adapta-

bility due to natural selection, implies that this faculty is of

bionomic value. I am not now concerned with the validity

or otherwise of this assumption; that is an issue on which

Opinion appears to be divided; although, I have no

doubt in my own mind on the point, it is not necessary

Gals)

to state the case with any bias on the present occasion.

Now the experiments of Poulton have shown that this

colour variability is of very much more frequent occurrence

than was even dreamt of in 1878, and his facts have, in the

main, been substantiated by the independent observations of

many other experimenters. And it turns out also that the

mechanism of the process is not even the simple assimilation

of colouring-matter from the food-plant, excepting in the case

of green caterpillars, in which it has been shown that

chlorophyll in a modified form passes into the blood. The

colour variability of caterpillars and pups in response to

the external stimulus exerted by coloured surfaces, as estab-

lished by these experiments, has brought us face to face with

a fundamental problem in insect physiology, the solution of

which we are anxiously awaiting. The mere possibility of

being able to state the problem in its present form—apart from

any question of the adaptive value of the colouration—is a

step forwards; is an incentive to further experiment, and

this is the legitimate end and aim of all scientific specu-

lation.

Were I to attempt, however, to pass from what has

already been accomplished to that which is yet awaiting

investigation—to the questions which rise on all sides as

pressing for solution, there would be no limit to this address.

In view of the splendid opportunities afforded by insects for

treatment as living organisms capable of revealing natural

laws by skilled experimental research, is it not pardonable

if we sometimes give way to the unphilosophic thought that

the possession of chitinous exo-skeletons by these creatures,

whereby they lend themselves so admirably for preservation

as cabinet specimens, is an arrangement expressly designed

for the retardation of entomological science? ‘The scientific

workers at living insects in this country are deplorably few

as compared with those who devote themselves to cabinet

entomology. The one great desideratum of modern biology

is an experiment station where protracted observations can

be carried on year after year on living animals, each set of

experiments prompted by hypothesis and with the definite

object of answering some particular question in relation to

Cie)

variability and inheritance, the nature of the action of the

environment, the effect of selection, etc., ete. This was a

dream of the late Dr. Romanes; he has not lived to see

it fulfilled, but if it should be realized in our time our |

entomologists will, I venture to hope, not be behind with

suggested lines of work.

If by way of comparison we now turn to that branch of

the subject in which the empirical method has hitherto almost

exclusively been employed, viz., the taxonomy of this same

order Lepidoptera, the results are most instructive. In view

of the immense body of facts, the number of named species

and the mass of published descriptive matter, I do not think

I shall be wrong if I say that the best energies of the acutest

workers have been concentrated on this subject from the

middle of the last century down to the present time. A

record of nearly a century and a half against the thirty odd

years that have elapsed since the introduction of the theoreti-

cal method into the biological sciences. Is there any indi-

cation that all this work has brought us nearer the “ definite

end ”’ to which it was and is directed—the natural classifica-

tion of the Lepidoptera—to an extent commensurate with

the number of workers and the time bestowed upon it? It

is only quite recently that any decided advance has been made

and that through the work of Hampson, Comstock, Chapman,

Meyrick, and others. It cannot be said that we have been

waiting all these years for materials—for a few thousand

new species in one of the best “ collected’’ groups in the

whole world of insects in order that this sudden rush might

be made. I take the view that we have been waiting rather

for method than for additions-to the lists of species; that we

have hitherto too much disregarded the spirit of the specula-

tive method in our taxonomic work, and that we have now

happily found a band of workers who refuse to submit to the

plea of inability because all the existing species of Lepidoptera

have not been collected and named.

After advancing these arguments in favour of a more

liberal use of the ‘ scientific imagination ” in connection with

entomological subjects I feel it incumbent upon me to define

the position a little more fully in order to prevent misunder-

( \si_)

standing. The conditions of speculation in the two great

departments of natural science which have been under

consideration are not exactly the same, and the differences

in the method of treatment must not be lost sight of. If in

the physical sciences there is, to use the expression of the

late Prof. Stanley Jevons, ‘‘ unbounded license of theorising,”

it is because we can appeal to Nature so readily by the

experimental method and get our answer one way or the

other, by imposing rigid conditions which are under our

control. In the biological sciences this is not the case; all

who are acquainted with experimental work in biology know

how difficult it is, generally, to get definite answers to our

questions—the conditions are vastly more complex when we

come to deal with living organisms. JI remember once

remarking to the late Mr. Darwin how difficult it was to get

Nature to give a definite answer to a simple question, and

he replied with a flash of humour: ‘‘She will tell you a

direct lie if she can.” The practical result of this difference

is that the speculation of an hour may take a lifetime for its

verification. But I see no reason why, on these grounds, we

should repress the spirit of speculation. If, as our former

President says, 1t is given to few to be able to speculate with

advantage—and in this I thoroughly agree with him—it is

our paramount duty for the present and future welfare of our

science, to give every man’s honest thought our most serious

attention, and to encourage the faculty whenever and wherever

we find it, as the most precious means of advancing scientific

knowledge. The ‘bugbear”’ igs a very harmless animal

if you look him boldly in the face, and if you treat him gently

and put him into harness, he will drive the chariot of science

for you ata speed that will leave the empirical method far

behind in the race for the knowledge of Nature’s ways.

The great service which the founders of the modern doc-

trine of Evolution have rendered to science has, in my belief,

been not only the particular theory of species transformation

with which their names will ever be associated, but the im-

portation into biology of the methods of the physical sciences.

Writing to Wallace, in 1857, Darwin said: “I am a firm

believer that without speculation there is no good and original

(Aa

observation.”* In the same letter he remarks: ‘‘ You say

that you have been somewhat surprised at no notice having

been taken of your paper in the Annals. [On the Law that

has regulated the Introduction of New Species; Ann. & Mag.

Nat. Hist., 1855.] I cannot say that I am, for so very few

naturalists care for anything beyond the mere descriptions of

species.” This statement of 1857 does not hold good in

1896 ; other methods of biological research have been intro-

duced—the road to biological fame is no longer through the

sole channel of technical systematic work, and we owe it to

the writer of that letter more than to any other worker and

thinker of our time, that the horizon has been extended: on

all sides.

The misapprehension to which my remarks may possibly

give rise, and which I am most anxious to prevent, is that in

urging the claim of the theoretical method I am introducing

the danger of rash and promiscuous speculating by all kinds

of dabblers in the subject. There is much justification for

this attitude, but an analysis of the supposed danger will, I

think, serve to show that it is not a very formidable one after

all. It appears to me, moreover, that the advantage of

giving an impetus to observation along preconceived lines

far outweighs any passing danger arising from hasty specu-

lation. It is notorious in the history of modern science that

no single branch has escaped the efforts of well-intentioned,

but quite irresponsible outsiders, to set our various houses in

order for us. On critical examination it will be found, how-

ever, that none of these attempts, even when they have been

lucky enough to forestall the conclusions arrived at by legiti-

mate methods, have led to any practical issue in the way of

observation or research. I am addressing my remarks on

the present occasion to a Society composed more or less of

experts ; [ am not inviting ‘“‘ the man in the street’ to favour

us with his views on this, that, or the other question, but I

am asking the working entomologists among us to bear in

mind that their studies may be directed so as to throw light

on some of the broad biological problems of the day, if they

* Life and Letters, Vol. II., p. 108.

(Gio lscit7 9)

will, as Faraday said, encourage themselves by a little more

Speculation. Judging from the part played by this method

in the development of modern science, it is perhaps not

going too far to say that it is better to have speculated

erroneously than never to have speculated at all. Ilustra-

tions might be adduced showing that erroneous theories have

often done good service to science, and that for this reason

they have been temporarily retained, even when recognized

as inadequate to meet the growing body of new evidence.

This was the case, for example, with the old ‘ fluid”’ theory

of electricity. So also the ‘‘ corpuscular” theory of light

enabled Newton to develop optical science to a remarkable

extent, although this theory is now among what Dr. Hicks

calls the ‘‘ wreckage.”

Another source of danger in biological speculation to which

I am also alive, is that we have the public eye upon us to an

extent that is not experienced in other departments of science.

Iam bound to confess that I never could quite make out why

this should be the case. It is possible to speculate about the

constitution of matter, the degradation of energy, the age of

the solar system, and other great problems of the universe,

with any degree of dogmatism without exciting public dis-

cussion. But as soon as ever an effort is made to explain

something in the living world, no matter how modestly, the

speculator is forthwith treated as though he had thrown down

a public challenge. Perhaps it is for this reason that biology

is more subject to unauthorised and unscientific intrusion ;

because it gives opportunity for the pure littératewr to pose as a

theorist. The speculations of the physicist or chemist are,

moreover, generally expressed in a symbolical language which

is not understood by the public at large, and their ideas, how-

ever revolutionary, thus escape newspaper and magazine

notoriety. As far as my reading extends, I am inclined to

believe that even in the case of the purely literary treatment

of biological problems by writers who are not experts, the

danger of overweighting the science with hypothesis is much

exaggerated. Writers of this class are often capable of taking

a wider and more philosophic grasp of a problem than a pure

specialist, and ideas of lasting value have sometimes emanated

fags <i ae

from such sources. I imagine that nobody will dispute that

Mr. Herbert Spencer’s writings have largely influenced the

public mind—whether we agree with the details of his doc-

trines or not—in accepting the broad principle of Evolution,

although this profound thinker lays no claim to an expert

knowledge of any branch of natural history. But every

working naturalist can ascertain for himself the credentials

of any particular writer: my remarks are simply offered with

the object of claiming more consideration for such writers, as

a class, on the part of practical workers. The philosophic

faculty is quite as powerful an agent in the advancement of

science as the gift of acquiring new knowledge by observation

and experiment. It is not often that the faculties are com-

bined in one individual.

The general conclusion to which these considerations point

is that the biological theorist, by virtue of the complexity of

the factors, the difficulty of experimental verification, and the

tendency on the part of the public to mistake tentative

hypotheses for established theories, should put forward his

views with more explicit caution than is necessary in the case

of the physical sciences, where experimental evidence is more

easily obtainable, and where the self-constituted philosopher

but rarely gets a hearing. All this amounts, however, to

nothing more than a plea for caution, and not for total absti-

nence. To disallow speculation because a complete theory

cannot be formed out of the existing materials, is simply to put

a check upon legitimate advancement. I freely admit that it

is possible to carry speculation to an unscientific extreme—to

fritter away a plausible hypothesis by mere metaphysical

discussion, or to bury a real and important issue under an

incubus of verbiage. But this is not the legitimate use of

the speculative method ; it is an accident, which the scientific |

worker will know how to avoid, and which is contingent upon

the present condition of biological investigation. We cannot

test our speculations offhand by a few crucial experiments,

as in physical science, and in the meantime the logic-chopper

. may get hold of our idea and whittle it away. On these

grounds, however, I again fail to see any reason for repressing

speculation, It might as well be argued that because the

( lxv )

action of fire, carried to an extreme, carbonises organic matter,

we should therefore eat our food raw. ‘The irresponsible

manipulation of biological hypotheses by pure speculators does

no real or permanent injury to the cause of science, and may

indirectly do good by directing public attention to the work

which is being carried on. I rather think the absence of public

sympathy, in connection with theoretical research in chemistry

and physics, exerts a depressing influence; the inventor of

a new hypothesis in these subjects moves entirely in an

atmosphere of his own creation, which even his colleagues

seldom venture to penetrate. That biological speculations

are more prone to such unauthorised treatment is no more a

reason for refusing to speculate than the circumstance that

generations of fact-collectors have wasted their time in

amassing large stores of disconnected observations, which for

want of system are practically of no avail to the scientific

worker, is an argument in favour of repressing observation.

It is possible to be quite as unscientific in the accumulation

of facts as it is to become metaphysical by over-speculation ;

there is as much danger in one direction as there is in.the

other. Yet the most ardent advocate of the theoretical

method has not taken it upon himself to declare that obser-

vation must cease until he has explained all the facts at

present available. This, however, is practically the position

taken up by those who refuse to recognize that existing know-

ledge is sufficient to enable considerable advance to be made

by the legitimate use of the theoretical method.

One other point demands consideration, in conclusion. If

latitude for the exercise of speculation is to be allowed,

where, it may be asked, is the line to be drawn? How are

we to distinguish between the cautious theoriser and the

writer who permits himself ‘‘ unbounded lcense?’’ These

are questions to answer which requires nothing but an

exercise of individual judgment. A sound speculation may

emanate from the happy possessor of a philosophic mind

although he may never have done any technical biological

work. But this kind of speculator naturally fails to secure

that hearing to which the practical worker is entitled.

Although valuable generalisations may occasionally be given

( davis

out by great thinkers, the expert biologist shows wisdom in

giving his most serious attention only to those who are

familiar with their data at first hand—who have themselves

gleaned their information directly from Nature. By such

workers only can the true value of the evidence be fairly

weighed and estimated. I should be very sorry if the

remarks which I have ventured to offer in the course of this

address were to be interpreted into a general public invitation

to speculate on biological problems. But I do raise the

question here as to the kind of biological work which is to

be recognized as a fitting preparation for the exercise of the

speculative faculty. It used formerly to be asserted that he

only is worthy of attention who has done systematic, 7.c.,

taxonomic, work. I do not know whether this view is still

entertained by entomologists; if so I feel bound to express

my dissent. It has been pointed out that the great theorisers

have all done such work—that Darwin monographed the

Cirripedia, and Huxley the oceanic Hydrozoa, and it has

been said that Wallace’s and Bates’s contributions in this

field have been their biological salvation. I yield to nobody

in my recognition of the value and importance of taxonomic

work, but the possibilities of biological investigation have

developed to such an extent since Darwin’s time that I do

not think this position can any longer be seriously main-

tained. It must be borne in mind that the illustrious author

of the ‘‘ Origin of Species’’ had none of the opportunities for

systematic training in biology which any student can now

avail himself of. To him the monographing of the

Cirripedia was, as Huxley states in a communication to

Francis Darwin, ‘a piece of critical self-discipline,’’* and

there can be no reasonable doubt that this value of systematic

work will be generally conceded. That this kind of work —

gives the sole right to speculate at the present time is,

however, quite another point. It might be argued with some

show of reason that exclusive devotion to systematic work

* Life and Letters, Vol. I., p. 848. Even in the days of my studentship,

Huxley lectured on Natural story at the Royal School of Mines with the

aid of diagrams and apeoniniens only: practical work in the laboratory was

unknown.

( Ixvii_ )

cripples the imaginative faculty. The methods of attacking

the problems connected with living organisms have been

‘Increased and improved from every side, and the ana-

tomist and physiologist, the morphologist, the embryologist,

the student of bionomics, have all an equal claim to

contribute to biological theory. The particular problems

relating to the transformation of species are no doubt

best dealt with by those who, by systematic work, have

acquired a true notion of what is meant by the term

“species.” But so far as entomology is concerned, it

must be confessed that the greater part of our systematic

work has emanated from cabinet entomologists, who know

nothing of the species they describe as living organisms by

direct observation, and to me it appears doubtful whether

this kind of work does confer any special faculty of specu-

lating with advantage on the species question. It seems

rather that the “ field-naturalist”’ in the old sense of the

term has the advantage, and I may remind you in this

connection that during the voyage of the Beagle, when

Darwin began to make those observations on island life «

which afterwards led him to take up the question of species

transformation, he was essentially a ‘ field-naturalist,’”’ his

systematic work on the Cirripedia not having been com-

meneced till after his return. So also Wallace, at the time

when he independently elaborated the theory of natural

selection, was certainly not a systematist in this narrow

sense. He has been good enough to favour me with his

views on this point, in a letter dated Dec. 31st, 1895, in

which he says: ‘‘I do not think species-describing is of

any special use to the philosophical generaliser, but I do

think the collecting, naming, and classifying some extensive

sroup of organisms is of great use, is, in fact, almost

essential to any thorough grasp of the whole subject of

the evolution of species through variation and natural

selection. I had described nothing when I wrote my papers

on variation, etc. (except a few fishes and palms from the

* See a letter from Darwin to Bates in 1861, Life and Letters, Vol. IT.,

p. 379.

(Ixy -)

Amazon), but I had collected and made out species very

largely and had seen to some extent how curiously useful and

protective their forms ane colours often were, and all this

was of great use to me.’

I had hoped to be able to Aerie some of the current

problems which are before biologists, and towards the solution

of which entomology might contribute largely. Such, for

example, are Galton’s and Weismann’s views on the non-

transmissibility of acquired characters, the réle of what Mr.

Bateson calls ‘‘discontinuous variation’’ in the origin of

species, the recent efforts to throw light on the all-important

subject of variability by the statistical methods introduced by

Galton and now being worked at from the experimental side

by Weldon, and from the mathematical side by Karl Pearson.

I feel, however, that I have trespassed already too long upon

your forbearance, and while again thanking you for the

honourable position in which you have placed me, I can

only express the hope that my special plea for a more liberal

use of the speculative method among our working entomolo-

“gists will not be regarded by those who hold different views

as a breach of the privilege of that office to which by your

courtesy I have been elected. Should there be any who

entertain this opinion, I beg them to make a liberal discount

for personality, and they will find that the ultimate motive

has been to promote the best interests of our science.

OBITUARY.

Pror. CHARLES VALENTINE Ritey, M.A., Ph.D., Hon. F.E.S.,

whose loss has already been referred to from the chair, died

at Washington on the 14th September last from the effects

of a fall from his bicycle.

Prof: Riley was’ born at Chelsea on September 18th,

1848; his early years were spent at Walton-on-Thames,

where he made the acquaintance of the late W. C. Hewitson,

and it is possible this may have developed his taste for

entomology. He went to school in France and in Germany,

Go lax.->)

remaining abroad about six years. At the age of seventeen

he emigrated to America, where for three years he was

engaged on a farm in Illinois. He was afterwards reporter

for newspapers, including the “ Prairie Farmer,” in which

appeared most of his early writings. During the Civil War

he served for six months with the Illinois volunteers. In

1868, in conjunction with the late B. D. Walsh, he started

the ‘‘ American Entomologist.”” A second volume appeared

in 1870, and a third in 1880. In 1868, he accepted the

position of State Entomologist for Missouri, and the nine

Annual Reports published during his tenure of office proved

the thoroughness of his work, his skill as an artist, and

his originality. In 1877, he was appointed the head of a

commission to inquire into the life-history of the Rocky

Mountain locust, and in 1878, and from 1881 to 1894, he

was Government Entomologist to the United States, with a

staff of assistants. During this period he published annual

reports, wrote many of the bulletins, and established the

journal known as ‘“‘Insect Life,’’ which he edited to the

end of Vol. VI., in 1894. In 1894 he sent in his resignation.

As Hon. Curator of the Entomological Collections of the

United States National Museum, he found time to commence

scientific systematic work, to which he had long looked

forward. For his suggestions as to reviving the French

vineyards by using certain American Phyllowvera-proof stocks

on which to graft, Prof. Riley received the Gold Medal of

the French Government, subsequently he received the Cross

of the Légion d’Honneur in connection with the Exhibition of

1889. His services in connection with the Rocky Mountain

Locust, the Cotton Worm, and the Australian Icerya, are

too well-known to require detailed notice; in this latter case

he was the first to prove the practicability of introducing

from abroad the insect enemies that help to check the

ravages of an imported species in its native country. Prof.

Riley joined the Entomological Society in 1871, and was

elected an Hon. Fellow in 1889; he was also an Hon. Fellow

of the Royal Agricultural Society, and of many of the

leading Entomological Societies on the Continent.

Pror. Cartes CarpaLe Basineton, M.A., F.R.S., ete., was

is i

born at Ludlow in 1808, and died at Cambridge, July 22nd,

1895. He was educated at St. John’s College, Cambridge,

took his B.A. degree in 1830, and proceeded to M.A. in 18338,

In 1861, he was appointed Professor of Botany in the

University of Cambridge; he was elected a Fellow of his

College in 1882. By the death of Prof. Babington, the

Entomological Society of London has lost the last but one

of its original members. Prof. Babington was best known

as a botanist, and as the author of the “ Manual of British

Botany,” which has passed through eight editions, He

also wrote numerous other works on botanical subjects; but.

at one time he was an active entomologist. Between 1829 —

and 1844 sixteen entomological papers of more or less

importance are attributed to him, but since that time he does

not appear to have worked at the subject.

Ex Lovis Raconor died in Paris on the 18th October

last, aged fifty-two. He came to England in early life, and

when first known as an entomologist was in a monetary

exchange office in Liverpool. A few years later he returned to

Paris and entered a bank, in which he subsequently became a

partner. He devoted his attention chiefly to the Micro-

Lepidoptera, especially the Phycitide, of which he published

a revision of the British species in 1885. His principal work

was a monograph of the known species of the family, the

first half of which formed Vol. VII. of the Romanoff Mémoires,

St. Petersburg, 1898. He also wrote numerous papers on

Pyralida, Tortrices and Tineina. His amiable personal qualities,

and his readiness to impart information, have already been

referred to by Lord Walsingham at the November meeting

of this Society. He took an active part in the affairs of the

Société Entomologique de France, of which he was President

in 1885, and again in 1895. M. Ragonot was elected a

Fellow of the Entomological Society of London in 1887.

James Morrimer Apyre died at Bournemouth on March

30th last, at the early age of thirty-five. He wasason of

the late W. L. Adye, Esq., J.P., D.L., of Merly, Wimborne,

and was an active collector of British Lepidoptera. In the

autumn of 1894, when collecting in the New Forest, he

caught a cold, and neglected it; this was followed by pneu-

(Gcrixxi’ )

monia and pleurisy, and finally by phthisis. Mr. Adye’s

collections have been left to Mr. McRae, of Bournemouth.

He was elected a Fellow of the Entomological Society of

London in 1891.

Masor Joun Naruanten Stitt died suddenly on 23rd Sep-

tember last in the forty-seventh year of his age, whilst

playing golf on the links at Whitchurch, Tavistock. He

was the son of John T. Still, Esq., late of Castlehill,

Axminster, and Mountfield, Musbury. He entered the army

as an ensign in the 25th Regiment (King’s Own Scottish

Borderers) in June, 1867, and resigned in 1878, but he sub-

sequently joined the 8rd Battalion (Militia) of the Royal

_ Wiltshire Regiment, and retired with the rank of Major in

1886. After his retirement he devoted most of his time to

exploring Dartmoor and other parts of Devon and Cornwall,

and collecting Lepidoptera. He was elected a Fellow of the

Entomological Society of London in 1891.

- Lyppon Surracs, B.A., has also died during the past year,

but [ am unable to say anything about his career. He joined

our Society in 1886.

Amongst the names of other naturalists and entomologists,

not Fellows of this Society, who have died during the past

- year the following deserve mention :—

THe Rigor Hon. THomas Henry Huxuery, LL.D., M.D.,

E.B.S., etc., was born at Haling, May 24th, 1825, and died

at Kastbourne, June 29th, 1895. His principal, if not his

sole contribution to entomology, was the exhaustive memoir

‘‘On the Agamic Reproduction and Morphology of Aphis,”’

published in the Transactions of the Linnean Society of

London, Vol. XXII, 1858 to 1859. This, of course, had far

more than a merely entomological importance. Many ento-

mologists have no doubt studied his ‘“‘ Crayfish,” 1879, with

advantage. Probably no man has done more in our time to

influence modern thought on the broad questions of philo-

sophical biology.

Pror. Carn Epwarp Apoten Gerrsticker, M.D., died on

July 20th last, at Greifswald, at the age of sixty-seven. He

was educated for the medical profession and took his degree,

but devoted himself to zoology, and especially to entomo-

( Ixxii )j

logy. For many years he was keeper of the Entomological

Department of the Berlin Natural History Museum, and

also a Professor of Zoology in the University of that city.

About the year 1876, differences with the then Director of

the Museum induced him to resign his appointments at

Berlin, and he subsequently accepted the Professorship of

Zoology at Greifswald, which he held until his death.

Gersticker was an industrious and thorough worker in all

departments of entomology. His published papers at the

time of his death were very numerous. Amongst his

principal works may be noticed a ‘‘ Monographie der

Endomychiden” (1858); the Arthropoda in the ‘ Hand-

buch der Zoologie’ (1863); and the Arthropoda in

Bronn’s ‘Klassen und Ordnungen der Thier-Reichs,’’

but this latter, which was commenced in 1866, proceeded

very slowly. In 1873, he published a memoir entitled, «‘ Zur

Morphologie der Orthoptera-amphibiotica,”’ a term employed

by him to include those pseudo-neuropterous families in

which the early stages are aquatic.

Wittiam Henry Tucweit died after a long illness at

Lewisham, near London, on September 20th last, aged sixty-

four, from spinal disease which had confined him to his room

for many months. His name as an entomologist is familiar

to all British Lepidopterists, and his collection of Macro-

Lepidoptera was one of the finest in existence, rich in species

and especially in varieties. His earlier writings are chiefly

contained in the pages of the ‘ Intelligencer,”’ and subse-

quently in the ‘“ Entomologist,’ and ‘‘ Entomologist’s

Monthly Magazine.” He will be missed at the South

London Society, of which he was at one time President.

Cuaupius Rey. This industrious French entomologist,

who, in conjunction with the late Etienne Mulsant, was a

prolific writer on Coleoptera and Hemiptera, died last year.

C. Rey joined the Entomological Society of France in 1887,

and had recently been elevated to the rank of Honorary

Member of that Society. He was President of the Société

Frangaise d’Entomologie from the time of its foundation in

1882. He resided at Lyons, and most of his memoirs

appeared in yarious publications in that city.

( Ixxiii_)

JutEsS Frrpinanp F'antnou died in Paris on the 19th June,

1895, aged eighty-three. Commencing as an artizan, he, by

his skill and diligence, established for himself a business and

reputation as a surgical instrument maker, He amassed a

large collection of European Lepidoptera, and paid some

attention to economic entomology. His contributions in the

Proceedings of the Entomological Society of France are very

numerous.

( iexty' .)

INDEX.

Notrrt.—Where the name only of the Species or Genus is mentioned, the

description will be found on the page referred to.

The Arabic figures refer to the pages of the ‘ Transactions’ ; the Roman

numerals to the pages of the ‘ Proceedings.’

The New Genera and Species, and those which have been redescribed, will

be found in detail, but certain of the longer papers are arranged generi-

cally under their headings.

Page Page

GENERAL SUBJECTS .......+. Ixxiv | HYMENOPTERA....ccccssceseeeee Lxxviii

A ACHWED A tres sohowes piace lxxvy | LEPIDOPTERA tonssusen.. Ieee

COMBORPTERA | csstas cas costeates Ixxv |. NEDROPTERA ‘G.ccsscueesetss: lxxxiii

DEP ERA tas Moorssceusiertece wat Ixxvili | ORTHOPTERA. ...ccsccscsssee--. IXXxiii

FEMMUPCRRA Lidisccdvectecsiasee | LESVIE

GENERAL SUBJECTS.

Annual Meeting, xliii.

Babington, Professor, death of, xxvii.

Calotermes, notes on, xix.

Coleoptera, variation of size in, xxiv.

by, xv.

Discussion on the Ex-President’s Address, iv.

Emydia cribrum, var. candida, notes on, xxxviii.

Erebia nerine, notes on, xxx.

Grapholitha, notes on the synonymy of, xxxvi.

Heteronympha merope, on a colour variety of, xiii.

Honey ants, notes on, xxii.

Lepidoptera from Hoy, Orkneys, collection of, exhibited, xxxviii.

Lepidopterous hybrids, notes on, xxxiv.

Limenitis sibylla, temperature experiments on, x.

Lycena xgon, etc., notes on, xxvi.

Notes on lac-producing Coccidez, xxi.

President’s Address, xlviii.

Pseudodowia limulus, notes on, xxxiil.

Ragonot, Mons. E. L., death of, xxxvii.

Riley, Professor, death of, xxvii.

Specific stability, on, xvii.

Thyridopteryx ephemerxformis, notes on, xxv.

Crlxxy))

ARACHNIDA.

Atypus piceus, exhibited, xxx.

COLEOPTERA.

Alcidion socium, n. s., 131.

Allecula luctuosa, n. s., 216.

Amara alpina, from Perthshire, exhibited, xl.

Amphimela ornata, n. s., 326.

Anthicus, new species described :—adelaide, 253.—australis, 263.—baudi-

mensis, 250.—cavifrons, 263.—discoideus, 259.—excavatus, 265.—in-

flatus, 257.—monostigma, 261.—paululus, 257.—scabricollis, 258.—

segregatus, 256.—stenomorphus, 264.—tasmanicus, 259.—tridentatus,

261.—unicinctus, 254.—walkeri, 262.

Apellatus tasmanicus, n. s., 215.

Aphthona natalensis, n. s., 320.

Asbecesta melanocephala, n. s., 327.—pectoralis, n. s., 327.

Asclera atkinsoni, n. s., 244.—sublineata, n. s., 245.

Blepharida inornata, n. s., 322.—natalensis, n. s., 324.—partita, n. s., 323.

Buphomda africana, n. s., 338.

Callichroma elegans, 113.—vittatum, 112.

Candezea femorata, n. s., 338.—mashuana, un. s., 338.

Chetocnema longicornis, n. s., 325.

Chariew cyanea, exhibited, xvi.

Chromomea nigriceps, n. s., 215.

Clythra maxima, nu. s., 164. :

Copidita bipartita, n. s., 244.—macleayi, nu. s., 242.—torrida, n. s., 248.

Crepidodera peringueyt, n. 8., 325.

Crioceris (?) angusticollis, n. s., 162.

Cryptocephalus, new species described :—abyssiniacus, 174.—africanus,

168.—angusto-fasciatus, 169.—atrocerulens, 179.—atromaculatus, 176.

—batesi, 175.—clythroides, 175.—gabonensis, 172.—gigas, 168.—

latipennis, 173.—peringueyt, 172.—quinqueplagiatus, 170.—sinuato-

vittatus, 171.—thoreyt, 176.

Ctenoplectron agile, n. s., 238.

Cynorta (?) modesta, n. s., 339.

Decarthria, 137.—D. albofasciata, n. s., 187.—stephensi, 138.

Diapromorpha procera, n. s., 165.

Dircea velutina, n. s., 230.—venusta, n. s., 231.

Dohrnia simplex, n. s., 246.

Hburia binodosa, 95.—cinnamomea, 98.—dejeant, n.s., 94.—insulana, nu. s.,

93.—octomaculata, 96.—postica, 94.—pulverea, 98.—sericea, 98.—

stigma, 96.

Ecyrus hirtipes, n. s., 179.

Hlaphidion albosignatum, 102.—excelsum, n.s., 101.—nanum, 103.—sub-

fasciatum, 103.—thome, n. s., 104.—tomentosum, 100.

Elateropsis femoratus, 89.—rugosa, 89.

Emenadia latypennis, n. s., 274.

Enosmezus cubanus, 91.

_ Epectasis sinults, 126.

(levi >

Euryope discicollis, n. s., 179.—pictipennis, n.s., 178.—semipartita, n. s.,

178.

Formicomus nigripennis, n. s., 252.

Galerucella congoensis, n. s., 828.

Haltica cuprea, n. s., 318.—cyanicollis, n. s., 319.—semiaurata, n. s., 319.

Haruspex inscriptus, n.s., 107.

Heteromerous Coleoptera pallaived in Australia asia Tasmania by Mr. J. J.

Walker; species belonging to the following families and genera

desorbed or alluded to (G. C. Champion) :—Allecula, 216.—Anthicide,

252.—Anthious, 253.—Apellatus, 214.—Asclera, 244.—Chromomea, 215,

Cistelide, 214.—Copidita, 241.—Ctenoplectron, 233.—Dircea, 230.—

Dohrnia, 230.—Emenadia, 273.—Evaniocera, 273.—Formiconus, 252.

—Homotrysis, 217.—Iophon, n. g., 224.—Lagria, 227.—Lagriide, 227.

—Lagrioida, 237.—Lissodema, 241.—Mecynotarsus, 253.—Melandryide,

230.—Meloide, 274.—Micranthicus, n. g., 266.—Mordella, 266.—

Mordellide, 266.—Mordellistena, 271.—Mystes, n. g., 285.—Nocar, 225.

—Nypsius, n. g., 219.—@demeride, 241.—Orchesia, 284.—Otys, n. g.,

221.—Pseudolycus, 247.—Pythide, 240.—Rhipidophoride, 273.—

Scraptia, aaa Sans ide, 274.—Talayra, n. g., 282.—Tanylypa, 240.—

Taxes, n. g., 226.—Techmessa, 248.—Tellias, n. g., 236. wee

248. ~ Xylophilus, 248.

Homotrysis bicolor, un. s., 319.—scabrosa, n. s., 319.

TIophon, n. g., 224. I. Mibiebe iia. n.'s., 225.

Jamesonia, proposed to be substituted as name for Gabonia, preoccupied,

341.

Lactica (?) puwnctatosulcata, u. s., 229.

Lagria ceneoviolacea, n. s., 228 —australis, n. s., 229.

Lagrioida australis, n. s., 238.

Lema, new species described :—abyssinica, 161.—foveipennis, 161.—klugi,

159.—natalensis, 162.—nigropicta, 160.

Leptostylus bidentatus, 136.—jamaicensis, n. s., 183.—parvulus, n, s., 134,

—posticalis, n. s., 183.—premorsus, 1385.—smithi, n. s., 132.

Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands ; specie belonging to the

following genera described or alluded to (C. J. Gahan) :—Acanthoderes,

130.—Achryson, 92.—Adelus, 122.—Alcidion, 131.—Auvphionycha, 138.

—Araespor, 91.—Bronviades, 111.—Cacostola, 125.—Callichroma, 112.

—Caloclytus, 114.— Calocosmus, 188.—Carneades, 137.— Cerambycide,

90.—Chlorida, 92.—Compsa, 107.—Cylindera, 108.—Cyllene, 114.—

Decarthria, 187.—Dendroblaptus, 82.—Derancistrus, 85.—Desmiphora,

122.—Dorcasta, 127.—Drycothea, 1389.—Eburia, 93.—Eburiola, 118.—

Eburodacrys, 99.—Ecyrus, 127.—Elateropsis, 88.—Hlaphidion, 99.—

Enosmeus, 91.—EHpectasis, 126.—Hupogonius, 123.—Huryscelis, 114.—

Harmosternus, 87.—Haruspex, 107.—Hephialtes, 84.—Heterops, 118.—

Hormathus, 108.—Hypsioma, 125.—Ischiocentra, 125.—Lagochirus, 130.

—Lamiide, 120.—Leptostylus, 132.—Lepturges, 186.—Lypsimena, 128.

—Mallodon,. 88.—Mallosoma, 116.—Merostenus, 109.—Methia, 122.—

Monodesmus, 84.—Nanilla, 120.—Neoclytus, 115.—Neocorus, 108.—

Olbius, 118.—Oneideres, 125.—Ophistomis, 110.—Oreodera, 128.—

Orthomegas, 81.—Orthosoma, 83.—Oxymerus, 119.—Pantomallus, 93.

—Parandra, 80.—Pentomacrus, 109.—Peribewm, 105.—Phidola, 128.

SET eer

( Ixxvu )

—Philematium, 114.—Phryneta, 121.—Plectrocerum, 119.—Pecilo-

derma, 118.—Prionidx, 80.—Probatius, 187.—Precha, 122.—Proster-

nodes, 84.—Ptychodes, 120.—Smodicum, 90.—Solenoptera, 86.—Spala-

copsis, 127.—Steirastoma, 128.—Stenodontes, 82.—Strongylaspis, 82.—

Tenmotes, 121.—Tethlimmena, 111.—Tethystola, 126.—Tillomorpha,

116.—Trachyderes, 119.—Trestonia, 125.—Trichrows, 116.—Zaplous,

124.

Malacosoma, new species described :—basimarginata, 330.—clypeata, 331.—

discoidalis, 331.—farrmatrei, 329.—suturalis, 330.

Malaxia femorata, n. s., 340.

Mantura quadriplagiata, n. s., 321.

Melanognatha balyi, un. s., 329.

Metistete costatipennis, n. s., 221. E

Micranthicus, n. g., 266. M. brachypterus, n. s., 266.

Monolepta octomaculata, n. s., 337.

Mordella fulvonotata, n. s., 270.—fuscipilis, n. s., 271.—graphiptera, n. s.,

_ 267.—parva, n. s., 270.—pygmea, n. s., 270.—W-album, n. s., 269.

Mordellistena aspersa, n. s., 271.—austrina, n. s., 272.—jucunda, n. s., 272.

Mystes, n. g., 285. M. planatus, n. s., 236.

Nocar latus, n. s., 225.

Nypsius, n. g., 219. N. aeneopiceus, n. s., 219.—foveatus, n. s., 220.

Orchesia austrina, n. s., 234.

Otys, n. g., 221. O. armatus, n.s., 223.—harpalinus, n. s., 222.

Pentomacrus fasciatus, n. s., 109.

Peribewm insulanum, n. s., 106.—insulare, 106.

Platyzantha costatipennis, nu. s., 385.—discoidalis, n. s., 886.—intermedia,

0. 8., 383/.—Nigromarginata, 335.

Pecilomorpha divisa, n. s., 163.—mashuana, n. s., 164.

Prosternodes oberthizr1, n. s., 85.

Sardoides, n. g., 832. 8S. viridicollis, n. s., 333.

Scraptia australis, n. s., 239.—laticollis, n. s., 239.—punctatissima, n. 8,

240.

Sebaste natalensis, n. s., 320.—trbralis, n. s., 321.

Sermyla maculata, n.s., 333.—suturalis, n. s., 334.

Sitarida minor, n. s., 274.

Solenoptera canaliculata, var. asteria, 86.—metallescens, 86.

Sphaeroderma discoidalis, n. s., 319.

Talayra, n. g., 232. TT’. orchesioides, n. s., 233.

Taxes, n. g., 226. T. alphitobioides, n. s., 227.—depressus, n. s., 226.

Techmessa ruficollis, n. s., 248.

Tellias, n. g., 236. T. fumatus, n. s., 237.

Tethlimmena basalis, n. s., 111. |

Tethystola mutica, n. s., 126,

Titubaen rugosa, un. s., 166.—thoracica, n. s., 167.

Trichrous major, n. s., 117.

Xylophilus albonotatus, n. s., 251.—fluctuosus, n. s., 250.-—morulus, n. s.,

250.—pectinicornis, n. s., 249.

Zaplous annulatus, 124.

( Ixxvii )

DIPTERA.

Curupira, larve of, alluded to, 479.

Leptomorphus walkeri, pei XXX.

Maruina pilosella, spinosa and ursula, larvae of, alluded to,' 480, 435: 487,

489-493,

Melanostoma hyalinatwm, exhibited, xxx.

Merodon equestris, exhibited, xxx.

Pericoma canescens, larva of, alluded to, 483.—life history of, 141.

Psychoda palaenoides, alluded to, 489.

Spilomyia speciosa, exhibited, xxx.

Trypeta cardwi, etc., exhibited, xx.

HEMIPTERA.

Cymatia coleoptrata, from Morden, Surrey, exhibited, xxiv.

Fulgora laternaria, notes on, 429.

Ledra awrita, exhibited, xxxiv.

Tachardia cornuta, fulgens, gemmifera and pustulata, exhibited, xxi.—

larree and mexicana, alluded to, xxii.

HYMENOPTERA.

Acropyga acutiventris, alluded to, 196.

Andrena atriceps and fulva, exhibited, xxx.

Anochetus sedilotit, race indicus, alluded to, 198.

Braconide, Monograph of the British (Rev. F. A. Marshall); genera or

species belonging to the following families and genera, described or

alluded to:—Adelura, 363.—Alysiides, 363.—Anisocyrta, 368.—Aspi-

lota, 374.—Dacnusa, 394.—Dacnusides, 386.—Epimicta, 391.—Liposcia,

393.—Mesocrina, 370.—CEnone, 388.—Orthostigma, 372.—Prosapha,

369.

Camponotus compressus, alluded to, 196. — rufoglaucus, var. nucans,

alluded to, xxiii.

Cataulacus, alluded to, 200.

Crematogaster rogenhoferi, alluded to, 205.

Diacamma geometricum, alluded to, 198.—vagans, alluded to, 198.

Dorylus oberthiirit, alluded to, 200.

Lobopelta chinensis, alluded to, 199.—chinensis, var. minchinii, alluded to,

200.

Meranoplus rothneyi, alluded to, 201.

Monomorium salomonis, race indicum, alluded to, 202.

Myrmicaria fodiens, alluded to, 201.

Odontomachus haematodes, alluded to, 197.

Ccophylla smaragdina, 196.

Pheidole rhombinoda, alluded to, 204.

Plagiolepis longipes, alluded to, 197.

Polyrachis levissima, alluded to, 196. are

Ponera jerdonii, alluded to, 198.

Sericomynnex opacus, alluded to, 77.

Simia nigra and rufo-nigra, alluded to, 206.

Solenopsis geminata, var. armata, alluded to, 203.

Gy lxxixy)

LEPIDOPTERA.

Acanthopsyche canifrons, n. 8.) 286.

Acidalia ptyonopoda, n. s., 313.

Acrzxa induna, n. s., 184—notes on seasonal dimorphism in certain species

of, 521.

Afrena, n. g., 314. <A. esmeralda, n. s., 314.

Agrotis vestigialis, etc., from Hoy, Orkneys, exhibited, xxxviil.

Anachrostis hypomelas, n. s., 295.

Anodontodes, n. g., 308. A. rotunda, n. s., 308.

Aschistophleps metachryseis, n. s., 282.

Barasa costalis, n. s., 305.

Basilodes chrysosticta, n. s., 306.

Boarmua thricophora, n. s., 311.

| Brevipecten cosmiodes, n. s., 304.—purpureosticta, n. s., 303.

Bryophila oblaquifasciata, n. s., 299.

| Calesia proxantha, n. s., 306.

_ Callabrazas trigoniplaga, n. s., 312.

Capys disjunctus, n. s., 190.

Caradrina lobophora, n. s., 299.

Catephia lichenea, n. s., 306.

Ceratonema pallidinota, n. s., 290.

Chrysocraspeda phoenicozona, n. s., 313.

Cidaria griseiwiridis, n. s., 312.

Clelea bipuncta, n. s., 283.

Corgatha costipicta, n. s., 300.

Cossus fuscibasis, n. s., 287.

Cyana dudgeoni, n. s., 298.

Cyphotopsyche, n. g., 297. C. ustipennis, n. s., 297.

Dactylorhyncha luteifascia, n. s., 292.

Dasychira angulata, nu. s., 292.—postfusca, n. s., 9.

Dicranura vinula, and other species, notes on the secretion of Potassium

Hydroxide by, 399-400.

Drapetodes croceago, n. s., 290.

Drepana leucosticta, n. s., 287; alluded to, 3.

Dysethia longiranus, n. s., 312.

Hmydia cribrum, var. candida, exhibited, xxxviil.

Hrebia nerine, exhibited, xxx.

Bublemma rubiginea, n. s., 300.

Eubolia roseicilia, n. s., 312.

Eucelis, alluded to, 516. H. larwmana, n. s., 518.

Eucyclopera, n. g., 294. H. plagidisca, n. s., 294.

Eupleaia chlorerythra, n. s., 41.—plumbeomarginata, n. s., 298.

Ewproctis renifera, n. s., 12.

Butelia stictoprocta, n. s., 304.—viridinota, n. s., 52.

Gargetta lithosidia, n. s., 280.

Haritalopha, n. g., 309. H. biparticolor, n. s., 309.

Heliothis hyalosticta, n. s., 298. H. peltigera, exhibited, viii.

Heterogymis penella and other Lepidoptera from the South of France,

~ exhibited, iit.

( lxxx )

Heteromiza leucogomia, n. s., 311.

Heteronympha merope, xiv.

Hong Kong, a preliminary list of the Butterflies of (J. J. Walker), species

belonging to the following genera alluded to:—Abisara, 459.—Ama-

thusia, 450.—Antigonus, 475.—Apatura,.452.—Aphnzus, 462.—Appias,

467.—Argynms, 455.—Asticopterus, 476.—Atella, 451.—Athyma, 456.—

Baoris, 473.—Catachrysops, 462.—Catopsilia, 464.—Cethosia, 451.—

Chapra; 474.—Charazes, 458.—Chilades, 461.—Cirrochroa, 455.—

Clerome, 450.—Cupha, 451.—Curetis, 459.—Danais, 444.—Delias, 463.

—Deudoriz, 462.—Discophora, 449.—Ergolis, 451.—Erionota, 476.—

Evplea, 446.—Euthalia, 457.—Ganoris, 465.—Gerydus, 460.—Halpe,

475.—Hasora, 473.—Hebomoia, 467.—Hestina, 452.—Hyarotis, 476.—

Hypolimnas, 455.—Iambryz, 476.—Ideopsis, 444.—Ismene, 473.—

Ivias, 467.—Junonia, 453.—Lampides, 461.—Leptocircus, 472.—Lethe,

448.—Lycend, 461-—Matapa, 473.—Melanitis, 449.—Mycalesis, 447.—

Neopithecops, 460.—Neptis, 454.—Notocrypta, 473.—Papilio, 468.—

Parnara, 474.—Pieris, 465.—Prioneris, 464.—Sithon, 462.—Suastus,

474.—Symbrenthia, 458.—Tachyris, 467.—Tagiades, 475.—Tajuria,

462.—Telicota, 475.—Terias, 465.—Udaspes, 476.—Vanessa, 4357.—

Ypthima, 448.—Zemeros, 459.—Zizera, 460.

Hydrusa serrata, synonym of Syntomis grotei, 31.

Hypenagoma leucosticta, n. s., 309.

Hyposidra polia, n. s., 311.

Hysterosia avreoalbida, n. s., 498.

Tolaus zmulus, n. s., 192.

Isbarta cyanescens, n. s., 284.

Khasia Hills, Tianeiee from the (Col. SwinhOd): ; species belonging to

the following families and genera described or alluded to :—Acantho-

lipes, 67.—Acontia, 48.—Acontiide, 47.—Acronycta, 43.—Adisura,

39.—Himene, 22.—Agabra, 44.—Agaristide, 26.—Agonista, 58.—

Agrotis, 39.—Alamis, 60.—Albara, 3.—Alphea, 17,—Altha, 6.—

| Amesia, 36.—Amphigonia, 70.—Amphipyra, 40.—Amyna, 43.—

Ancara, 42.—Anisoneura, 57.—Apsarasa, 47.—Arachotia, 33.—

Aramuna, 65.—Arbela, 29.—Arbelide, 29.—Arbudas, 35.—Arcilasisa,

46.—Arcte, 61.—Arctia, 17.—Arctiide, 15.—Arctiine, 18.—Areas, 17.—

Argina, 19.—Argiva, 58.—Argiida, 28.—Ariolica, 25.—Aroa, 7.—

Arsacia, 73.—Artona, 32.—Azazia, 69.—Azygophleps,29.—Baniana, 65.

—Barasa, 51.—Baroa, 25.—Barsine, 23.—Belciana, 52.—Belippa, 7.—

Blenina, 52.—Bryophila, 47.—Cabarda, 23.—Cadphises, 37.—Calesia,

75.—Callamesia,37.—Callidrepana, 3.—Callidula, 1.—Callidulidz, 1.

—Callimorpha,18.—Callyna, 50.—Calpe,73.—Calpenia, 18.—Calpine,

73.—Camptochilus, 5.—Camptoloma, 18.—Campylotes, 37.—Canna,

47.—Capissa, 22.—Capotena, 55.—Caradrina, 45.—Carea, 55.—

Castabala, 19.—Catephia, 60.—Catocala, 56.—Catocaline, 55.—

Cauvminda, 68.—Caviria, 13.—Chalcosia, 35.—Chalcosme, 33.—

Chalcosiopsis, 38.—Chariclea, 39.—Chelonomorpha, 26.—Chelwra,

38.—Chera, 39.—Chilkasa, 71.—Chrysartona, 32.—Chryseglia, 21.—

Chrysopera, 61.—Chrysorabdia, 21.—Churia, 55.—Churinga, 20.—

Cifuna, 8.—Cispia, 14.—Clelea, 33.—Clebdsiris, 1.—Cletthara, 52.—

Cerma, 36.—Cosmophila, 45.—Cosside, 29.—Crinocraspeda, 28.—

( Iksonte)

Crithote, 70.—Oucullia, 48.—Cyana, 19.—Cyclodes, 61.—Cyclosia, 36.

—Daplasa, 10.—Dasychira, 9.—Deiopeia, 19.—Delgamma, 65.—Den-

drophleps, 14.—Deva, 74.—Dilemera, 18.—Dinuwmma, 50.—Dissolo-

phus, 44.—Ditrigona, 2.—Doranaga, 50.—Dordura, 65.— Dragana, 68.—

Drapetodes, 4.—Drepana, 3,—Drepanulide, 2.—Duomitus, 29,—Dura,

11.—Dypterygia, 48.—Emodesa. 2.—Episparis, 70.—Entomogramma,

68.—Hrasmia, 37.—Erastria, 47.—Ercheia,57.—Hressa,32.—Hriceia, 59.

—Hterusia, 3&.—Huplexia, 40.—Huproctis, 11.—Eurois, 42.—Husemia,

26.—Eutelide, 52.—Hutela, 52.—Falana, 54.—Floccifera, 54.—Fodina,

68.—Gadirtha, 51.—Gesonia, 67.—Gonopteride, 54.—Grammodes, 68.

—Gynautocera, 37.—Gyrtona, 53.—Hadena, 40.—Halias, 25.—

Hamodes, 70.—Hampsonia, 36.—Harmatelia, 70.—Hemipachycera, 44.

—Hepialide, 29.—Herimba, 2.—Herpa, 35.—Heteropan, 34.—Himanto-

pterus, 38.—Histia, 38.—Homodes, 51.—Hyblxa, 51.—Hyelopsis, 47.—

Hypetra, 64.—Hypocala, 57.—Hypopyra, 72.—Hypospila, 69.—Hypsa,

15.—Hypside, 14.—Hulodes, 58.—Idopterum, 22.—Ilattia, 43.—

Ingura, 52.—Isbarta, 37.—Ischyga, 69.—Kalmina, 71.—Kasala, 28.—

Lacera, 61.—Lacides, 15.—Lzlia, 8.—Lagoptera, 64.—Lasiocampide,

27.—Lebeda, 27.—Leocyna, 46.—Leucania, 45.—Leucocosmia, 45.—

Leucoma, 13.—Leucopardus, 17.—Limacodide, 5.—Lineopalpa, 54.-—

Lithosia, 21.—Lithosiine, 19.—Lophosoma, 33.—Lymantria, 10.—

Lymantriide, 7.—Macotasa, 22.—Macrobrochis, 20.—Mahasena, 29.—

Marwmatha, 48.—Maxula, 72.—Metachrostis, 48.—Metanastria, 27.—

Methorasa, 44.—Milleria, 35.—Miniodes, 72.—Miresa, 6.—Mithila,

61.—Moorea, 18.—Mosavra, 60.—Narosa, 7.—Natada, 6.—Neochera, 14-

—Neothripa, 52.—Nikaea, 17.—Noline, 25.—Numenes, 10.—Nyctemerag

18.—Nyctemerine, 18.—Nycteoline, 25.—Nyctipao, 58.—Odonestis, 28.

—Odontocraspis, 28.—Odontodes, 538.—Olene, 9—Ommatophora, 71.—

Ophideres, 72.—Ophiusa, 62.—Ophiusine, 61:—Oreta, 4.—Orgyia, 7.—

Orsonoba, 54.—Oruza, 50.—Ozyodes, 70.—Oxyplax, 6.—Palindide, 50.

—Palpifer,30.—Pandesma,59.—Pantana,8.—Parasa, 6.—Pasipeda,75.

—Patula, 58.—Perciana, 4/.—Peridrome, 14.—Phacusa, 33.—Phalacra,

4.—Phalacropsis, n. g., 5.—Phassus, 29.—Phauda, 38.—Phaudine,

38.—Philona, 15.—Philopator, 38.—Phissama, 17.—Phlebohecta, 33.—

Phyllodes, 72.—Pida, 10.—Pidorus, 34.—Pintia, 35.—Platyja, 70.—

Plecoptera, 65.—Plewrona, 71.—Plusia, 73.—Plusiine, 73.—Polia,

42.—Polychrisia, 74.—Polydesma, 59.—Prabhasa, 21.—Prodenia, 48.

—Psalis, 10.—Psychidz, 29.—Pterothysanidxe, 28.—Pterothysanus, 28.

—Radinacra, 45.—Redoa, 13.—Remigia, 68.—Rhodogastria, 17.—

Rhoptotrichia, 44.—Rhynchopalpus, 25.—-Risoba, 538.—Rivula, 49.—

Sasunaga, 42.—Scaptesyle, 22.—Scopelodes, 5.—Serrodes, 65.—

Soritia, 84.—Speirodiine, 57.—Speiredonia, 57.—Sphingomorpha,

61.—Spilosoma, 15.—Spirama, 71.—Spodoptera, 43.—Stictoptera, 53.—

Suana, 27.—Swinhoea, 48.—Sympis, 65.—Syntomide, 30.—Syntomis,

30.—Syntomoides, 30.—Sypna, 56.—Tambana, 55.—Taramina, 69.—

Teldema, 2.—Teulisna, 22.—Thalatta, 54.—Thosea, 6.—Thyrgorina,

16.—Thysanoptyx, 21.—Tinolius, 75.—Tochara, 69.—Trabala, 28.—

Trichiura, 28.—Tridrepana, n. g., 3.—Trigonodes, 68.—Tripanophora,

33.—Tripura, 20.—Trisuloides, 55.—Troctoptera, 50.—Tyana, 25.—

Vamuna, 20,—Vapara, 45,—Xanthia, 39,—Xanthoptera, 48.—

( lxxxi )

Zadadra, 21.—Zagira, 50.—Zalissa, 26.—Zeuzera, 29.—Zygaenidz, 32.

—Zygaenine, 32.

Lepidoptera, on the classification of, many families, etc., alluded to,

343-362.

Limenitis sibylla, temperature varieties of, x.

LIithosia chrysophleps, n. s., 294.

Lobocraspis, n. g., 293. L. griseifusa, n.s., 293.

Lobophora viretata, forms of, exhibited, xxv.

Lycena nubifer, n. s., 187.

Lymantria plumbalis, n. s., 292.

Macaria fumipennis, n. s., 310.

Macrobrochis metaxantha, n. s., 292.

Mahasena graminivora, nu. s., 286.

Malachitis, n. g., 291. M. melanochlora, nu. s., 291.

Medasina reticulata, n. s., 311.

Metanastra fuscomarginata, n. s., 27.

Methorasa variegata, n. 8., 44.

Micracontia, n. g., 301. MM. batisella, n. s., 302.

Miltochrysta hololeuca, n. s., 296.

Mimeugoa, n. g., 294. M. edentifascia, n. s., 295.

Mimoruza, n. g., 301, WM. nigriceps, n. s., 301.

Monema coralina, n. s., 290.

Mycalesis selousi, n. s., 183.

Narosa argentipuncta, n. s., 290.—erminea, n. s., 291.—uniformis,

nies iy

Neocastnia, n. g., 285. N. nicévillei, n. s., 286.

Nicévillea, n. g., 307. N. epiplemordes, n. s., 307.

Nisaga rufescens, n. s., 278.

Nola marginata, n. s., 296.

Nyctipao ophristigmaris, n. s., 305.

Omichlis, n. g., 279. O. rufotincta, n. s., 279.

Paedisca adamantina, n. s., 505.—argenteana, n. s., 504.—biplagata, n. s.,

507.—carolinana, n. s., 509.—castaneana, n. s., 511.—dilatana, n. s.,

510.—fuscosparsa, n. s., 507.—hyponomeutana, n. s., 502.—invicta,

n. 8., 509.—mediostriata, n. 8., 508.—norvichiana, alluded to,

506.’— ragonott, n. s., 503.—serpentana, n. 8., 504. —smithiana,

n. s., 506.

Penthina duplex, n. s., 501.—major, n, s., 502.—melanosticta, n. s., 500.

Perciana fuscobrunnea, n. 8 , 299.

Phalacropsis, n. g.,5. P. carnosa, nu. s., 5.

Phalonia feliz, n. s., 498.

Phtheochroa macrocarpana, un. s., 499.

Pieris daplidice, captured at Deal, xl.

Pisara argentescens, n. 8., 296.—argentisparsa, n. s., 297.

Platynota nigrocervina, un. s., 496,

Platysamia cecropia and P. gloveri, etc., hybrids between, xxxiv.

Plecoptera ferrilineata, un. s., 66.

Plotheia nigralba, n. s., 305.—stigmatophora, n. s., 305.

Plusiogramma, n. g., 278. P. awrosigna, n. 8., 278.

Polyploca bifasciata, n. 8., 281.

( Ixxxii )

Problepsidis, n. g., 287. P. albidescens, n.s., 288.—argyrialis, n. s., 287.

—cupreogrised, n. s., 288.

Pronuba yuccasella, from Colorado, exhibited, viii.

Pseudodowia limulus, type of, exhibited, xxxii.

Pseudojana pallidipennis, n. s., 278.

Pseudoterpna hypoglauca, n. s., 318.

Ptyorhynca, n. g., 308. P. argyresthis, n. s., 308.

Rhodia fugaw, larva of, exhibited, xxi.

Rhopalocera, Seasonal Dimorphism of, in Natal; notes on various species,

413-428,

Rhyncopalpus grisealis, n. s., 25.

Risoba flavipennis, n. s., 304.

Rivula leucosticta, n. s., 49.—striatura, n. s., 49.

Scaptesylia, n. g., 283. S. hemichryseis, n. s., 283.

Sciapteron zanthozonatum, n. s., 282.

Scoparia basistrigalis, exhibited, viii.

Semasia buchephaloides, alluded to, 512.—obliterana, n. 8., 513.—ochro-

cephala, n. s., 513.—octopunctana, n. s., 512.—transversa, n. s., 514.

Siglophora ferreiluteata, n. s., 296.

Spalgis, pup of, i.

Spilopora ochreifusa, n. s., 310.

Stenadonta, n. g., 281. S. cyttarrosticta, n. s., 281.

Streptopteras, n. g., 289. 8. luteata, n. s., 289.

Syntomis polyzonata, n. s., 283.

Syntomoides semicincta, n. s., 282.

Teracolus, notes on Seasonal Dimorphism in certain species of, 519, 520.

Thyridopteryx ephemereformis, exhibited, xxv.

Tolpia, 295. T. conscitulana, 295.

Tridrepana, n. g., 3.

Ypthima mashuna, n. s., 181.

Xanthoptera combusta, n. s., 300.—pectinicornis, n. s., 300.

Xylina zinckenw, from Copdock, near Ipswich, exhibited, xl.

Westermannia celisigna, n. s., 303.

Zeiraphera, alluded to, 515. Z. medioplagata, 516.

Zethes rufvpennis, n. s., 307.

NEUROPTERA.

Calotermes, species of, alluded to, ix.

Pyrrhosoma minium, exhibited, xx.

Ternutes, species of, exhibited, xvi.

ORTHOPTERA.

Diapheromera femorata, exhibited, xxxix.

Pseudocreobotra Wahlbergi, exhibited, x.

Printed by Simmons & Borrtsn, Limited, 4a, Shoe Lane, London, H.C.

hive,

5 WALSINGHAN. _..%

: S20, 06:41 "

Uy aves ye SOC MOTLEO IOI OLELe

HKnaight del.et lith. West,Newman imp.

Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills.

a ee

]

Trams. lint. Soc. Lond. 1895. FL IL

. A Knight del.et ith. West,Newman imp.

New Longicornia from the West India Islands.

Upawe hye S06. lowe logo. Be Te

GAA

LEVIN

UnyA

RTAAT

MUnatANy th \

; aN

Aiay) AAV

ey nce,

Way rAnu

NAN,

Sy)

AVAL)

iy 4;

DM ANT Me

/ ly Ad

Baal

I Nel i iy

VAY LALA

FAIS

" minh

TANG

avavVinthivitaY

MeN. ag

INepel

Worman Walker del. _ R

AR. .Hammond lith.

West Newman imp.

Pericoma canescens.

tno lye soe Loria, 1695, FL IV.

one

Was,

aN eT E

48a 2

EES,

Fate”

£25,

Bg ae t

West, Newman imp.

R.Hammoned. lith.

Norman Walker del.

Pericoma canescens.

WWActhor Rich del.

New Species of

Gans! Mra Ge Morus, JOSIE Va

West,Newman chromo

South African Butterfhes.

Trans. Ent. Soc. Lond . 18.95. Pt. VI.

Jurkiss del. ct lith. iL Mintern Bros. imp.

NPs

Heteromera from Austraha and Tasmania.

]

}

“Westwood Bequest. Trans. [nt. Soc. Lond . 18.95. PU. VIL

T.A.Marshall del. Mintern Bros. ith.

British Bracomde.

“Westwood Bequest” Trans. Ent. SOC. Lond . 1898. Ib, Vill ,

Be atten del . i ; Mintern Bros. lith.

Organs of pupal emergence.

“Westwood Bequest” Trans. Ent. Soe. Lend .1895. PU IX.

15...

GOH Taisen ole]. Mintern Bros jith...

Organs of pupal emer emec.

LOTS. Ent. Soc. Lond. 1895. IE) G |

}

a a

P al d. ie 7 1%, a ‘a Tt

‘ eae 2 hth Aust Warner &

Trans, Ent. Soc. Lond. 1895. PLXL

eee

Pea cea ‘

ee - Pert sane

=) —geeR DOO

2 ge tee

ede R aT

OSes

ANS.

i en ae

x Lae ey

bith Fast. ¥ Werner 8 Winter Fran kfrt <M.

- 2h

Psychodidae. eaten 1

’

tI . .

nites ,

) ,

‘

EXeLANATION OF Piate XII.

Fig. Page

1. Platynota metallicana, Wism., 6... . . 497

2. Phatonta feliz, Wism., 9)... = 2) 7 ee

3. Phtheochroa macrocarpana, Wism., 9. . . 499

4. Penthina duplex, Wism., 3g. .s. =. ee

5. Pedisca carolinana, Wism., 9. . .-. . - 509

6. castaneana, Wism;, 6... .% «4 eee

7. 3 biplagata, Wism., 6. . - . . « 907

8. » fuscosparsa, Wism., ¢ .. «4 = eee

og: FP rugonott, Wism., g . . « s = seve

VO, ‘s serpentana, Wlsm., ¢ . . . . ~. 504

it; hy mediostriata, Wism.,g. . . . . 508

12. 95 hyponomeutana, Wism.,g . . . . 502

13. 5 argenteana, Wilsm., ¢ . ... . 504

14, a dilatana, Wism., gy) 2s eee

15. Semasia obliterana, Wism., 6. . . . . . 513

16. me transversa, Wiam., ¢ 2... . -. 2 ae ——

17. 4, bucephaloides, Wim, 9. . . . . SID

18. Zeiraphera medioplagata, Wism., . . . 516

[To face Prate XII. >

Trans. Lint. Soc. Lond 1895. Pi XT

fey

PWM Trap Chromo.

North American Tortricidz.

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

FOR THE YEAR

1895.

PART I.

WITH FOUR PLATES.

(25TH ApRiL, 1895.)

Pb ice + Vr. xvi OF. eine

LONDON:

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY BY SIMMONS AND BOTTEN, LIMITED,

4a, SHOE LANE, LONDON, E.C.

SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S ROOMS, 11, CHANDOS STREET,

_ CAVENDISH SQUARE, W.,

AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN AND CO,

PATERNOSTER ROW, E.C.; AND NEW YORK.

[ Price: 8s. ]

TRANSACTIONS of the ENTOMOLOGICALSOCIETY of LONDON —

T'he Transactions can now be obtained by Fellows at

1834—1895.

the following reduced prices :—

First Series, 4 volumes (1834—1849)

Second Series, 5 volumes (1850—1861)

Third Series, 5 volumes (1862—1869)

The Transactions for the year 1868

bed

oP)

om)

“99

1869

SCOTCH HS OO see b Torre

+OOC CO SSe so erHeeaeee

POR Coe ere ses eseeeeese

See eee ene ees eseareeee

COTO Oe eee reseee tee

POC Hee ee eeneseseee

See esse eo eseseaee+ eee

CCoeeessoesssaeseeees

SOC CTO SEH EHS eee eee eee

Cee eee ser esesessesess

eee eresesseeeseses

Cee eee eseeseseesseses

eee eee Oe eseeersesese

Coe gerne pera eee seeese

See eee reeset eeersens

eee gesceeeeesesese

Peeeeeer eerie eee ery

COOr ee eee sreseesse tee

Coosa ween ses ese ree

Corer eteeeerree es se8

POO ese see ree tOessg tee

eee ee ese eseesrerrett®

1895, Part I.

Any single volaine from 1862 to 1877 half-price to Fellows.

First Series, vol. v., is out of print.

Series, vol. iv., cannot be sold separately.

The other ‘paliiiae may be obtained separately, also the following :—

£212 0

Pascoe’s ‘ Longicornia Malayana’

See tO erassareoeee

See TOTO EEH Te: FHF OOO e ee FOR FER EES

Baly’s ‘ Phytophaga Malayana, Pt. I. , Apostasicera,’ v5

Saunders’ ‘ British Heterogyna and Fossorial Hymenoptera’ 0 4 6

‘ Synopsis of British Hymenopter a, eee i

Newport’s ‘ Athalia centifolie ’ (Prize Essay) .

—_—— —_——

First Series, vols.

CHR HEHE EH EHH EHH HOR RR ERE RE Ree Ree

PUBLIC,

Price £4 13

DWOrNHNHONOON OOS

ecoocosconsooocooooeocqcoocuclUlc[“

POAwcns oc

om i

Ne) Or

=r er)

DARDOO

FELLOWS,

515 0

410 0

QoQ

Oncrntonnceccocorecnwne ed or

WOOSHAIWOAHMOCMAOSHHAS

CHORE EHH OOCHHHHOSOS

i.—iv., and Second

16 0

6 0

The JoURNAL OF PROCEEDINGS is bound up with the TRANSACTIONS.

THE PROPOSED

General Catalogue of the Gnsects of the British Fsles,

PUBLISHED BY THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,

1. NEUROPTERA, by R. McLacutan, F.R:S. ;

. HYMENOPTERA (Aculeata), by F. Surru ; 1871

11. HYMENOPTERA (Chrysididz, Ichneumonidz, - Braconide,

and Evanide), by the Rev. T. A. MARSHALL, M.A., F.E.S. ;

1872

18/03. ieee

1v.§ HYMENOPTERA Verbose by the Rev. T. A. MARSHALL,

M. 87

, E852

v. HEMIPTERA (Heteroptera and Homoptera, Cicadaria and

Phytophthires), by J. W. Dovetas and J. Scorr; 1876...... 1

£119 0

012 0

03 4

04 6

0 bse

ad, §@e

0 - O02

6 0 9

0 1 +o

0 09

0 8s

orm ce

Ss i. i

LEA RR LE NETTIE it AS RRR | SERNA 9 At

i. Ja @ 4 > » o> Ae

~ crisas eee weer ke or

ee ee ee eee

” => F. “a

eee ey

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Founded, I833. Incorporated by Royal Charter, 1885.

OFFICERS and COUNCIL for the SESSION 1895-96.

Professor RAPHAEL Mrenpona, F.R.S., F.C.S., President.

Rt. Hon. Lorp WALsINGHAM, Fae D., F.R.S.

Henry Joun Ewes, J.P., F.L.S., F.Z.8. Vice-Presidents.

Professor EDWARD B. Poutton, M. A. RS.

Rospert McLAcHiLan, F.R.S., F.L.S., Treasurer.

HERBERT Goss, F.L.S., F.G.S. \g tart

The Rev. Canon Fowter, M.A., F.L.S. UAHA.

GrorGE C. CHAMPION, F.Z.S., Librarian.

Georeer T. BeTHUNE-BAker, F.L.S. Dr. FrepreRicK A. Dixry, M.A., M.D.

_WAttEerR F, H. BuANDForRD,M.A.,F.Z.S. | CHARLES Josepd GAHAN, M.A., F.H.S

Dr. Davip SHarp, M.A., M.B., F.R.S.

W. R. Hatt, Resident Librarian.

Fellows who have paid their Subscriptions for the current year, ure entitled

*-to receive the Transactions and Proceedings for the year without further payment,

and they wiil be forwarded post free.

The Library is open to Fellows and their friends every day from ONE to Six

o’clock p.m, (and until TEN p.m. on Meeting nights), except on Saturdays, when

the Library closes at THREE o’clock.

{ N.B.—The new Catalogue of the Library is now ready, price

| 98, to the Public, to the Fellows of the Society, 6s.

NOTICE TO AUTHORS.

Authors of papers which are intended to be communicated to the Soctety, are

| requested to be good enough to send their names and the full titles of their papers,

to the Secretaries, or one of the Secretaries, at least fourteen days prior to the date

of the Meeting at which it is proposed that such papers shall be read; and such

_ communications may be addressed to the Secretaries, either at the Society’s Rooms,

| Il, Chandos Street, Cavendish Square, W., or at their private addresses—H. Goss,

i. The Avenue, Surbiton Hill Surrey ; The Rev. Canon Fowxrr, The School House,

Inncoln,

CONTENTS OF PART I. i %

I, A list of the Lepidoptera of the Khasia Hills. Part III. By Colonehts

CuarLes Swinsor, M.A., F.LS., F.Z.8. ... it aa

II. Notes on the Fungus growing and eating habit of Sontete atoniba opacus,

Mayr. By Freperic W. Uricu, F.E.S._ ... : oo

IIT. On the Longicorn Coleoptera of the West India Islands. By Cn q

J. GAHAN, M.A., F.E.8. —... - 2

IV. The Life-history of Pee canescens (Psychodid). By Professor ie

Lovis C. Mraut, F.R.S., and Norman WALKER. With a :

Bibliographical and Critical Appendix, by Baron OstEN SACKEN 141

Vv. “ais ae on pe Stability.. By Francis Gatton, D.C.L.,

Prone ie A i, ae BY . j—xv

NOTICH.

All persons exhibiting specimens at Meetings of the Society are reques ed

to be good enough to hand to the Secretary, at the Meeting, a note in

writing of the generic and specific names of all specimens exhibited, toget: ner

with the names of the localities in which such specimens were obtained, 2 nd

any remarks thereon which the exhibitors have to make. In the absence of

such a note in writing the Secretary will not be responsible for any errors in

connection with his report of such exhibitions, or for the entire omission : of

any reference thereto in the Proceedings. . a

By ORDER oF THE COUNCIL.

a“

“3

MEETINGS

OF THE , : 3

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,

11, Cuanpos Srreet, CavenpisH Squarz, W., ; x

FOR THE

SESSION 1895—1896.

: ee Ord.

Wednesday, May ... FY he ue sp Ae ig nn

Re June .., “as ae “3 ira ae, | Oe

ee October be = +” ee Ls 2

39 33 o8e, ee ° 16 4 “3

a November i HS bas As ae 6 a

* _ December ie Jee ; &.

. 1896. | ;

‘i January (ANNUAL MEETING) ..... .. 7 ae

The Chair will be taken at Eicnr o'clock in the evening precisely. — 3

* Mus,

e. WAalctunu

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

|| ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

LONDON

FOR THE YEAR

1895.

PART II.

WITH TWO PLATES.

(Ist JuNg, 1895.)

Jee fe ig) CN NT

SS aN DH enn NNT

LONDON:

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY BY SIMMONS AND BOTIEN, LIMITED,

44, SHOE LANE, LONDON, F.C.

SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S ROOMS, 11, CHANDOS STREET,

| CAVENDISH SQUARE, W.,

| - AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN AND CO,

PATERNOSTER ROW, E.C.; AND NEW YORK.

| Price: 7s. ]

TRANSACTIONS of the ENTOMOLOGICALSOCIETY of LONDON -

1834—1895. |

The Transactions can now be obtained by Fellows at |

the following reduced prices :—

; PUBLIC. FELLOWS.

First Series, 4 volumes (1834—1849) ...................... Price £413 0 £3 10

Second Series, 5 volumes (1850—1861) ................++ 8. DD 51 0@

Third Series, 5 volumes (1862—1869) ........ 2.0.0... ll 0 90 410 04

The Transactions for the year 1868 .............-..2.006 1 0 0 q

if - Sia: CE eae 120

e i 1 Fey, | Wie cA te ee AEs 1 8 0 2s @

3 rs Eig Se ONT «ES, 1 5 of

A, 33 1h fg Ane OER EEN oho 1-2

/ de i 1873 116 0

€ 3 ASA ss: Be eee ie tame

- e 1875 a ee Sa oe ae

: 196 eee 112 0 |

Mi ‘ 1877 140

» 9 1878 1-69 015 0

os re ob eee ey Pp LMS Lad 016 6

Bs : 1 boi Sater nee we, Pes pe 019 0 014 3

>, af TBS oi acti tanee 116 09 1-47 8

‘3 a BOD te sh cnt 110 0 le 2 6

5 i TESS: Eid ieee 17. 0*e* wg 0 8

m - 188440. teers ec ee is Oe

3 a 1888 pene Lge aha : Hes, 019 6

- x TESG «id, oi senees eee | aes: es | 019 6

os, - TSSY vec 1 4 6 019 O

s J ABBE nos: erties ee 1a" i 88

y ae [889 Soe. cot dane 116 6G 1. 7-6

‘ “ LGD) 33 ee 119 0 110 0

ig - 1891 116 0 ie oe |

5 a 1892 19 0 ie a

- aan 1805) dossier aes 156 019 3

é: = F804) got Ne oem 110 6 FAY

* 2 1895, Part I. 0.3 -@ 0 6 0

Bs eMeseaseees OT: Fee 05 643

Any single volute from 1862 to 1877 half-price to Fellows.

First Series, vol. v., is out of print. First Series, vols. i.—iv., and Second

Series, vol. iv., cannot be sold separately.

The other Toles may be obtained separately, also the following :—

Pascoe’s ‘ Longicornia Malayana’. <i oun, Oe eae £119 0-4

Raly’s ‘ Phytophaga Malayana, Pt. ‘T, , Apostasicera’ 4 “Oe 012 0

Saunders’ ‘ British Heterogyna and Fossorial Hymenoptera’ 0 4 6 0 & 44

‘Synopsis of British Hymenoptera, * Part 1. Sa 0 4 6

New port? s ‘ Athalia centifolie ’ (Prize Essay) . joeews'e | eee 0.104

The JouRNAt OF PROCEEDINGS is bound up with the TRANSACTIONS.

THE PRO POSE D

General Catalogue of the Insects of the British sles.

PUBLISHED BY THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

—_—. s..d: ts dt

1. NEUROPTERA, by R. McLacuian, F.R-S. ;-1870. 77... iea PEK 0° 99

1. HYMENOPTERA (Aculeata), by F: Surra; 1871 . 3h ae 0 9

intjw HYMENOPTERA (Chrysididz, Ichneumonidae, Braconide,

and Evanide), by the ere a: MARSHALL, M. A., F.ES. ; :

VED ite sop wo 20s rie 2 rans buat bebe ties Patent teed vee eee ee 24.0 1 6

iv. HYMENOPTERA (Oxyura), by the Rev. T. A. MarsHaut, F

M.A., F.E.S.; 1873 "6 0 24

¥., HEMIPTERA ae ad ‘Homoptera, ‘Cicwaars 1a, and , “a

Phytophthires), by J. W. Dovetas and J. Scott; 1876...... 1 |) 0 9%

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Founded, 1833. Incorporated by Royal Charter, 1885.

OFFICERS and COUNCIL for the SESSION 1895-96.

Professor RAPHAEL Mxetpora, F.R.S., F.C.S., President.

Rt. Hon. Lonp Watsineuam, LL.D., F.RB.S.

Henry Joun Eiwrs, J.P., F.L.S., F.Z.S8. Vice-Presidents.

Professor EDWARD B. Poutton, M.A., F.R.S.

Ropert McLacuian, F.R.S., F.LS., Treasurer.

HERBERT Goss, F.L.S., F.G.S. Vg eases

The Rev. Canon Fowrmr, M.A., F.L.S. s Secretaries.

GrEorGE C. CuHampion, F.Z.S., Librarian.

Georce T’.. BETHUNE-BAKER, F.L.S. Dr. FREDERICK A. Dixuy, M.A., M D.

WALTER F. H. BLANDFORD, M. ALE.Z.S. CHARLES JOSEPH GAHAN, M. A. FB. E.S.

De Davip SHARP, M.A., F.R.S.

W. R. Hatt, Resident Librarian.

Fellows who have paid their Subscriptions for the current year, are entitled

to receive the Transactions and Proceedings for the year without further payment,

and they will be forwarded post free.

The Library is open to Fellows and their friends every day from ONE to SIx

o’clock p.m. (and until TEN p.m. on Meeting nights), except on SEMRTOUNS when

the AEN closes at THREE o'clock.

| N.B.—The new Catalogue of the Levene is now ready, pric|

| 9s, to the Public, to the Fellows of the Society, 6s.

NOTICE LO) AUTOS.

i Authors of papers which are intended to be communicated to the Sociely, are

_ requested to be good enough to send their names and the full titles of their papers,

_ tothe Secretaries, or one of the Secretaries, at least fourteen days prior to the date

of the Meeting at which it is proposed that such papers shall be read; and such

. ; communications may be addressed to the Secretaries, either at the Society's Rooms,

- il, Chandos Street, Cavendish Square, W., or at their private addresses—H. Goss,

The Avenue, Surbiton Hill, CUR The Rev. Canon FowtEr, The School House,

a Lincoln.

CONTENTS OF PART IL.

VI. Con'ributions to the knowledge of African see Oe %

Part 1. By Martin Jacosy, F.E.S. . sab ie a

VII. On some new species of Butterflies from eee and Extra Tropical _

South Africa. By Rotanp Tren, F.R.S., F.L.S., Curator of —

the South-African Museum, Cape Town She “Pp . ia

VIII. Notes on Indian Ants. By Gzorex A. James Rotuney, F.E.S. ... 195

IX. On the Heteromerous Coleoptera collected in Australia and Tasmania

by James J. WALKER, R.N., F.L.S., during the voyage of

H.M.S. ‘‘ Penguin,”’ with aaseipiions of new genera and species.

Part II. By Grorer C. Cuampion, F.Z.S.

X. Descriptions of new Heterocera from India. By GzoRGE FRANCIS : ‘

Hampson, B.A., F.E.S.

NOTICE.

All persons exhibiting specimens at Meetings of the Society are requested

to be good enough to hand to the Secretary, at the Meeting, a note im

writing of the generic and specific names of all specimens exhibited, together

with the names of the localities in which such specimens were obtained, a

any remarks thereon which the exhibitors have to make. In the absence

such a note in writing the Secretary will not be responsible for any errors

connection with his report of such exhibitions, or for the entire omission — of

any reference thereto in the Proceedings. oe a

By ORDER OF THE CoUN Th.

MEETINGS

OF THE a

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,

11, Cuanpos Srreer, Cavenpiso Squarx, W., |

FOR THE

Session 1895-1896.

Wednesday, June 53

p October 2%

oe) ‘ ” 16 ‘

‘5 November ee ;

iM December Se

1896. 3

if January (ANNUAL MEETING) ee Be - 15 ae

The Chair will be taken at E1cut o'clock in the evening» vfsehy

‘sf

7 ie us,

a fi) Tm

Fin Oe cans

ee _ i ——-———- ~

ES SE SES SEP GUNES y EET

THK

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

1895.

FOR THE YEAR

PART III.

WITH THREE PLATES.

(23RD SEPTEMBER, 1895.)

j " ie

ide yt ALS at (Py. xv —- KK (Pt. Vil - Pa

LONDON:

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY BY SIMMONS AND BOTYTEN, LIMITED,

4a, SHOE LANE, LONDON, E.C.

SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S ROOMS, 11, CHANDOS STREET,

CAVENDISH. SQUARE, W.,

AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN AND GO.

PATERNOSTER ROW, E.C.; AND NEW YORK.

[ Prece: 5s..]

TRANSACTIONS of the ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY of LONDON

1834—1895.

ee”

” .

The Transactions can now be obtained by Feilows at

the following reduced prices :— 3

PUBLIC. FELLOWS.

First Series, 4 volumes (1834—1849) ...................-. Price £413 0 £3 10-058

Second Series, 5 volumes (1850—1861) ...............-+ 0 0 543 ae

Third Series, 5 volumes (1862—1869) ........ ey ee i 00 410 0

The Transactions for the year 1868 ................000 1 0 0

BL - 1BGO irc ieee t-2<e

ps is ASO rok cae tae 1 8 0 25 0

fe of bef Mies iN be eer OF, 2 1 pi} js

e 1979, ge doe 1 ap

Ay &, 1878 oaths, tn eee 116 0

# i 1874 112 0}:

4 a UOT eter omen eal 1 2 aye 3 0 0

af i 1876s ppicert cs a 112 0 |

bs , 1877 1 4 0

a G 19782 oy 1 ee 015 0

3 ne 1879 1 '2°0 016 6

i “ T BBO. 2; ws eet eee re 019 0 014 3

i ie 1S. epee ewe 116 0 17 0.

i * 1882" Son Cpe Nae ioe 110 0 1 2°6 =

ss 1665 toes een 1.79 10 8/8

5 -, PSSA cies saa La 1 103

AS af 1885 16.4) i) IF ae

sa Fr Lele eMayeneer eee te eS et 019 6

We Me 1887 1. 4°%6 019 0 —

a ee 1886: See 115-0 1 6-2

t aS WRSS vs seeks. neue eee 136 5 Mea ge

‘, Pe 1890 119 0 110 0

be S 1891 116 0 lf

i: - iy a eae aI 19 0 1A oe

ds s 1893 15 6 019 3

hg Me BOA 5 nthe eee 1-105 1 2°c3e

Y cS 1895, Partly 8s 0 8 0 0-6 02am

Z af e ioiatag 6 ORE Bota 0 7-8 0 546m

ie oo ae 05-9 0 4 Cee

Any single Saline from 1862 to 1877 half-price to Fellows.

First Series, vol. v., is out of print. First Series, vols. i.—iv., and Second

Series, vol. iv., cannot be sold separately.

The other volumes may be obtained separately, also the following :—

Pascoe's * Longicornia Malayan ...crccccsccssvusvoee.ss0nesonees £212 0 £119 0

Baly’s * Phytophaga Malayana, Pt. I., Apostasicera’ ... 016 0 012 0

Saunders’ ‘ British Heterogyna and Fossorial Hymenoptera’ 0 4 6 03 4

‘ Synopsis of British Hymenopter a, Parti... 2 pee 0 4° 6a

New port? s ‘ Athalia centifolice’ (Prize kssay) . wie ct, gi ed ae 01.058

The JouRNAL OF PROCEEDINGS is bound up with the TRANSACTIONS,

(

THE PROPOSED

General Catalogue of the Insects of the British Stes,

PUBLISHED BY THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

~—-S

——_ sd. os. 02

1, NEUROPTERA, by BR: McLaAcH@ian, FE: RUS: 71870 1c. eee 2 ate) 0 9-

11. HYMENOPTERA (Aculeata), by F. Suiru ; 1871 I id: 1 6: og

1. HYMENOPTERA (Chrysidide, Ichneumonide, Braconide, a

and Evanide), by the Rev.T. A. Marsuart, M.A., F.E.S. ; —

Typ eR RRMA RR ROR pa 2-04) 2a

. HYMENOPTERA eae) by the Rev. T. A. MaRsHALL, + ai

, FES. ; a 0 09

v. HEMIPTERA ease aaa “Homoptera, Gicsnae in yee . zt

Phytophthires), by J. W. Dovenas and J. Scorr; 1876...... 1 Oa

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY .OF LONDON.

Founded, 1833. Incorporated by Royal Charter, 1885.

OFFICERS and COUNCIL for the SESSION 1895-96.

Professor RAPHAEL MeEnpona, F.R.S., F.C.8., President.

Rt. Hon. Lonp Watsineuam, LL.D., F.R.S.

HENRY JouN Etwrs, J.P., F.L.S., F.Z.S. Vice-Presidents.

Professor Kpwarp B, Poutton, M.A., F.R.S.

RoBpeERT McLacutan, F.R.S., F.L.S., Treasurer.

HERBERT Goss, F.L.S., F.G.S.

The Rey. Canon Fowtrr, M.A., F.L.S. Secreturies.

GrEoRGE C. CuHampion, F.Z.S., Librarian.

GeorGeE T. BeTHUNE-BAKeER, F.L.S. Dr. FrepERIcK A. Dixny, M.A., M PD.

WatreR Ff. H. Branprorp,M.A.,F.Z.S. | Caarues Josepy Gauan, M.A., F.E.S.

Dr. Davin Suarp, M.A., F.R.S.

W. R. Hatt, Resident Librarian.

Fellows who have paid their Subscriptions for the current year, are entitled

to receive the Transactions and Proceedings for the year without further payment,

_ and they will be forwarded post free.

The Library is open to Fellows and their friends every day from ONE to Six

o’clock p.m. (and until TEN p.m. on Meeting nights), except on Saturdays, when

the Library closes at THREE o’clock.

N.B.—The new Catalogue of the Library is now ready, price|

9s, to the Public, to the Fellows of the Society, 6s.

NOTICE «LO! A UIE OFS.

Authors of papers which are intended tobe communicated to the Society, are

requested to be good enough to send their names and the full titles of their papers,

to the Secretaries, or one of the Secretaries, at least fourteen days prior to the date

of the Meeting at which it is proposed that such papers shall be read; and such

communications may be addressed to the Secretaries, either at the Society’s Rooms,

11, Chandos Street, Cavendish Square, W., or at their private addresses—H. Goss,

The Avenue, Surbiton Hill, Surrey ; The Rev. Canon Fowrer, The Schoo! House,

Lincoln.

CONTENTS OF PART IIL a

PAC ty

XJ. Contributions to the knowledge of African a ae Coleoptera, '

Part Il. By Martin Jacopy, F.E.S. ... bg me . ole

XIT. An attempt to correlate the results arrived at in recent ee on the

Classification of Lepidopter: a. By James Witttam Tort, F.E.5.... 345

XIII. A Monograph of British Braconide. Part VI. Bythe Rev.Tnomas

A. Marsuaur, M.A., F.E.S....’ 3% oe oe Sem

XIV. Further Notes on the Secretion of Potassium Hydroxide hy Dicranuwra

vinula {imago), and similar Phenomena in other Lepidoptera. =! a.

“~

OswaLtp H. Larter, M.A., F.E.S. ... a ae 399°

XV. Notes on Seasonal Dimorphism of Rhopalocera in Natal. By Crecir -

W. Barker. Communicated by GrorGe FRANCIS Hampson, a

BAe, RS BS) oc: Bs ae a im ra -- 4137

NOTICE.

All persons exhibiting specimens at Meetings of the Society are requested

to be good enough to hand to the Secretary, at the Meeting, a note in}

writing of the generic and specific names of all specimens exhibited, together |]

with the names of the localities in‘ which such specimens were obtained, and |}

any remarks thereon which the exhibitors have to make. In the absence of |

such a note in writing the Secretary will not be responsible for avy errors iv I

connection with his report of such exhibitions, or for the entire omission off

oo.

any reference thereto in the Proceedings. -

' By ORDER OF THE COUNCIL. ™

MEETINGS

OF THE

11, Cuanpos Street, CavenpisH Square, W.,

FOR THE | 2 4

Sussion 1895—1896. | <-

Wednesday, October bf ses ae ant ra 213 F OE

55 9 “He see Pree afer ; ie 16 Ss °

a November ae Bi ofp a px. 6 ae

5 December "ee ay a at a ee

Fs January (ANNUAL MEETING) _... ‘4 ie “i

The Chair will be taken at E1aur o'clock in the evening pregime ae

THE

TRANSACTIONS

OF THE

-ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

POR DHE YE AR

1895.

PART IV.

WITH THREE PLATES.

(18ta DECEMBER, 1895.)

| peed. /9. X1I- Ey SES a

/f- ALG - G72. PXNN eS XS.

LONDON: ‘

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY BY SIMMONS AND BOTTEN, LIMITED,

44, SHOE LANE, LONDON, F.C.

SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S ROOMS, 11, CHANDOS STREET.

CAVENDISH SQUARE, W.,

AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN AND GO.

PATERNOSTER ROW, BCa; AND NEW YORK.

LPrige:. os, |

TRANSACTIONS of the EN TOMOLOGICALSOCIETY of LONDON —

1834—1895.

The Transactions can now be obtained by Fellows at

the following reduced prices :—

SHS

PUBLIC. FELLOWS.

First Series, 4 volumes (1834—1849) ..0...0..6. ccceee eee Price £413 0 £310 0

Second Series, 5 volumes (1850—1861) ...............-+- roe 515 0

Third Series, 5 volumes (1862—1869).............00.0.06 iu 0 0 410 0

The Transactions for the year 1868 .. .......00...2-0000 130

2 ir 1860 ee 120

% SO =, Someta he 18 0 25 6

m fk 1A ne ae 15 0 |

i if 15700 ee eo 12 0

fe 5 1875 2: 116 0

ig ‘ 19 ay Meee roe 112 0

. 1876" Lauds ere a ae ae

i 7 1876 112 0 |

iM - 1877 14 0

s: is 1B on, 1 un 015 0

i is NBT On kee ace ae ee 016 6

iz i 1880 019 0 014 3

a3 < 1881 116 0 17

‘4 a BABA. ke Seana 110 0 1 26

ci, a WSSS! Altace, ieee: ivicm 10 38

is i 1804 Meee 18 0 ees,

fp i ee mee tert ses) 16 0 019 6

‘< i O86. ae eae 5 0 019 6

ui iy 1887 14.6 019 0

a a ae eee tall 1-15.60 162

e BSG: eee Baas 116 6 1 ve

a i 13004) ice ee 119 0 110 0

it 4 1891 116 0 ae

i i 180054, ten ney 1 98 a

« ‘ 195 ee ee 15 6 019 3

i is ead. Os ou 110 6 1 211

75 fe 1895, Partly tears 08 0 0 6

* i RIE: ars bee, oe 07 0 0 5

” » 9 », AIT. 05 0 04

& HV oi a at 05 0 04 0

Any single sue from 1862 to 1877 half-price to Fellows.

First Series, vol. v., is out of print. First Series, vols. iimiv., and Second

Series, vol. iv., cannot be sold separately. 3

The other volumes may be obtained separately, also the following :—

Caroo

: Pascoe’s ‘ Longicornia Malayan ’.......0.00+16.ssseeereeevereeeee £212 0 £119

Baly’s ‘ Phytophaga Malayana, Pt. I., Apostasicera’ ... 016 O 0 12

Saunders’ ‘ British Heterogyna and Fossorial Hymenoptera’ 0 4 6 0 3

‘ Synopsis of British Hymenopter a, Part i... oe eee 0 4

New port’ s ‘ Athalia centifolic ’ (Prize Essay) Sbaltveaer ie 0 1 0 iat

The JouURNAL OF PROCEEDINGS is ome up with the TRANSACTIONS.

THE PROPOSED

General Catalogue of the Insects of the Pritish dilts-

PUBLISHED BY THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

fe 8.-d.° "Ss. Opa

1. NEUROPTERA, by R. McLacuuan, F.RB.S. ; 1870 .............. 10 0-0398

. HYMENOPTERA (Aculeata), by F. Smira ; 1871 ieee 16 0 9o—

in. HYMENOPTERA (Chrysidide, Ichneumonide, Braconidz,

and Evanide), by the Rev. T. A. MarsHALL, M. A., F.E.S.;

187d. .cobvcndaanbenyccs oPiscwiteen de'etenipan ides seek dant toate tote ae 2 0 1 6

. HYMENOPTERA iardcan by the Rev. T. A. MARsHALL, .

M.A: FEB. 1878 ie aaacotlivewant nc toep siege as uaeesaenes eee 1.0 , 0.99

vy. HEMIPTERA nites and Homoptera, Cicadaria and ‘*

Phytophthires), by J. W. DovuGuas and J. Scotr; 1876...... 1 0 0 9”

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Founded, 1833. Incorporated by Royal Charter, 1885.

OFFICERS and COUNCIL for the SESSION 1895-96.

Professor RAPHAEL Metpota, F.R.S., ¥.0.8., President.

Rt. Hon. Lorp WatsincHaM, ee D., F.R.S.

Henry Joun Ewes, J.P., E.L. S., F.Z.S. Vice-Presidents.

Professor EpwaARp B. PouLton, M. Aes ¥.R.S.

ROBERT McLacatan, F.R.S., F.L.S., Treasurer.

HERBERT Goss, F.L.S., F.G.S.

The Rev. Canon Fownrr, M.A., F.L.S.

GeEoRGE C. CHampion, F.Z.S., Librarian.

Gerorce T. BeTrHUNE-Baker, F.I.S. Dr. FreperRick A. Drxry, M.A., M.D.

Water F. H. BLANDFORD,M.A.,F.Z.S. CHARLES JOSEPH GAHAN, M.A., F.E.S.

Dr. Davin SHarp, M.A., F.R.S.

\ Secretaries.

W. R. Hatt, Resident Librarian.

Fe slows who have paid their Subscriptions for the current year, are entitled

to receive the Transactions and Proceedings for the year without further payment,

and they will be forwarded post free.

The Library is open to Fellows and their friends every day from ONE to Six

o’clock p.m. (and until TEN p.m. on Meeting nights), except on Saturdays, when

the Library closes at THREE o’clock.

N.B.—The new Catalogue of the Library is now ready, ee

9s, to the Public, to the Fellows of the Society, 6s.

NOTICE TO AULTORS,

Authors of papers which are intended to be communicated to the Sociely, are -

requested to be good enough to send their names and the full titles of their papers,

to the Secretaries, or one of the Secretaries, at least fourteen days prior to the dat

of the Meeting at which it is proposed that such papers shall be read; and such

communications may be addressed to the Secretaries, either at the Society’s Rooms,

11, Chandos Street, Cavendish Square, W., or at their private addresses—H. Goss,

The Avenue, Surbiton Hill, Surrey ; The Rev. Canon Fow er, The School House,

Fincolu.

CONTENTS OF PART IV.

XVI. Ona Probable Explanation of an Unverified Observation relative to _

the Family Fulgoride. By WitutaAmM Lucas Distant, F.E.§8. ... 429 —

XVII. A Preliminary List of the Butterflies of Hong-Kong; based on

. Observations and Captures made during the Winter and Spring

Months of 1892 and 1893. By James J. WALKER, R.N.,F LS. ... 43:

XVIII. Contribution towards the history of a new form of larvze of Psycho-

dide (Diptera), from Brazil. By-Dr. Par a M.D., q

Hon HoneSikc.: a oa . 4/0

XIX. Remarks on the hamolociowe and Titiorencen jae oe first stages of

Pericoma, Hal., and those of the new Brazilian ea By Baron ae

C. R. Osten SACKEN, Ph.D., Hon. F.E.S. ap - 485

XX. Supplementary Notes on Dr. Fritz Miiller’s paper on a new form of

larve of Psychodide eee from Brazil. ge. the Rev. ALFRED

K. Eaton, M.A., F.E.S $5) $89

XXI. New Species of North Nea Tortr bags By the Right Homble. .

Lorp WatsincHAM, M.A., LL.D., F.R.S., ete. ... 495 7

XXII. Notes on Seasonal Dimon in certain "APhiean Butterfiies. By

ARTHUR G. BuriER, Ph.D., F.L.S., ete. Be ae 519

Proceedings Wes be ae ane oe bs Ee XXIL— XL.

NOTICH.

All persons exhibiting specimens at Meetings of the Society are requested

to be good enough to hand to the Secretary, at the Meeting, a note in

writing of the generic and specific names of all specimens exhibited, together |

with the names of the localities in which such specimens were obtained, and

any remarks thereon which the exhibitors have to make. In the absence of E

such a note in writing the Secretary will not be responsible for any errors in i]

connection with his report of such exhibitions, or for the entire omission of i}

any reference thereto in the Proceedings. qt

By OrpDER OF THE COUNCIL. ue

THE ANNUAL MEETING

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON —

CHANDOS STREET, CAVENDISH SQUARE, W.,

On WEDNESDAY, the 15th JANUARY, 1896.

The Chair will be taken at Eight o’clock in the evening precisely.

Any Fellow wishing to pay his Annual Subscriptions |

through his Bankers, can obtain the Official Form of: aa

Bankers’ Order by applying to the Tree ar Of

Resident Librarian. ae pRB Ee ir

TRANSACTIONS

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY

FOR THE YEAR

1895.

PART V.

(83lst JANUARY, 1896.)

‘dh EY: xi — lxxn tt] heh i Xx%Y

LONDON:

PRINTED FOR THE SOCIETY BY SIMMONS AND BOTLTEN, LIMITED,

44, SHOE LANE, LONDON, F.C.

SOLD AT THE SOCIETY’S ROOMS, 11, CHANDOS STREET,

CAVENDISH SQUARE, W.,

AND BY LONGMANS, GREEN AND CoO.

PATERNOSTER ROW, E.C.; AND NEW YORK.

[Price 2s. 6d. ]

TRANSACTIONS of the ENTOMOLOGICALSOCIETY of LONDON

1834—1895.

The Pransachione can now be obtained by Fellows at 4

the following reduced prices :— 4

PUBLIC. FELLOWS,

First Series, 4 volumes (1834—1849) ........... ......... Prive £413 0 £310 OU

Second Series, 5 volumes (1850—1861) ...............0.. 8 Oe a as oe

Third Series, 5 volumes (1862—1869) ........ 0.2.2... ‘ TL De 410 0

The Transactions for the year 1868 .. ...............006 1 Oi8

bs y ABOO tee oc et pee eta 1 2°

S Y 1870 Ree 15350 25 0

is £ ALOT sta Cama 1 5 of

i: “ HOD ee ee 119

- _ URIS: os oc cdaduarrameevees 116 0

¥ Be RT at Feces oe eg 1-220

oh 9 SZ gactmntes sovetmnl to 1 2 0+; ds 0 0

ze wf (S76: ee 112 0 |

2 Ve GO 7A eae Me er ERR 1 4 0

ai BA LB(S or. neadevacame baste 1 059 015 0

i Si lg TOMO Sol ie qe 120 016 6

“ ee TBR Soro ol aie epnae aes 019 0 014 3

M a TGS tse wee tesa ees 1 16-0 i tip)

c. i TBB2. 72), Pees nasal nemee 110 0 te 2 te

* iS TS8S. deity ev eam 1 TON

va et ESSA cuties ete ge EERE ey

es i TBS G8 ste gas RT ON 1, Se 019 6

i as TS8G 3.2: coaps trae eee 1 es 019 6

m5 Pa TOB7 a Vittccs eeteee ee LA 019 0

ep os LSB yts502 eran oes t toch Le

af. i 1880 ee: nstabeu mt ae 116 6 Ty ae.

. = ALOUD tart grr tirade 119 0 110-0

é a ABO Ys. ok beet ees 1 160 ay. oe

5 on TBOD ies, aetna es meade LO Lea 8

bs ue ASO). rhs ss Sots? ees A as poe 019 3

a 3 Tho a even pes One, Bl 110.25 2 AD

3 ps 1895, Part 1. c2...c0... Boo 0 6 0

si 5 me 93 eae oe ee OO Fe ae Se

af oA om et AL ees aes 0 “S38 0 4 0

5 fr % EY yes hate 05 0 04 0

i Wisceeet es a 0 2 6 a a

Any single Soltis from 1862 to 1877 half-price to Fellows.

First Series, vol. v., is out of print. First Series, vols. i.—iv., and Second

Series, vol. iv., cannot be sold separately.

The other volumes may be obtained separately, also the following :—

Pascoe's ‘ Longicormta Mala yams... cs ctewts+njbssnels-aedigeaen £2 12, 0 &

Baly’s ‘ Phytophaga Malayana, Pt. I., Apostasicera’ ... 016 0

Saunders’ ‘ British Heterogyna and Fossorial Hymenoptera’ 0 4 6

‘ Synopsis of British Hymenopter Oy Partile s5) On meee

Newport’s ‘ Athalia centifolice ’ (Prize Essay) b Sulan taae cape 0” 2e7e

oooorF

Caro S

The JoURNAL OF PROCEEDINGS is bound up with the TRANSACTIONS.

THE PROPOSED

General Catalogue of the Insects of the British Hsles.

PUBLISHED BY THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

pe eee ae. so:

1, NEUROPTERA, by RB. McLacHian, Pais: > 1870 sper 1) Ow

11. HYMENOPTERA (Aculeata), by F. Smita; 1871 ........0...-. 1736 0 9

1. HYMENOPTERA (Chrysidide, Ichneumonidae, Braconide,

and Evanide), by the Rev. T. A. Marsaatt, M.A.,

bk. YO STY OE Ce MP RAO Dye SOM Salen een aS ERS ee: 2 0 16

iv. HYMENOPTERA (Oxyura), by the Rev. T. A. MARSHALL,

M.Ay, FBS. ¢. 1878 pis dave tedoeivareta balls mon altel 7. area eee 1 0 0 9

v. HEMIPTERA (Heteroptera and Homoptera, Cicadaria and

Phytovhthires), by J. W. Dovuetss and J. Scott; 1876...... 1

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON.

Founded, 1833. Incorporated by Royal Charter, I885.

OFFICERS and COUNCIL for the SESSION 1895-96.

Professor RAPHAEL Mrnpona, F.R.S., F.C.8., President.

Rt. Hon. Lorp Watstneuam, LL.D., F.R.S.

Henry Joun Etwes, J.P., F.L.S., F.Z.S. Vice-Presidents.

Professor Hpwarp B. Pounron, M.A., F.R.S.

Rospert McLAcuaian, F.R.S., F.L.S., Treasurer.

HERBERT Goss, F.L.S., F.G.S. ‘

The Rev. Canon Fowtrr, M.A., F.L.S. Scoretaries

GrorGE C. Cuampion, F.Z.S., Librarian.

Georce T. BeTHune-Baker, F.L.S. Dr. Freperick A. Dixry, M.A., M.D.

WaAtrter F. H. BuANDFoRD,M.A.,F.Z.S. | CHARLES JosepH GAHAN, M.A., F.E.S.

Dr. Davip Saarp, M.A., F.R.S.

W. R. Hatu, Resident Librarian.

Fellows who have paid their Subscriptions for the current year, are entitled

to receive the Transactions and Proceedings for the year without further payment,

and they will be forwarded post free.

The Library is open to Fellows and their friends every day from ONE to SIx

o’clock p.m. (and until TEN p.m. on Meeting nights), except on Saturdays, when

the Library closes at THREE o’clock.

N.B.—The new Catalogue of the Library is now ready, price |

| 9s, to the Public, to the Fellows of the Society, 6s.

NOOR EO AUTHORS.

Authors of papers which are intended to be communicated to the Sociely, are

requested to be good enough to send their names and the full titles of their papers,

to the Secretaries, or one of the Secretaries, at least fourteen days prior to the date

of the Meeting at which it is proposed that such papers shall be read; and suck

communications may be addressed to the Secretaries, either at the Society’s Rooms,

11, Chandos Street, Cavendish Square, W., or at their private addresses—H. Goss,

The Avenue, Surbiton Hill, Surrey ; The Rev. Canon Fowter, The School House,

Lincoln.

’ v ‘a * - +

a? 7": de 4 a

tay ian

< ».

ss sd Tes

; * i ee,

CONTENTS OF PART N- Ne

‘ | * PAGE | ee

List of Officers and Council ig Bs # 2 aa ~~ =

List of Memoirs ... by: Ay a mes sya 2,

Errata... ok ae ae: tas ae > SL x

List of Fellows ... hee Be! md ‘ees =

Additions to the ilies: Be: a . a

Proceedings and Balance Sheet Bs hig te +. SELL Ihe ’

President’s Address Ls Sag ral on ..- XBEVIII,—LXXIII.

Indies 2 ¢-.; ape ae ee on Bp ... LX&XIV.—LXXXIII.

: el te eekly

NOTICE

All persons exhibiting specimens at Meetings of the Society are requested

to be good enough to hand to the Secretary, at the Meeting, a note in

writing of the generic and specific names of all specimens exhibited, together

with the names of the localities in which such specimens were obtained, and

any remarks*thereon which the exhibitors have to make. In the absence of

such a note in writing the Secretary will not be responsible for any errors in

connection with his report of such exhibitions, or for the entire omission of

any reference thereto in the Proceedings.

By ORDER OF THE COUNCIL.

MEETINGS

OF THE

ENTOMOLOGICAL SOCIETY OF LONDON,

11, Cuanpos Street, CavenpisH Square, W.,

FOR THE

Session 1896—1897.

Wednesday, February ey ey fe be: 2 5

- 4 x, whe baad fet so AD

a March ... Bs fi S: rk a 4

Ad -, a ss ae fe et RIS 3

a Are ws a na Bae a Pe 1

ie May we aoe ie be cay ae 6

A Jee ate ae os aes se 3

if: October .. les ins a fe. ep: Soe

- November ms sis Ba vhs Pe 4

9) 9) ‘< “ 18

December a i oe sent J 2

Bose

e January (AnnuAL MesrrING) we Fe ed

The Chair will be taken at E1¢ut o'clock in the evening precisely.

Fellows are reminded that the Subscription for 1896

was due on the Ist January. They will save much

trouble by forwarding t to the Treasurer

promptly.